BioC.key4723272Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 151-621973titleKing AJ, Cooke NJ, Leitch AG, Flenley DC0The effects of 30 per cent oxygen on the respiratory response to treadmill exercise in chronic respiratory failure.MESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D012131Diseaserespiratory failureabstract1164723273Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 181-41973titleFarebrother MJ, Martinez RP, Soejima R, McHardy GJ0The point of onset of 'airway closure' measured with argon and nitrogen: a comparison of results obtained by two methods.MESH:D001128ChemicalargonMESH:D009584Chemicalnitrogenabstract1224723274Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 11973titleFranchimont P0Pituitary gonadotropins, structure, control and clinical applications.abstract714723275Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 21973titleFriesen HG0Prolactin, its control and clinical significance.5617Gene732Prolactinabstract504723276Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 31973titleGalante L, Colstron K, MacIntyre I0Parathyroid hormone and vitamin D. I. Effect of parathyroid hormone on the 1-hydroxylase enzyme system.5741Gene266Parathyroid hormoneMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin D5741Gene266parathyroid hormoneabstract1044723277Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 31973titleLarkins R, MacAuley S, Rapoport A, MacIntyre I0Parathyroid hormone and vitamin D. II. Effect of electrolytes and peptide hormones and the synthesis of 1,25-DHCC by isolated kidney tubules.5741Gene266Parathyroid hormoneMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin DMESH:D002117Chemical1,25-DHCCabstract1424723278Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 31973titleWoodhouse NJ, Tun Chot S, Bordier P, Sigurdsson G, Joplin GF0Vitamin D administration in primary hyperparathyroidism.MESH:D014807ChemicalVitamin DMESH:D049950Diseaseprimary hyperparathyroidismabstract574723279Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 31973titleStamp TC, Round JM, Haddad JG0Effect of oral vitamin D, 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) and whole-body ultra-violet irradiation on plasma 25-HCC levels in man.MESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin DMESH:D002112Chemical25-hydroxycholecalciferol9606Speciesmanabstract1334723280Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 41973titleAdams PH, Hill LF, Wain D0The control on intestinal calcium absorption in accelerated and retarded growth.MESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D006130Diseaseretarded growthabstract814723281Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 51973titleAnderson M, Floyd M, Wardle EN0Study of the rat glomerular basement membrane and chemical modifications in relation to its reactivity to platelets and binding of nephrotic antibody.10116SpeciesratMESH:D009404Diseasenephroticabstract1514723282Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 51973titleGoldby FS, Beilin LJTHE EVOLUTION AN0and electron microscope study.abstract314723283Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 51973titleBurke CW, Fraser R, Joplin GF, Doyle FH, Macerlaine DM0Cushing's disease treated by pituitary implant.MESH:D003480DiseaseCushing's diseaseabstract484723284Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 51973titleBurke CW, Shakespeare RA, Fraser R0Urinary triiodothyronine and thyroxine, and their relationship to the serum free levels.MESH:D014284ChemicaltriiodothyronineMESH:D013974Chemicalthyroxineabstract894723285Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 61973titleTulloch BR, Vydelingum N, Lewis B, Fraser R0Triglyceride metabolism in thyroid disease.MESH:D014280ChemicalTriglycerideMESH:D013959Diseasethyroid diseaseabstract444723286Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 71973titleChait A, Rabaya E, February A, Lewis B0Influence of saturated and unsaturated dietary fat on diurnal changes in plasma triglyceride and lipoprotein levels.MESH:D014280Chemicaltriglycerideabstract1174723287Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 71973titleKissebah A, Tulloch B, Vydelingum N, Fraser R0Factors affecting glucose and ketone body utilization by human adipose tissue.MESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D007659Chemicalketone9606Specieshumanabstract794723288Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 81973titleGuyatt AR, Siddorn JA, Brash HM, Flenley DC0The measurement of frequency dependence of dynamic lung compliance in normal subjects.abstract874723289Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 81973titleMuir AL, Hall D, Hogg JC0The site of increased vascular resistance in the lung in pulmonary oedema.MESH:D004487Diseasepulmonary oedemaabstract754723290Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 81973titleWest DN, Ellis CG, Campbell EJ0Detection of increased ventilation in man.9606Speciesmanabstract434723291Clin Sci; 1973 Feb; 44(2) 99-1111973titleLester FT, Cusworth DC0Lysine infusion in cystinuria: theoretical renal thresholds for lysine.MESH:D008239ChemicalLysineMESH:D003555DiseasecystinuriaMESH:D008239Chemicallysineabstract724723292East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 100-41973titleMaitai CK, Muraguri N, Patel HA0A survey on the use of poisoned arrows in Kenya during the period 1964-1971.abstract774723293East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 105-81973titleGirgis NI, Mansour NS, Henry W0Effect of hycanthone on different developmental stages of Schistosoma mansoni worms in hamsters.6183SpeciesSchistosoma mansoniabstract974723294East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 109-151973titleChurch JC0The cytology of normal and healing tissues.abstract444723295East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 116-71973titleIrvine GC0Foreign bodies in the ear and nose. A method of removal.abstract574723296East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 65-731973titleHubbard MJ0The place of articulated lower limb prosthesis in Uganda today.abstract644723297East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 74-851973titleButtner DW, Westhoff H0Antibiotic sensitivity of Staphylococcus aureus in Uganda with special reference to pyomyositis and osteomyelitis.1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureusMESH:D052880Diseasepyomyositis and osteomyelitisabstract1154723298East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 86-931973titleVaughan JP, Menu JP, Kihama F, Brooke D, Kiwia A, Mohamed SA0Anaemia in a coastal area of Tanzania. Population survey and investigation of anaemic subjects.MESH:D000740DiseaseAnaemiaabstract964723299East Afr Med J; 1973 Feb; 50(2) 94-71973titleMati JK, Anderson GE, Carty MJ, McGlashan HE0A second look into the problem of primary infertility in Kenya.MESH:D007247Diseaseinfertilityabstract6410573540J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2135-421999titleIp C, Banni S, Angioni E, Carta G, McGinley J, Thompson HJ, Barbano D, Bauman D0Conjugated linoleic acid-enriched butter fat alters mammary gland morphogenesis and reduces cancer risk in rats.MESH:D019787Chemicallinoleic acidMESH:D009369Diseasecancer10116Speciesratsabstract113Conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) is a potent cancer preventive agent in animal models. To date, all of the in vivo work with CLA has been done with a commercial free fatty acid preparation containing a mixture of c9,t11-, t10,c12- and c11,t13-isomers, although CLA in food is predominantly (80-90%) the c9,t11-isomer present in triacylglycerols. The objective of this study was to determine whether a high CLA butter fat has biological activities similar to those of the mixture of free fatty acid CLA isomers. The following four different endpoints were evaluated in rat mammary gland: 1) digitized image analysis of epithelial mass in mammary whole mount; 2) terminal end bud (TEB) density; 3) proliferative activity of TEB cells as determined by proliferating cell nuclear antigen immunohistochemistry; and 4) mammary cancer prevention bioassay in the methylnitrosourea model. It should be noted that TEB cells are the target cells for mammary chemical carcinogenesis. Feeding butter fat CLA to rats during the time of pubescent mammary gland development reduced mammary epithelial mass by 22%, decreased the size of the TEB population by 30%, suppressed the proliferation of TEB cells by 30% and inhibited mammary tumor yield by 53% (P < 0.05). Furthermore, all of the above variables responded with the same magnitude of change to both butter fat CLA and the mixture of CLA isomers at the level of CLA (0.8%) present in the diet. Interestingly, there appeared to be some selectivity in the uptake or incorporation of c9,t11-CLA over t10,c12-CLA in the tissues of rats given the mixture of CLA isomers. Rats consuming the CLA-enriched butter fat also consistently accumulated more total CLA in the mammary gland and other tissues (four- to sixfold increases) compared with those consuming free fatty acid CLA (threefold increases) at the same dietary level of intake. We hypothesize that the availability of vaccenic acid (t11-18:1) in butter fat may serve as the precursor for the endogenous synthesis of CLA via the Delta9-desaturase reaction. Further studies will be conducted to investigate other attributes of this novel dairy product.MESH:D019787Chemicallinoleic acidMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D005230Chemicalfree fatty acidMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolsMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D005230Chemicalfree fatty acidMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA10116SpeciesratMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D008770Chemicalmethylnitrosourea10116SpeciesratsMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA10116SpeciesratsMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA10116SpeciesRatsMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D005230Chemicalfree fatty acidMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:C050413Chemicalvaccenic acidMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA10573541J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2143-61999titleRucker RB, Rucker BR, Mitchell AE, Cui CT, Clegg M, Kosonen T, Uriu-Adams JY, Tchaparian EH, Fishman M, Keen CL0Activation of chick tendon lysyl oxidase in response to dietary copper.9031Specieschick396474Gene1741lysyl oxidaseMESH:D003300Chemicalcopperabstract72Lysyl oxidase (EC 1.4.3.13), a cuproenzyme, can account for 10-30% of the copper present in connective tissue. Herein, we assess the extent to which tissue copper concentrations and lysyl oxidase activity are related because the functional activity of lysyl oxidase and the copper content of chick tendon are both related to dietary copper intake. Chicks (1-d old) were fed diets (basal copper concentration, 0.4 microg/g diet) to which copper was added from 0 to 16 microg/g diet. Liver and plasma copper levels tended to normalize in chickens that consumed from 1 to 4 microg copper/g of diet, whereas tendon copper concentrations suggested an unusual accumulation of copper in chickens that consumed 16 microg copper/g diet. The molecular weight of lysyl oxidase was also estimated using matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization/time-of-flight/mass spectrometry (MALDI/TOF/MS). A novel aspect of these measurements was estimation of protein mass directly from the surface of chick tendons and aortae. Whether copper deficiency (0 added copper) or copper supplementation (16 microg copper/g of diet) caused changes in the molecular weight of protein(s) in tendon corresponding to lysyl oxidase was addressed. The average molecular weight of the peak corresponding to lysyl oxidase in tendon and aorta from copper-deficient birds was 28,386 Da +/- 86, whereas the average molecular weight of corresponding protein in tendon from copper-supplemented birds was 28,639 Da +/- 122. We propose that the shift in molecular weight is due in part to copper binding and the formation of lysyl tyrosyl quinone, the cofactor at the active site of lysyl oxidase.396474Gene1741Lysyl oxidaseMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper396474Gene1741lysyl oxidase396474Gene1741lysyl oxidaseMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper9031SpecieschickMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper9031SpecieschickensMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper9031SpecieschickensMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper396474Gene1741lysyl oxidaseMESH:D004194Diseaseionization9031SpecieschickMESH:C535468Diseasecopper deficiencyMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper396474Gene1741lysyl oxidase396474Gene1741lysyl oxidaseMESH:C535468Diseasecopper-deficientMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:C447540Chemicallysyl tyrosyl quinone396474Gene1741lysyl oxidase10573542J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2147-531999titleProhaska JR, Brokate B0Copper deficiency alters rat dopamine beta-monooxygenase mRNA and activity.MESH:C535468DiseaseCopper deficiency10116Speciesrat25699Gene615dopamine beta-monooxygenaseabstract76Dopamine beta-monooxygenase (DBM), a cuproenzyme, converts dopamine to norepinephrine in selected cells. Studies were conducted in albino rats to resolve the known paradox of DBM after copper deficiency in which metabolite analyses of tissues suggest lower activity, whereas direct assay of homogenates suggests enhanced activity. After 4 wk of postweanling copper deficiency, male Holtzman rats exhibited 1.4-fold higher adrenal DBM activity and 1. 8-fold higher adrenal DBM mRNA levels than copper-adequate rats. Mixing experiments did not support the existence of endogenous activators or inhibitors. Adrenal catecholamine content indicated lower norepinephrine, higher dopamine and unaffected epinephrine content in copper-deficient compared with copper-adequate rats. Studies in 22-d-old male Sprague-Dawley offspring of dams started on copper deficiency at d 7 of gestation indicated similar results for adrenal DBM mRNA, a 1.75-fold increase compared with copper-adequate pups. Adrenal dopamine content was higher in female copper-deficient offspring compared with controls, but norepinephrine was not lower. Medulla oblongata/pons DBM mRNA concentration was higher in 22-d-old copper-deficient female but not male rats compared with controls. Six weeks of copper repletion to the 22-d-old rats restored adrenal DBM mRNA levels to control values. Enzyme assay and RNA results are consistent with enhanced formation of DBM in adrenal gland and noradrenergic cell bodies of copper-deficient rats. The molecular signal may not be solely lower norepinephrine content because adrenal DBM mRNA changes were evident in both nutritional models, whereas the norepinephrine content was altered only in the postnatal model.25699Gene615Dopamine beta-monooxygenase25699Gene615DBMMESH:D004298ChemicaldopamineMESH:D009638Chemicalnorepinephrine10116Speciesrats25699Gene615DBMMESH:C535468Diseasecopper deficiencyMESH:C535468Diseasecopper deficiency10116Speciesrats25699Gene615DBM25699Gene615DBMMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper10116SpeciesratsMESH:D002395ChemicalcatecholamineMESH:D009638ChemicalnorepinephrineMESH:D004298ChemicaldopamineMESH:D004837ChemicalepinephrineMESH:C535468Diseasecopper-deficientMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper10116SpeciesratsMESH:C535468Diseasecopper deficiency25699Gene615DBMMESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D004298ChemicaldopamineMESH:C535468Diseasecopper-deficientMESH:D009638ChemicalnorepinephrineDiseaseoblongata25699Gene615DBMMESH:C535468Diseasecopper-deficient10116SpeciesratsMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper10116Speciesrats25699Gene615DBM25699Gene615DBMMESH:C535468Diseasecopper-deficient10116SpeciesratsMESH:D009638Chemicalnorepinephrine25699Gene615DBMMESH:D009638Chemicalnorepinephrine10573543J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2154-611999titleGletsu N, Dixon W, Clandinin MT0Insulin receptor at the mouse hepatocyte nucleus after a glucose meal induces dephosphorylation of a 30-kDa transcription factor and a concomitant increase in malic enzyme gene expression.16337Gene20090Insulin receptor10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D005947Chemicalglucoseabstract189Insulin receptor translocation to the nucleus may represent a mechanism for activation of transcription factors controlling lipogenic gene expression in the mouse hepatocyte. Insulin stimulation was achieved in vivo by oral glucose feeding of mice deprived of food for 24 h. Hepatocytes were fractionated after the glucose meal and nuclei were purified. Insulin receptor levels and phosphorylation state in nuclei were assessed by immunoassay. Insulin receptor significantly increased from basal levels in hepatocyte nuclei within 15 min of the glucose meal. Immunoassay using antiphosphotyrosine indicated that phosphorylation of nuclear insulin receptor increased, whereas phosphorylation of a 30-kDa DNA-binding protein significantly decreased within 15 min of the glucose meal. Glucose treatment significantly increased expression of malic enzyme within the time frame of insulin receptor translocation to the nucleus. Nuclear protein binding to an insulin response element (IRE) within the malic enzyme gene promoter significantly increased within 15 min of the glucose meal. When cell nuclei were isolated from mice that had been deprived of food and treated in vitro with purified, activated insulin receptor, changes were observed in DNA-binding protein phosphorylation and IRE-binding in the absence of cytoplasmic insulin signaling. In vitro incubation of nuclei with activated insulin receptor significantly decreased phosphorylation of a 30-kDa DNA-binding protein compared with basal levels. Increased binding of nuclear proteins to malic enzyme IRE was observed upon stimulation of isolated nuclei with activated insulin receptor. These results suggest that nuclear insulin receptors induce malic enzyme gene expression by regulating phosphorylation of IRE transcription factors.16337Gene20090Insulin receptor10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose16337Gene20090Insulin receptor16337Gene20090Insulin receptorMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose16337Gene20090insulin receptor26386Gene100128DNA-binding proteinMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D005947ChemicalGlucose16337Gene20090insulin receptorMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose10090Speciesmice16337Gene20090insulin receptor26386Gene100128DNA-binding protein16337Gene20090insulin receptor26386Gene100128DNA-binding protein16337Gene20090insulin receptor10573544J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2162-91999titleCastenmiller JJ, Lauridsen ST, Dragsted LO, van het Hof KH, Linssen JP, West CE0beta-carotene does not change markers of enzymatic and nonenzymatic antioxidant activity in human blood.MESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-carotene9606Specieshumanabstract105In vitamin A-replete populations, increased concentrations of serum carotenoids have been associated with a decreased risk of degenerative diseases. The mechanism of action of carotenoids in determining antioxidant activity is largely unknown. The aim of the study was to examine the effect of carotenoid supplementation and spinach intake on erythrocyte enzyme antioxidant activities, serum or plasma nonenzymatic antioxidant concentrations, and concentrations of oxidatively damaged amino acids in plasma. Subjects received for 3 wk a basic diet (n = 10), a basic diet with a carotenoid supplement (n = 12) or with a spinach product (n = 12 per group), i.e., whole-leaf, minced, liquefied or liquefied spinach plus added dietary fiber. After 3 wk of dietary intervention, changes in serum or plasma concentrations of ascorbic acid, alpha-tocopherol, FRAP (ferric reducing ability of plasma) and uric acid and erythrocyte enzyme activities were assessed, and differences among experimental groups were tested. Consumption of spinach resulted in greater (P < 0.01) erythrocyte glutathione reductase activity and lower (P < 0.05) erythrocyte catalase activity and serum alpha-tocopherol concentration compared with the control group. Consumption of the carotenoid supplement led to lower alpha-tocopherol responses (P = 0.02) compared with the basic diet only. Our data suggest that the short-term changes in erythrocyte glutathione reductase activity and serum alpha-tocopherol concentration can be attributed to an increased carotenoid (lutein and zeaxanthin) intake, but beta-carotene is unlikely to be a causative factor. Lower erythrocyte catalase activity after intervention with spinach products may be related to other constituents in spinach such as flavonoids.MESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D019636Diseasedegenerative diseasesMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoid3562SpeciesspinachMESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoid3562Speciesspinach3562SpeciesspinachMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acidMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherolMESH:D014527Chemicaluric acid3562SpeciesspinachMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherolMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherolMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherolMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-carotene3562Speciesspinach3562SpeciesspinachMESH:D005419Chemicalflavonoids10573545J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2170-61999titleRiedl J, Linseisen J, Hoffmann J, Wolfram G0Some dietary fibers reduce the absorption of carotenoids in women.MESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoids9606Specieswomenabstract67Dietary fiber may be partly responsible for the lower bioavailability of carotenoids from food than from purified supplements. Due to the lack of detailed information available, we investigated the effects of different kinds of dietary fiber on the absorption of carotenoids and alpha-tocopherol. Six healthy young women received an antioxidant mixture consisting of beta-carotene, lycopene, lutein, canthaxanthin and alpha-tocopherol together with a standard meal. The meal did not contain additional dietary fiber or was enriched with pectin, guar, alginate, cellulose or wheat bran (0. 15 g. kg body weight(-1)). The increases in plasma carotenoid and alpha-tocopherol concentrations were followed over 24 h, and the areas-under-curves (AUC(24h)) were calculated. The mean AUC(24h) of beta-carotene was significantly (P < 0.05) reduced by the water-soluble fibers pectin, guar and alginate with a mean decrease of 33-43%. All tested fibers significantly reduced the AUC(24h) of lycopene and lutein by 40-74% (P < 0.05). The dietary fiber effect on the AUC(24h) of canthaxanthin was almost significant (P = 0.059) and there was no effect on the AUC(24h) of alpha-tocopherol. We conclude that the bioavailability of beta-carotene, lycopene and lutein given within a mixed supplement is markedly reduced by different kinds of dietary fiber.MESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherol9606SpecieswomenMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-caroteneMESH:D000077276ChemicallycopeneMESH:D016644ChemicalcanthaxanthinMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherol3832SpeciesguarMESH:D000464ChemicalalginateMESH:D002482Chemicalcellulose4565SpecieswheatMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherolMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-caroteneMESH:D014867Chemicalwater3832SpeciesguarMESH:D000464ChemicalalginateMESH:D000077276ChemicallycopeneMESH:D016644ChemicalcanthaxanthinMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherolMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-caroteneMESH:D000077276Chemicallycopene10573546J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2177-831999titleRamirez-Tortosa MC, Urbano G, López-Jurado M, Nestares T, Gomez MC, Mir A, Ros E, Mataix J, Gil A0Extra-virgin olive oil increases the resistance of LDL to oxidation more than refined olive oil in free-living men with peripheral vascular disease.4146Speciesolive4146Speciesolive9606SpeciesmenMESH:D016491Diseaseperipheral vascular diseaseabstract149Patients with peripheral vascular disease (Fontaine stage II) are characterized by ischemia of the lower extremities, atherosclerosis and alteration of blood coagulation and fibrinolysis. A randomized, two-period, crossover design was used to compare the effects of extra-virgin (VO) and refined olive (RO) oils on plasma lipids and lipoprotein composition and LDL oxidation susceptibility in free-living men with peripheral vascular disease. The oils differed in their antioxidant profile (alpha-tocopherol: 300 vs. 200 mg/kg; phenolic compounds 800 vs. 60) and concentration but not in their fatty acid composition. Subjects were randomly assigned to two groups. The first group (n = 12) received VO with which to freely cook all meals for 3 mo, followed by a 3-mo wash-out period; they then received RO for the final 3 mo. The second group (n = 12) consumed the oils in the opposite order. Energy, fat, polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) and alpha-tocopherol intakes were not different when patients consumed the two oils. Profiles of the major fatty acids in plasma and LDL were not different after consumption of VO and RO. The slope of the line for LDL oxidation vs. the line for copper concentration was significantly higher after the intake of RO than after the intake of VO. Total LDL taken up by macrophages was significantly greater when the men consumed RO rather than VO. We suggest that antioxidants present in VO may protect LDL against oxidation more than does RO in men with peripheral vascular disease.9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D016491Diseaseperipheral vascular diseaseMESH:D007511DiseaseischemiaMESH:D050197DiseaseatherosclerosisMESH:D001778Diseaseblood coagulation-ChemicalVO4146SpeciesoliveMESH:D008055Chemicallipids9606SpeciesmenMESH:D016491Diseaseperipheral vascular diseaseMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherolMESH:D005227Chemicalfatty acid-ChemicalVO-ChemicalROMESH:D005231Chemicalpolyunsaturated fatty acidsMESH:D005231ChemicalPUFAMESH:D024502Chemicalalpha-tocopherol9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009821ChemicaloilsMESH:D005227Chemicalfatty acids-ChemicalVO-ChemicalROMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper-ChemicalRO-ChemicalVO9606Speciesmen-ChemicalVO-ChemicalRO9606SpeciesmenMESH:D016491Diseaseperipheral vascular disease10573547J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2184-911999titleAbia R, Perona JS, Pacheco YM, Montero E, Muriana FJ, Ruiz-Gutiérrez V0Postprandial triacylglycerols from dietary virgin olive oil are selectively cleared in humans.MESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols4146Speciesolive9606Specieshumansabstract95The aims of the present study were to evaluate the effect of a meal rich in virgin olive oil on triacylglycerol composition of human postprandial triacylglycerol-rich lipoproteins (fraction Sf > 400), and to assess the role of the triacylglycerol molecular species concentration and polarity on lipoprotein clearance. Fasting (0 h) and postprandial blood samples were collected hourly for 7 h from eight healthy normolipidemic subjects after the ingestion of the meal. Plasma and lipoprotein triacylglycerol concentrations increased quickly over fasting values and peaked twice at 2 and 6 h during the 7-h postprandial period. The triacylglycerols in the lipoprotein fraction at 2 h generally reflected the composition of the olive oil, however, the proportions of the individualmolecular species were altered by the processes leading to their formation. Among the major triacylglycerols, the proportion of triolein (OOO; 43.6%) decreased (P < 0.05), palmitoyl-dioleoyl-glycerol (POO; 31. 1%) and stearoyl-dioleoyl-glycerol (SOO; 2.1%) were maintained and linoleoyl-dioleoyl-glycerol (LOO; 11.4%) and palmitoyl-oleoyl-linoleoyl-glycerol (POL; 4.6%) significantly increased (P < 0.05) compared with the composition of the triacylglycerols in the olive oil. Smaller amounts of endogenous triacylglycerol (0.8%), mainly constituted of the saturated myristic (14:0)and palmitic (16:0) fatty acids, were also identified. Analysis of total fatty acids suggested the presence of molecular species composed of long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids of the (n-3) family, docosapentaenoic acid, [22:5(n-3)] and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA), [22:6(n-3)] and of the (n-6) family [arachidonic acid, [20:4(n-6)]. The fastest conversion of lipoproteins to remnants occurred from 2 to 4 h and was directly related to the concentration of the triacylglycerols in the lipoprotein particle (r = 0.9969, P < 0.05) and not with its polarity (r = 0.1769, P > 0.05). The rates of clearance were significantly different among the major triacylglycerols (OOO, POO, OOL and POL) (P < 0.05) and among the latter ones and PLL (palmitoyl-dilinoleoyl-glycerol, POS (palmitoyl-oleoyl-stearoyl-glycerol) and OLL (oleoyl-dilinoleoyl-glycerol) (P < 0.01). OOO was removed faster and was followed by POO, OOL, POL, PPO (dipalmitoyl-oleoyl-glycerol), SOO, PLL, POS and OLL.4146SpeciesoliveMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerol9606SpecieshumanMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols4146SpeciesoliveMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols-Chemicalpalmitoyl-dioleoyl-glycerol-ChemicalSOO-Chemicallinoleoyl-dioleoyl-glycerol-ChemicalLOO-ChemicalPOLMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols4146SpeciesoliveMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolMESH:D005227Chemicalfatty acidsMESH:D005227Chemicalfatty acidsMESH:D005231Chemicalpolyunsaturated fatty acidsMESH:C026219Chemicaldocosapentaenoic acidMESH:D004281Chemicaldocosahexaenoic acidMESH:D004281ChemicalDHAMESH:D016718Chemicalarachidonic acidMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolsMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols-Chemicalpalmitoyl-dilinoleoyl-glycerol-ChemicalOLL-Chemicaloleoyl-dilinoleoyl-glycerol-Chemicaldipalmitoyl-oleoyl-glycerol10573548J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2192-51999titleRahman MM, Mahalanabis D, Hossain S, Wahed MA, Alvarez JO, Siber GR, Thompson C, Santosham M, Fuchs GJ0Simultaneous vitamin A administration at routine immunization contact enhances antibody response to diphtheria vaccine in infants younger than six months.MESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A9606Speciesinfantsabstract155A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial was conducted to evaluate the effect of simultaneous vitamin A supplementation and diphtheria, pertussis and tetanus (DPT) vaccination on the antibody levels. Infants aged 6-17 wk (n = 56) were randomly given 15 mg oral vitamin A or placebo at the time of their DPT immunization. Three such doses were given at monthly intervals. Immunoglobulin (Ig) G antibodies to diphtheria, pertussis and tetanus were assayed on enrollment and 1 mo after the third dose. Baseline antibody concentrations to diphtheria, pertussis and tetanus did not differ between the vitamin A-supplemented and placebo-treated groups. The postdose antibody to diphtheria level was significantly greater in the vitamin A than in the placebo-treated group. The geometric mean +/- SEM antibody levels (mg/L) were 22.9 +/- 1.2 and 11.0 +/- 1.3 in the vitamin A and placebo groups, respectively (P = 0.029). The postsupplementation concentrations of antibodies to pertussis and tetanus did not differ between the two groups. These results suggest that antibody response to diphtheria vaccination was potentiated by simultaneous vitamin A administration and DPT immunization.MESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D014917Diseasepertussis and tetanus9606SpeciesInfantsMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A-ChemicalDPTMESH:D013746DiseasetetanusMESH:D013746DiseasetetanusMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D013746DiseasetetanusMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A-ChemicalDPT10573549J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2196-2021999titleRamakrishnan U, Barnhart H, Schroeder DG, Stein AD, Martorell R0Early childhood nutrition, education and fertility milestones in Guatemala.abstract76Data on fertility milestones were collected in 1994 and linked to information collected in a trial conducted in eastern Guatemala between 1969 and 1977, to examine whether early childhood nutrition was associated with the timing of fertility milestones. In the original trial, two pairs of villages were randomly allocated to receive either a high energy, high protein supplement (Atole) or a low energy, no-protein supplement (Fresco). Mean age at follow-up was 23.47 y (n = 240). About 62% of women had experienced first birth (median age at first birth = 19.83 y). The median intervals from menarche to first intercourse and from first intercourse to first birth were 5.67 and 0.95 y; they were 1.68 and 0.06 y shorter, respectively, for the Atole group than for the Fresco group. Women who had received Atole in utero and/or during early childhood experienced earlier milestones even after adjusting for socioeconomic status (SES), education and age at the prior event. Median age at first birth was 1.17 y earlier for the Atole group. Better growth during early childhood (not severely stunted) led to earlier milestones (median age at first birth was 1.04 y earlier), primarily among women with illiterate fathers. Completion of primary school significantly delayed fertility milestones; the median age at first birth was 4.27 y later for those who completed primary school compared with those who did not (P < 0.05). In sum, improved nutrition during early childhood results in earlier fertility milestones, but the effects of schooling in delaying fertility milestones are greater in magnitude. Intervention programs that improve early childhood nutrition should be accompanied by investments in education that ensure that girls complete primary school.9606Specieswomen-ChemicalAtole9606SpeciesWomen-ChemicalAtole-ChemicalAtole9606Specieswomen9606Speciesgirls10573550J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2203-51999titleSemba RD, MuhilalMohgaddam NE, Munasir Z, Akib A, Permaesih D, MuherdiyantiningsihOsterhaus A0Integration of vitamin A supplementation with the expanded program on immunization does not affect seroconversion to oral poliovirus vaccine in infants.MESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A138950Speciespoliovirus9606Speciesinfantsabstract153Childhood immunization programs may provide infrastructure for delivering vitamin A supplements to infants in developing countries. The effect of giving vitamin A, an immune enhancer, on antibody responses to trivalent oral poliovirus vaccine (TOPV) is unknown. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial was conducted to determine the effect of giving vitamin A simultaneously with TOPV on antibody responses to poliovirus. Infants (n = 467) received oral vitamin A, 15 mg retinol equivalent (RE), 7.5 mg RE or placebo with TOPV at 6, 10 and 14 wk of age. Antibody responses to poliovirus types 1, 2 and 3 were measured by a microvirus neutralization assay at enrollment and at 9 mo of age. Seroconversion rates to poliovirus types 1, 2 and 3 ranged from 98 to 100% in the three treatment groups, and there were no differences in mean antibody titers to poliovirus types 1, 2 and 3 among treatment groups. This study demonstrates that oral vitamin A does not affect antibody responses to poliovirus vaccine when integrated with the Expanded Program on Immunization.MESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A9606SpeciesinfantsMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A138950SpeciespoliovirusMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A138950Speciespoliovirus9606SpeciesInfantsMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D014801Chemicalretinol138950Speciespoliovirus138950Speciespoliovirus138950SpeciespoliovirusMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A138950Speciespoliovirus10573551J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2206-111999titleWeber N, Schönwiese S, Klein E, Mukherjee KD0Adipose tissue triacylglycerols of rats are modulated differently by dietary isomeric octadecenoic acids from coriander oil and high oleic sunflower oil.MESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols10116SpeciesratsMESH:D009829Chemicaloctadecenoic acids4047Speciescoriander4232Speciessunflowerabstract154Earlier feeding studies of rats revealed that petroselinic acid [18:1(n-12)] from triacylglycerols of coriander (Coriandrum sativum) oil is extensively incorporated into the lipids of heart and liver and metabolized via beta-oxidation and chain elongation. We report here the composition and stereospecific distribution of acyl moieties, particularly isomeric octadecenoyl moieties, in adipose tissue triacylglycerols of male weaned Wistar rats fed diets containing, in addition to 20 g corn oil/kg feed, 120 g coriander oil per kg feed at a level of 63 g 18:1(n-12) moieties/100 g acyl moieties of the oil for 10 wk. For comparison, a group of rats was fed a similar corn oil-containing isocaloric diet with large proportions of oleoyl moieties [18:1(n-9)] from high oleic sunflower oil [72 g 18:1(n-9)/100 g acyl moieties of the oil]. The composition of the triacylglycerols of epididymal, subcutaneous and perirenal adipose tissues was very similar for each feeding group, broadly reflecting the composition of the dietary oils. Feeding coriander oil, compared with high oleic sunflower oil, led to extensive incorporation of 18:1(n-12) into the triacylglycerols of the adipose tissues with a concomitant significantly and dramatically lower 18:1(n-9) concentration and, as a consequence, to the generation of triacylglycerol species containing 18:1(n-12) moieties. Petroselinoyl moieties from coriander oil were esterified predominantly at the sn-1,3 positions of the adipose tissue triacylglycerols; 18:1(n-9) moieties from high oleic sunflower oil were fairly evenly distributed between the sn-1,3 and sn-2 positions. We suggest that acyltransferases involved in the biosynthesis of adipose tissue triacylglycerols direct 18:1(n-12) moieties preferentially to sn-1,3-positions.10116SpeciesratsMESH:C008820Chemicalpetroselinic acidMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols4047Speciescoriander4047SpeciesCoriandrum sativumMESH:D009821ChemicaloilMESH:D008055Chemicallipids-ChemicaloctadecenoylMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols10116SpeciesWistar rats4577Speciescorn4047SpeciescorianderMESH:D009821Chemicaloil10116Speciesrats4577Speciescorn-Chemicaloleoyl4232SpeciessunflowerMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolsMESH:D004042Chemicaldietary oils4047Speciescoriander-Chemicaloleic4232SpeciessunflowerMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolsMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerol-ChemicalPetroselinoyl4047SpeciescorianderMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols4232SpeciessunflowerMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerols10573552J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2212-71999titleKamlage B, Hartmann L, Gruhl B, Blaut M0Intestinal microorganisms do not supply associated gnotobiotic rats with conjugated linoleic acid.10116SpeciesratsMESH:D019787Chemicallinoleic acidabstract99Conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) is produced from linoleic acid (LA) by bacteria in the rumen of herbivores. CLA enters the human diet mainly via milk fat and fatty beef; it acts as an effective anticarcinogen and exhibits other important physiological effects. The objective of the current study was to investigate the capability of a LA-conjugating bacterial community isolated from a human volunteer and associated with germ-free rats to supply the host with CLA. Gnotobiotic rats were fed a diet enriched with esterified LA in the form of sunflower-seed oil. The control group was fed the same diet and remained germ-free. Bacterial cell counts, in vitro LA-conjugation activities, and CLA concentration in feces and in the contents of various intestinal segments were determined. After 10 wk, various tissues were analyzed for CLA concentrations. LA-conjugation activity was found only in feces, cecum and colon content samples from associated rats, but CLA accumulation in various body tissues did not differ significantly between the two groups. The ratio of CLA to LA in feces and in cecal and colonic contents did not differ between groups, indicating that the microorganisms in the cecum and the colon do not synthesize substantial amounts of CLA in vivo and therefore, do not contribute to the CLA supplementation of the host.MESH:D019787Chemicallinoleic acidMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D019787Chemicallinoleic acidMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA9606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman10116SpeciesratsMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA10116Speciesrats4232SpeciessunflowerMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA10116SpeciesratsMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D044243ChemicalCLAMESH:D044243ChemicalCLA10573553J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2218-241999titleMoore MC, Hsieh PS, Flakoll PJ, Neal DW, Cherrington AD0Net hepatic gluconeogenic amino acid uptake in response to peripheral versus portal amino acid infusion in conscious dogs.9615Speciesdogsabstract123These studies were conducted to determine the effect of route of gluconeogenic amino acid delivery on the hepatic uptake of the amino acids. After a sampling period with no experimental intervention (basal period), conscious dogs deprived of food for 42 h received somatostatin, intraportal infusions of insulin (3-fold basal) and glucagon (basal), and a peripheral infusion of glucose to increase the hepatic glucose load 1.5-fold basal for 240 min. A mixture of alanine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, serine and threonine was infused intraportally at 7.6 micromol. kg(-1). min(-1) (PorAA group, n = 6) or peripherally at 8.1 micromol. kg(-1). min(-1) (PerAA, n = 6), to match the hepatic load of gluconeogenic amino acids in PorAA. During the infusion period, there were no differences in PerAA and PorAA, respectively, with regard to arterial plasma insulin (144 +/- 18 and 162 +/- 18 pmol/L), glucagon (51 +/- 8 and 47 +/- 11 ng/L), hepatic glucose load (199.8 +/- 22.2 and 210.9 +/- 16.6 micromol. kg(-1). min(-1)), net hepatic glucose uptake (2.8 +/- 2.2 and 2.2 +/- 1.7 micromol. kg(-1). min(-1)), hepatic load of amino acids (68 +/- 14 and 62 +/- 7 micromol. kg(-1). min(-1)), or net hepatic glycogen synthesis (11.1 +/- 2.2 and 8.9 +/- 2.2 micromol. kg(-1). min(-1)). The net hepatic uptake of glutamine (2.1 +/- 0.4 vs. 0.8 +/- 0.3 micromol. kg(-1). min(-1)) and the net hepatic fractional extractions of glutamine (0.11 +/- 0.02 vs. 0.05 +/- 0.02) and serine (0.41 +/- 0.03 vs. 0.34 +/- 0.02) were greater in PorAA than in PerAA (P < 0.05). We speculate that one or more of the amino acids in the mixture causes enhancement of the net hepatic uptake and fractional extraction of glutamine, and perhaps other gluconeogenic amino acids, during intraportal amino acid delivery.9615Speciesdogs483665Gene173insulinMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D000409ChemicalalanineMESH:D018698ChemicalglutamateMESH:D005973ChemicalglutamineMESH:D005998ChemicalglycineMESH:D012694ChemicalserineMESH:D013912Chemicalthreonine483665Gene173insulinMESH:D005934ChemicalglucagonMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D006003ChemicalglycogenMESH:D005973ChemicalglutamineMESH:D005973ChemicalglutamineMESH:D012694ChemicalserineMESH:D005973Chemicalglutamine10573554J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2225-301999titlePark T, Rogers QR, Morris JG0High dietary protein and taurine increase cysteine desulfhydration in kittens.MESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D003545Chemicalcysteineabstract79The objective of this study was to determine the effect of dietary protein and taurine on cysteine desulfhydration in various kitten tissues. Cysteine desulfhydration was assessed in liver, kidney, skeletal muscle, heart, spleen, brain and jejunum of kittens fed one of the following diets for 5 wk: 20% protein, 0% taurine diet (LP0T); 20% protein, 0.15% taurine diet (LPNT); 60% protein, 0% taurine diet (HP0T); and 60% protein, 0.15% taurine diet (HPNT). Cats fed LP0T and HP0T had been fed a taurine-free diet for 10 wk before the 5-wk experiment. The activity of cysteine desulfhydration was determined by measuring the production of H(2)(35)S from (35)S-cysteine in the presence and absence of alpha-ketoglutarate (alphaKG) in the incubation medium. Liver and kidney had the highest total activities among the tissues tested (P < 0.01). Total hepatic desulfhydration activities [micromol H(2)S/(min. kg body wt)] in cats fed LP0T, LPNT, HP0T and HPNT were (mean +/- SEM) 117 +/- 6, 135 +/- 10, 137 +/- 10 and 190 +/- 9, respectively. Dietary taurine had a significant effect on activity when expressed per gram liver (P < 0.01), per gram protein (P < 0.05) and per kilogram body weight (P < 0.001). Dietary protein had a significant effect (P < 0.001) only when activity was expressed relative to body weight because of the significant effect of protein on relative liver weight. The direct pathway via cysteine desulfhydrase appears to be the major route of cysteine desulfhydration in kitten liver because the values obtained in the absence of alphaKG were 81-88% of those obtained in the presence of alphaKG.MESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D003545ChemicalcysteineMESH:D003545ChemicalCysteineMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D013654Chemicaltaurine-ChemicalLPNTMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D013654Chemicaltaurine9685SpeciesCatsMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D003545Chemicalcysteine-ChemicalH(2)MESH:D003545ChemicalcysteineMESH:D007656Chemicalalpha-ketoglutarateMESH:D006862ChemicalH(2)S9685SpeciescatsMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D003545Chemicalcysteine10573555J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2231-51999titleLe Blay G, Michel C, Blottière HM, Cherbut C0Prolonged intake of fructo-oligosaccharides induces a short-term elevation of lactic acid-producing bacteria and a persistent increase in cecal butyrate in rats.MESH:C116580Chemicalfructo-oligosaccharidesMESH:D019344Chemicallactic acid-Chemicalcecal butyrate10116Speciesratsabstract162While the prebiotic effects of fructo-oligosaccharides (FOS), short-chain polymers of fructose, have been thoroughly described after 2-3 wk of ingestion, effects after intake for several months are unknown. We tested the hypothesis that these effects would differ after ingestion for short and long periods in rats. Rats were fed a basal low-fiber diet (Basal) or the same diet containing 9 g/100 g of FOS for 2, 8 or 27 wk, and cecal contents were collected at the end of each time period. Cecal short-chain fatty acid concentration was higher in rats fed FOS than in those fed Basal, and this effect persisted over time: 83.8 +/- 4.1 vs. 62.4 +/- 6.5 micromol/g at 2 wk and 103.5 +/- 5.8 vs. 73.2 +/- 7.4 micromol/g at 27 wk (P < 0.05). The molar butyrate ratio was higher in rats fed FOS regardless of the time period (14.8 +/- 0.6% vs. 6.7 +/- 1.1% at 27 wk, P < 0.05). Lactate concentration in rats fed FOS was elevated after 2 wk and then decreased: 63.5 +/- 21.6 micromol/g at 2 wk vs. 8.8 +/- 3.3 micromol/g at 8 wk (P < 0.05). After 2 wk, FOS increased the concentrations of total lactic acid-producing bacteria, and Lactobacillus sp. (P < 0.05), without modifying total anaerobes. However, most of these effects were abolished after 8 and 27 wk of FOS consumption. In the long term, the FOS-induced increase in intestinal lactic acid-producing bacteria was lost, but the butyrogenic properties of FOS were maintained.MESH:C116580Chemicalfructo-oligosaccharidesMESH:C116580ChemicalFOSMESH:D011108ChemicalpolymersMESH:D005632Chemicalfructose10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesRatsMESH:D004043ChemicalfiberMESH:D005232Chemicalshort-chain fatty acid10116SpeciesratsMESH:D002087Chemicalbutyrate10116SpeciesratsMESH:D019344ChemicalLactate10116SpeciesratsMESH:D019344Chemicallactic acid1591SpeciesLactobacillus spMESH:D014397DiseaseFOS consumptionMESH:D019344Chemicallactic acid10573556J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2236-81999titleBennett A, Rowe RI, Soch N, Eckhert CD0Boron stimulates yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) growth.MESH:D001895ChemicalBoron4932Speciesyeast4932SpeciesSaccharomyces cerevisiaeabstract58Boron is required for the growth of vascular plants and embryonic development in fish. The molecular basis of boron's essentiality, however, remains unknown for both. The objective of this study was to determine whether yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) could be used as a model for the evaluation of intracellular boron trafficking. Three experiments were conducted to assess the effect of boron supplementation on yeast growth. Cultures were grown in low boron media containing 0.04 micromol B/L. After 24 h, a new flask was inoculated with this culture; it was allowed to reach early log phase growth (9 h) and was then divided between two flasks. One flask was supplemented with ultrapure boric acid to achieve a concentration of 185 micromol B/L (+B); the other was supplemented with an equivalent volume of ultrapure water (NB). Boron significantly stimulated cell growth rate into the stationary phase of growth. Yeast cell boron concentrations decreased in both treatments over the course of the experiment, but analysis by inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (ICPMS) did not detect differences in cellular concentration between the boron supplemented (B) and nonsupplemented (NB) groups. Ethanol concentrations did not differ between the two treatments, demonstrating that boron-stimulated growth was not a secondary effect of alcohol dehydrogenase inhibition. The demonstration of boron-dependent growth stimulation in yeast suggests that Saccharomyces cerevisiae can be used as a model system for the study of intracellular boron trafficking.MESH:D001895ChemicalBoron58023Speciesvascular plantsMESH:D001895Chemicalboron4932Speciesyeast4932SpeciesSaccharomyces cerevisiaeMESH:D001895ChemicalboronMESH:D001895Chemicalboron4932SpeciesyeastMESH:D001895ChemicalboronMESH:C032688Chemicalboric acidMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D001895ChemicalBoron4932SpeciesYeastMESH:D001895ChemicalboronMESH:D001895ChemicalboronMESH:D000431ChemicalEthanolMESH:D001895ChemicalboronMESH:D001895Chemicalboron4932Speciesyeast4932SpeciesSaccharomyces cerevisiaeMESH:D001895Chemicalboron10573557J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2239-451999titleBaker DH, Edwards HM, Strunk CS, Emmert JL, Peter CM, Mavromichalis I, Parr TM0Single versus multiple deficiencies of methionine, zinc, riboflavin, vitamin B-6 and choline elicit surprising growth responses in young chicks.MESH:D008715ChemicalmethionineMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D025101Chemicalvitamin B-6MESH:D002794Chemicalcholineabstract145A soy-protein isolate diet that was deficient in methionine (Met), zinc (Zn), riboflavin, vitamin B-6 and choline for chick growth (Assay 1) was used to study individual or multiple deficiencies of several of these nutrients. In all cases, adding all three deficient nutrients together resulted in growth responses that were superior to those resulting from supplementation with any pairs of deficient nutrients. In Assay 2, single addition of Zn but not of methionine or riboflavin produced a growth response, but the combination of either Zn and Met or Zn and riboflavin resulted in growth responses that were greater than the response elicited by Zn alone. Assay 3 involved individual or multiple deficiencies of choline, riboflavin and vitamin B-6, and individual additions suggested that choline was first limiting. Choline + riboflavin supplementation, however, produced marked growth and gain:food responses that were far greater than those resulting from supplemental choline or riboflavin alone. Moreover, the growth response to a combination of choline + pyridoxine (PN) was also greater than that obtained from any of the three nutrients fed alone; even PN + riboflavin (in the absence of choline) produced responses greater than those observed with the unsupplemented negative-control diet. In Assay 4, chicks responded to individual additions of riboflavin, PN or Met, and in Assay 5, to either riboflavin or PN; all two-way combinations resulted in growth rates that were far greater than those occurring with any single addition. The data from these experiments show that unlike the situation with three deficient amino acids, the expected responses to first-, second- and third-limiting B-vitamins or deficient vitamins combined with deficient levels of Zn or Met do not follow the expected pattern of response to first-, further response to first- and second- and an even further response to first-, second- and third-limiting nutrients.MESH:D008715ChemicalmethionineMESH:D008715ChemicalMetMESH:D015032ChemicalZnMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D025101Chemicalvitamin B-6MESH:D002794Chemicalcholine9031SpecieschickMESH:D000015Diseasemultiple deficienciesMESH:D015032ChemicalZnMESH:D008715ChemicalmethionineMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D015032ChemicalZnMESH:D015032ChemicalZnMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D015032ChemicalZnMESH:D000015Diseasemultiple deficienciesMESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D025101Chemicalvitamin B-6MESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D002794ChemicalCholineMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D011736ChemicalpyridoxineMESH:D011736ChemicalPNMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D012256ChemicalriboflavinMESH:D015032ChemicalZn10573558J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2246-501999titleRohde CM, Manatt M, Clagett-Dame M, DeLuca HF0Vitamin A antagonizes the action of vitamin D in rats.MESH:D014801ChemicalVitamin AMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin D10116Speciesratsabstract55Interactions between vitamin A and vitamin D have been suggested for several decades but have not been established. In particular, vitamin A has been proposed to intensify the severity of the bone mineralization disease, rickets and inhibit the ability of vitamin D to cure this disease. To investigate this hypothesis, weanling Holtzman rats were fed a 1.2% calcium, 0.1% phosphorus diet and 15.5 ng ergocalciferol (vitamin D(2)) every 3 d for 21 d in the presence of increasing amounts of retinyl acetate (0 microg to 8621 microg/d). The increasing amounts of retinyl acetate produced a progressive and significant decrease in total bone ash (P < 0.001) and an increase in epiphyseal plate width (P < 0.001). The same experiment conducted with increasing amounts of vitamin D(2) (0 to 645 ng/d) indicated that the antagonism by retinyl acetate could be demonstrated at all vitamin D(2) dosages. To further investigate this antagonistic relationship, weanling Holtzman rats were fed a 0. 47% calcium, 0.3% phosphorus diet and 15.5 ng vitamin D(2) every 3 d for 33 d in the presence of increasing retinyl acetate (0 to 3448 microg/d). In the absence of retinyl acetate, these rats maintained a normal serum calcium level (2.34 mmol/L). Increasing retinyl acetate, however, eliminated the ability of vitamin D(2) to elevate the level of serum calcium (1.35 mmol/L). These results illustrated in vivo antagonism of vitamin D(2) action on intestine and bone by retinyl acetate.MESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin DMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin D10116SpeciesratsMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D010758ChemicalphosphorusMESH:D004872ChemicalergocalciferolMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin DMESH:C009166Chemicalretinyl acetateMESH:C009166Chemicalretinyl acetateMESH:D000072042Diseaseepiphyseal plate widthMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin DMESH:C009166Chemicalretinyl acetateMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin D10116SpeciesratsMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D010758ChemicalphosphorusMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin DMESH:C009166Chemicalretinyl acetateMESH:C009166Chemicalretinyl acetate10116SpeciesratsMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:C009166Chemicalretinyl acetateMESH:D004872Chemicalvitamin D(2)MESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D014807Chemicalvitamin DMESH:C009166Chemicalretinyl acetate10573559J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2251-71999titleMengheri E, Nobili F, Vignolini F, Pesenti M, Brandi G, Biavati B0Bifidobacterium animalis protects intestine from damage induced by zinc deficiency in rats.28025SpeciesBifidobacterium animalisMESH:C564286Diseasezinc deficiency10116Speciesratsabstract92We investigated the potential beneficial effects of Bifidobacterium animalis on intestinal damage using zinc-deficient (ZD) rats as a model for intestinal alterations. The ZD rats were fed diets containing 1 mg Zn/kg for 20 (ZD(20)) or 40 (ZD(40)) d to induce damage that differed in severity. Subgroups of these rats, the ZD(20) + B and ZD(40) + B groups, received a suspension of B. animalis (3.5 x 10(8) colony forming units) daily for the last 10 d. Another subgroup, the ZD(40) + B + 7 d group, was fed the ZD diet for 7 d after the B. animalis treatment period. Zinc deficiency induced ulcerations, edema, inflammatory cell infiltration and dilatation of blood vessels in duodenum, jejunum and ileum, with increasing severity between 20 and 40 d of zinc deficiency. The mucosa of the ZD(20) + B group was well preserved, and most of the morphologic alterations induced by zinc deficiency were normalized in the ZD(40) + B group. The high fecal concentrations of B. animalis in the ZD(40) + B and ZD(40) + B + 7 d groups indicate that these bifidobacteria survived passage through the gastrointestinal tract and proliferated. Electron microscopy confirmed the elevated numbers of bifidobacteria in cecum. Treatment with B. animalis resulted in greater epithelial cell proliferation and disaccharidase activities in the ZD(40) + B group compared with the ZD(40) group. These findings indicate that B. animalis can protect the intestine from alterations induced by zinc deficiency, suggesting that this bacterium may play a role in intestinal mucosal defense.28025SpeciesBifidobacterium animalisMESH:C564286Diseasezinc-deficient10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D015032ChemicalZn10116Speciesrats28025SpeciesB. animalis28025SpeciesB. animalisMESH:C564286DiseaseZinc deficiencyMESH:D014456DiseaseulcerationsMESH:D004487DiseaseedemaMESH:C564286Diseasezinc deficiencyMESH:C564286Diseasezinc deficiency28025SpeciesB. animalisMESH:D004067Diseasegastrointestinal tract28025SpeciesB. animalis28025SpeciesB. animalisMESH:C564286Diseasezinc deficiency10573560J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2258-631999titleMcEligot AJ, Rock CL, Flatt SW, Newman V, Faerber S, Pierce JP0Plasma carotenoids are biomarkers of long-term high vegetable intake in women with breast cancer.MESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoids9606SpecieswomenMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancerabstract98We investigated predictors of change in plasma carotenoids from baseline to 3 y and examined plasma carotenoid concentrations at 1 and 3 y in response to a high vegetable diet. Participants were 56 women diagnosed with breast cancer and enrolled in a randomized feasibility study for a trial examining the effect of a diet high in vegetables and fruits on the risk of breast cancer recurrence. Independent t test analysis revealed that the intervention group had significantly higher vegetable and fruit servings and fiber at 12 mo and significantly higher vegetable servings at 36 mo compared with the control group (P < 0.05). Energy intake from fat was significantly lower in the intervention group at 12 and 36 mo. The intervention group had significantly higher consumption of beta-carotene, alpha-carotene, lutein and beta-cryptoxanthin at 12 mo (P < 0.05). beta-Carotene, alpha-carotene and lutein intakes also were significantly higher at 36 mo (P < 0.05). At 36 mo, the intervention group had significantly higher plasma concentrations of alpha-carotene and beta-carotene compared with the control group. Repeated-measures ANOVA revealed that the intervention group had significantly increased (P < 0.05 with Bonferroni correction) plasma beta-carotene, alpha-carotene, lutein and lycopene concentrations at 12 and 36 mo compared with baseline. Baseline carotenoid concentrations were significantly inversely predictive (P < 0.05) of plasma carotenoid change. In addition, change in body mass index (BMI) and plasma cholesterol concentrations were predictive of plasma carotenoid change from baseline to 3 y. Results of this study demonstrate that change in plasma carotenoid concentrations is associated with change in BMI, change in plasma cholesterol and baseline carotenoid concentrations. Plasma carotenoid response can be an indicator of long-term high vegetable intake for women at risk of breast cancer recurrence.MESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoid9606SpeciesParticipants9606SpecieswomenMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancerMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancerMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-caroteneMESH:C041635Chemicalalpha-caroteneMESH:D000072743Chemicalbeta-cryptoxanthinMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-CaroteneMESH:C041635Chemicalalpha-caroteneMESH:C041635Chemicalalpha-caroteneMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-caroteneMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-caroteneMESH:C041635Chemicalalpha-caroteneMESH:D000077276ChemicallycopeneMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D002784ChemicalcholesterolMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D002784ChemicalcholesterolMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidMESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoid9606SpecieswomenMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancer10573561J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2264-701999titleAmeredes BT, Watchko JF, Daood MJ, Rosas JF, Donahoe MP, Rogers RM0Growth hormone improves body mass recovery with refeeding after chronic undernutrition-induced muscle atrophy in aging male rats.81668Gene350Growth hormoneMESH:D009133Diseasemuscle atrophy10116Speciesratsabstract130The effects of growth hormone (GH) administration and refeeding after chronic undernutrition (UN) were investigated in Fischer 344 male rats aging into senescence (24.5 mo of age) during UN initiated at 12.5 mo of age that produced muscle atrophy and a 50% decrease in body mass. Muscle mass, protein, myosin heavy-chain (MHC) composition and circulating testosterone levels were measured and compared to controls with free access to food. Within 9 wk, refeeding + GH restored body mass to control levels, whereas it was still decreased with refeeding alone. By 24.5 mo of age, refeeding alone restored body mass, while addition of GH resulted in overshoot. UN uniformly decreased mass of the gastrocnemius, extensor digitorum longus, soleus and diaphragm muscles to 50-60% of controls. Refeeding and refeeding + GH restored these losses with some overshoot of gastrocnemius muscle suggesting hypertrophy. UN more than doubled slow Type I MHC composition and approximately halved fast Type IIB and IIX MHC in the deep gastrocnemius muscle while it increased Type IIA MHC in the diaphragm. Refeeding and refeeding + GH reversed these shifts. MHC shifts in the extensor digitorum longus and soleus muscles were not statistically significant, whereas UN increased fast Type IIA MHC followed by decrease with refeeding + GH. UN decreased testosterone levels to nearly zero followed by restoration with refeeding and refeeding + GH. We conclude that the phenotype of mixed-MHC muscles such as the gastrocnemius and diaphragm are most affected by chronic UN, which is reversible with refeeding and refeeding + GH. These alterations were associated with changes in circulating testosterone, which may be a key regulatory element in these processes.81668Gene350growth hormone81668Gene350GH10116SpeciesratsMESH:D009133Diseasemuscle atrophyMESH:D013739Chemicaltestosterone81668Gene350GH81668Gene350GH81668Gene350GHMESH:D006984Diseasehypertrophy81668Gene350GH81668Gene350GHMESH:D013739Chemicaltestosterone81668Gene350GH81668Gene350GHMESH:D013739Chemicaltestosterone10573562J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2271-71999titleLee CM, Boileau AC, Boileau TW, Williams AW, Swanson KS, Heintz KA, Erdman JW0Review of animal models in carotenoid research.MESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoidabstract48Foods containing provitamin A carotenoids are the primary source of vitamin A in many countries, despite the poor bioavailability of carotenoids. In addition, epidemiologic studies suggest that dietary intake of carotenoids influences the risk for certain types of cancer, cardiovascular disease and other chronic diseases. Although it would be ideal to use humans directly to answer critical questions regarding carotenoid absorption, metabolism and effects on disease progression, appropriate animal models offer many advantages. This paper will review recent progress in the development of animal models with which to study this class of nutrients. Each potential model has strengths and weaknesses. Like humans, gerbils, ferrets and preruminant calves all absorb beta-carotene (betaC) intact, but only gerbils and calves convert betaC to vitamin A with efficiency similar to that of humans. Mice and rats efficiently convert betaC to vitamin A but absorb carotenoids intact only when they are provided in the diet at supraphysiologic levels. Mice, rats and ferrets can be used to study cancer, whereas primates and gerbils are probably more appropriate for studies on biomarkers of heart disease. No one animal model completely mimics human absorption and metabolism of carotenoids; thus the best model must be chosen with consideration of the specific application being studied, characteristics of the model, and the available funding and facilities.-Chemicalprovitamin AMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D002338ChemicalcarotenoidsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseaseMESH:D002908Diseasechronic diseases9606SpecieshumansMESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoid9606Specieshumans9669Speciesferrets9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D019207Chemicalbeta-caroteneMESH:D019207ChemicalbetaC9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D019207ChemicalbetaCMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin A9606Specieshumans10090SpeciesMice10116SpeciesratsMESH:D019207ChemicalbetaCMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoids10090SpeciesMice10116Speciesrats9669SpeciesferretsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D006331Diseaseheart disease9606SpecieshumanMESH:D002338Chemicalcarotenoids10573563J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2278-91999titleBaker DH0Cupric oxide should not be used as a copper supplement for either animals or humans.MESH:C030973ChemicalCupric oxideMESH:D003300Chemicalcopper9606Specieshumansabstract8510573564J. Nutr.; 1999 Dec; 129(12) 2280-41999titleKris-Etherton PM0AHA science advisory: monounsaturated fatty acids and risk of cardiovascular disease.MESH:D005229Chemicalmonounsaturated fatty acidsMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseaseabstract8610573566Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 253-631999titlePaczkowski C, Ivkovich D, Stanton ME0Ontogeny of eyeblink conditioning using a visual conditional stimulus.abstract71The developmental emergence of associative learning in rodents is determined by interactions among sensory, motor, and associative systems that are engaged in a particular experimental preparation (Carter & Stanton, 1996; Hunt & Campbell, 1997; Rudy, 1992). In fear conditioning, chemosensory, auditory, and visual cues emerge successively as effective conditional stimuli (CS) during postnatal ontogeny. In the present study, we begin to examine the generality of this principle of sensory system development for eyeblink conditioning, a form of associative learning that develops substantially later than conditioned fear (Carter & Stanton, 1996). We asked whether the developmental emergence of eyeblink conditioning to a visual CS occurs at an age that is the same or different from conditioning to an auditory CS. In Experiment 1, rat pups were trained on postnatal Day 17 or 24 with experimental parameters (and design) that were identical to our previous studies of eyeblink conditioning except that presentation of a light rather than a tone served as the CS. The outcome was also identical: no eyeblink conditioning on Day 17 and strong conditioning on Day 24. In Experiment 2, conditioning to tone versus light was directly compared by means of a discrimination learning design on postnatal Days 19, 21, 23, and 31. There was no evidence for differential development of auditory versus visual eyeblink conditioning. The difference between this outcome and previous ones involving conditioned fear (Hunt & Campbell, 1997; Rudy, 1992) suggests that principles concerning sensory maturation and learning may be different for early- versus late-developing associative systems.-ChemicalCS-ChemicalCS10116SpeciesratMESH:D014786Diseaseauditory versus visual eyeblink10573567Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 264-751999titleLonstein JS, Stern JM0Effects of unilateral suckling on nursing behavior and c-fos activity in the caudal periaqueductal gray in rats.314322Gene3844c-fos10116Speciesratsabstract113In rats, suckling elicits kyphosis-the bilaterally symmetrical, upright, humpbacked nursing posture-and maximal expression of the immediate early gene c-fos in a region of the caudal periaqueductal gray (cPAG) that mediates the sensorimotor integration of kyphosis. We determined the effects of prepartum unilateral nipple removal on nursing behavior and c-fos expression during a 60-min mother-litter interaction on Day 7 postpartum. Compared with dams suckled by 6 pups bilaterally, dams suckled unilaterally displayed essentially normal maternal behaviors, including kyphosis. Unilaterally suckled dams, however, showed an increase in the abnormal prone nursing posture, a decrease in proportion of kyphotic nursing of total time over pups, and a 20% higher contralateral/ipsilateral ratio of cPAG neurons expressing c-fos. These results are consistent with an incompletely lateralized neural pathway conveying suckling stimulation to the cPAG and provide a mechanism whereby kyphosis is elicited by unilateral suckling when pups initiate nursing from their supine dam.10116SpeciesratsMESH:D007738Diseasekyphosis314322Gene3844c-fosMESH:D007738Diseasekyphosis314322Gene3844c-fosMESH:D007738Diseasekyphosis-ChemicalcPAG314322Gene3844c-fos-ChemicalcPAGMESH:D007738Diseasekyphosis10573568Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 276-891999titleHildreth K, Rovee-Collier C0Decreases in the response latency to priming over the first year of life.abstract74We previously reported that the latency of responding to a memory prime in a reactivation procedure decreases between 3 and 6 months of age. The present study extended this analysis through the first year of life. In this study, 6-, 9-, and 12-month-olds learned an operant task. One week after they had forgotten it, infants were exposed to a component of the original event as a memory prime and were tested after different delays for evidence of retention. Although the interval between the original event and priming increased linearly with age-from 3 weeks at 6 months to 9 weeks at 12 months, the latency of responding after priming decreased linearly with age-from 1 hr at 6 months to 0-1 s at 12 months. The latency of responding after priming was not task-specific; at 6 months, it was identical in two different tasks. These results provide additional evidence that priming in reactivation studies with infants is the same automatic, perceptual identification phenomenon as repetition priming in studies with adults.9606Speciesinfants1214577Speciesto 99606Speciesinfants10573569Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 291-3031999titleCaston J, Devulder B, Jouen F, Lalonde R, Delhaye-Bouchaud N, Mariani J0Role of an enriched environment on the restoration of behavioral deficits in Lurcher mutant mice.MESH:D019958Diseasebehavioral deficits10090Speciesmiceabstract98Lurcher mutant mice, characterized by massive degeneration of the cerebellar cortex, and normal littermate controls were reared from birth either in standard conditions or in an enriched environment. The effects of this manipulation on motor functions, landmark water maze learning, exploration, and anxiety were evaluated at 3 months of age. Under standard conditions, Lurcher mutants were impaired in comparison to controls on tests of sensorimotor function and had altered exploratory tendencies. The enriched housing improved the motor coordination of Lurcher mutants and decreased the number of trials before reaching criterion in the landmark water maze. In addition to its effects in Lurcher mutants, enriched rearing also increased some behavioral abilities in normal mice. It is hypothesized that enriched housing altered brain morphology or neurochemistry in both normal and cerebellar-damaged animals.10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D013132Diseasedegeneration of the cerebellar cortexMESH:D001008Diseaseanxiety10090Speciesmice10573570Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 304-171999titleChotro MG, Alonso G0Effects of stimulus preexposure on the generalization of conditioned taste aversions in infant rats.9606Speciesinfant10116Speciesratsabstract101Generalization of a conditioned taste aversion in infant rats and how this is affected by stimulus preexposure was investigated in a series of experiments. In Experiment 1 generalization of a conditioned aversion between two tastes (sweet and salty) was found, and the effect of tastes preexposure was a reduction in generalization (Experiment 2). However, when these tastes were combined with a common taste (acid) that was less (Experiment 3) or more intense (Experiment 3b), the effect of stimulus preexposure was a stronger generalization of the conditioned aversion. In this case, a reduction on generalization was again observed by increasing the number of preexposure trials to the taste compounds (Experiment 4). In all cases the generalization levels were directly related to the effect of stimulus preexposure on the acquisition rate of conditioning. It can be concluded that, with the appropriate parameters, a reduction of generalization of a conditioned taste aversion can be obtained after taste exposure in preweanling rats.9606Speciesinfant10116Speciesrats10116Speciesrats10573571Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 318-271999titleSavage LM, Pitkin SR, Careri JM0Memory enhancement in aged rats: the differential outcomes effect.10116Speciesratsabstract67Aged (23 months) and young (3 months) rats were trained on an operant Matching-To-Position (MTP) task that had either (a) specific outcomes (reinforcers) correlated (differential groups), or (b) outcomes uncorrelated (nondifferential groups) for each correct sample-choice sequence. The traditional version of MTP uses a common outcome and is thought to assess spatial working memory. Aged rats are impaired on the traditional version of MTP. However, aged animals trained with the Differential Outcomes Procedure (DOP) did not display the typical age-related decline in spatial working memory. Differences in choice accuracy between old and young rats reached significance only if the subjects were trained with a nondifferential outcomes procedure (NOP)-similar to when a common outcome is used. These data demonstrate that employing behavioral procedures to tap intact cognitive functions is an effective means of enhancing spatial working memory in normal as well as aged subjects.10116Speciesrats10116Speciesrats10116Speciesrats59087Gene38176tap10573572Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 328-421999titleTees RC0The influences of sex, rearing environment, and neonatal choline dietary supplementation on spatial and nonspatial learning and memory in adult rats.MESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D007859Diseaselearning and memory10116Speciesratsabstract150The potential facilitative effects of early environmental enrichment and perinatal choline chloride dietary supplementation on male and female adult rats' learning and memory were examined using a "stimulus-elicited investigative," and a social/observational learning-cued spatial memory paradigm. Male and female animals were either maintained in a standard lighted colony (SC) or were given supplementary exposure to a complex environment (EC) for 2 hr daily from 24-90 days of age. In each case, half of the animals were exposed to the choline supplementation both prenatally and postnatally for 24 days. In one paradigm, the 90-day-old EC rats were found to be significantly more responsive than SC rats to each change in the spatial relationships of objects contained in an open field. Neither sex nor early diet of the animals were much of a factor in the investigative behavior observed. In the second paradigm, the effects of the perinatal choline diet did interact with those of sex and postnatal environment to alter the impact of social/observational experience on the acquisition and memory of place in the water maze. The choline-treated EC males were the most influenced by their experience seeing a demonstrator swim to a platform location. The present study provides some further insight into the scope of the long-term functional enhancements produced by perinatal choline supplementation and EC in male and female animals and relates these effects to common modifications to targets of cholinergic basal forebrain systems.MESH:D002794Chemicalcholine chloride10116SpeciesratsMESH:D007859Diseaselearning and memoryMESH:D002794Chemicalcholine10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D002794ChemicalcholineMESH:D002794Chemicalcholine10573573Dev Psychobiol; 1999 Dec; 35(4) 343-511999titleWillford JA, Segar TM, Barron S0The behavioral response to novelty is altered in rats neonatally exposed to cocaine.10116SpeciesratsMESH:D003042Chemicalcocaineabstract85It has recently been suggested that the effects of in utero cocaine exposure may result in subtle deficits related to a challenging environment, including exposure to novelty or stress. This study used a neonatal drug-exposure model to examine the behavioral response to a novel environment in rodents. Subjects were artificially reared (AR) from postnatal Days 4-10. There were four treatment groups; AR 40 mg/kg/day cocaine, AR 20 mg/kg/day cocaine, AR control group receiving no drug, and a normally reared control. In Experiment 1, subjects were tested for their preference of maternal home-cage or clean wood-chip odors in a T-maze on postnatal Day 15. Subjects from all treatment groups preferred the maternal odor. In Experiment 2, subjects were habituated to four familiar odors and tested with a novel odor in an open field (postnatal Days 16-21). Neonatal exposure to 20 mg/kg/day cocaine led to an overall increase in exploratory behavior during testing, whereas 40 mg/kg/day did not, supporting the hypothesis that developmental exposure to cocaine at some doses may alter the offspring's response to a changing environment.MESH:D003042Chemicalcocaine-ChemicalARMESH:D003042Chemicalcocaine-ChemicalARMESH:D003042ChemicalcocaineMESH:D003042ChemicalcocaineMESH:D003042Chemicalcocaine10573574Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 525-91999titleKondo M, Horibe K, Takahashi Y, Matsumoto K, Fukuda M, Inaba J, Kato K, Kojima S, Matsuyama T0Prognostic value of internal tandem duplication of the FLT3 gene in childhood acute myelogenous leukemia.2322Gene3040FLT3MESH:D015470Diseaseacute myelogenous leukemiaabstract106BACKGROUND: Recently, an internal tandem duplication of the FLT3 gene (FLT3/ITD) was found in 20% of adult cases of acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), and this length abnormality was suggested to be associated with leukemic progression. PROCEDURE: We examined the mRNA expression of the FLT3 gene by using reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) in 64 children with AML, and further abnormal transcripts were cloned and sequenced. RESULTS: An unexpected longer product was found in seven patients (11%) by RT-PCR of the FLT3 gene. Sequence analysis of these abnormal products revealed the presence of tandemly duplicated fragments in all seven patients. Three factors were identified to be associated with high incidence of FLT3/ITD; older patients (> or = 10 years) (P = 0.049), high WBC count (> or = 50,000/microl) at presentation (P = 0.002), and M3 in FAB subtypes (P = 0.002). Induction failure was observed in 3 (43%) of 7 patients with FLT3/ITD. Only FLT3/ITD was identified as a significant risk factor for induction failure by univariate analysis (P = 0.013), although it was not significant by multivariate analysis (P = 0.11). The Kaplan-Meier estimate of event-free survival rate at 5 years was 14% for patients with FLT3/ITD, which was significantly lower in comparison with 69% for patients without FLT3/ITD (P = 0.003). This finding was also identified by multivariate analysis (P = 0.01). CONCLUSIONS: In this study, FLT3/ITD was observed in 11% of childhood AML and identified to be associated with poor prognosis. A large prospective study with uniform treatment is necessary to confirm our results.2322Gene3040FLT32322Gene3040FLT3MESH:D015470Diseaseacute myelogenous leukemiaMESH:D015470DiseaseAMLMESH:D007938Diseaseleukemic2322Gene3040FLT39606SpecieschildrenMESH:D015470DiseaseAML9606Speciespatients2322Gene3040FLT39606Speciespatients2322Gene3040FLT39606Speciespatients2187Gene51880FAB9606Speciespatients2322Gene3040FLT32322Gene3040FLT39606Speciespatients2322Gene3040FLT39606Speciespatients2322Gene3040FLT32322Gene3040FLT3MESH:D015470DiseaseAML10573575Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 530-51999titleKushner BH, LaQuaglia MP, Cheung NK, Kramer K, Hamelin AC, Gerald WL, Ladanyi M0Clinically critical impact of molecular genetic studies in pediatric solid tumors.MESH:D009369Diseasepediatric solid tumorsabstract83BACKGROUND: Standard cytogenetic techniques are time-consuming and often not informative with solid tumors. In contrast, the reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) is a readily available technique that can rapidly detect tumor-specific chromosomal rearrangements, even in small biopsy specimens. We present cases depicting the importance of including molecular diagnostic studies in the routine evaluation of pediatric solid tumors. PROCEDURE: We used RT-PCR to detect chimeric transcripts specific for major pediatric solid tumors, including peripheral primitive neuroectodermal tumor (pPNET), alveolar rhabdomyosarcoma (ARMS), and desmoplastic small round-cell tumor (DSRCT). We reviewed six recent cases in which the initial diagnosis was changed by the results of RT-PCR. RESULTS: Highly unusual or nonspecific clinical and/or histopathologic findings led to the initial diagnoses of neuroblastoma in three patients and DSRCT, leukemia, and carcinoma in one patient each. The final diagnoses after RT-PCR studies were pPNET in three patients, ARMS in two patients, and DSRCT in one patient. RT-PCR results led to early corrections in the diagnosis in two patients, but four patients received treatment not considered optimal for the neoplasms ultimately diagnosed, including three who, despite presenting with localized tumors that have a >70% cure rate with standard therapy, have died or are dying of disease. CONCLUSIONS: Molecular genetic studies on solid tumors can clarify the diagnosis in seemingly straightforward as well as in overtly problematic cases. These diagnostic distinctions are now critical as disease-specific and risk-directed therapies have emerged.MESH:D009369Diseasesolid tumorsMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D009369Diseasepediatric solid tumorsMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:D017599Diseaseneuroectodermal tumorMESH:D018232Diseasealveolar rhabdomyosarcomaMESH:D058405Diseasedesmoplastic small round-cell tumorMESH:D009447Diseaseneuroblastoma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007938DiseaseleukemiaMESH:D002277Diseasecarcinoma9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmsMESH:D009364Diseaselocalized tumorsMESH:D009369Diseasetumors10573576Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 536-441999titleSeidemann K, Tiemann M, Henze G, Sauerbrey A, Müller S, Reiter A0Therapy for non-Hodgkin lymphoma in children with primary immunodeficiency: analysis of 19 patients from the BFM trials.MESH:D008228Diseasenon-Hodgkin lymphoma9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D007153Diseaseprimary immunodeficiency9606Speciespatients-ChemicalBFMabstract121BACKGROUND: Non-Hodgkin lymphomas (NHL) represent an important complication of primary immunodeficiency (ID), posing new therapeutic challenges in this patient population. This study analyzes clinical data and therapy results of pediatric patients with primary ID and NHL in three consecutive NHL-BFM trials. PROCEDURE: Retrospective analysis of children with primary ID and NHL, treated according to protocol NHL-BFM, was performed regarding clinical presentation, diagnostic features, therapy, and outcome. RESULTS: From October, 1986, to April, 1997, 19 of 1,413 newly diagnosed patients with NHL were registered as suffering from primary ID. Age at diagnosis of NHL was lower in patients with ID. Six patients suffered from humoral ID, 13 patients from combined ID (ataxia teleangiectasia n = 3; Nijmegen breakage syndrome n = 4; PNP deficiency n = 1; IL2 receptor defect n = 1, other combined ID n = 4). Thirteen lymphomas were of B-cell and six of T-cell-lineage. Four of thirteen patients with combined ID were diagnosed with T-NHL, nine with B-NHL. Two of six patients with humoral ID presented with T-NHL and four with B-NHL. NHL entities differed significantly between ID and non-ID patients (P < or = 0.01): centroblastic and immunoblastic lymphomas (31.6% vs. 8.1%), anaplastic large cell lymphoma (26.3% vs. 10.7%), Burkitt lymphoma and B-ALL (21% vs. 47. 8%). Seventeen patients received polychemotherapy. Therapy-related toxicity was increased in ID- compared to non-ID-patients. Three patients died of sepsis; three died of tumor progression; one patient relapsed; one died of BMT-related toxicity; one died of second malignancy. Ten patients are in first continuous remission after a median follow-up of 4 years. CONCLUSIONS: Curative treatment of NHL in the presence of primary ID is possible and should be attempted.MESH:D008228DiseaseNon-Hodgkin lymphomasMESH:D007153Diseaseprimary immunodeficiency9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Specieschildren9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001259Diseaseataxia teleangiectasiaMESH:D049932DiseaseNijmegen breakage syndromeMESH:C562587DiseasePNP deficiency3558Gene488IL2MESH:D008223Diseaselymphomas9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D016400Diseaseimmunoblastic lymphomasMESH:D016399Diseasecell lymphomaMESH:D002051DiseaseBurkitt lymphoma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicity9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D018805DiseasesepsisMESH:D009369Diseasetumor9606SpeciespatientMESH:D064420DiseasetoxicityMESH:D009369Diseasemalignancy9606Speciespatients10573577Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 545-501999titleReinders-Messelink H, Schoemaker M, Snijders T, Göeken L, van Den Briel M, Bökkerink J, Kamps W0Motor performance of children during treatment for acute lymphoblastic leukemia.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D054198Diseaseacute lymphoblastic leukemiaabstract81BACKGROUND: Daily life motor skills of children with acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) were studied during treatment using the Movement Assessment Battery for Children (Movement ABC). In addition, the possible relation with vincristine treatment was investigated. PROCEDURE: Seventeen children treated for ALL, aged 4-12 years, were compared to an age- and sex-matched control group. RESULTS: The leukemia group performed more poorly than the control group on both fine and gross motor skills. In looking at the number of children with ALL who scored in the clinical range of the different subtests, problems in balance skills were found to be most pronounced at the end of induction therapy. Remarkably, half a year after reinduction therapy, problems with balance had decreased, whereas the number of children with fine motor problems had increased. CONCLUSIONS: A relation between the gross motor problems and vincristine neurotoxicity seems plausible based on a descriptive analysis of the data, but this was not supported statistically.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D054198Diseaseacute lymphoblastic leukemia9606SpeciesChildren10058Gene11375ABCMESH:D014750Chemicalvincristine9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D007938Diseaseleukemia9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D014750ChemicalvincristineMESH:D020258Diseaseneurotoxicity10573578Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 551-71999titleStahlschmidt J, Cullinane C, Roberts P, Picton SV0Renal medullary carcinoma: prolonged remission with chemotherapy, immunohistochemical characterisation and evidence of bcr/abl rearrangement.MESH:D007681DiseaseRenal medullary carcinoma613Gene3192bcrabstract142BACKGROUND: Renal medullary carcinoma (RMC), an extremely rare tumour of the kidney, carries a dismal prognosis, with no reports to date of significant response to chemotherapy or radiotherapy. A case of this tumour in a male child, who showed a dramatic response to chemotherapy, is described. PROCEDURE: A detailed histological evaluation of the tumour and cytogenetic analysis using fluorescent in situ hybridisation (FISH) was carried out. The child was treated with multiagent chemotherapy, followed by abdominal radiotherapy. RESULTS: A detailed histopathological and immunohistochemical portrait of this tumour is described, and FISH studies confirmed the presence of a bcr/abl rearrangement. The child obtained complete radiological remission following chemotherapy, although he later relapsed and died of progressive disease despite further attempts at treatment with chemotherapy. CONCLUSIONS: Although there are no previous reports of response of this tumour to chemotherapy, this case illustrates that treatment of this disease is justified. The responses of other cases to similar drug regimens would be of interest to confirm whether the encouraging response described for this case could be reproduced. Cytogenetic analysis of other cases of RMC may clarify whether the abnormalities seen in this case are typical.MESH:D007681DiseaseRenal medullary carcinomaMESH:D007680Diseasetumour of the kidneyMESH:D009369Diseasetumour9606SpecieschildMESH:D009369Diseasetumour9606SpecieschildMESH:D009369Diseasetumour613Gene3192bcr9606SpecieschildMESH:D009369Diseasetumour10573579Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 558-621999titleGocheva L, Todorov J, Danon S0Tolerance of half-body irradiation as systemic therapy for patients with locally advanced breast cancer.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancerabstract105BACKGROUND: Locally advanced breast cancer (LABC) is one of the main causes of cancer death among women in Bulgaria. In 1988, when this study started, there was still controversy about the role of chemotherapy in controlling systemic disease. There were encouraging results from the Radiation Therapy Oncology Group (RTOG) 82-06 study suggesting that half-body irradiation (HBI) should be used earlier in the disease course to prevent the development of metastases. There were many patients with LABC requiring treatment, but there was a problem with obtaining the drugs needed; they were expensive and not consistently available. PROCEDURE: Taking into account the medical contraindications to chemo-therapy treatment, its toxicity, and the possibility of chemoresistance, we initiated this study to look at the effects of HBI given as two fractions of 4 Gy to the upper and then lower parts of the body, after surgery and before local radiotherapy. RESULTS: The acute tolerance of this regimen in 36 patients with LABC was as good as it was in 4 additional LABC patients with M1 disease, and hematologic recovery was satisfactory. CONCLUSIONS: We conclude that systemic treatment with HBI is tolerable. It therefore may be a convenient and cost-effective treatment for LABC, although better treatments are still needed.MESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancerMESH:D003643Diseasecancer death9606SpecieswomenMESH:D034721Diseasesystemic diseaseMESH:D009362Diseasemetastases9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicity9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015470DiseaseM1 disease10573580Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 5631999titleBarrett A0Another way.abstract1310573581Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 564-711999titleSchmiegelow M, Lassen S, Weber L, Poulsen HS, Hertz H, Müller J0Dosimetry and growth hormone deficiency following cranial irradiation of childhood brain tumors.MESH:D006130Diseasegrowth hormone deficiency following cranial irradiation of childhood brain tumorsabstract97BACKGROUND: Dosimetry of the hypothalamus-pituitary (HP) region could allow prediction of the risk of growth hormone deficiency (GHD) following cranial irradiation. PROCEDURE: Nineteen children (15 boys) with a median age of 6.3 years (range 1.7-16.5) at the time of irradiation of a brain tumor not involving the HP axis were followed for 1.2-6.3 years (median 3.4) from radiotherapy (RT). The dose to a standardized anatomical model including the HP region was calculated from dose-volume histograms of 10% to 100% in steps of 10% of the HP model based on data from a computer-based treatment planning system. If GHD was suspected from insulin-like growth factor-I, serum insulin-like growth factor binding protein-3, and/or height velocity measurements, an arginine stimulation test was performed. GHD was defined by a peak GH <15mU/liter. RESULTS: Ten patients developed GHD 10-26 months from irradiation. Cox regression analysis identified the 90% dose-volume of the HP box as the strongest predictor of development of GHD (P = 0.03). The median dose to the 90% dose-volume of the HP region was 37.5 Gy (range 2. 3-55.3). The cumulated risk of GHD 2.5 years after radiotherapy for children receiving more than and less than 37.5 Gy to the HP region was 87% and 33%, respectively (P = 0.036). CONCLUSIONS: Dosimetry of a defined HP volume provides the opportunity to 1) calculate the exact dose delivered to this region, 2) predict the risk of GHD and, 3) in the future revise the treatment planning and thus reduce the risk of endocrine adverse effects.MESH:D007029Diseasehypothalamus-pituitaryMESH:C537404Diseasegrowth hormone deficiency9606Specieschildren9606SpeciesboysMESH:D001932Diseasebrain tumorMESH:C537262DiseaseHP axis3479Gene515insulin-like growth factor-I3486Gene500insulin-like growth factor binding protein-3MESH:D001120Chemicalarginine9606Speciespatients9606Specieschildren10573582Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 572-61999titleSkowrońska-Gardas A0Radiotherapy of central nervous system tumors in young children: benefits and pitfalls.MESH:D016543Diseasecentral nervous system tumors9606Specieschildrenabstract88BACKGROUND: The prognosis for young children suffering from brain tumors is, as many authors report, generally poor. The probability of late complications in young children is also high, and their quality of life is significantly worse than that of older children. This study presents the experience of one center in management of central nervous system tumors in children in aged 1-3 years with radiation therapy. PROCEDURE: From 1981 to 1990, 52 children (aged 1-3 years) with CNS tumors were treated at the First Radiotherapy Department in the Center of Oncology in Warsaw, Poland. These patients represented 18% of the total number of 293 children with brain and spine tumors treated in this period. The radiation treatment policy for young children was similar to that applied to older children, but total doses and doses per fraction were lower and did not exceed 50 Gy to the tumor site and 30 Gy to the CNS axis. RESULTS: Overall 5-year survival was 52%, and disease-free survival was 50%. These results were similar to those obtained in older children (53% and 50%, respectively). Serious mental retardation (IQ < 70) was observed in 30% of young children in comparison to 7% of older patients, but in 62% these symptoms were noted even before the start of radiotherapy. CONCLUSIONS: The results obtained in this series did not confirm the hypothesis of more aggressive biology of CNS tumors in younger children. The proportion of children with serious psychological disturbances in this group is apparently high, although in most cases these symptoms were observed before the start of radiotherapy and were a result of tumor mass effects.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D001932Diseasebrain tumors9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D016543Diseasecentral nervous system tumors9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369DiseaseCNS tumors9606Speciespatients9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasetumors9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasetumor9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D008607Diseasemental retardation9606Specieschildren1214577Speciesto 79606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasetumors9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasetumor10573583Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 577-91999titleKuga T, Inoue T, Taniguchi S, Zempo N, Esato K0Management of respiratory distress in children and adolescents with cancer.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract7610573584Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 580-21999titleTanaka Y, Ijiri R, Kato K, Nishi T, Nishihira H, Aida N0Intrapulmonary lymph nodes in children versus lung metastases.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009362Diseasemetastasesabstract6310573585Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 583-41999titleRoland CG0William osler of bond head, canadaabstract3510573586Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 585-71999titleTrebo MM, Thorner PS, Bowman WP, Weitzman S0Long-term survival of a stage 4 neuroblastoma patient despite persistent bone marrow disease following autologous bone marrow transplantation.MESH:D009447Diseaseneuroblastoma9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001855Diseasebone marrow diseaseabstract14310573587Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 588-901999titleDi Tullio MT, Indolfi P, Casale F, Pettinato G, Martone A, Morgera C0Pleuropulmonary blastoma: survival after intraocular recurrence.MESH:C537516DiseasePleuropulmonary blastomaabstract6510573588Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 591-31999titleWorth LL, Slopis JM, Herzog CE0Congenital hepatoblastoma and schizencephaly in an infant with Beckwith-Wiedemann syndrome.MESH:D018197DiseaseCongenital hepatoblastomaMESH:D065707Diseaseschizencephaly9606SpeciesinfantMESH:D001506DiseaseBeckwith-Wiedemann syndromeabstract9210573589Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 594-51999titleEmir S, Akyüz C, Yazici M, Büyükpamukçu M0Vertebra plana as a manifestation of Ewing sarcoma in a child.MESH:D007873DiseaseVertebra planaMESH:C563168DiseaseEwing sarcoma9606Specieschildabstract6310573590Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 596-71999titleTaçyildiz N, Yavuz G, Unal E, Gözdasoğlu S, Ertem M, Aysev D0Fungal infection from Fusarium spp. in children with refractory hematologic malignancies.MESH:D009181DiseaseFungal infection9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D019337Diseasehematologic malignanciesabstract9010573591Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 5971999titleMangini C, de Camargo B0Letter to the editor: Authors' replyabstract3710573592Med. Pediatr. Oncol.; 1999 Dec; 33(6) 598-91999titleAriffin H, Ariffin W, Mohamed M, Arasu A, Peng LH0Management of systemic Fusarium infection in children with leukemia.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D007938Diseaseleukemiaabstract6910573593Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 1-52000titleHerbert R, London M, Nagin D, Beckett W0The diagnosis and treatment of occupational diseases: integrating clinical practice with prevention.MESH:D009784Diseaseoccupational diseasesabstract10110573594Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 6-222000titleLevin SM, Kann PE, Lax MB0Medical examination for asbestos-related disease.abstract50There are millions of workers whose exposure to asbestos dust prior to the implementation of asbestos regulation and improved control measures places them at risk of asbestos-related disease today. In addition, workers are still being exposed to significant amounts of asbestos, when asbestos materials in place are disturbed during renovation, repair, or demolition. Given the continued presence of asbestos-containing materials in industrial, commercial, and residential settings throughout the U.S., a sizeable population remains at risk of asbestos-related disease. This article reviews the health effects associated with exposure to asbestos and delineates the steps necessary for the comprehensive screening and clinical assessment for asbestos-related disease, in order to assist physicians in identifying and preventing illness associated with exposure to asbestos among their patients.MESH:D001194ChemicalasbestosMESH:D001194ChemicalasbestosMESH:D001194ChemicalasbestosMESH:D001194ChemicalasbestosMESH:D001194ChemicalasbestosMESH:D001194ChemicalasbestosMESH:D001194ChemicalasbestosMESH:D001194Chemicalasbestos9606Speciespatients10573595Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 23-432000titleLevin SM, Goldberg M0Clinical evaluation and management of lead-exposed construction workers.abstract73An estimated one million construction workers are currently occupationally exposed to lead. Until 1993, construction workers were not offered the protections of OSHA's 1978 standard for lead exposure in industrial activities. Preventing exposure to lead in the construction setting presents many challenges, given the rapidly and frequently changing work environment. This article reviews the adverse effects of lead on human health and presents an approach to the diagnosis, management, and prevention of lead-related illness. The medical aspects of the 1993 OSHA standard for lead in construction are described.54719SpeciesOSHA9606Specieshuman54719SpeciesOSHA10573596Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 44-612000titleXiao JQ, Levin SM0The diagnosis and management of solvent-related disorders.abstract59Millions of workers in the United States are recurrently exposed to solvents throughout their working lives. Members of this class of compounds share the ability to dissolve waxes, fats, and oils as their common characteristic. This review offers the health practitioner a practical approach to the diagnosis, management, and prevention of solvent-related disorders that result from exposures to these compounds in the workplace. A description of commonly used solvents is provided, along with a brief review of the literature that documents their acute and chronic effects on health.10573597Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 62-742000titleHerbert R, Gerr F, Dropkin J0Clinical evaluation and management of work-related carpal tunnel syndrome.MESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndromeabstract75Carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS) is a clinical entity characterized by pain, paresthesias, and numbness in the distribution of the median nerve with weakness and atrophy of the thenar muscles in advanced cases. It is universally accepted that CTS is the clinical concomitant of compression of the median nerve as it passes through the carpal canal. It is reported to be the most common of the entrapment neuropathies. Increasing evidence suggests that occupational factors, including forceful use of the hands, repetitive use of the hands, and hand-arm vibration, are etiologic for CTS. When occurring as a result of occupational exposures, the term "work-related carpal tunnel syndrome" is applied. Clinical approaches to the diagnosis and treatment of work-related CTS are described in this paper. Particular attention is paid to the clinical features and pathophysiology of CTS, the epidemiology of work-related CTS, ascertainment of work-relatedness in the clinical setting, treatment including both work and non-work interventions, and control of occupational ergonomic risk factors that may contribute to the illness.MESH:D002349DiseaseCarpal tunnel syndrome7276Gene317CTSMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D006987DiseasenumbnessMESH:D018908DiseaseweaknessMESH:D001284Diseaseatrophy7276Gene317CTSMESH:D009408Diseaseentrapment neuropathies7276Gene317CTSMESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndrome7276Gene317CTS7276Gene317CTS7276Gene317CTS10573598Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 75-932000titlePiligian G, Herbert R, Hearns M, Dropkin J, Landsbergis P, Cherniack M0Evaluation and management of chronic work-related musculoskeletal disorders of the distal upper extremity.MESH:D009140Diseasemusculoskeletal disordersabstract107This clinical review will describe the epidemiology, clinical presentation, and management of the following work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WMSDs) of the distal upper extremity: deQuervain's disease, extensor and flexor forearm tendinitis/tendinosis, lateral and medial epicondylitis, cubital tunnel syndrome, and hand-arm vibration syndrome (HAVS). These conditions were selected for review either because they were among the most common WMSDs among patients attending the New York State Occupational Health Clinics (NYSOHC) network, or because there is strong evidence for work-relatedness in the clinical literature. Work-related carpal tunnel syndrome is discussed in an accompanying paper. In an attempt to provide evidence-based treatment recommendations, literature searches on the treatment of each condition were conducted via Medline for the years 1985-1999. There was a dearth of studies evaluating the efficacy of specific clinical treatments and ergonomic interventions for WMSDs. Therefore, many of the treatment recommendations presented here are based on a consensus of experienced public health-oriented occupational medicine physicians from the NYSOHC network after review of the pertinent literature. A summary table of the clinical features of the disorders is presented as a reference resource.MESH:D009140Diseasemusculoskeletal disordersMESH:D052256DiseasetendinitisMESH:D052256DiseasetendinosisMESH:D013716DiseaseepicondylitisMESH:D020430Diseasecubital tunnel syndromeMESH:D053421Diseasehand-arm vibration syndrome9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndrome10573599Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 94-1112000titleJohanning E0Evaluation and management of occupational low back disorders.MESH:D009784Diseaseoccupational low back disordersabstract62This clinical practice review of occupational low back disorders describes work-related risk factors, occupational history, physical evaluation, clinical tests, diagnosis, care, and prevention. It is part of a quality assurance (QA) and quality improvement (QI) effort to establish exemplary occupational practice standards. It emphasizes the involvement of occupational medicine physicians in exposure assessment, care of injured workers, and disease prevention. Important occupational risk factors such as lifting, awkward body posture and vibration, in addition to psychosocial, socio-economic and other factors are summarized. The focus is on mechanical back disorders. Return-to-work, rehabilitation and prevention strategies are discussed as part of integrated disability management involving the injured worker, the primary care provider, employers and other relevant parties.MESH:D009784Diseaseoccupational low back disordersMESH:C535569DiseasepsychosocialMESH:D001416Diseaseback disorders10573600Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 112-202000titleMay JJ0Occupational hearing loss.MESH:D034381DiseaseOccupational hearing lossabstract27Hearing loss is a significant and unfortunately common occupational malady. Over the past several decades both the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) have initiated efforts to better understand and to limit the occurrence of occupational hearing loss, particularly as it relates to excessive noise exposure. This paper briefly addresses the pathophysiology of noise-induced hearing loss and then describes the occupational and non-occupational factors which influence a worker's risk of hearing loss. The primary foci of this discussion are the clinical evaluation, diagnosis, and management of occupational hearing loss. Issues of prevention, OSHA-mandated hearing conservation efforts and compensation are reviewed.MESH:D009784Diseaseoccupational malady54719SpeciesOSHAMESH:D034381Diseaseoccupational hearing lossMESH:D034381Diseasehearing lossMESH:D034381Diseasehearing lossMESH:D034381Diseaseoccupational hearing loss54719SpeciesOSHA10573601Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 121-412000titleFriedman-Jiménez G, Beckett WS, Szeinuk J, Petsonk EL0Clinical evaluation, management, and prevention of work-related asthma.MESH:D001249Diseaseasthmaabstract72Work-related asthma (WRA) is asthma that is attributable to, or is made worse by, environmental exposures in the workplace. WRA has become the most prevalent occupational lung disease in developed countries, is more common than is generally recognized, and can be severe and disabling. Identification of workplace exposures causing and/or aggravating the asthma, and appropriate control or cessation of these exposures can often lead to reduction or even complete elimination of symptoms and disability. This depends on timely recognition and diagnosis of WRA. In this review, the diagnostic evaluation has been organized in a stepwise fashion to make it more practical for primary care physicians as well as physicians specializing in occupational diseases and asthma. WRA merits more widespread attention among clinicians, labor and management health and safety specialists, researchers, health care organizations, public health policy makers, industrial hygienists, and others interested in disease prevention.MESH:D001249DiseaseasthmaMESH:D001249DiseaseasthmaMESH:D009784Diseaseoccupational lung diseaseMESH:D001249DiseaseasthmaMESH:D009069DiseasedisabilityMESH:D009784Diseaseoccupational diseasesMESH:D001249DiseaseasthmaMESH:D048949Diseaselabor10573602Am. J. Ind. Med.; 2000 Jan; 37(1) 142-572000titleSzeinuk J, Beckett WS, Clark N, Hailoo WL0Medical evaluation for respirator use.abstract39The purpose of a respirator is to prevent the inhalation of harmful airborne substances or to provide a source of respirable air when breathing in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. For a physician to recommend the use of respirator, general background information on respiratory-protective devices is required. The first part of this clinical practice review describes the general aspects of industrial hygiene, respirators and a respirator-certification program. The second part addresses matters related to medical certification for respirator use. Medical certification for respirators is an important part of the activities of the occupational physician. To determine whether a worker is able to tolerate the added strain of a respiratory protective device is a complex process in which factors such as fitness for work, health of the individual, characteristics of the work itself, and the properties, type, and requirements of the respiratory protective device, have to be considered. Medical certification is of utmost importance for respirator use, and it should be viewed as an element in a comprehensive respiratory protection program. A comprehensive program is the key element in affording the workers' effective respiratory protection once the initial steps of the hierarchy of methods of hazard control have proved insufficient or infeasible. As a result, the need for the industrial hygiene/safety officer, the worker, the employer and the medical professional to work as a team is much more than in any other field of occupational medicine--a necessary requirement for making the right decision.MESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D012640DiseasefitnessMESH:D000309Diseaseinsufficient10573604J. Neurocytol.; 1999 Jan; 28(1) 4-161999titleDutton JL, Hansen MA, Balcar VJ, Barden JA, Bennett MR0Development of P2X receptor clusters on smooth muscle cells in relation to nerve varicosities in the rat urinary bladder.10116Speciesratabstract122Postnatal development of the distribution of different isoforms of purinergic (P2X) receptors on smooth muscle cells in relation to the development of the innervation of the cells by nerve varicosities in the rat urinary bladder has been determined with immunofluorescence and confocal microscopy. Antibodies against the extracellular domains of the P2X(1) to P2X(6) receptors were used to detect the receptors in the bladder. Several other antibodies were used to identify sympathetic varicosities and Schwann cells. At one day postnatal (D1) there were few strings of varicosities denoting isolated axons, with most axons confined to large nerve trunks. Small size clusters of P2X(1) to P2X(6) receptor subtypes (about 0.4 microm diameter) were observed in the muscle which were independent of each other, and sometimes juxtaposed to the rare isolated varicosity strings. At D4 large numbers of strings of varicosities could be discerned throughout the detrusor. Most of these clouds of small P2X(1) to P2X(6) receptor clusters in their immediate vicinity. Some of these were colocalised with the varicosities, which were of parasympathetic origin as they failed to counter-stain with antibodies to tyrosine hydroxylase. Up to D14 there was a gradual coalescence of many of the isolated P2X(1-6) small receptor clusters so that they became colocalized, often at varicosities. Most of the varicosities in isolated strings possessed receptor clusters at this time. By D21 it was rare to find varicosity strings in the detrusor that were not either in close juxtaposition with P2X small receptor clusters or possessing such clusters in colocalization. However, large numbers of small P2X receptor clusters, many of which consisted of a mixture of isoforms, could be found spatially unrelated to nerve varicosities throughout the detrusor muscle. In the adult, single axons were either coextensive with one or more isoforms of P2X receptor clusters or these were immediately juxtaposed to the axons so that is was rare to find a varicosity that did not possess a receptor cluster. However, different combinations of colocalized P2X receptor isoforms could still be discerned in small clusters unrelated to varicosities. These observations are discussed in relation to the mechanism of formation of the receptor clusters and their migration beneath parasympathetic varicosities during development.10116Speciesrat25505Gene1921P2X(1)25505Gene1921P2X(1)25041Gene3975P2X(6) receptor25505Gene1921P2X(1)25041Gene3975P2X(6) receptor25505;114115;81739;29659;113995;25041GeneP2X(1-610573605J. Neurocytol.; 1999 Jan; 28(1) 17-381999titleSobkowicz HM, Inagaki M, August BK, Slapnick SM0Abortive synaptogenesis as a factor in the inner hair cell degeneration in the Bronx Waltzer (bv) mutant mouse.MESH:D007759Diseaseinner hair cell degeneration10090Speciesmouseabstract112The Bronx Waltzer (vb) mutation in the mouse results in the degeneration of most but not all of the primary auditory receptors, the inner hair cells, and their afferent neurons. We analyzed the ultrastructure of 94 inner hair cells in the intact postnatal mutant mouse and in neonatal cochleas in culture to understand the pathogenesis of hair cell death and to detect factors that may prevent it. The vb spiral neurons of the Bronx Waltzer display two distinctive features: some of them continue to divide mitotically for at least seven postnatal days, and the type I radial fibers that innervate inner hair cells display a deficiency in immunoexpression of GAD. The growing endings of spiral neurons converge around the inner hair cells or, in their absence, invade the outer hair cell region. Their profuse sprouting among inner spiral sulcus cells contributes to the characteristic ultrastructural picture of the bv cochlea. During the first three days after birth, 40% of the inner hair cells appear normal and innervated, 40% are mostly denervated and degenerating, and 20% are immature, with minimal or no neuronal appositions. However, in mutants 6 days and older only a few inner hair cells survive, and these show either normal or superfluous afferent innervation and axosomatic GABAergic efferent innervation. Degeneration of inner hair cells begins with a distention of the nuclear envelope and the ribosomal endoplasmic reticulum. The outer nuclear membrane eventually breaks, and exudate fills the cell interior. The cellular edema leads to cell death. We propose that success or failure in synaptic acquisition is a decisive factor in the survival or decline of the mutant inner hair cells. We also suggest that the developmental delay in maturation of the spiral ganglion neurons (type I) and the failure in their synaptogenesis may be caused by an impairment in neurotrophin (NT3/BDNF) synthesis by their mutant receptor cells.10090Speciesmouse10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D003643Diseasehair cell deathMESH:D007153DiseasedeficiencyMESH:D007759DiseaseDegeneration of inner hairMESH:D004487Diseaseedema18205Gene1896NT312064Gene7245BDNF10573606J. Neurocytol.; 1999 Jan; 28(1) 39-451999titleOng WY, Mackie K0A light and electron microscopic study of the CB1 cannabinoid receptor in the primate spinal cord.1268Gene7273CB1abstract99The distribution of cannabinoid receptors was studied in the monkey spinal cord by immunocytochemistry and electron microscopy, using an antibody to the CB1 brain cannabinoid receptor. Large numbers of labelled neurons were observed in all portions of the grey matter of the spinal cord. These included small diameter 9-16 microm neurons in the dorsal horn, larger (40-60 microm) neurons in the intermediate grey, and very large (60-100 microm), motor neurons in the ventral horn. Reaction product was observed in dendrites postsynaptic to unlabelled axon terminals. Since cannabinoid receptor activation decreases neuronal excitability by several mechanisms, including inhibition of voltage dependent calcium channels, the dense staining of CB1 in dorsal horn neurons suggests that CB1 could reduce calcium influx through such channels in these neurons. This, in turn, could decrease calcium-dependent changes in synaptic transmission and decrease sensitisation to nociceptive stimuli in these neurons. Similarly, the dense staining of CB1 in ventral horn cells suggests that cannabinoid receptors could limit calcium influx through voltage dependent calcium channels in these neurons, and could be significant in terms of neuroprotection to these neurons.1268Gene7273CB11268Gene7273CB11268Gene7273CB1MESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium1268Gene7273CB1MESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10573607J. Neurocytol.; 1999 Jan; 28(1) 47-621999titleLuff SE0Development of neuromuscular junctions on small mesenteric arteries of the rat.10116Speciesratabstract80This ultrastructural study has investigated the development of the innervation of second order mesenteric arteries from the ileum region of the rat intestine, particularly, the time course of the formation of the plexus of varicose axons around the arteries, and the formation of autonomic neuromuscular junctions. The time points studied were postnatal days-2, -4, -8 and -13. This study has revealed that the formation of neuromuscular junctions with mature structural characteristics occurred at;2 weeks postnatal. The plexus of varicose axons developed predominantly between day-4 and day-13, which agrees with previous light microscopy studies of catecholamine containing nerves around similar vessels. At day-2 and day-4, the axons lacked varicosities and were mainly contained in large bundles located in the outer region of the adventitia. The medio-adventitial border consisted of a dense layer of extracellular matrix and fibroblasts. By day-8, there were more axons and most were distributed in smaller bundles. Some had grown through the adventitia to lie at the medio-adventitial border and axon varicosities were also observed. Some varicosities had formed rudimentary neuromuscular contacts. By day-13, there were significantly more contacting varicosities compared to day-8. They were structurally more mature, being twice the size with three times the number of synaptic vesicles and consistently contained a mitochondrion. Conversely, the neuromuscular contact areas were similar at both time points. Some organisation of the synaptic vesicles associated with the prejunctional membrane, was evident in varicosities at day-8 but there were no presynaptic membrane specialisations similar to the putative neurotransmitter release sites found at mature skeletal neuromuscular junctions. The aggregation of small vesicles at the prejunctional membrane was more pronounced in neuromuscular junctions at day-13 with some having presynaptic membrane specialisations. Comparison of the structure of developing autonomic neuromuscular junctions with that of skeletal neuromuscular junctions has revealed a number of similarities.10116SpeciesratMESH:D002395ChemicalcatecholamineDiseaseadventitiaDiseaseadventitiaMESH:D009468Diseaserudimentary neuromuscular10573608J. Neurocytol.; 1999 Jan; 28(1) 63-731999titleYazulla S, Studholme KM0Co-localization of Shaker A-type K+ channel (Kv1.4) and AMPA-glutamate receptor (GluR4) immunoreactivities to dendrites of OFF-bipolar cells of goldfish retina.3739Gene20514Kv1.47957Speciesgoldfishabstract161Immunocytochemical methods were used to determine the comparative distribution of Shaker Kv1.4 and Shal Kv4.2 A-type voltage-gated K(+) channels and AMPA-type GluR4 glutamate receptors in the goldfish retina. Kv1.4-immunoreactivity (IR) was restricted to a very narrow band of bright puncta and filamentous processes in the outer plexiform layer (OPL), whereas GluR4-IR was found in radial processes of Muller cells in addition to a narrow band in the OPL. Kv4.2-IR was most prominent over cell bodies of horizontal cell, amacrine cells and ganglion cells, with very weak labeling over the synaptic terminal of cone photoreceptors. Double label experiments revealed complete co-localization of Kv1.4-IR and GluR4-IR in the OPL and showed that the Kv1.4 puncta in the OPL appeared enclosed by the Kv4.2-IR cone terminals. Electron microscopical immunocytochemistry showed that Kv1.4-IR and GluR4-IR were restricted to the dendrites of OFF-bipolar cells that innervated cone photoreceptor terminals and thin processes that coursed between the rod and cone terminals in the OPL. These data are consistent with other studies demonstrating the selective clustering of A-type voltage-gated K(+) channels and ionotropic glutamate receptors. However, they differ from mammalian preparations in which Shal-like Kv4.2 rather than Shaker-like Kv1.4 co-localize postsynaptically with glutamate receptors.3739Gene20514Kv1.43751Gene40828Kv4.27957Speciesgoldfish3739Gene20514Kv1.43751Gene40828Kv4.23739Gene20514Kv1.43739Gene20514Kv1.43751Gene40828Kv4.23739Gene20514Kv1.49606Speciesmammalian3751Gene40828Kv4.23739Gene20514Kv1.410573609J. Neurocytol.; 1999 Jan; 28(1) 75-841999titleGuerrero-Tarragó M, Yuste VJ, Iglesias M, Pérez J, Comella JX0Binding patterns of lectins with GalNAc specificity in the mouse dorsal root ganglia and spinal cord.-ChemicalGalNAc10090Speciesmouseabstract102To localize membrane glycoconjugates in neurons of the mouse spinal cord and dorsal root ganglia (DRG), cryostat sections of newborn (P0), 7 day-old (P7), P14, P21 and P31 animals were stained with ten FITC-conjugated plant lectins, the majority of them recognizing N-acetyl-D-galactosamine (GalNAc) terminal sugar residues. In the dorsal root ganglia of P0 animals, the different lectins showed distinct patterns of labeling in either cells of the nervous system, including neurons, or other structures such as nerves or blood vessels. Moreover, some of these lectins showed important changes in their pattern of labeling during postnatal development. This was especially relevant for lectins that label a subpopulation of small-sized cells that have been previously identified as the nociceptive cells of the DRG. Enzymatic digestion of sections with neuraminidase removes sialic acid from the carbohydrate chains of glycoconjugates thus exposing novel sugar residues. When this treatment was applied to DRG sections from postnatal animals the pattern of lectin staining was either changed or eliminated and heterogeneous subsets of glycoconjugates normally masked by this sugar were exposed. In the spinal cord of PO animals, none of the lectins labeled cells in the central gray matter. However, after the enzymatic digestion of sections with neuraminidase, spinal cord motoneurons and some other cells were labeled by two of the lectins suggesting that GalNAc residues present in these cells are normally masked by terminal sialic acid. Altogether, these results show important changes in the temporal and spatial expression of glycoconjugates that may be relevant for the postnatal development of the CNS and PNS of mice.10090Speciesmouse20202Gene2227P1412575Gene333P2111973Gene1282P31MESH:D016650ChemicalFITCMESH:D000116ChemicalN-acetyl-D-galactosamine-ChemicalGalNAcMESH:D000073893ChemicalsugarMESH:D019158Chemicalsialic acidMESH:D002241ChemicalcarbohydrateMESH:D000073893ChemicalsugarMESH:D000073893Chemicalsugar-ChemicalGalNAcMESH:D019158Chemicalsialic acidMESH:D010523DiseasePNS10090Speciesmice10573610Acta Cient. Venez.; 1999; 50(2) 132-431999titleBriceño-León R, Camardiel A, Avila OB, DeArmas E0[Domestic violence in Caracas: social and cultural predictors].abstract64The article gives an account of the results of a research intended to know violence reported by individual between couples and towards children and also to establish the importance of social (sex, income, education, civil status, work status, gun license, alcohol abuse, attraction to violent TV programs) and cultural (social norms about aggression between couples and children punishment, and capacity to express anger and handle conflicts in a non-violent ways) predictors in such behavior. The information is based on a survey applied to Caracas Metropolitan Area (CMA) inhabitants between 18 and 70 years of age (n = 1,297) selected by probabilistic, biphasic, and tetra-stage sampling, and at random following the Politz method. The instrument was a questionnaire with on scale answers Likert type. The information was treated with multi-varying statistical analysis, using the association technique between two variables by means of the Chi-square test, with conditional independence log-linear for three variables. The results suggest relatively low violence levels between couples and towards children. Regarding children, women tend to be more violent with them, most probably explained by factors relating income and unemployment. It was found that the bigger the accord with the norm to discipline children with physical violence, the bigger the frequency of violent behavior towards them. On the contrary, the bigger the conviction to be skilled in handling situations without violence, the lesser the frequency of violent behavior. Regarding violence between couples no association was found with the sex variable, but one can certainly talk about violent couples, which is related to the way of coupling, unemployment, and lack of formal education. From the norm point of view, a relationship between belief in the norms and violent behavior is observed, although these norms and attitudes are measured by the ability of the couple of control himself/herself and act in a non-violent way.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D000437Diseasealcohol abuseMESH:D001523Diseaseaggression9606Specieschildren42554Speciestetra9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606Specieswomen9606Specieschildren10573611Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 491-91999titlePicardi N0[The scientific videotape with digital processing in surgery. The new opportunities offered surgery for videotape recording and postprocessing with the use of information and digital technologies].abstract198The facility of the tape recording of a surgical operation, by means of simple manageable apparatuses and at low costs, especially in comparison with the former cinematography, makes it possible for all surgeons to record their own operative activity. Therefore at present the demonstration in video of surgical interventions is very common, but very often the video-tapes show surgical events only in straight chronological succession, as for facts of chronicle news. The simplification of the otherwise sophisticated digital technology of informatics elaboration of images makes more convenient and advisable to assemble the more meaningful sequences for a final product of higher scientific value. The digital technology gives at the best its contribution during the phase of post-production of the video-tape, where the surgeon himself can assemble an end product of more value because aimed to a scientific and rational communication. Thanks to such an elaboration the video-tape can aim not simply to become a good documentary, but also to achieve an educational purpose or becomes a truly scientific film. The initial video will be recorded following a specific project, the script, foreseeing and programming what has to be demonstrated of the surgical operation, establishing therefore in advance the most important steps of the intervention. The sequences recorded will then be assembled not necessarily in a chronological succession but integrating the moving images with static pictures, as drawings, schemes, tables, aside the picture-in picture technique, and besides the vocal descriptive comment. The cinema language has accustomed us to a series of passages among the different sequences as fading, cross-over, "flash-back", aiming to stimulate the psychological associative powers and encourage those critical. The video-tape can be opportunely shortened, paying attention to show only the essential phases of the operation for demonstrate only the core of the problem and utilize at the best the physiological period of active attention of the observer. The informatic digital elaboration has become so easy that the surgeon himself can be able to elaborate personally on his personal computer, with professional and scientific attitude, the sequences of his surgical activity in a product of more general value. His personal engagement also in the phase of post-production gives him the possibility to demonstrate uprightly with images the complex surgical experience of science, skill and ability to communicate, perhaps better than he is able to do with words.MESH:D007806Diseasecinema language10573612Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 503-81999titleCannizzaro M, Fiorenza G, Garofalo L, De Maria A, Cavallaro N, Pulvirenti A, Veroux PF0[Hurthle-cell thyroid neoplasms: a clinical enigma].MESH:D013959Diseasethyroid neoplasmsabstract53Hurthle cell neoplasms represent a pathological entity whose diagnosis and therapy are still not defined. These neoplasms constitute from 1.5% to 10% of all thyroid tumors. Hurthle cell nodule is clinically indistinguishable from other nodular thyroid diseases and histologic features of the tumors do not always allow us to distinguish benign nodules from malignant ones. The authors, analyzing a segment of their own experience (335 surgical thyroid diseases), observed nine cases of Hurthle cell adenomas (0.03%). Because of concomitant presence of heterolobar thyroid disease, seven cases were treated with a total thyroidectomy, and two cases were treated with a lobo-isthmectomy. In a long-term follow-up study, there were not signs of Hurthle cells neoplastic disease. The authors suggest that the treatment of choice for patients with "surely benign" Hurthle cell nodule is lobo-isthmectomy. For malignant Hurthle cell tumors, total thyroidectomy is the most rational treatment associated with cervical lymphadenectomy in presence of metastatic nodes. In all cases, a long-term periodical check-up proves to be the best solution, also for patients treated for benign pathological Hurthle cell.MESH:D018249DiseaseHurthle cell neoplasmsMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmsMESH:D013959Diseasethyroid tumorsMESH:D020518Diseasenodular thyroid diseasesMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:D013959Diseasethyroid diseasesMESH:D018249DiseaseHurthle cell adenomasMESH:D013959Diseasethyroid diseaseMESH:D009386Diseaseneoplastic disease9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D018249Diseasemalignant Hurthle cell tumors9606Speciespatients10573613Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 511-61999titleArdito G, Revelli L, Guidi ML, Murazio M, Lucci C, Modugno P, Di Giovanni V0[Drainage in thyroid surgery].abstract31Bleeding represents a rare complication of thyroid surgery but when it occurs it may be life-threatening. To prevent this complication drainage is widely used. However no study has demonstrated the drains' value and recent reports have questioned its benefits. Therefore we have analyzed our experience of a 10 year-period in which 1.217 thyroidectomies were performed by the same surgical team and prophylactic routine drainage was always adopted. In 13 patients (1.06%) a benign hematoma occurred with spontaneous remission. In 6 patients the bleeding was severe and compressive hematoma occurred; it required surgical re-exploration. Such a complication is unusual in the neck surgery (0.49% in the authors' series) performed by experienced surgeons and when life-threatening hematomas do occur they depend on various uncontrolled factors and drainage is often not helpful. Otherwise a meticulous haemostatic technique is necessary and patients should be observed very closely during the few first hours following surgery on the thyroid gland. Therefore on the basis of the analysis of their series, although it is not always possible to prove the benefit of the drainage, the authors suggest its indication in the neck surgery, as in other fields with dead space, to remove blood and secretions reducing postoperative complications. They have never observed wound infections and patients were discharged within 72 hours.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006406Diseasehematoma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006470DiseasebleedingMESH:D006406DiseasehematomaMESH:D006406Diseasehematomas9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007239Diseaseinfections9606Speciespatients10573614Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 519-271999titleGalati G, Montone G, Gazzanelli S, Caragemi V, Cavallaro A, Piat G0[The subrenal abdominal aortic aneurysm. An examination of case histories and comments].MESH:D017544Diseaseabdominal aortic aneurysmabstract89The purpose of the search has stayed that of verify the evolution of the approach to the patient carrier of MA and of the treatment pre-intra-post-operatorio. The study has stayed effected on sheltered patients in our Institute from the January 1988 to the January 1997. They are about to be examined the data regarding 282 patients of which 215 cases in election and 67 in urgency. The analysis of the data has shown that the sex masculine are stricken more than female one with a relationship of 8.4: 1; the range more stricken the inclusive one in 65-79 years, the mortality in election has stayed almost unchanged while that in urgency has suffered a clean decrement. The amelioration of the diagnostics techniques of the preparation preoperative of the technical anesthesiologic and surgical has allowed to get good person results in election and above all in urgency. From the comparison with the world literature result that the incidence of the MA is in increase in the population, but we have not given univocal for define the entity of this pathology, common datum is the small badger of mortality. In conclusion the MA stays a serious pathology, diagnosed for case burdened from the mortality still elevated (40%).9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciesperson10573615Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 529-381999titlePicardi N, Annunziata A, Bartolacci M, Di Rienzo M, Bottegoni G, Zuccarini F, Visini R0[The radical treatment of hepatic hydatidosis with deep and multiple locations. The role of new technologies particularly in the case of multiple locations].MESH:D004444Diseasehepatic hydatidosisabstract158Advanced technologies (intraoperative ultrasonography, CT scan, argon coagulator ...) have changed the surgical approach of liver hydatid disease, allowing even multiple or deeply located cysts to be detected and treated successfully. Authors report a series of 4 patients with single (3) or multiple (1) unilocular hepatic cysts; and 1 patient with thoraco-pulmonary hydatid recurrent disease. Treatments of choice and surgical techniques are described. No infective compliances occurred. The mean period of hospitalization was 19 days (ranging between 10 days and 4 weeks). The longest hospitalization was observed in a patient with a post-operative biliary fistula at low out put. Total cysto-pericystectomy is emphasized as the gold standard procedure in the treatment of non complicated unilocular hydatid cysts of the liver. Modern means of investigation and technical equipment make it feasible and safe even in unfavorable localizations, allowing radical removal of the cysts preserving in the meantime all the surrounding liver parenchyma.MESH:D004443Diseaseliver hydatid disease9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D056486Diseaseunilocular hepatic cysts9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001658Diseasebiliary fistulaMESH:D010195Diseaseliver parenchyma10573616Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 539-481999titleGrande M, Danza FM0[The preoperative staging of rectal neoplasms: the clinical exam and diagnostic imaging].MESH:D012004Diseaserectal neoplasmsabstract90The management of rectal cancer remains an important clinical problem. Although there was been great progress in surgical management, the survival of patients with locally advanced disease has not improved significantly during the past decades. Preoperative staging and evaluation of the risk of recurrence may help in the choice of operation. It is difficult for clinicians to quantify reliably with digital examination the degree of fixation of the tumor, and they usually cannot distinguish nodal metastases except in advanced cases. The more frequent overstaging of small tumors within one quadrant of the rectum is a major drawback of digital examination. Computed tomography and magnetic resonance seems to underestimate the extension of rectal tumors, but both can be helpful in selecting patients with advanced tumors for whom preoperative adjuvant treatment is being considered. Endoluminal ultrasound is superior in staging tumors confined to the rectal wall, but is not the ideal tool for staging: the results are examiner dependent, the field of vision in depth is limited, and stricturing tumors cannot be passed by the ultrasound transducer. Imaging diagnostic attendibility confirms the preeminent role of intraoperative exploration in the assessment of neoplastic diffusion in order to plan a correct surgical treatment.MESH:D012004Diseaserectal cancer9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D009362DiseasemetastasesMESH:D058405Diseasesmall tumorsMESH:D012004Diseaserectal tumors9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:D062706Diseasestaging tumorsMESH:D009369Diseasetumors10573617Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 551-71999titleLo Schiavo F, Iovino F, Lojodice F, Cimmino F, Docimo G0[The integrated radiosurgical treatment of rectal cancer].MESH:D012004Diseaserectal cancerabstract59The value of radio-surgical protocols in the treatment of advanced rectal cancer has been studied retrospectively. 21 patients operated between 1986 and 1990 fulfilling some criteria were considered for this study. They were 9 men and 12 women with rectal cancer Duke's stage B2-C; 16 were treated with preoperative radiotherapy (30-35 Gy), 5 were treated with postoperative radiotherapy (40-60 Gy). The operative procedures were 12 anterior resections and 9 Miles operations. The 5 years results were: a) cancer free survival 52%; 2 patients alive with relapse; 2 patients with non cancer related death (DIC, radiation enteritis); d) cancer related deaths 28%; e) local recurrence was observed (3 pts) only in association with metastatic disease; f) no isolated local recurrence was observed. Preoperative radiotherapy with 30-35 Gy is judged the preferred protocol for decreasing the rate of isolated local recurrence and for increasing the survival rate. Omental flap transposition plays an important role in the radio-surgical treatment of advanced rectal cancer.MESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Speciespatients9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D012004Diseaserectal cancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D004194Diseaseradiation enteritisMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancer10573618Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 561-71999titleLauro A, Boselli C, Bufalari A, Fabbri B, Cirocchi R, Fabbri C, Bisacci R, Giustozzi G, Moggi L0[Perioperative changes in the plasma levels of fibrinogen and D-dimer during laparoscopic cholecystectomy: the preliminary results of a prospective randomized clinical study].2244Gene3772fibrinogenabstract176AIM: Considering that laparoscopic procedure is associated with increased resistance to lower-limb venous return and subsequent stasis, with possible implications in terms of thromboembolic complications, the aim of our study was to investigate prospectively the coagulative-fibrinolytic profile, in laparoscopic and open cholecystectomy, in patients randomly alloted to receive or not preoperative heparin. METHODS: We prospectively analyzed 36 patients (20 laparoscopic and 16 open) and we randomly divided the patients in two groups: Group-A (28 patients--16 laparoscopic and 12 open) didn't take any preoperative thromboprophylaxis, Group-B (8 patients--4 laparoscopic and 4 open) took preoperative subcutaneous heparin. We took blood venous samples before surgery, at time 0 and + 30 min., at the end and 1 and 24 hours postoperatively. The following parameters were assessed: prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time, fibrinogen and D-dimer. We statistically analyzed the differences by ANOVA test. RESULTS: In Group A, fibrinogen and D-dimer were significantly higher (p < 0.0001 and p = 0.0266) in open group as compared with laparoscopic one and we observed significant time-depending changes of fibrinogen's concentration (p = 0.0168). In Group B we obtained a higher fibrinogen's value in laparoscopic group than in conventional one, with a significant difference (p = 0.0283); also, the sampling-time affected the result in a very significant meaning (p = 0.0041). Comparing fibrinogen levels between Groups A and B, we observed lower values in heparin-treated group than in the other one (p < 0.0001), while in laparoscopic surgery there was not a significant difference between two groups of treatment. CONCLUSIONS: Our preliminary data suggest that, perioperatively (besides a smaller laparoscopic acute-phase response) the coagulative-fibrinolytic changes are lower in laparoscopic cholecystectomy than in open one and heparin treatment significantly reduces these changes in open surgery but doesn't seem to affect laparoscopic group. Our results seem to show another possible advantage of the laparoscopic surgical procedures over the traditional ones.MESH:D013923Diseasethromboembolic complications9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006493Chemicalheparin9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006493Chemicalheparin2244Gene3772fibrinogen2244Gene3772fibrinogen2244Gene3772fibrinogen2244Gene3772fibrinogen2244Gene3772fibrinogenMESH:D006493ChemicalheparinMESH:D006493Chemicalheparin10573619Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 569-731999titleLibra S, Pagano D, Curella G, Litrico V, Cancelliere M, Audibert D, La Terra S, Gruttadauria S, Pappalardo A, D Alessandro M0[Experimental research on the use of deferoxamine in the prevention of renal damage from acute ischemia].MESH:D003676ChemicaldeferoxamineMESH:D007674Diseaserenal damageMESH:D007511Diseaseischemiaabstract106Oxygen free-radical reperfusion products play a critical role in postischemic tissues injury. In this study we used deferoxamine, an iron ligand that seems to inhibit hydroxyl radicals production, in renal normothermic acute ischemia in the rat. Our results demonstrated a significant protective effect of deferoxamine on kidneys subjected to normothermic acute ischemia.MESH:D010100ChemicalOxygenMESH:D017695Diseasepostischemic tissues injuryMESH:D003676ChemicaldeferoxamineMESH:D007501ChemicalironMESH:D017665Chemicalhydroxyl radicalsMESH:D007511Diseaseischemia10116SpeciesratMESH:D003676ChemicaldeferoxamineMESH:D007511Diseaseischemia10573620Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 575-811999titleCavallaro A, De Toma G, Cavallaro G, Giacchino V, Amato D0[Parathyroid cysts: comments apropos a case].abstract46A case of non-functioning parathyroid cyst is reported, in which the preoperative diagnosis was missed. A careful review of the pertinent literature allows to outline the correct approach to this rare pathology as for the diagnosis and the treatment; as well, to enlight the current controversies about the physiopathology and the pathology.10573621Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 583-71999titleGiordano G, Amoruso M, D Abbicco D, Rizzo MI, Bonomo GM0[Primary non-Hodgkin's lymphoma of the stomach (a rare case of extensive spread to the entire organ)].MESH:D008228Diseasenon-Hodgkin's lymphomaabstract103Primary gastric lymphoma is the most frequent extra nodal primary site for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL) and is itself uncommon. Moreover, a massive infiltration of all stomach (from cardias to antrum) simulating a linitis plastica, it's rare. We present a case report of this atypical presentation of primary gastric NHL in a 73 year old females. The patient came to our observation complaining of dyspepsia, epigastric pain and vomiting from 7 months associated with weight loss and asthenia. Physical examination revealed an epigastric palpable mass. Computed tomographic findings has been necessary to confirm that the massive infiltration of gastric wall (from cardias to pylorus) was ascribed to lymphoma. Dawson's criteria was respected to define primary gastric NHL and was performed a total gastrectomy with systematic lymphadenectomy. The histopathological evidences have confirmed clinical diagnosis of primary gastric NHL. Preoperative diagnosis to clarify the nature of lesions (primary or not) and accurate staging of neoplasm before the operation are indispensable for a correct therapeutic approach; in according to the Ann Arbor classification modified by Musshoff our cases was stage IIE and radical gastrectomy with systematic lymphadenectomy was performed. Surgical resection is generally considered to have a definitive role in the treatment of primary gastric lymphoma specially for the stage IE and IIE.MESH:C535648DiseasePrimary gastric lymphomaMESH:D008228Diseasenon-Hodgkin's lymphomaMESH:D008228DiseaseNHLMESH:D004938DiseasecardiasMESH:D008039Diseaselinitis plasticaMESH:D008228Diseasegastric NHL9606SpeciespatientMESH:D004415DiseasedyspepsiaMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D014839DiseasevomitingMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D001247DiseaseastheniaMESH:D004938DiseasecardiasMESH:D008223DiseaselymphomaMESH:D008228DiseaseNHLMESH:D008228Diseasegastric NHLMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmMESH:C535648Diseasegastric lymphoma10573622Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 589-921999titlePompeo A, Staniscia G, De Carlo F0[An acute superior mediastinal syndrome with critical tracheal stenosis due to benign multinodular goiter complicated by intracystic hemorrhage].MESH:D014135Diseasecritical tracheal stenosisMESH:C564546Diseasebenign multinodular goiterMESH:D006470Diseaseintracystic hemorrhageabstract146Large benign goiter with a cervical and intrathoracic retrotracheal location is uncommon, but troublesome, since it affects the upper mediastinum and usually causes dyspnea, dysphagia or vascular obstruction; on the other hand, a large mediastinal cyst of thyroid origin complicated by a massive, spontaneous hemorrhage is an exceptional event, implicating vital prognosis through an acute tracheal compression. A 45-year-old-man presented all these complications of a previously neglected nodular-cystic goiter, causing an acute respiratory distress. An emergency diagnosis and consequent surgery, in delayed urgency, were performed. This case is presented because of its rarity. Its clinic management is discussed, in the framework of the existing literature.MESH:D006042Diseasebenign goiterMESH:D004417DiseasedyspneaMESH:D003680Diseasedysphagia or vascular obstructionMESH:D006470Diseasehemorrhage9606SpeciesmanMESH:D006044Diseasenodular-cystic goiter10573623Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 593-61999titleSciumè C, Palazzolo M, Cappello F, Aragona F, Di Vita G, Leo P0[Myelolipoma of the adrenal gland].MESH:D018209DiseaseMyelolipoma of the adrenalabstract36Adrenal myelolipomas are rare, nonfunctioning, benign neoplasms of the adrenal gland. The authors describe their experience of a case and they report the review of the literature. They illustrate what's etiopathogenetic theories, modern diagnostic technology "of imaging" and different surgical approaches need to be adapted to the excision of the adrenal myelolipomas.MESH:D018209DiseaseAdrenal myelolipomasMESH:D009369Diseasebenign neoplasmsMESH:D018209Diseaseadrenal myelolipomas10573624Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 597-6001999titleGuarino G, Turoldo A, Balani A, Ziza F0[Serous cysts of the transverse mesocolon: a review of the literature in the light of 2 cases brought to our notice].abstract118Mesenteric cyst is one of the rarest tumours, with about 820 cases reported since 1507. Ultrasound and TC are the most valuable modalities for diagnosis of mesenteric cyst. Surgical resection is the treatment of choice. The authors report two cases of mesenteric cyst of the transverse mesocolon preoperatively diagnosed by ultrasonography and computed tomography (CT). A surgical enucleation was performed.MESH:D009369Diseaserarest tumours10573625Ann Ital Chir; 1999 Jul-Aug; 70(4) 639-451999titleColonna MR, Cavallini M, Giovannini UM, Di Leo A, Lo Jacono R, Paolucci E0[The ASL and hospitals: a model of emerging management].MESH:D056807DiseaseASLabstract57The authors analysed the advantages and drawbacks of the legislative rules in the Italian medical services. They underline the impediments to the improvement in the quality and efficiency of both the organizing models and the control system of administration. The authors consider a new trend in the administration system taking place in the most innovative and dynamic units and they analyze the efficacy and speediness of diffusion of this new system. The new model could be extended to the ASL and Hospital as a possible improvement of the present situation. The article is structured in two main parts; in the first one the legal changing, that took place in the last year, in the organization of the national medical system is critically examined; the second one summarized the most significant innovation brought by the new administrative system of ASL and hospital.MESH:D056807DiseaseASLMESH:D001766Diseaselegal changingMESH:D056807DiseaseASL10573626Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 267-81999titleBenítez-Bribiesca L0Physician-scientists: are they needed?abstract3910573627Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 269-741999titleJochmus I, Schäfer K, Faath S, Müller M, Gissmann L0Chimeric virus-like particles of the human papillomavirus type 16 (HPV 16) as a prophylactic and therapeutic vaccine.333760Specieshuman papillomavirus type 16333760SpeciesHPV 16abstract118Infection by certain human papillomaviruses (HPV), most notably HPV types 16 and 18, is the major risk factor for cervical cancer. Worldwide, this disease represents the second most frequent malignant tumor in women; thus, there is urgent need for efficient therapy and prevention. The natural history of cervical cancer and its precursors (cervical intraepithelial neoplasias), as well as animal experiments, strongly suggest that the immune system controls both the primary infection (by neutralizing antibodies directed against the major structural protein L1) and the progression of the disease (via cytotoxic T cells specific for the viral oncoproteins expressed in transformed cells, e.g., E7). By the expression of an HPV 16 L1E7 fusion protein, we have generated chimeric virus-like particles (CVLP). Immunization of mice with CVLPs induces neutralizing antibodies directed against L1 virus-like particles (devoid of the E7 portion) and E7-specific T cells as measured in vitro. Vaccinated animals are protected against tumor growth following inoculation of syngeneic HPV 16-transformed cells. In addition, we observed a therapeutic effect of vaccination on pre-existing tumors. This data allowed us to conclude that CVLPs are suitable for prevention and therapy of HPV infection. A vaccine based on HPV 16 L1E7 CVLPs is currently under development.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D002583Diseasecervical cancerMESH:D009369Diseasetumor9606SpecieswomenMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D018290Diseasecervical intraepithelial neoplasiasMESH:D009378Diseaseprimary infection333760SpeciesHPV 1610090SpeciesmiceMESH:D009369Diseasetumor333760SpeciesHPV 16MESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:D030361DiseaseHPV infection333760SpeciesHPV 1610573628Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 275-851999titleRodrigo R, Avalos N, Orellana M, Bosco C, Thielemann L0Renal effects of experimental obstructive jaundice: morphological and functional assessment.MESH:D041781Diseaseobstructive jaundiceabstract93BACKGROUND: The pathophysiology of renal impairments occurring in obstructive jaundice has been extensively studied, but the underlying mechanism of these derangements remains unclear. The aim of the present study was to investigate the time-related morphological and functional changes occurring in the kidneys of rats undergoing obstructive jaundice. METHODS: Histological examination, renal function assessment and determination of (Na + K)-ATPase activity were performed in the kidneys of rats 7, 14, and 21 days following bile duct ligation (BDL) or sham operation (sham). RESULTS: Glomerular filtration rate was unaffected by BDL throughout the period of the study. Tubular effects occurred at days 7 and 14, being more marked at day 7, and consisted of an increase of about twice in the fractional excretion of sodium and chloride, paralleled by a decreased proximal and distal tubular reabsorption of sodium of about 50 and 40%, respectively. Natriuresis was consistent with augmentation of osmolar clearance but it was not associated with changes in the activity of renal (Na+ + K+)-ATPase. The ability to dilute urine was impaired at days 14 and 21 after BDL. Additionally, these effects were accompanied by decreased tubulointerstitial fibrosis and vasodilation of inner medullary capillaries. At day 21, the parameters of tubular function in BDL and sham groups were not significantly different. CONCLUSIONS: These data support the view that raised natriuresis taking place in the initial 2 weeks following BDL is due mainly to tubular effects. The contribution of hemodynamic, paracrine and humoral mediators is discussed.MESH:D007674Diseaserenal impairmentsMESH:D041781Diseaseobstructive jaundice10116SpeciesratsMESH:D041781Diseaseobstructive jaundice10116SpeciesratsMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D002712ChemicalchlorideMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D005355Diseasefibrosis10573629Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 286-91999titleMartínez-Mota L, Contreras CM, Saavedra M0Progesterone reduces immobility in rats forced to swim.10116Speciesratsabstract56BACKGROUND: Among its behavioral actions, progesterone reduces anxiety in several species including humans; however, any antidepressant-like properties remain to be explored. METHODS: In the present study, Wistar rats received injections (i.p.) of progesterone (0.20-3.0 mg/kg) 24 and 2 h before being submitted to the forced swim, a test in which antidepressants regularly reduce immobility and exert few or no actions on locomotor activity. In order to discard the cumulative effects of progesterone and a possible effect from the repetition of the swimming test, all animals received one of several progesterone doses in a different sequence following a completely randomized experimental intrasubject design. RESULTS: Ovariectomy did not modify immobility in the forced swim test as compared to control tests practiced before surgery. A dose of 0.80 mg/kg strongly reduced the total time of immobility in forced swim test (p < 0.001), but did not modify locomotor activity. In a drug-free control test applied 1 week after the last injection of progesterone, immobility returned to the higher values observed in the control tests. CONCLUSIONS: From these results, it is concluded that progesterone may possess some anti-depressant-like activity.MESH:D001008Diseaseanxiety9606Specieshumans10116SpeciesWistar ratsMESH:D011374ChemicalprogesteroneMESH:D011374Chemicalprogesterone10573630Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 290-71999titleMartínez L, Carmona L, Villalobos-Molina R0Vascular alpha 1D-adrenoceptor function is maintained during congestive heart failure after myocardial infarction in the rat.29413Gene551alpha 1D-adrenoceptorMESH:D006333Diseasecongestive heart failureMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarction10116Speciesratabstract126BACKGROUND: During congestive heart failure, desensitization of beta-adrenoceptors is related to a lower adrenergic responsiveness in the heart; little is known about alpha 1-adrenoceptors in the vasculature under this condition. We evaluated alpha 1D-adrenoceptor response in aorta and carotid arteries in a model of congestive heart failure (CHF) post-myocardial infarction. METHODS: Noradrenaline-elicited contraction was determined in endothelium-denuded arterial rings from young (10-week-old) Wistar rats in the absence and presence of the alpha 1D-adrenoceptor antagonist BMY 7378 (8-(2-(4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1-piperazinyl) ethyl)-8-azaspiro(4,5)decane-7,9-dione dihydrochloride) in sham-operated rats and in rats that developed CHF 4 weeks or 7 months after myocardial infarction. RESULTS: In the thoracic aorta, BMY 7378 displaced noradrenaline effect to the right with pA2 values of: sham, 8.58 +/- 0.12; CHF, 8.36 +/- 0.13, and sham, 8.56 +/- 0.10; CHF, 7.99 +/- 0.13 at 4 weeks and 7 months after myocardial infarction, respectively. While in carotid arteries, the pA2 values were: sham, 8.43 +/- 0.19; CHF, 8.81 +/- 0.19, and sham, 8.35 +/- 0.18; CHF, 8.29 +/- 0.08 at 4 weeks and 7 months after myocardial infarction, respectively. When adult (7-month-old) rats were subjected to myocardial infarction, CHF was not installed and pA2 values were similar and high in both sham and infarcted rats. CONCLUSIONS: These results indicate that alpha 1D-adrenoceptors remained as the main receptors involved in contraction in aorta and carotid arteries, irrespective of CHF duration.MESH:D006333Diseasecongestive heart failure29413Gene551alpha 1D-adrenoceptorMESH:D006333Diseasecongestive heart failure (CHF) post-myocardial infarction10116SpeciesWistar rats29413Gene551alpha 1D-adrenoceptor10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D006333DiseaseCHFMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionMESH:C053428ChemicalBMY 7378MESH:D009638ChemicalnoradrenalineMESH:D006333DiseaseCHFMESH:D006333DiseaseCHFMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionMESH:D006333DiseaseCHFMESH:D006333DiseaseCHFMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarction10116SpeciesratsMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionMESH:D006333DiseaseCHFMESH:D007238Diseaseinfarcted10116SpeciesratsMESH:D006333DiseaseCHF10573631Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 298-3021999titlePalacios-Corona R, Ortíz-Navarrete VF, Said-Fernández S, Rodríguez-Padilla C, González-Garza MT0Detection of a factor released by L5178Y lymphoblasts that inhibits mouse macrophage-activation induced by lipopolysaccharides.10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D008070Chemicallipopolysaccharidesabstract128BACKGROUND: Several factors inhibit cellular immune response by deactivating macrophages, but very few, such as those described here, prevent macrophage activation. METHODS: Ascites liquid from 12-day-old BALB/c mice bearing 5178Y lymphoma tumors was collected, and cell-free ascites liquid (CFAL) was separated from lymphoblasts. The supernatant (S1) was obtained from the homogenized and centrifuged lymphoblasts. Then, macrophage cultures containing 0.2 x 10(6) cells from lymphoma-bearing or healthy mice were added to 10 microL of CFAL or S1, plus 5 micrograms of lipopolysaccharides (LPS)/mL, 40 U interferon-gamma or a blend of both. Macrophages were incubated with CFAL or S1 prior to or after adding the activators to investigate whether any of the previously mentioned lymphoma fractions inhibited macrophage activation or whether they deactivated them. The effect of CFAL or S1 was estimated as the diminution of the amount of nitric oxide released by the experimental macrophage cultures with respect to controls (activated macrophages treated with none of the lymphoma fractions). RESULTS: LPS, IFN-gamma, and the LPS/gamma blend activated macrophages from both lymphoma-bearing and healthy mice. None of the lymphoma fractions deactivated macrophages. CFAL, but not S1, inhibited the macrophage activation, i.e., the percentage of inhibition of nitric oxide releasing 76.7% and 78.1% in macrophages from healthy and lymphoma-bearing mice, respectively. In addition, CFAL was unable to inhibit the macrophage-activation effect of IFN-gamma or the LPS/IFN-gamma blend. CONCLUSIONS: Mouse L5178Y lymphoma releases a factor that in vitro inhibits the macrophage activation induced by LPS, but not by IFN-gamma controls.10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D008223Diseaselymphoma tumorsMESH:D001201DiseaseascitesMESH:C565129Diseaselymphoma-bearing10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D008070Chemicallipopolysaccharides15978Gene55526interferon-gammaMESH:D008223DiseaselymphomaMESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxideMESH:D008223Diseaselymphoma15978Gene55526IFN-gammaMESH:C565129Diseaselymphoma-bearing10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D008223DiseaselymphomaMESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxideMESH:D008223Diseaselymphoma10090Speciesmice15978Gene55526IFN-gamma15978Gene55526IFN-gamma10090SpeciesMouseMESH:D008223Diseaselymphoma15978Gene55526IFN-gamma10573632Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 303-61999titleOchoa R, Mercado M, Chacón X, Fonseca E, Hernández M, Zárate A0Usefulness of insulin-like growth factor binding protein-3 levels to determine acromegaly activity and effectiveness of transsphenoidal pituitary surgery.3486Gene500insulin-like growth factor binding protein-3MESH:D000172Diseaseacromegalyabstract155BACKGROUND: Several series reported in the literature concerning the results of the treatment of acromegaly have been difficult to evaluate because the indicators are inaccurate. METHODS: We investigated the usefulness of insulin-like growth factor binding protein-3 (IGFBP) levels to determine disease activity after surgical treatment of acromegaly in 13 patients with confirmed somatotroph adenoma. RESULTS: Before surgery, all 13 non-treated patients had elevated serum levels of IGFBP-3 as well as total and free IGF-I. In addition, there was no overlap with the normal controls (p < 0.001). IGFBP-3 levels correlated significantly (0.91, p < 0.001) with GH suppressibility by glucose after surgery. CONCLUSIONS: These data confirm that IGFBP-3 is a better indicator of acromegalic activity than either total or free IGF-I. There was a high correlation with GH suppressibility by glucose after surgery; both free and total IGF-I could be considered sensitive markers only for diagnosis of active acromegaly but not for efficacy of surgery.MESH:D000172Diseaseacromegaly3486Gene500insulin-like growth factor binding protein-33486Gene500IGFBPMESH:D000172Diseaseacromegaly9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D049912Diseasesomatotroph adenoma9606Speciespatients3486Gene500IGFBP-33479Gene515IGF-I3486Gene500IGFBP-3MESH:D005947Chemicalglucose3486Gene500IGFBP-3MESH:D000172Diseaseacromegalic3479Gene515IGF-IMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose3479Gene515IGF-IMESH:D000172Diseaseacromegaly10573633Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 307-141999titleVillegas-Sánchez F, Charles-Torres JD, Moyao-García D, Nava-Ocampo AA, Velázquez-Armenta EY0Rocuronium administration in children during isoflurane anesthesia: neuromuscular effects.MESH:D000077123ChemicalRocuronium9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D007530Chemicalisofluraneabstract91BACKGROUND: The time-course of the effect of rocuronium during isoflurane anesthesia in children has rarely been evaluated. Forty-five children, aged 2-14 years, ASA 1, undergoing elective surgery and receiving isoflurane anesthesia, were studied. METHODS: Patients randomly received a dose of 400, 600, or 800 micrograms/kg of rocuronium. The first response to the control height (T1:T0) was fitted to time in order to obtain times to onset of action (TOA) including time to 90 (B90) and 99.9% (B100) of relaxation and to spontaneous recovery of 10 (T10), 25 (T25), 50 (T50), 75 (T75), and 90% (T90) of neuromuscular function (NMF). Each time was compared among groups. Linear regression analysis between the TOA or the times to spontaneous recovery of NMF (TSRNMF) and age or weight were also performed. RESULTS: The TOA were similar among the three groups while TSRNF in children receiving 600 or 800 micrograms/kg were longer (p < 0.05) than children receiving 400 micrograms/kg. The T10 and T25 were related to age (p = 0.05), whereas T10, T50, T75, and T90 were related to weight (p < 0.01). These relationships were stronger in males than females. CONCLUSIONS: Maximal relaxation was reached in all children receiving 600 or 800 micrograms/kg of rocuronium. The TSRNMF were mainly related to the weight of the children, and gender affected each relationship. Widely variable responses were observed with all three doses.MESH:D000077123ChemicalrocuroniumMESH:D007530Chemicalisoflurane9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D001241ChemicalASAMESH:D007530Chemicalisoflurane9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D000077123Chemicalrocuronium9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D000077123Chemicalrocuronium9606Specieschildren10573634Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 315-91999titleGonzález-Llaven J, Palma-Aguirre JA, García-Arreola R, Brizuela V, Nava-Rangel J, Morán-Lira S, Vela-Ojeda J, Castañeda-Hernández G, Flores-Murrieta FJ0Comparative bioavailability evaluation of two cyclosporine oral formulations in healthy Mexican volunteers.MESH:D016572Chemicalcyclosporineabstract108BACKGROUND: The use of conventional cyclosporine (Sandimmune) requires great care, as this drug exhibits a narrow therapeutic index and wide interindividual variability in its pharmacokinetics. Recently, a new microemulsion formulation (Neoral) was developed. With this formulation, cyclosporine is absorbed at the small intestine without the presence of bile. Therefore, the objective of this study was to compare the bioavailability of cyclosporine after the administration of conventional and microemulsion formulations in healthy Mexican volunteers in order to approach the optimal dosage regimen of microemulsion in the Mexican population. METHODS: The trial was conducted using 23 healthy volunteers according to a randomized crossover design. Volunteers received one 7.5-mg/kg dose as each formulation, with a 1-week washout period between treatments. Blood samples of 0.5 mL were obtained according to the following schedule: 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, and 24 h after medication. RESULTS: These indicated that Cmax and AUC0-24 values were higher with the microemulsion than with the conventional formulation. CONCLUSIONS: The microemulsion had a better absorption profile than the conventional formulation, because plasma levels with the conventional formulation demonstrated oscillations rather than reflecting an erratic absorption. Lower doses of the microemulsion are required to obtain Cmax values similar to those obtained with conventional cyclosporine.MESH:D016572ChemicalcyclosporineMESH:D016572ChemicalcyclosporineMESH:D016572ChemicalcyclosporineMESH:D016572Chemicalcyclosporine10573635Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 320-41999titleAlonso Vilatela ME, Ochoa Morales A, García de la Cadena C, Ruiz López I, Martínez Aranda C, Villa A0Predictive and prenatal diagnosis of Huntington's disease: attitudes of Mexican neurologists, psychiatrists, and psychologists.MESH:D006816DiseaseHuntington's diseaseabstract128BACKGROUND: Huntington's disease (HD) is a hereditary disease of the central nervous system. Its molecular diagnosis has allowed predictive and prenatal diagnosis to be done, and it is now a model for the study of the ethical, legal, and social problems arising from the diagnosis of such diseases. METHODS: This study explores the knowledge and attitudes of a group of Mexican specialists regarding the disease and its diagnosis. A self-administered, 30-item multiple-choice questionnaire was completed anonymously by neurologists, psychiatrists, and psychologists. RESULTS: Fifty-five percent of the professionals had experience with HD patients, 59% claimed to know the hereditary risks, and 20% answered incorrectly concerning the risks. Neurologists had the most exposure to HD; 74% acknowledged the existence of predictive diagnosis, although only 10% knew the international guidelines for testing. Eighty-six percent of the participants recommended predictive diagnosis, the reasons being: 55%, if the patients considered having offspring; 41%, for the patient's professional reasons; 6%, if a treatment was available, and 12% did not answer. In cases in which the patient wanted to have offspring, 38% thought that this should be avoided. Thirty-six percent of the subjects considered prenatal diagnosis justified in a couple with a carrier, and 51% justified abortion for affected fetuses. CONCLUSIONS: Genetic counseling and predictive diagnosis in Mexico must be the responsibility of genetics units and specialists who are aware of inheritance risks and of guidelines for HD programs. The number of patients requiring such attention is increasing rapidly.MESH:D006816DiseaseHuntington's diseaseMESH:D006816DiseaseHDMESH:D020279Diseasehereditary disease of the central nervous systemMESH:D006816DiseaseHD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006816DiseaseHD9606Speciesparticipants9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D006816DiseaseHD9606Speciespatients10573636Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 325-311999titleUrdez-Hernández E, Sifuentes-Osornio J, Calva JJ, Villalobos-Zapata Y0Epidemiological and biological characteristics of methicillin-resistant staphylococcal infections in a Mexican hospital.MESH:D013203Diseasestaphylococcal infectionsabstract121BACKGROUND: Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) has spread worldwide since 1960. However, there is little information concerning methicillin-resistant coagulase-negative staphylococci (MRCNS) infections. METHODS: In order to study the clinical and epidemiological characteristics of methicillin-resistant staphylococci (MRS) infections and to determine the relationship between MRS and both synergistic hemolysis (SH) and slime production (SP), a laboratory-based survey and non-matched case-control study were carried out at a tertiary-care center in Mexico City. In regard to patients, from May 1991 to October 1992, 46 cases of MRS infection and 86 patients (controls) infected by methicillin-susceptible staphylococci (MSS) were included. Clinical and epidemiologic variables were analyzed. The isolates were identified and tested for antimicrobial susceptibility by standard methods. An MIC of oxacillin > or = 8 micrograms/mL was defined as an MRS. RESULTS: During the study, 94 nosocomial staphylococcal infections were diagnosed: S. aureus, 35 and CNS, 59; 43 (45.7%) by MRS (rate of MRS infections was 1.12 per 100 in-patients); 2 MRSA; 41 MRCNS, and only 19 were symptomatic. Three infections were community-acquired, including one MRSA and two MRCNS. After multivariate analysis, the significant risk factors were previous antimicrobial therapy (p = 0.013) and catheter-related (p = 0.009) and urinary-tract source (p = 0.0001). Forty-nine percent of MRS showed SH while only 15% of MSS (p < 0.001) showed SH, especially in 10/10 MR-S. hemolyticus. Additionally, 48% of MRCNS showed SP, as did 18% of MSCNS (p = 0.019), particularly in 15/20 MR-S. epidermidis. Of all MRS isolates, 38% showed a homogeneous phenotype, a trait associated with multi-drug resistance (p < 0.01) and SH (p < 0.001). CONCLUSIONS: CNS predominated as the cause of MRS infections in our setting. The homogenous phenotype was associated with SH and multi-drug resistance.1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureusMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionsMESH:D008712ChemicalmethicillinMESH:D008556DiseaseMRS) infectionsMESH:D008556DiseaseMRSMESH:D006461Diseasehemolysis-ChemicalSP9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008556DiseaseMRS infection9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010068ChemicaloxacillinMESH:D008556DiseaseMRSMESH:D003428Diseasenosocomial staphylococcal infections1280SpeciesS. aureusMESH:D008556DiseaseMRSMESH:D008556DiseaseMRS infections9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionsMESH:D008556DiseaseMRS1314SpeciesS. hemolyticus-ChemicalSP1282SpeciesS. epidermidisMESH:D008556DiseaseMRSMESH:D008556DiseaseMRS infections10573637Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 332-71999titleNavarrete-Navarro S, Aguilar-Setién A, Avila-Figueroa C, Hernández-Sierra F, Santos-Preciado JI0Improved serological response to human diploid cell rabies vaccine when given simultaneously with antirabies hyperimmune globulin.9606Specieshumanabstract131BACKGROUND: The prevention of rabies in Mexico continues to be an important goal for the health sector. Although the prevalence of this disease continues to fall, between 1990 and 1995 a total of 238 cases were registered (an average of 40 cases annually), with a mean annual incidence of 0.04 cases per 100,000 inhabitants and a mortality of almost 100%, so that it is important to rely on highly effective vaccines with few side effects. The objective of this work was to evaluate seroconversion and tolerance to the human diploid cell antirabies vaccine administered to individuals with a history of exposure to rabies, to compare these results with those reported in the literature for the Fuenzalida vaccine, a rabies vaccine produced in the brain tissue of suckling mice, and to find the role antirabies hyperimmune gamma globulin plays in the concentration of post-vaccination antibody concentrations. METHODS: An analytical transverse study was carried out in 40 children and adults with a history of rabies exposure who were given a complete, five-dose intramuscular schedule of the human diploid cell rabies vaccine. Subjects were followed daily, and local and systemic signs and symptoms were recorded. Two blood samples (at baseline and at the end of the vaccination schedule) were taken and antibody titers against rabies glycoprotein, using the ELISA technique, were measured. RESULTS: Adverse side effects produced by the human diploid cell antirabies vaccine, such as frequency of pain, erythema, itching, and regional adenopathy were fewer than those reported in the literature for the Fuenzalida vaccine (p < 0.05), and of induration and local pain (p < 0.05) in relation to the latter vaccine. All patients seroconverted, producing geometric mean antibody titers of 6.22 IU/mL, an arithmetic mean titer of 9.66 IU/mL with a SD of 9.1 IU/mL. The level of tolerance to the diploid cell vaccine was good and its adverse effects were minimal and fewer than those reported for the Fuenzalida rabies vaccine. Patients receiving the diploid cell vaccine plus antirabies hyperimmune gamma globulin developed higher antibody titers (measured by ELISA test) at the end of the vaccination schedule than those only receiving the vaccine. CONCLUSIONS: These results are important in order to achieve an adequate and opportune level of protection provided by prophylactic vaccines to patients with exposure to rabies.9606Specieshuman10090Speciesmice9606Specieschildren9606Specieshuman9606SpecieshumanMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D004890DiseaseerythemaMESH:D011537DiseaseitchingMESH:D000072281DiseaseadenopathyMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesPatients9606Speciespatients10573638Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 338-401999titleGonzález-Llano O, Mancías-Guerra C, Cantú-Rodríguez OG, Hernández-Garza NE, Quiroga-Rivera A, Herrera-Garza JL, Jaime-Pérez JC, Gómez-Almaguer D0Bone marrow transplantation in a child with hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis using a less toxic conditioning regimen.9606SpecieschildMESH:D051359Diseasehemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosisabstract120BACKGROUND: Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis (HLH) is a rare non-neoplastic, frequently fatal disease of childhood. HLA-matched bone marrow transplantation (BMT) can bring about long-term remission and an eventual cure. METHODS: We report on the beneficial effect of BMT in a 2-month-old male using a less intensive conditioning regimen. The regimen included busulfan at 4 mg/kg/day (total dose 16 mg/kg), etoposide at 300 mg/m2/day (total dose 900 mg/m2), and cyclophosphamide at 50 mg/kg/day (total dose 150 mg/kg). Prophylaxis for graft-vs.-host disease included methotrexate and cyclosporine. RESULTS: An absolute neutrophil count of 500 microL was noticed on + day 12 (engraftment day). At present, i.e., 400 days after the procedure, the patient is asymptomatic, his physical examination is normal, and a slightly increased level of gamma-glutamyl-transpeptidase (GGT) and alkaline phosphatase are the only laboratory abnormalities. CONCLUSIONS: In this case, the conditioning regimen was adequate for the eradication of the disease and allowed persistent engraftment without significant toxicity. The results in our patient suggest that a less toxic regimen is feasible and permits rapid engraftment without compromising the effectiveness of chemotherapy.MESH:D051359DiseaseHemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosisMESH:D002066ChemicalbusulfanMESH:D005047ChemicaletoposideMESH:D003520ChemicalcyclophosphamideMESH:D008727ChemicalmethotrexateMESH:D016572Chemicalcyclosporine9606Speciespatient102724197Gene139965gamma-glutamyl-transpeptidase102724197Gene139965GGTMESH:D007757Diseaselaboratory abnormalitiesMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicity9606Speciespatient10573639Arch. Med. Res.; 1999 Jul-Aug; 30(4) 341-21999titleBrennan M0Animal rights in the 1990s: a different species, but you're still the prey.abstract7610573640Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 283-51999titleSilvay G, Reich DL, Ergin MA, Griepp RB0Descending thoracic and thoracoabdominal aneurysm.MESH:D000783Diseaseaneurysmabstract51The low incidence of permanent spinal cord injury in our most recent cohort (Group II) of patients suggests that serial sacrifice of intersegmental vessels, careful monitoring of spinal cord function are effective in preventing paraplegia after descending thoracic and thoracoabdominal aneurysm operations. Updated anesthetic and postoperative care minimized overall mortality risk. (Ref. 9.)MESH:D013119Diseasespinal cord injury9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010264DiseaseparaplegiaMESH:D000783Diseaseaneurysm operations10573641Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 286-901999titleHraska V, Sojak V, Kostolny M, Nosal M, Sagat M, Petko M, Kantorova A, Nagi A, Kaldararova M, Siman J0Surgical treatment of transposition of the great arteries.abstract59BACKGROUND: With regard to risk of the failure of systemic right ventricle after physiological correction of transposition of great arteries, anatomic repair is a current method of choice. OBJECTIVE OF STUDY: Analysis of results of surgical correction of transposition of great arteries performed between 1992 and October 1998. METHOD: A total of 111 patients were operated on for transposition of the great arteries. In the 1st group of patients (n = 21, mean age was 135 +/- 55 days), physiological correction according to Senning was performed. Patients of the 2nd group (n = 90, mean age was 15.4 +/- 21.6 days) underwent anatomic repair. RESULTS: Early mortality was 6% (7 patients). Mean follow-up is 2.95 years (1.9 SD) ranging from 0.2 years to 6.1 years. Actuarial 1-month survival in the whole cohort (n = 111) is 94%, and it remains unchanged at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 years of follow-up. Patients, who underwent surgery after 1997, show significantly better survival compared to those operated before 1997 (p = 0.0997). Thus, a date of operation (before 1997) is the only significant risk factor for death. Survival in patients operated after 1997 (n = 40) is 98%. All patients belonging to the 2nd group are in functional group NYHA 1. CONCLUSION: Anatomic repair of transposition of the great arteries is a method of choice for treatment of this congenital heart defect. Left ventricle becomes systemic ventricle, which is essential in view of long-term performance. Psychomotor development of children, who underwent ASO, is comparable with that of healthy population. (Tab. 3, Fig. 3, Ref. 18.)9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesPatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D003643Diseasedeath9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006331Diseaseheart defect9606Specieschildren10573642Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 291-51999titleHarustiak S, Majer I, Benej R, Pereszlenyi A, Bohucky S, Jurakova O, Dzuberova I, Kajanovicova V0[Tracheal stenosis and its treatment].MESH:D014135DiseaseTracheal stenosisabstract39A group of 89 patients suffering from tracheostenosis was studied in the period from January 1990 to January 1999. Surgical procedure on trachea was performed in 63 patients with postintubation (posttracheostomic) stenosis, in 6 patients with direct tracheal trauma, in 9 with tracheoesophageal fistula, in 7 with malignant stenosis, in 3 with postinflammatory subglottic stenosis. In the treatment of tracheal stenosis a set of methods was used ranging from laser and tracheal endoproteses, through cartilage implantation and plastic reconstruction of tracheal defects to extensive segmental resections. In a group of 50 patients with segmental resection in 43 (%) of them the result was good, in 2 (4%) of them satisfying, in 4 (8%) of them temporary brace (on T-cannule) persists, 1 patient died in postoperative period (2%). In a group of 39 patients with combined conservative treatment in 18 patients good results were reached (43.8%), in 6 satisfying (15.4%), in 13 of them temporary brace (on T-cannule) persists (33.3%) and 2 died in postoperative period (5.1%). In conclusion the results of this work suggest that the most frequent indication for surgical treatment is postintubation (postracheostomy) stenosis and that segmental trachea resection has priority in the treatment of tracheal stenoses. (Tab. 2, Ref. 18.)9606SpeciespatientsDiseasetracheostenosis9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014947DiseasetraumaMESH:D014138Diseasetracheoesophageal fistulaMESH:D009369Diseasemalignant stenosisMESH:D007829Diseasesubglottic stenosisMESH:D002357Diseasecartilage implantation9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10573643Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 296-3011999titlePechan I, Danova K0[Biochemical markers of perioperative myocardial infarct in non-cardiac surgery].MESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctabstract82Perioperative myocardial infarction as well as other major cardiac events induced by myocardial ischemia during and after a more complex or long-lasting operation represents a permanent threat for a successful outcome. High number of cardiac ischemic events especially following major vascular surgery and in elder subjects requires early, sensitive and specific diagnostic markers. This review paper presents conventional as well as novel biochemical methods fulfilling the above mentioned criteria. Until now used estimations of traditional enzyme activities (aspartate aminotransferase and lactate dehydrogenase) are either entirely discarded or subsequently lose their importance (i.e. activities of total creatine kinase and its MB-isoenzyme) an instead modern methods that estimate the amounts of specific cardiac proteins--troponins T and I, constituents of myocardial contractile apparatus--released from ischemized heart are used. Patient's monitoring by means of these cardiac markers allows an early, rapid and reliable estimation of perioperative myocardial infarction enabling possible to arrange an immediate effective treatment. Recently the myocardial regulatory protein troponin I is considered the most specific cardiac marker the plasma level of which does not increase in acute damage and chronic diseases of skeletal muscles, nor in chronic renal failure. (Ref. 52.)MESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionMESH:D003324Diseasemyocardial ischemiaMESH:D007511Diseasecardiac ischemic9606SpeciesPatientMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionMESH:D000208Diseaseacute damageDiseasechronic diseases of skeletal musclesMESH:D007676Diseasechronic renal failure10573644Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 302-71999titleSefranek V, Tomka J, Janotik P, Dulka T, Mondek P, Slysko R, Liska B0[Surgical treatment of abdominal aortic aneurysms in severe ischemic coronary disease].MESH:D017544Diseaseabdominal aortic aneurysmsMESH:D007511DiseaseischemicMESH:D003324Diseasecoronary diseaseabstract88BACKGROUND: The abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA) is one of the most serious problems of vascular surgery and general medicine, as well. Endovascular methods of treatment have been developing very rapidly, however, the conventional treatment of the AAA still predominates. The results of operative treatment have been influenced besides the delayed diagnostics of the AAA resulting in a high rate of ruptured AAA by the high comorbidity of the AAA patients population. The accentuation of the proper preoperative and perioperative management of patients could therefore significantly influence the results of the surgery. MAIN PURPOSE AND STARTING POINTS: Striking difference between the mortality of elective and emergent surgery of AAA has been unchanged despite the intensive effort of many centers. One of the main factors of mortality is the concomitant serious coronary heart disease (CHD), predominantly the acute myocardial infarction (MI). The paper analyses the possibilities to improve the results of AAA surgery by means of the patients selection and effective preparation before the elective surgery. The risk factors and concomitant diseases of patients suffering from the AAA, the elective and emergent surgery ratio and the operative mortality are referred. The results of surgical treatment before and after accepting the modern CHD management algorithm are compared. METHODS: The present study is a retrospective analysis of the data of 343 consecutive patients with AAA operated on during the 20-years period from 1 January 1979 to 31 December 1998. The 1st group of 249 patients operated on during the 18-years period from 1. January 1979 to 31 December 1996 was not subjected to special attention concerning the CHD and was compared with the 2nd group of 93 patients operated on from 1 January 1997 to 31 December 1998. In this group of patients special attention was focused on the improvement of surgical techniques, intensive care and comprehensive diagnostics, evaluation and proper management of the concomitant CHD. RESULTS: The mortality rate of the elective surgery in the 1st group was 5.5%, in the 2nd group decreased to 3.6%, the difference was not statistically significant. Evident improvement of the results was apparent in emergency operations for ruptured AAA. The mortality rate in the 1st group of 76% dropped to 40% in the 2nd group (p < 0.05). The improved policy in the management has lead to statistically significant decrease of the MI incidence in the perioperative period (87.2% to 28.5%, p < 0.001). CONCLUSION: The improved diagnostics, selection of patients with special concern to the CHD and management of the patients before surgery, improved surgical techniques and intensive care lead to evident improvement of the results in the surgical management of the AAA. This fact is confirmed by improved results of the 2nd group of patients because of improved CHD management algorithm. (Tab. 5, Fig. 1, Ref. 35.)MESH:D017544Diseaseabdominal aortic aneurysm9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003324Diseasecoronary heart diseaseDiseaseCHDMESH:D009203Diseaseacute myocardial infarction9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseCHD9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseCHD9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseCHD9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseCHD9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseCHD10573645Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 308-111999titlePechan J, Pribelsky M, Okolicany R0[Preoperative levels of CEA and survival in patients with surgical treatment of colorectal carcinoma].1084Gene130497CEA9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal carcinomaabstract103From the 1st January 1986 until the 31st December 1995 397 patients were operated on at the IInd Surgical Clinic of Medical Faculty, Comenius University in Bratislava because of colorectal cancer. Of them 325 patients were operated on electively and 72 patients were operated on as emergency cases. The authors analysed average survival time and the relationship between survival and preoperative level of CEA. The average survival time, without dividing into stages was 37.3 months, not involving patients with perioperative lethality of 43.1 months. 5 years survival without dividing into stages was 36.8%. Average survival of patients without dividing into stages with increased preoperative level of CEA was 28.7 months, in patients without increased level of CEA it was 42.5 months. 5-years survival in patients with normal preoperative level of CEA was 60.5%, in patients with increased level of CEA it was 35.7%. There was highest difference when dividing to subgroups based upon the stage of the disease between groups with stage pT4N0M0 and pT1-4N1-3M0. The positiveness or negativeness of the preoperative level of CE supports the staging of disease and supposes a significant difference in 5-years survival in patients especially in the mentioned stages. Although this difference is obvious, it is not possible to suppose individual prognosis of patients and the necessity of an adjuvant therapy. (Tab. 2, Ref. 31.)9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal cancer9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients1084Gene130497CEA9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients1084Gene130497CEA9606Speciespatients1084Gene130497CEA9606Speciespatients1084Gene130497CEA9606Speciespatients1084Gene130497CEA9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10573646Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 312-61999titlePetrasovic M, Belacek J, Holoman M0[Pedal bypass in the treatment of arterial occlusive disease of the lower extremities in diabetics].MESH:D001157Diseasearterial occlusive diseaseMESH:D003920Diseasediabeticsabstract101BACKGROUND: The increase of the number of diabetics in the population and prolongation of their survival increases also the number of patients suffering from diabetic foot syndrome. Terminal complication of diabetic foot syndrome is diabetic gangrene, which is the cause of 50% of major amputations performed in Slovak republic. The problem of major amputations is not only medical, but also economic one. Adequate treatment can reduce the number of amputations by 50%. One of the possibilities to improve the prognosis of a diabetic suffering from obliterative macroangiopathy is the treatment by distal bypass, because with the regard to the characteristic distribution of the lesions to leg arteries is the classic vessel surgery (aortofemoral and femoropopliteal/femorocrural bypasses) inefficient. After the introduction of this treatment at our department preliminary results and some prognostic factors of the surgery success were evaluated. AIM OF THE STUDY: To evaluate the efficiency of pedal bypass as a method of treatment for peripheral obliterative atherosclerosis in diabetics and to determine the predictive value of paraclinical investigations and angiography. METHODS: Retrospective analysis of clinical, paraclinical and functional parameters of patients in whom pedal bypass was indicated, focused on the analysis of angiography. RESULTS: Of the 142 patients hospitalised with diabetic foot complications 32 were indicated for pedal bypass. All the patients were in the IV stage according to Fontain, the range of gangrene reached in average 2.7 grades of Wagners scale. Early success--i.e. functional artery reconstruction after hospital discharge was achieved in 18 patients (56%). Positive criteria for early success of the surgery involve short interval from gangrene development and serum albumin level above 26 g/l as an indicator of the nutritional state. Favourable angiographic criteria were: passage free arteries of dorsum pedis (ADP, ATP, a. plantaris, ATA) in the length of 10 cm free from focal stenoses, presence of numerous collaterals of legs and dorsum pedis, opacification of metatarsal and digital arteries. CONCLUSION: Pedal bypass is an efficient method of treatment for obliterative processes of lower extremities in diabetics with involvement of leg arteries. On the basis of our results this procedure can be recommended after careful preoperative staging and analysis of angiography as the method of treatment. It is necessary to perform the operation as soon as possible regarding the worsened nutritional and healing potential of the organism in the case of gangrene. Providing the surgery is properly indicated and performed it significantly improves the life quality of the patient. (Tab. 5, Fig. 1, Ref. 22.)MESH:D003920Diseasediabetics9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D017719Diseasediabetic foot syndromeMESH:D017719Diseasediabetic foot syndromeMESH:D005734Diseasediabetic gangreneMESH:D003920DiseasediabeticMESH:C538011Diseaseobliterative macroangiopathyDiseasefemoropopliteal/femorocruralMESH:D050197DiseaseatherosclerosisMESH:D003920Diseasediabetics9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003925Diseasediabetic foot complications9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005734Diseasegangrene9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005734Diseasegangrene213Gene405albumin-ChemicalADPMESH:D000255ChemicalATP877781Speciesa. plantarisMESH:D003920DiseasediabeticsMESH:D005734Diseasegangrene9606Speciespatient10573647Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 317-201999titleSteno J, Bizik I, Lampert M0[Concurrent cavernous and venous cerebral angiomas].MESH:D020787Diseasevenous cerebral angiomasabstract53Presence of venous angioma (VA) in a close vicinity of cavernous angioma (CA) of the brain enhances the risk of bleeding from CA. However, VA drains the venous blood from surrounding brain tissue and should be left in place during surgical removal of CA. Coincidence of CA and VA was found in 6 of 44 patients operated on for 45 CA during a six years period (1993-1998). Coincidental VA were found more often with the CA located in the deep structures of the brain, in the thalamus and the brainstem (5 of 15 cases) than with the superficial CA (1 of 30 cases). The most valuable diagnostic method was T1 weighted MR imaging with contrast enhancement, less reliable was nonenhanced T1 or proton density weighted imaging. Finding of the VA may positively influence the decision making concerning the indication for surgery and the selection of the most appropriate surgical tactics. (Tab. 1, Fig. 2, Ref. 15.)MESH:D020787Diseasevenous angiomaMESH:D006391Diseaseangioma9606Speciespatients10573648Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 321-31999titleHoleczy P, Novak P, Malina J, Oravsky M0[Laparoscopic appendectomy in acute appendicitis].MESH:D001064Diseaseappendicitisabstract51Laparoscopic appendectomy has not yet become a stable part of surgical armamentary as has laparoscopic cholecystectomy. The authors on the basis of their own experience show its benefit for the surgeon and for the patient. The conversion rate (7.7%) in the study group is comparable with literature data. The indication for operation was always periappendical mass, in combination with retroceocal position of the appendix. Minimum complication rate in the study group (one case of subfebrile fever in 5 days), very good overview in operation field with the possibility to treat also another pathologic findings concern the authors together with short hospital stay a clear advantages of laparoscopic appendectomy. On the basis of this experience their advocate the routine use of this operation. (Ref. 19.)9606SpeciespatientMESH:D005334Diseasesubfebrile fever10573649Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 324-61999titleVician M, Ziak M, Smolen V, Durdik S, Sekac J0[Laparoscopic vagotomy in the treatment of recurrent duodenal ulcer].MESH:D014456Diseaseulcerabstract70The paper represents our results of laparoscopic vagotomies. In 1993 was the first successful laparoscopic vagotomy in Slovakia performed, at the 1st Department of Surgery, Faculty Hospital, Bratislava. From this time 10 operations with front superselective and dorsal truncal vagotomy were performed. Effectiveness of vagotomy was controlled after 12 months by examination of the gastric acidity. Decrease of gastric acidity in average above 61% was reached. Laparoscopic vagotomy, despite dominant conservative treatment of peptic ulcer, is the method of choice, if the conservative treatment is unsuccessful. (Fig. 3, Ref. 6.)MESH:D005764Diseasegastric acidityMESH:D005764Diseasegastric acidityMESH:D010437Diseasepeptic ulcer10573650Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 327-91999titleZiak M, Simo J, Hrbaty B0[Diagnosis of colorectal carcinoma].MESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal carcinomaabstract37The authors analyzed a group of 207 patients operated on for colorectal carcinoma at the 1st Department of Surgery, Medical Faculty of Comenius University, in the years 1994-1998. They detected a high number of patients in stages C and D according to Dukes' classification--53.1% and a high percentage of patients with liver metastases (42%). The number of urgent operations in this five year follow-up increases gradually, which signalizes no improvement in early diagnostics of colorectal carcinoma. The first symptom of this disease was in 37% of cases bowel obstruction (ileus) or another complication of the underlying disease. It is clear from this analysis, that the early diagnostics of colorectal carcinoma is not improving. The authors also analyse the possibilities of improving this situation and the new possibilities of early diagnostics of colorectal carcinoma. (Tab. 2, Ref. 13.)9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal carcinoma9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009362Diseaseliver metastasesMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal carcinomaMESH:D015212Diseasebowel obstructionMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal carcinomaMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal carcinoma10573651Bratisl Lek Listy; 1999 Jun; 100(6) 330-31999titleHutan M, Bandzak J, Balaz P, Hostyn L0[Aortoesophageal fistulae as a cause of fatal hemorrhage].MESH:D005402DiseaseAortoesophageal fistulaeMESH:D006470Diseasehemorrhageabstract59Aortoesophageal fistula is a rare cause of upper gastrointestinal bleeding, ranging from 0 to 2.3% in literature. The authors studied a group of 266 patients with upper gastrointestinal bleeding during the period of three years (1996-1998). According to two patient cases and the data from literature diagnostic methods, causes of aortoesophageal fistulas are analysed and the necessity of urgent closure of the fistulas is stressed. (Tab. 2, Fig. 2, Ref. 15.)MESH:D005402DiseaseAortoesophageal fistulaMESH:D006471Diseaseupper gastrointestinal bleeding9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006471Diseaseupper gastrointestinal bleeding9606SpeciespatientMESH:D005402Diseaseaortoesophageal fistulas10573652Indian J. Med. Res.; 1999 Aug; 11037-421999titleJain A, Kar P, Gopalkrishna V, Gangwal P, Katiyar S, Das BC0Hepatitis G virus (HGV) infection & its pathogenic significance in patients of cirrhosis.54290SpeciesHepatitis G virus54290SpeciesHGVMESH:D000249Chemicalamp9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosisabstract94In the present study the hepatitis G virus (HGV) infection and its pathogenic significance in patients of cirrhosis were assessed using reverse transcription plus nested polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). Serum samples were collected from a total of 50 patients of histologically proven non-alcoholic cirrhosis and from a control group consisting of 50 healthy voluntary blood donors. HGV RNA was detected by RT-PCR using primer sequences located in the conserved NS3 helicase region of HGV genome. Serological evaluation for markers of chronic infection with HBV (HBsAg, IgG anti-HBc, HBeAg) and HCV (anti-HCV) was carried out using commercially available kits. HBV DNA and HCV RNA were also tested by PCR in those samples that were found to be non-B, non-C by serological assays. Serological evidence of exposure to HBV was found in 31 (62%) and to HCV in 15 (30%) patients. HGV RNA was detected in 6 (12%) cirrhosis patients and in 2 (4%) healthy blood donors but the difference between the two groups was not statistically significant. Of the 6 HGV positive patients, 2 were coinfected with HBV, 1 with HCV, while the remaining 3 belonged to non-B, non-C category. No significant difference was observed in the clinical and biochemical profiles of HGV-positive and HGV-negative patients except that a history of blood transfusion was significantly (P < 0.005) more common in the former. The findings indicate that the HGV infection is commonly observed in both cirrhosis patients as well as healthy blood donors. A significant association of the virus with blood transfusion is indicative of a parenteral route of transmission. The observations of this study also suggest that the pathogenic role of HGV in the causation of liver disease may be insignificant.MESH:D006525Diseasehepatitis G virus (HGV) infection9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis54290SpeciesHGV54290SpeciesHGVMESH:D006505Diseasechronic infection85348GeneHBc9606Speciespatients54290SpeciesHGVMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis9606Speciespatients54290SpeciesHGV9606Speciespatients54290SpeciesHGV54290SpeciesHGV9606Speciespatients54290SpeciesHGVMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis9606Speciespatients54290SpeciesHGVMESH:D008107Diseaseliver disease10573653Indian J. Med. Res.; 1999 Aug; 11043-61999titleRahman H0Prevalence of enterotoxin gene (stn) among different serovars of Salmonella.28901SpeciesSalmonellaabstract77The prevalence of Salmonella enterotoxin (stn) gene among different Salmonella serovars by using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and its status of expression on the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells were investigated. All the 26 strains of Salmonella enterica such as serovars Typhimurium, Enteritidis, Dublin, Typhi, Newport, Weltevreden, Gallinarum, etc. investigated in this study were found to carry stn gene as examined by the PCR and gene probe. However, only a limited number of stn positive strains (34.6%) were found to express phenotypically the Salmonella enterotoxin (Stn) as tested by the CHO cell assay. The strains of S. bongori were found to be negative for Stn production both genotypically and phenotypically.28901SpeciesSalmonellaMESH:D012480DiseaseSalmonella serovars10029SpeciesChinese hamster28901SpeciesSalmonella enterica90371SpeciesTyphimurium90370SpeciesTyphi28901SpeciesSalmonella54736SpeciesS. bongori-ChemicalStn10573654Indian J. Med. Res.; 1999 Aug; 11047-91999titleRahman H0Dot-ELISA for detection of Salmonella enterotoxin.28901SpeciesSalmonellaabstract51Nineteen strains of Salmonella enterica belonging to seven serovars and two strains of S. bongori were investigated for enterotoxin production by the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell assay and Dot-ELISA. All the 19 strains were found to carry stn gene when tested by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using specific primers for stn sequence. Thirteen strains (68.42%) were found to produce Salmonella enterotoxin (Stn) when tested by the CHO cell assay. Dot-ELISA could detect Stn in 16 strains (84.21%). Dot-ELISA may be preferred over other assays due to its low cost and simplicity in performance.28901SpeciesSalmonella enterica54736SpeciesS. bongori10029SpeciesChinese hamster28901SpeciesSalmonella10573655Indian J. Med. Res.; 1999 Aug; 11050-51999titleAlavandi SV, Subashini MS, Ananthan S0Occurrence of haemolytic & cytotoxic Aeromonas species in domestic water supplies in Chennai.MESH:D000249Chemicalampabstract98A study on the occurrence of Aeromonas species in the domestic water supplies in Chennai showed that as much as 37.9 per cent of the water samples analyzed from various sources harbored Aeromonas spp. Majority of the isolates belonged to Aeromonas sobria (13.7%), A. caviae (11.6%) and A. hydrophila (9.5%). Among the 37 metropolitan water samples analyzed, 11 samples yielded Aeromonas spp. inclusive of three isolates of A. hydrophila, four of A. sobria and two isolates each of A. caviae and A. jandaei. From a total of 28 bore well water samples analyzed, Aeromonas spp. were recovered from 15 samples, comprising five isolates of A. hydrophila, six of A. sobria and four isolates of A. caviae. Aeromonas spp. inclusive of one isolate of A. hydrophila, five of A. caviae, three of A. sobria and one isolate of A. veronii were isolated from 10 of the 30 water packets of various commercial brands sold in Chennai. Of a total of 36 isolates obtained, 32 (89%) produced beta-haemolysin with the titres ranging from 2-32 and 20 isolates (56%) were cytotoxic to vero cell monolayers. All the Aeromonas isolates were resistant to ampicillin and polymyxin B. All A. hydrophila and A. caviae isolates were also resistant to cephalothin and erythromycin and 83.3 per cent of Aeromonas isolates were resistant to erythromycin. Aeromonads resistant to tetracycline, gentamycin, co-trimoxazole and nalidixic acid appear to be emerging. The study revealed that Aeromonas spp. occur in the potable and domestic water supplies and even in the chlorinated water supplies in Chennai city, which are potentially enteropathogenic and hence may be hazardous to public health. In view of these findings drinking and domestic water quality standards need to be re-evaluated.MESH:D014867Chemicalwater646SpeciesAeromonas sobria648SpeciesA. caviae644SpeciesA. hydrophilaMESH:D014867Chemicalwater644SpeciesA. hydrophila646SpeciesA. sobria648SpeciesA. caviae650SpeciesA. jandaeiMESH:D014867Chemicalwater644SpeciesA. hydrophila646SpeciesA. sobria648SpeciesA. caviae644SpeciesA. hydrophila648SpeciesA. caviae646SpeciesA. sobria654SpeciesA. veroniiMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D000667Chemicalampicillin644SpeciesA. hydrophila648SpeciesA. caviaeMESH:D002512ChemicalcephalothinMESH:D004917ChemicalerythromycinMESH:D004917ChemicalerythromycinMESH:D013752ChemicaltetracyclineMESH:D005839ChemicalgentamycinMESH:D015662Chemicalco-trimoxazoleMESH:D009268Chemicalnalidixic acidMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D014867Chemicalwater10573656Indian J. Med. Res.; 1999 Aug; 11056-691999title0Fifteen year follow up of trial of BCG vaccines in south India for tuberculosis prevention. Tuberculosis Research Centre (ICMR), Chennai.MESH:D014376DiseasetuberculosisMESH:D014376DiseaseTuberculosisabstract138A large scale community-based double blind randomized controlled trial was carried out in Chingleput district of south India to evaluate the protective effect of BCG against bacillary forms of pulmonary tuberculosis. From among 366,625 individuals registered, 281,161 persons were vaccinated with BCG or placebo by random allocation. Two strains of BCG were used, the French and Danish, with a high dose (0.1 mg/0.1 ml) and a low dose (0.01 mg/0.1 ml) in each strain. The entire population was followed up for 15 years by means of resurveys every 30 months, and selective follow up every 10 months and continuous passive case finding. There were 560 cases (189, 191 and 180 from the high dose, low dose and placebo groups respectively) arising over 15 years, among 109,873 persons who were tuberculin negative and had a normal chest X-ray at intake. This represents a small fraction of the total incidence of 2.6 per 1000 person-years most of which came from those who were initially tuberculin positive. The incidence rates in the three "vaccination" groups were similar confirming the complete lack of protective efficacy, seen at the end of 7 1/2 years. BCG offered no overall protection in adults and a low level of overall protection (27%; 95% C.I. -8 to 50%) in children. This lack of protection could not be explained by methodological flaws, or the influence of prior sensitisation by non specific sensitivity, or because most of the cases arose as a result of exogenous re-infection. The findings at 15 years show that in this population with high infection rates and high nonspecific sensitivity, BCG did not offer any protection against adult forms of bacillary pulmonary tuberculosis.MESH:D014397Diseasepulmonary tuberculosis9606Speciespersons9606Speciespersons9606Speciesperson9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D014397Diseasepulmonary tuberculosis10573657Indian J. Med. Res.; 1999 Aug; 11070-51999titleDehghani GA, Sotoodeh M, Omrani GR0Trophic effects of vanadium on beta-cells of STZ-induced insulin dependent diabetic rats & evidence for long-term relief of diabetes mellitus.MESH:D013311ChemicalSTZMESH:D003922Diseaseinsulin dependent diabetic10116SpeciesratsMESH:D000249ChemicalampMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes mellitusabstract147The effects of one year combined vanadium and insulin treatment (VIT) on blood glucose levels of insulin dependent diabetic (IDD) rats were studied. Rats made diabetic by an i.v. injection of 55-60 mg/kg streptozotocin (STZ), divided into two groups and treated with a low dose of NPH insulin (2-4 U/rat) for two months to survive from hyperglycaemic shock. In group A, hyperglycaemia ameliorated during one year by increasing the daily dose of insulin to 8.2 +/- 0.4 U/100 g (IT) and in group B by switching over to hydrated vanadium solution (1 mg/ml vanadyl oxide sulphate pentahydrate in drinking water; VIT). The results of the study indicated that one year VIT regenerated new beta-cells, and relieved diabetes both during treatment and after withdrawal. However, one year IT showed no trophic effects on the destroyed beta-cells, hence no improvement in the glycaemic status of the animal was seen after withdrawal. The action of VIT was such that in group B normoglycaemeia persisted in 90 per cent of diabetic rats two weeks after insulin withdrawal. But in the same group, 45 days after combined vanadium and insulin withdrawal blood glucose was normal in 60 per cent of the rats, it was between 250-300 mg/dl in 18 per cent and between 350-400 mg/dl in 24 per cent of the rats. In conclusion it appears that long term VIT regenerates pancreatic beta-cells of IDD rats and possibly by improving their secretory functions it relieves diabetes mellitus.MESH:D014639ChemicalvanadiumMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D003922Diseaseinsulin dependent diabeticMESH:C535531DiseaseIDD10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesRatsMESH:D003920DiseasediabeticMESH:D013311ChemicalstreptozotocinMESH:D013311ChemicalSTZ10116SpeciesratMESH:D012769Diseasehyperglycaemic shockDiseasehyperglycaemiaMESH:D014639Chemicalvanadium-Chemicalvanadyl oxide sulphate pentahydrateMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes-ChemicalVITMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic10116SpeciesratsMESH:D014639ChemicalvanadiumMESH:D013375Diseaseinsulin withdrawal blood glucose10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:C535531DiseaseIDD10116SpeciesratsMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes mellitus10573658J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 179-881999titleSilber ML0Scientific facts behind creatine monohydrate as sport nutrition supplement.-Chemicalcreatine monohydrateabstract76Currently, strong efforts are being made toward demonstrating possible risks of using pure creatine monohydrate (Cr.H2O). In this article, scientific facts and considerations are presented, which support such concern. A further attempt is made to pursue the concept of possible risks of uncontrolled supplementation in athletes with pure Cr.H2O. The problem is viewed from the scientific evidence that a highly conservative mechanism of homeostatic feed-back inhibitory self-regulation of Cr biosynthesis in the body has been evolutionary developed. It is shown that numerous features characteristic to Cr biosynthesis, metabolism, and regulation allow to interpret its stimulatory action in the body as endocrine hormone-like. Based on this assumption, a practical approach for detecting altered links in Cr metabolism and biosynthesis under conditions of pure Cr.H2O overdosing, is suggested. Strategic considerations regarding early diagnosis, prognosis, and correction of the down-regulated endogenous Cr biosynthesis in athletes on continuous pure Cr.H2O supplementation, are discussed. As a high efficient and safe alternative to pure Cr.H2O, a complex nutrition supplement formula for elite athletes is proposed, which exploits natural alpha-ketoglutarate as a vehicle for delivering exogenous low molecular biologically-active compounds, including Cr.-Chemicalcreatine monohydrateMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D014867ChemicalH2OMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D014867ChemicalH2OMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D014867ChemicalH2OMESH:D062787DiseaseoverdosingMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D014867ChemicalH2OMESH:D002857ChemicalCrMESH:D014867ChemicalH2OMESH:D007656Chemicalalpha-ketoglutarate10573659J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 189-961999titleJones AM, Atter T, Georg KP0Oral creatine supplementation improves multiple sprint performance in elite ice-hockey players.MESH:D003401Chemicalcreatineabstract96BACKGROUND: The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of oral creatine monohydrate supplementation on multiple sprint cycle and skating performance in ice-hockey players. METHODS: PARTICIPANTS: sixteen elite ice-hockey players were selected as subjects. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN: subjects were randomly assigned to either a creatine (Cr) (n = 8) or a placebo (P) group (n = 8) in a double blind design. After familiarization and baseline tests, subjects loaded with 5 g of creatine monohydrate or placebo (glucose) four times per day for 5 days, after which a maintenance dose of 5 g per day for 10 weeks was administered. At baseline, and after 10 days and 10 weeks of supplementation, subjects performed i) a cycle test involving 5 all-out sprints of 15 sec duration separated by 15 sec recovery with the resistance set at 0.075 body mass (kg), and ii) 6 timed 80-m skating sprints with the sprints initiated every 30 sec and a split time taken at 47 m. RESULTS: A two-way ANOVA demonstrated no significant change in any of the variables in the P group over the period of study. However, in the Cr group, average mean power output over the 5 sprints was significantly higher at 10 days (1074 +/- 241 W) and 10 weeks (1025 +/- 216 W) than at baseline (890 +/- 172 W), (p < 0.01). Average peak power output over the 5 sprints improved significantly from baseline (1294 +/- 311 W) to 10 days (1572 +/- 463 W), (p < 0.01). Average on-ice sprint performance to 47 m was significantly faster at 10 days (6.88 +/- 0.21 sec) and 10 weeks (6.96 +/- 0.19 sec) than at baseline (7.17 +/- 0.27 sec), (p < 0.005). CONCLUSIONS: This study demonstrates that creatine supplementation has an ergogenic effect in elite ice-hockey players.-Chemicalcreatine monohydrate9606SpeciesPARTICIPANTSMESH:D003401ChemicalcreatineMESH:D003401ChemicalCr-Chemicalcreatine monohydrateMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D003401ChemicalCrMESH:D003401Chemicalcreatine10573660J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 197-2011999titleVilla JG, Bayon JE, González-Gallego J0Changes in metabolism and urinary excretion of antipyrine induced by aerobic conditioning.MESH:D000983Chemicalantipyrineabstract91BACKGROUND: Physical conditioning has been reported to increase liver oxidative metabolism determined by antipyrine clearance. The purpose of this investigation was to study effects of aerobic conditioning on the different metabolic pathways of antipyrine by comparing the production clearances of antipyrine metabolites. METHODS: PARTICIPANT: volunteers not engaged in the systematic practice of any sport (n = 14) were compared with aerobically-conditioned subjects (n = 14) (long distance runners, defined as men running > 80 km/week). INTERVENTIONS: antipyrine was administered orally. Saliva samples were collected under basal conditions and at 8, 16, 24, 32 and 40 hrs following antipyrine administration. Urine was collected for 24 hrs after antipyrine ingestion. MEASURES: endurance performance was expressed by the maximal oxygen uptake (VO2max), the ventilatory threshold and the 4 mM.l-1 lactate threshold (OBLA). Antipyrine pharmacokinetic parameters (antipyrine clearance and half-live) were obtained from saliva samples by the standard multiple-sample method. RESULTS: VO2max, ventilatory threshold and OBLA were higher in trained than in control subjects (+32%, +16% and +74%, respectively). Salivary antipyrine clearance was higher, whether or not this variable was corrected for weight (+26% and +38%, respectively), and antipyrine half-life was significantly reduced (-31%) in runners. There was no significant change with training in the renal clearance of antipyrine or in the norantipyrine (NORA) formation clearance but significant increases were observed in hydroxymethylantipyrine (HMA) and 4-hydroxyantipyrine (OHA) formation clearances (+42 and +37%, respectively). CONCLUSIONS: The findings indicate that aerobic conditioning leads to increased disposition of antipyrine and that the main metabolic pathways of the compound are changed differently.MESH:D000983ChemicalantipyrineMESH:D000983Chemicalantipyrine9606SpeciesPARTICIPANT9606SpeciesmenMESH:D000983ChemicalantipyrineMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D019344ChemicallactateMESH:D000983ChemicalantipyrineMESH:D000077553ChemicalnorantipyrineMESH:D000077553ChemicalNORA-Chemicalhydroxymethylantipyrine-ChemicalHMAMESH:C007983Chemical4-hydroxyantipyrine-ChemicalOHAMESH:D000983Chemicalantipyrine10573661J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 202-61999titleBaba R, Kubo N, Morotome Y, Iwagaki S0Reproducibility of the oxygen uptake efficiency slope in normal healthy subjects.MESH:D010100Chemicaloxygenabstract82BACKGROUND: To elucidate the intertest agreement of the oxygen uptake efficiency slope (OUES) in comparison with those of the maximal oxygen uptake (VO2max) and the ventilatory anaerobic threshold (VAT). METHODS: EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN: A comparative study. SETTING: Institutional practice. A total of 19 healthy volunteers underwent two sessions of maximal exercise testing with an interval of no more than 7 days. The testing was conducted on a cycle ergometer with the work rate increased by either 20, 30, or 40 Watts (W)/min so that the subject would reach exhaustion within 9 to 12 min of exercise. VAT was defined as the level of oxygen uptake (VO2) at which either an increase in the ventilatory equivalent for oxygen without a concomitant increase in the ventilatory equivalent for carbon dioxide or a change in the slope of the linear relationship between carbon-dioxide production (VCO2) and VO2 occurred. OUES was determined by the following equation: VO2 = a log VE + b, where VE was minute ventilation and "a" was the OUES. Intertest reproducibility was assessed by coefficient of repeatability (COR). RESULTS: The intertest reproducibility of VO2max and OUES were excellent (COR = 570 ml/min [16%] and 740 [20%], respectively). VAT showed poor agreement between the two tests (COR = 650 ml/min [31%]). CONCLUSIONS: Results show that OUES is reproducible and reliable, supporting the clinical usefulness of this index.MESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenDiseaseVATDiseaseVATMESH:D010100Chemicaloxygen-ChemicalVO2MESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D002245Chemicalcarbon dioxideMESH:D002245Chemicalcarbon-dioxide-ChemicalVCO2-ChemicalVO2DiseaseVAT10573662J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 207-121999titleGreen JM, Michael T, Solomon AH0The validity of ratings of perceived exertion for cross-modal regulation of swimming intensity.abstract96BACKGROUND: This study examined the use of Borg's category Ratings of Perceived Exertion (RPE) scale for prescribing and self-regulating swimming intensity. Subjects were males and females (n = 19) ages nineteen to fifty-eight who regularly swam for fitness. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS: Subjects completed six trials. Each trial was separated by a minimum of forty-eight hours. Mean cycle ergometry heart rates at estimated RPE-overall 12 and 16 were compared to mean swimming heart rates at produced RPE-overall 12 and 16. Also, mean arm ergometry heart rates at estimated RPE-arms 12 and 16 were compared to mean swimming heart rates at produced RPE-arms 12 and 16. Cycling and arm ergometry anchor trials familiarized subjects with testing protocol and Borg's scale prior to estimation and production trials. Comparisons were made using a one-way ANOVA (alpha 0.05). RESULTS: Mean cycling heart rate at RPE-overall 16 was not significantly different from mean swimming heart rate at RPE-overall 16. Mean swimming heart rate was significantly greater than cycling heart rate at RPE-overall 12. Mean swimming heart rates at RPE-arms 12 and 16 were significantly greater than arm ergometry heart rates at RPE-arms 12 and 16. CONCLUSIONS: Results suggest that RPE-overall 16 may be useful in prescribing a higher exercise intensity for swimmers. However, adjustments from RPE-overall 12 are needed for establishing a lower intensity. Additionally, arm ergometry-based RPEs may require adjustments to be effective in prescribing and regulating swimming intensity. Results suggest that cycling and arm ergometry anchored RPE responses should be used with discretion when prescribing and regulating swimming intensity.MESH:D012640Diseasefitness10573663J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 213-91999titleDe Lorenzo A, Bertini I, Candeloro N, Piccinelli R, Innocente I, Brancati A0A new predictive equation to calculate resting metabolic rate in athletes.abstract75BACKGROUND: The purposes of the present study were: 1) to examine the accuracy and precision of seven published equations for predicting resting metabolic rate (RMR) in male athletes and 2) to develop a population-specific equation. SETTING: The study occurred during a non-intensive training period. The measurements were performed at the Human Physiology laboratory. PARTICIPANTS: Fifty-one male athletes (22 waterpolo, 12 judo, 17 karate) who exercised regularly at least three hours per day. MEASURES: RMR was measured (mRMR) using indirect calorimetry (ventilated hood system). Besides, mRMR was compared with values predicted (pRMR) using equations of FAO/WHO/UNU, Harris and Benedict, Mifflin et al., Owen et al., Cunningham, Robertson and Reid, Fleisch. Statistical analyses. mRMR was compared with pRMR by means of Student's paired "t" tests, linear regression analysis and the Bland-Altman test. Relationships between mRMR and the different predictive variables were evaluated by Pearson correlation coefficients. The best subset was used to develop the predictive equation for RMR. RESULTS: mRMR was significantly underestimated by six of the seven equations in this sample of athletes. Only the Cunningham equation overestimated (+59 kcal/d) the actual RMR. Bland-Altman 95% limits of agreement were wide (+/- 200-300 kcal/d) for all equations. RMR correlated best with body surface area (r = 0.88), body weight (r = 0.84) and height (r = 0.81). The best-fit equation for the entire data included both weight and height and it was given by: RMR (kcal/d) = -857 + 9.0 (Wt in kg) + 11.7 (Ht in cm) (R2 = 0.78; SEE = 91 kcal/d; 95% IC: -226, 228). CONCLUSIONS: For an individual resting metabolic rate evaluation, the use of indirect calorimetry is recommended. In conditions where this technique cannot be used, our developed equation can predict the RMR of athletes better than any of the currently available prediction equations.9606SpeciesHuman9606SpeciesPARTICIPANTS10573664J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 220-51999titleSzabo A, Small A, Leigh M0The effects of slow- and fast-rhythm classical music on progressive cycling to voluntary physical exhaustion.abstract110BACKGROUND: To investigate, based on the parallel information processing model and arousal hypothesis, whether musical tempo and its manipulation during exercise affect the maximal workload (watts) achieved during progressive cycling. METHODS: DESIGN: repeated measures experiment that involved one control and four treatment conditions. SETTINGS: the experiment was performed in a controlled laboratory environment. PARTICIPANTS: twenty-four male and female volunteers, recruited from among a University population, were tested. INTERVENTION: the data collection proceeded in five counterbalanced test-sessions that included control (C), slow music (SM), fast music (FM) slow to fast music (SFM) and fast to slow music (FSM) interventions. In the last two conditions, musical tempo was changed when the participant's maximal HR reserve has reached 70%. In all test-sessions, participants started to cycle at 50 watts and then the workload was increased in increments of 25 watts every minute until self-declared exhaustion. Maximal ergometer cycling was defined as the workload at the last completed minute of exercise. MEASURES: workload, HR, and postexperimental ratings of test-session preferences were the dependent measures. RESULTS: Significantly higher workload was accomplished in the SFM condition. No between-session differences were seen in HR. The results also yielded significantly better "efficiency", in terms of workload/HR reserve ratio, in the SFM session. PARTICIPANTS preferred the FM and SFM sessions more than the other sessions. CONCLUSIONS: Switching to FM during progressive exercise results in the accomplishment of more work without proportional changes in HR. These effects may be due to distraction from fatigue and are, apparently, dependent on the attention capturing strength of the distracting stimulus.9606SpeciesPARTICIPANTS9606Speciesparticipant9606Speciesparticipants9606SpeciesPARTICIPANTSMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue10573665J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 226-321999titleProu E, Guevel A, Benezet P, Marini JF0Exercise-induced muscle damage: absence of adaptive effect after a single session of eccentric isokinetic heavy resistance exercise.MESH:D009135Diseasemuscle damageabstract133BACKGROUND: Unaccustomed eccentric exercise induces muscle damage. A single session of eccentric exercise can induce an "adaptive effect" protecting exercised muscles during several weeks. Our aim was to verify this phenomenon in isokinetic exercise. Tested hypothesis was: the progressive muscle rise in tension due to isokinetic eccentric actions would be insufficient to induce the adaptive effect. METHODS: EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN: prospective study. SETTING: general community. PARTICIPANTS: six healthy and moderately active (untrained) males (29.1 yr +/- 1.5 SEM). INTERVENTIONS: subjects performed two isokinetic eccentric exercises (EE1 and EE2) of the quadriceps femoris of both legs (120 degrees.s-1; 8 sets of 15 repetitions) separated by 4 weeks. MEASURES: type I serum myosin heavy chains (MHC) and creatine kinase concentrations (CK), and rate of perceived soreness (DOMS) were collected before each exercise and on days 1, 2, 4, 6 and 9. RESULTS: Both exercises induced significant (p < 0.01) increases in MHC and CK concentrations, and DOMS score. There was no significant difference between EE1 and EE2, at any measurement time for any parameter. Mean peak values (SEM) were respectively (EE1; EE2): MHC (microU.l-1): 308 (192); 285 (191). CK (U.l-1): 1217 (760); 1297 (1039). DOMS score: 2.67 (0.52); 2.33 (0.52). CONCLUSIONS: The first session of eccentric isokinetic exercise (EE1) had no adaptive effect against muscle damage when an identical session was performed 4 weeks later (EE2). Muscle adaptation could have resulted in increased work production (+10.2%; p < 0.05; from EE1 to EE2).MESH:D009135Diseasemuscle damageMESH:D000309Diseaseinsufficient9606SpeciesPARTICIPANTSMESH:D060048Diseasequadriceps femoris of both legs3107Gene133080myosin heavy chains3107Gene133080MHC3107Gene133080MHC3107Gene133080MHCMESH:D009135Diseasemuscle damage10573666J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 233-91999titleSchuler PB, Lloyd LK, Leblanc PA, Clapp TA, Abadie BR, Collins RK0The effect of physical activity and fitness on specific antibody production in college students.MESH:D012640Diseasefitnessabstract97BACKGROUND: The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of moderate physical activity/fitness on the immune response to a defined antigen, in particular, the hemagglutinin-inhibition response to the H1 (A/Texas/36/91) and H3 (A/Johannesburg/33/94) components of the 1995-96 Influenza virus vaccine. METHODS: Sixty-seven volunteers 18-30 years of age (mean 21.1 + 2.3) participated in the study. Physical activity was assessed using the Stanford 7-Day Recall Questionnaire, physical fitness (VO2max) was predicted based on graded submaximal cycle ergometry. Participants were divided into six groups (lower-active/fit, moderate active/fit, and higher active/fit), based on their scores on the 7-Day Recall Questionnaire or predicted VO2max, respectively. Plasma samples were collected prior to, one, two, four, and six weeks post vaccination. A total of four separate repeated measures ANOVA were utilized to evaluate the effect of physical fitness and physical activity on the immune response to the H1 and H3 components of the vaccine. RESULTS: As expected, for both antigens, titers significantly increased after vaccination, with the highest titers found on week four (H1) and week six (H3), respectively. However, for both antigens, there was no difference between groups and no significant interaction. CONCLUSIONS: The results of this study showed no significant effect of physical fitness or physical activity on the production of specific antibody in the range of physical fitness and physical activity found within this group of college students.MESH:D012640Diseasefitness11309SpeciesInfluenza virusMESH:D008569DiseaseRecallMESH:D012640Diseasefitness9606SpeciesParticipantsMESH:D008569DiseaseRecallMESH:D012640DiseasefitnessMESH:D012640DiseasefitnessMESH:D012640Diseasefitness10573667J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 240-31999titleShore S, Shepard RJ0Immune responses to exercise in children treated for cancer.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract61BACKGROUND: Children treated for cancer commonly benefit physiologically from moderate aerobic training, but it is less clear if impairment of the immune system secondary to chemotherapy reduces the immunological tolerance of exercise relative to normal children. METHODS: EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN: a case series. SETTING: hospital laboratory. PARTICIPANTS: six children aged 13-14 yr, successfully treated for acute lymphoblastic leukaemia and other types of neoplasms, were compared with 11 normal volunteer children. INTERVENTIONS: three of the sample underwent 12 weeks training at 70-85% of maximal heart rate; the remaining three provided initial and final test data only. MEASURES: mood state (Piers-Harris test), anthropometric data, maximal oxygen intake, response to 30 min exercise challenges at anaerobic threshold, and standard immune measures (differential count, cytolytic activity, and mitogen-induced lymphocyte proliferation) at rest, during and following submaximal exercise. RESULTS: A low maximal oxygen intake, excess of body fat, and high anxiety scores all improved with training. Children who were still receiving chemotherapy showed low resting CD3+, CD4+, CD8+, CD19+ and CD25+ counts and reduced PHA-induced proliferation. Acute exercise and training caused further impairment of immune responses, although changes remained insufficient to cause concern for health. CONCLUSIONS: Exercise therapy is beneficial following treatment of cancer, but should be prescribed individually, with a careful monitoring of immune responses.9606SpeciesChildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Specieschildren9606SpeciesPARTICIPANTS9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D054198Diseaseacute lymphoblastic leukaemiaMESH:D009369Diseaseneoplasms9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D001008Diseaseanxiety9606SpeciesChildren930Gene1341CD193559Gene360CD25MESH:D009369Diseasecancer10573668J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 244-81999titleMens JM, Stoeckart R, Snijders CJ, Verhaar JA, Stam HJ0Tennis elbow, natural course and relationship with physical activities: an inquiry among physicians.abstract101BACKGROUND: The main purposes of the study were to answer the following two questions: is a restrictive therapeutic management in case of tennis elbow (TE) better or worse than a regular therapeutic approach and do racket sports and other physical activities influence the risk to get TE and to what extent. METHODS: DESIGN: Cross-sectional study by means of a postal questionnaire. The impression was verified that physicians are reserved about medical interventions when treating themselves for tennis elbow. The frequency of therapeutic measures and their results were compared with data reported in literature. Physical activities of physicians who had TE were compared with those of physicians who never had TE. SETTING: Physicians who attended postgraduate courses on diagnosis and treatment in orthopedic medicine from 1984 to 1992. PARTICIPANT: 72 physicians who had TE and 266 with no history of TE. MEASURE: The study is based on self-assessment of therapeutic approaches and their results, reported physical activities at the onset of TE and at the moment of the inquiry. By a team of experts the grade of grasping and/or dorsiflexion of the physical activities was classified. RESULTS: Compared with patients in general practice, physicians treating themselves for TE were more restrictive to use NSAID's, ointments or local steroid injections or to consult a specialist. No-one was treated with surgery and no-one interrupted her/his work because of TE. In all but two of the 72 cases the TE resolved within two years. The odds ratio for TE for playing racket sports versus not playing racket sports was 2.8 (95% confidence interval 1.64-4.82). The odds ratio for activities with low-grade grasping and/or dorsiflexion versus "no sports or hobbies" was 0.11 (0.02-0.50). CONCLUSIONS: Absence from work and therapeutic measures for TE are (in physicians) not necessary for a good result on the long term. Playing racket sports increases the risk to get TE by a factor of 2.8. Performing weekly activities with low grade grasping and/or dorsiflexion of the wrist may have a protective effect against developing tennis elbow.9606SpeciesPARTICIPANT9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013256Chemicalsteroid10573669J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 249-521999titleBenaglia PG, Sartorio F, Franchignoni F0A new thermoplastic splint for proximal interphalangeal joint flexion contractures.MESH:D010003Diseaseinterphalangeal joint flexion contracturesabstract84BACKGROUND: Aim of this technical note is to describe the fabrication procedure of a new thermoplastic static-progressive hand-based splint for PIP joint flexion contractures, and report its effects in the treatment of a small group of sportsmen. METHODS: The serial-static splint consists of a short metacarpal gauntlet base, with a hole for the thumb and a dorsal finger gutter that extends to the distal extremity. A low-temperature thermoplastic material, two loop fastener straps, three small pieces of self-adhesive hook fastener and cooling spray are required. The orthosis has been tested on four professional volleyball players (3 females and 1 male), aged 18-24 years, suffering from PIP joint flexion contractures after traumatic hand injuries occurred 2 to 3 months before. Patients wore the splint for 1 hour followed by 1 hour of rest (6 times per day), for 2 to 3 weeks. During the resting periods patients performed a few sets of active ROM exercises at their PIP joint. RESULTS: This new splint design demonstrated to be effective in early recovery of complete PIP joint extension and subjects resumed soon their sports activity. CONCLUSIONS: Our device is easy to fabricate and to use and comfortable for patients.MESH:D003286DiseasePIP joint flexion contracturesDiseaseorthosisMESH:D003286DiseasePIP joint flexion contracturesMESH:D006230Diseasetraumatic hand injuries9606SpeciesPatients9606Speciespatients5304Gene1990PIP5304Gene1990PIP9606Speciespatients10573670J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 253-81999titleDemont RG, Lephart SM, Giraldo JL, Giannantonio FP, Yuktanandana P, Fu FH0Comparison of two abdominal training devices with an abdominal crunch using strength and EMG measurements.abstract107BACKGROUND: The purpose of this study was to compare the training effects of the Ab-Flex (F), Ab-Roller (R) and standard crunch (C) on EMG production, isometric maximum voluntary contraction (MVC), and isokinetic average peak torque at 30 degrees/sec (ISO) of the abdominal muscles. It was hypothesized that the training devices would have similar value in a strength training program. METHODS: EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN: this was a prospective study involving 18 training sessions of progressively increasing repetitions. SETTING: Neuromuscular Research Laboratory, University of Pittsburgh. SUBJECTS: thirty-two subjects volunteered for this study, but only 26 completed the training. Each subject participated in recreational activity, but had not performed any abdominal training prior to starting this study. Each subject was randomly assigned to either the control group or one of the treatment groups. INTERVENTIONS: there were three interventions: two training devices (Ab-Flex and Ab-Roller) and the standard crunch, considered a control group. MEASURES: the pretest consisted of skin fold measurements (%), EMG activity (V) during the three interventions, and peak torque (Nm) plus EMG during the MVC and ISO tasks. The 18 training sessions over three weeks consisted of three sets of exercise with increasing repetitions from 10 to 20, by 2, every three sessions. The difference in pretest/posttest scores were compared using a One-way ANOVA on the mean differences (Mdiff) for each of: MVC, ISO (peak torque), and EMG for upper rectus (UR), lower rectus (LR), internal oblique (IO), and external oblique (EO). A T-Test was used to detect significance for the body fat measures. RESULTS: Mean differences (Mdiff) were normally distributed about zero for both MVC and ISO (MVC = -0.55, ISO = 4.57). The analysis by group showed no difference (p = 0.596) on the reported means (Nm) -3.16 (C), 5.84 (F) and -4.83 (R). The change associated to the treatment during MVC was only 4% (eta = 0.04). For the ISO the Mdiff (Nm) were 1.39 (C), 13.66 (F) and -2.06 (R) which were not significant (p = 0.127). The Ab-Flex was the only group to have a 95% confidence interval above zero, increasing by an average of 16.5%. There were no significant differences for the EMG activity for Mdiff or between group scores. CONCLUSIONS: No significant differences were found with this study. These results would suggest that using these devices does not add significantly to overall abdominal strength development, or reduction of body fat. A suggestion could be made that certain devices influence muscles differently.10573671J Sports Med Phys Fitness; 1999 Sep; 39(3) 259-661999titleFenici R, Ruggieri MP, Brisinda D, Fenici P0Cardiovascular adaptation during action pistol shooting.abstract57BACKGROUND: Action Pistol Shooting, implies high degree of physical and psychological stress, however cardiovascular adaptation during competition has not been studied so far. METHODS: We studied six healthy males athletes, during the Italian National Dynamic Pistol Shooting Championship. ECG was monitored and blood pressure (BP) manually measured along the match. RESULTS: Mean heart rate (HR) was close to 100 bpm per minute in all but one shooters. Marked tachycardia, above 180 beats per minute was recorded in four shooters, during "field course" stages. In two cases the heart rate under stress reached about 200 bpm, for the occurrence of paroxysmal atrial arrhythmias. BP behavior was different among the six shooters with mean systolic values ranging between 140 and 170 mmHg and maximal systolic values between 160 e 240 mmHg. CONCLUSIONS: Action Pistol Shooting induces acute elevation of HR and BP, which may reach abnormal values and can be associated with impaired performance and score. Further study is warranted in shooters undergoing combat-like tournaments to evaluate unperceived cardiovascular stress and their coping capability.MESH:D013610DiseasetachycardiaMESH:D001145Diseaseparoxysmal atrial arrhythmias10573672Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 15811999titleRieger PT0Living for a cure.abstract1910573673Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 15871999titleQuinn TE0Chemotherapy administration continuing-education opportunities will prevent errors.abstract8410573674Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1587-91999titleFriedman C, Dolgin JG0Adverse events of Kytril Injection questioned.MESH:D017829ChemicalKytrilabstract4710573675Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 15971999titleEdwards CS0Internet services provide peer support.abstract4010573676Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 15971999titleAnderson T0Travel is a large factor with remote facilities.abstract4910573677Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 15971999titleDetjen PA0Communication and planning play a vital role in care.abstract5410573678Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1603-101999titleAndrews JO, Tingen MS, Harper RJ0A model nurse practitioner-managed smoking cessation clinic.abstract61PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To describe an intensive nurse practitioner (NP)-managed smoking cessation clinic that evolved from a primary-care quality-management initiative. DATA SOURCE: Published articles, abstracts, books, clinical experience, and clinical data. DATA SYNTHESIS: Smoking continues to be the leading cause of preventable deaths in the United States and accounts for 87% of all lung cancers. Although smoking is responsible for nearly 30% of all cancer deaths, smoking prevalence rates remain stagnant in adults and are continuing to increase in adolescents. Twenty-five percent of all Americans smoke. An NP-managed clinic was developed within a large teaching hospital located in the southeastern United States based on the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research guideline for smoking cessation. The clinic provided effective smoking cessation interventions that can be replicated by experienced nurses with a smoking cessation background. All nurses have opportunities to assist patients to stop smoking through brief counseling and minimum interventions. CONCLUSIONS: Nurses can effectively manage an intensive smoking cessation clinic that is utilized by the interdisciplinary team to treat referrals. Cessation rates were high because therapies combined intensive behavioral sessions and pharmacologic approaches rather than either single modality. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: Nurses can replicate this practice in a variety of healthcare settings. Innovations in clinical practice often facilitate research studies to further define effective approaches for smoking cessation. Nurses need to identify and target smoking as the serious health problem it is and conduct much-needed research on cessation approaches within the inpatient and outpatient settings.MESH:D003643DiseasedeathsMESH:D008175Diseaselung cancersMESH:D003643Diseasecancer deaths9606Speciespatients9606Speciesoutpatient10573679Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1625-321999titleViale PH0Management of thromboembolism in patients with cancer.MESH:D013923Diseasethromboembolism9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract55PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To review the phenomenon of thromboembolism in patients with cancer, discuss treatment options for deep vein thrombosis (DVT), and describe oncology nurses' role. DATA SOURCES: Published articles, abstracts, professional communications, drug manufacturer information, and personal clinical experience. DATA SYNTHESIS: The incidence of DVT in patients with cancer can be as high as 15%. The cause of thromboembolism is multifactorial and includes tumor type, alterations in coagulation, specific chemotherapy agents, and clinical considerations. Although these patients traditionally have been treated with standard unfractionated heparin (UFH) therapy, low molecular weight heparin (LMWH) has been studied extensively and is an acceptable alternative treatment. LMWH should be followed by a period of oral anticoagulants, although some patients may benefit from long-term heparin therapy. Oncology nurses are qualified to identify patients who are at risk for DVT and, in expanded roles, may manage patients on anticoagulant therapy successfully. CONCLUSIONS: LMWH followed by a course of oral anticoagulant therapy is an alternative way to treat DVT. Treatment with LMWH is less expensive than traditional UFH and has a preferred side effect profile. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: All oncology nurses should be aware of the different risk factors for DVT in patients with cancer and current clinical management should DVT occur. Oncology nurses in expanded roles or advanced practice nurses may choose to manage DVT with LMWH followed by oral anticoagulant therapy. Some patients may require long-term treatment with heparin therapy rather than oral anticoagulants.MESH:D013923Diseasethromboembolism9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D020246Diseasedeep vein thrombosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D013923DiseasethromboembolismMESH:D009369Diseasetumor9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006493ChemicalheparinMESH:D006493ChemicalUFHMESH:D006493ChemicalheparinMESH:D006495ChemicalLMWHMESH:D006495ChemicalLMWH9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006493Chemicalheparin9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006495ChemicalLMWHMESH:D006495ChemicalLMWH9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D006495ChemicalLMWH9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006493Chemicalheparin10573680Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1639-451999titleBirenbaum LK, Yancey DZ, Phillips DS, Chand N, Huster G0School-age children's and adolescents' adjustment when a parent has cancer.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract76PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To describe school-age children's and adolescents' adjustment to parental cancer. DESIGN: Retrospective population control. SETTING: Screening cancer registries identified subjects at four Midwestern hospitals, including urban and rural settings of community and tertiary hospitals. All families were interviewed at home one time. SAMPLE: A convenience sample of 116 school-age children (6-10 years) and adolescents (11-18 years) living in the home of a parent with cancer. METHODS: Data were collected using two forms of the Child Behavior Checklist and an investigator-developed demographic form. The ill parent, the partner, and the adolescent rated the adjustment. This study's data were compared with population data, and comparisons were made among raters and with the existing literature. MAIN RESEARCH VARIABLES: School-age children's and adolescents' adjustment. FINDINGS: School-age children and adolescents of a parent with cancer have significantly more behavioral problems than were expected. The significant agreement among raters is of a modest magnitude but as strong as rater agreement reported in the literature. CONCLUSIONS: Most school-age children and adolescents of a parent with cancer are well-adjusted, but a significant subset of youngsters is at risk for behavioral problems. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: Nurses need to assess ill parents' concerns about their youngsters, provide information to parents, adolescents, and school-age children, and institute appropriate referrals.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D063129Diseaseparental cancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpeciesChild9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Specieschildren10573681Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1649-511999titleOwen DC, Parker KP, McGuire DB0Comparison of subjective sleep quality in patients with cancer and healthy subjects.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract85PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To compare the subjective sleep quality of a group of patients with cancer undergoing treatment and a normative sample of healthy comparison subjects. DESIGN: Secondary analysis of data from a single time point in a repeated measures descriptive-correlational study. SAMPLE/SETTING: Convenience sample of 15 patients with cancer receiving antineoplastic therapy and admitted to a tertiary university medical center for fever or neutropenia and 52 healthy comparison subjects without sleep disturbances. Although both groups were of similar age, a higher percentage of men comprised the comparison group. METHODS: Patients completed the Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI) on the first day of hospitalization to reflect their perceptions of sleep for the month prior to hospitalization. Healthy comparison subject scores on the PSQI were obtained from a published report outlining psychometric properties of the PSQI (Buysse, Reynolds, Monk, Berman, & Kupfer, 1989). MAIN RESEARCH VARIABLES: Sleep latency, sleep duration, sleep efficiency, sleep disturbances, medication use, daytime dysfunction, and global sleep quality. FINDINGS: Patients with cancer reported significantly poorer overall sleep quality accompanied by more daytime dysfunction. The incidence of specific sleep disturbances, such as snoring and dyspnea, was not different between the groups. CONCLUSIONS: This small sample of patients reported significantly poorer sleep quality than an historical comparison group. Specific sleep disturbances commonly seen in the general population were not problematic for the patients with cancer. Limited sample size and use of an historical comparison group need to be considered in interpreting and applying these findings. Additional research is needed to further characterize the nature of sleep problems in patients with cancer. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: Nurses need to assess sleep in their patients, including its impact on quality of life and functional status.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D005334DiseasefeverMESH:D009503DiseaseneutropeniaMESH:D012893Diseasesleep disturbances9606Speciesmen9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D012893Diseasesleep disturbancesMESH:D053207Diseasedaytime dysfunction9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D053207Diseasedaytime dysfunctionMESH:D012893Diseasesleep disturbancesMESH:D004417Diseasedyspnea9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012893Diseasesleep disturbances9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Speciespatients10573682Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1655-611999titleFerrell BR, Juarez G, Borneman T0Use of routine and breakthrough analgesia in home care.MESH:D000699Diseasebreakthrough analgesiaabstract56PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To describe current use of routine analgesics in home care and the treatment of breakthrough pain. DESIGN: Descriptive, companion study. SETTING: Homecare agencies in southern California. SAMPLE: Convenience sample of 369 patients with cancer participating in a pain-education study. METHODS: Data regarding breakthrough pain were derived from the homecare medical records and patient interviews. MAIN RESEARCH VARIABLES: Analgesic medications prescribed and used for treatment of routine and breakthrough cancer pain. FINDINGS: Results demonstrate discrepancy between recommended pain management in clinical practice guidelines and the actual practice of pain management at home. Deficiencies were found in medications prescribed as well as in actual use by patients. CONCLUSIONS: Optimum relief of cancer pain is contingent on adequate treatment of routine and breakthrough pain, including greater use of recommended analgesics in adequate doses and clinical care consistent with clinical practice guidelines. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: Breakthrough pain is a common problem affecting the quality of life of patients with cancer. Improved management of breakthrough pain is contingent on accurate pain assessment, optimum use of analgesics, and patient education. Nurses should address the important topic of breakthrough pain as new analgesic drugs and methods of delivery become available.MESH:D059390Diseasebreakthrough pain9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpeciespatientMESH:D059390Diseasebreakthrough cancer painMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000072716Diseasecancer painMESH:D059390Diseasebreakthrough painMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D059390Diseasebreakthrough painMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpeciespatientMESH:D059390Diseasebreakthrough pain10573683Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1663-711999titleBerger AM, Farr L0The influence of daytime inactivity and nighttime restlessness on cancer-related fatigue.MESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D005221Diseasefatigueabstract90PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To identify indicators involving circadian activity/rest cycles associated with higher levels of cancer-related fatigue (CRF) during the first three chemotherapy cycles after surgery for stage I/II breast cancer. DESIGN: Prospective, descriptive, repeated measures. SETTING: Midwestern oncology clinics and subjects' homes. SAMPLE: 72 women, ages 33-69 and free of unstable chronic illnesses, entered the study. Complete data were obtained from 30-47 subjects at each time. METHODS: CRF was measured using the Piper Fatigue Scale at the start and midpoint of each chemotherapy cycle. Circadian activity/rest indicators were obtained using Mini-Motionlogger wrist actigraphs for 96 hours at the start of each treatment and for 72 hours at the midpoint of each chemotherapy cycle. MAIN RESEARCH VARIABLES: Fatigue and circadian activity/rest indicators. FINDINGS: Women who were less active and had increased night awakenings reported higher CRF levels at all three cycle midpoints, with the strongest association being number of night awakenings. During the third chemotherapy cycle, women who were less active during the day, took more naps, and spent more time resting during a 24-hour period experienced higher CRF. CONCLUSIONS: Women whose sleep is disrupted at cycle midpoints are at risk for CRF. The cumulative effects of less daytime activity, more daytime sleep, and night awakenings are associated with higher CRF levels. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: Assessment of CRF and night awakenings at the midpoints of each chemotherapy cycle and development of nursing interventions to promote daytime activity and nighttime rest are key to managing fatigue and preventing loss of biologic rhythmicity.MESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D005221DiseasefatigueMESH:D001943DiseaseII breast cancer9606Specieswomen9606SpeciesWomen9606Specieswomen9606SpeciesWomenMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue10573684Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1673-801999titleFrost MH, Arvizu RD, Jayakumar S, Schoonover A, Novotny P, Zahasky K0A multidisciplinary healthcare delivery model for women with breast cancer: patient satisfaction and physical and psychosocial adjustment.9606SpecieswomenMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancer9606SpeciespatientMESH:C535569Diseasepsychosocialabstract139PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To compare satisfaction with health and healthcare and physical and psychosocial adjustment of women who received their medical-oncology consultation in the hospital with that of women who received their consultation as part of a multidisciplinary outpatient clinic. DESIGN: Descriptive, correlational. SETTING: A large tertiary medical center in the Midwestern United States. SAMPLE: 55 of 66 women with newly diagnosed breast cancer who received their medical-oncology consult in the hospital and 66 of 102 women with newly diagnosed breast cancer who received their consult in the multidisciplinary outpatient clinic. Median participant age was 62 years in the hospital consultation group and 61 years in the outpatient group. METHODS: Participants completed the Cancer Rehabilitation Evaluation System-Short Form and a researcher-designed satisfaction questionnaire. MAIN RESEARCH VARIABLES: Satisfaction with care and physical and psychosocial adjustment. FINDINGS: Women in the multidisciplinary outpatient clinic group reported significantly higher levels of physical function (p = 0.003) and satisfaction with their health (p < 0.01), physician (p < 0.001), and nursing care (p = 0.004) than women in the hospital group. CONCLUSIONS: This study demonstrated the positive benefits of a multidisciplinary team approach in which a concerted effort is placed on providing information and psychosocial support in the outpatient clinic setting. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: These findings point to the benefits of establishing a multidisciplinary clinic in the outpatient setting.MESH:C535569Diseasepsychosocial9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomen9606Speciesoutpatient9606SpecieswomenMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancer9606SpecieswomenMESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancer9606Speciesoutpatient9606Speciesparticipant9606Speciesoutpatient9606SpeciesParticipantsMESH:D009369DiseaseCancerMESH:C535569Diseasepsychosocial9606SpeciesWomen9606Speciesoutpatient9606SpecieswomenMESH:C535569Diseasepsychosocial9606Speciesoutpatient9606Speciesoutpatient10573685Oncol Nurs Forum; 1999 Nov-Dec; 26(10) 1683-71999titleRooda LA, Clements R, Jordan ML0Nurses' attitudes toward death and caring for dying patients.MESH:D003643Diseasedeath9606Speciespatientsabstract62PURPOSE/OBJECTIVES: To examine possible relationships among the demographic variables of nurses and their attitudes toward death and caring for dying patients. DESIGN: Descriptive. SETTING: A private hospital and Visiting Nurses Association office in an ethnically diverse metropolitan area in the Midwest. SAMPLE: 403 nurses, predominantly female (90%) and Caucasian (70%), with a mean age of 41.8 years. METHODS: Participants completed the Frommelt Attitude Toward Care of the Dying Scale, the Death Attitude Profile-Revised (DAP-R), and a demographic questionnaire. MAIN RESEARCH VARIABLES: Attitudes toward death and caring for dying people. FINDINGS: DAP-R scores were related to sex, religious affiliation, and current contact with terminally ill patients. Frommelt scale scores (e.g., showing acceptance of death) were positively related to current contact with dying patients, negatively correlated with two DAP-R subscales (Fear of Death and Death Avoidance), and positively correlated with two other DAP-R subscales (Approach Acceptance and Neutral Acceptance). CONCLUSIONS: Nurses' attitudes toward death and their current contact with terminally ill patients were predictive of their attitudes toward caring for terminally ill patients. IMPLICATIONS FOR NURSING PRACTICE: Professionals who are responsible for designing educational programs focused on nurses' attitudes toward caring for terminally ill patients may want to include an assessment of death attitudes and interventions aimed at decreasing negative attitudes and increasing positive attitudes toward death in such programs.MESH:D003643Diseasedeath9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesParticipantsMESH:D003643Diseasedeath9606Speciespeople9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003643Diseasedeath9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003643DiseaseDeath and DeathMESH:D003643Diseasedeath9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003643Diseasedeath attitudesMESH:D003643Diseasedeath10573686Orig Life Evol Biosph; 1999 Oct; 29(5) 441-91999titleChu BC, Orgel LE0Peptide-formation on cysteine-containing peptide scaffolds.MESH:D003545Chemicalcysteineabstract60Monomeric cysteine residues attached to cysteine-containing peptides by disulfide bonds can be activated by carbonyldiimidazole. If two monomeric cysteine residues, attached to a 'scaffold' peptide Gly-Cys-Glyn-Cys-Glu10, (n = 0, 1, 2, 3) are activated, they react to form the dipeptide Cys-Cys. in 25-65% yield. Similarly, the activation of a cysteine residue attached to the 'scaffold' peptide Gly-Cys-Gly-Glu10 in the presence of Arg5 leads to the formation of Cys-Arg5 in 50% yield. The significance of these results for prebiotic chemistry is discussed.MESH:D003545ChemicalcysteineMESH:D003545ChemicalcysteineMESH:D004220ChemicaldisulfideMESH:C006900ChemicalcarbonyldiimidazoleMESH:D003545Chemicalcysteine-ChemicalGly-Cys-Glyn-Cys-ChemicalGlu10MESH:D004151ChemicaldipeptideMESH:C046557ChemicalCys-CysMESH:D003545Chemicalcysteine-ChemicalGly-CysMESH:D005998ChemicalGly-ChemicalGlu10-ChemicalArg5MESH:D003545ChemicalCys-ChemicalArg510573687Orig Life Evol Biosph; 1999 Oct; 29(5) 451-611999titleBujdák J, Rode BM0Silica, alumina and clay catalyzed peptide bond formation: enhanced efficiency of alumina catalyst.MESH:D012822ChemicalSilicaMESH:D000537ChemicalaluminaMESH:D010455ChemicalpeptideMESH:D000537Chemicalaluminaabstract100Catalytic efficiencies of clay (hectorite), silica and alumina were tested in peptide bond formation reactions of glycine (Gly), alanine (Ala), proline (Pro), valine (Val) and leucine (Leu). The reactions were performed as drying/wetting (hectorite) and temperature fluctuation (silica and alumina) experiments at 85 degrees C. The reactivity of amino acids decreased in order Gly > Ala > Pro approximately Val approximately Leu. The highest catalytic efficiency was observed for alumina, the only catalyst producing oligopeptides in all investigated reaction systems. The peptide bond formation on alumina is probably catalyzed by the same sites and via similar reaction mechanisms as some alumina-catalyzed dehydration reactions used in industrial chemistry.MESH:C013547ChemicalhectoriteMESH:D012822ChemicalsilicaMESH:D000537ChemicalaluminaMESH:D005998ChemicalglycineMESH:D005998ChemicalGlyMESH:D000409ChemicalalanineMESH:D000409ChemicalAlaMESH:D011392ChemicalprolineMESH:D011392ChemicalProMESH:D014633ChemicalvalineMESH:D014633ChemicalValMESH:D007930ChemicalleucineMESH:D007930ChemicalLeuMESH:C013547ChemicalhectoriteMESH:D012822ChemicalsilicaMESH:D000537ChemicalaluminaMESH:D005998ChemicalGlyMESH:D000409ChemicalAlaMESH:D014633ChemicalValMESH:D007930ChemicalLeuMESH:D000537ChemicalaluminaMESH:D000537ChemicalaluminaMESH:D003681Diseasealumina-catalyzed dehydration10573688Orig Life Evol Biosph; 1999 Oct; 29(5) 463-711999titleSuwannachot Y, Rode BM0Mutual amino acid catalysis in salt-induced peptide formation supports this mechanism's role in prebiotic peptide evolution.MESH:D012492Chemicalsaltabstract125The presence of some amino acids and dipeptides under the conditions of the salt-induced peptide formation reaction (aqueous solution at 85 degrees C, Cu(II) and NaCl) has been found to catalyze the formation of homopeptides of other amino acids, which are otherwise produced only in traces or not at all by this reaction. The condensation of Val, Leu and Lys to form their homodipeptides can occur to a considerable extent due to catalytic effects of other amino acids and related compounds, among which glycine, histidine, diglycine and diketopiperazine exhibit the most remarkable activity. These findings also lead to a modification of the table of amino acid sequences preferentially formed by the salt-induced peptide formation (SIPF) reaction, previously used for a comparison with the sequence preferences in membrane proteins of primitive organisms.MESH:D004151ChemicaldipeptidesMESH:D012492Chemicalsalt-ChemicalCu(II)MESH:D012965ChemicalNaClMESH:D014633ChemicalValMESH:D007930ChemicalLeuMESH:D008239ChemicalLysMESH:D005998ChemicalglycineMESH:D006639ChemicalhistidineMESH:D006033ChemicaldiglycineMESH:D054659ChemicaldiketopiperazineMESH:D012492ChemicalsaltDiseaseSIPF10573689Orig Life Evol Biosph; 1999 Oct; 29(5) 473-871999titleKanavarioti A, Lee LF, Gangopadhyay S0Relative reactivity of ribosyl 2'-OH vs. 3'-OH in concentrated aqueous solutions of phosphoimidazolide activated nucleotides.-Chemicalribosyl-Chemical2'-OH-Chemical3'-OH-Chemicalphosphoimidazolideabstract126Phosphoimidazolide activated ribomononucleotides (*pN, see structure) are useful substrates for the non-enzymatic synthesis of oligonucleotides. In the presence of metal ions, aqueous solutions of *pN yield primarily the two internucleotide-linked (pN2' pN and pN3' pN) and the pyrophosphate-linked (N5' ppN) dimers. Small amounts of cyclic dimers and higher oligomers are also produced. In this study the relative reactivity of 2'-OH vs. 3'-OH was determined from the ratio of the yields of pN2' pN vs. pN3' pN. Experiments were performed at 23 degrees C in the range 7.2 < or = pH < or = 8.4 with substrates that differ in nucleobase (guanosine (G), cytidine (C), uridine (U), and adenosine (A)) and leaving group (imidazole (Im), 2-methylimidazole (2-MeIm) and 2,4-dimethylimidazole (2,4-diMeIm)). Two metal ions (Mg2+ or Mn2+) were employed as catalysts. The conditions used here, i.e. a substrate concentration in the range 0.1 M to 1.0 M and metal ion concentration in the range 0.05 M to 0.2 M, favor base-stacking interactions. The ratio pN2' pN: pN3' pN = 2'-5': 3'-5' was found independent of nucleobase and typically varied between 2 to 3 indicating that the 2'-OH is about 2 to 3 times more reactive than the 3'-OH. *pN with Im, compared to 2-MeIm and 2,4-diMeIm leaving group, produce lower yields of internucleotide linked dimers, and a higher pN2' pN: pN3' pN ratio. Trends in the data, observed with all three leaving groups, suggest an increase in pN2' pN: pN3' pN ratio with decreasing substrate concentration (up to 5.47 with 0.051 M ImpG). The observations are in accord with earlier studies reporting a relative reactivity 2'-5': 3'-5' = 6 to 9 obtained with Im as the leaving group, in dilute nucleotide solutions and under conditions that disfavor stacking. It is speculated that the concentration induced change in the relative reactivity is the result of self-association via base-stacking that enhances selectively the proximity of the 3'-OH of one molecule to the reactive P-N bond of an other molecule. The implication of these conclusions for oligomerization/ligation reactions is discussed.-ChemicalPhosphoimidazolide-ChemicalribomononucleotidesMESH:D009841ChemicaloligonucleotidesMESH:D008670Chemicalmetal-ChemicalMg2+-ChemicalMn2+MESH:D008670Chemicalmetal1214577Speciesto 910573690Orig Life Evol Biosph; 1999 Oct; 29(5) 489-5091999titleFreund F, Gupta AD, Kumar D0Carboxylic and dicarboxylic acids extracted from crushed magnesium oxide single crystals.-ChemicalCarboxylic and dicarboxylic acidsMESH:D008277Chemicalmagnesium oxideabstract90Carboxylic and dicarboxylic acids (glycolic, oxalic, malonic and succinic) have been extracted with tetrahydrofuran (THF) and H2O from large synthetic MgO crystals, crushed to a medium fine powder. The extracts were characterized by infrared spectroscopy and 1H-NMR. The THF extracts were derivatized with tert-butyldimethylsilyl (t-BDMS) for GC-MS analysis. A single crystal separated from the extract was used for an x-ray structure analysis, giving the monoclinic unit cell, space group P21/c with ao = 5.543 A, bo = 8.845 A, co = 5.086 A, and beta = 91.9 degrees, consistent with beta-succinic acid, HOOC(CH2)COOH. The amount of extracted acids is estimated to be of the order of 0.1 to 0.5 mg g-1 MgO. The MgO crystals from which these organic acids were extracted grew from the 2860 degrees C hot melt, saturated with CO/CO2 and H2O, thereby incorporating small amounts of the gaseous components to form a solid solution (ss) with MgO. Upon cooling, the ss becomes supersaturated, causing solute carbon and other solute species to segregate not only to the surface but also internally, to dislocations and subgrain boundaries. The organic acids extracted from the MgO crystals after crushing appear to derive from these segregated solutes that formed C-C, C-H and C-O bonds along dislocations and other defects in the MgO structure, leading to entities that can generically be described as (HxCyOz)n-. The processes underlying the formation of these precursors are fundamental in nature and expected to be operational in any minerals, preferentially those with dense structures, that crystallized in H2O-CO2-laden environments. This opens the possibility that common magmatic and metamorphic rocks when weathering at the surface of a tectonically active planet like Earth may be an important source of abiogenically formed complex organic compounds.-ChemicalCarboxylic and dicarboxylic acids-Chemicalglycolic-Chemicaloxalic-Chemicalmalonic-ChemicalsuccinicMESH:C018674ChemicaltetrahydrofuranMESH:C018674ChemicalTHFMESH:D014867ChemicalH2OMESH:D008277ChemicalMgO-Chemical1HMESH:C018674ChemicalTHF-Chemicaltert-butyldimethylsilyl-Chemicalt-BDMS644914GeneP21-Chemicalbeta-succinic acidMESH:D002255ChemicalCOOHMESH:D008277ChemicalMgO-Chemicalorganic acidsMESH:D002248ChemicalCO-ChemicalCO2MESH:D014867ChemicalH2OMESH:D008277ChemicalMgOMESH:D002244Chemicalcarbon-Chemicalorganic acidsMESH:D008277ChemicalMgOMESH:D008277ChemicalMgOMESH:D014867ChemicalH2O-ChemicalCO210573691Orig Life Evol Biosph; 1999 Oct; 29(5) 511-201999titleYamagata Y0Prebiotic formation of ADP and ATP from AMP, calcium phosphates and cyanate in aqueous solution.MESH:D000244ChemicalADPMESH:D000255ChemicalATPMESH:D000249ChemicalAMPMESH:D002130Chemicalcalcium phosphatesMESH:D003485Chemicalcyanateabstract97Adenosine-5'-triphosphate was synthesized by the phosphorylation of adenosine-5'-diphosphate in aqueous solution containing cyanate as a condensing reagent and insoluble calcium phosphate produced from phosphate and calcium chloride. In a similar manner, adenosine-5'-diphosphate was synthesized from adenosine-5'-monophosphate. When the experiment was carried out in the conditions of 4 degrees C and pH 5.75, the formation of adenosine-5'-diphosphate and adenosine-5'-triphosphate from adenosine-5'-monophosphate was observed in the yields of 19 and 7%, respectively. The other nucleoside-5'-triphosphates were also produced from their respective diphosphates.MESH:D000255ChemicalAdenosine-5'-triphosphateMESH:D000244Chemicaladenosine-5'-diphosphateMESH:D003485ChemicalcyanateMESH:C020243Chemicalcalcium phosphateMESH:D010710ChemicalphosphateMESH:D002122Chemicalcalcium chlorideMESH:D000244Chemicaladenosine-5'-diphosphateMESH:D000249Chemicaladenosine-5'-monophosphateMESH:D000244Chemicaladenosine-5'-diphosphateMESH:D000255Chemicaladenosine-5'-triphosphateMESH:D000249Chemicaladenosine-5'-monophosphate-Chemicalnucleoside-5'-triphosphatesMESH:D011756Chemicaldiphosphates10573692Orig Life Evol Biosph; 1999 Oct; 29(5) 521-451999titleClark BC, Baker AL, Cheng AF, Clemett SJ, McKay D, McSween HY, Pieters CM, Thomas P, Zolensky M0Survival of life on asteroids, comets and other small bodies.302767Speciescometsabstract62The ability of living organisms to survive on the smaller bodies in our solar system is examined. The three most significant sterilizing effects include ionizing radiation, prolonged extreme vacuum, and relentless thermal inactivation. Each could be effectively lethal, and even more so in combination, if organisms at some time resided in the surfaces of airless small bodies located near or in the inner solar system. Deep within volatile-rich bodies, certain environments theoretically might provide protection of dormant organisms against these sterilizing factors. Sterility of surface materials to tens or hundreds of centimeters of depth appears inevitable, and to greater depths for bodies which have resided for long periods sunward of about 2 A.U.10573693Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 766-701999titlePaul P, Rouas-Freiss N, Carosella ED0[HLA-G: a tolerance molecule implicated in the escape of tumors from immunosurveillance].3135Gene133255HLA-GMESH:D009369Diseasetumorsabstract90To define rational anti-tumor immunotherapy strategies, the reasons for the frequent lack of efficacy of the immune response to developing tumors must be elucidated. One hypothesis involves expression by tumor cells of molecules with local immuno-suppressive effects. HLA-G is known to be involved in tolerance of the fetus by the maternal immune system. We studied HLA-G expression in primary and metastatic melanomas (ex vivo biopsies and cell lines). We found a high level of HLA-G transcription and expression at the surface of the cells. A variety of patterns of HLA-G isoform transcription and protein expression were seen. The ability of HLA-G to inhibit the cytotoxic effect of two immunocompetent cell types involved in the antitumor response, namely natural killer cells (NK) and T-cells, suggests that HLA-G may help tumors evade the immune system.MESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:D009369Diseasetumor3135Gene133255HLA-G3135Gene133255HLA-GMESH:D008545Diseasemelanomas3135Gene133255HLA-G3135Gene133255HLA-G3135Gene133255HLA-G3135Gene133255HLA-GMESH:D009369Diseasetumors10573694Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 771-51999titleTeillaud JL0[A therapeutic Trojan horse: intracellular antibodies].9796Specieshorseabstract56Intracellular immunization is a novel therapeutic approach based on intracellular expression of recombinant antibody fragments, either Fab or single chain Fv (scFv generated by the assembly of the VH with the VL region), targeted to the desired cell compartment (cytosol, nucleus, endoplasmic reticulum ...) using appropriate targeting sequences. Due to their exquisite specificity, these intracellular antibodies can be used to neutralize or modulate the functional activity of the target molecule. Intracellular immunization strategies currently under investigation in the field of oncology are directed against mutated oncogenic molecules such as ErbB-2, p21ras, and p53, as well as against apoptosis-inhibiting molecules such as Bcl-2. The first Phase I clinical trials on intracellular immunization are under way in the United States.2187Gene51880Fab652070GenescFv2064Gene3273ErbB-23265Gene55890p21ras7157Gene460p53596Gene527Bcl-210573695Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 776-91999titleCarsin H0[Skin cultures in the treatment of burns].abstract4310573696Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 780-31999titleMeinnel T0[Developing a rational strategy for new antibacterial agents].abstract6310573697Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 784-91999titleTrivier D, Dubos JP, Mteyrek M, Codaccioni X, Courcol RJ, Husson MO0[Contribution of direct bacteriologic examinations to the diagnosis of early materno-fetal bacterial infection: the Lille experience].MESH:D001424Diseasebacterial infectionabstract135A prospective study was conducted in 3056 live-born infants delivered at the Jeanneade-Flandre maternity hospital of the Lille Teaching Hospital between January and August 1997. Clinical, laboratory test, and microbiological test findings were compared. A cohort of 1003 infants who remained in the maternity ward but were considered at increased risk of maternofetal infection (MFI) based on history and/or obstetrical criteria and/or neonatal criteria underwent routine collection of specimens including gastric fluid, auricular and anal swabs, amniotic fluid, and placental fragments. Microscopic examination of gastric fluid smears, the first result available to the clinician, was found to have 27.5% sensitivity (983 samples). Positive predictive value (PPV) was only 17.8% because of a high rate of colonization (16.8%), defined as absence of clinical symptoms and three peripheral specimens positive for the same organism. However, negative predictive value (NPV) was as high as 99.8% as a result of high sensitivity (97.8%) in the infected neonates. The gastric fluid smear was positive in 30% and 35% of neonates born to mothers with hyperpyrexia during early and late labor, respectively, and in 42% of neonates born to mothers with a history of group B streptococcus carriage during the pregnancy. Forty-two per cent of neonates with a history of fetal tachycardia had a positive gastric fluid smear. Diagnostic criteria for infection were three peripheral specimens positive for the same organism, C-reactive protein elevation, and/or one or more clinical signs suggestive of infection, and/or a positive central specimen (blood, CSF). The infection rate in infants who remained in the maternity ward was 1.6%. The most common causative organisms were group B streptococci. These findings illustrate the useful contribution of gastric fluid smears to the early diagnosis of MFI and confirm the predominant role of group B streptococci.9606Speciesinfants9606SpeciesinfantsMESH:C536301Diseasematernofetal infectionDiseaseMFIMESH:D004428DiseaseauricularMESH:D008305DiseasehyperpyrexiaMESH:D048949Diseaselate labor1319Speciesgroup B streptococcusMESH:D013610DiseasetachycardiaMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection1401Gene128039C-reactive proteinMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection1437Gene600CSFMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection9606SpeciesinfantsDiseaseMFI10573698Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 790-61999titleLazraq R, el Baghdadi J, Guesdon JL, Benslimane A0Evaluation of IS6110 as amplification target for direct tuberculosis diagnosis.abstract80We describe in the present study an evaluation of the IS6110 repetitive element in the rapid diagnosis of pulmonary and extrapulmonary tuberculosis by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). A pair of oligonucleotide primers was designed to amplify a 201-bp DNA fragment of IS6110. The amplified DNA was detected by ethidium bromide stained agarose gel electrophoresis and confirmed by Sal I digestion and Southern blot hybridization with a 32P-labeled probe. To detect the presence of amplification inhibitors, an internal control DNA that used the same primers as for the target sequence was added to each PCR reaction. PCR results were compared with the results of acid fast stained smears, cultures, and clinical data in 102 sputum and 41 extrapulmonary specimens. With the exception of four samples, M. tuberculosis was detected by PCR in all smear- and culture-positive cases and in all smear-negative, culture positive cases. Additionally, PCR was able to detect 6 cases that were smear and culture negative but clinically strongly suspected of tuberculosis. The final PCR sensitivity and specificity were 93.1% and 95.18%, respectively. One M. tuberculosis strain isolated from a sputum was found to lack IS6110. This study shows that (1) PCR diagnosis based on IS6110 reached the best sensitivity and specificity but must be considered carefully since some M. tuberculosis strains lack IS6110; and (2) PCR must be interpreted in conjunction with clinical and radiological data when it is discordant with conventional methods results.MESH:D014397Diseasepulmonary and extrapulmonary tuberculosisMESH:D004996Chemicalethidium bromideMESH:D012685ChemicalagaroseMESH:C000615311Chemical32P-Chemicalacid fast1773SpeciesM. tuberculosis1773SpeciesM. tuberculosis-ChemicalIS61101773SpeciesM. tuberculosis10573699Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 797-8041999titleMenard D, Paris L, Danis M0[Immunoblot applied to the diagnosis of congenital toxoplasmosis].MESH:D014125Diseasecongenital toxoplasmosisabstract67Western blot was evaluated for the neonatal diagnosis of congenital toxoplasmosis based on a comparison of antibody profiles between serum samples obtained from the mother at delivery and from the neonate. Passively transferred antibodies can be distinguished from antibodies produced by the neonate, thus allowing early postdelivery diagnosis of congenital toxoplasmosis before the results of other tests are available. This method was developed at the Parasitology-Mycology laboratory of the Pitie-Salpetriere Teaching Hospital, Paris, France, then evaluated in a retrospective study of 52 mother-infant pairs. The diagnosis of congenital toxoplasmosis was ruled out in 34 cases, confirmed in ten cases, and doubtful in 8 cases. Sensitivity was higher than with conventional serological tests. Antibody profile differences were found between mothers and affected infants; these differences usually involved IgGs (8 of 9 cases). Importantly, in two cases Western blot would have provided the diagnosis of congenital toxoplasmosis two months before the secondary elevation in IgM titers in one case and three weeks before the result of mouse placenta inoculation in another case. In conclusion, Western blot deserves to be used to complement established methods (serology and direct demonstration of the parasite by gene amplification, cell cultures, and mouse inoculations) as a means of rapidly (within 24 hours of receipt of the specimen) providing clinicians with information relevant to treatment decisions.MESH:D014125Diseasecongenital toxoplasmosisMESH:D014125Diseasecongenital toxoplasmosis9606SpeciesinfantMESH:D014125Diseasecongenital toxoplasmosis9606SpeciesinfantsMESH:D014125Diseasecongenital toxoplasmosis10090Speciesmouse10090Speciesmouse10573700Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 805-111999titleVimont S, Gaillot O0[Molecular epidemiology of strains of Staphylococcus aureus resistant to methicillin, sensitive to aminoglycosides].1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureusMESH:D008712ChemicalmethicillinMESH:D000617Chemicalaminoglycosidesabstract117Twenty methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) isolates surprisingly susceptible to all aminoglycosides, macrolides, sulfonamides and tetracycline were recovered from 20 elderly patients (mean age, 77) hospitalized in 4 neighbouring facilities between 1996 and 1998. Molecular typing of the isolates performed by restriction fragment length polymorphism of the coagulase gene (PCR-RFLP) and pulsed-field gel electrophoresis (PFGE) of Sma I macrorestriction fragments of total DNA, demonstrated the existence of distinct bacterial clones. Epidemic spreading was demonstrated for at least 2 clones, while others were responsible for sporadic cases. Most of the isolates of this study appeared to be genetically related to strains of MRSA resistant to aminoglycosides and macrolides included as controls, suggesting that multiresistant MRSA may have evolved recently in a manner that resulted in greater susceptibility to certain antibiotics.1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureusMESH:D000617ChemicalaminoglycosidesMESH:D018942ChemicalmacrolidesMESH:D013449ChemicalsulfonamidesMESH:D013752Chemicaltetracycline9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000617ChemicalaminoglycosidesMESH:D018942Chemicalmacrolides10573701Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 812-81999titleDjoulah S, Le Monnier de Gouville I, Martuchou-Dehay C, Busson M, Charron D, Hors J0[HLA-C allele recognition using DNA sequencing].3107Gene133080HLA-Cabstract49The HLA-C locus was sequenced in 106 normal unrelated members of the French CEPH families. Following generic PCR amplification, exons 2 and 3 were amplified separately then sequenced using the ALF Expres sequencer. The Sequi Typer program was used for data analysis. Of the 72 alleles identified to date, 20 were recognized in the panel studied. Results were compared to those provided by the lymphocytotoxicity test, which had a 13.5% error rate and failed to reach the level of specific recognition. Sequencing preceded by amplification allowed immediate unambiguous allele assignment in 96% of cases. In four cases, a complementary method was required to resolve ambiguities. Reproducibility was high. The sequencing strategy described herein is a significant advance and may be particularly valuable for achieving perfect donor/recipient matching for allogeneic stem cell transplants.3107Gene133080HLA-CMESH:D017114DiseaseALF9606Speciesdonor10573702Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 819-261999titleTalon D0[Impact of methicillin resistance in S. aureus].1280SpeciesS. aureusabstract49The prevalence of methicillin resistance among Staphylococcus aureus strains and the incidence of clinical infections due to methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) are disturbingly high in France. Evaluations of the negative impact of methicillin-resistance in S. aureus are needed to establish priorities for infection control programs. Whether methicillin resistance independently affects the frequency of S. aureus infections remains unclear. It follows that the impact of methicillin resistance in terms of morbidity, mortality, economic costs, and ecology should be assessed using both infection-free patients and patients infected with susceptible strains as controls. There is abundant direct and indirect evidence that morbidity related to MRSA is at least as high as that related to methicillin-susceptible S. aureus (MSSA). Whether MRSA strains are more virulent than MSSA strains is controversial. Serious MRSA infections are associated with significant mortality and account for a very large part of the overall infection-related mortality rate. Opinion remains divided as to whether multiple-drug resistant S. aureus strains are associated with higher mortality rates than other S. aureus strains. The economic cost of MRSA infections is huge and considerably higher than that of MSSA infections. The heavy glycopeptide use related to the high prevalence of MRSA infections has generated problems in the management of patients with enterococcal infections and may in the near future result in a pandemic of glycopeptide-resistant MRSA infections. The development of programs designed to control the clonal dissemination of MRSA strains is a top priority from both a medical and an economic viewpoint.MESH:D008712Chemicalmethicillin1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureusMESH:D008712Chemicalmethicillin1280SpeciesS. aureus1280SpeciesS. aureusMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D008712ChemicalmethicillinMESH:D013203Diseaseaureus infectionsMESH:D008712ChemicalmethicillinMESH:D000072662Diseaseinfection-free9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008712Chemicalmethicillin1280SpeciesS. aureusMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection1280SpeciesS. aureus1280SpeciesS. aureus9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007239Diseaseenterococcal infectionsMESH:D006020Chemicalglycopeptide10573703Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 827-351999titleSocié G, Thervet E0[New immunosuppressive agents].abstract32Over the last few years, improved knowledge of the immunological mechanisms underlying transplant rejection have resulted in the development of new immunosuppressive agents capable of selectively blocking various steps of the immune response. It is anticipated that these agents will prove useful in the treatment of autoimmune disease and graft-versus-host disease. Neoral is a cyclosporin microemulsion characterized by better and more consistent absorption as compared to the conventional galenic form. Tacrolimus shares with cyclosporin an ability to inhibit calcineurin and may have similar indications. Rapamycin and RAD are two related molecules that inhibit signal transduction by cytokines to T-cells, although they have not yet been proved clinically effective in large studies of solid organ transplant recipients. Mycophenolate mofetil selectively inhibits purine synthesis and lymphocyte proliferation; it is easy to use and has been found effective in a number of autoimmune disorders. Further clinical work is needed to determine the therapeutic indications for each of these new drugs. Elucidation of their mechanisms of action may help to identify drug combinations providing both enhanced efficacy and improved safety.MESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune diseaseMESH:D006086Diseasegraft-versus-host diseaseMESH:D016572ChemicalcyclosporinMESH:D016559ChemicalTacrolimusMESH:D016572Chemicalcyclosporin6236Gene3071RADMESH:D009173ChemicalMycophenolate mofetilMESH:C030985ChemicalpurineMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune disorders10573704Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 836-441999titleBrogard JM, Caro-Sampara F, Westphal JF, Jehl F0[Biliary diffusion of tazocillin in man].MESH:D000077725Chemicaltazocillin9606Speciesmanabstract42The objective of this study was to determine the extent of biliary excretion of tazocillin, a combination of piperacillin and tazobactam administered as an intravenous infusion in a dose of 4 g of piperacillin and 0.5 g of tazobactam. In 10 patients, piperacillin and tazobactam levels were determined in serum, main bile duct bile, gallbladder bile, and gallbladder wall specimens harvested during a cholecystectomy procedure 1 h after completion of a tazocillin infusion. In five other patients, piperacillin and tazobactam levels were determined in bile collected from a main bile duct T-tube during 12 h following a tazocillin infusion given seven days after cholecystectomy. HPLC was used to assay both compounds. Piperacillin and tazobactam levels in the intraoperative specimens were as follows: 69.1 +/- 13.8 and 9.9 +/- 1.7 micrograms/ml, respectively, in the serum; 630 +/- 133 and 11.9 +/- 2.2 micrograms/ml, respectively, in the main bile duct bile; 342 +/- 114 and 7.7 +/- 2.3 micrograms/ml, respectively, in the gallbladder bile; and 49.3 +/- 20.2 and 2.9 +/- 0.6 micrograms/g, respectively, in the gallbladder wall. In the T-tube bile specimens, peak piperacillin and tazobactam levels were 358 +/- 281 and 9.9 +/- 3.3 micrograms/ml, respectively, after 1 h; total biliary excretion over 12 hours was 28.3 +/- 18.0 mg and 1.0 +/- 0.5 mg, i.e., 0.7 +/- 0.4% and 0.2 +/- 0.1% of the dose, respectively. The levels of piperacillin and tazobactam found in bile and gallbladder wall specimens in this study suggest that tazocillin may prove valuable for the prevention and treatment of biliary infections.MESH:D000077725ChemicaltazocillinMESH:D010878ChemicalpiperacillinMESH:D000078142ChemicaltazobactamMESH:D010878ChemicalpiperacillinMESH:D000078142Chemicaltazobactam9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010878ChemicalpiperacillinMESH:D000078142ChemicaltazobactamMESH:D000077725Chemicaltazocillin9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010878ChemicalpiperacillinMESH:D000078142ChemicaltazobactamMESH:D000077725ChemicaltazocillinMESH:D010878ChemicalPiperacillinMESH:D000078142ChemicaltazobactamMESH:D010878ChemicalpiperacillinMESH:D000078142ChemicaltazobactamMESH:D010878ChemicalpiperacillinMESH:D000078142ChemicaltazobactamMESH:D000077725ChemicaltazocillinMESH:D001658Diseasebiliary infections10573705Pathol. Biol.; 1999 Oct; 47(8) 845-721999title0[Antibiogram Committee of the French Society for Microbiology. Official Statement 1999].abstract8910573706Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 773-851999titleBecker KJ0Thrombolysis for acute ischemic stroke.MESH:D002544Diseaseischemic strokeabstract40Data generated from randomized controlled trials in the last decade have shown that acute intervention can improve neurologic outcome in patients with ischemic stroke. This article reviews recent studies of systemic and intra-arterial thrombolysis for cerebrovascular disease in detail. Important considerations for treating patients with thrombolysis are explored, and theoretic and practical differences in the approach to patients with anterior and posterior circulation disease are highlighted.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002544Diseaseischemic strokeMESH:D002561Diseaseintra-arterial thrombolysis for cerebrovascular disease9606SpeciespatientsDiseasethrombolysis9606Speciespatients10573707Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 787-8001999titleOdderson IR0The National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale and its importance in acute stroke management.MESH:D020521DiseaseStrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract94The National Institutes of Health (NIH) stroke scale is a standardized neurologic examination developed to quantitate the patient's deficits in clinical trials for new stroke therapies. It is used on admission to determine patient eligibility for thrombolytic therapy, throughout the acute hospital stay, and at 3 months to assess neurologic recovery. The NIH stroke scale scores correlates with initial infarct volume, cerebral perfusion, and functional outcome.MESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientMESH:D020521DiseaseNIH stroke10573708Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 801-131999titleSkolnick BE0Guidelines for acute stroke treatment centers.MESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract47This article provides a description of the clinical infrastructure of a stroke center, including staffing requirements, technical capabilities, and recommended clinical protocols. These recommendations have been developed to assist in establishing new acute stroke centers that can deliver quality care and to aid in evaluating the relative strengths and weaknesses of existing stroke centers.MESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestroke57379Gene7623aidMESH:D020521Diseasestroke10573709Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 815-261999titleAtkinson RP0Acute stroke medical management.MESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract33The average length of hospital stay for acute stroke has been declining gradually in the United States. Medical care traditionally given in the acute setting often is continued in a rehabilitation unit or skilled nursing facility. This article outlines the necessary knowledge base for specialists in rehabilitation regarding acute stroke medical care and management.MESH:D020521Diseaseacute strokeMESH:D020521Diseasestroke10573710Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 827-381999titleGress DR, Singh V0Stroke prevention.MESH:D020521DiseaseStrokeabstract19This article reviews the causes of stroke and emphasizes the underlying vascular pathology. The risk factors associated with the pathologic processes are examined, with emphasis on the beneficial impact on stroke risk through the risk factor modification. Risk factor modification is a powerful tool in stroke prevention and can lead to a marked decrease in the burden of stroke. The majority of strokes could be eliminated with an organized prevention strategy.MESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestrokes10573711Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 839-561999titleHalar EM0Management of stroke risk factors during the process of rehabilitation. Secondary stroke prevention.MESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract101Epidemiologic and prospective cohort studies have shown a strong correlation between risk factors and stroke morbidity and mortality. The reduction or control of risk factors, on the other hand, can reduce stroke morbidity and mortality. Rehabilitation professionals involved in comprehensive rehabilitation of stroke patients may include the management of risk factors in the scope of their practice and thus contribute to longer life expectancy and improved quality of life of these patients. Decreasing disability, improving quality of life, and prolonging life are chief goals of the rehabilitation process. This article reviews the rationale for risk management and stresses the value of aerobic and conditioning exercises and is intended to supplement the article on stroke prevention co-authored by Daryl Gress and Vineeta Singh.MESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke10573712Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 857-741999titleMcGuire JR, Harvey RL0The prevention and management of complications after stroke.MESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract61Medical, neurologic, and psychiatric complications can interfere with optimal recovery after stroke and increase the cost of care. Ideally, preventing these complications would be the best and most cost-effective treatment. This article reviews the clinical implications and management strategies for venous thromboembolism, spasticity, and depression after stroke.MESH:D001523DiseasepsychiatricMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D054556Diseasevenous thromboembolismMESH:D009128DiseasespasticityMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D020521Diseasestroke10573713Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 875-861999titleCramer SC0Stroke recovery. Lessons from functional MR imaging and other methods of human brain mapping.MESH:D020521DiseaseStroke9606Specieshumanabstract94The mechanisms underlying patient recovery after stroke remain incompletely understood. Human brain mapping methods such as functional MR imaging provide insights into stroke recovery mechanisms. After a unilateral brain insult, lasting changes take place in both hemispheres and along the rim of a cortical infarct. Such information may be of value in the design of therapies targeting stroke recovery.9606SpeciespatientMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciesHumanMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D007238Diseasecortical infarctMESH:D020521Diseasestroke10573714Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 887-9061999titleJørgensen HS, Nakayama H, Raaschou HO, Olsen TS0Stroke. Neurologic and functional recovery the Copenhagen Stroke Study.MESH:D020521DiseaseStrokeMESH:D009461DiseaseNeurologicMESH:D020521DiseaseCopenhagen Strokeabstract72Neurologic and functional recovery is dependent on a large variety of factors such as initial stroke severity, body temperature and blood glucose in the acute phase of stroke, stroke in progression, and treatment and rehabilitation on a dedicated stroke unit. The most important factor for recovery remains the initial severity of the stroke. In unselected patients 19% of the strokes are very severe, 14% are severe, 26% are moderate, and 41% are mild. In survivors, neurologic impairment after completed rehabilitation is still severe or very severe in 11%, moderate in 11%, mild in 47%, and 31% have achieved normal neurologic function. The ability to perform basic activities of daily living initially is reduced in three out of four patients with stroke. Most often affected is the ability to transfer, dress, and walk. After completed rehabilitation the group with moderate and severe disability is reduced from 50% to 25%, and the group with mild or no disability is increased from 50% to 75%. The prognosis of patients with mild or moderate stroke generally is excellent. Patients with severe stroke have a very variable recovery. Although the prognosis of patients with the most severe stroke is generally poor, one third of the survivors in this group are able to be discharged back to their own homes with no or only mild disability, if rehabilitated on a dedicated stroke unit. Functional recovery generally was completed within 3 months of stroke onset. Patients with mild stroke, however, recover within 2 months, patients with moderate stroke within 3 months, patients with severe stroke within 4 months, and patients with the most severe strokes have their functional recovery within 5 months from onset. Functional recovery is preceded by neurologic recovery by a mean of 2 weeks.MESH:D009461DiseaseNeurologicMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521DiseasestrokesMESH:D009422Diseaseneurologic impairment9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestrokes10573715Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 907-231999titleRogers MA, Alarcon NB, Olswang LB0Aphasia management considered in the context of the World Health Organization model of disablements.abstract101Approaches to the management of individuals with aphasia are numerous, heterogeneous, and individualized. Treatment varies with the unique constellation of symptoms, goals, and residual abilities of each patient. This article considers aphasia management within the context of the World Health Organization model of disablements.MESH:D001037Diseaseaphasia9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001037Diseaseaphasia10573716Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 925-411999titleMiller RM, Chang MW0Advances in the management of dysphagia caused by stroke.MESH:D003680DiseasedysphagiaMESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract58This article reviews the advancements that have occurred, primarily in the last decade, in the management and treatment of swallowing disorders related to stroke. An overview of swallowing physiology is given, and interventions, both indirect and direct, are explored. Expanding knowledge, applying techniques from other scientific disciplines, and developing new technologies provide hope for stroke patients who experience dysphagia.MESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003680Diseasedysphagia10573717Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 943-551999titleMelvin JL0Impact of Health Care Financing Administration changes on stroke rehabilitation.MESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract81This article reviews the early influences of Medicare on the delivery of rehabilitation services, and discusses the changes in payment for hospital-based rehabilitation in the 1997 Balanced Budget Act. Among these changes is a prospective payment system for rehabilitation hospitals and units. This article also addresses Health Care Financing Administration's efforts to comply with this portion of the Act. Finally, some of the impacts that might result from these payment policies are discussed.10573718Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 957-661999titleGresham GE, Granger CV, Linn RT, Kulas MA0Status of functional outcomes for stroke survivors.MESH:D020521Diseasestrokeabstract52In the past, it has taken several years to accumulate a sufficient number of subjects in the community-based studies to arrive at generalized conclusions. With an ongoing database, such as resides at CFAR-UDSMR, it is possible to collect a large number of cases within a relatively short period of time. Further, it is relatively easy to perform continuous monitoring in order to determine trends that may be occurring as a result of the changing scenes in health care delivery. It has been possible to uncover patterns of scoring the functional status of patients that reveal a consistent picture of an underlying biology of disability and predictable characteristics in patients' courses through the rehabilitation process. Newer analytic methods have allowed one to predict expected recovery patterns. This new information will allow one to better measure and manage outcomes, to improve the quality of care, to improve cost-effectiveness, and to better manage financial risk. These are the tools necessary for clinicians to incorporate into practice, as expectations with respect to outcomes and reimbursement for health care are changing. All of the marks associated with FIM and UDSMR belong to the Uniform Data System for Medical Rehabilitation, a division of UB Foundation Activities, Inc.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10573719Phys Med Rehabil Clin N Am; 1999 Nov; 10(4) 967-851999titleZorowitz RD0Returning to life. Stroke survivor community and Internet resources.MESH:D020521DiseaseStrokeabstract69Returning to the community can be as traumatic an experience to the stroke survivor as experiencing the stroke itself. Smoothing the transition between the hospital and home can be accomplished through many support services and organizations offered through the community. This article explores the many resources readily available to the stroke survivor.MESH:D014947DiseasetraumaticMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D020521Diseasestroke10573720Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 855-71999titleMabro M0[Mammary cancerology and gynecology. 35th Congress of the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) Atlanta (United States), May 1999].abstract13910573721Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 859-621999titleMasson C, Yakova M0[Minocylcine: Hyde or Jekyl?].abstract3110573722Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 863-81999titleMabro M, Gilles-Amar V, Louvet C, Carola E, Maindrault-Goebel F, de Gramont A, Krulik M0[Bimonthly 5-fluorouracil in elderly patients with metastatic colorectal cancer. Study of 50 patients].MESH:D005472Chemical5-fluorouracil9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal cancer9606Speciespatientsabstract104PURPOSE: Recent advances in the management of colorectal cancer have improved the quality of life and the survival of patients treated with chemotherapy. In order to define the contribution of chemotherapy in elderly patients, we studied the tolerance and the efficacy of first-line chemotherapy in patients with metastatic colorectal cancer. METHODS: Patients aged over 75 years received, as outpatient therapy, a bimonthly 48 h leucovorin and fluorouracil regimen. Evaluation was assessed every six cycles (i.e., three months). RESULTS: Fifty patients were studied: 28 males and 22 females, aged between 75 to 87 years, 37 with colon cancer and 13 with rectal cancer. Among 45 patients capable of being evaluated, the response rate was 44%, with six complete responses (13%) and 14 partial responses (31%). Eighteen patients had stable disease (40%) and seven patients progressive disease (16%). Median progression-free survival was 8.8 months and median survival 16.4 months. Grade 3 to 4 toxicity occurred in 20% of the patients. Performance status improved in 56% of the patients. CONCLUSION: The bimonthly regimen is well tolerated in elderly patients and appears to prolong survival as well in younger patients.MESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal cancer9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal cancer9606SpeciesPatients9606SpeciesoutpatientMESH:D002955ChemicalleucovorinMESH:D005472Chemicalfluorouracil9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolon cancerMESH:D012004Diseaserectal cancer9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicity9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10573723Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 869-741999titlePiette AM, Ramanoelina J, Gepner P, Larroche C, Blétry O0[Systemic reaction induced my minocycline treatment: a report of four patients and a review of the literature].MESH:D008911Chemicalminocycline9606Speciespatientsabstract112We report four cases of the side effects of minocycline seen during the last two years in our department. There was one case of drug-related lupus and three cases of hypersensitivity reactions, including one eosinophilic pneumopathy with pericarditis, one nephropathy and one severe, pseudo-infectious episode of high fever, rash, lympadenopathy, hepatitis and eosinophilia. Minocycline is a tetracycline agent widely used for acne therapy in France and all over the world. During the last few years, there has been an increasing number of reports concerning systemic adverse reactions to minocycline, with on the one hand auto-immune disorders (lupus, autoimmune hepatitis, vascularitis with ANCA), occurring after a prolonged course of therapy and reported recently in the last few years, and on the other hand, hypersensitivity reactions (eosinophilic pneumopathies, hepatitis, nephropathies, myocarditis, serum sickness or pseudo-infectious reactions), occurring precociously in the course of therapy, and potentially severe. Although these side effects are uncommon in the context of the high number of patients who have been prescribed the drug, the first-line antibiotic therapy in acne must probably be reconsidered.MESH:D008911ChemicalminocyclineMESH:D008180DiseaselupusMESH:D004342Diseasehypersensitivity reactionsMESH:D004802Diseaseeosinophilic pneumopathyMESH:D010493DiseasepericarditisMESH:D007674DiseasenephropathyMESH:D005334Diseasehigh feverMESH:D005076DiseaserashMESH:D004802Diseaselympadenopathy, hepatitis and eosinophiliaMESH:D008911ChemicalMinocyclineMESH:D013752ChemicaltetracyclineMESH:D000152DiseaseacneMESH:D008180DiseaselupusMESH:D019693Diseaseautoimmune hepatitisMESH:D000783DiseasevascularitisMESH:D004342DiseasehypersensitivityMESH:D004802Diseaseeosinophilic pneumopathiesMESH:D056486DiseasehepatitisMESH:D007674DiseasenephropathiesMESH:D009205Diseasemyocarditis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000152Diseaseacne10573724Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 875-871999titleBruneval P0[Pathology of large vessel vasculitides].abstract42INTRODUCTION: Vasculitides can be classified according to the size of the involved vessels. The pathological patterns of large vessel vasculitides are presented here. CURRENT KNOWLEDGE AND KEY POINTS: They concern Buerger's disease, temporal arteritis, Takayasu's disease, Behcet's disease, infectious arteritides, rheumatologic and miscellaneous diseases. Buerger's disease is a thrombotic arteriopathy with no arterial wall involvement. Temporal arteritis and Takayasu's disease belong to the group of giant cell arteritides. In temporal arteritis, the inflammation is prominent in the internal part of the media and is aggressive for the arterial wall. In Takayasu's disease, the external part of the media is prominently involved. The fibrous thickening of the arterial wall with stenosis is characteristic. Behcet's disease can involve the large arteries with a risk of arterial rupture. Infectious arteritides are not unfrequent in vascular surgery and in previous arterial lesions. Rheumatologic diseases can result in aortitis with aortic incompetence. FUTURE PROSPECTS AND PROJECTS: These diseases have pathological characteristics which contribute to diagnosis. However, a clearcut classification of vasculitides will come from the precise knowledge of their etiology.MESH:D013700Diseasetemporal arteritisMESH:D001015DiseaseTakayasu's diseaseMESH:D001528DiseaseBehcet's diseaseMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatologic and miscellaneous diseasesMESH:D013927Diseasethrombotic arteriopathyMESH:D013700DiseaseTemporal arteritisMESH:D001015DiseaseTakayasu's diseaseMESH:D013700Diseasetemporal arteritisMESH:D007249DiseaseinflammationMESH:D001015DiseaseTakayasu's diseaseMESH:D003251DiseasestenosisMESH:D001528DiseaseBehcet's diseaseMESH:D012421Diseasearterial ruptureMESH:D012216DiseaseRheumatologic diseasesMESH:D001025Diseaseaortitis10573725Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 888-9011999titleGeffray L0[Infections associated with pets].abstract35INTRODUCTION: Domestic pets can transmit numerous infections, including bacterial, parasitic, fungal, and viral diseases. This paper reports the epidemiologic, clinical, therapeutic and prophylactic data of these zoonoses. CURRENT KNOWLEDGE AND KEY POINTS: The routes of transmission are various. Bites and scratches are the most common health hazards and result in localized infections. Pasteurellosis, various aerobic and anaerobic infections, and cat-scratch disease are predominant. Bites are treated by cleaning the wound, rabies and tetanus prophylaxis, and the appropriate use of antibiotics. Other infections are transmitted through cutaneous, mucous, digestive or respiratory routes, by direct contact with the pets, excreta, or by arthropods. The most common are gastrointestinal (campylobacter, salmonella, yersinia, parasites, etc), dermatologic (dermatophytoses, scabies, cutaneous larva migraines, etc.), respiratory (psittacosis, etc.), and multisystemic (toxoplasmosis, toxocariasis, leishmaniosis). Certain people are at high risk for diverse diseases: small children (toxocariasis, helminthiasis), pregnant women (toxoplasmosis), and immunodeficient patients (cryptosporidiosis, salmonellosis, systemic pasteurellosis). These infectious diseases can be partly prevented by avoiding contact with diseased animals, and by washing the hands following exposure to pets or pet-derived excreta. Specific vaccines for humans and pets, as well as worming pets regularly, form an important part of the prevention. Veterinarians must discourage the keeping of wild or exotic animals as pets. FUTURE PROSPECTS AND PROJECTS: National health survey institutions and new communication systems can improve our knowledge about the real epidemiology of pet-transmitted zoonoses.MESH:D007239Diseasenumerous infectionsMESH:D001102Diseaseviral diseasesMESH:D012594Diseaselocalized infectionsMESH:D010326DiseasePasteurellosisMESH:D013746DiseasetetanusMESH:D012532DiseasescabiesMESH:D008881Diseasecutaneous larva migrainesMESH:D009956DiseasepsittacosisMESH:D014123DiseasetoxoplasmosisMESH:D007816Diseasetoxocariasis, leishmaniosis9606Speciespeople9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D007816DiseasetoxocariasisMESH:D006373Diseasehelminthiasis9606SpecieswomenMESH:D014123DiseasetoxoplasmosisMESH:D007153Diseaseimmunodeficient9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003457DiseasecryptosporidiosisMESH:D012480DiseasesalmonellosisMESH:D010326Diseasesystemic pasteurellosisMESH:D003141Diseaseinfectious diseases9606Specieshumans10573726Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 902-111999titleLebrun C, Frenay M, Lanteri-Minet M0[Neurologic complications of chemotherapy].abstract44INTRODUCTION: Neurotoxicity can be induced by the synergistic or additive effects of cytotoxic treatments, and nervous system exposure is related to routes and doses. CURRENT KNOWLEDGE AND KEY POINTS: The improvements in treating systemic malignancy have been accompanied by reports of neurologic toxicity, which has an important impact on the quality of life and may even limit the use of the treatment. PERSPECTIVES AND FUTURE PROJECTS: It demands out a continuous clinical evaluation to detect their appearance. When neurological complications are diagnosed later, they are rarely reversible. Neuroprotective agents are still being evaluated.MESH:D020258DiseaseNeurotoxicityMESH:D009369Diseasesystemic malignancyMESH:D020258Diseaseneurologic toxicityMESH:D002493Diseaseneurological complications10573727Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 912-81999titleTiev KP, Cabane J, Imbert JC0[Treatment of chronic postinfectious fatigue: randomized double-blind study of two doses of sulbutiamine (400-600 mg/day) versus placebo].MESH:D015673Diseasechronic postinfectious fatigueMESH:C031331Chemicalsulbutiamineabstract139PURPOSE: Chronic fatigue remains a medical mystery and a therapeutic failure. The subgroup of chronic fatigue postinfectious fatigue (CPIF) is an interesting one since it is quite frequent in general practice. METHODS: We studied sulbutiamine (Su), isobutyryl-thiamine disulfide in this context. We included 326 general-practice patients suffering from CPIF: they received randomly either Su, 400 mg daily (n = 106), or Su, 600 mg daily (n = 111), or placebo (n = 109) for 28 days in a double-blind, parallel-group study. 315 patients completed the study. RESULTS: The evaluation of fatigue, by multiple means including mainly MFI, a validated multidimensional fatigue scale, showed overall no significant difference between the groups. On the 7th day, however, women receiving Su, 600 mg had less fatigue (P < 0.01), but the figures were quite diverse and no persistent effect was noted at the 28th day. CONCLUSION: Thus, we showed for the first time that a high level general-practice study of fatigue is feasible using specific tools. Whether the effect observed after 1 week in women represents a true finding needs additional research. Further studies are in progress in order to characterize better the potential usefulness of Su in chronic fatigue.MESH:D015673DiseaseChronic fatigueMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue postinfectious fatigueMESH:C031331ChemicalsulbutiamineMESH:C031331ChemicalSu-Chemicalisobutyryl-thiamine disulfide9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C031331ChemicalSuMESH:C031331ChemicalSu9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005221DiseasefatigueMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue9606SpecieswomenMESH:C031331ChemicalSuMESH:D005221DiseasefatigueMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue9606SpecieswomenMESH:C031331ChemicalSuMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue10573728Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 919-221999titlePatte-Greangeot R, Boulanger E, Antonescu FR, Césari JF, Wambergue FP, Wambergue A, Fontaine P, Cotten A, Ferrier ML, Pagniez D, Dequiedt P0[Muscle infarction. An unknown complication of diabetes mellitus].MESH:D007238DiseaseMuscle infarctionMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes mellitusabstract67INTRODUCTION: Diabetic muscle infarction (MI) is a rare and little-known complication of diabetes mellitus. CASE REPORT: We report a case of relapsing MI in which magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) suggested the diagnosis. A 53-year-old man with multi-complicated type II diabetes mellitus was admitted to our unit for illness and deep tumefaction of the right thigh. Because of unconclusive MRI, a muscular biopsy of the lesion was performed and MI confirmed. Three months after, a left relapse of MI occurred. Immediate treatment with immobilization and heparinotherapy permitted a rapid recovery. CONCLUSION: About 70 previously reported cases are reviewed. The mean age at presentation was about 40 years. MI was usually seen in patients with long-standing diabetes with multiple end organ microvascular complications. Homo- or heterolateral recurrences are reported in almost half of the patients. MRI is the best imaging technique for suggesting the diagnosis.MESH:D007238DiseaseDiabetic muscle infarctionMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes mellitus9606SpeciesmanMESH:D003924Diseasetype II diabetes mellitusMESH:D002908Diseaseillness9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes9606Speciespatients10573729Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 923-51999titleJean R, Durand JM, Cretel E, Heyries L, Payan MJ, Retornaz F, Soubeyrand J0[Lymphocytic colitis and Gougerot-Sjogren syndrome. Report of two cases].MESH:D046730DiseaseLymphocytic colitisMESH:D012859DiseaseGougerot-Sjogren syndromeabstract74INTRODUCTION: Microscopic colitis describes a subset of patients with chronic watery diarrhea of unknown origin, and normal endoscopic findings and microscopic evidence of an inflammatory infiltrate in the colonic mucosa. We report two cases associated with sicca syndrome. EXEGESIS: A 56-year-old woman and a 76-year-old man presented with a history of lymphocytic colitis associated with sicca syndrome. Drugs or infectious agents were not implicated in the cause of lymphocytic colitis, suggesting that sicca syndrome may be involved in the pathogenesis of microscopic colitis. CONCLUSION: These cases suggest that sicca syndrome should be detected in patients with lymphocytic colitis.MESH:D003092Diseasecolitis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003967DiseasediarrheaMESH:D015179Diseasecolonic mucosaMESH:D012859Diseasesicca syndrome9606Specieswoman9606SpeciesmanMESH:D046730Diseaselymphocytic colitisMESH:D012859Diseasesicca syndromeMESH:D046730Diseaselymphocytic colitisMESH:D012859Diseasesicca syndromeMESH:D003092DiseasecolitisMESH:D012859Diseasesicca syndrome9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D046730Diseaselymphocytic colitis10573730Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 926-91999titleBibes B, Briens E, Minjolle S, Jego P, Dauriac C, Grosbois B0[Respiratory syncytial virus pneumonia in four immunocompromised adults].MESH:D018357DiseaseRespiratory syncytial virus pneumoniaabstract74INTRODUCTION: In hematologic malignancies, respiratory syncytial viral infections can be explained by neutropenia, and cellular and humoral immunodepression, and may cause severe respiratory infections. EXEGESIS: Four patients with hematologic malignancies developed a severe respiratory syncytial virus infection. Three of them had previously received autologous bone marrow transplantation (ABMT). Progress was favorable for three patients. One patient died of acute respiratory failure. CONCLUSION: When such patients present with respiratory symptoms, especially during the winter months, they should be screened for RSV. Bronchoalveolar lavage allowed quick and accurate diagnosis by immunofluorescence. Treatment with nebulized ribavirin is controversial. Its use may be interesting in patients with high-risk factors (intensive chemotherapy, ABMT, diffuse pneumonia with hypoxemia).MESH:D019337Diseasehematologic malignanciesMESH:D018357Diseaserespiratory syncytial viral infectionsMESH:D009503DiseaseneutropeniaDiseaseimmunodepressionMESH:D012131Diseaserespiratory infections9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019337Diseasehematologic malignanciesMESH:D018357Diseaserespiratory syncytial virus infection9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:D012131Diseaserespiratory failure9606Speciespatients12814SpeciesrespiratoryMESH:D012254Chemicalribavirin9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011014DiseasepneumoniaMESH:D000860Diseasehypoxemia10573731Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 930-31999titleDadamessi I, Leduc I, Duché A, Tiev K, Barbieux D, Sevestre H, Andréjak M, Ducroix JP0[Autoimmune hepatitis and lupus syndrome associated with minocycline].MESH:D019693DiseaseAutoimmune hepatitisMESH:D008180Diseaselupus syndromeMESH:D008911Chemicalminocyclineabstract71INTRODUCTION: Among several adverse effects following treatment with minocycline, certain cases of autoimmune hepatitis, associated with lupus erythematosus, have been described. The possibility of hepatic damage, although rare, is important to keep in mind because of its delicate diagnostic. EXEGESIS: We report one case of autoimmune hepatitis following treatment with minocycline for acne, in a 25-year-old woman. This autoimmune hepatitis was associated with induced lupus syndrome. Usual causes of hepatitis were eliminated. Evolution was spontaneously favorable upon minocycline treatment interruption, with the disappearance of clinical symptoms and normalization of hepatic and immunologic biological values. CONCLUSION: The possibility of hepatic damage and lupus syndrome, following treatment with minocycline, should be recalled and verified in cases of long-term prescription. This observation stresses the difficulties of anamnesis in internal medicine. For those who know how to listen cautiously and rigorously, anamnesis may prove more helpful than many complementary examinations.MESH:D008911ChemicalminocyclineMESH:D019693Diseaseautoimmune hepatitisMESH:D008180Diseaselupus erythematosusMESH:D056486Diseasehepatic damageMESH:D019693Diseaseautoimmune hepatitisMESH:D008911ChemicalminocyclineMESH:D000152Diseaseacne9606SpecieswomanMESH:D019693Diseaseautoimmune hepatitisMESH:D008180Diseaselupus syndromeMESH:D056486DiseasehepatitisMESH:D008911ChemicalminocyclineMESH:D056486Diseasehepatic damageMESH:D008180Diseaselupus syndromeMESH:D008911Chemicalminocycline10573733Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 947-81999titleCailleux N, Marie I, Peillon C, Lévesque H, Courtois H0[Hammer, did you say hammer?].abstract3110573734Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 949-501999titleBraun D, Nippert B, Loeuille D, Blain H, Tréchot P0[Interstitial pneumopathy induced by fluoxetine].MESH:C535590DiseasepneumopathyMESH:D005473Chemicalfluoxetineabstract5010573735Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 950-11999titleBouillet L, Arbib F, Brambilla C, Morand P, Huchon A0[Pneumocystis pneumonia complicated by infectious mononucleosis: an infrequent association].MESH:D011020DiseasePneumocystis pneumoniaabstract9310573736Rev Med Interne; 1999 Oct; 20(10) 951-21999titleCorne P, Bourdin A, Hernandez M, Landreau L, Jonquet O0[Aspiration pneumonia from Pasteurella multocida].MESH:D011014Diseasepneumonia747SpeciesPasteurella multocidaabstract5110573737Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54531999titleBrunet C0[Anatomy of thoracic outlet syndrome].MESH:D013901Diseasethoracic outlet syndromeabstract3910573738Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54641999titleHachulla E, Gillard J, Duquesnoy B0[Clinical aspects of thoracic outlet syndrome].MESH:D013901Diseasethoracic outlet syndromeabstract4810573739Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54681999titleRémy J, Rémy-Jardin M, Duquesnoy B, Hachulla E, Vinckier L, Perez-Cousin M, Artaud D, Fribourg M0[Tridimensional scanner in thoracic outlet syndrome].MESH:D013901Diseasethoracic outlet syndromeabstract5410573740Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54781999titleCotten A, Demondion X, Gillard J, Hachulla E, Duquesnoy B0[Exploration of the thoracic outlet syndrome: contribution of MRI].abstract6810573741Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54811999titleGillard J, Duquesnoy B0[Thoracic outlet syndromes: the viewpoint of the rheumatologist].abstract6610573742Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54871999titleBecker F, Terriat B0[Thoracic outlet syndromes: the viewpoint of the angiologist].abstract6310573743Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54941999titleHurtevent JF0[Neurophysiological explorations of thoracic outlet syndrome].MESH:D013901Diseasethoracic outlet syndromeabstract6310573744Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 54971999titleMayoux-Benhamou MA, Rahali-Khachlof H, Revel M0[Rehabilitation in thoracic outlet syndrome].MESH:D013901Diseasethoracic outlet syndromeabstract4610573745Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 55001999titleBoissonnot P, Roubieu A0[Criticisms of the Peet gymnastics. Proposal of a new exercise program for the patient].9606Speciespatientabstract8910573746Rev Med Interne; 1999 Sep; 20 Suppl 55061999titleKieffer E, Vasseur MA0[Surgery of thoracic outlet syndromes].abstract4010573747Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 199-2021999titleAngioi K, Duprez A0[Scientific and ethical in vivo human experimentation].9606Specieshumanabstract5610573748Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 205-101999titleJulien S, Jacoulet P, Dubiez A, Westeel V, Depierre A0[Non-small-cell bronchial cancers: long-term survival after single drug chemotherapy with vinorelbine].MESH:D001982Diseasebronchial cancersMESH:D000077235Chemicalvinorelbineabstract104We studied a cohort of 120 patients with inoperable non-small-cell lung cancer treated with vinorelbin at the dose of 25-30 mg/m2/week in a single drug chemotherapy regimen. Surgery was contraindicated due to staging or to concomitant morbidity. Twenty patients survived 18 months or more. One survivor responded exceptionally, surviving 120 months. The mean dose intensity of Vinorelbine in long-term survivors was 21 mg/m2/week. Objective response was found at multivariate analysis to be a prognostic factor for survival beyond 18 months. Weight loss (< 5 kg) was an unfavorable prognostic factor in patients with metastases.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008175Diseaselung cancerMESH:D000077235Chemicalvinorelbin9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000077235ChemicalVinorelbineMESH:D015431DiseaseWeight loss9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009362Diseasemetastases10573749Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 211-81999titleJarno F, Bazot M, Korzec J, Milleron B, Carette MF0[Computerized tomography imaging of round atelectasis. Study of a series of 21 patients].9606Speciespatientsabstract90AIM: To show and compare to literature CT findings in round atelectasis. MATERIAL AND METHODS: It is a retrospective review of the clinical and radiological files of 21 patients (17 men; 4 women; Mean age: 62), having asbestos exposure (6/21) or pleural history (13/21) and in whom the diagnosis of round atelectasis was performed from 1988 to 1998. This diagnosis was based on the presence of the classical radiological triad: round mass abutting to pleurae, converging bronchovascular markings and pleural thickening adjacent to the mass associated at a one year follow up or three years radiological and clinical follow up or the association with three minors radiological signs. RESULTS: The 25 round atelectasis, 4 bilateral, were localized in the lower lobes (22/25) or upper lobes (3/25) at right (17/25) or left (8/25) side. Minor signs were found as in literature as followed: air bronchograms and centrally indistinct margin (25/25, diffused pleural thickening or pleural plaques (19/25), acute angles with the pleura (18/25), fissures displacement (18/25), main stem bronchus displacement (13/25), calcifications within the plaque (10/25), calcifications within the mass (10/25). A mean of 6.7 signs was found for each lesion. CONCLUSION: More than the major signs of round atelectasis the air bronchogram, the centrally indistinct margin and the presence of one sign of retraction were very frequent. The mean number of signs was 6.7 for every lesion.9606Speciespatients9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D010995DiseasepleuralMESH:D010995Diseasepleural10573750Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 219-221999titleAbid A, Benasser MA, Yassir Z, Rguibi M, Ghorfi I, Chbicheb A, Alaoui-Tahiri K0[Mediastinitis caused by Klebsiella pneumoniae with a pharyngeal portal].MESH:D008480DiseaseMediastinitis573SpeciesKlebsiella pneumoniaeabstract74We report a case of Klebsiella pneumoniae medisatinitis secondary to a retrophyarygeal abscess in a 40-year-old patient. The patient was treated with antibiotics and pleural drainage. Surgery was not necessary and the clinical course was favorable. We recall the pathophysiological and clinical aspects of this now uncommon condition and discuss the prognosis and therapeutic options.MESH:D007710DiseaseKlebsiella pneumoniae medisatinitis9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D010995Diseasepleural drainage10573751Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 223-61999titleChen YB, Nguyen QK, Le HL, Phan TH, Hoeffel CC0[Diagnostic imaging of tracheobronchial tuberculosis. Apropos of a case].MESH:C566362Diseasetracheobronchial tuberculosisabstract74We report a new case of tracheo-bronchial tuberculosis. Diagnosis was suggested on CT examination first and then confirmed by endoscopy and bacteriological examinations. We discuss the possible mechanisms of stenosis. We present the radiological features of tracheo-bronchial tuberculosis, mainly helical CT features and we discuss and illustrate differential diagnosis. We emphasize the role of 3 D and multiplanar reconstructed CT images that may help visualizing the stenosis at different levels, its craniocaudal extent as well as the boundaries between the stenosis and surrounding tissues. Moreover helical CT appears superior to bronchofibroscopy in diagnosing peribronchial infiltration.MESH:D001982Diseasetracheo-bronchial tuberculosisMESH:D001982Diseasetracheo-bronchial tuberculosis10573752Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 227-91999titleAfif H, Trombati N, Bahlaoui A, Aichane A, Bouayad Z0[Unusual diagnosis of cavitating pulmonary opacity].abstract53The authors reported a case of Hodgkin disease with excavated lung localisation discovered during a systematic detection in the occupational medicine framework. This observation raised the differential diagnosis problems mainly with tuberculosis in endemic countries.MESH:D006689DiseaseHodgkin diseaseMESH:D014376Diseasetuberculosis10573753Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 231-21999titleBreton JL, Alfreijat F, Guy I0[Small-cell bronchogenic cancer one year after excision of 2 synchronous non-small-cell bronchogenic cancers].MESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancersabstract11110573754Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 232-41999titleBouvard E, Bellocq A, Bernier C, Meyniel D0[Severe acute asthma in the emergency room: amelioration of decreased peak flow rate is interpreted with difficulty].MESH:D001249Diseaseasthmaabstract118We report a severe acute asthma case whose course was marked by persistent hypoxemia whereas proximal flows were normalized. This discordance reveals a ventilation/perfusion mismatch. This data suggests that care must be taken in interpreting the peak flow improvement during acute severe asthma management.MESH:D001249DiseaseasthmaMESH:D000860DiseasehypoxemiaMESH:D001249Diseaseasthma10573755Rev Pneumol Clin; 1999 Sep; 55(4) 234-51999titleLotz JP, Lecesne A, Trillet-Lenoir V0[The Cleopatra project].abstract2510573756Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 789-8041999titleRamos-Remus C, Gutierrez-Ureña S, Davis P0Epidemiology of complementary and alternative practices in rheumatology.abstract73The increasing prevalence of complementary and alternative medicine usage by the general population and rheumatic patients worldwide is reviewed. The many potential concerns about this type of therapy are addressed, ranging from toxicity issues to changes in behavioral attitudes. Finally, the authors speculate on some major socioeconomic outcomes associated with these therapies.MESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicity10573757Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 805-141999titleJarvis WT0Quackery: the National Council Against Health Fraud perspective.abstract65Quackery is the promotion of false and unproven health schemes for a profit. It is rooted in the traditions of marketplace. Scientific thinking and standards of conduct underlie professionalism and consumer protection law. At the present time, commercialism has overwhelmed professionalism in the marketing of alternative remedies. Neither patients nor legitimate businesses that adhere to the standards of science and consumer protection are well served by a double standard.9606Speciespatients10573758Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 815-221999titlePerlman AI, Eisenberg DM, Panush RS0Talking with patients about alternative and complementary medicine.9606Speciespatientsabstract68The growing use of alternative and complementary therapies in the United States as well as other parts of the world is a trend that the responsible rheumatologist cannot ignore. With chronic musculoskeletal conditions being the leading indication for the use of alternative and complementary therapies, rheumatologists must become experts on talking to patients and advising them about the use or avoidance of such therapies. Currently, there is a growing body of literature on the safety and efficacy of the multiple alternative and complementary therapies available. Much of this information is reliable and of high methologic quality; however, much of it is not. With an increase in the budget of the Office of Alternative Medicine from $20 to $50 million in 1999 and the status of the office changing to an independent center, an important step has been taken to try to assure improved research in the near future to validate or disprove many of the current alternative and complementary therapies. In the meantime, our patients are using these therapies and are likely to continue to do so, with or without our guidance. We must get beyond the "don't ask, don't tell" approach that characterizes many physicians' attitudes toward the subject of alternative and complementary therapies. Although all discussions need not end in agreement, they are still opportunities for shared decision making and "relationship-centered care." Ultimately, we should not be concerned with practicing what is perceived to be traditional versus alternative and complementary medicine or biomedicine versus naturalistic medicine but only with what is truly "good" medicine.MESH:D009140Diseasemusculoskeletal conditions9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients-Chemicalbiomedicine10573759Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 823-311999titleKanning M0Why I would want to use complementary and alternative therapy: a patient's perspective.9606Speciespatientabstract88People are increasingly turning to complementary therapy as an adjunct to traditional care, but a large percentage do not share that information with their physician. People with rheumatic disease use alternative and complementary therapies for many reasons, and they use a wide variety of therapies. Chronic diseases are among the most difficult to treat with traditional Western medications that attack symptoms, while more alternative and complementary therapies offer relief through other means. Everyone involved--medical doctor, patient, and complementary practitioner--needs to know about the entire treatment regimen and handle it with the patient's overall, long-term health and quality of life in mind. Organizations such as the Arthritis Foundation and professional holistic groups can partner to increase knowledge and further enhance quality of life for people with rheumatic disease.9606SpeciesPeople9606SpeciesPeopleMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseaseMESH:D002908DiseaseChronic diseases9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001168DiseaseArthritis9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic disease10573760Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 833-431999titleKramer N0Why I would not recommend complementary or alternative therapies: a physician's perspective.abstract93The use of complementary or alternative therapies by patients with rheumatic diseases is widespread and under-reported by patient to physician. The most commonly used forms of therapy are herbal/nutrient supplements, chiropractic, homeopathy, and acupuncture. The use of these therapies for treatment of rheumatic disease is not substantiated by review of the available medical literature. Furthermore, these therapies are expensive and potentially toxic. Incorporation of these treatments into the therapeutic armamentarium of the rheumatologist cannot be recommended until they are shown to be effective, safe, and affordable.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseases9606SpeciespatientDiseasehomeopathyMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic disease10573761Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 845-531999titleNeims AH0Why I would recommend complementary or alternative therapies: a physician's perspective.abstract89The successes of science and technology have created new health challenges. The use of various complementary therapies by patients reflects a response to one of those challenges, which is the need we all have to tell our stories, find meaning, and seek healing relationships. Although several alternative medical systems are conceptually incompatible with conventional medicine, the therapeutic modalities associated with them can be evaluated by standard clinical investigative approaches. These approaches, however, are intrinsically more difficult to apply in some cases because of the nature of objectivity and reductionism in complex, relationship-centered therapy, and because it is hard to study something that, by design, works slowly, mildly, and individually.9606Speciespatients10573762Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 855-601999titleSpiro HM0Hope helps: placebos and alternative medicine in rheumatology.abstract63Most clinicians recognize that emphatic listening is not always enough for patients and that many are comforted by a more tangible sign of help. Pills provide a comforting ritual, and although words should be more important than pills, placebos, rightly given, remind physicians and nurses that we are treating human beings even as they reassure patients that doctors are more than vending machines of techniques. For the physician, there should be no split between mainstream and complementary alternatives, for the benefits of empathy and communication may sometimes prove as great as those from pills and portions.9606Speciespatients9606Specieshuman9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseempathy10573763Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 861-811999titleSigal LH0Antibiotics for the treatment of rheumatologic syndromes.MESH:D012216Diseaserheumatologic syndromesabstract58Design of rational therapy depends on knowledge of the causes of the disease, which is knowledge often lacking in rheumatology. There have been theories of infectious causes of many rheumatologic diseases but no proof. The seductive possibility of an infectious etiology has led to the use of antibiotics for treating these diseases. This article reviews the effectiveness of antibiotics against rheumatologic syndromes, including rheumatoid arthritis and Lyme disease.MESH:D012216Diseaserheumatologic diseasesMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatologic syndromesMESH:D001172Diseaserheumatoid arthritisMESH:D008193DiseaseLyme disease10573764Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 883-971999titleSukenik S, Flusser D, Abu-Shakra M0The role of spa therapy in various rheumatic diseases.729238Gene121995spaMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseasesabstract55Spa therapy seems to have a role in the treatment of a broad range of joint diseases. It cannot substitute for conventional therapy but can complement it. The improvement reported in some of the studies is of short duration, lasting for months. It should be considered for patients suffering from various types of inflammatory arthritides or noninflammatory arthritides who are symptomatic, despite accepted medical therapy and conservative physiotherapy, if they can afford the expense. The patients should be told that the effectiveness and success of this therapy cannot be predicted in advance. Because we have no way to date, of curing most rheumatic diseases, clinical trials of alternative therapeutic methods are justified. These methods may alleviate patient suffering and are almost totally devoid of serious adverse effects. No studies have been reported that evaluate their cost-effectiveness.729238Gene121995SpaMESH:D007592Diseasejoint diseases9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseases9606Speciespatient10573765Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 899-9181999titleRosenstein ED0Topical agents in the treatment of rheumatic disorders.MESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic disordersabstract56Topical drug delivery may be the optimal route for the treatment of localized musculoskeletal disorders because higher drug concentrations can be achieved at the sites of clinical significance. The rationale for the use of topical salicylates and other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) in the treatment of soft-tissue rheumatic complaints and osteoarthritis is reviewed. Topical capsaicin offers another potentially beneficial therapy for the treatment of osteoarthritis of selected joints. Although there are extensive, uncontrolled experiences with DMSO that suggests its effectiveness in the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders, controlled trials yield conflicting results. The basis for the use of physical modalities such as phonophoresis and iontophoresis to improve topical drug efficacy is summarized.MESH:D009140Diseaselocalized musculoskeletal disordersMESH:D012459ChemicalsalicylatesMESH:D010003DiseaseosteoarthritisMESH:D002211ChemicalcapsaicinMESH:D010003DiseaseosteoarthritisMESH:D004121ChemicalDMSOMESH:D009140Diseasemusculoskeletal disorders10573766Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 919-281999titleCaldwell JR0Venoms, copper, and zinc in the treatment of arthritis.MESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D001168Diseasearthritisabstract56This article discusses the use of venoms, copper, and zinc in the treatment of arthritis. The author examines the history and effectiveness of viper, bee, and ant venoms in order to determine whether these natural ingredients in anti-inflammatory medications help relieve a patient's symptoms. Copper and zinc studies may offer therapeutic benefits, but there is still no solid consensus on the potential role of these elements in treating arthritis.MESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D001168Diseasearthritis31156Speciesviper9606SpeciespatientMESH:D003300ChemicalCopperMESH:D001168Diseasearthritis10573767Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 929-351999titleRosenstein ED, Caldwell JR0Trace elements in the treatment of rheumatic conditions.MESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic conditionsabstract57The role of trace metallic elements (copper, selenium, zinc, gold) in chronic inflammatory states is of great interest because many of them are co-factors in metabolic processes involving articular tissues and immune system function. Deficiencies of several of these have been documented in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Other than for the clinically approved gold compounds, there exists only inconsistent evidence for a therapeutic role of trace metallic elements in the management of rheumatoid arthritis.MESH:D003300ChemicalcopperMESH:D012643Chemicalselenium9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001172Diseaserheumatoid arthritisMESH:D001172Diseaserheumatoid arthritis10573768Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am.; 1999 Nov; 25(4) 937-681999titleHenderson CJ, Panush RS0Diets, dietary supplements, and nutritional therapies in rheumatic diseases.MESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseasesabstract77Rheumatoid arthritis and many other systemic rheumatic diseases remain illnesses of unknown cause for which current therapy is often inadequate. This leads patients to seek questionable remedies, prominent among which are dietary manipulations. Is there a role for dietary modifications in the routine therapy for patients with rheumatic diseases? This article discusses the relationships between diets, fasting, elemental nutrition, vitamins, minerals, and foods for rheumatic diseases. Known scientific-based evidence for the use, safety, and efficacy of diets and dietary-related practices subscribed by patients with rheumatic diseases are presented. Studies that link diet with arthritis offer the possibility of identifying new therapeutic approaches for selected patients and of developing new insights to disease pathogenesis. Dietary therapy for arthritis, however, is still being investigated.MESH:D001172DiseaseRheumatoid arthritisMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseases9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseasesMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseases9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatic diseasesMESH:D001168Diseasearthritis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001168Diseasearthritis10573769Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 2011-41999titleKlevmark B0Natural pressure-volume curves and conventional cystometry.abstract60Conventional cystometry using high non-physiological filling rates creates an artificial condition with continuous pressure rise. Controlled Slow Cystometry (CSC), using a defined rate-unit calculated after body weight (hour-diuresis unit, HD), has enabled systematic studies of bladder reaction to natural filling. Physiological filling rate is up to 15 HD. At low physiological filling rate (< 2.4 HD in cats) the pressure-volume curve is flat. Pressure rise is rate-dependent, not volume-dependent and can occur at any time during filling, as the need of the body to excrete urine at high rate is not coordinated with bladder filling. Thus, in an individual cat and human there are numerous variations in natural pressure-volume curves.MESH:D006816DiseaseHDMESH:D006816DiseaseHDMESH:D006816DiseaseHD9685Speciescats9606Specieshuman10573770Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 2015-111999titleFinkbeiner AE0In vitro responses of detrusor smooth muscle to stretch and relaxation.abstract72In vitro studies subjecting detrusor smooth muscle to stretch and relaxation support the concept that bladder tonus and accommodation result from physical properties of the bladder wall and are not dependent upon neural activity. The properties of automaticity, hysteresis and length/tension relationships of smooth muscle seen clinically and in vivo are also seen in vitro.MESH:D001745Diseasebladder tonus10573771Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20112-81999titleWagg A, Fry CH0Visco-elastic properties of isolated detrusor smooth muscle.abstract61The generation of force by the contractile apparatus and the modulation of that force by the intra- and extracellular matrix are the initial steps in the production of bladder wall tension. The biomechanical components contributing to the observed rise in bladder wall tension may be studied in isolated detrusor tissue and attempts can be made to isolate these. The problem is to determine whether clinically observed alterations in detrusor function are due to changes in the contractile apparatus or in the surrounding matrix. This review discusses the viscoelastic properties of detrusor muscle, concentrates upon the influence of bladder outflow obstruction on the mechanical properties of the detrusor in an attempt to understand changes in contractile function.MESH:D014694Diseasebladder outflow obstruction10573772Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20119-241999titleRobertson AS0Behaviour of the human bladder during natural filling: the Newcastle experience of ambulatory monitoring and conventional artificial filling cystometry.9606Specieshumanabstract153Conventional Artificial Filling Cystometry (CMG) is the Gold Standard investigation of detrusor function although the findings are limited by the constraints of rapid rates of filling with artificial filling media in conditions of restricted mobility and the clinical environment. Recent advances in technology have allowed the use of ambulatory monitoring (AM) of detrusor function during which the bladder fills at natural rates with urine whilst the patient is able to exercise and perform normal daily activities outside the clinical environment. Comparative studies of CMG and AM in the Department of Urology at the Freeman Hospital, Newcastle-upon-Tyne in recent years have shown interesting differences in the results obtained between the techniques. During AM the bladder pressure rise on filling is seen to be lower and associated with a greater incidence of spontaneous phasic detrusor activity than during CMG, whilst detrusor contraction pressures during the voiding phase following natural filling, are generally seen to be higher than during CMG. Several groups of patients, including men with neuropathic bladder disorder, chronic retention of urine and bladder outflow obstruction together with a group of asymptomatic healthy volunteers have been studied and the results presented.9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesmenMESH:D001750Diseaseneuropathic bladder disorderMESH:D014694Diseasebladder outflow obstruction10573773Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20125-311999titleBrading AF, Greenland JE, Mills IW, McMurray G, Symes S0Blood supply to the bladder during filling.abstract44Amongst other features of bladder physiology, the mechanics of cyclic filling and emptying make the blood supply of the bladder unique with respect to other organs of the body. Blood vessels are required to lengthen and shorten, whilst maintaining sufficient perfusion of the smooth muscle. Interruption of the blood supply may result in ischaemia and, ultimately reperfusion, resulting in bladder pathologies. The blood flow is also likely to be affected by factors such as increased intra-abdominal pressure. In this article, several features of the blood supply to the bladder- and also the urethra--are discussed.MESH:D007511Diseaseischaemia10573774Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20132-71999titleGabella G, Uvelius B0Structural changes in the rat bladder after acute outlet obstruction.10116Speciesratabstract70The urinary bladder of adult female rats was subjected to complete outlet obstruction for periods of up to 24 h. Within 2 h the obstruction led to a rise in intravesical pressure to about 80 mmH2O. Subsequently, the pressure remained high but declined slightly. After 24 h of complete obstruction the bladder was maximally distended, but its volume was similar to that of a control bladder fully distended, indicating that overstretch (or overdistension) occurs only to a very limited degree. After 6 h of obstruction there was congestion of all the intramural blood vessels and extravasation of red blood cells from some vessels of the mucosa. At 12 h and 24 h the extravasation was very substantial and there was also infiltration of erythrocytes in the muscle layer. Ultrastructurally, there were several damaged nerve endings (but no changes in the nerve trunks) and, occasionally, damaged muscle cells. Removal of the obstruction after 24 h was followed by resorption of the extravasate, partly by phagocytosis by muscle cells, a process which lasted 4-6 days, and by 7 days damaged varicosities and muscle cells became uncommon. We conclude that the changes observed in the bladder wall following complete obstruction are caused more by haemorrhage and ischaemia than by overstretch and that the changes are reversed when outlet conditions are normalized.10116SpeciesratsMESH:D001749Diseaseobstruction the bladderMESH:D006470DiseasehaemorrhageMESH:D007511Diseaseischaemia10573775Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20138-451999titleChang SL, Chung JS, Yeung MK, Howard PS, Macarak EJ0Roles of the lamina propria and the detrusor in tension transfer during bladder filling.abstract89In this study, structural changes within the lamina propria and detrusor layers were analysed during development as a function of bladder filling. Second-, third- and full-term foetal bovine bladders were filled to 0%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of their total capacity and snap frozen. The bladders were analysed histochemically and the relative thicknesses of the lamina propria and detrusor were measured. In all gestational stages examined, the total thickness of the bladder wall decreased during bladder filling. The lamina propria of the full-term bladder thinned at a consistently faster rate than did the detrusor. The lamina propria of second and third trimester bladders followed the same thinning pattern, except when the bladders were filled from 25% to 50% of their capacities. At these gestational stages, the detrusor thinned at a faster rate than the lamina propria. Our results demonstrate that the detrusor layer carries tension only during a specific portion of the filling cycle and only during the second and third trimesters. We conclude that the lamina propria acts as the capacitance layer, while the detrusor functions as the "limiting" or "girding" layer to prevent over-distension of the bladder wall.9913Speciesbovine10573776Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20146-501999titleHypolite JA, DiSanto ME, Wein AJ, Chacko S0Myosin light chain phosphorylation at resting level and the composition of myosin isoforms in the bladder body and urethra.79784Gene23480Myosin79784Gene23480myosinabstract124Bladder filling depends upon the coordinated control of a storage chamber, the bladder body, and its outlet, the bladder base and urethra. Bladder emptying results from development of force in the bladder body and relaxation of the outlet. Muscle strips from bladder body reveal phasic characteristics, whereas the strips from urethral wall are tonic. To determine whether the compositions of myosin heavy chain (MHC) isoforms and the level of myosin light chain (MLC) phosphorylation contribute to the regional variation in the contractile states of the bladder smooth muscle, we analyzed the levels of MLC phosphorylation and the expression of myosin isoforms in smooth muscle tissues from different regions of the urinary bladder. Strips of bladder from the dome, mid body, base of the bladder and urethra were removed and analyzed for the levels of MLC phosphorylation at the resting tone. The expression of MHC isoforms that differ in the C-terminus (SM1 and SM2) and in the N-terminal region (SM-A and SM-B), formed by alternative splicing of the pre-mRNA at either the 3' end or the 5' end, respectively, was analyzed. The expression of these isoforms was characterized at the mRNA and protein levels using reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), SDS-PAGE, and Western blotting. The levels of MLC phosphorylation were 35.5 +/- 4.6, 24.7 +/- 2.2, 13.6 +/- 2.1, and 12.8 +/- 2.7 for dome, mid bladder body, base and urethra respectively. Almost 100% of the MHC mRNA in the dome, mid bladder body, and base contains a 7-amino acid insert near the ATP-binding region, whereas the MHC in the urethral smooth muscle is only 81% inserted. Prior studies have shown that inserted myosin has a two-fold higher actin-activated ATPase activity compared to the myosin isoform that lacks the insert, and the maximum velocity of shortening of smooth muscle containing this insert is high compared to muscle that do not contain the insert. The expression of SM1 and SM2 were not significantly different. Our data suggests the presence of a high degree of inserted myosin and LC20 phosphorylation in the bladder dome and mid-body helps to facilitate rapid force development and emptying. Non-inserted myosin and the low level of MLC phosphorylation in the urethra may contribute to slowly or non-cycling myosin cross bridges and the maintenance of a tonic or contracted state during bladder filling.3107Gene133080myosin heavy chain3107Gene133080MHC23209Gene15775myosin light chain23209Gene15775MLC23209Gene15775MLC79784Gene23480myosin23209Gene15775MLC3107Gene133080MHC7911GeneSM153366GeneSM26606Gene292SM-AMESH:D012967ChemicalSDS23209Gene15775MLC3107Gene133080MHC-Chemical7-amino acidMESH:D000255ChemicalATP3107Gene133080MHC79784Gene23480myosin79784Gene23480myosin7911GeneSM153366GeneSM279784Gene23480myosin10398Gene21230LC2079784Gene23480myosin23209Gene15775MLCMESH:D054084Diseasemyosin cross bridges10573777Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20151-81999titleDamaser MS0Whole bladder mechanics during filling.abstract40In addition to molecular and cellular properties, elemental and whole bladder properties are important to the function of the bladder during filling. The bladder pressure volume filling relation is dependent on all aspects of bladder tissue. Elemental mechanics properties include elasticity, viscoelasticity, and plastic deformation of bladder tissue. Whole bladder properties include bladder shape, mass, and distension. This paper reviews work on mathematical model aimed at determining the effect of whole bladder properties on bladder filling mechanics and outlines directions for the future.10573778Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20159-661999titleLevin RM, Horan P, Liu SP0Metabolic aspects of urinary bladder filling.abstract46Urinary bladder compliance allows the bladder to fill to near capacity without a large increase in intravesical pressure. Bladder compliance is composed of two interrelated factors: passive characteristics of the connective tissue elements of the bladder, and active properties of the smooth muscle elements. The tension generated by the smooth muscle elements can significantly affect bladder compliance. This study utilized an in-vitro whole-bladder model in rabbits to determine the effects of hypoxia, alterations in calcium concentrations, and muscarinic agonists and antagonists on bladder capacity and compliance. The urinary bladder was excised together with a short segment of proximal urethra. A catheter was inserted into the bladder via the dome and the urethra was canulated with a saline-filled tube. The bladder was mounted in an isolated bath containing Tyrode's buffer. The catheter was connected to a pressure transducer to monitor the intravesical pressure and connected to a saline-filled i.v. bag. The weight of the saline bag was continually monitored. The height of the saline bag was set to 80 mmH2O above the baseline intravesical pressure. Bladder filling was started by opening the bladder to the saline reservoir. Intravesical pressure, rate of pressure increase, rate of volume increase, and maximal volume were digitally recorded. The bladder filling was repeated while the whole bladder was subjected to hypoxia, high calcium concentration, the presence of EGTA, carbachol, atropine and tetrodotoxin, respectively. Results are summarized as follows: (a) control bladder filling was biphasic, there was an initial rapid rise in intravesical pressure followed by a slower linear rise to the pre-set pressure; (b) hypoxia significantly decreased the initial rate of the rise in intravesical pressure, increased the rate of bladder filling, and significantly increased final bladder volume; (c) incubation of the bladder in the presence of EGTA also significantly decreased the initial rate of intravesical pressure rise, increased the rate of filling and also significantly increased the final bladder volume; (d) high concentrations of calcium increased the initial rate of rise in intravesical pressure; (e) carbachol significantly increased the rate of intravesical pressure rise, decreased the rate of bladder filling, and significantly decreased final bladder volume; (f) atropine and tetrodotoxin (TTX) had no effects on bladder filling. In summary, alterations in muscle tone had significant effects on bladder capacity and compliance.9986SpeciesrabbitsMESH:D000860DiseasehypoxiaMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D012965Chemicalsaline-ChemicalmmH2OMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D000860DiseasehypoxiaMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D004533ChemicalEGTAMESH:D002217ChemicalcarbacholMESH:D001285ChemicalatropineMESH:D013779ChemicaltetrodotoxinMESH:D000860Diseasehypoxia10573779Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20167-721999titleAndersson KE0Changes in bladder tone during filling: pharmacological aspects.abstract65The mechanism by which the bladder maintains a low pressure during filling has not yet been established. Myogenic and neural factors have been suggested, although their relative importance has not been settled. There is an ongoing thoracolumbar sympathetic outflow to the lower urinary tract during filling, and noradrenaline, released from adrenergic nerves and acting through stimulation of beta-adrenoceptors (beta 2 and beta 3), may relax the bladder, due to a relative dominance of beta- over alpha-adrenoceptors in the detrusor. Non-adrenergic, non-cholinergic mediators, such as nitric oxide and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide have been suggested to relax the detrusor during filling; there is no compelling evidence to support these proposals. Unidentified relaxant factors may be released from the bladder. Their existence and possible importance need to be further documented. Although it is widely accepted that there is no sacral parasympathetic outflow to the bladder during filling, antimuscarinic drugs increase, and anticholinesterase inhibitors decrease bladder capacity, suggesting an ongoing acetylcholine (ACh) mediated stimulation of detrusor tone. If this is correct, agents inhibiting ACh release should be expected to contribute to bladder relaxation during filling. Inhibition of ACh release can be obtained by stimulation of various receptors on cholinergic nerves, including alpha 2-adrenoceptors, receptors for neuropeptide Y and galanin, or by antagonism of neuronal 5-HT4 receptors. Whether any of these mechanisms is of importance for bladder relaxation during filling, or whether they can be targets for pharmacological therapeutic interventions, remains to be established.MESH:D009638Chemicalnoradrenaline10242Gene4257beta 2 and beta 3MESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxideMESH:D000109ChemicalacetylcholineMESH:D000109ChemicalAChMESH:D000109ChemicalAChMESH:D000109ChemicalACh4852Gene697neuropeptide Y and galanin10573780Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20173-51999titleMorrison J, Wen J, Kibble A0Activation of pelvic afferent nerves from the rat bladder during filling.10116Speciesratabstract74This short paper has reviewed current information on the physiology of bladder mechanoreceptors. Afferents in the bladder mucosa appear to be sensitive to distension but not to contraction of the viscus, and are also sensitive to the chemical composition of the bladder contents. Evidence is provided that suggest that Neurokinin A is released from primary afferent endings in the submucosa and is involved in both the normal response to distension, and the sensitization process. The results suggest that the low threshold mechanoreceptors are polymodal, and are modulated by various mediators, including some peptides that may originate from the sensory endings themselves, and that these mediators may be active during normal filling.MESH:D001745Diseasebladder mucosa10573781Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 2025-71999titleDjurhuus JC0Definitions of subtypes of enuresis.MESH:D004775Diseaseenuresisabstract37Enuresis is a disease of complex pathogenicity. Most monosymptomatic bedwetters have either normal bladder function and capacity and large urine production at night-time, or slightly increased micturition frequency during the day, normal circadian rhythm and small bladder capacity at night-time. In some studies, patients who failed to become dry when using alarm treatment had normal bladder function and capacity with large urine production at night. This same group of patients showed an excellent response to desmopressin treatment. Recent studies have also looked at the possible relationship of natriuresis or calciuria in monosymptomatic enuresis. The molecular genetic aspects of enuresis are attracting increased attention. Studies have substantiated the involvement of numerous loci on certain chromosomes; in excess of 10 chromosomes are thought to be involved. Rare enuresis subtypes include night-time natriuretics with or without polyuria, calciuria and airway obstruction-induced bedwetting. The role of bladder dysfunction in monosymptomatic bedwetting remains undetermined.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004775DiseaseenuresisMESH:D004775DiseaseenuresisMESH:D004775Diseaseenuresis-ChemicalnatriureticsMESH:D011141Diseasepolyuria, calciuriaMESH:D001745Diseasebladder dysfunction10573782Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 2028-111999titlevan Gool JD, Nieuwenhuis E, ten Doeschate IO, Messer TP, de Jong TP0Subtypes in monosymptomatic nocturnal enuresis. II.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresisabstract52Lasting cure rates in monosymptomatic nocturnal enuresis (MNE), using the alarm, imipramine or desmopressin, have been quoted as 43%, 17% and 22%, respectively. The low cure rates in addition to the number of different treatments indicate insufficient knowledge of MNE. Only research on arginine vasopressin (AVP) levels and nocturnal enuresis is unique in attempting to find a group within the MNE population that could benefit from substitution therapy with desmopressin. AVP levels are restored or amplified during desmopressin treatment. However, low nocturnal AVP production with high nocturnal urine output may be indicative of a disturbance in circadian rhythm. Pre-clinical data suggest a role for melatonin in the regulation of endogenous AVP and in the regulation of the sleep/wake cycle.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresisMESH:D007099Chemicalimipramine551Gene417vasopressin551Gene417AVPMESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVPMESH:D008550Chemicalmelatonin551Gene417AVP10573783Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20212-31999titleSchaumburg HL, Schmidt F, Siggaard C, Rittig S, Jørgensen TM, Djurhuus JC0IERC strategy for characterising nocturnal enuresis. International Enuresis Research Center.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresisabstract9310573784Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20214-71999titleWatanabe H, Kawauchi A0Locus coeruleus function in enuresis.MESH:D004775Diseaseenuresisabstract38There are four neuronal networks projecting to many areas of the brain. All networks relate closely to arousal and sleep function. Among the four networks, the noradrenaline projection network, originating from the locus coeruleus (LC), is the system most typically responsible for arousal. This study shows that the LC is activated by the stimulation of bladder distension only while the patient is in deep sleep, not in light sleep. This finding corresponds with the mechanism of enuresis type I in our classification of enuresis, based on overnight simultaneous monitoring using electroencephalography and cystometry. The importance of arousal and sleep systems in the pathogenesis of enuresis is also discussed.9606SpeciespatientMESH:D012893Diseasedeep sleepMESH:D004775Diseaseenuresis type IMESH:D004775DiseaseenuresisMESH:D004775Diseaseenuresis10573785Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20220-31999titleYeung CK, Chiu HN, Sit FK0Sleep disturbance and bladder dysfunction in enuretic children with treatment failure: fact or fiction?MESH:D001745Diseasebladder dysfunction9606Specieschildrenabstract104To document the occurrence of sleep disturbance and bladder dysfunction in enuretic children, 25 children (21 boys, 4 girls, mean age 9.9 years) with monosymptomatic nocturnal enuresis were studied. All children had significant enuretic symptoms (> 4 wet nights per week) which persisted after treatment failure. The investigation protocol included cystometry during the day, simultaneous polysomnographic and cystometric monitoring during the night and recording of diurnal and nocturnal urine output. None of the patients had nocturnal polyuria. According to the presence or absence of sleep disturbance and/or bladder dysfunction, five different patterns could be recognized. These patterns were grouped as having normal and abnormal daytime urodynamics. In conclusion, sleep disturbances and bladder dysfunction are common among enuretic children, especially those who fail to respond to treatment.MESH:D012893Diseasesleep disturbanceMESH:D001745Diseasebladder dysfunction9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606Speciesboys9606SpeciesgirlsMESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D051271Diseaseenuretic symptoms9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011141Diseasenocturnal polyuriaMESH:D012893Diseaseabsence of sleep disturbanceMESH:D001745Diseasebladder dysfunctionMESH:D012893Diseasesleep disturbancesMESH:D001745Diseasebladder dysfunction9606Specieschildren10573786Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20224-61999titleWolfish N0Sleep arousal function in enuretic males.abstract42Enuretic children are described as difficult to arouse from sleep. This paper reports on the clinical implications of auditory sleep arousal thresholds in 15 enuretic and 18 control subjects (7-12-year-old males). All children were studied in a sleep laboratory for four consecutive nights using standard polysomnographic recording techniques. Sleep was undisturbed for the first two nights and waking thresholds were measured on the following two nights. Enuretic children were found to wet most frequently in the first two-thirds of the night. Arousal attempts were successful in 39.7% of controls and 9.3% attempts were successful in enuretics. The results of this study suggest that enuretic males were more difficult to arouse than age-matched controls. The elevated arousal thresholds may have been the result of delayed maturation. Therefore, treatment programs that rely on awakening should be cognizant of these features.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D012893Diseaseauditory sleepMESH:C567193Disease15 enuretic9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren10573787Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 202271999titleNevéus T0Enuretic sleep: a polysomnographic study.MESH:D012893DiseaseEnuretic sleepabstract4210573788Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20228-91999titleHunsballe J0Sleep studies based on electroencephalogram energy analysis.abstract61Current sleep studies use the manual polysomnographic technique or frequency analysis when investigating the mechanisms behind the incomplete transition from sleep to consciousness. Ten control subjects and 11 primary monosymptomatic enuretics were studied in a sleep laboratory for three consecutive nights (23.00-07.00 h). The results showed no significant differences in sleeping pattern between enuretics and controls. Enuretics spent more time in stage 3 sleep than controls on recovery nights, indicating greater depth of sleep. No differences in sleep architecture were noted between the groups on baseline nights, although enuretics showed a shorter total sleep period than controls on the recovery night. Increased delta waves exhibited in the enuretic group are indicative of a greater depth of sleep. Moreover, electroencephalogram readings showed an impaired arousal in enuretics, which suggests that sleep may be a part of the pathology of enuresis.MESH:D004775Diseaseenuresis10573789Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20231-51999titlede Rouffignac C0Effects of water balance, diet and antidiuretic-hormone administration on the renal excretion of water.MESH:D014867Chemicalwater551Gene417antidiuretic-hormoneMESH:D014867Chemicalwaterabstract104Enuresis is the result of multifactorial processes. Enuretic patients often exhibit an abnormal diurnal rhythm of plasma vasopressin in addition to high nocturnal urine production. Renal function is considered to be a core factor in influencing the volume of fluid delivered to the bladder. Animal studies have suggested that the amount of fluid delivered to the bladder is dependent upon the state of hydration and/or the amount of protein present in the animal's diet. The state of hydration, or diuresis, may also influence the permeability of the terminal collecting ducts to water and urea and the hydro-osmotic response of the kidney to desmopressin. Multiple agents, including vasopressin, glucagon, calcitonin, parathyroid hormone, beta-adrenergic agonist, insulin, angiotensin II, prostaglandins and calcium and magnesium ions influence sodium transport in the thick ascending limb, indicating that all of these factors may potentially play a role in enuresis.9606Speciespatients551Gene417vasopressinMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D014508Chemicalurea551Gene417vasopressin5741Gene266parathyroid hormoneMESH:D011453ChemicalprostaglandinsMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D008274ChemicalmagnesiumMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D004775Diseaseenuresis10573790Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20236-81999titleRobertson G, Rittig S, Kovacs L, Gaskill MB, Zee P, Nanninga J0Pathophysiology and treatment of enuresis in adults.MESH:D004775Diseaseenuresisabstract53Monosymptomatic nocturnal enuresis (MNE) in children is partly the result of inadequate reduction in the rate of urine output at night. This nocturnal polyuria is due to the lack of a rise in the anti-diuretic hormone, arginine vasopressin (AVP), and can be reduced or eliminated by treatment with desmopressin at bedtime. Since there is a 1% incidence of MNE among adults, this study investigated the circadian pattern of solute and water balance in nine young adult enuretics before and during desmopressin therapy and compared the results with nine-age- and sex-matched, healthy controls. Before treatment, enuretics and controls had similar total fluid intake, urine output, urine osmolality, plasma osmolality, plasma total protein, mean arterial pressure and plasma AVP. The circadian pattern of fluid intake was also normal in enuretics. This abnormality could not be attributed to a deficiency of plasma AVP or an increase in solute excretion, since both variables were similar to controls. Rather, their nocturnal polyuria appeared to be due to a marked nocturnal reduction in renal sensitivity to the antidiuretic effect of vasopressin. In seven enuretics, restudied during treatment with desmopressin (10-30 micrograms o.d.), circadian urine output was normal and enuresis was absent. These results indicate that: (i) The circadian pattern of urine output in healthy adults is largely due to a nocturnal decrease in solute excretion rather than a rise in plasma AVP; (ii) The subset of adults with persistent MNE also have nocturnal polyuria as a result of insensitivity to the antidiuretic action of AVP; (iii) These defects can be corrected by treatment with desmopressin.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D011141Diseasenocturnal polyuria551Gene417vasopressin551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVPMESH:D011141Diseasenocturnal polyuriaMESH:D009207Diseasenocturnal reduction551Gene417vasopressinMESH:D004775DiseaseenuresisMESH:D009207Diseasenocturnal decrease551Gene417AVPMESH:D011141Diseasenocturnal polyuria551Gene417AVP10573791Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20240-31999titleNatochin YV, Kuznetsova AA0Defect of osmoregulatory renal function in nocturnal enuresis.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresisabstract63Renal function was studied in 62 children with primary nocturnal enuresis (PNE) and in 20 healthy children aged 6-15 years. During the night, children with PNE exhibited an increase in diuresis, free water reabsorption and solute excretion (including sodium and magnesium) in comparison to controls. Intranasal administration of Adiuretin-SD (10.5-24.5 micrograms) in the evening reduced diuresis and ion excretion to normal levels. During the treatment, 61% of the children became completely dry and, in 24% of the children, the number of wet nights was reduced by 50%. It is suggested that in the pathogenesis of PNE, the decrease in ion reabsorption in the thick ascending Henle's loop--resulting in a greater load of tubular fluid in the collecting ducts, an elevation of diuresis and increases in free water reabsorption and solute excretion--plays the leading role in disturbing renal function. Treatment of PNE with desmopressin is pathogenically justified, as it eliminates the principal defect of renal tubular function.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D053206Diseaseprimary nocturnal enuresis9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren-Chemicalfree waterMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D008274Chemicalmagnesium9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D015499Diseasedefect of renal tubular function10573792Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20245-61999titleRittig S, Matthiesen TB, Pedersen EB, Djurhuus JC0Sodium regulating hormones in enuresis.MESH:D004775Diseaseenuresisabstract4010573793Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20247-91999titleAikawa T, Kasahara T, Uchiyama M0Circadian variation of plasma arginine vasopressin concentration, or arginine vasopressin in enuresis.551Gene417vasopressin551Gene417vasopressinMESH:D004775Diseaseenuresisabstract103The objective of these studies was to determine a relationship between primary nocturnal enuresis and arginine vasopressin (AVP) secretion. The first study compared 24-h AVP secretion profiles of enuretic (n = 9) and non-enuretic children (n = 8). Blood samples were collected at 1-h intervals for 24 h. In the second study, nocturnal AVP secretion in group A (n = 40)--with low urinary osmotic pressure (UOP) and large nocturnal urine output (NUO)--was compared with that in group D (n = 11) with normal UOP and small NUO. Plasma AVP levels were measured at 30-min intervals, immediately after falling asleep until 06.00 the following morning. The results of the first study showed that the plasma AVP level was significantly lower (p < 0.05-0.001) in the enuretic group between 23.00 and 04.00. The second study showed that group A had significantly lower AVP levels (p < 0.05-0.001) than group D throughout the night. The mean AVP level during night sleep was 0.64 +/- 0.23 pg/ml in group A and 1.43 +/- 0.66 pg/ml in group D. The results of the first study suggest that decreased nocturnal AVP secretion is a cause of bedwetting. However, the results of the second study suggest that nocturnal enuresis cannot be explained by a decrease in nocturnal AVP secretion alone.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis551Gene417vasopressin551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVP9606Specieschildren551Gene417AVPMESH:D014555Diseasenocturnal urine output551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVP551Gene417AVPMESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis551Gene417AVP10573794Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20250-11999titleHunsballe J, Rittig S, Pedersen EB, Djurhuus JC0Fluid deprivation in enuresis--effect on urine output and plasma arginine vasopressin.551Gene417vasopressinabstract87Desmopressin responders tend to have a large volume of urine production at night, in contrast to desmopressin refractory patients who often produce normal volumes of urine. Controls and adolescent/adult primary monosymptomatic nocturnal enuretics were included in a study measuring urine volume and plasma vasopressin levels before and during a 24-hour water deprivation test. The results indicate a significantly higher urine production in desmopressin responders when compared with controls and non-responders. Before fluid deprivation, only the nocturnal polyuric patients showed a urine osmolality significantly lower than that of controls and desmopressin non-responders. A significant decrease in the clearance of osmols was evident in the desmopressin refractory group from day to night. All three groups showed a significant increase in plasma vasopressin during fluid deprivation, with polyuric, desmopressin-responding patients showing a lower increase that the non-responders and controls. Plasma vasopressin levels were normal in adolescent and adult enuretics regardless of their response to desmopressin. Moreover, response to fluid deprivation in both polyuric and enuretic patients resulted in a significant decrease in urine output from the first to the second night.9606Speciespatients551Gene417vasopressinMESH:D009207Diseasenocturnal polyuric9606Speciespatients551Gene417vasopressinMESH:D011141Diseasepolyuric9606Speciespatients551Gene417vasopressinMESH:D011141Diseasepolyuric and enuretic9606Speciespatients10573795Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 202521999titleNevéus T0Osmoregulation and desmopressin pharmacokinetics in enuretic children.9606Specieschildrenabstract7110573796Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20253-51999titleNørgaard JP0A clinical and pharmacological model for explaining response to desmopressin.abstract7810573797Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20256-601999titleRobson WL0Enuresis treatment in the US.abstract30A retrospective review of new patients assessed for incontinence at The Center for Kidney and Bladder Problems in Children, The Children's Hospital, Greenville, South Carolina, USA, was conducted to determine the causes of day and night wetting and the treatment outcomes. One hundred and twenty-seven new patients were assessed. Invasive, diagnostic studies were carried out to establish a diagnosis and determine a treatment protocol in only 28% of patients. Improvement was noted in 51% of patients.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014549Diseaseincontinence9606SpeciesChildren9606SpeciesChildren9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10573798Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20261-51999titleDobson P0Enuresis treatment in the UK.abstract30The Enuresis Resource and Information Centre (ERIC) is a UK-based charity that works with parents, carers, professionals, and children with nocturnal enuresis (NE). The charity has recently commissioned York University's centre for reviews and dissemination to undertake a detailed analysis of studies that measure the effectiveness of the most common psychological and pharmacological treatments for NE. This included reviewing 960 research articles from around the world. The resulting review will direct thinking in the UK towards the most effective treatment approaches. A brief summary presented at conferences in addition to data from ERIC's own clinical practice database shows the distribution and type of enuresis clinic currently being run within the UK.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis10573799Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20266-91999titleLottmann H0Enuresis treatment in France.abstract30The aim of this study was to describe the current management of nocturnal enuresis (NE) in France. A survey was carried out among 3803 schoolchildren (5-10 years of age) and treatments proposed by French experts were also noted. The prevalence of NE was 9.2%. Sixty-six percent of mothers of children with moderate to severe NE consulted a doctor; 20% of these doctors did not prescribe treatment, and the majority offered advice on lifestyle and diet in the first instance. The treatments proposed consisted of drugs rather than alarm therapy. The opinions of the experts varied widely, indicating a need for a consensus about the management of NE in France.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis9606Specieschildren10573800Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20270-21999titleHjälmås K0Desmopressin treatment: current status.abstract40Desmopressin has a proven pharmacological effect in most enuretic patients, although a clinical response is not seen in all patients. Numerous questions about the current treatment status of desmopressin include the specific anti-enuretic effect of desmopressin, the effect of desmopressin on sleep and the use of desmopressin as a possible cure for enuresis. The Swedish Enuresis Trial has produced some very positive results on the long-term use of desmopressin, showing a 61% response rate (> 50% reduction in wet nights). Desmopressin has proven to be highly effective when used in combination with other treatments, including the alarm and oxybutinin, and after urotherapy. It is suggested that imipramine should not be used to treat enuresis unless the patient has attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Bladder instability is also an important factor to consider when selecting treatment for enuresis. Bladder dysfunction (detrusor overactivity) can be the cause of lack of clinical response to either desmopressin or alarm treatment; in such cases, following a cystometrogram, patients should be treated with detrusor-relaxing drugs, and urotherapy should be considered as the first treatment option. The most effective treatment for enuresis is the treatment chosen by the patient and their families. Desmopressin and urotherapy have had promising results, with desmopressin acting as a bridge until spontaneous or treatment-induced remission occurs.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004775DiseaseenuresisMESH:D007099ChemicalimipramineMESH:D004775Diseaseenuresis9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001289Diseaseattention deficit hyperactivity disorderMESH:D004775DiseaseenuresisMESH:D001745DiseaseBladder dysfunction9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004775Diseaseenuresis9606Speciespatient10573801Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20273-51999titleJensen IN, Kristensen G0Alarm treatment: analyses of response and relapse.abstract51With focus on relapse, this article reports the results of treating nocturnal enuresis (NE) with an alarm. The frequency of wet nights/week was used as an indicator for the patients' predisposition for alarm treatment and thus the efficiency of the alarm. This article concludes that patients with the highest frequency of NE will obtain the best results when treated with an alarm. Furthermore, these patients find themselves in a better situation than children with lower frequency NE receiving the same treatment.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Specieschildren10573802Scand J Urol Nephrol Suppl; 1999; 20276-801999titlevon Gontard A, Eiberg H, Hollmann E, Rittig S, Lehmkuhl G0Molecular genetics of nocturnal enuresis: linkage to a locus on chromosome 22.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresisabstract79The aim of this study was to investigate linkage of nocturnal enuresis to a locus on chromosome 22 in 35 German families and to analyse associations with the clinical phenotype. One hundred and sixty-seven enuretic children aged 5-11 years were examined using a somatic, psychiatric and psychological diagnostic protocol; a detailed pedigree over three generations was also compiled. Forty-two children (mean age: 8.11 years) were selected for further molecular genetic examination. EDTA blood samples were taken from the patients and 130 relatives, and polymorphisms of the microsatellite markers D22S446, D22S156 and D22S257 on chromosome 22 were analysed. Positive linkage was found in 11 families of 14 children, indicating that 39.3% of families were compatible with linkage to the markers on chromosome 22. The phenotype included primary nocturnal enuresis and combined day and night wetting. The results for chromosome 22, as with previous loci for nocturnal enuresis on chromosomes 8, 12 and 13, support the hypothesis for genetic and clinical heterogeneity.MESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D001523Diseasepsychiatric9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D004492ChemicalEDTA9606Speciespatients9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D053206Diseaseprimary nocturnal enuresisMESH:D053206Diseasenocturnal enuresis10573803Tijdschr Diergeneeskd; 1999 Nov 01; 124(21) 630-31999titlevan Ittersum AR0[The electrosurgical treatment of endometrial cysts in the mare].MESH:D014591Diseaseendometrial cystsabstract66A minimally invasive technique for the removal of endometrial cysts is described. Intraluminal cysts hinder the migration of the embryo through the uterus in early pregnancy and in a later stage hinder placenta development and hence diminish the chance of successful pregnancy. Cysts can also give rise to false-positive results in early pregnancy tests. Endometrial cysts located in the lumen can be removed surgically from the standing mare. After placement of the endoscope, a wire is placed, via the biopsy channel, around the base of cyst, which is then cut through by cauterization. The cyst is removed with the help of forceps. Five barren mares with multiple cysts were treated in this way during the anoestrous period for October to February. Three of these mares became pregnant during the next oestrus period.MESH:D014591Diseaseendometrial cysts10573804Tijdschr Diergeneeskd; 1999 Nov 01; 124(21) 634-71999titleMoorman-Roest J0[The ferret. Part 2. Veterinary medical information].9669Speciesferretabstract54This series of articles on the ferret provide a practical handout for companion animal practitioners. Aspects concerning the housing, nutrition, and reproduction of ferrets are briefly described, followed by a more detailed description of diagnostic procedures such as blood collection, anaesthesia, small surgical procedures, preventive veterinary care, and hospitalization. Frequently seen clinical problems with their differential diagnosis are discussed, and the cause, clinical symptoms, diagnosis, therapy and, if applicable, prevention and control of these disorders are briefly described.9669Speciesferret9669Speciesferrets10573805Tijdschr Diergeneeskd; 1999 Nov 01; 124(21) 6421999titleKoning T0[Examination using homeopathy].Diseasehomeopathyabstract3210573806Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 447-711999titleConstable PD0Clinical assessment of acid-base status. Strong ion difference theory.abstract71The traditional approach to evaluating acid-base balance uses the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation to categorize four primary acid-base disturbances: respiratory acidosis (increased PCO2), respiratory alkalosis (decreased PCO2), metabolic acidosis (decreased extracellular base excess), or metabolic alkalosis (increased extracellular base excess). The anion gap is calculated to detect the presence of unidentified anions in plasma. This approach works well clinically and is recommended for use whenever serum total protein, albumin, and phosphate concentrations are approximately normal; however, when their concentrations are markedly abnormal, the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation frequently provides erroneous conclusions as to the cause of an acid-base disturbance. Moreover, the Henderson-Hasselbalch approach is more descriptive than mechanistic. The new approach to evaluating acid-base balance uses the simplified strong ion model to categorize eight primary acid-base disturbances: respiratory acidosis (increased PCO2), respiratory alkalosis (decreased PCO2), strong ion acidosis (decreased [SID+]) or strong ion alkalosis (increased [SID+]), nonvolatile buffer ion acidosis (increased [ATOT]) or nonvolatile buffer ion alkalosis (decreased [ATOT]), and temperature acidosis (increased body temperature) or temperature alkalosis (decreased body temperature). The strong ion gap is calculated to detect the presence of unidentified anions in plasma. This simplified strong ion approach works well clinically and is recommended for use whenever serum total protein, albumin, and phosphate concentrations are markedly abnormal. The simplified strong ion approach is mechanistic and is therefore well suited for describing the cause of any acid-base disturbance. The new approach should therefore be valuable in a clinical setting and in research studies investigating acid-base balance. The presence of unmeasured strong ions in plasma or serum (such as lactate, ketoacids, and uremic anions) is best detected by calculating the SIG. The AG, actual bicarbonate concentration, and standard bicarbonate concentration all ignore the effects that changes in plasma protein and phosphate concentration have on plasma pH, thereby inevitably leading to inaccuracies in estimating the unmeasured strong ion concentration in plasma.MESH:D000142Diseaserespiratory acidosis-ChemicalPCO2MESH:D000472Diseaserespiratory alkalosisMESH:D000138Diseasemetabolic acidosisMESH:D000471Diseasemetabolic alkalosisMESH:D010710ChemicalphosphateMESH:D000142Diseaserespiratory acidosisMESH:D000472Diseaserespiratory alkalosis-ChemicalPCO2MESH:D000138DiseaseacidosisMESH:D013398DiseaseSIDMESH:D000471DiseasealkalosisMESH:D013398DiseaseSIDMESH:D000138DiseaseacidosisMESH:D000471DiseasealkalosisMESH:D000138DiseaseacidosisMESH:D000471DiseasealkalosisMESH:D010710ChemicalphosphateMESH:D019344ChemicallactateMESH:D001639ChemicalbicarbonateMESH:D001639ChemicalbicarbonateMESH:D010710Chemicalphosphate10573807Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 473-861999titleKasari TR0Metabolic acidosis in calves.MESH:D000138DiseaseMetabolic acidosis9913Speciescalvesabstract30In neonatal calves metabolic acidosis is a common sequela to diarrhea-induced dehydration and endotoxemia in the aftermath of gram-negative bacterial infections. Without treatment, metabolic acidosis is a prime factor in the death of many of these calves. This article begins with a general discussion about the causes and recognition of metabolic acidosis. The remaining sections detail the subjective and objective methods available to assess the severity of acidosis and treatment options for this metabolic condition.9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D000138Diseasemetabolic acidosisMESH:D003681Diseasediarrhea-induced dehydrationMESH:D019446DiseaseendotoxemiaMESH:D001424Diseasebacterial infectionsMESH:D000138Diseasemetabolic acidosis9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D000138Diseasemetabolic acidosisMESH:D000138Diseaseacidosis10573808Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 487-5041999titleNaylor JM0Oral electrolyte therapy.abstract26Diarrhea is a common condition in neonatal calves and can be caused by a wide variety of infections and noxious agents. Oral electrolyte therapy is a simple and economical method of treating diarrheic calves. Oral electrolyte solutions can correct dehydration and acidosis, and they may also have a role in preventing or alleviating mucosal damage. Indications, the principles of administration, and choosing an electrolyte product are discussed with examples.MESH:D003967DiseaseDiarrhea9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D007239Diseaseinfections9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D003681DiseasedehydrationMESH:D000138DiseaseacidosisMESH:D009059Diseasemucosal damage10573810Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 533-431999titlePerez Garcia J0A practitioner's views on fluid therapy in calves.9913Speciescalvesabstract51This article is aimed to persuade most bovine practitioners that FET is a therapeutic tool that can easily be used under field conditions, and that by following the right protocol, one can provide a cost-effective treatment for the farmer, a rewarding experience for us, and a boost for our professional image. Based on the excellent current publications, the scheme of work to put FET into practice is presented. Controversial decisions must be made (such as oral vs. parenteral fluids, removing milk from diet vs. continued feeding, oral fluids with bicarbonate vs. those with metabolizable bases, and so forth). Practicality, economy, and owner compliance are critical components of a successful protocol. This work protocol is based on the current literature, considers controversial subjects, such as route of administration, alkalinizing agents, and fasting, employs simple yet effective techniques, and is successful in a high percentage of cases.9913SpeciesbovineMESH:D001639Chemicalbicarbonate10573811Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 545-571999titleRoussel AJ0Fluid therapy in mature cattle.9913Speciescattleabstract32Fluid therapy is practical and beneficial when properly administered to cattle. Mature cattle are more frequently alkalotic than acidotic, so nonalkalizing solutions are usually indicated. Exceptions include cattle with choke, carbohydrate engorgement, diabetes mellitus, and occasionally, renal disease, diarrhea, and fatty liver/ketosis. Many dehydrated cattle need supplemental potassium and calcium as well as sodium, chloride, and water. Intravenous administration is indicated in patients with obstructive gastrointestinal disease and those with severe dehydration. Oral or intraruminal administration is less expensive and, often, very effective.9913Speciescattle9913Speciescattle9913SpeciescattleMESH:D002241ChemicalcarbohydrateMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes mellitusMESH:D007674Diseaserenal diseaseMESH:D003967DiseasediarrheaMESH:D005234Diseasefatty liver/ketosis9913SpeciescattleMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D002712ChemicalchlorideMESH:D014867Chemicalwater9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005767Diseaseobstructive gastrointestinal diseaseMESH:D003681Diseasedehydration10573812Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 559-851999titleConstable PD0Hypertonic saline.MESH:D009122DiseaseHypertonicabstract19A key feature in the successful resuscitation of dehydrated or endotoxemic ruminants is the total amount of sodium administered. Administration of small volumes of HS and HSD offer major advantages over large volumes of isotonic saline because HS and HSD do not require intravenous catheterization or periodic monitoring, and are therefore suitable for use in the field. Hypertonic saline and HSD exert their beneficial effect by rapidly increasing preload and transiently decreasing afterload. Contrary to early reports, HS and HSD decrease cardiac contractility and do not activate a pulmonary reflex. The osmolality of HS and HSD should be 2400 mOsm/L (7.2% NaCl solution, 8 times normal plasma osmolality). Use of HS and HSD solutions of different osmolality to 2400 mOsm/L should be avoided at all costs, as too low a tonicity removes the main advantages of HS (low cost, decreased infusion time), whereas too high a tonicity may cause rapid vasodilation and decreased cardiac contractility, resulting in death. Rapid administration (> 1 mL/kg-1/min-1) of HS (2400 mOsm/L) should be avoided, as the induced hypotension may be fatal when coupled with a transient decrease in cardiac contractility. For treating dehydrated adult ruminants, HS (2400 mOsm/L, 4-5 mL/kg i.v. over 4-5 minutes) should be administered through the jugular vein and the cow allowed to drink water. This means that 2 L of HS should be administered to adult cattle. HSD should be administered in conjunction with isotonic oral electrolyte solutions to all calves 8% or more dehydrated (eyes recessed > or = 4 mm into the orbit, cervical skin tent duration > 6 seconds) or calves with reduced cardiac output (fetlock temperature < 29 degrees C when housed at 10-24 degrees C). For treating dehydrated calves, HSD (2400 mOsm/L NaCl in 6% dextran-70, 4-5 mL/kg i.v. over 4-5 minutes) should be administered through the jugular vein and the calf allowed to suckle an isotonic oral electrolyte solution. This means that 120-200 mL of HSD of HSD should be administered to a calf. HSD should be routinely administered to severely depressed or comatose calves, as HSD provides the fastest method of resuscitation while rapidly reversing the effects of hyperkalemia.MESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDMESH:D009122DiseaseHypertonicOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDOMIM:143095DiseaseHSD-ChemicalNaCl solutionOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D007022Diseasehypotension9913SpeciescowMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D006859ChemicalHS9913SpeciescattleOMIM:143095DiseaseHSD9913Speciescalves9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D016534Diseasereduced cardiac output9913SpeciescalvesOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDMESH:D012965ChemicalNaClMESH:D003911Chemicaldextran-709913SpeciescalfOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDOMIM:143095DiseaseHSD9913SpeciescalfOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDMESH:D000275DiseasedepressedMESH:D003128Diseasecomatose9913SpeciescalvesOMIM:143095DiseaseHSDMESH:D006947Diseasehyperkalemia10573813Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 587-6071999titleAngelos SM, Van Metre DC0Treatment of sodium balance disorders. Water intoxication and salt toxicity.MESH:D014869DiseaseWater intoxicationMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicityabstract77Electrolyte disorders are commonly identified in food animal medicine. Some of these electrolyte disturbances require that the veterinarian be aware of the potential for causing harm during routine fluid therapy. Hyponatremia (water intoxication) and hypernatremia (salt toxicity) are two such disorders. Both create osmolar disturbances that effect changes in the brain's osmolar state. During fluid resuscitation it is possible to cause iatrogenic central nervous system damage in these cases. It is important to recognize those cases where sodium imbalance may complicate routine therapy, understand the underlying mechanisms for osmolar changes in the plasma and brain, and know the appropriate steps to take for safe correction of the sodium disturbance.MESH:D014869DiseaseHyponatremia (water intoxication) and hypernatremiaMESH:D064420DiseasetoxicityMESH:D002493Diseaseiatrogenic central nervous system damageMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D012964Chemicalsodium10573814Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 609-171999titleSweeney RW0Treatment of potassium balance disorders.MESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D030342Diseasebalance disordersabstract42Potassium is the predominant intracellular cation and is critical for the maintenance of resting cellular membrane potential. Abnormalities of potassium balance can manifest as skeletal and cardiac muscle dysfunction. Abnormalities of potassium concentration in plasma can result from changes in external potassium balance (intake vs. excretion) or internal balance (intracellular to extracellular). Hyperkalemia can result from renal failure, uroperitoneum, or severe dehydration and acidosis in calves with diarrhea. Hypokalemia occurs due to reduced forage intake, when increased gastrointestinal losses occur as with diarrhea, due to increased renal losses as with metabolic alkalosis or exogenous corticosteroid administration which promote kaliuresis, or with redistribution of potassium into the intracellular compartment with alkalosis or in association with insulin-mediated glucose uptake. Aggressive intravenous and oral therapy are often necessary to correct potassium balance disorders, in addition to therapy aimed at correcting any underlying disorder contributing to the potassium imbalance.MESH:D011188ChemicalPotassiumMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D006331Diseasecardiac muscle dysfunctionMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D006947DiseaseHyperkalemiaMESH:D051437Diseaserenal failureMESH:D003681DiseasedehydrationMESH:D000138Diseaseacidosis9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D003967DiseasediarrheaMESH:D007008DiseaseHypokalemiaMESH:D003967DiseasediarrheaMESH:D000471Diseasemetabolic alkalosisMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D000471Diseasealkalosis280829GeneinsulinMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D030342Diseasebalance disordersMESH:D011188Chemicalpotassium10573815Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 619-391999titleGoff JP0Treatment of calcium, phosphorus, and magnesium balance disorders.MESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D010758ChemicalphosphorusMESH:D008274ChemicalmagnesiumMESH:D030342Diseasebalance disordersabstract67In food animal practice, the majority of the calcium, phosphorus, and magnesium balance disorders are due to low blood concentrations of one or more of these minerals. The purpose of this article is to review methods that can be used to restore normal blood concentrations of these minerals. Low plasma calcium is often accompanied by changes in plasma phosphorus and magnesium. Initial discussions will consider each mineral separately, followed by pros and cons of combined therapies. In all cases the doses of the treatments described in this article are those appropriate for the 600-kg cow.MESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D010758ChemicalphosphorusMESH:D008274ChemicalmagnesiumMESH:D030342Diseasebalance disordersMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D010758ChemicalphosphorusMESH:D008274Chemicalmagnesium9913Speciescow10573816Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 641-621999titleHunt E, Wood B0Use of blood and blood products.abstract33It is sometimes necessary for the practitioner to transfuse the ruminant with whole blood or plasma. These techniques are often difficult to perform in practice, are time-consuming, expensive, and stressful to the animal. Acute loss of 20% to 25% of the blood volume will result in marked clinical signs of anemia, including tachycardia and maniacal behavior. The PCV is only a useful tool with which to monitor acute blood loss after intravascular equilibration with other fluid compartments has occurred. An acutely developing PCV of 15% or less may require transfusion. Chronic anemia with PCV of 7% to 12% can be tolerated without transfusion if the animal is not stressed and no further decline in erythrocyte mass occurs. Seventy-five percent of transfused bovine erythrocytes are destroyed within 48 hours of transfusion. A transfusion rate of 10 to 20 mL/kg recipient weight is necessary to result in any appreciable increase in PCV. A nonpregnant donor can contribute 10 to 15 mL of blood/kg body weight at 2- to 4-week intervals. Sodium citrate is an effective anticoagulant, but acid citrate dextrose should be used if blood is to be stored for more than a few hours. Blood should not be stored more than 2 weeks prior to administration. Heparin is an unsuitable anticoagulant because the quantity of heparin required for clot-free blood collection will lead to coagulation defects in the recipient. Blood cross-matching is only rarely performed in the ruminant. In field situations, it is advisable to inject 200 mL of donor blood into the adult recipient and wait 10 minutes. If no reaction occurs, the rest of the blood can probably be safely administered as long as volume overload problems do not develop. Adverse reactions are most commonly seen in very young animals or pregnant cattle. Signs of blood or plasma transfusion reaction include hiccoughing, tachycardia, tachypnea, sweating, muscle tremors, pruritus, salivation, cough, dyspnea, fever, lacrimation, hematuria, hemoglobinuria, collapse, apnea, and opisthotonos. Intravenous epinephrine HCl 1:1000 can be administered (0.2 to 0.5 mL) intravenously or (4 to 5 mL) intramuscularly (preferable) if clinical signs are severe. Pretreatment with antipyretics and slowing the administration rate may decrease the febrile response. Blood or plasma administered too rapidly will also result in signs of cardiovascular overload, acute heart failure, and pulmonary hypertension and edema. Furosemide and slower administration of blood or plasma should alleviate this problem. Administration rates have been suggested starting from 10 mL/kg/hr; faster rates may be necessary in peracute hemorrhage. Plasma should be administered when failure of absorption of passive maternal antibody has occurred or when protein-loosing enteropathy or nephropathy results in a total protein of less than 3 g/dL or less than 1.5 g albumin/dL. Plasma can be stored at household freezer temperatures (-15 to -20 degrees C) for a year; coagulation factors will be destroyed after 2 to 4 months when stored in this manner. To maintain viability of coagulation factors, plasma must be stored at -80 degrees C for less than 12 months. When administering plasma, a blood donor set with a built-in filter should always be used. When bovine plasma is thawed, precipitants form in the plasma and infusion of these microaggregates may result in fatal reactions in the recipient.MESH:D000740DiseaseanemiaMESH:D013610DiseasetachycardiaMESH:D006473Diseaseblood lossMESH:D000740DiseaseChronic anemia9913Speciesbovine9606SpeciesdonorMESH:D000077559ChemicalSodium citrateMESH:C002113Chemicalacid citrate dextroseMESH:D006493ChemicalHeparinMESH:D006493ChemicalheparinMESH:D025861Diseasecoagulation defects9606Speciesdonor9913SpeciescattleMESH:D013610DiseasetachycardiaMESH:D059246DiseasetachypneaMESH:D014202Diseasemuscle tremorsMESH:D011537DiseasepruritusMESH:D012798DiseasesalivationMESH:D003371DiseasecoughMESH:D004417DiseasedyspneaMESH:D005334DiseasefeverMESH:D006417DiseasehematuriaMESH:D006456DiseasehemoglobinuriaMESH:D001049Diseaseapnea3056GeneHCl 1MESH:D006333Diseaseheart failureMESH:D006976Diseasepulmonary hypertensionMESH:D004487DiseaseedemaMESH:D005665ChemicalFurosemideMESH:D006470DiseasehemorrhageMESH:C538273DiseaseenteropathyMESH:D007674Diseasenephropathy9606Speciesdonor9913Speciesbovine10573817Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 663-71999titleNieuwoudt CD0Oral electrolyte replacement solutions.abstract4010573818Vet. Clin. North Am. Food Anim. Pract.; 1999 Nov; 15(3) 669-771999titleNieuwoudt CD0Parenteral electrolyte replacement solutions.abstract4610573819Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 467-721999titleLippert TH, Seeger H, Mueck AO0[The role of estradiol metabolites in prevention of cardiovascular diseases by hormone substitution in postmenopause].MESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseasesabstract119Postmenopausal estrogen replacement therapy has shown to reduce cardiovascular disease by direct and indirect estradiol-mediated effects on the cardiovascular system. Recently, evidence is growing that estradiol metabolites may also have beneficial actions. In the present review the existing experimental data for vascular effects of estradiol metabolites are summarized. The results of our own experiments in addition to those of other groups indicate that estradiol metabolites, especially catechol estrogens, exert beneficial effects on the vascular system and perhaps may play a physiologic role in the cardiovascular system. Reference to clinical-pharmacological aspects for the use of estradiol metabolites for prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases is presented.MESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseaseMESH:D004958ChemicalestradiolMESH:D004958ChemicalestradiolMESH:D004958ChemicalestradiolMESH:C034221ChemicalcatecholMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseases10573820Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 473-81999titleHoffmann G, Casper F, Weikel W, Kümmerle T, Pollow B, Schaffrath M, Hofmann M, Pollow K0[Value of p53, urokinase plasminogen activator, PAI-1 and Ki-67 in vulvar carcinoma].7157Gene460p535054Gene68070PAI-1MESH:D014846Diseasevulvar carcinomaabstract86OBJECTIVE: The present study was to measure new prognostic factors including the plasminogen activator urokinase and the plasminogen inhibitor PAI-1, as well as p53 and Ki-67, a marker of proliferation and to compare the clinical value of these in relation to the classic histopathological prognostic factors. MATERIAL AND METHODS: The patient collective included 45 patients with vulvar carcinoma, both primary tumors and recurrences. RESULTS: Highly significant correlations were found for tumor diameter and thickness. According to Kaplan-Meier estimations, the influence of thickness on the prognosis had a p-value of 0.048, while the influence of diameter had a p-value of 0.029. The variable grading was also significantly associated to the probability of survival (p = 0.01). There was no statistically significant correlation between p53 and the parameters grading, degree of keratinization and Ki-67 color index. The correlation between p53 and PAI-1 as well as between UPA and PAI-1 was highly significant. According to the Kaplan-Meier estimations, Ki-67, UPA and PAI-1 had no influence on survival in our group of patients. CONCLUSIONS: For p53, the median value could be used as a divider with the median survival of patients with a p53 below 122 pg/mg protein being 151 months and with a p53 above 122 pg/mg being only 61 months. The corresponding p-value was significant at 0.0201.5054Gene68070PAI-17157Gene460p539606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014846Diseasevulvar carcinomaMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:D009369Diseasetumor7157Gene460p537157Gene460p535054Gene68070PAI-15328Gene55670UPA5054Gene68070PAI-15328Gene55670UPA5054Gene68070PAI-19606Speciespatients7157Gene460p539606Speciespatients7157Gene460p537157Gene460p5310573821Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 479-831999titleStranz G, Petri E, Hergert M0[Breast-saving therapy and primary reconstruction with latissimus dorsi flap combined with radiotherapy].abstract106OBJECTIVE: The use of latissimus-dorsi-flap with postoperative radiotherapy is method of choice in primary reconstruction of breast cancer. The efforts of radiotherapy on flap healing, cosmetic results and formation of edema in the arm were studied in 30 patients. MATERIALS AND METHODS: 30 patients were followed in three to six months intervals clinically and sonographically (ATL-Ultramark 9, HDI). RESULTS: The most frequent symptom was a moderate edema. No healing problems or interference with cosmetic results were observed. Blood flow in the thoraco-dorsal vessels showed unchanged pre- and postoperatively. CONCLUSIONS: The complains might be the consequence of the combination of surgical dissection of the axilla, radiotherapy and possible additional factors such as trauma and overstress for example. Cosmetic result and healing seems to be impaired by 50 to 60 gy.MESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancerMESH:D004487Diseaseedema9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004487DiseaseedemaMESH:D014947Diseasetrauma10573822Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 484-71999titleBeinlich A, Fischäss C, Kaufmann M, Schlösser R, Dericks-Tan JS0[Value of fetal lung maturity assessment in maternal diabetes].MESH:D003920Diseasediabetesabstract64OBJECTIVE: Results of antepartal fetal lung maturity (FLM) testing in diabetics were compared to control patients. We analysed 274 patients by phospholipid profile and 219 by phosphatidylglycerol (PG), consisting of 73, respectively 54 diabetic and 201, resp. 165 normal control subjects. MATERIAL AND METHODS: Phospholipid concentration increased exponentially with gestational age (rreg = 0.44 for diabetic and 0.57 for normal control patients). There was no significant difference between both groups. Measurement of PG showed a trend towards lung immaturity in diabetic infants for preterm and term gestations, which did not reach significance (chi-square [chi 2] test 0.07, resp. 0.06). RESULTS: Diabetic and non-diabetic pregnancies did not differ significantly in FLM and RDS frequency. Both methods show a high rate of falsely immature results. Antepartal FLM testing by measurement of phospholipids and PG does not play a role in clinical management of diabetic patients.MESH:D003920Diseasediabetics9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010743ChemicalphospholipidMESH:D010715ChemicalphosphatidylglycerolMESH:D010715ChemicalPGMESH:D003920DiseasediabeticMESH:D010743ChemicalPhospholipidMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010715ChemicalPGMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606SpeciesinfantsMESH:D003920DiseaseDiabetic and non-diabetic5961Gene273RDSMESH:D010743ChemicalphospholipidsMESH:D010715ChemicalPGMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606Speciespatients10573823Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 488-941999titleKunkel S, Briese V, Kluge K, Friese K, Koepcke E0[Determination of reference ranges and effect of maternal and fetal factors on insulin and C-peptide level in umbilical cord blood].3630Gene173insulin3630Gene173C-peptideabstract133OBJECTIVE: The risks of pregnancy caused by maternal diabetes are well known. Patients with unrecognized gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM) represent a special problem. The aim of our study was to find out, whether the determination of insulin and C-peptide in cord blood serum offers a valuable tool for retrospective analysis. MATERIAL AND METHODS: In 600 paired serum samples from maternal venous blood and neonatal cord blood insulin and C-peptide were determined radioimmunologically. A reference group consisting of 338 mothers and their newborns was established by exclusion of all patients with known pregnancy complications. RESULTS: Positive correlations could be identified between fetal insulin and fetal C-peptide, as well as correlations of these parameters with birth weight and body length, with maternal values of insulin, C-peptide, body-mass index, weight, and weight gain during pregnancy respectively. Increased levels of cord serum insulin were found in complicated pregnancies as well as in patients with previous pregnancy losses, preterm deliveries or stillbirths. CONCLUSIONS: Cord serum insulin and C-peptide were found to be useful parameters for immediate postnatal identification of impaired glucose tolerance during the course of pregnancy.MESH:D003920Diseasediabetes9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D016640Diseasegestational diabetes mellitus3630Gene173insulin3630Gene173C-peptideMESH:D006402Diseasematernal venous blood and neonatal cord blood insulin3630Gene173C-peptide9606Speciespatients3630Gene173insulin3630Gene173C-peptide3630Gene173insulin3630Gene173C-peptideMESH:D015430Diseaseweight gain3630Gene173insulin9606Speciespatients3630Gene173insulin3630Gene173C-peptideMESH:D018149Diseaseimpaired glucose tolerance10573824Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 495-81999titleFoth D, Römer T0[Effect of long-term hormone substitution therapy on serum TSH level in postmenopausal women].-ChemicalTSH9606Specieswomenabstract95OBJECTIVE: Dysfunction's of the thyroid gland are one of the most important endocrinological diseases. We report serum TSH levels in postmenopausal women before and during long-term hormone replacement therapy. MATERIAL AND METHODS: 107 postmenopausal patients participated in this study. Criteria for inclusion were: no known thyroid dysfunction and request for hormone replacement. Before starting therapy TSH serum levels were measured in each patient. If basal levels were within normal range TSH serum levels were reported over 4 years of hormone replacement therapy. RESULTS: More than 10% of the postmenopausal women showed pathological TSH-levels without clinical symptoms requiring further diagnostic. During subsequent treatment cycles (4 years) serum TSH in euthyroid patients did not show significant changes. Women using hormone replacement therapy developed no new manifestation of thyroid disease. CONCLUSION: In euthyroid women using long-term hormone replacement therapy are no changes in thyroid function caused by hormone replacement therapy to expect.-ChemicalTSH9606Specieswomen9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013959Diseasethyroid dysfunction-ChemicalTSH9606Speciespatient-ChemicalTSH9606Specieswomen-ChemicalTSH-ChemicalTSH9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesWomenMESH:D013959Diseasethyroid disease9606Specieswomen10573825Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 499-5021999titleKaya H, Oral B, Ozgüner F, Tahan V, Babar Y, Delibaş N0The effect of melatonin application on lipid peroxidation during cyclophosphamide therapy in female rats.MESH:D008550ChemicalmelatoninMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D003520Chemicalcyclophosphamide10116Speciesratsabstract106OBJECTIVE: Our purpose was to investigate whether melatonin has any protective effect against lipid peroxidation induced by cyclophosphamide. MATERIAL AND METHODS: We used an animal model to study the effect of melatonin. Fifteen female Wistar rats (180-200 gram in weight) were randomly assigned to three different groups. Group 1 (n = 5) received saline injections as a control. Group 2 (n = 5) received cyclophosphamide. Group 3 (n = 5) received cyclophosphamide + melatonin. The animals were sacrificed two hours after cyclophosphamide administration and blood samples were taken and used for assaying superoxide dismutase (SOD) activity, glutathione peroxidase (GP) activity for the antioxidative enzymes, and malondialdehyde (MDA) level as an index of lipid peroxidation. RESULTS: MDA levels were more increased in the second group compared with the control group (p < 0.01). In the third group, they were significantly lower than in the second group (p < 0.05). SOD and GP activities were found to be decreased significantly in the second group compared with the control group (p < 0.05 and p < 0.01, respectively). They were found to be elevated in the third group compared with the second group (p > 0.05 and p < 0.05, respectively). CONCLUSIONS: The above results suggest that melatonin has a protective role in cyclophosphamide induced lipid peroxidation in rats. Besides scavenging the highly toxic free radicals, melatonin also stimulates the antioxidant enzyme activity of GP.MESH:D008550ChemicalmelatoninMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D003520ChemicalcyclophosphamideMESH:D008550Chemicalmelatonin10116SpeciesWistar ratsMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D003520ChemicalcyclophosphamideMESH:D003520ChemicalcyclophosphamideMESH:D008550ChemicalmelatoninMESH:D003520ChemicalcyclophosphamideMESH:D008315ChemicalmalondialdehydeMESH:D008315ChemicalMDAMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D008550ChemicalmelatoninMESH:D003520ChemicalcyclophosphamideMESH:D008055Chemicallipid10116SpeciesratsMESH:D008550Chemicalmelatonin10573826Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 503-51999titleEntezami M, Hardt W, Ebert A, Runkel S, Becker R0[Hepatocellular carcinoma as a rare cause of excessive rise in alpha-fetoprotein in pregnancy].MESH:D006528DiseaseHepatocellular carcinomaMESH:D015835Diseaseexcessive rise174Gene36278alpha-fetoproteinabstract96OBJECTIVE: Elevation of alphafetoprotein in pregnancy warrants a thorough diagnostic workup. In most cases, no pathologic result in the fetus will be obtained. CASE REPORT: A case report is presented on a hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) during pregnancy, in which a massive increase of alpha-fetoprotein (AFP) was found during a routine screening for neural tube defects in the 17th week of gestation. The amniocentesis revealed a normal AFP value in the amniotic fluid. Liver sonography in the 21st week of gestation showed a 5 cm tumor, which was interpreted as nodular focal hyperplasia. In the control sonography in the 32nd week of gestation, there was a growth to 12 cm. The subsequently performed magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and fine needle aspiration led to the diagnosis of a HCC. Delivery was performed in the 34th week of gestation by cesarean section followed by surgical therapy of the HCC. CONCLUSIONS: Unexplained cases of alphafetoproteinelevation in pregnancy can be caused by maternal disease and should prompt a directed amnamnestic and diagnostic search for maternal causes. Nuclear magnetic resonance beyond the first trimester of gestation can help to clarify the diagnosis in liver tumors.MESH:D006528Diseasehepatocellular carcinoma174Gene36278alpha-fetoprotein174Gene36278AFPMESH:D009436Diseaseneural tube defects174Gene36278AFPMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D020518Diseasenodular focal hyperplasiaMESH:D008113Diseaseliver tumors10573827Zentralbl Gynakol; 1999; 121(10) 506-81999titleWoernle F, Seufert R, Brockerhoff P, Lellé RJ0[Optimizing performance documentation in gynecology--assistance from the internet].abstract84The documentation of operations in the field of gynecology and obstetrics is regulated by social laws in Germany. Only by optimal encoding of diagnoses and procedures an efficient cashing with the health insurance's can be achieved. This requires profound knowledge of the invoice modalities and usually support by computer systems. The Internet offers in this respect some assistance, which in the following is pointed out and evaluated critically.10573828Ultramicroscopy; 1999 Nov; 80(3) 163-821999titleHaking A, Troester H, Richter K, Crucifix C, Spring H, Trendelenburg MF0An approach to an objective background subtraction for elemental mapping with core-edges down to 50 eV: description, evaluation and application.abstract145To image the distribution of a specific element in a specimen with an energy filtering TEM, the element-unspecific background under the core-edge has to be subtracted. The most commonly used procedure is the three-window power-law method leading to considerable systematic errors for low-energy core-edges. Here a new method is described which can be considered as a generalized difference method. Characteristic examples for element detection in biological specimens using this method are shown. The background under the core-edge can be described by one or two pre-edge windows as a polynome of third order. This function can be deduced from specimen areas that are not known to contain the element or from a second specimen used as a standard. Control experiments showed that background subtraction for on-overlapping core-edges in the low-loss region (50-200 eV) needs two pre-edge images, whereas at higher-energy losses (> 300 eV) only one pre-edge image is necessary. With the method described, objective elemental mapping becomes possible even for edges at 50-100 eV. This was proven for the M2,3-edge of iron at 60 eV. The detection of phosphorous was possible with a signal-to-noise ratio five times higher than when using the three-window method. Preliminary data showed that it should be possible to detect calcium with only one image before the edge.100188881GeneTEMMESH:D007501Chemicaliron-ChemicalphosphorousMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10573829Acta Crystallogr C; 1999 Oct 15; 55( Pt 10)1698-7011999titleHua DH, Chen Y, Sin HS, Robinson PD, Meyers CY, Perchellet EM, Perchellet JP, Chiang PK, Biellmann JF06,7,8,9-Tetrahydro-3-methyl-1H-pyrano-[4,3-b]quinolin-1-one.MESH:C402962Chemical6,7,8,9-Tetrahydro-3-methyl-1H-pyrano-[4,3-b]quinolin-1-oneabstract61The condensation reaction of 4-amino-6-methyl-2-pyrone with 1-cyclohexenecarboxaldehyde and a catalytic amount of (S)-(+)-10-camphorsulfonic acid in toluene at 358 K gave a 1:2.5 ratio of the title compound, (1) (C13H13NO2), and 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-1H-pyrano[4,3-c]isoquinoline-1-one, (2). The formation of (2) presumably proceeds through an intermediate imine. Both (1) and (2) show inhibitory activities against acetylcholinesterase and human aldose reductase. Of the three linear-fused rings of (1), both ring A and ring B are planar and the angle between these planes is 0.46 (13) degrees. While the two C atoms of cyclohexane ring C attached to its common atoms with ring B are in the plane of the latter, as expected, the remaining two C atoms of ring C are out of this plane, by 0.342 (4) and -0.402 (3) A, respectively.-Chemical4-amino-6-methyl-2-pyrone-Chemical1-cyclohexenecarboxaldehydeMESH:C006881Chemical(S)-(+)-10-camphorsulfonic acidMESH:D014050Chemicaltoluene-ChemicalC13H13NO2-Chemical7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-1H-pyrano[4,3-c]isoquinoline-1-oneMESH:D007097Chemicalimine43Gene543acetylcholinesterase9606Specieshuman231Gene133743aldose reductaseMESH:C506365Chemicalcyclohexane10573830Acta Crystallogr C; 1999 Oct 15; 55( Pt 10)1701-41999titleRobinson PD, Groziak MP0A boron-containing estrogen mimic.MESH:D001895Chemicalboronabstract35A prototype of a new class of 2,3,1-benzodiazaborine-based estrogen mimics is described. 1,2-Dihydro-1,6-dihydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-6-pyridyl)-2,3,1-benzodiazabor ine, (6), was obtained as a crystalline monohydrate (C13H12BN3O3.H2O) after regioselective BBr3-mediated O-demethylation of the condensation product formed from 2-formyl-4-methoxybenzeneboronic acid and 2-hydrazino-6-methoxypyridine. As intended by design, the solid-state structure of (6) features an intramolecular hydrogen-bond association between the donor B--OH group and the acceptor pyridine ring N, a connection which constitutes an additional 'virtual' six-membered ring, thereby providing for an overall topography closely matching that of a tetracyclic steroid. Specifically, prototype (6) can be viewed as a boron-containing mimic of the O17-methyl ether derivatives of dihydroequilenin or estradiol.-Chemical2,3,1-benzodiazaborineMESH:D006859Chemicalhydrogen9606SpeciesdonorMESH:C023666ChemicalpyridineMESH:D013256ChemicalsteroidMESH:D001895Chemicalboron-ChemicalO17-methyl etherMESH:D004857ChemicaldihydroequileninMESH:D004958Chemicalestradiol10573831Am J Community Psychol; 1999 Aug; 27(4) 463-821999titleKellam SG, Koretz D, Mościcki EK0Core elements of developmental epidemiologically based prevention research.abstract76In the early 1990's, important progress was documented in prevention research on mental and behavioral disorders, with recommendations for a prevention research agenda. One of the earliest implementation efforts was the workshop, "A Scientific Structure for the Emerging Field of Prevention Research," sponsored by the National Institute of Mental Health and The Johns Hopkins University Prevention Research Center, and held in Baltimore, Maryland, in December of 1994. The purpose of the workshop was to merge three perspectives from the traditionally disparate areas of epidemiology, life course development, and intervention trials technology into an integrated, interdisciplinary effort that would define a scientific structure enabling rapid advancement in prevention science. As a consequence of that workshop, the papers were written that are contained in this and the next special issue on prevention of the American Journal of Community Psychology. This first paper is a description of the salient features of developmental epidemiologically-based prevention research. Beyond the above three perspectives, we discuss the role of developmental and intervention theories; measurement of implementation, mediators, and moderators, including multi-stage sampling and measurement; the central role of multilevel growth modeling; concepts of attributable risk and prevented fraction; proximal/distal modeling and effect sizes; and partnerships between researchers and communities.MESH:D001523Diseasebehavioral disorders10573832Am J Community Psychol; 1999 Aug; 27(4) 483-5171999titleReid JB, Eddy JM, Fetrow RA, Stoolmiller M0Description and immediate impacts of a preventive intervention for conduct problems.abstract85A population-based randomized intervention trial for the prevention of conduct problems (i.e., oppositional defiant disorder and conduct disorder) is described. The LIFT (Linking the Interests of Families and Teachers) intervention was designed for all first- and fifth-grade elementary school boys and girls and their families living in at-risk neighborhoods characterized by high rates of juvenile delinquency. The 10-week intervention strategy was carefully targeted at proximal and malleable antecedents in three social domains that were identified by a developmental model of conduct problems. From 12 elementary schools, 671 first and fifth graders and their families participated either in the theory-based universal preventive intervention or in a control condition. The intervention consisted of parent training, a classroom-based social skills program, a playground behavioral program, and systematic communication between teachers and parents. A multiple measure assessment strategy was used to evaluate participant satisfaction and participation, fidelity of implementation, and the immediate impacts of the program on targeted antecedents.MESH:D019958Diseaseoppositional defiant disorder and conduct disorder9606Speciesboys9606Speciesgirls9606Speciesparticipant10573833Am J Community Psychol; 1999 Aug; 27(4) 519-411999titleConger RD, Conger KJ, Matthews LS, Elder GH0Pathways of economic influence on adolescent adjustment.abstract57An important part of a science aimed at the prevention of human dysfunction involves the development of empirically based models that identify processes of risk for or protection from emotional distress or behavioral problems over time. The present study developed and evaluated such a model that proposed two pathways through which family economic pressure was expected to influence change in adolescent internalizing symptoms (depression and anxiety) during the period from the eighth to the tenth grades. A total of 377 rural families in a midwestern state provided data for the analyses. The results were generally consistent with the conceptual model in that family economic pressure increased adolescent perceptions of family economic hardship, which, in turn, reduced the adolescent's sense of control or mastery over time. Lowered mastery was associated with increases in emotional distress. Also consistent with the model, prior levels of mastery appeared to reduce the magnitude of economic stress experienced by the adolescent, whereas prior emotional distress intensified the economic stress process. Although gender differences were found in these processes, the overall pattern of results suggests that girls and boys are both at risk for internalizing problems when families experience economic pressure. Implications of the findings for the development of effective preventive interventions with financially stressed families in rural areas are discussed.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D001008Diseaseanxiety9606Speciesgirls9606Speciesboys10573834Am J Community Psychol; 1999 Aug; 27(4) 543-651999titleGest SD, Mahoney JL, Cairns RB0A developmental approach to prevention research: configural antecedents of early parenthood.abstract93A developmental framework emphasizing the combined impact of correlated constraints within and without the individual was applied to a prospective longitudinal study of early parenthood. The purpose was to use a person-approach to the analysis of longitudinal data to clarify risk for early parenthood and to generate hypotheses about potentially useful intervention strategies. Respondents were 475 youth who were assessed annually from seventh grade through the end of high school and, again, at ages 20 and 24. The risk patterns associated with parenthood were the same for both sexes. Individuals with a middle-school configuration of low socioeconomic status, high aggression, low academic skills, low popularity, and prior grade failure were most likely to become parents by early adulthood. Risk for early parenthood increased substantially for respondents who dropped out of school early, regardless of their initial risk status.9606Speciesperson10573835Am J Community Psychol; 1999 Aug; 27(4) 567-951999titleCurran PJ, Muthén BO0The application of latent curve analysis to testing developmental theories in intervention research.abstract101The effectiveness of a prevention or intervention program has traditionally been assessed using time-specific comparisons of mean levels between the treatment and the control groups. However, many times the behavior targeted by the intervention is naturally developing over time, and the goal of the treatment is to alter this natural or normative developmental trajectory. Examining time-specific mean levels can be both limiting and potentially misleading when the behavior of interest is developing systematically over time. It is argued here that there are both theoretical and statistical advantages associated with recasting intervention treatment effects in terms of normative and altered developmental trajectories. The recently developed technique of latent curve (LC) analysis is reviewed and extended to a true experimental design setting in which subjects are randomly assigned to a treatment intervention or a control condition. LC models are applied to both artificially generated and real intervention data sets to evaluate the efficacy of an intervention program. Not only do the LC models provide a more comprehensive understanding of the treatment and control group developmental processes compared to more traditional fixed-effects models, but LC models have greater statistical power to detect a given treatment effect. Finally, the LC models are modified to allow for the computation of specific power estimates under a variety of conditions and assumptions that can provide much needed information for the planning and design of more powerful but cost-efficient intervention programs for the future.10573836Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 115-221999titleDailey M, Marrs G, Satz J, Waite M0Concepts in imaging and microscopy. Exploring biological structure and function with confocal microscopy.abstract106Confocal microscopy is providing new and exciting opportunities for imaging cell structure and physiology in thick biological specimens, in three dimensions, and in time. The utility of confocal microscopy relies on its fundamental capacity to reject out-of-focus light, thus providing sharp, high-contrast images of cells and subcellular structures within thick samples. Computer controlled focusing and image-capturing features allow for the collection of through-focus series of optical sections that may be used to reconstruct a volume of tissue, yielding information on the 3-D structure and relationships of cells. Tissues and cells may also be imaged in two or three spatial dimensions over time. The resultant digital data, which encode the image, are highly amenable to processing, manipulation and quantitative analyses. In conjunction with a growing variety of vital fluorescent probes, confocal microscopy is yielding new information about the spatiotemporal dynamics of cell morphology and physiology in living tissues and organisms. Here we use mammalian brain tissue to illustrate some of the ways in which multidimensional confocal fluorescence imaging can enhance studies of biological structure and function.9606Speciesmammalian10573837Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 159-731999titleGainey LF, Vining KJ, Doble KE, Waldo JM, Candelario-Martinez A, Greenberg MJ0An endogenous SCP-related peptide modulates ciliary beating in the gills of a venerid clam, Mercenaria mercenaria.6596SpeciesMercenaria mercenariaabstract115The activities of both the lateral and frontal cilia of Mercenaria mercenaria were unaffected, either by the two endogenous SCP-related peptides AMSFYFPRMamide and YFAFPRQamide, or by FMRFamide (all at 10(-6) M). Dopamine (DA) inhibited the lateral cilia; the mean EC50 was 2 x 10(-6) M. The peptide YFAFPRQamide--but neither AMSFYFPRMamide nor FMRFamide--antagonized the inhibition induced by DA; this effect was dependent on both time and dose. At a DA concentration of 5 x 10(-7) M, the effect of YFAFPRQamide appeared within 20 min and became maximal within 40-60 min; the mean EC50 at these times was 4.7 x 10(-11) M. If the concentration of DA was increased to 10(-6) M, the maximal effect of the peptide was delayed to 50 min, and the mean EC50 increased to 1.1 x 10(-7) M. Particle transport by the frontal cilia was inhibited by 5-hydroxytryptamine (5HT); the mean EC50 was 5.7 x 10(-7) M. Again, only YFAFPRQamide had an antagonistic effect on the 5HT-induced inhibition. At a 5HT concentration of 10(-6) M, the effects of YFAFPRQamide did not appear until 45 min; the mean EC50 was 10(-6) M. When radioimmunoassayed with an SCP antiserum, the elution profile of a gill extract overlapped those of the SCP-related peptides that had previously been identified in extracts of whole animals. These data suggest that all three SCP analogs occur in the gill. Immunohistochemistry of the gill, carried out with a monoclonal antibody raised to SCPB, stained many varicose neuronal fibers. Most of these were associated with the gill musculature, but a sparse innervation of the filaments underlying the cilia was also observed. Some fluorescent nerve cell bodies were also seen in the gill tissue. Our results are consistent with the hypothesis that YFAFPRQamide modulates branchial activities--muscular as well as ciliary--that are associated with feeding.MESH:C536287Diseasefrontal cilia of Mercenaria mercenariaMESH:D004298ChemicalDopamineMESH:D004298ChemicalDAMESH:D004298ChemicalDAMESH:D012701Chemical5HT10573838Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 174-871999titleSaigusa M, Iwasaki H0Ovigerous-hair stripping substance (OHSS) in an estuarine crab: purification, preliminary characterization, and appearance of the activity in the developing embryos.abstract166Ovigerous-hair stripping substance (OHSS) is an active factor in crab hatch water (i.e., filtered medium into which zoea larvae have been released). This factor participates in stripping off the egg attachment structures (i.e., egg case, funiculus, and the coat investing ovigerous hairs) that remain attached to the female's ovigerous hairs after larval release. Thus this activity prepares the hairs for the next clutch of embryos. OHSS activity of an estuarine crab, Sesarma haematocheir, eluted as a single peak on molecular-sieve chromatography, but this peak still showed two protein bands at 32 kDa and 30 kDa on SDS-PAGE. The two protein bands stained with a polyclonal antiserum raised to the active fractions from molecular-sieve chromatography. Moreover, antibodies purified from this polyclonal OHSS antiserum also recognized both the 32-kDa and 30-kDa bands. OHSS immunoreactivity and biological activity were associated with the attachment structures that remained connected to the ovigerous hairs after hatching. In developing embryos, both protein bands could be stained immunochemically at least 10 days before hatching. But OHSS biological activity appeared only 3 days before hatching. The immunoreactive protein bands were not observed in the zoea, but OHSS bioreactivity was present, though greatly reduced. The 32-kDa protein, at least, is probably an active OHSS, and the 30-kDa protein band may also be OHSS-related. The OHSS appears to be produced and stored by the developing embryo. Upon hatching, most of the material may be trapped by the remnant structures, and the remainder is released into the ambient water.151164SpeciesSesarma haematocheirMESH:D012967ChemicalSDSMESH:D014867Chemicalwater10573839Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 198-2061999titleSkorokhod A, Gamulin V, Gundacker D, Kavsan V, Müller IM, Müller WE0Origin of insulin receptor-like tyrosine kinases in marine sponges.3643Gene20090insulin receptorabstract68One autapomorphic character restricted to all Metazoa including Porifera [sponges] is the existence of transmembrane receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs). In this study we screened for molecules from one subfamily within the superfamily of the insulin receptors. The subfamily includes the insulin receptors (InsR), the insulin-like growth factor I receptors, and the InsR-related receptors--all found in vertebrates--as well as the InsR-homolog from Drosophila melanogaster. cDNAs encoding putative InsRs were isolated from the hexactinellid sponge Aphrocallistes vastus, the demosponge Suberites domuncula, and the calcareous sponge Sycon raphanus. Phylogenetic analyses of the catalytic domains of the putative RTKs showed that the sponge polypeptides must be grouped with the InsRs. The relationships revealed that all sponge sequences fall into one branch of this group, whereas related sequences from mammals (human, mouse, and rat), insects and molluscs, and polypeptides from one cephalochordate, fall together into a second branch. We have concluded that (i) the InsR-like molecules evolved in sponges prior to the "Cambrian Explosion" and contributed to the rapid appearance of the higher metazoan phyla; (ii) the sponges constitute a monophyletic taxon, and (iii) epidermal growth factor (EGF)-like domains are present in sponges, which allows the insertion of this domain into potential receptor and matrix molecules.3643Gene20090insulin receptors42549Gene30997insulin receptors42549Gene30997InsR42549Gene30997InsR42549Gene30997InsR7227SpeciesDrosophila melanogaster83887SpeciesAphrocallistes vastus55567SpeciesSuberites domuncula56443SpeciesSycon raphanus9606Specieshuman10090Speciesmouse10116SpeciesratDiseasecephalochordate3643Gene20090InsR10573840Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 227-81999titleRome LC, Klimov AA, Young IS0A new approach for measuring real-time calcium pumping and SR function in muscle fibers.MESH:D002118Chemicalcalciumabstract8910573841Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 229-301999titleMalchow RP, Ramsey DJ0Responses of retinal Muller cells to neurotransmitter candidates: a comparative survey.abstract8810573842Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 240-11999titleFay RR, Edds-Walton PL0Sharpening of directional auditory input in the descending octaval nucleus of the toadfish, Opsanus tau.8066Speciestoadfish8068SpeciesOpsanus tauabstract10510573843Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 247-81999titleTang KQ, Price NN, O Neill MD, Mensinger AF, Hanlon RT0Temperature effects on first-year growth of cultured oyster toadfish, Opsanus tau.8068Speciesoyster toadfish8068SpeciesOpsanus tauabstract8310573844Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 257-81999PMC3376079titleBearer EL, Schlief ML, Breakefield XO, Schuback DE, Reese TS, LaVail JH0Squid axoplasm supports the retrograde axonal transport of herpes simplex virus.abstract8110573845Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 259-601999titleGould R, Freund C, Palmer F, Knapp PE, Huang J, Morrison H, Feinstein DL0Messenger RNAs for kinesins and dynein are located in neural processes.abstract7210573846Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 262-31999titleTran PT, Maddox P, Chang F, Inoué S0Dynamic confocal imaging of interphase and mitotic microtubules in the fission yeast, S. pombe.4896Speciesfission yeast4896SpeciesS. pombeabstract9610573847Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 263-51999titleMaddox P, Desai A, Salmon ED, Mitchison TJ, Oogema K, Kapoor T, Matsumoto B, Inoué S0Dynamic confocal imaging of mitochondria in swimming Tetrahymena and of microtubule poleward flux in Xenopus extract spindles.8355SpeciesXenopusabstract12710573848Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 267-81999titleBillack B, Laskin JD, Gallo MA, Heck DE0Effects of alpha-bungarotoxin on development of the sea urchin Arbacia punctulata.MESH:D009041Diseasesea urchin Arbacia punctulataabstract8310573849Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 268-701999titleSilver RB, Deming NM0Leukotriene B4 as calcium agonist for nuclear envelope breakdown: an enzymological survey of endomembranes of mitotic cells.MESH:D007975ChemicalLeukotriene B4MESH:D002118Chemicalcalciumabstract12510573850Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 271-31999titleKaltenbach JC, Kuhns WJ, Simpson TL, Burger MM0Intense concanavalin A staining and apoptosis of peripheral flagellated cells in larvae of the marine sponge Microciona prolifera: significance in relation to morphogenesis.1190602SpeciesMicrociona proliferaabstract17410573851Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 279-811999titlePopescu O, Interior R, Misevic G, Burger MM, Kuhns WJ0Biosynthesis of tyrosine O-sulfate by cell proteoglycan from the marine sponge, Microciona prolifera.MESH:C005662Chemicaltyrosine O-sulfate1190602SpeciesMicrociona proliferaabstract10210573852Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 284-51999titleHoskin FC, Steeves DM, Walker JE0Substituted cyclodextrin as a model for a squid enzyme that hydrolyzes the nerve gas soman.MESH:D003505Chemicalcyclodextrinabstract9210573853Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 285-61999titleZigman S, Rafferty NS, Rafferty KA, Lewis N0Effects of green tea polyphenols on lens photooxidative stress.MESH:D059808Chemicalpolyphenolsabstract6410573854Biol. Bull.; 1999 Oct; 197(2) 300-21999titleWidener JW, Barlow RB0Decline of a horseshoe crab population on Cape Cod.6850Speciesa horseshoe crababstract5210573855Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 167-751999titleDelgobo CL, Gorin PA, Tischer CA, Iacomini M0The free reducing oligosaccharides of angico branco (Anadenanthera colubrina) gum exudate: an aid for structural assignments in the heteropolysaccharide.MESH:D009844Chemicaloligosaccharides148671SpeciesAnadenanthera colubrina-Chemicalheteropolysaccharideabstract154A novel method is described for the determination of sequential side-chain structures in the complex, high-arabinose polysaccharide of the gum exudate of angico branco (Anadenanthera colubrina), using as basis the structurally similar reducing oligosaccharides present in small quantities. Of the ten detected, eight were characterized as disaccharides (2, 3, and 9), linear trisaccharides (1 and 4), branched pentasaccharides (5 and 6), and a doubly branched heptasaccharide (8). The oligosaccharides are substituents of the polysaccharide, which has a (1-->3)-linked beta-D-galactopyranosyl main chain, and with two exceptions they had 6-O-substituted galactopyranosyl reducing ends, probably corresponding to its main-chain units. Characterization was effected through their 1D and 2D NMR correlation spectra, which were better resolved and more readily interpretable than those of the polysaccharide. These spectral data were supported by monosaccharide composition and rotation values. Controlled Smith degradations and methylation analyses were carried out when it was necessary. These data were confirmed by field-desorption MS.-Chemicalarabinose polysaccharide148671SpeciesAnadenanthera colubrinaMESH:D009844ChemicaloligosaccharidesMESH:D004187ChemicaldisaccharidesMESH:D014312Chemicaltrisaccharides-Chemicalpentasaccharides-Chemicalbranched heptasaccharideMESH:D009844ChemicaloligosaccharidesMESH:D011134Chemicalpolysaccharide-Chemical1DMESH:D004456Chemical2DMESH:D011134ChemicalpolysaccharideMESH:D009005Chemicalmonosaccharide10573856Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 176-821999titleMiletti LC, Marino C, Mariño K, de Lederkremer RM, Colli W, Alves MJ0Immobilized 4-aminophenyl 1-thio-beta-D-galactofuranoside as a matrix for affinity purification of an exo-beta-D-galactofuranosidase.-Chemical4-aminophenyl 1-thio-beta-D-galactofuranosideabstract134An alternative and fast method for the purification of an exo-beta-D-galactofuranosidase has been developed using a 4-aminophenyl 1-thio-beta-D-galactofuranoside affinity chromatography system and specific elution with 10 mM D-galactono-1,4-lactone in a salt gradient. A concentrated culture medium from Penicillium fellutanum was chromatographed on DEAE-Sepharose CL 6B followed by chromatography on the affinity column, yielding two separate peaks of enzyme activity when elution was performed with 10 mM D-galactono-1,4-lactone in a 100-500 mM NaCl salt gradient. Both peaks behaved as a single 70 kDa protein, as detected by SDS-PAGE. Antibodies elicited against a mixture of the single bands excised from the gel were capable of immunoprecipitating 0.2 units out of 0.26 total units of the enzyme from a crude extract. The glycoprotein nature of the exo-beta-D-galactofuranosidase was ascertained through binding to Concanavalin A-Sepharose as well as by specific reaction with Schiff reagent in Western blots. The purified enzyme has an optimum acidic pH (between 3 and 6), and Km and Vmax values of 0.311 mM and 17 mumol h-1 microgram-1 respectively, when 4-nitrophenyl beta-D-galactofuranoside was employed as the substrate.-Chemical4-aminophenyl 1-thio-beta-D-galactofuranosideMESH:C007813ChemicalD-galactono-1,4-lactone70095SpeciesPenicillium fellutanumMESH:C043982ChemicalDEAE-Sepharose CL 6BMESH:C007813ChemicalD-galactono-1,4-lactone-ChemicalNaCl saltMESH:D012967ChemicalSDSDiseaseConcanavalin A-SepharoseMESH:C476677ChemicalSchiff reagentMESH:C060549Chemical4-nitrophenyl beta-D-galactofuranoside10573857Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 192-91999titleMurata T, Morimoto S, Zeng X, Watanabe S, Usui T0Enzymatic synthesis of alpha-L-fucosyl-N-acetyllactosamines and 3'-O-alpha-L-fucosyllactose utilizing alpha-L-fucosidases.-Chemicalalpha-L-fucosyl-N-acetyllactosamines-Chemical3'-O-alpha-L-fucosyllactoseabstract123An alpha-L-fucosidase from porcine liver produced alpha-L-Fuc-(1-->2)-beta-D-Gal-(1-->4)-D-GlcNAc (2'-O-alpha-L-fucosyl-N-acetyllactosamine, 1) together with its isomers alpha-L-Fuc-(1-->3)-beta-D-Gal-(1-->4)-D-GlcNAc (2) and alpha-L-Fuc-(1-->6)-beta-D-Gal-(1-->4)-D-GlcNAc (3) through a transglycosylation reaction from p-nitrophenyl alpha-L-fucopyranoside and beta-D-Gal-(1-->4)-D-GlcNAc. The enzyme formed the trisaccharides 1-3 in 13% overall yield based on the donor, and in the ratio of 40:37:23. In contrast, transglycosylation by Alcaligenes sp. alpha-L-fucosidase led to the regioselective synthesis of trisaccharides containing a (1-->3)-linked alpha-L-fucosyl residue. When beta-D-Gal-(1-->4)-D-GlcNAc and lactose were acceptors, the enzyme formed regioselectively compound 2 and alpha-L-Fuc-(1-->3)-beta-D-Gal-(1-->4)-D-Glc (3'-O-alpha-L-fucosyllactose, 4), respectively, in 54 and 34% yields, based on the donor.MESH:D014312Chemicaltrisaccharides9606Speciesdonor512SpeciesAlcaligenes spMESH:D014312Chemicaltrisaccharides-Chemicalbeta-D-Gal-Chemical4)-D-GlcNAcMESH:D007785Chemicallactose-Chemicalalpha-L-Fuc-Chemical-beta-D-GalMESH:D005947Chemical)-D-Glc-ChemicalO-alpha-L-fucosyllactose9606Speciesdonor10573858Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 200-81999titleLinnerborg M, Weintraub A, Widmalm G0Structural studies of the O-antigen polysaccharide from the enteroinvasive Escherichia coli O173.-ChemicalO-antigen polysaccharide562SpeciesEscherichia coliabstract98The structure of the O-antigen polysaccharide (PS) from Escherichia coli O173 has been investigated. Sugar and methylation analyses, electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry together with 1H, 31P and 13C NMR spectroscopy were the main methods used. The structure of the pentasaccharide repeating unit of the PS was found to be: [formula: see text] By treatment with 48% HF the phosphoric diester linkage was cleaved together with the glycosidic linkage of the fucosyl group, rendering a tetrasaccharide with the structure: alpha-D-Glcp-(1-->2)-beta-D-Glcp-(1-->3)-beta-D-GlcpNAc-(1-->3)-D-Glc.-ChemicalO-antigen polysaccharideMESH:D011134ChemicalPS562SpeciesEscherichia coliMESH:D000073893ChemicalSugar-Chemical1H-Chemical31P-Chemical13C10573859Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 209-221999titleSevern WB, Richards JC0The structure of the specific capsular polysaccharide of Rhodococcus equi serotype 4.MESH:D011134Chemicalpolysaccharide43767SpeciesRhodococcus equiabstract86The specific capsular polysaccharide produced by Rhodococcus equi serotype 4 was found to be a high-molecular-weight acidic polymer composed of D-glucose, D-mannose, pyruvic acid and a previously unidentified 5-amino-3,5-dideoxynonulosonic (rhodaminic) acid in the proportions 2:1:1:1. Structural analysis, employing a combination of microanalytical methods, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, and mass spectrometric techniques, established that the polysaccharide consisted of linear repeating tetrasaccharide units having the sequence of residues shown below. In the native polysaccharide, the rhodaminic acid residues were present as their acetamido derivatives (RhoANAc) and carried 1-carboxyethylidene groups that bridged the O-7 and O-9 positions. Treatment of the capsular polysaccharide with dilute acetic acid and/or anhydrous hydrogen fluoride under hydrolytic/solvolytic conditions, resulted in the formation of four different oligosaccharide species. The 1H and 13C NMR resonances of these oligosaccharide fragments and of the native serotype 4 capsular polysaccharides were fully assigned by homo- and heteronuclear chemical shift correlation methods.MESH:D011134Chemicalpolysaccharide43767SpeciesRhodococcus equiMESH:D005947ChemicalD-glucoseMESH:D008358ChemicalD-mannoseMESH:D019289Chemicalpyruvic acid-Chemical5-amino-3,5-dideoxynonulosonic (rhodaminic) acidMESH:D011134Chemicalpolysaccharide-ChemicaltetrasaccharideMESH:D011134Chemicalpolysaccharide-Chemicalrhodaminic acid-Chemical1-carboxyethylideneMESH:D011134ChemicalpolysaccharideMESH:D019342Chemicalacetic acidMESH:D006858Chemicalhydrogen fluorideMESH:D009844Chemicaloligosaccharide-Chemical1H-Chemical13CMESH:D009844ChemicaloligosaccharideMESH:D011134Chemicalpolysaccharides10573860Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 230-81999titleGuérardel Y, Morelle W, Plancke Y, Lemoine J, Strecker G0Structural analysis of three sulfated oligosaccharides isolated from human milk.MESH:D009844Chemicaloligosaccharides9606Specieshumanabstract81The structures of two sulfated octasaccharides and one sulfated nonasaccharide isolated from human milk have been investigated. Using 13C and 1H NMR spectroscopy and ESMS, the following structures 1-3 were established: [formula: see text].-Chemicaloctasaccharides-Chemicalnonasaccharide9606Specieshuman-Chemical13C-Chemical1H10573861Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 239-431999titleVinogradov E, Bock K0The structure of the core part of Proteus vulgaris OX2 lipopolysaccharide.585SpeciesProteus vulgarisMESH:D008070Chemicallipopolysaccharideabstract75The identity of a novel structural component, an open-chain acetalic linkage, in the core part of the lipopolysaccharide (LPS) from Proteus vulgaris serotype OX2 has been determined by extensive NMR spectroscopic analysis of fragments isolated after mild acid hydrolysis of the intact LPS. The open-chain N-acetylgalactosamine fragment is substituted in the 4-position by non-stoichiometric amounts of a beta-galactopyranose residue and the overall structure of the core is as follows: [formula: see text] All sugars except the N-acetylgalactosamine are in the pyranose form, alpha-Hep refers to L-glycero-alpha-D-manno-heptopyranose and alpha-DDHep to D-glycero-alpha-D-manno-heptopyranose. Bold italics indicate non-stoichiometric substituents.MESH:D008070ChemicallipopolysaccharideMESH:C536528DiseaseLPS585SpeciesProteus vulgarisMESH:C536528DiseaseLPSMESH:D012497Diseasebeta-galactopyranose10573862Carbohydr. Res.; 1999 Aug 15; 320(3-4) 257-601999titleZhang H, Du Y, Yu X, Mitsutomi M, Aiba S0Preparation of chitooligosaccharides from chitosan by a complex enzyme.MESH:C493484Chemicalchitooligosaccharidesabstract72Chitosan of 24% degree of acetylation was depolymerized by a mixture of cellulase, alpha amylase, and proteinase to give the title oligosaccharides. The removal of products by membrane separation permitted yield maximization of products having degree of polymerization in the 3-10 range.100862683GeneproteinaseMESH:D009844Chemicaloligosaccharides10573863J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Sep; 185(3) 217-281999titleKössl M, Mayer F, Frank G, Faulstich M, Russell IJ0Evolutionary adaptations of cochlear function in Jamaican mormoopid bats.abstract74Mormoopid bat species have their echolocation system adapted to different hunting strategies. To study the corresponding mechanical properties of their inner ear, we measured distortion-product otoacoustic emissions to assess cochlear sensitivity and tuning. Mormoops blainvillii, Pteronotus macleayii and P. quadridens use frequency-modulated echolocation signals, sometimes preceded by a short narrowband signal component. Their distortion-product otoacoustic emission-threshold curves are most sensitive between 30 and 50 kHz and show no adaptation to the narrowband echolocation components. In contrast, the constant-frequency bat P. parnellii always uses long constant-frequency call components. Its inner ear is maximally sensitive at 62 kHz, the echo-frequency of the dominant constant-frequency component, and pronounced insensitivities at 61 and 93 kHz (CF2 and CF3 call frequency) are the major evolutionary change in comparison to its relatives. Furthermore, in P. parnellii, the optimum cochlear frequency separation is minimal at 62 and 93 kHz, associated with enhanced cochlear tuning, while for the other mormoopids there is no indication of enhanced tuning. The phylogeny of mormoopids, assessed by mitochondrial DNA analysis, shows a close relationship between the Pteronotus species. This suggests that major cochlear redesign, associated with the acquisition of echolocation-call specific cochlear processing in P. parnellii, has occurred within a relatively short evolutionary time scale.118852SpeciesMormoops blainvillii118853SpeciesPteronotus macleayii27408SpeciesP. quadridens59476SpeciesP. parnellii59476SpeciesP. parnellii118853SpeciesPteronotus59476SpeciesP. parnellii10573864J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Sep; 185(3) 229-381999titleWeissburg MJ0Tuning breadth and sex-specific sensitivity in chemosensory neurons of male and female Uca pugnax.53306SpeciesUca pugnaxabstract99Chemosensory neurons of female fiddler crabs (genus Uca) display greater sensitivity to mixtures of food-related stimuli than do neurons in males. This phenomenon represents an interesting contrast to other sex-specific systems, which tend to be in response to cues associated with mating and parental care. This study examined the responses of chemosensory neurons in males and females to ten individual stimuli to determine if sex-specific responses were restricted to a few key compounds, or if the heightened sensitivity of females was broadly distributed. Neurons in males and females responded well to all stimuli, and although fiddler crabs are primarily herbivorous, highly efficacious physiological stimulants included amino acids and amines as well as carbohydrates most closely associated with plant material. The chemosensory neurons are characterized by broad tuning and relatively high response thresholds, when compared to other crustaceans. Most importantly, the investigations revealed a robust pattern in which female neurons displayed elevated responses to all stimuli. Tuning breadth was not shown to be sex-specific, nor were there detectable differences in over-all response profiles. The most likely explanation for these patterns is that the broad sex-specificity in Uca is produced via fundamental alterations in cellular properties associated with chemosensory transduction.MESH:D000588ChemicalaminesMESH:D002241Chemicalcarbohydrates10573865J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Sep; 185(3) 247-531999titleRoverud RC0Frequency discrimination of brief tonal steps as a function of frequency in the lesser bulldog bat.94962Specieslesser bulldog batabstract100In a two-alternative, forced-choice task lesser bulldog bats were trained to distinguish between a pure tone pulse and a pulse composed of a series of brief tonal steps oscillating between two different frequencies. The tone-step pulse gradually approximates the pure tone pulse as the frequency difference between the steps becomes progressively smaller. Frequency difference limens for the brief tonal frequency steps were determined for a broad range of ultrasonic frequencies. The variation in tone-step difference limens with frequency appears to be correlated to the frequency structure of the bat's short-constant-frequency/frequency-modulated echolocation sound. There was a marked decline in the value of the relative frequency difference limens (Weber ratio) over a fairly narrow range of frequencies above the constant frequency and a sharp increase in threshold above this range. The relative thresholds for frequency discrimination were small and uniform over the frequency range of the frequency-modulated sweep and increased for frequencies below the frequency-modulated sweep. Thus, the most accurate frequency-discrimination abilities occur over a narrow frequency range around the frequency of the constant-frequency component of returning echoes. Frequency discrimination over the range of frequencies of the frequency-modulated component is relatively good.94962Specieslesser bulldog bats10573866J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Sep; 185(3) 277-881999titleMartin JR, Raabe T, Heisenberg M0Central complex substructures are required for the maintenance of locomotor activity in Drosophila melanogaster.7227SpeciesDrosophila melanogasterabstract113In Drosophila melanogaster, former studies based on structural brain mutants have suggested that the central complex is a higher control center of locomotor behavior. Continuing this investigation we studied the effect of the central complex on the temporal structure of spontaneous locomotor activity in the time domain of a few hours. In an attempt to dissect the internal circuitry of the central complex we perturbed a putative local neuronal network connecting the four neuropil regions of the central complex, the protocerebral bridge, the fan-shape body, the noduli and the ellipsoid body. Two independent and non-invasive methods were applied: mutations affecting the neuroarchitecture of the protocerebral bridge, and the targeted expression of tetanus toxin in small subsets of central complex neurons using the binary enhancer trap P[GAL4] system. All groups of flies with a disturbed component of this network exhibited a common phenotype: a drastic decrease in locomotor activity. While locomotor activity was still clustered in bouts and these were initiated at the normal rate, their duration was reduced. This finding suggests that the bridge and some of its neural connections to the other neuropil regions of the central complex are required for the maintenance but not the initiation of walking.7227SpeciesDrosophila melanogasterMESH:D013746Diseasetetanus10573867J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Nov; 185(5) 393-4041999titleChen B, Meinertzhagen IA, Shaw SR0Circadian rhythms in light-evoked responses of the fly's compound eye, and the effects of neuromodulators 5-HT and the peptide PDF.43193GenePDFabstract132Two sets of wide-field neurons extend neurites into the fly's optic lamina, where monopolar cells receive photoreceptor input. They exhibit immunoreactivity to antibodies raised against either 5-hydroxytryptamine or the crustacean peptide PDH, respectively. Both are proposed whole-field neuromodulators of vision, apparently regulating a circadian rhythm of monopolar cell size. Seeking functional correlates, we have re-examined the electroretinogram for circadian rhythmicity, and for responses to locally injected 5-hydroxytryptamine and peptide. Long-term electroretinogram recordings from Calliphora entrained to a light/dark cycle and then transferred to constant darkness, uncovered a gradual, modest increase during the subjective night in the electroretinogram's ON- and OFF-transients, from the lamina's monopolar cells. Five to twenty nl of 5-hydroxytryptamine (10(-3) mol.1(-1)) injected into the head haemolymph strongly enhanced the electroretinogram transients, an action reversed by 5-hydroxytryptamine antagonists. Injected into the eye, 5-hydroxytryptamine (10(-4) mol.1(-1)) had the opposite effect; the rapid onset there suggests direct action, whilst the opposing effect from haemolymph injection suggests a different receptor site. Pigment-dispersing hormone (2.2 x 10(-5) mol.1(-1)) injected into the haemolymph increased the electroretinogram transients along a biphasic course, with a slow partial recovery; injected into the eye, it lacked effect.MESH:D012701Chemical5-hydroxytryptamine39812Gene134459PDHMESH:D012701Chemical5-hydroxytryptamineMESH:D012701Chemical5-hydroxytryptamineMESH:D012701Chemical5-hydroxytryptamineMESH:D012701Chemical5-hydroxytryptamine43193GenePigment-dispersing hormone10573868J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Nov; 185(5) 455-621999titleYuhas WA, Fuchs PA0Apamin-sensitive, small-conductance, calcium-activated potassium channels mediate cholinergic inhibition of chick auditory hair cells.9031SpecieschickMESH:D006311Diseaseauditory hairabstract135Acetylcholine released from efferent neurons in the cochlea causes inhibition of mechanosensory hair cells due to the activation of calcium-dependent potassium channels. Hair cells are known to have large-conductance, "BK"-type potassium channels associated with the afferent synapse, but these channels have different properties than those activated by acetylcholine. Whole-cell (tight-seal) and cell-attached patch-clamp recordings were made from short (outer) hair cells isolated from the chicken basilar papilla (cochlea equivalent). The peptides apamin and charybdotoxin were used to distinguish the calcium-activated potassium channels involved in the acetylcholine response from the BK-type channels associated with the afferent synapse. Differential toxin blockade of these potassium currents provides definitive evidence that ACh activates apamin-sensitive, "SK"-type potassium channels, but does not activate carybdotoxin-sensitive BK channels. This conclusion is supported by tentative identification of small-conductance, calcium-sensitive but voltage-insensitive potassium channels in cell-attached patches. The distinction between these channel types is important for understanding the segregation of opposing afferent and efferent synaptic activity in the hair cell, both of which depend on calcium influx. These different calcium-activated potassium channels serve as sensitive indicators for functionally significant calcium influx in the hair cell.MESH:D000109ChemicalAcetylcholineMESH:D000109Chemicalacetylcholine9031SpecieschickenMESH:D018999ChemicalcharybdotoxinMESH:D000109ChemicalacetylcholineMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D000109ChemicalAChMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10573869J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Nov; 185(5) 471-81999titleJen PH, Zhou XM0Temporally patterned pulse trains affect duration tuning characteristics of bat inferior collicular neurons.abstract109This study examines the effect of temporally patterned pulse trains on duration tuning characteristics of inferior collicular neurons of the big brown bat. Eptesicus fuscus, under free-field stimulation conditions. Using a 50% difference between maximal and minimal responses as a criterion, the duration tuning characteristics of inferior collicular neurons determined with pulse trains of different pulse durations are described as band-pass, long-pass, short-pass, and all-pass. Each band-pass neuron discharged maximally to a specific pulse duration that was at least 50% larger than the neuron's responses to a long- and a short-duration pulse. In contrast, each long- or short-pass neuron discharged maximally to a range of long- or short-duration pulses that were at least 50% larger than the minimal responses. The number of impulses of an all-pass neuron never differed by more than 50%. When pulse trains were delivered at different pulse repetition rates, the number of short-pass and band-pass neurons progressively increased with increasing pulse repetition rates. The slope of the duration tuning curves also became sharper when determined with pulse trains at high pulse repetition rates. Possible mechanisms underlying these findings are discussed.29078Speciesbig brown bat29078SpeciesEptesicus fuscus10573870J. Comp. Physiol. A; 1999 Nov; 185(5) 479-911999titleHall JC0GABAergic inhibition shapes frequency tuning and modifies response properties in the auditory midbrain of the leopard frog.9691Speciesleopardabstract124The functional role of GABAergic inhibition in shaping the frequency tuning of 96 neurons in the torus semicircularis of the leopard frog, Rana pipiens, was studied using microiontophoresis of the GABAA receptor antagonist, bicuculline methiodide. Bicuculline application abolished, or reduced in size, the inhibitory tuning curves of 72 neurons. In each case, there was a concommitant broadening of the excitatory tuning curve such that frequency-intensity combinations that were inhibitory under control conditions, became excitatory during disinhibition with bicuculline methiodide. These effects were observed irrespective of the excitatory tuning curve configuration prior to bicuculline methiodide application. Results indicate an important role for GABA-mediated inhibition in shaping the frequency selectivity of neurons in the torus semicircularis of the leopard frog. Bicuculline application also affected several other response properties of neurons in the leopard frog torus. Disinhibition with bicuculline methiodide increased both the spontaneous firing rate (18 cells) and stimulus-evoked discharge rate (81 cells) of torus neurons, decreased the minimum excitatory threshold for 18 cells, and altered the temporal discharge pattern of 47 neurons. Additional roles for GABAergic inhibition in monaural signal analysis are discussed.9691Speciesleopard8404SpeciesRana pipiensMESH:C017069Chemicalbicuculline methiodideMESH:D001640ChemicalBicucullineMESH:C017069Chemicalbicuculline methiodideMESH:C017069Chemicalbicuculline methiodideMESH:D005680ChemicalGABA9691SpeciesleopardMESH:D001640ChemicalBicuculline9691SpeciesleopardMESH:C017069Chemicalbicuculline methiodide10573871J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 885-9041999titleSinclair L, Kunda Z0Reactions to a black professional: motivated inhibition and activation of conflicting stereotypes.abstract99The motivation to form a particular impression of an individual can prompt the inhibition of applicable stereotypes that contradict one's desired impression and the activation and application of stereotypes that support it. Participants, especially those high in prejudice, inhibited the Black stereotype when motivated to esteem a Black individual (because he had praised them). Participants motivated to esteem a Black doctor also activated the doctor stereotype. In contrast, participants motivated to disparage a Black doctor (because he had criticized them) inhibited the doctor stereotype. Participants motivated to disparage a Black individual also applied the Black stereotype to him, rating him as relatively incompetent. All these effects were driven by the self-protective motives of recipients of feedback from Black evaluators; detached observers showed no such effects.9606SpeciesParticipants9606SpeciesParticipants9606Speciesparticipants9606SpeciesParticipants10573872J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 905-261999titleSchimel J, Simon L, Greenberg J, Pyszczynski T, Solomon S, Waxmonsky J, Arndt J0Stereotypes and terror management: evidence that mortality salience enhances stereotypic thinking and preferences.abstract115If stereotypes function to protect people against death-related concerns, then mortality salience should increase stereotypic thinking and preferences for stereotype-confirming individuals. Study 1 demonstrated that mortality salience increased stereotyping of Germans. In Study 2, it increased participants' tendency to generate more explanations for stereotype-inconsistent than stereotype-consistent gender role behavior. In Study 3, mortality salience increased participants' liking for a stereotype-consistent African American and decreased their liking for a stereotype-inconsistent African American; control participants exhibited the opposite preference. Study 4 replicated this pattern with evaluations of stereotype-confirming or stereotype-disconfirming men and women. Study 5 showed that, among participants high in need for closure, mortality salience led to decreased liking for a stereotype-inconsistent gay man.9606Speciespeople9606Speciesparticipants9606Speciesparticipants9606Speciesparticipants9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen9606Speciesparticipants9606Speciesman10573873J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 927-411999titleCorneille O, Judd CM0Accentuation and sensitization effects in the categorization of multifaceted stimuli.abstract86Categorization affects perceptions in ways that are assumed to underlie social stereotypes. Research on categorization, however, has focused either on very simple stimuli or on judgmental tasks that focus attention only on single dimensions. To more fully understand the role of categorization in social perception, it is important to examine its effects in the case of multifaceted stimuli and holistic judgments. In 3 studies, participants formed an impression of a focal category of multifaceted stimuli either by itself or in the context of another category. They then judged the typicality of exemplars to the focal category. Results showed that categorization in the presence of a context produced both accentuation and sensitization effects: Participants accentuated between-category differences on relevant dimensions, and they were less sensitive to exemplar differences on irrelevant dimensions.9606Speciesparticipants9606SpeciesParticipants10573874J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 942-661999titleWieselquist J, Rusbult CE, Foster CA, Agnew CR0Commitment, pro-relationship behavior, and trust in close relationships.abstract73The present work advances and tests an interdependence-based model of the associations among commitment, pro-relationship behavior, and trust. Findings from two longitudinal studies revealed good support for model predictions. Commitment-inspired acts such as accommodation and willingness to sacrifice provide diagnostic information regarding a partner's pro-relationship motives. Individuals come to trust their partners when they perceive that their partners have enacted pro-relationship behaviors, departing from their direct self-interest for the good of the relationship. The results of mediation analyses are consistent with a model of mutual cyclical growth in which (a) dependence promotes strong commitment, (b) commitment promotes pro-relationship acts, (c) pro-relationship acts are perceived by the partner, (d) the perception of pro-relationship acts enhances the partner's trust, and (e) trust increases the partner's willingness to become dependent on the relationship. Auxiliary analyses revealed that self-reported attachment style does not account for substantial variance beyond the features of interdependence that form the basis for the present model.10573875J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 979-901999titleGarcia-Marques L, Mackie DM0The impact of stereotype-incongruent information on perceived group variability and stereotype change.abstract103Three experiments showed increases in the perceived variability of social groups after perceivers received stereotype-incongruent information about group members. In Experiment 1, participants generated flatter distributions after exposure to incongruent information, compared with equally deviant congruent information, in the form of typical verbal materials. Experiment 2 indicated similar changes in dispersion after the presentation of numeric information about a single group member. In Experiment 3, the authors manipulated cognitive load at encoding or at the time group judgments were requested. Under conditions of cognitive constraint, stereotype-incongruent information ceased to promote more dispersed group representations. These results are consistent with the idea that incongruent information triggers more deliberative and comprehensive retrieval and generation of exemplars. The authors discuss the implications of these findings for stereotype change.9606Speciesparticipants10573876J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 991-10031999titleDasgupta N, Banaji MR, Abelson RP0Group entitativity and group perception: associations between physical features and psychological judgment.abstract108Two experiments tested whether the perceived entitativity of groups (i.e., cohesiveness) influences judgments about those groups, in terms of both their observable physical properties and underlying psychological traits. Entitativity was manipulated with groups whose members were similar or dissimilar in skin color. Experiment 1 demonstrated that beliefs about entitativity elicited more accurate judgments of skin color for entitative than nonentitative social groups, although memory for individual members of entitative groups was relatively impoverished. Experiment 2 revealed that entitative groups were viewed as not only physically similar but also psychologically homogeneous and elicited strong negative trait and behavioral judgments. Together, these findings suggest that physical properties (e.g., similarity) can create perceptions of psychological "groupness" that have important consequences for group perception.10573877J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 1004-101999titleRudman LA, Glick P0Feminized management and backlash toward agentic women: the hidden costs to women of a kinder, gentler image of middle managers.9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomenabstract129Women who display masculine, agentic traits are viewed as violating prescriptions of feminine niceness (L. A. Rudman, 1998). By legitimizing niceness as an employment criterion, "feminization" of management (requiring both agentic and communal traits for managers) may unintentionally promote discrimination against competent women. Participants made hiring recommendations for a feminized or masculine managerial job. Agentic female job applicants were viewed as less socially skilled than agentic males, but this perception only resulted in hiring discrimination for the feminized, not the masculine, job. Communal applicants (regardless of sex) invariably received low hiring ratings. Thus, women must present themselves as agentic to be hireable, but may therefore be seen as interpersonally deficient. Ironically, the feminization of management may legitimize discrimination against competent, agentic women.9606SpeciesWomen9606Specieswomen9606SpeciesParticipants9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomen10573878J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 1011-251999titleHuguet P, Galvaing MP, Monteil JM, Dumas F0Social presence effects in the Stroop task: further evidence for an attentional view of social facilitation.abstract109In contrast with R. B. Zajonc's (1965) classic view about social facilitation-inhibition (SFI) effects, it was found that the presence of relatively unpredictable audiences and forced social comparison with a slightly superior coactor both facilitated performance in the Stroop task while inhibiting automatic verbal processing. Not only do these findings reveal that social presence can help inhibit the emission of dominant responses, providing further support for an attentional view of SFI effects, but they also demonstrate the power of social situations over what has been thought to be invariant automatic processing. As such, they are inconsistent with the view reiterated in more than 500 articles on Stroop interference over the past 60 years and suggest that more attention should be paid to the situations in which cognition takes place.10573879J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 1041-601999titleLyubomirsky S, Tucker KL, Caldwell ND, Berg K0Why ruminators are poor problem solvers: clues from the phenomenology of dysphoric rumination.Diseasedysphoric ruminationabstract95The phenomenology of dysphoric rumination and its consequences for problem solving were explored in 3 studies. In Study 1, self-focused rumination, compared with distraction, led dysphoric participants to rate their own biggest problems as severe and unsolvable and to report a reduced likelihood of actually implementing their solutions. Clues into the mechanisms behind these findings were explored in Study 2. The results showed that dysphoric ruminative thought is characterized by a focus on personal problems combined with a negative tone, self-criticism, and self-blame for problems as well as reduced self-confidence, optimism, and perceived control. Finally, Study 3 revealed a direct relationship between the negatively biased content of ruminative thoughts and reduced willingness to solve one's problems. Implications of these findings for the consequences of self-focused rumination are discussed.Diseasedysphoric ruminationDiseasedysphoric9606SpeciesparticipantsDiseasedysphoric10573880J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 1061-721999titleNolen-Hoeksema S, Larson J, Grayson C0Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms.MESH:D000275Diseasedepressive symptomsabstract57It was hypothesized that women are more vulnerable to depressive symptoms than men because they are more likely to experience chronic negative circumstances (or strain), to have a low sense of mastery, and to engage in ruminative coping. The hypotheses were tested in a 2-wave study of approximately 1,100 community-based adults who were 25 to 75 years old. Chronic strain, low mastery, and rumination were each more common in women than in men and mediated the gender difference in depressive symptoms. Rumination amplified the effects of mastery and, to some extent, chronic strain on depressive symptoms. In addition, chronic strain and rumination had reciprocal effects on each other over time, and low mastery also contributed to more rumination. Finally, depressive symptoms contributed to more rumination and less mastery over time.9606SpecieswomenMESH:D000275Diseasedepressive symptoms9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen9606SpeciesmenMESH:D000275Diseasedepressive symptomsMESH:D000275Diseasedepressive symptomsMESH:D000275Diseasedepressive symptoms10573881J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 1073-861999titleRusting CL0Interactive effects of personality and mood on emotion-congruent memory and judgment.MESH:D008569Diseaseemotion-congruent memoryabstract86Prior research on emotion congruency has tended to focus on either the effects of mood states or of personality traits on cognition. The aim of the present research was to explore when and how personality traits and mood states interact to influence emotion-congruent memory and judgment. In Study 1, participants filled out measures of personality and natural mood and then completed a series of memory and judgment tasks. The same procedure was used in Study 2, except a positive or negative mood state was induced prior to completion of the cognitive tasks. Extraversion and positive affectivity were related to retrieval of positive memories and the tendency to make positive judgments. Neuroticism and negative affectivity were related to retrieval of negative memories and the tendency to make negative judgments. In addition, several significant personality by mood interaction effects on memory and judgment were obtained in Study 2, which suggests that personality and mood effects on cognition are not independent of one another. Discussion focuses on integrating mood-congruency theories with personality theories and specifying the conditions under which mood by trait interaction effects effects emerge.MESH:D008569Diseaseemotion-congruent memory9606SpeciesparticipantsDiseaseNeuroticism10573882J Pers Soc Psychol; 1999 Nov; 77(5) 1087-1001999titleGunthert KC, Cohen LH, Armeli S0The role of neuroticism in daily stress and coping.Diseaseneuroticismabstract52The authors examined the influence of neuroticism (N) on the occurrence of different types of daily events, primary and secondary appraisals of those events, use of specific coping strategies, and end-of-day negative mood. College students completed questionnaires at the end of every day for 14 consecutive days. When reporting their most stressful event of each day, high-N individuals, compared with low-N individuals, reported more interpersonal stressors and had more negative primary and secondary appraisals and reacted with more distress in response to increasingly negative primary and secondary appraisals. Compared with low-N individuals, high-N individuals used less-adaptive coping strategies (e.g., hostile reaction) and reacted with more distress in response to some types of coping strategies. The appraisal findings, in particular, help to explain the chronic negative affectivity associated with neuroticism.DiseaseneuroticismMESH:D004342Diseasehostile reactionDiseaseneuroticism10573883J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2629-371999titlePrice GR, Kalb JT0Auditory hazard from airbag noise exposure.abstract44Airbag deployment includes very intense acoustic stimulation, yet almost no tests of auditory hazard have been done with real ears. Therefore 32 anesthetized cats, positioned at the driver and passenger locations in a pickup truck, were exposed in pairs to one airbag deployment (electrically initiated). Hearing was tested at 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 kHz by evoked-response audiometry just before exposure, immediately after and at 1 month and 6 months. Exposure conditions included doors open, compartment closed, and closed compartment sealed with tape: seven exposures to passenger bag only and nine to driver and passenger bags. Peak pressures ranged from 167 to 173 dB with unweighted energies as high as 4000 J/m2 (or 8 hr LEQA = 95.5 dB). The immediate threshold shift averaged 60 dB at 4.0 kHz that resolved to an average permanent shift of 37 dB. By extrapolation, these data from cats may indicate that susceptible human ears risk permanent hearing loss from airbag noise.9685Speciescats9685Speciescats9606SpecieshumanMESH:D034381Diseasehearing loss10573884J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2669-781999titleStover LJ, Neely ST, Gorga MP0Cochlear generation of intermodulation distortion revealed by DPOAE frequency functions in normal and impaired ears.abstract117Distortion product otoacoustic emission (DPOAE) frequency functions were measured in normal-hearing and hearing-impaired ears. A fixed-f2/swept-f1 paradigm was used with f2 fixed at half-octave intervals from 1 to 8 kHz. L1 was always 10 dB greater than L2, and L2 was varied from 65 to 10 dB SPL in 5-dB steps. The responses were quantified by the frequency and amplitude of the peak response. Peak responses were closer to f2 in higher frequency regions and for lower intensity stimulation. Results from hearing-impaired subjects suggest that audiometric thresholds at the distortion product frequency, fdp, in addition to hearing status at f2, can affect DPOAE results. Results are discussed in terms of several manifestations of a second resonance model, as well as a dual source model for the generation of DPOAEs as measured in the ear canal of humans. It appears that a dual source model accounts for the data better than second filter models.MESH:D034381Diseasehearing-impaired ears8879Gene2897SPLMESH:D034381Diseasehearing-impaired9606Specieshumans10573885J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2679-921999PMC2346780titleMcKinney MF, Delgutte B0A possible neurophysiological basis of the octave enlargement effect.abstract70Although the physical octave is defined as a simple ratio of 2:1, listeners prefer slightly greater octave ratios. Ohgushi [J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 73, 1694-1700 (1983)] suggested that a temporal model for octave matching would predict this octave enlargement effect because, in response to pure tones, auditory-nerve interspike intervals are slightly larger than the stimulus period. In an effort to test Ohgushi's hypothesis, auditory-nerve single-unit responses to pure-tone stimuli were collected from Dial-anesthetized cats. It was found that although interspike interval distributions show clear phase-locking to the stimulus, intervals systematically deviate from integer multiples of the stimulus period. Due to refractory effects, intervals smaller than 5 msec are slightly larger than the stimulus period and deviate most for small intervals. On the other hand, first-order intervals are smaller than the stimulus period for stimulus frequencies less than 500 Hz. It is shown that this deviation is the combined effect of phase-locking and multiple spikes within one stimulus period. A model for octave matching was implemented which compares frequency estimates of two tones based on their interspike interval distributions. The model quantitatively predicts the octave enlargement effect. These results are consistent with the idea that musical pitch is derived from auditory-nerve interspike interval distributions.9685Speciescats10573886J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2693-7081999titleMiller RL, Calhoun BM, Young ED0Contrast enhancement improves the representation of /epsilon/-like vowels in the hearing-impaired auditory nerve.MESH:D034381Diseasehearing-impaired auditory nerveabstract114This study examines the neural representation of the vowel /epsilon/ in the auditory nerve of acoustically traumatized cats and asks whether spectral modifications of the vowel can restore a normal neural representation. Four variants of /epsilon/, which differed primarily in the frequency of the second formant (F2), were used as stimuli. Normally, the rate-place code provides a robust representation of F2 for these vowels, in the sense that rate changes encode changes in F2 frequency [Conley and Keilson, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 98, 3223 (1995)]. This representation is lost after acoustic trauma [Miller et al., J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 105, 311 (1999)]. Here it is shown that an improved representation of the F2 frequency can be gained by a form of high-frequency emphasis that is determined by both the hearing-loss profile and the spectral envelope of the vowel. Essentially, the vowel was high-pass filtered so that the F2 and F3 peaks were amplified without amplifying frequencies in the trough between F1 and F2. This modification improved the quality of the rate and temporal tonotopic representations of the vowel and restored sensitivity to the F2 frequency. Although a completely normal representation was not restored, this method shows promise as an approach to hearing-aid signal processing.9685SpeciescatsMESH:D014947DiseasetraumaMESH:D034381Diseasehearing-loss10573887J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2709-181999titleWiegrebe L, Patterson RD0Quantifying the distortion products generated by amplitude-modulated noise.abstract76When sinusoidal amplitude modulation (SAM) is applied to noise or tone carriers, the stimuli can generate audible distortion products in the region of the modulation frequency. As a result, when bandpass-filtered SAM noise is used to investigate temporal processing, a band of unmodulated noise is typically positioned at the modulation frequency to mask any distortion products. This study was designed to investigate the distortion products for bandpass noise carriers, and so reduce ambiguity about the form of this distortion and its role in perception. The distortion consists of two distortion-noise bands and a distortion tone at the modulation frequency. In the first two experiments, the level and phase of the distortion tone are measured using two different experimental paradigms. In the third experiment, modulation-frequency difference limens are measured for filtered SAM noise and it is shown that performance deteriorates markedly when the distortion tone is canceled. In a fourth experiment, masked threshold is measured at low frequencies for bands of high-frequency, unmodulated noise with the same levels and spectra as the SAM noises in the earlier experiments. The results confirm that unmodulated noise also produces quadratic distortion which may explain some aspects of earlier reports on remote masking.10573888J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2719-321999titleChi T, Gao Y, Guyton MC, Ru P, Shamma S0Spectro-temporal modulation transfer functions and speech intelligibility.abstract75Detection thresholds for spectral and temporal modulations are measured using broadband spectra with sinusoidally rippled profiles that drift up or down the log-frequency axis at constant velocities. Spectro-temporal modulation transfer functions (MTFs) are derived as a function of ripple peak density (omega cycles/octave) and drifting velocity (omega Hz). The MTFs exhibit a low-pass function with respect to both dimensions, with 50% bandwidths of about 16 Hz and 2 cycles/octave. The data replicate (as special cases) previously measured purely temporal MTFs (omega = 0) [Viemeister, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 66, 1364-1380 (1979)] and purely spectral MTFs (omega = 0) [Green, in Auditory Frequency Selectivity (Plenum, Cambridge, 1986), pp. 351-359]. A computational auditory model is presented that exhibits spectro-temporal MTFs consistent with the salient trends in the data. The model is used to demonstrate the potential relevance of these MTFs to the assessment of speech intelligibility in noise and reverberant conditions.10573889J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2733-451999titleVerhey JL, Dau T, Kollmeier B0Within-channel cues in comodulation masking release (CMR): experiments and model predictions using a modulation-filterbank model.abstract130Experiments and model calculations were performed to study the influence of within-channel cues versus across-channel cues in comodulation masking release (CMR). A class of CMR experiments is considered that are characterized by a single (unmodulated or modulated) bandpass noise masker with variable bandwidth centered at the signal frequency. A modulation-filterbank model suggested by Dau et al. [J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 102, 2892-2905 (1997)] was employed to quantitatively predict the experimental data. Effects of varying masker bandwidth, center frequency, modulator bandwidth, modulator type, and signal duration on CMR were examined. In addition, the effect of band limiting the noise before or after modulation was shown to influence the CMR in the same way as a systematic variation of the modulation depth. It is demonstrated that a single-channel analysis, which analyzes only the information from one peripheral channel, quantitatively accounts for the CMR in most cases, indicating that an across-channel process is generally not necessary for simulating results from this class of CMR experiments. True across-channel processes may be found in another class of CMR experiments.10573890J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2746-511999titleCiocca V0Evidence against an effect of grouping by spectral regularity on the perception of virtual pitch.abstract98Two experiments investigated the role of the regularity of the frequency spacing of harmonics, as a separate factor from harmonicity, on the perception of the virtual pitch of a harmonic series. The first experiment compared the shifts produced by mistuning the 3rd, 4th, and 5th harmonics in the pitch of two harmonic series: the odd-H and the all-H tones. The odd-H tone contained odd harmonics 1 to 11, plus the 4th harmonic; the all-H tone contained harmonics 1 to 12. Both tones had a fundamental frequency of 155 Hz. Pitch shifts produced by mistuning the 3rd harmonic, but not the 4th and 5th harmonics, were found to be significantly larger for the odd-H tone than for the all-H tone. This finding was consistent with the idea that grouping by spectral regularity affects pitch perception since an odd harmonic made a larger contribution than an adjacent even harmonic to the pitch of the odd-H tone. However, an alternative explanation was that the 3rd mistuned harmonic produced larger pitch shifts within the odd-H tone than the 4th mistuned harmonic because of differences in the partial masking of these harmonics by adjacent harmonics. The second experiment tested these explanations by measuring pitch shifts for a modified all-H tone in which each mistuned odd harmonic was tested in the presence of the 4th harmonic, but in the absence of its other even-numbered neighbor. The results showed that, for all mistuned harmonics, pitch shifts for the modified all-H tone were not significantly different from those for the odd-H tone. These findings suggest that the harmonic relations among frequency components, rather than the regularity of their frequency spacing, is the primary factor for the perception of the virtual pitch of complex sounds.10573891J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2752-601999titleDau T, Verhey J, Kohlrausch A0Intrinsic envelope fluctuations and modulation-detection thresholds for narrow-band noise carriers.abstract100A model is presented which calculates the intrinsic envelope power of a bandpass noise carrier within the passband of a hypothetical modulation filter tuned to a specific modulation frequency. Model predictions are compared to experimentally obtained amplitude modulation (AM) detection thresholds. In experiment 1, thresholds for modulation rates of 5, 25, and 100 Hz imposed on a bandpass Gaussian noise carrier with a fixed upper cutoff frequency of 6 kHz and a bandwidth in the range from 1 to 6000 Hz were obtained. In experiment 2, three noises with different spectra of the intrinsic fluctuations served as the carrier: Gaussian noise, multiplied noise, and low-noise noise. In each case, the carrier was spectrally centered at 5 kHz and had a bandwidth of 50 Hz. The AM detection thresholds were obtained for modulation frequencies of 10, 20, 30, 50, 70, and 100 Hz. The intrinsic envelope power of the carrier at the output of the modulation filter tuned to the signal modulation frequency appears to provide a good estimate for AM detection threshold. The results are compared with predictions on the basis of the more complex auditory processing model by Dau et al.10573892J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2761-781999titleMoore BC, Vickers DA, Plack CJ, Oxenham AJ0Inter-relationship between different psychoacoustic measures assumed to be related to the cochlear active mechanism.abstract117The active mechanism in the cochlea is thought to depend on the integrity of the outer hair cells (OHCs). Cochlear hearing loss is usually associated with damage to both inner hair cells (IHCs) and OHCs, with the latter resulting in a reduction in or complete loss of the function of the active mechanism. It is believed that the active mechanism contributes to the sharpness of tuning on the basilar membrane (BM) and is also responsible for compressive input-output functions on the BM. Hence, one would expect a close relationship between measures of sharpness of tuning and measures of compression. This idea was tested by comparing three different measures of the status of the active mechanism, at center frequencies of 2, 4, and 6 kHz, using subjects with normal hearing, with unilateral or highly asymmetric cochlear hearing loss, and with bilateral loss. The first measure, HLOHC, was an indirect measure of the amount of the hearing loss attributable to OHC damage; this was based on loudness matches between the two ears of subjects with unilateral hearing loss and was derived using a loudness model. The second measure was the equivalent rectangular bandwidth (ERB) of the auditory filter, which was estimated using the notched-noise method. The third measure was based on the slopes of growth-of-masking functions obtained in forward masking. The ratio of slopes for a masker centered well below the signal frequency and a masker centered at the signal frequency gives a measure of BM compression at the place corresponding to the signal frequency; a ratio close to 1 indicates little or no compression, while ratios less than 1 indicate that compression is occurring at the signal place. Generally, the results showed the expected pattern. The ERB tended to increase with increasing HLOHC. The ratio of the forward-masking slopes increased from about 0.3 to about 1 as HLOHC increased from 0 to 55 dB. The ratio of the slopes was highly correlated with the ERB (r = 0.92), indicating that the sharpness of the auditory filter decreases as the compression on the BM decreases.MESH:D034381Diseasehearing lossMESH:D007759Diseasedamage to both inner hair cellsMESH:D034381Diseasehearing lossMESH:D034381Diseasehearing lossMESH:D004194DiseaseOHC damageMESH:D034381Diseasehearing loss10573893J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2779-921999titleLentz JJ, Richards VM, Matiasek MR0Different auditory filter bandwidth estimates based on profile analysis, notched noise, and hybrid tasks.abstract106Auditory filter bandwidths were estimated in three experiments. The first experiment was a profile-analysis experiment. The stimuli were composed of sinusoidal components ranging in frequency from 200 to 5000 Hz. The standard stimulus was the sum of equal-amplitude tones, and the signal stimulus had a power spectrum that varied up-down ... up-down. The number of components ranged from four to 60. Interval-by-interval level randomization prevented the change in level of a single component from reliably indicating the change from standard to signal. The second experiment was a notched-noise experiment in which the 1000-Hz tone to be detected was added to a noise with a notch arithmetically centered at 1000 Hz. Detection thresholds were estimated both in the presence of and in the absence of level randomization. In the third, hybrid, experiment a 1000-Hz tone was to be detected, and the masker was composed of equal-amplitude sinusoidal components ranging in frequency from 200 to 5000 Hz. For this experiment, thresholds were estimated both in the presence and absence of level variation. For both the notched-noise and hybrid experiments, only modest effects of level randomization were obtained. A variant of Durlach et al.'s channel model ["Towards a model for discrimination of broadband signals," J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 80, 63-72 (1986)] was used to estimate auditory filter bandwidths for all three experiments. When a two-parameter roex(p,r) filter weighting function was used to fit the data, bandwidth estimates were approximately two to three times as large for the two detection tasks than for the profile-analysis task.91544Gene12159Soc10573894J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2793-91999titleGehr SE, Sommers MS0Age differences in backward masking.abstract37The present study was designed to assess the effects of age on the time course of backward masking. In experiment 1, thresholds for detecting a 10-ms, 500-Hz sinusoidal signal were measured as a function of the temporal separation between the signal and a 50-ms broadband masker. Subjects were younger (18-24) and older (over age 65) adults with normal hearing (thresholds less than 20 dB HL) for frequencies of 4 kHz and below. Younger subjects exhibited less overall masking and steeper recovery functions than did the older adults. Masked thresholds for younger participants approached unmasked thresholds for signal-masker delays greater than 6-8 ms. In contrast, older adults exhibited significant masking even at the longest delay tested (20 ms). In experiment 2, signal duration was decreased to 5 ms for a separate group of younger adults. Although overall thresholds were elevated for the shorter signal duration, the slope of the backward masking recovery function was not different from that observed for younger adults in experiment 1. The results suggest that age, independent of hearing loss, affects the temporal course of backward masking.9606SpeciesparticipantsMESH:D034381Diseasehearing loss10573895J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2800-41999titleSupin AYaPopov VV, Milekhina ON, Tarakanov MB0Ripple depth and density resolution of rippled noise.abstract54Depth resolution of spectral ripples was measured in normal humans using a phase-reversal test. The principle of the test was to find the lowest ripple depth at which an interchange of peak and trough position (the phase reversal) in the rippled spectrum is detectable. Using this test, ripple-depth thresholds were measured as a function of ripple density of octave-band rippled noise at center frequencies from 0.5 to 8 kHz. The ripple-depth threshold in the power domain was around 0.2 at low ripple densities of 4-5 relative units (center-frequency-to-ripple-spacing ratio) or 3-3.5 ripples/oct. The threshold increased with the ripple density increase. It reached the highest possible level of 1.0 at ripple density from 7.5 relative units at 0.5 kHz center frequency to 14.3 relative units at 8 kHz (5.2 to 10.0 ripple/oct, respectively). The interrelation between the ripple depth threshold and ripple density can be satisfactorily described by transfer of the signal by frequency-tuned auditory filters.9606Specieshumans5362Gene56427oct5362Gene56427oct10573896J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2805-111999titleClément S, Demany L, Semal C0Memory for pitch versus memory for loudness.abstract45The decays of pitch traces and loudness traces in short-term auditory memory were compared in forced-choice discrimination experiments. The two stimuli presented on each trial were separated by a variable delay (D); they consisted of pure tones, series of resolved harmonics, or series of unresolved harmonics mixed with lowpass noise. A roving procedure was employed in order to minimize the influence of context coding. During an initial phase of each experiment, frequency and intensity discrimination thresholds [P(C) = 0.80] were measured with an adaptive staircase method while D was fixed at 0.5 s. The corresponding physical differences (in cents or dB) were then constantly presented at four values of D: 0.5, 2, 5, and 10 s. In the case of intensity discrimination, performance (d') markedly decreased when D increased from 0.5 to 2 s, but was not further reduced when D was longer. In the case of frequency discrimination, the decline of performance as a function of D was significantly less abrupt. This divergence suggests that pitch and loudness are processed in separate modules of auditory memory.MESH:D008569Diseaseauditory memoryMESH:D008569Diseaseauditory memory10573897J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2812-201999titleRakerd B, Hartmann WM, McCaskey TL0Identification and localization of sound sources in the median sagittal plane.abstract79The ability of human listeners to identify broadband noises differing in spectral structure was studied for multiple sound-source locations in the median sagittal plane. The purpose of the study was to understand how sound identification is affected by spectral variations caused by directionally dependent head-related transfer functions. It was found that listeners could accurately identify noises with different spectral peaks and valleys when the source location was fixed. Listeners could also identify noises when the source location was roved in the median sagittal plane when the relevant spectral features were at low frequency. Listeners failed to identify noises with roved location when the spectral structure was at high frequency, presumably because the spectral structure was confused with the spectral variations caused by different locations. Parallel experiments on sound localization showed that listeners can localize noises that they cannot identify. The combination of identification and localization experiments leads to the conclusion that listeners cannot compensate for directionally dependent filtering by their own heads when they try to identify sounds.9606Specieshuman10573898J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2821-331999titleHellgren J, Lunner T, Arlinger S0Variations in the feedback of hearing aids.abstract44Variations in the loop response of hearing aids caused by jaw movements, variations in acoustics outside the ear, and variations of vent size have been identified. Behind The Ear (BTE) and In The Ear Canal (ITEC) hearing aids were considered. The largest variations among the variations of the acoustics outside the ear, except when the hearing aid was partly removed, were found with the ITEC when a telephone set was placed by the ear. The variations of the loop response caused by changes in vent size were compared with the variations of a theoretical model of the feedback path. The theoretical model was also used to compare the feedback of different designs of the vent that gives the same acoustic impedance at low frequencies. The calculated feedback was less with the short vents (12 mm) than the long vents (24 mm).MESH:D009069Diseasejaw movements10573899J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2834-421999titleLucero JC, Munhall KG0A model of facial biomechanics for speech production.abstract54Modeling the peripheral speech motor system can advance the understanding of speech motor control and audiovisual speech perception. A 3-D physical model of the human face is presented. The model represents the soft tissue biomechanics with a multilayer deformable mesh. The mesh is controlled by a set of modeled facial muscles which uses a standard Hill-type representation of muscle dynamics. In a test of the model, recorded intramuscular electromyography (EMG) was used to activate the modeled muscles and the kinematics of the mesh was compared with 3-D kinematics recorded with OPTOTRAK. Overall, there was a good match between the recorded data and the model's movements. Animations of the model are provided as MPEG movies.MESH:C535473Diseaseaudiovisual speech perception9606Specieshuman10573900J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2843-571999titleKishon-Rabin L, Taitelbaum R, Tobin Y, Hildesheimer M0The effect of partially restored hearing on speech production of postlingually deafened adults with multichannel cochlear implants.abstract132The effect of auditory feedback on speech production was investigated in five postlingually deafened adults implanted with the 22-channel Nucleus device. Changes in speech production were measured before implant and 1, 6, and 24 months postimplant. Acoustic measurements included: F1 and F2 of vowels in word-in-isolation and word-in-sentence context, voice-onset-time (VOT), spectral range of sibilants, fundamental frequency (F0) of word-in-isolation and word-in-sentence context, and word and sentence duration. Perceptual ratings of speech quality were done by ten listeners. The significant changes after cochlear implantation included: a decrease of F0, word and sentence duration, and F1 values, and an increase of voiced plosives' voicing lead (from positive to negative VOT values) and fricatives' spectral range. Significant changes occurred until 2 years postimplant when most measured values fell within Hebrew norms. Listeners were found to be sensitive to the acoustic changes in the speech from preimplant to 1, 6, and 24 months postimplant. Results suggest that when hearing is restored in postlingually deafened adults, calibration of speech is not immediate and occurs over time depending on the age-at-onset of deafness, years of deafness, and perception skills. The results also concur with hypothesis that the observed changes of some speech parameters are an indirect consequence of intentional changes in other articulatory parameters.MESH:D003638DiseasedeafnessMESH:D003638Diseasedeafness10573901J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2858-671999titleLundberg AJ, Stone M0Three-dimensional tongue surface reconstruction: practical considerations for ultrasound data.abstract95This paper discusses methods for reconstructing the tongue from sparse data sets. Sixty ultrasound slices already have been used to reconstruct three-dimensional (3D) tongue surface shapes [Stone and Lundberg, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 99, 3728-3737 (1996)]. To reconstruct 3D surfaces, particularly in motion, collecting 60 slices would be impractical, and possibly unnecessary. The goal of this study was to select a sparse set of slices that would best reconstruct the 18 measured speech sounds. First a coronal sparse set was calculated from 3D surface reconstructions. Selection of contours was globally optimized using coarse to fine search. Sparse and dense reconstructions were compared using maximum error, standard deviation error, and surface coverage. For all speech sounds, maximum error was less than 1.5 mm, standard deviation error was less than 0.32 mm, and average reconstruction coverage was 80%. To generalize the method across subjects, optimal slice locations were calculated from only the midsagittal contour. Six midsagittal points were optimized to reconstruct the midsagittal contour. Corresponding coronal slices were then used to reconstruct 3D surfaces. For data collection planning, a midsagittal sample can be collected first and optimal coronal slices can be determined from it. Errors and reconstruction coverage from the midsagittal source set were comparable to the optimized coronal sparse set. These sparse surfaces reconstructed static 3D surfaces, and should be usable for motion sequences as well.10573902J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2868-871999titleBeddor PS, Krakow RA0Perception of coarticulatory nasalization by speakers of English and Thai: evidence for partial compensation.abstract110The conditions under which listeners do and do not compensate for coarticulatory vowel nasalization were examined through a series of experiments of listeners' perception of naturally produced American English oral and nasal vowels spliced into three contexts: oral (C_C), nasal (N_N), and isolation. Two perceptual paradigms, a rating task in which listeners judged the relative nasality of stimulus pairs and a 4IAX discrimination task in which listeners judged vowel similarity, were used with two listener groups, native English speakers and native Thai speakers. Thai and English speakers were chosen because their languages differ in the temporal extent of anticipatory vowel nasalization. Listeners' responses were highly context dependent. For both perceptual paradigms and both language groups, listeners were less accurate at judging vowels in nasal than in non-nasal (oral or isolation) contexts; nasal vowels in nasal contexts were the most difficult to judge. Response patterns were generally consistent with the hypothesis that, given an appropriate and detectable nasal consonant context, listeners compensate for contextual vowel nasalization and attribute the acoustic effects of the nasal context to their coarticulatory source. However, the results also indicated that listeners do not hear nasal vowels in nasal contexts as oral; listeners retained some sensitivity to vowel nasalization in all contexts, indicating partial compensation for coarticulatory vowel nasalization. Moreover, there were small but systematic differences between the native Thai- and native English-speaking groups. These differences are as expected if perceptual compensation is partial and the extent of compensation is linked to patterns of coarticulatory nasalization in the listeners' native language.10573903J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2888-991999titleHansen M, Kollmeier B0Continuous assessment of time-varying speech quality.abstract54This paper addresses the question of whether subjects are able to assess the perceived time-varying quality of speech material continuously. A method is introduced which is characterized by a subjective continuous rating of the perceived speech quality by moving a slider along a graphical scale. The usability of this method is illustrated with an experiment in which different sequences of sentences were degraded in quality with a Modulated Noise Reference Unit. The modulation depth was varied with time and the subject's task was to assess the perceived quality. The results indicate that subjects can monitor speech quality variations very accurately with a delay of approximately 1 s. An objective speech quality measure based on an auditory processing model was applied to predict the subjective speech quality results. The speech quality measure qC was modified to allow for time-dependent objective measurement of the speech quality. The averaged subjective response data could be modeled by the scale transformed and low-pass filtered measure qC(t) with a high degree of accuracy.10573904J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2900-121999titleGuenther FH, Husain FT, Cohen MA, Shinn-Cunningham BG0Effects of categorization and discrimination training on auditory perceptual space.abstract84Psychophysical phenomena such as categorical perception and the perceptual magnet effect indicate that our auditory perceptual spaces are warped for some stimuli. This paper investigates the effects of two different kinds of training on auditory perceptual space. It is first shown that categorization training using nonspeech stimuli, in which subjects learn to identify stimuli within a particular frequency range as members of the same category, can lead to a decrease in sensitivity to stimuli in that category. This phenomenon is an example of acquired similarity and apparently has not been previously demonstrated for a category-relevant dimension. Discrimination training with the same set of stimuli was shown to have the opposite effect: subjects became more sensitive to differences in the stimuli presented during training. Further experiments investigated some of the conditions that are necessary to generate the acquired similarity found in the first experiment. The results of these experiments are used to evaluate two neural network models of the perceptual magnet effect. These models, in combination with our experimental results, are used to generate an experimentally testable prediction concerning changes in the brain's auditory maps under different training conditions.MESH:D006311Diseasebrain's auditory10573905J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2913-321999titleMacmillan NA, Kingston J, Thorburn R, Dickey LW, Bartels C0Integrality of nasalization and F1. II. Basic sensitivity and phonetic labeling measure distinct sensory and decision-rule interactions.abstract137In vowel perception, nasalization and height (the inverse of the first formant, F1) interact. This paper asks whether the interaction results from a sensory process, decision mechanism, or both. Two experiments used vowels varying in height, degree of nasalization, and three other stimulus parameters: the frequency region of F1, the location of the nasal pole/zero complex relative to F1, and whether a consonant following the vowel was oral or nasal. A fixed-classification experiment, designed to estimate basic sensitivity between stimuli, measured accuracy for discriminating stimuli differing in F1, in nasalization, and on both dimensions. A configuration derived by a multidimensional scaling analysis revealed a perceptual interaction that was stronger for stimuli in which the nasal pole/zero complex was below rather than above the oral pole, and that was present before both nasal and oral consonants. Phonetic identification experiments, designed to measure trading relations between the two dimensions, required listeners to identify height and nasalization in vowels varying in both. Judgments of nasalization depended on F1 as well as on nasalization, whereas judgments of height depended primarily on F1, and on nasalization more when the nasal complex was below than above the oral pole. This pattern was interpreted as a decision-rule interaction that is distinct from the interaction in basic sensitivity. Final consonant nasality had little effect in the classification experiment; in the identification experiment, nasal judgments were more likely when the following consonant was nasal.10573906J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2933-441999titleWatkins AJ0The influence of early reflections on the identification and lateralization of vowels.abstract87Sound coming directly from a source is often accompanied by reflections arriving from different directions. However, the "precedence effect" occurs when listeners judge such a source's direction: information in the direct, first-arriving sound tends to govern the direction heard for the overall sound. This paper asks whether the spectral envelope of the direct sound has a similar, dominant influence on the spectral envelope perceived for the whole sound. A continuum between two vowels was produced and then a "two-part" filter distorted each step. The beginning of this filter's unit-sample response simulated a direct sound with no distortion of the spectral envelope. The second part simulated a reflection pattern that distorted the spectral envelope. The reflections' frequency response was designed to give the spectral envelope of one of the continuum's end-points to the other end-point. Listeners' identifications showed that the reflections in two-part filters had a substantial influence because sounds tended to be identified as the positive vowel of the reflection pattern. This effect was not reduced when the interaural delays of the reflections and the direct sound were substantially different. Also, when the reflections were caused to precede the direct sound, the effects were much the same. By contrast, in measurements of lateralization the precedence effect was obtained. Here, the lateral position of the whole sound was largely governed by the interaural delay of the direct sound, and was hardly affected by the interaural delay of the reflections.10573907J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2945-581999titleKewley-Port D, Zheng Y0Vowel formant discrimination: towards more ordinary listening conditions.abstract74Thresholds for formant frequency discrimination have been established using optimal listening conditions. In normal conversation, the ability to discriminate formant frequency is probably substantially degraded. The purpose of the present study was to change the listening procedures in several substantial ways from optimal towards more ordinary listening conditions, including a higher level of stimulus uncertainty, increased levels of phonetic context, and with the addition of a sentence identification task. Four vowels synthesized from a female talker were presented in isolation, or in the phonetic context of /bVd/ syllables, three-word phrases, or nine-word sentences. In the first experiment, formant resolution was estimated under medium stimulus uncertainty for three levels of phonetic context. Some undesirable training effects were obtained and led to the design of a new protocol for the second experiment to reduce this problem and to manipulate both length of phonetic context and level of difficulty in the simultaneous sentence identification task. Similar results were obtained in both experiments. The effect of phonetic context on formant discrimination is reduced as context lengthens such that no difference was found between vowels embedded in the phrase or sentence contexts. The addition of a challenging sentence identification task to the discrimination task did not degrade performance further and a stable pattern for formant discrimination in sentences emerged. This norm for the resolution of vowel formants under these more ordinary listening conditions was shown to be nearly a constant at 0.28 barks. Analysis of vowel spaces from 16 American English talkers determined that the closest vowels, on average, were 0.56 barks apart, that is, a factor of 2 larger than the norm obtained in these vowel formant discrimination tasks.10573908J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2959-721999titlede Cheveigné A0Waveform interactions and the segregation of concurrent vowels.abstract64Two experiments investigated the effects of small values of fundamental frequency difference (delta F0) on the identification of concurrent vowels. As delta F0's get smaller, mechanisms that exploit them must necessarily fail, and the pattern of breakdown may tell which mechanisms are used by the auditory system. Small delta F0's also present a methodological difficulty. If the stimulus is shorter than the beat period, its spectrum depends on which part of the beat pattern is sampled. A different starting phase might produce a different experimental outcome, and the experiment may lack generality. The first experiment explored the effects of delta F0's as small as 0.4%. The smallest delta F0 conditions were synthesized with several starting phases obtained by gating successive segments of the beat pattern. An improvement in identification was demonstrated for delta F0's as small as 0.4% for all segments. Differences between segments (or starting phase) were also observed, but when averaged over vowel pairs they were of small magnitude compared to delta F0 effects. The nature of delta F0-induced waveform interactions and the factors that affect them are discussed in detail in a tutorial section, and the hypothesis that the improvement in identification is the result of such interactions (beat hypothesis) is examined. It is unlikely that this hypothesis can account for the effects observed. The reduced benefit of delta F0 for identification at smaller delta F0's more likely reflects the breakdown of the same F0-guided segregation mechanism that operates at larger delta F0's.10573909J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 2973-871999titleFlege JE, MacKay IR, Meador D0Native Italian speakers' perception and production of English vowels.abstract70This study examined the production and perception of English vowels by highly experienced native Italian speakers of English. The subjects were selected on the basis of the age at which they arrived in Canada and began to learn English, and how much they continued to use Italian. Vowel production accuracy was assessed through an intelligibility test in which native English-speaking listeners attempted to identify vowels spoken by the native Italian subjects. Vowel perception was assessed using a categorial discrimination test. The later in life the native Italian subjects began to learn English, the less accurately they produced and perceived English vowels. Neither of two groups of early Italian/English bilinguals differed significantly from native speakers of English either for production or perception. This finding is consistent with the hypothesis of the speech learning model [Flege, in Speech Perception and Linguistic Experience: Theoretical and Methodological Issues (York, Timonium, MD, 1995)] that early bilinguals establish new categories for vowels found in the second language (L2). The significant correlation observed to exist between the measures of L2 vowel production and perception is consistent with another hypothesis of the speech learning model, viz., that the accuracy with which L2 vowels are produced is limited by how accurately they are perceived.10573910J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 3004-161999titleMercado E, Frazer LN0Environmental constraints on sound transmission by humpback whales.9773Specieshumpback whalesabstract68Singing humpback whales in Hawaii produce a variety of sounds at high source levels (ca. 185 dB re: 1 microPa), in coastal waters 15-500 m deep. These sounds are attenuated and distorted as they propagate away from a singer, limiting the utilizable range of the sounds. In the current study, simulations based on normal-mode theory were used to investigate how the effects of shallow-water propagation constrain humpback whales' use of sound. It is shown that humpbacks can greatly affect transmission range by adjusting their positions and sounds in response to environmental factors. Source depth, in particular, is shown to be a major determinant of which frequencies propagate the farthest. A preliminary analysis of range-dependent distortion suggests that spectral cues can potentially provide listening whales with information about how far a sound has traveled.9773Specieshumpback whales9773Specieshumpback whales194365Specieshumpbacks10573911J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 3017-231999titleJackson LL, Heffner RS, Heffner HE0Free-field audiogram of the Japanese macaque (Macaca fuscata).9542SpeciesJapanese macaque9542SpeciesMacaca fuscataabstract63The audiograms of three Japanese macaques and seven humans were determined in a free-field environment using loudspeakers. The monkeys and humans were tested using tones ranging from 8 Hz to 40 kHz and 4 Hz to 22.4 kHz, respectively. At a level of 60 dB sound pressure level the monkeys were able to hear tones extending from 28 Hz to 37 kHz with their best sensitivity of 1 dB occurring at 4 kHz. The human 60-dB hearing range extended from 31 Hz to 17.6 kHz with a best sensitivity of -10 dB at 2 and 4 kHz. These results indicate that the Japanese macaque has low-frequency hearing equal to that of humans and better than that indicated by previous audiograms obtained using headphones.9542SpeciesJapanese macaques9606Specieshumans9606Specieshumans9606Specieshuman9542SpeciesJapanese macaque9606Specieshumans10573912J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 3024-331999titleZhu S, Zhong P0Shock wave-inertial microbubble interaction: a theoretical study based on the Gilmore formulation for bubble dynamics.abstract119The Gilmore formulation for bubble dynamics coupled with zeroth-order gas diffusion were used to investigate theoretically the cavitation activity produced by a modified XL-1 lithotripter [J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 105, 1997-2009 (1999)]. The model calculation confirms many of the basic features in bubble dynamics observed experimentally, in particular the strong secondary shock wave emission generated by in situ lithotripter shock wave-inertial microbubble interaction. In addition, shock wave-inertial microbubble interaction produced by a Dornier HM-3, the most commonly used clinical lithotripter, was evaluated. It was shown that the forced collapse of inertial microbubbles with strong secondary shock wave emission could be produced consistently, provided that an appropriate preceding shock wave and interpulse delay were used. Further, it was demonstrated that truncation of the tensile stress of the lithotripter shock wave could significantly reduce the large expansion of the bubble following shock wave-inertial microbubble interaction, which may alleviate the risk for vascular injury during shock wave exposure.MESH:D057772Diseasevascular injury10573913J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 41-61999titleGammell PM, Harris GR0Time delay spectrometry for hydrophone calibrations below 1 MHz.abstract65Knowing the response of miniature ultrasonic hydrophones at frequencies below 1 MHz is important for assessing the accuracy of acoustic pressure pulse measurements in medical ultrasound applications. Therefore, a time delay spectrometry (TDS) system was developed as an efficient means to measure hydrophone sensitivity in this frequency range. In TDS a swept-frequency signal is transmitted. A tracking receiver distinguishes arrivals with different propagation delays by their frequency offset relative to the signal being transmitted, thus eliminating spurious signals such as those reflected from the water surface or tank walls. Two piezoelectric ceramic source transducers were used: a standard planar disk and a disk with varying thickness to broaden the thickness-resonance. This latter design was preferred for its more uniform response without significant sensitivity loss. TDS is not an absolute method, but it was demonstrated to provide efficient, accurate calibrations via comparison with a reference hydrophone using a substitution technique.MESH:D014867Chemicalwater10573914J. Acoust. Soc. Am.; 1999 Nov; 106(5) 47-521999titleWarren RM, Bashford JA0Intelligibility of 1/3-octave speech: greater contribution of frequencies outside than inside the nominal passband.abstract116We reported previously that "everyday" sentences were highly intelligible when limited to a 1/3-octave passband centered at 1,500 Hz and having transition-band slopes of approximately 100 dB/octave. The present study determined the relative contributions to intelligibility made by the passband (PB) and the transition bands (TBs) by partitioning the same bandpass sentences using 2,000-order FIR filtering. Intelligibility scores were: PB with both TBs, 92%; deletion of both TBs (leaving only the 1/3-octave PB with nearly vertical slopes), 24%; deletion of the PB (leaving both TBs separated by a 1/3-octave gap), 83%. These and other results indicate a remarkable ability to compensate for severe spectral tilt and the consequent importance of considering frequencies outside the nominal passband in interpreting studies using filtered speech.-ChemicalPB-ChemicalTBs-ChemicalTBs-ChemicalPB-ChemicalPB-ChemicalTBs10573915J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1549-501999titleMeskin LH0'I think I can ... I thought I could ... I did'abstract4810573916J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15541999titleLoeffler PM0Cardiac care.abstract1410573917J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15541999titleJacobs AD0Staving off cynicism.abstract2210573918J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15561999titleQueen AN0Cancer awareness.MESH:D009369DiseaseCancerabstract1810573919J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15561999titleKutler B0Battling cancer in Nebraska.MESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract2910573920J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15581999titleThompson M0Battling cancer in Utah.MESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract2510573921J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15581999titleEphros H, Blitz M0More to it than smokeless.abstract2710573922J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15581999titleOvadia EA0From south of the border.abstract2610573923J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15601999titleAnderson TG0Extraction vs. nonextraction.abstract3010573924J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15601999titleCarapezza LJ0Extraction vs. nonextraction. A second opinion.abstract4810573925J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15601999titleHelmholdt RD0Extraction vs. nonextraction. And a third.abstract4310573926J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15621999titleZinman EJ0Evidence-based dentistry.abstract2610573927J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15621999titleMaibaum WW0Evidence-based dentistry. Liked the letter.abstract4410573928J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15621999titleSchlott WJ0Form follows function.abstract2310573929J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15641999titleKreashko RG0Self-interest vs. societal good.abstract3310573930J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15661999titleBrooksby LS0Digital radiography.abstract2110573931J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15681999titleMonen DM0Radiographic hysteria?abstract2310573932J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1568-91999titleRoberts B0Digital radiography. A note from industry.abstract4310573933J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15721999title0Battling drug resistance.abstract2610573934J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15721999title0Acrylic fingernails pose infection control risk.abstract4910573935J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 15721999titleLund AE0Vegetables may be good for your bones.abstract3910573936J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1579-821999titleUnthank M0Dental office planning.abstract24BACKGROUND: A properly planned dental office can contribute directly to the success of your practice. Critical steps in creating a successful dental office environment are developing a design program, determining the size and cost of your facility, selecting a location and assembling the appropriate professionals to help with planning and construction. PRACTICE IMPLICATIONS: Planning a dental office is a multifaceted and complex task. For optimal results, you need to completely understand the design and construction process, as no other business activity will demand a greater investment of your time and money.10573937J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1583-51999titleUnthank M0Design for treatment.abstract22BACKGROUND: The majority of treatment room configurations typically revolve around the dentist. However, a design based on the relationships among the dentist, patient, staff members and dental equipment results in a more functionally appropriate design. PRACTICE IMPLICATIONS: As the dental practice's primary production space, the treatment room should be designed as efficiently as possible. Ideally planned operatories will benefit your practice by allowing you to produce as much as you choose, while decreasing your stress level.9606Speciespatient10573938J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1586-901999titleUnthank M, True G0Interior design for dentistry.abstract31BACKGROUND: In the increasingly complex, competitive and stressful field of dentistry, effectively designed dental offices can offer significant benefits. Esthetic, functional and life-cycle cost issues to be considered when developing your interior design scheme include color, finishes, lighting, furnishings, art and accessories. PRACTICE IMPLICATIONS: An appropriately designed dental office serves as a valuable marketing tool for your practice, as well as a safe and enjoyable work environment. Qualified interior design professionals can help you make design decisions that can yield optimum results within your budget.10573939J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1593-91999titleHeilman JR, Kiritsy MC, Levy SM, Wefel JS0Assessing fluoride levels of carbonated soft drinks.MESH:D005459Chemicalfluorideabstract53BACKGROUND: Dental fluorosis occurs as a result of excessive total fluoride intake during tooth development. Some children may receive substantial intake from soft drinks, but few studies have reported fluoride levels in soft drinks. The authors examined the fluoride concentrations of 332 soft drinks. METHODS: Soft drinks were purchased from Iowa grocery stores. To identify production sites, the authors recorded product details and batch numbers. After decarbonating the drinks, the authors assayed samples for fluoride content using a fluoride ion-specific electrode, and reported the results in parts per million, or ppm, using appropriate standards and duplicate assessments. Descriptive statistics were used to summarize the findings. RESULTS: The fluoride levels of the products ranged from 0.02 to 1.28 ppm, with a mean level of 0.72 ppm. Fluoride levels exceeded 0.60 ppm for 71 percent of the products. Results varied substantially by production site, even within the same company and for the same product. There were no substantial differences between flavors or between diet and regular soft drinks. CONCLUSIONS: The majority of soft drinks had fluoride levels exceeding 0.60 ppm. Variation in fluoride levels probably is due largely to the different water sources used in production. CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS: With no fluoride levels marked on the soft drink products or easily available from the manufacturers, it is not possible for clinicians or consumers to directly estimate fluoride ingestion from carbonated beverages. Therefore, to reduce the risk of dental fluorosis, dental and medical practitioners should be cautious about prescribing dietary fluoride supplements to preschool-aged children in nonfluoridated areas who consume large quantities of carbonated soft drinks.MESH:D009050DiseaseDental fluorosisMESH:D005459Chemicalfluoride9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalFluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459ChemicalfluorideMESH:D005459Chemicalfluoride9606Specieschildren10573940J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1601-101999titleTomar SL, Winn DM0Chewing tobacco use and dental caries among U.S. men.4097Speciestobacco9606Speciesmenabstract54BACKGROUND: Chewing tobacco has high levels of sugars and may be cariogenic, but few studies have investigated such an association. This study examined the relationship between chewing tobacco use and dental caries among U.S. adult men. METHODS: Participants in the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey conducted from 1988 to 1994 were interviewed about tobacco use and examined by dentists. The authors included in their analysis dentate men 18 years of age or older. They calculated the mean number of decayed or filled permanent teeth, or DFT, and decayed or filled coronal tooth surfaces, or DFS, as well as the mean number and percentage of decayed or filled root surfaces, or RDFS, and decayed root surfaces, or RDS, by tobacco-use status. They used multiple logistic regression to examine the association between chewing tobacco use and root-surface caries. RESULTS: Men who currently used only chewing tobacco had a higher adjusted mean number of DFT than did those who currently used only snuff, only cigarettes or more than one form of tobacco or who never used tobacco. Mean DFS also was higher among chewing tobacco users than among those who used only snuff, only cigarettes or more than one form of tobacco. Chewing tobacco users had a higher mean RDFS and RDS than did the users of other forms of tobacco or nonusers. Current users of chewing tobacco were more than four times as likely as those who never used tobacco to have one or more RDFS or RDS, with a dose-response relationship between number of packages used per week and odds of having root-surface caries. CONCLUSIONS: In addition to its established role as a carcinogen, chewing tobacco may be a risk factor in the development of root-surface caries and, to a lesser extent, coronal caries. This may be due to high sugar content, increased gingival recession and enhanced collagenase activity. CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS: Interventions by dentists and other members of the oral health care team to prevent tobacco use and help users quit can reduce the risk of developing oral and systemic disease.4097SpeciestobaccoMESH:D000073893Chemicalsugars4097Speciestobacco9606Speciesmen9606SpeciesParticipants4097Speciestobacco9606Speciesmen4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco9606SpeciesMen4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097SpeciestobaccoMESH:D000073893Chemicalsugar4097SpeciestobaccoMESH:D034721Diseasesystemic disease10573941J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1611-81999titleCohen DM, Bhattacharyya I, Lydiatt WM0Recalcitrant oral ulcers caused by calcium channel blockers: diagnosis and treatment considerations.MESH:D019226Diseaseoral ulcersabstract101BACKGROUND: Oral ulcers often pose a dilemma in diagnosis and treatment. Patients seen routinely in dental practices are frequently receiving multiple medications. The authors discuss the pathogenesis, clinical appearance and treatment of drug-induced oral ulcers. CASE DESCRIPTIONS: Two patients with recalcitrant painful oral ulcers caused by calcium channel blockers are described. These ulcers failed to heal despite repeated interventions, including surgery, laser ablation, and topical and systemic steroid therapy. Results of the histopathologic examinations were nonspecific. The patients were in a great deal of pain because of the initial failure to recognize the cause of these ulcers. CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS: A careful medical history, including a detailed list of medications received, is critical in identifying drug-induced oral ulcerations, especially when the ulcer is resistant to treatment and of indeterminate cause. To date, calcium channel blockers have not been reported to cause oral ulcerations.MESH:D014456Diseaseulcers9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D019226Diseaseoral ulcers9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019226Diseasepainful oral ulcersMESH:D014456DiseaseulcersMESH:D013256Chemicalsteroid9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D014456DiseaseulcersMESH:D019226Diseaseoral ulcerationsMESH:D014456DiseaseulcerMESH:D019226Diseaseoral ulcerations10573942J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1619-221999titleRosen PS, Forman D0The role of orthognathic surgery in the treatment of severe dentoalveolar extrusion.abstract85BACKGROUND: When mandibular molars are not replaced after extraction, the long-term problem of inadequate interarch space for either a fixed or removable prosthesis can occur. In the past, practitioners needed to decide whether to shorten the teeth, extract the supererupted maxillary molars to recapture space or leave the area unrestored. The authors present another option. CASE DESCRIPTION: A 61-year-old man was referred to a periodontist by his general dentist for placement of mandibular implants in the posterior sextant. Extreme supereruption of the maxillary dentoalveolar segment prevented restoration of the opposing edentulous area. An oral and maxillofacial surgeon performed a segmental osteotomy of the posterior right maxilla to gain needed interarch space. After the osteotomy was stabilized, the periodontist placed implants that were subsequently restored with a fixed prosthesis. CLINICAL IMPLICATIONS: The role of orthognathic surgery in treatment planning should not be overlooked in the comprehensive management of severe extrusion. It offers patients the opportunity to gain both function and esthetics that might otherwise be impossible.9606Speciesman9606Speciespatients10573943J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 16251999titleCarroll P0Quickly and easily temporizing a broken tooth.abstract4710573944J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1626-71999titlePlunkett LR0What legal issues are involved in terminating employment?abstract5810573945J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1629-311999titleChristensen GJ0Improving treatment plan acceptance using staff-driven diagnostic data collection.abstract8310573946J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1632-61999titleSlavkin HC0Building a better mousetrap: toward an understanding of osteoporosis.MESH:D010024Diseaseosteoporosisabstract7010573947J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1637-441999titleBrown LJ, Wall TP, Lazar V0Trends in untreated caries in permanent teeth of children 6 to 18 years old.9606Specieschildrenabstract77BACKGROUND: This article is the first in a series of three that focus on recent changes in the caries status of children and adolescents in the United States. METHODS: This study is based on analyses of data regarding untreated carious permanent teeth among children 6 to 18 years of age from the first and third National Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys, or NHANES I and NHANES III. The NHANES is periodically conducted by the National Center for Health Statistics of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. RESULTS: Overall, the number of carious permanent teeth among children 6 to 18 years old decreased from 1.43, as measured in NHANES I, to 0.33, as measured in NHANES III. The number of carious permanent teeth in children 6 to 18 years old also decreased across four demographic variables: age, sex, race and poverty level. CONCLUSIONS: The number of untreated carious permanent teeth among children has declined dramatically. Since the 1970s, the absolute difference in untreated caries between disadvantaged children and the rest of the child population has narrowed substantially. PRACTICE IMPLICATIONS: The reduction in untreated caries, the major oral disease among children, has been dramatic in all subgroups of children. This may reinforce the already apparent shift from restorative to preventive dental services.9606SpecieschildrenMESH:C563203Diseasecarious permanent teeth9606SpecieschildrenMESH:C563203Diseasecarious permanent teeth9606SpecieschildrenMESH:C563203Diseasecarious permanent teeth9606SpecieschildrenMESH:C563203Diseasecarious permanent teeth9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildMESH:D020820Diseaseoral disease9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren10573948J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1649-511999titleSfikas PM0The private lives of professionals.abstract3610573949J Am Dent Assoc; 1999 Nov; 130(11) 1653-641999title0Dental unit waterlines: approaching the year 2000. ADA Council on Scientific Affairs.abstract86BACKGROUND: This article discusses biofilm formation in dental unit waterlines and its resulting potential health effects. It also provides a review of ongoing research and available means to reduce microbial contamination in dental unit water. METHODS: An expert panel was convened by the American Dental Association Board of Trustees to discuss the implications of biofilms in dentistry. This report summarizes the panel's conclusions. CONCLUSIONS: The dental profession must continue its awareness of the presence of high levels of opportunistic microorganisms in dental unit water. Despite the lack of evidence of adverse health effects related to these microorganisms, they have the potential to overload the defense systems of immunocompromised patients and occupationally exposed dental staff members. Steps should be taken to improve dental unit water quality; contact of a patient's open wound, mucous membrane or body cavity with water of poor microbiological quality simply is inconsistent with patient expectations of modern dentistry. Efforts should continue to evaluate the health implications of biofilms in dentistry as new technology, research and data become available.MESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D014867Chemicalwater9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014867Chemicalwater9606SpeciespatientMESH:D014867Chemicalwater9606Speciespatient10573950J Ark Med Soc; 1999 Nov; 96(6) 207-81999titleWilliams J0Tobacco settlement dollars should reach root of problem.4097SpeciesTobaccoabstract57Arkansas' share of the 1998 settlement between states and the tobacco industry amounts to about $1.62 billion over 25 years. How that money will be spent could be partially decided by the house tobacco settlement task force when it hears from health experts and others during meetings Nov. 2-4.4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco10573951J Ark Med Soc; 1999 Nov; 96(6) 2151999title0Influenza vaccine update.abstract2610573952J Ark Med Soc; 1999 Nov; 96(6) 216-201999titleMerchant RJ, Schutze GE0A call for the judicious use of antibiotics.abstract45In the United States alone, more than one-fifth of antibiotic prescriptions written are for viral illnesses. Due to the increasing resistance rates among commonly encountered bacteria, it is imperative that physicians re-examine their prescription writing habits. Physician and patient re-education, better use of diagnostic testing, the use of narrow spectrum antibiotic agents and shorter course therapy are essential for this to occur. The future health of Arkansas residents is dependent upon changes being implemented before it is too late.9606Speciespatient10573953J Ark Med Soc; 1999 Nov; 96(6) 222-41999titleShaw A, Bissett JK, Talley JD0The waves of the electrocardiogram: Part 2. The QRS complex.abstract6110573954J Ark Med Soc; 1999 Nov; 96(6) 2251999titleIvers D0Doctors not required to provide deaf with interpreters in all cases.abstract6910573955Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 221-61999titleKalenić S, Vukadinović MV, Janes-Poje V, Kotarski Z, Tripković V0[Guidelines for cleaning and disinfection/sterilization of endoscopes].abstract72Endoscopy is a diagnostic and therapeutic method which is being increasingly used in various fields of medicine, especially in minimal invasive surgery. During the endoscopic procedure, endoscopes are contaminated with patient's microbial flora. After each procedure and before the next patient, endoscope should be reprocessed in a way to be safe from post-procedural infection. Endoscopes are divided in two categories (the borders between them are not always clear-cut): high-risk category endoscopes which enter the sterile tissue, and medium-risk category which come in contact with mucosal surface. High-risk endoscopes should be sterilized or high-level disinfected, and medium-risk should be high-level disinfected. The first and the most important step in endoscope reprocessing is thorough manual cleaning of all parts of dismantled endoscope and of all channels in water and (enzymatic) detergent. The second step is disinfection of endoscope fully immersed in 2% glutaraldehyde for 20 minutes at room temperature. The third step is thorough rinsing in sterile water or tap water followed by 70% ethanol, depending on the next endoscopic procedure. Steps 2-4 can be done in the machine. During endoscopy as well as during endoscope reprocessing, strict preventive measures should be followed for health care workers protection.9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D005976ChemicalglutaraldehydeMESH:D014867Chemicalwater10482Gene38176tapMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D000431Chemicalethanol10573956Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 227-301999titleSarić G, Simunić S, Pinotić L, Rupcić B0[Personal experience with ultrasonic diagnosis of hypertrophic pyloric stenosis in infants].MESH:D046248Diseasehypertrophic pyloric stenosis9606Speciesinfantsabstract93Until wide use of ultrasound in diagnostic procedures took its part, the only relevant procedures to diagnose Infantile Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis (IHPS) were clinical examination and X-ray of gastroduodenal tract. Use of diagnostic ultrasound avoids harmful effects of X-rays on immature children's tissues. Reliability of the procedure is very high. In the period between July 1993 and January 1999 we diagnosed 12 cases of IHPS in our Hospital by ultrasound examinations. Eleven patients were males between five and eight weeks of age, and one female was six weeks old. In six of them the finding was confirmed by radiological examination (on surgeon's request), in one neither radiological examination not surgery was performed, and five were operated on the basis of only ultrasound finding. In eleven operated patients ultrasound finding is proven by surgery.MESH:D046248DiseaseHypertrophic Pyloric StenosisMESH:C566730DiseaseIHPS255564Speciesrays9606SpecieschildrenMESH:C566730DiseaseIHPS9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10573957Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 230-31999titleZuskin E, Mustajbegović J, Kanceljak B, Macan J, Ivanković D, Smolej-Narancić N0[Occurrence of nonspecific symptoms of irritation in workers exposed to latex].MESH:D001523DiseaseirritationMESH:D007840Chemicallatexabstract80The study included 17 female workers employed in latex glove rubber manufacturing plants. The mean age was 42 years and the mean duration of employment 19 years. Subjects were predominantly nonsmokers. A control group of 17 nonexposed workers was also studied. Chronic respiratory symptoms and diseases as well as acute work-related symptoms were recorded for these workers. Ventilatory capacity was measured by recording maximum expiratory flow-volume (MEFV) curves on which forced vital capacity (FVC), one second forced expiratory volume (FEV1) and maximum expiratory flow at 50% and the last 25% of the vital capacity (FEF50, FEF25) were read. Skin prick tests were performed with three types of latex (original material-latex 1, extract from gloves-latex 2, and extract of latex company Epypharm-latex 3). The prevalence of chronic respiratory symptoms was greater among latex workers (varying from 5.9% for occupational asthma to 58.8% for dyspnea) than among control workers (0%). There was a high prevalence of acute work-related symptoms, particularly for eye irritation (76.5%), dryness of the nose (70.6%), throat burning (70.6%), dryness of the throat (64.7%) and cough (58.8%). Measured ventilatory capacity data in latex workers were significantly lower in comparison to control, particularly for FEF25 (75.1 +/- 19.5%). Among latex gloves making workers one had positive skin reaction to latex 3 along with the symptoms of occupational asthma. Our data indicate that employment in latex making gloves may be associated with the development of occupational asthma, in addition to frequent nonspecific respiratory findings.MESH:D012131DiseaseChronic respiratory symptoms and diseasesMESH:D059366Diseaseoccupational asthmaMESH:D004417DiseasedyspneaMESH:D005128Diseaseeye irritationMESH:D003371DiseasecoughMESH:D059366Diseaseoccupational asthmaMESH:D059366Diseaseoccupational asthma10573958Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 234-81999titleCulav-Sumić J, Skocilić Z, Jukić V0[Sertraline in the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder].MESH:D020280ChemicalSertralineDiseasepremenstrual dysphoric disorderabstract66About 75% of women in reproductive age have some premenstrual changes. It is estimated that 2% to 10% of women experience symptoms severe enough to interfere with their professional or social activities and they meet the DSM-IV criteria for PMDD, premenstrual dysphoric disorder. Benzodiazepines and antidepressants have been shown to be effective treatments for PMDD; GnRH agonists are the second choice. New findings support the opinion that intermittent dosing of some antidepressants, e.g. selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, is equivalent in efficacy to continuous drug treatment. The aim of the present study was to analyze the characteristics of premenstrual symptoms. In addition, the authors wanted to estimate the efficacy of intermittent sertraline dosing in the treatment of women with premenstrual dysphoric disorder. The study involved women employed in Vrapce Psychiatric Hospital. One hundred and thirty seven of them were examined for the presence of premenstrual symptoms. Seven women with PMDD were included in the treatment with sertraline. Symptoms were monitored with daily reports using the Calendar of Premenstrual Experiences (COPE). Six women completed the study. In three of them, sertraline given during the luteal phase produced significant improvements of premenstrual symptoms.9606Specieswomen9606SpecieswomenDiseasePMDDDiseasepremenstrual dysphoric disorderMESH:D001569ChemicalBenzodiazepinesDiseasePMDDMESH:D020280Chemicalsertraline9606SpecieswomenDiseasepremenstrual dysphoric disorder9606Specieswomen9606SpecieswomenDiseasePMDDMESH:D020280Chemicalsertraline9606SpecieswomenMESH:D020280Chemicalsertraline10573959Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 239-441999titleVelnić D, Cala Z0[Endoscopic hernioplasty].abstract27Development of the endoscopic surgery has made operations of the groin hernia by endoscopic technique possible. In spite of some dilemmas, the endoscopic hernioplasty takes place in the surgery. The advantages of this procedure are less recurrences, less postoperative pain, shorter hospital stay, quicker recovery and return to everyday activities, and better cosmetic effect. The benefit of this method is particularly visible after procedures on bilateral and recurrent hernias. In this review, we described surgical technique of endoscopic hernioplasty, possible complications, as well anatomical and pathophysiological basis important for the endoscopic approach.MESH:D006547DiseaseherniaMESH:D010149Diseasepostoperative painMESH:D006547Diseasehernias10573960Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 245-91999titleKastelan D, Giljević Z, Perković Z, Plavsić V, Breskovac L, Aganović I, Korsić M0[Low-renin hypertension and inherited mineralocorticoid diseases].5972Gene20151reninMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensionabstract67Liddle's syndrome, apparent mineralocorticoid excess (AME) and glucocorticoid remediable aldosteronism (GRA) are inherited diseases characterized by hypertension and low plasma renin activity. Constitutive activation of distal renal epithelial sodium channel (Liddle's syndrome), defect in 11 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase activity (AME) and unequal crossing over, fusing regulatory sequences of 11 beta-hydroxylase gene to coding sequences of aldosterone synthase gene and forming a new chimeric gene (GRA), cause apparent or real mineralocorticoid excess. This diseases are often being unrecognized and classified as essential hypertension, especially in patients with normal serum potassium level. Family history of hypertension and characteristic serum and urine++ steroid profile direct us to diagnosis, and genetic analysis will confirm it.MESH:D056929DiseaseLiddle's syndromeMESH:D030342Diseaseinherited diseasesMESH:D006973Diseasehypertension5972Gene20151reninMESH:D056929DiseaseLiddle's syndrome1585Gene106948aldosterone synthaseMESH:D006973Diseasehypertension9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D013256Chemicalsteroid10573961Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 249-571999titleBedenić B0[Development of beta-lactam antibiotic resistance in gram-negative bacteria and the impact of resistance on therapy].MESH:D047090Chemicalbeta-lactamabstract118Bacterial resistance to antibiotic is the inevitable consequence of the utilization of antimicrobial agents all over the world, particularly in developed countries. It is particularly evident with beta-lactam agents because they are among most frequently prescribed drugs. The resistance is mainly attributable to production of various types of beta-lactamases but other mechanisms like alterations in PBP molecules or in outer membrane proteins can play a significant role. Increased resistance can be seen among fastidious gram-negative bacteria like Haemophilus influenzae or Moraxella catarrhalis. The percentage of M. catarrhalis isolates producing beta-lactamases has increased to over 90%. Among Enterobacteriaceae E. coli and Klebsiella pneumoniae pose a very serious problem because of the production of extended-spectrum beta-lactamases which confer resistance to third generation cephalosporins. The percentage of ampicillin resistant E. coli among hospital isolates has rosen to 78% in U.S.A. nowadays. Recently, the emergence of E. coli strain resistant to combination of amoxycillin and clavulanate, due to hyperproduction of TEM-1 beta-lactamase, was observed. Inducible beta-lactamases mediate beta-lactam resistance in Pseudomonas aeruginosa which often develops during therapy of P. aeruginosa infections. Imipenem resistance is increasingly prevalent among P. aeruginosa isolates nowadays, but can be detected in K. pneumoniae due to the production of novel beta-lactamases and changes in outer membrane proteins.MESH:D047090Chemicalbeta-lactam480SpeciesMoraxella catarrhalis480SpeciesM. catarrhalis562SpeciesE. coli573SpeciesKlebsiella pneumoniaeMESH:D002511ChemicalcephalosporinsMESH:D000667Chemicalampicillin562SpeciesE. coli562SpeciesE. coliMESH:D000658ChemicalamoxycillinMESH:D019818Chemicalclavulanate13905334GeneTEM-1 beta-lactamaseMESH:D047090Chemicalbeta-lactam287SpeciesPseudomonas aeruginosaMESH:D011552Diseaseaeruginosa infectionsMESH:D015378ChemicalImipenem287SpeciesP. aeruginosa573SpeciesK. pneumoniae10573962Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 258-631999titleCerlek S0[50 years' of use of liver biopsy in clinical diagnosis in Zagreb].abstract68The author presents his clinical experience and that of his collaborators with the use of liver biopsy as a useful diagnostic method. This paper is written on the occasion of the 50th anniversary of the introduction of this method into clinical practice in Croatia.10573963Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 263-61999titleVucak I0[The role of Dr. Vladimir Cepulic in Croatian orthopedics].abstract60Professor B. Spisic is rightly referred to as founder of the Croatian orthopaedics and rehabilitation. Based on the principles formulated by Prof. B. Spisic the next generations of Croatian orthopaedists gave their contribution to the remarkable building of the orthopaedics. The First World War gave a strong impetus to the development of orthopaedics, as well as medical and social rehabilitation in Croatia. Dr. V. Cepulic was among the first who, as early as 1915, joined Dr. B. Spisic. Their close and fruitful collaboration was disrupted by Dr. V. Cepulic's long absence because of illness. Later on, Dr. V. Cepulic became a famous Croatian physiologist. Owing to his contribution in fighting tuberculosis in Croatia, as well as his merits for the Croatian Medical Association, he is among the most prominent Croatian doctors. On this occasion, the memory of his place in the history of Croatian orthopaedics, that is less known, is refreshed.MESH:D000757DiseaseCepulic's long absenceMESH:D014376Diseasetuberculosis10573964Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 267-81999titlePerko Z, Bosanac V0[Reintegration of health services in the Danube area of the Croatian health care system: introduction of laparoscopic surgery in the Vukovar General Hospital].abstract160After six years of occupation, in the second half of 1997 started the reintegration of the Danube region in the Croatian health care system. Introducing of the laparoscopic surgery in Vukovar General Hospital has been presented in this article. A part of the laparoscopic equipment and reusable instruments was a gift of the Croatian Institute for Health Insurance, and some equipment and instruments were bought. Until now, 170,000 HRK has been spent for laparoscopic surgery. The first laparoscopic operations--laparoscopic cholecystectomies in our hospital were performed on June 25, 1998. From October 1, 1998, laparoscopic operations have been regularly done. Until December 24, 1998, laparoscopic cholecystectomies, hernioplasties, appendectomies and diagnostic laparoscopies were performed. The total number of laparoscopically operated patients is 23. We did not have serious intra or postoperative complications. On November 20-21, the 10th postgraduate course on laparoscopic cholecystectomy was organized in our hospital. In a relatively short time and specific circumstances, laparoscopic surgery has become a standard surgical method in Vukovar General Hospital.8739Gene136405HRK9606Speciespatients10573965Lijec Vjesn; 1999 Jul-Aug; 121(7-8) 2701999titleRosandić D0[Privatization of primary health care].abstract4010573966Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 143-61999titleMalhotra R0Bone and tissue banking: the need and scope in India.abstract5410573967Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 146-91999titleSavage W0Caesarean section on the rise.abstract3110573968Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 150-61999titleChadha SL, Vasan RS, Sarma PS, Shekhawat S, Tandon R, Gopinath N0Age- and height-specific reference limits of blood pressure of Indian children.9606Specieschildrenabstract80BACKGROUND: Blood pressure in childhood is the most powerful predictor of hypertension in adults. Norms for blood pressure in children are based on the age- and height-specific distribution of blood pressure in a reference sample of healthy children. METHODS: We performed a cross-sectional survey of school-children in the age group 5 to 14 years in south Delhi and studied the distribution of systolic and diastolic blood pressure in 8293 children (4623 boys and 3670 girls). Blood pressure was measured in all children with a mercury column sphygmomanometer using a standardized technique. The first and the fourth Korotkoff sounds were taken as indicative of the systolic and the diastolic blood pressure, respectively. Height percentiles were computed for the study sample for every one-year sex-pooled group. Multiple linear regression was then performed for every one-year group in order to estimate the 90th and 95th percentiles of systolic and diastolic blood pressure according to percentiles of height. RESULTS: Age and height, but not gender, emerged as the principal determinants of systolic and diastolic blood pressure in multivariable linear regression analyses. Age- and height-specific 90th and 95th percentile values of systolic and diastolic blood pressure were estimated, which enabled us to categorize children into 'normal', 'high normal' and 'high' blood pressure groups. CONCLUSIONS: We present age- and height-specific reference values for blood pressure of Indian children based on a large study sample. The use of these standards should aid the identification of children with high blood pressure.MESH:D006973Diseasehypertension9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606Speciesboys9606Speciesgirls9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren10573969Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 156-81999titlePai M, Sundaram P, Radhakrishnan KK, Thomas K, Muliyil JP0A high rate of caesarean sections in an affluent section of Chennai: is it cause for concern?abstract94BACKGROUND: While rising Caesarean section rates have been the subject of much attention and debate worldwide, there is not much information available on this rate and its potential adverse impact in India. METHODS: Our survey was a standard Expanded Programme on Immunization 30-cluster design, carried out in an urban educated, middle/upper class population in Chennai. Mothers of 210 children aged 12-36 months were interviewed and data collected on immunization and breast-feeding practices. Since the mode of delivery was one of the questions, we could generate population-based data on the Caesarean section rate and its influence on breast-feeding. RESULTS: Of the 210 babies, 95 (45%, 95% confidence interval: 39.1-51.3) had been delivered by Caesarean section. Two hundred and six of 210 babies (98%) had been breast-fed at some time. However, babies born by Caesarean section tended to be started late on breast-feeds were given prelacteal feeds more often, and colostrum less often when compared to babies delivered vaginally (all statistically significant). CONCLUSIONS: Our study revealed a very high rate of Caesarean section in the selected metropolitan population. On purely scientific grounds, a rate of 40% to 50% is extremely difficult to justify. Though not conclusive, the data also suggest that Caesarean section may be adversely affecting some aspects of breast-feeding. There is a need for more data and audits on Caesarean section rates in India, and a wider debate on its potential adverse impact on the health of mothers and newborns.9606Specieschildren10573970Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 159-611999titleKamat HA, Adhia M, Koppikar GV, Parekh BK0Detection of antibodies to HIV in saliva.12721SpeciesHIVabstract42BACKGROUND: Saliva has been recommended as an alternative non-invasive specimen for detection of antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) because of the inherent disadvantages of using serum for such testing. METHODS: In a double-blind study, paired serum and saliva specimens were collected from 100 known HIV antibody seropositive and 100 seronegative individuals. The serum was tested in the conventional way while saliva was tested after modifying the routinely used serum enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay so as to detect antibodies to HIV from saliva. RESULTS: The sensitivity of saliva for HIV antibody detection using the modified test protocol was found to be 95% by GENELAVIA MIXT ELISA and 97% by DETECT-HIV ELISA, while the specificity for both was 100%. Identical results were obtained even after 7 months of storage of the saliva at 4 degrees C without any preservatives. CONCLUSION: Saliva is a safe and cost-effective alternative to serum for HIV antibody detection for most surveillance purposes but not for diagnostic purposes.12721Specieshuman immunodeficiency virus12721SpeciesHIVMESH:D006679DiseaseHIV antibody seropositive12721SpeciesHIV12721SpeciesHIV12721SpeciesHIV12721SpeciesHIV10573971Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 162-41999titleRattan A0Mechanisms of resistance to fluoroquinolones.MESH:D024841Chemicalfluoroquinolonesabstract46Fluoroquinolones have some of the properties of an 'ideal' anti-microbial agent. Because of their potent broad spectrum activity and absence of transferable mechanism of resistance or inactivating enzymes, it was hoped that clinical resistance to this useful group of drugs would not occur. However, over the years, due to intense selective pressure and relative lack of potency of the available quinolones against some strains, bacteria have evolved at least two mechanisms of resistance: (i) alteration of molecular targets, and (ii) reduction of drug accumulation. DNA gyrase and topoisomerase IV are the two molecular targets of fluoroquinolones. Mutations in specified regions (quinolone resistance-determining region) in genes coding for the gyrase and/or topoisomerase leads to clinical resistance. An efflux pump effective in pumping out hydrophilic quinolones has been described. Newer fluoroquinolones which recognize both molecular targets and have improved pharmacokinetic properties offer hope of higher potency, thereby reducing the probability of development of resistance.MESH:D024841ChemicalFluoroquinolonesMESH:D015363ChemicalquinolonesMESH:D024841ChemicalfluoroquinolonesMESH:D015363ChemicalquinoloneMESH:D015363ChemicalquinolonesMESH:D024841Chemicalfluoroquinolones10573972Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 165-61999titleBijlani RL0Fibre works, but not wonders.abstract3010573973Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 166-71999titleGupta P0Oral antibiotics can be used safely for the initial treatment of neutropenic fever.MESH:D005334Diseaseneutropenic feverabstract8410573974Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 168-91999titleHanda R0Approach to a patient with polyarthritis.9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001168Diseasepolyarthritisabstract4210573975Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 170-11999titleVirmani A0Approach to a child with short stature.9606Specieschildabstract4010573976Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 172-71999titleJeyaseelan L, Walter SD, Shankar V, John GT0Survival analysis: an introduction.abstract3610573977Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 178-831999titleSrinivasan V, Prasanthi R, Jayanthi V0Evolving a strategy for control of sexually transmitted diseases in a developing country.abstract9010573978Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 184-61999titleIvankovic A, Culo F0Health care and the war.abstract2510573979Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 186-81999titlePandya SK0Elections to the Maharashtra Medical Council 1999.abstract5110573980Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 1921999titleUnnikrishnan AG, Rajaratnam S0Current indications for hormone replacement therapy.abstract5310573981Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 1921999titleBaliga S, Shenoy S, Vidyalakshmi K, Dhanashree B0Netilmicin resistance in Staphylococcus aureus.MESH:D009428ChemicalNetilmicin1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureusabstract4810573982Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 192-31999titlePaul SB, Mukhopadhyay S, Berry M0Low-dose urography with indigenous low osomolar contrast media.abstract6410573983Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 1931999titleSharma NK, Srivastava SS, Sharma HL, Dhanda R, Sharma AK0Blood transfusion: does it cause leucocytosis and relative lymphocytopenia?DiseaseleucocytosisMESH:D008231Diseaselymphocytopeniaabstract7610573984Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 193-41999titleKumar A, Dada T0Visual evoked response (VER) in ocular ethambutol toxicity.MESH:D004977ChemicalethambutolMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicityabstract6010573985Natl Med J India; 1999 Jul-Aug; 12(4) 1941999titleRichard VS, Chandy GM0Hospital Infection Control Committee.abstract3810573986Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 2435-401999titleSzekanecz Z, Szekanecz E, Morvai K, Rácz T, Szegedi G, Sziklai I0[Current aspects of the pathogenesis and clinical characteristics of otosclerosis: possibilities of drug therapy].MESH:D010040Diseaseotosclerosisabstract115Otosclerosis is a multifactorial disease. A number of theories on the pathogenesis of this disease have been established in the last decades. It is important to review recent data on the pathogenesis of otosclerosis as it is a severe inner ear disease leading to deafness in the majority of cases. Surgical therapy is not always successful or feasible. In this review, authors describe the most relevant genetic, infective, immunological, inflammatory factors, as well as the impaired bone metabolism underlying the pathogenesis of otosclerosis. It is likely that genetic predisposition associated with morbilli infection may lead to bone resorption in the stapes and cochlea followed by spongiosis, fibrosis and sclerosis. It has been suggested that immunological mechanisms play a central role in the development of the disease. Some authors consider otosclerosis as autoimmune disorder based on the presence of several autoantibodies. Apart from classical diagnostic methods, such as audiometry and X-ray, novel radiological techniques including CT, MRI or radionuclide scan are helpful in the localization of otosclerosis. As surgery is sometimes contraindicated or unsuccessful, drug therapy including the use of anti-osteoporotic on non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs may be administered, especially in the early phase of the disease.MESH:D010040DiseaseOtosclerosisMESH:D004194Diseasemultifactorial diseaseMESH:D010040DiseaseotosclerosisMESH:D007759Diseaseinner ear diseaseMESH:D003638DiseasedeafnessMESH:D010040DiseaseotosclerosisMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D005355Diseasefibrosis and sclerosisMESH:D010040DiseaseotosclerosisMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune disorderMESH:D010040DiseaseotosclerosisMESH:D058866Diseaseosteoporotic10573987Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 2441-41999titleNagy M, Fehér K, László T, Szomor A, Losonczy H, Kelényi G, Matolcsy A0[Analysis of T-cell receptor gamma-gene rearrangement in lymphoproliferative disorders using polymerase chain reaction].6962GeneT-cell receptorMESH:D008232Diseaselymphoproliferative disordersabstract121T-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphomas (NHL) exhibit a clonal T-cell receptor (TCR) gamma gene rearrangement as a result of sequential assembly of their variable (V gamma) and joining (J gamma) region segments. The analysis of the TCR gamma gene rearrangements may help to differentiate reactive lymphoproliferations from T-cell NHLs. The aim of this study was to reveal the usefulness of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) analysis of the TCR gamma gene rearrangement in the diagnosis of T-cell NHLs using native and formol-paraffin embedded tissues. The PCR amplification of the TCR gamma gene was performed by the V gamma specific sense and J gamma specific antisense primer pairs. The PCR products were evaluated by polyacrilamide gel electrophoresis containing ethidium bromide. The PCR analysis of the TCR gamma gene rearrangements has been performed in 95 lymphoproliferative disorders. The PCR analysis of the TCR gamma gene showed clonal gene rearrangement in 22 cases out of the 39 T-cell NHLs and in one case out of the 12 O-cell anaplastic large cell lymphoma but no clonal rearrangements were detected in any of the 15 reactive lymphoproliferations or 13 B-cell NHLs. Thus, clonal TCR gamma gene rearrangements was detected by PCR in 58.2% of T-cell NHLs but no clonal TCR gamma gene rearrangements were shown in any of reactive lymphoproliferations of B-cell NHLs. These studied showed that the PCR amplification of the TCR gamma gene can be a powerful tool in the diagnosis of T-cell NHLs.MESH:D006689DiseaseHodgkin's lymphomas6962GeneT-cell receptor6962GeneTCR6962GeneTCR6962GeneTCR-Chemicalformol-paraffin6962GeneTCR-ChemicalpolyacrilamideMESH:D004996Chemicalethidium bromide6962GeneTCRMESH:D008232Diseaselymphoproliferative disorders6962GeneTCRMESH:D016399Diseasecell lymphoma6962GeneTCR6962GeneTCR6962GeneTCR10573988Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 2445-511999titleSolt J, Bajor J, Anga B0[The role of endoscopic ligation in the management of esophageal varices and rupture].MESH:D012421Diseaseruptureabstract87In the last two decades sclerotherapy has became one of the most widespread procedures in the palliative therapy of esophageal varicosity and rupture. Beside many of its advantages, there are high numbers of local and general complications. The new ligation method is very effective, but less invasive and free from side effects. The single shot method in spite of using overtube is slower, unpleasant and not free from risks. The new six shooter system, which uses 6 rubber-bands eliminates these disadvantages. This technique was introduced the first time in Hungary by the authors. They performed ligations between June 1997 and June 1999 on 39 random patients, 55 times. 41 times due to rupture of varices, 8 times in no-bleeding periods for eradication of varices, 6 times for prophylaxis. The average age was 51 (27-75), 32 men and 7 women participating. The cause of esophageal varicosity was thrombosis of vena portae in 1 patient and cirrhosis in others. The background of the cirrhosis was alcohol in all cases except for one which was due to alcohol and hepatitis C in addition. Altogether 346 rubber-bands were applied. The average ligation was 6.3 (3-17) per patient and 4.5 (3-6) per session. The 41 ruptures of the 32 patients were treated with 80 units of blood, not including one patient given 29 units of blood who had mortal haemorrhage. It means 2.5 units of blood per patient and 2 units per varix rupture. After ligation patients had no complaints except for retrosternal discomfort in some patients. There were no complications observed. The mortality rate was 5 out of 32 one patient died due to bleeding. The follow up of the ligation was carried out by endoscopy and in the 4 dead patients by pathological procedures. The ligation method which was applied by the authors is effective, faster and has less complications in varix irradications than sclerotherapy. The prophylactic therapy of high risk patients and other therapeutic indications can contribute to its wider utilization.MESH:D012421Diseaserupture9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012421DiseaseruptureMESH:D006470Diseasebleeding9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D013927Diseasethrombosis9606SpeciespatientMESH:D005355DiseasecirrhosisMESH:D005355DiseasecirrhosisMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:D006470Diseasehaemorrhage9606SpeciespatientMESH:D012421Diseaserupture9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:D006470Diseasebleeding9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10573989Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 2453-61999titleMolnár T, Nagy A, Ligeti E, Gyulai C, Márton J, Nagy F0[Abdominal actinomycosis presenting as a malignant tumor--report of a case and review of the literature].MESH:D000196DiseaseAbdominal actinomycosisMESH:D009369Diseasetumorabstract106Actinomyces israelii is a normal inhabitant in the gastrointestinal tract of humans, it rarely causes disease. Abdominal involvement occurs in only 20 percent of all cases and can mimic malignant diseases, tuberculosis and inflammatory bowel disease. A case of a 36 years old female patient with abdominal actinomycosis and review of the literature is reported. Symptoms was presented as an acute abdomen associated with painful epigastric and left subcostal mass. The pathologic process infiltrated the retroperitoneal space simulated sarcoma or lymphoma. Diagnosis was established only at the second laparotomy, when histologic examination of the removed lymph node disclosed actinomycosis. The patient is completely free of symptoms 6 month after the second operation.1659SpeciesActinomyces israelii9606SpecieshumansMESH:D009369Diseasemalignant diseasesMESH:D014376DiseasetuberculosisMESH:D015212Diseaseinflammatory bowel disease9606SpeciespatientMESH:D000196Diseaseabdominal actinomycosisMESH:D012509Diseasesarcoma or lymphomaMESH:D000196Diseaseactinomycosis9606Speciespatient10573990Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 2457-611999titleKemenes P0[Certain characteristics of renaissance science].abstract5010573991Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 2461-31999titleSzállási A0[Imaging of the heart on Hungarian medical medals].abstract5210573992Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 24851999titleIffy L0[Home childbirth].abstract1910573993Orv Hetil; 1999 Oct 31; 140(44) 24851999titleAlotti N, Kecskés G0[Complications of central venous catheterization].abstract5110573994Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 293-41999titleKoch U, Schulz H0[Psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract3210573995Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 295-3011999titlePaar GH, Kriebel R0[Psychosomatic rehabilitation. Self-image, rehabilitative concepts, psychotherapeutic approaches, need vs. demand issues].abstract123To provide optimal medical care for patients with psychosomatic disorders, rehabilitation and acute medicine should be viewed as separate but related parts of one overall health care concept. Psychosomatic rehabilitation now plays a major role in the care of chronically ill patients beyond the framework of traditional medical psychotherapy. The self image and rehabilitative concepts of this field are strongly influenced by two cornerstones of psychotherapy: psychodynamics and behavioral science. In the past the main factors used to define requirements for inpatient care were the capacity of existing facilities and the degree of their utilization; what was and still is lacking is an expert assessment of real demand. By offering programs for a broad spectrum of chronic disorders, the field of psychosomatic rehabilitation has achieved impressive therapeutic results at moderate cost; this assertion is substantiated by numerous analyses of the health care system. However, the high quality standard in the field of psychosomatic rehabilitation is currently endangered by politically motivated economic measures and the accompanying reduction of therapy time. If this counterproductive trend is not halted, the inevitable outcome will be suboptimal--in particular for chronically ill patients. In conclusion, possibilities are outlined for improved networking among professionals in psychosomatic rehabilitation.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011602Diseasepsychosomatic disorders9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002908Diseasechronic disorders9606Speciespatients10573996Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 302-111999titleBürger W, Koch U0[Current trends in medical rehabilitation and their significance for the field of psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract113At present the process of serious restructuring can be observed in the system of medical rehabilitation in Germany. This paper focuses on recently initiated innovations and their consequences for psychosomatic rehabilitation. The patient's access to a psychosomatic rehabilitation system is analysed and examined to what extent innovations increase early detection of patients with psychosomatic disorders. Regarding the structure of psychosomatic rehabilitative offers, the initiated innovations such as an increase of flexibility, better transition and improvement of inpatient rehabilitative offers are described and discussed. Finally, the development of quality improvement programs and rehabilitation research in the field of psychosomatic rehabilitation is presented. Although many changes have taken place up to now, further relevant modifications in psychosomatic rehabilitation are predicted by the authors.9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011602Diseasepsychosomatic disorders10573997Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 312-51999titleSchmeling-Kludas C0[Medical and legal aspects of differentiation of inpatient psychotherapeutic treatment from psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract123In the field of psychotherapeutic and psychosomatic medicine inpatient treatment is indicated in cases of instability of patients, comorbidity with severe organic disease, not yet clearly diagnosed and potentially dangerous symptoms, lack of understanding the nature of the psychosomatic illness and of motivation for psychotherapy and sometimes organizational reasons or the necessity to remove the patient from his private or professional conflicts. To differentiate between hospital treatment and psychosomatic rehabilitation is more difficult than in other medical settings. Medical and legal aspects of this indication problem are presented as well as solutions in way of networks of treatment processes.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019965Diseaseorganic diseaseMESH:D011602Diseasepsychosomatic illness9606Speciespatient10573998Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 316-251999titleKawski S, Koch U0[Quality assurance in the field of psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract66Since the mid 1990s, the statutory pension insurance agencies have developed and begun to implement a broad program for quality management in the field of medical rehabilitation. A total of 942 rehabilitation clinics from all areas of indication, including the field of psychosomatic rehabilitation, are currently participating in the program. In its first program point, the 5-point program deals with the collection and analysis of structural and conceptual aspects. Program point 2 deals with the documentation of therapy plans for the primary treatment groups; in program point 3, clinical documentations are used for a quality screening (peer review procedure), and in point four, patient satisfaction and treatment results will be evaluated by patient interviews. The analysis of inadequacies performed within these program points will be returned to the clinics by means of an information system. Thus, the clinics receive information on the conditions in their own clinics against the backdrop of results from clinics with similar structures. The quality problems which are identified, will be dealt with in the framework of quality circles (program point 5). This article describes and discusses the specifications of the quality assurance program for the field of psychosomatic rehabilitation.9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient10573999Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 326-361999titleSchulz H, Lang K, Lotz-Rambaldi W, Bürger W, Koch U0[Analysis of premature termination in inpatient psychosomatic rehabilitation based on epidemiologic data from two hospital companies].abstract135Premature termination of inpatient psychotherapy can have multiple, mostly negative, effects for patients, therapists, clinics, insurance companies, and employers, but research regarding inpatient settings is still deficient. The analysis of two sets of data of four different rehabilitation clinics from two different hospital companies (2699 and 2215 patients, respectively), aimed at possible predictors and outcomes of premature termination. We found ratios of premature termination of 8.3% and 14.7%, respectively. Especially young patients under 30 years of age and patients with eating and personality disorders were more likely to terminate inpatient treatment prematurely. Treatment outcome as rated by therapists was in significantly fewer cases among premature terminators than among successful terminators improved. The results seem to indicate, that assignment to inpatient psychotherapy can be optimized. For a better understanding of the process of premature termination more theory guided prospective and followup studies are necessary.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010554Diseasepersonality disorders10574000Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 337-421999titleBroda M, Lamberti J, Dinger-Broda A, Klinkenberg N0[Development of a questionnaire for a standard follow-up assessment procedure for inpatient psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract123The paper establishes a follow-up assessment procedure for inpatient psychotherapy. It is suited for more than one theoretical approach or specific disorder. Using data from a larger follow-up-study, those items are identified that show substantial correlations with health and resource oriented questionnaires. In a second analysis, items are selected that predict therapeutic effects on parameters of health-behavior. This pool of items has to be completed by items constructed by plausibility criteria.MESH:D002658Diseasespecific disorder10574001Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 343-531999titleNübling R, Schmidt J, Wittmann WW0[Long-term outcomes of psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract54According to the latest state of research psychosomatic rehabilitation can be considered as effective and efficient. Several program-evaluation studies document process and outcomes of over 4000 psychosomatic patients in rehabilitation clinics so far. The majority of patients in all studies show positive therapy outcomes, which also can be demonstrated in follow-up investigations. Those positive results cover disease and disorder related aspects as well as cost relevant facets. This paper presents one of those program-evaluation studies which reports the outcomes of a one year and a five year follow-up respectively. It focuses on the outcomes of those subjects which participated in both inquiries. In addition to single criteria the construction of a multiple outcome criterion is discussed.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004194Diseasecover disease10574002Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 354-601999titleNosper M0[Success of psychosomatic rehabilitation as a function of treatment length].abstract77Clinical practice, effect studies, the time structure of psychotherapeutic processes and treatment outcome data show that the legally provided treatment time of no more than 3 weeks for inpatient medical rehabilitation is usually not sufficient to achieve satisfactory and long-term stable psychotherapeutic improvement. In an evaluation study in a psychosomatic rehabilitation clinic the change in symptoms of 266 inpatients was recorded using the German version of the CES-D scale (ADS-L) and the Symptom Check List SCL90R. Values obtained after 21 days of treatment were compared with data obtained on discharge after an average of 45 days. Multiple patient characteristics, therapy parameters and process aspects were studied empirically in order to select patient groups which show sufficient effects after a 3 weeks treatment. Irrespective of patient characteristics, therapeutic experience, clinically significant and long-term stable effects were only achieved after treatment periods exceeding 3 weeks.9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient10574003Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 361-71999titleZielke M0[Cost-benefit aspects in psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract56The active participation of patients in their healing process and early behavioral rehabilitation both cause a considerable and steady improvement of psychosomatic diseases. The results of a multicenter study show that patients become less ill, have shorter diseases and that their consumption of drugs decreases considerably following an inpatient behavior therapy. These changes also have an economical significance: Employers have to spend considerably less continued payments and health insurers have reduced expenses for medical treatments. The inpatient medical rehabilitation of psychosomatic disorders can cause a reduction of illness related costs of up to 2.5 billion DM annually.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011602Diseasepsychosomatic diseases9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011602Diseasepsychosomatic disorders10574004Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 368-741999titleBeutel M, Dommer T, Kayser E, Bleichner F, Vorndran A, Schlüter K0[Work and vocational integration of psychosomatic patients--utilization and indications for a workload tryout program].9606Speciespatientsabstract120The effect of a professional workload test was assessed in a longitudinal study with 80 patients psychosomatic rehabilitation during and following their. In a second study indication criteria were tested with 358 consecutive patients. Participants in the workload program show an improvement of their work ability and job performance according to self-appraisal, superior appraisal and medical assessment. Work ability was still maintained 7 months after treatment. Patients with lasting work disability and unemployment not only show negative work-related attitudes, but also elevated psychological symptoms and a reduced quality of life. The program participants show high levels of psychological strain but also a stronger disposition to change the professional situation. Negative work-related and psychological consequences of lasting disability and unemployment deserve more attention in inpatient psychosomatic treatment.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesParticipants9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D009069Diseasedisability9606SpeciesparticipantsMESH:D009069Diseasedisability10574005Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 375-801999titleHillert A, Maasche B, Kretschmer A, Ehrig C, Schmitz E, Fichter M0[Psychosomatic disease in female teachers. Social context, contents and perspectives of inpatient treatment with a goal of rehabilitation and return to work].MESH:D011602DiseasePsychosomatic diseaseabstract159Despite the considerable consequences, school teachers treated in psychosomatic in-patient settings, have not yet been the subject of investigations. Whether, for whom and which kind of job related treatment can be helpful for teachers returning to work can only be discussed if the specific stress and the social situation of teachers as public officials ("Beamtenstatus") are taken into consideration. On this point of view a systematic evaluation of 63 psychosomatically ill teachers consecutively admitted in a psychosomatic hospital was performed. The average age was 50, suffering mostly from depression or/and tinnitus. Most teachers rated job related stress as influencing their symptomatologies. A program focusing on discrepancies between personal ideals versus real situations in school, problems in social interactions and time management, should be a valuable part of the teachers' psychosomatic inpatient treatment. This approach was affected by a strong desire for early retirement in about half of the teachers.MESH:D011602Diseasepsychosomatic9606SpeciespatientMESH:D011602DiseasepsychosomaticMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D014012DiseasetinnitusMESH:D011602Diseasepsychosomatic10574006Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 381-61999titleBischoff C, Husen E0[Patient satisfaction with outpatient preparation prior to inpatient psychosomatic rehabilitation].9606SpeciesPatient9606Speciesoutpatientabstract100Patients often show lack of motivation prior to an inpatient behavioral therapy. On the other hand patients have problems to transfer the clinical experience into every day life after discharge. The test program "preparation and follow-up of psychosomatic inpatients" of the Psychosomatic Clinic Bad Durkheim tries to solve these problems by selected interventions. This pilot program is evaluated in a field study with an experimental and a control group. The control group receives the regular inpatient treatment program. The experimental group additional outpatient interventions. The article presents a part of the total evaluation: acceptance of prestationary information. This was examined with an especially developed assessment questionnaire and a discharge questionnaire. The data clearly show a considerable patient' acceptance of these offers and their positive consequences on the individual therapy. The acceptance of the prestationary information meetings is thereby quite irrespective of the patient's age, gender, school education, and diagnosis.9606SpeciesPatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciesoutpatient9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient10574007Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol; 1999 Sep-Oct; 49(9-10) 387-911999titleLamprecht F, Kobelt A, Künsebeck HW, Grosch E, Schmid-Ott G0[Results of a 1-year follow-up study of neighborhood ambulatory aftercare after inpatient psychosomatic rehabilitation].abstract121Attention has been repeatedly drawn to the necessity to support patients after psychosomatic rehabilitation with their transfer of skills acquired during their stay at the interface between their inpatient treatment and their reintegration into everyday life. The authors' concept of the outpatient aftercare was already introduced in an earlier paper. This article presents the results of the one-year follow-up. A comparison with a control group revealed a further reduction of patients' depression. In contrast to the control group, the reduction in fear and discomfort already achieved during inpatient rehabilitation remained stable. At the same time the ability to cope with everyday life was expanded. Compared with the control group the participants of the aftercare could reduce the absence from work, days spent in hospital and visits to the doctor more than twice as much. Methodological problems of the design of the study are critically discussed.9606Speciespatients9606Speciesoutpatient9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000275Diseasedepression9606Speciesparticipants10574008Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 75-881999titleFajardo-Gutiérrez A, Mejía-Aranguré JM, Hernández-Cruz L, Mendoza-Sánchez HF, Garduño-Espinosa J, Martínez-García MC0[Descriptive epidemiology of malignant tumors in children].MESH:D018198Diseasemalignant tumors9606Specieschildrenabstract60The object of this study is to present the descriptive epidemiology of cancer in children at the world and national levels. The international and national literature published on cancer in children was comprehensively reviewed, with emphasis on reports treating epidemiological aspects of time, place and person. For practical reasons and with the aim of integrating the information, only the more relevant publications were included. Incidence and child mortality were analyzed. Overall incidence is between 100 and 150 (annual rates = cases x 10(6) children). Specific incidence varies according to the type of cancer, the region and the country. The Latin American pattern of neoplasms is constituted by leukemias, lymphomas, and central nervous system tumors (CNST); in the Northamerican/European pattern the CNST appear in second place and in the African pattern, lymphomas show predominance. Incidence is higher among the younger than 5 year olds, from urban environments, and there is a 1% annual increase of cancer in Northamerican children. Child mortality has diminished remarkably, mainly in developed countries, whereas in developing or underdeveloped countries, incidence remains stable or shows a slight fall. The incidence of cancer in children is greater in developed countries, but in underdeveloped countries it may be underestimated. These countries have not managed to reduce the incidence of child mortality caused by cancer, as have the United States or Great Britain. Further studies on the epidemiology of cancer in children are necessary, since many data remain unknown.MESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Specieschildren9606Speciesperson9606Specieschild9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmsMESH:D007938DiseaseleukemiasMESH:D008223DiseaselymphomasMESH:D016543Diseasecentral nervous system tumorsMESH:D008223DiseaselymphomasMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Specieschildren9606SpeciesChildMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Specieschildren10574009Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 89-941999titleCampanhã MT, Hoshino-Shimizu S, Baquerizo Martinez M0Urinary tract infection: detection of Escherichia coli antigens in human urine with an ELIEDA immunoenzymatic assay.MESH:D014552DiseaseUrinary tract infection562SpeciesEscherichia coli9606Specieshumanabstract117Escherichia coli is the most common causative agent of urinary tract infection (UTI), and diagnosing this infection usually relies on bacteriologic methods. Nevertheless, screening methods can be useful for a rapid presumptive diagnosis even though some of these screening methods have low sensitivity or are expensive. To investigate a possible new alternative approach, an antigen-based immunoassay--enzyme-linked immunoelectrodiffusion assay (ELIEDA)--was standardized for screening for this bacterial infection. Combining counter-immunoelectrophoresis with an immunoenzymatic assay, the ELIEDA requires concentrated urine specimens, a cellulose acetate membrane, polyclonal antibodies to E. coli raised in rabbits, and peroxidase-labeled sheep antibodies to rabbit immunoglobulin G (IgG). This ELIEDA technique was evaluated using 244 urine specimens, 76 of them with E. coli, 47 with heterologous bacteria, and 121 without bacteria. In comparison to bacteriologic methods, the sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive values for the ELIEDA were 93.4%, 98.2%, 95.9%, and 97.1%, respectively. The data obtained suggest that this assay is useful for routine diagnostic screening for UTI caused by E. coli. In addition, since the ELIEDA stained membranes can be stored, this assay makes retrospective studies possible.562SpeciesEscherichia coliMESH:D014552Diseaseurinary tract infectionMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:C005062Chemicalcellulose acetate562SpeciesE. coli9986Speciesrabbits9940Speciessheep9986Speciesrabbit562SpeciesE. coli562SpeciesE. coli10574010Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 95-81999titleGrau Espinosa MA, Saenz Darias L, Cabrales Escobar JA0[Risk factors of low birth weight. Provincial Gynecologic-Obstetric Hospital of Sancti Spiritus, Cuba].abstract104The objective of this work was to identify some risk factors that women could present during pregnancy and that are associated with low birthweight (less than 2,500 g). A study was performed during 1994 with 378 cases and 649 controls at the Provincial Obstetric-Gynecologic Hospital of Sancti Spiritus, Cuba. The data were obtained from clinical histories, the registry of births, and personal interviews with mothers. A bivariate analysis was carried out and possible confounding factors were controlled utilizing dichotomous logistic regression, using the Epi Info 5 and SPSS software programs. With the final multivariate model, the following risk factors for low birthweight were identified as significant: hypertension during pregnancy, infrequent checkups during pregnancy, previous abortions, a period of less than 2 years since the last birth, and a maternal weight increase of less than 8 kg. Priority should be given to these last three variables in order to maintain the high standards of the maternal and child health program of Sancti Spiritus Province, Cuba.9606SpecieswomenMESH:D006973Diseasehypertension9606Specieschild10574011Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 99-1091999titlePaes NA, Silva LA0[Infectious and parasitic diseases in Brazil: a decade of transition].MESH:D010272Diseaseparasitic diseasesabstract71Brazil has been undergoing a period of epidemiological and demographic transition, which has included an improvement in the quality of death certificate registrations and major changes in the patterns of mortality from infectious and parasitic diseases. This article outlines the changes in the mortality patterns that were observed in the country and in its states during the decade of the 1980s. We used data from the Ministry of Health Mortality Information System, classified according to the International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision. Our analysis showed important changes in mortality patterns in Brazil. Mortality from infectious diseases decreased by 41% among men and by 44% among women. While these types of changes were especially noticeable in the states of the North and Northeast, these states still have the highest mortality rates in the country. The changes particularly affected the extreme limits of the age continuum, most especially children under 1 year of age. Within the group of infectious and parasitic diseases, we also assessed the mortality due to intestinal infectious diseases, tuberculosis, and septicemia. We found that in the 1980s there was a major decrease in the rates of mortality due to intestinal infectious diseases and to tuberculosis. However, there was an increase in the risk of death from septicemia during the decade. In conclusion, we find that the rate of mortality caused by infectious and parasitic diseases remains high in Brazil. Therefore, Brazilian health authorities still need to give priority attention to this cause of death.MESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D010272Diseaseparasitic diseasesMESH:D003141Diseaseinfectious diseases9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D010272Diseaseparasitic diseasesMESH:D007410Diseaseintestinal infectious diseasesMESH:D014376DiseasetuberculosisMESH:D018805DiseasesepticemiaMESH:D007410Diseaseintestinal infectious diseasesMESH:D014376DiseasetuberculosisMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D018805DiseasesepticemiaMESH:D010272Diseaseparasitic diseasesMESH:D003643Diseasedeath10574012Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 110-61999titleGreer GJ, Nix NA, Cordón-Rosales C, Hernández B, MacVean CM, Powell MR0Seroprevalence of Trypanosoma cruzi infection in three rural communities in Guatemala.MESH:D014355DiseaseTrypanosoma cruzi infectionabstract87A systematic, house-based serological survey for Trypanosoma cruzi seroreactivity was conducted in three contiguous communities in Olopa municipality, Chiquimula Department, Guatemala. Blood samples from a total of 292 individuals in 63 households were examined by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. The seropositive rate ranged from 0% to 20.8% for the three communities, with a mean of 15.1%. Log-linear models showed that seroprevalence was significantly related to age (P < 0.005) but not to sex. However, when the age group with the lowest prevalence (1-9 years) was excluded from the analysis, age was not a significant factor (P = 0.55). Data from a stratified sample collected at the same time were combined with those of the systematic sample to analyze the relationship between seropositivity and possible explanatory variables. Log-linear models, based on 586 individuals in 129 households from the two surveys, revealed a significant positive association between seropositivity and thatched roofs (P = 0.01).5693SpeciesTrypanosoma cruzi10574013Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 117-211999titleMariño R, Villa A, Guerrero S0[Milk fluoridation program in Codegua, Chile: evaluation after 3 years].abstract73A study was done in 1994 to determine the effectiveness of the fluoridated dairy products that the Chilean National Program for Supplementary Feeding had been distributing to reduce the high prevalence of children's dental caries in rural areas of that country. For the study, the prevalence of caries was assessed in two rural communities of the Sixth Region of Chile. Children in the study community of Codegua had received fluoridated dairy products, while children in the control community of La Punta had received nonfluoridated dairy products. Three years after the program began in Codegua, the community showed a significant improvement in the indices of prevalence of caries. Over that time period, the prevalence of caries among children 3 to 6 years old declined between 40% and 60%. Among children 3 years old, the proportion of them without a history of caries increased by 74%, from 40.7% to 70.8%. Among 4-year-olds, that proportion rose by 71%, from 33.3% to 56.9%. Similar to results obtained elsewhere with programs to fluoridate drinking water, the outcomes in Codegua were achieved without any other steps by the National Program for Supplementary Feeding, such as motivational campaigns for mothers or educational efforts to encourage consumption of the program's food products.9606Specieschildren9606SpeciesChildren9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D014867Chemicalwater10574014Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 128-381999title0[An information and epidemiologic surveillance system for Venezuelan equine encephalitis in the region of the Americas].11036SpeciesVenezuelan equine encephalitisabstract121It is difficult to collect precise data on every epizootic and to document the direct and indirect effects of each one. This situation makes it impossible to assess the damage that Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE) causes in the Region of the Americas, as well as to identify new encephalitis strains, wild reservoirs, types of vectors in each enzootic cycle, and the period of immunity that the TC-83 vaccine provides. This all shows that, in order to improve prevention and control activities, it is essential to have a standard information and epidemiological surveillance system that involves the official public health and animal health services. This text describes general aspects of VEE and the epidemiological features to consider in order to increase the predictive ability of epidemiological surveillance programs and to reduce the negative socioeconomic effects of the disease. The piece also describes laboratory diagnostic procedures to confirm suspected encephalitis cases. Finally, the text describes the characteristics and structure of an information system that will generate useful data to investigate enzootic foci and areas at risk, make forecasts on outbreaks and epidemics, detect encephalitides quickly, and guide prevention and control measures.11036SpeciesVenezuelan equine encephalitis11036SpeciesVEEMESH:D004660Diseaseencephalitis-ChemicalTC-8311036SpeciesVEEMESH:D004660DiseaseencephalitisMESH:D013540Diseaseenzootic fociMESH:D020258Diseaseencephalitides10574015Rev. Panam. Salud Publica; 1999 Aug; 6(2) 139-411999title0Thermostability of vaccines.abstract2910574016Rev Port Cardiol; 1999; 18 Suppl 37-81999titleAleixo A0Ischemic disease in women. Introduction.MESH:D007511DiseaseIschemic disease9606Specieswomenabstract4110574017Rev Port Cardiol; 1999; 18 Suppl 39-151999titleRogrigues PO0Atherogenesis and cardiovascular disease in women.MESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular disease9606Specieswomenabstract5110574018Rev Port Cardiol; 1999; 18 Suppl 317-91999titleLópez Sendón J, López de Sá E, Moreno R, Delcán JL0Heart rupture after acute myocardial infarction. It is more frequent in women?MESH:D006341DiseaseHeart ruptureMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarction9606Specieswomenabstract7910574019Rev Port Cardiol; 1999; 18 Suppl 321-41999titleMendes LA, Jacobs AK, Davidoff R, Ryan TJ0The gender paradox.abstract2010574020Rev Port Cardiol; 1999; 18 Suppl 327-301999titleMorais J0Thrombolytic therapy for women in myocardial infarction. Different prognosis?9606SpecieswomenMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionabstract7810574021Rev Port Cardiol; 1999; 18 Suppl 333-71999titleFragata J0Coronary bypass surgery in women.9606Specieswomenabstract3410574022Rev Port Cardiol; 1999; 18 Suppl 339-471999titleWenger NK0Coronary risk reduction in the menopausal woman.9606Specieswomanabstract4910574023Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 147-621999titleNüssle K0[Radiology update 1999: gastrointestinal tract].abstract4910574024Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 163-701999titleGörich J, Tomczak R, Wisianowsky C, Pamler R, Kapfer X, Orend KH, Gabelmann A, Krämer S0[Therapy of abdominal aortic aneurysm: results with aortic stents].MESH:D017544Diseaseabdominal aortic aneurysmabstract6810574025Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 171-71999titleSäbel M, Aichinger U, Schulz-Wendtland R, Bautz W0[Digital full field mammography: physical principles and clinical aspects].abstract7610574026Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 178-811999titleNüssle K, Görich J, Rieber A, Brambs HJ0[Evaluating the diagnostic quality of mammography film-screen systems: a comparative study].abstract9310574027Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 182-51999titleDinter D, Diehl SJ, Schaub M, Georgi M0[Wandering spleen: detection with ultrasound, CT, MR(A) and 99mTc scintigraphy with altered erythrocytes].abstract10710574028Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 186-961999titleHald HJ, Bähren W0[Diagnostic imaging of tumors of the head-neck area].MESH:D009369Diseasetumorsabstract5410574029Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 197-2021999titleRieber A0[Diagnostic imaging of lung embolism].MESH:D004617Diseaselung embolismabstract3910574030Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 203-51999titleJensen JM, Hebbinghaus D0[A linear quadratic offset filter for contrast improvement in digital reconstruction of radiography imaging for virtual simulation in radiotherapy].abstract14910574031Rontgenpraxis; 1999; 52(5-6) 206-91999titleRehbock T, Andresen R, Rehbock B, Ruettgard C, Banzer D0[Tracheobronchial amyloidosis as the cause of a middle lobe syndrome].MESH:D000686DiseaseTracheobronchial amyloidosisMESH:D008878Diseasemiddle lobe syndromeabstract7110574032Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1691-21999titleYersin B, Wick HD0[Why talk about alcohol?].MESH:D000438Chemicalalcoholabstract2710574033Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1693-81999titleGache P0[Assessment and diagnosis of alcohol problems in general practice].MESH:D000438Chemicalalcoholabstract68Problem drinkers and alcoholics are not easily identified in primary health care settings or among hospitalised patients. An early detection can be the basis of a better therapeutic approach for these patients. Clinical interviewing is an important phase during the detection process. Every patient should be asked about alcohol consumption. Standardised questionnaires, clinical examination and laboratory tests are also useful for screening and contribute to diagnosis. The screening must be organised in a progressive and opportunistic way.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol10574034Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1699-7041999titleStoll B, Daeppen JB, Wick HD0[Brief intervention: specific counseling of patients with problem alcohol consumption].9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000438Chemicalalcoholabstract88This article describes brief interventions for individuals with levels of alcohol consumption associated with increased morbidity and mortality but without severe dependence on alcohol. Brief interventions are described and the results of major studies evaluating their efficacy are reported. Data from the medical literature offer convincing evidence on the efficacy of these interventions to reduce alcohol consumption. Consecutive to a reduction of the level of alcohol consumption, further research also demonstrated a beneficial effect of brief interventions in terms of absenteeism at work, days hospitalized, and mortality. Evidence of the efficacy of brief interventions for "high-risk drinkers" justify their implementation in medical practice. In Switzerland, the national programme on handling alcohol "handle with care?" will offer workshops to primary care physicians about the practice of brief interventions.MESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholDiseaseabsenteeismMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol10574035Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1705-91999titleYersin B0[Ambulatory management of alcohol withdrawal syndrome].MESH:D020270Diseasealcohol withdrawal syndromeabstract56The alcohol withdrawal syndrome occurs in the hours or days after the cessation of alcohol drinking in an alcohol dependent patient. The alcohol withdrawal syndrome is produced by the emergence of the biological mechanism of neurological tolerance to ethanol. The clinical manifestations of the alcohol withdrawal syndrome are due to the hyperexcitability of the central nervous system: agitation, excitability, tremor, convulsions, status epilepticus, delirium, sympathetic hyperactivity. Usually benign, the alcohol withdrawal syndrome is frequently manageable on an ambulatory basis, as long as no clinical counter-indication is present such as a serious previous alcohol withdrawal syndrome, previous withdrawal convulsions, a significant medical or psychiatric comorbidity, a high level of alcohol consumption, a pregnancy, or the lack of an effective familial or social support. The ambulatory management of the alcohol withdrawal syndrome requires frequently the use of a sedative drug. Benzodiazepines used orally for a duration of 3 to 5 days are actually considered a first choice. Inability to work and drive is frequently present for several days.MESH:D020270Diseasealcohol withdrawal syndromeMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606SpeciespatientMESH:D020270Diseasealcohol withdrawal syndromeMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:D020270Diseasealcohol withdrawal syndromeMESH:D011595DiseaseagitationMESH:D014202DiseasetremorMESH:D012640DiseaseconvulsionsMESH:D013226Diseasestatus epilepticusMESH:D003693DiseasedeliriumMESH:D006948DiseasehyperactivityMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D013375Diseasewithdrawal syndromeMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D013375Diseasewithdrawal syndromeMESH:D012640Diseasewithdrawal convulsionsMESH:D001523DiseasepsychiatricMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D020270Diseasealcohol withdrawal syndromeMESH:D001569ChemicalBenzodiazepines10574036Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1711-41999titleWick HD0[Alcohol problems in general practice--the value of biological markers].MESH:D000438ChemicalAlcoholabstract73The daily practice of primary care physicians includes the frequent encounter with patients suffering from alcohol problems. Among these are the identification and treatment of the alcohol dependent patient, but also the identification of and counseling for the excessive alcohol drinker. Biological indicators such as the new marker Carbohydrate-Deficient Transferrin (CDT), can be of some help in the field. They may be used as case finding tools for suspected excessive alcohol drinking or dependence, but also as a monitoring tool for the patient under treatment. The markers may be used in this way as a bio-feedback and/or as a compliance assessment instrument.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606SpeciespatientMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D002241ChemicalCarbohydrateMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606Speciespatient10574037Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1715-91999titleSchweizer V, Besson J0[Alcoholism from the systemic viewpoint].abstract42In this paper we attempt to view the phenomenon alcohol abuse and dependence within the family or partnership and to describe the important impact of alcoholism on social relation. Understating the role of alcohol in the familial structure may help to draw conclusions for competence and effectiveness of individual or familial psychotherapeutic interventions.MESH:D000437Diseasealcohol abuseMESH:D000437DiseasealcoholismMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol10574038Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1720-51999titleDavidson C0[Identification and treatment of psychiatric comorbidity associated with alcoholism].MESH:D001523DiseasepsychiatricMESH:D000437Diseasealcoholismabstract86The importance of psychiatric comorbidity has been recently recognized. It may help to understand why a similar chronic disease has several clinical presentations. Concurrent psychiatric disorders associated with alcohol dependence worsen the prognosis for the patient. Depression and anxiety are frequently the consequence of chronic alcohol consumption; however, these disorders have been clearly identified, also as the primary disorder, which may be complicated secondarily by alcohol dependence. Therefore, the evaluation of concurrent psychiatric disorders is important because it allows for better therapeutic strategies, adjusted to specific problems of the patient. Cognitivo-behavioural therapies are thus more effective if they are combined with a specific approach to concurrent disorders.MESH:D001523DiseasepsychiatricMESH:D002908Diseasechronic diseaseMESH:D001523Diseasepsychiatric disordersMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606SpeciespatientMESH:D000275DiseaseDepressionMESH:D001008DiseaseanxietyMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D001523Diseasepsychiatric disorders9606Speciespatient10574039Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1726-301999titleBonjour M, Schnyder C, Yersin B0[Multidisciplinary team and coordination of treatment network].abstract64Because of the adverse consequences of alcohol dependence on somatic, psychological and social functions, treatment of alcoholics always requires a multidisciplinary approach. It is a good example of a treatment network. Despite the numerous difficulties encountered in such a multidisciplinary approach, its beneficial effect, its efficacy and even its rewards are tremendously important. The alcohol treatment network of our region should permit such multidisciplinary therapies. Two clinical presentations are used to illustrate its virtues, but also some open questions.MESH:D000437Diseasealcohol dependenceMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol10574040Praxis(Bern 1994); 1999 Oct 14; 88(42) 1731-51999titleUehlinger C0[Alcoholism: cognitive-behavioral therapy].abstract44Cognito-behavioral therapy of alcohol dependence is based mainly on the aspect of enhancing social integration and conditioning. Clinical applications are thus focused on behavioral modifications, including social learning and coping skills. This approach may be individual or based on group therapy; specific programs may be adjusted to the severity of neuropsychological impairment and/or to the motivation of the patient.MESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D007859Diseasesocial learning9606Speciespatient10574041Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 37191999titleGulbrandsen P0[Personal benefit or consideration for the community?].abstract5610574042Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 37201999titleNilsen JE, Strand T0[Quality assurance of prehospital emergency care].abstract5110574043Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 37211999titleKlepp KI0[Smoking among adolescents].abstract2910574044Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 37221999titleBrekke M, Steinert S, Bakke HK0[Time of crisis is time of possibilities--securing the recruitment with the help of the listed patients' system].9606Speciespatientsabstract11410574045Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 37231999titleWestlie L0[Prolonged follow-up of patients following kidney transplantation; comment].9606Speciespatientsabstract7710574046Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 37241999titleJensenius M, Ringertz SH0[Hepatitis A is now endemic among Norwegian drug addicts].MESH:D056486DiseaseHepatitisabstract5910574047Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3725-91999titleStene-Johansen K, Skaug K, Blystad H0[Surveillance of hepatitis A by molecular epidemiologic studies].MESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis Aabstract66Hepatitis A virus was studied by molecular epidemiology in connection with an outbreak of hepatitis A associated with intravenous drug users (IVDU) in Norway. Hepatitis A virus was characterised by sequencing 114 of 1,242 notified cases of hepatitis A from January 1995 to July 1998. One hepatitis A variant (IVDU variant I) was detected among IVDU during an outbreak of hepatitis A, as well as among 19 out of 49 cases with no apparent association to this outbreak. During the autumn of 1997, a new variant (IVDU variant II) was detected in the IVDU communities. Genotyping of virus from imported cases associated with travel to endemic regions, revealed that they were distinct from the two other IVDU variants. Hepatitis A has disseminated among IVDU over years; this indicates that hepatitis A is endemic in these communities. At the turn of the year 1997/98, there was a smaller outbreak of hepatitis A among homosexual men in Oslo, distinguished by genotyping from the outbreaks in the IVDU communities. By molecular epidemiology we have been able to identify individual outbreaks of hepatitis A and distinguish them from the IVDU outbreak.MESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis A12092SpeciesHepatitis A virusMESH:D056486DiseasehepatitisMESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis AMESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis AMESH:D056486DiseaseHepatitis AMESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis AMESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis A9606SpeciesmenMESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis A10574048Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3730-41999titleFleten N, Johnsen R, Ostrem BS0[Sick-listed persons think job adjustments might reduce sick-leave].9606Speciespersonsabstract69In the 1990's, improving the follow-up of sick-listed patients with a focus on job adjustments has been a priority in Norwegian social policy. In a study of 1,000 consecutive sick-listed patients (14 days or more) with a musculoskeletal or mental disorder as primary diagnosis, we asked 499 randomly selected sick-listed patients about their opinion on whether adjustments in their job situation might reduce their need for sick-leave in the current episode or in the future. 161 useful questionnaires were returned. Nearly 30% replied that job adjustments might bring down his or her current sick-leave, and 40% thought that job adjustments might reduce future needs for sick-leaves. One in four were of the opinion that they might return to work immediately if job adjustments were made. Among those who knew about job adjustments which had in fact been implemented at their place of work, there were no significant differences in the estimates of potential reductions by age, sex, diagnosis or occupation, with the exception that young women who worked in places where such adjustments had been made, had little belief in the potential of such adjustments. We may conclude that in the sick-listed patients' own opinion, job adjustments have a considerable potential for cutting down the number of working days lost by sickness. The Norwegian "active sick-leave" scheme is suitable and might be used more.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009140Diseasemusculoskeletal or mental disorder9606Speciespatients9606Specieswomen9606Speciespatients10574049Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3737-401999titleBrage S, Reiso H0[Work ability and gender--physicians' assessment of sick-listed patients].9606Speciespatientsabstract75Medical assessments might be influenced by the patient's gender and work situation. This article explorers the relationship between physicians' assessments of work ability in sick-listed patients, and gender of the sick-listed and the physicians. We conducted a questionnaire survey among 52 primary care physicians and 442 of their sick-listed full-time employed patients in Aust-Agder county. The relationship between physician assessment of the patients' work ability and gender were analysed by full/part-time sick-leave, new/extended sick-leave, patient's workload, and the physician's gender. Multivariate analyses were done in two-level logistic regression models. 60% of sick-listed women were assessed as having "very much" or "much" reduced work ability, against 71% of sick-listed men (p < 0.01). Women received part-time sickness certification more often than men, 27% vs. 11% (p < 0.001). These relationships were only found for extended sick-leaves, and were significant also after adjustment for physician's gender and patient work-load. Male physicians assessed work ability as more reduced among sick-listed men than among sick-listed women. Primary care physicians assessed work ability as less reduced among women than men. Women more often received part-time sickness certification. Possibly, the physicians' gender influenced their assessment of work ability, but this should be confirmed by more studies.9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606Specieswomen9606Speciesmen9606SpeciesWomen9606Speciesmen9606Speciespatient9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomen9606Speciesmen9606SpeciesWomen10574050Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3741-21999titleMorken T, Augustson T, Helland S0[Occupational skin problems among dental personnel].abstract53Occupational dermatological problems are common among dental health personnel. We conducted a questionnaire survey to investigate the frequency of occupational dermatological problems among dental health personnel in Hordaland county, Norway. 333 of 394 employees (85%) answered the questionnaire. 148 of 333 respondents (44%) reported skin complaints. The proportion of respondents with skin complaints was lower among those with more than 20 years experience in dental health care. Hands were almost always involved. Use of gloves were reported to be the main cause of skin problems, especially the use of powdered gloves. Other frequently reported causes were soaps and methacrylates. Skin complaints from methacrylates occurred more often among employees wearing gloves most past of the working day. 3% of the respondents reported test-proven rubber allergy and 1% a methacrylate allergy. Our study confirm that occupational dermatological problems among dental health personnel are frequent. Irritant reactions are probably much more common than allergy. The most important allergens causing allergic contact dermatitis are rubber and methacrylates. Dental personnel should use non-powdered non-latex gloves and use non-touch techniques while handling methacrylates.MESH:D008689ChemicalmethacrylatesMESH:D008689ChemicalmethacrylatesMESH:D004342Diseaserubber allergyMESH:D008689ChemicalmethacrylateMESH:D004342DiseaseallergyMESH:D004342DiseaseallergyMESH:D003872DiseasedermatitisMESH:D008689ChemicalmethacrylatesMESH:D008689Chemicalmethacrylates10574051Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3743-61999titleVik T, Borthne K, Johansen OJ0[Children and adolescents with Down syndrome in Sor-Trondelag 1978-97].9606SpeciesChildrenabstract72Ultrasound examination offered to nearly all pregnant women in Norway may lead to the identification of fetuses with Down's syndrome. This may lead to termination of pregnancies and to a reduction in the prevalence of live-borns with Down's syndrome. In a retrospective study of hospital records we have examined the prevalence of Down's syndrome, associated malformations and diseases during the last 20 years. 68 children and adolescents with Down's syndrome were identified. 43 were born 1988-97 (1.16 per 1,000 births) and 25 1978-87 (0.8 per 1,000 births; p = 0.13). Congenital heart defects were diagnosed in 33 children (49%). Five children (7.4%) had died by the end of 1997, four with a cardiovascular defect. Four children had moved out of the region. Among 59 persons alive at the time of study, 11 (19%) were treated for hypothyroidism, 26 (44%) had been hospitalised because of infections, and 14 (20%) suffered from problems with sleep obstruction. 23 (39%) had impairments in hearing and 30 (51%) in vision. Ten children (18%) had a weight-for-height above the 97.5 percentile of standard growth charts for Norwegian children. Serum concentration of zink was below reference values in 15 children. We conclude that the prevalence of livebirths with Down's syndrome was not reduced in 1988-97 compared to 1978-87. Children with Down's syndrome have a wide range of somatic disorders and need close and systematic medical follow-up.9606SpecieswomenMESH:D010300Disease's syndromeMESH:D010300Disease's syndromeMESH:D010300Disease's syndromeMESH:D000014Diseasemalformations9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D010300Disease's syndromeMESH:D006330DiseaseCongenital heart defects9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular defect9606Specieschildren9606SpeciespersonsMESH:D007037DiseasehypothyroidismMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionsMESH:D020181Diseasesleep obstructionMESH:D034381Diseaseimpairments in hearing9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D010300Disease's syndrome9606SpeciesChildrenMESH:D010300Disease's syndromeMESH:D013001Diseasesomatic disorders10574052Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3749-511999titleWisborg T0[Quality revision of air ambulance services].abstract46The 14 anaesthesiologist-manned ambulance helicopters in Norway are administratively placed under the head of the nearest anaesthetic department. Routines for quality assurance vary considerably. In 1995, a total of 6,850 patients were treated by air ambulance anaesthesiologists. An enquiry to all 14 air ambulance services revealed that approximately two thirds of all medical records were reviewed for quality assurance purposes. Only half of the reviewers based their work on written treatment procedures in addition to their own sense of good clinical practice. A review of all 162 medical records for one year at one air ambulance base indicates that a thorough review of one third of all records would identify all major areas of improvement. The selection of records has to be based on local experience concerning both patients and personnel. When areas of improvement are identified, the quality assurance process can be simplified without increasing the risk of not addressing serious problems.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10574053Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3753-51999titleLund KE, Urdal L, Sanner T0[How to enforce the prohibition of sales of tobacco to minors?].4097Speciestobaccoabstract65The introduction in 1996 of a ban on the sale of tobacco to persons under the age of 18 in Norway does not seem to have reduced the extent of smoking among minors. One reason may be that Norway's 20,000 tobacconists have not respected the age limit. A representative sample of households was randomly selected from a database containing all telephone numbers in Norway. Of the 6,135 households contacted, 2,054 households contained young people aged 13 to 20 years. Of these, 1,011 persons participated in the telephone survey. 75% of the tobacco smoked by 13-17-year-olds is bought by the minors themselves or by other minors. 70% of smokers under the age of 18 report not being asked how old they were when they bought or tried to buy tobacco. Only 48% had been denied purchase of tobacco during the last three months. The systematic anti-smoking efforts being instituted in the schools would be much more effective if they were backed up by the tobacconists through effective enforcement of the 18-year age limit for the purchase of tobacco.4097Speciestobacco9606Speciespersons9606Speciespeople9606Speciespersons4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco10574054Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3756-601999titleLund KE, Scheffels J, Sanner T0[How to reduce illegal sales of tobacco to minors?].4097Speciestobaccoabstract53Of the tobacco consumed by young people between the ages of 13 and 17 in Norway, 75% is bought by minors. The Ministry of Health has requested the tobacconist's trade association to improve the enforcement of the 18-year age limit for the purchase of tobacco. After identifying 122 scientific articles through searches in Medline and Sociological Abstracts, we have reviewed the scientific literature on the effects of compliance-enhancing measures designed by the authorities in other countries. Four types of measures, including sanctions against tobacconist, have been used to improve age limit compliance. Voluntary agreements lead to higher tobacconist compliance; however, 20% of them still sell tobacco to minors. This is enough for young people not to report changes in availability or changes in smoking habits. Frequent spot tests, threats of fines or the revoking of licence have led to fewer young smokers. We conclude that the present Norwegian efforts at increasing tobacconist compliance are unlikely to lead to fewer smokers among minors.4097Speciestobacco9606Speciespeople4097Speciestobacco4097Speciestobacco9606Speciespeople10574055Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3765-81999titleJacobsen GM, Stangeland N, Velund TL, Blørstad O0[Information technology and medical record routines in hospitals in the health care region 2].abstract95Structure, standard and efficient methods in paper medical records are important for a successful implementation of computerised medical records. We have conducted a survey among 26 somatic hospitals in a Norwegian region regarding present routines and use of information technology in patients records. The hospitals use six different patient administration systems, six laboratory, six radiology, and approximately 20 different specialist systems. 16 hospitals use three different electronic journal/documentation systems. Ten hospitals use the Word word processor for patient records. The full potential of word processing is not utilised. Digital dictation is seldom used; few hospitals have 24-hours service for documentation, and information technology is not used for documentation in nursing care. Four hospitals use microfilm. The survey shows that improvement is needed in order to achieve coordinated and effective use of information technology and manual routines in hospital medical records.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:D008569DiseaseWord9606Speciespatient10574056Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3771-31999titleGilhus NE0[Specialized positions, time allocation and clinical research at the Haukeland hospital].abstract90An aim for Norwegian health care is to improve clinical medical research. Special positions for junior doctors are designated for research, quality control projects or subspecialization. In addition, four hours per week for all doctors at Haukeland University Hospital have recently been allocated to theoretical study. A questionnaire was sent to the heads of all 27 departments of Haukeland University Hospital to survey the use of these opportunities for medical research. There were 27 junior doctor positions for clinical research in 12 different departments, constituting 4% of all positions for doctors at the hospital. 15 departments, including several large ones, did not have any junior doctor positions for clinical research. For 15 of the 27 positions, approximately 50% of the working time was used for research with the goal of publishing in international referee-based journals. Four positions were used for clinical subspecialization, and eight positions were used entirely for routine clinical work. 14 department heads would give high priority to a new position for clinical research. Only 11 department heads claimed that the hours scheduled for theoretical work had improved research to some degree. There was general agreement that other aspects of department organisation was more important for promotion of research. Clinical research positions for junior doctors should be used for research, but even in an ambitious university hospital they are not fully used for such work. Most of the department heads have a clear ambition to improve the conditions for research in their departments.10574057Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 37761999titleKildahl-Andersen O, Valle PC, Holm T0[A man with anemia, pulmonary infiltrates and increased liver enzymes].9606SpeciesmanMESH:D000740Diseaseanemiaabstract7210574058Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3784-81999titleHjelmesaeth J, Midtvedt K, Aakhus S, Hartmann A0[Cardiovascular disease after kidney transplantation].MESH:D002318DiseaseCardiovascular diseaseabstract55Norwegian renal transplant recipients have a high prevalence of cardiovascular disease. In this group of patients cardiovascular disease causes three out of four deaths. Well-known risk factors such as hypertension, dyslipidemia, impaired glucose tolerance and diabetes mellitus are common in renal transplant recipients, but these factors cannot fully explain the high cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Atherosclerotic disease and left ventricular hypertrophy are highly prevalent in uremic patients before transplantation. Hyperhomocysteinemia, elevated levels of advanced glycosylated end products, and immunosuppressive medication may also accelerate the atherosclerotic process. Until results from controlled trials on the effect of lipid-lowering therapy in renal transplant recipients are available, treatment decisions must be based on studies in non-transplanted patients. Every patient should be treated individually with the overall risk pattern taken into account.MESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular disease9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseaseMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D050171DiseasedyslipidemiaMESH:D018149Diseaseimpaired glucose tolerance and diabetes mellitusMESH:D050197DiseaseAtherosclerotic diseaseMESH:D017379Diseaseleft ventricular hypertrophy9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020138DiseaseHyperhomocysteinemiaMESH:D050197DiseaseatheroscleroticMESH:D008055Chemicallipid9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient10574059Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3789-921999titleGjersvik PJ0[Cutaneous complications after organ transplantation].abstract55Organ transplant recipients may develop cutaneous complications related to long-term immunosuppressive drug treatment (prednisolone, azathioprine, cyclosporine). These complications are either related to the immunosuppression per se, such as common warts, dermatophytosis, premalignant lesions, and skin cancer, or drug-specific effects, such as acne, rosacea, and hypertrichosis. Organ transplant recipients have a markedly increased risk of developing skin cancer, especially squamous cell carcinoma, but also basal cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma and malignant melanoma. Patients should be encouraged to avoid sun exposure, a well-known risk factor for skin cancer, and to use sun protection measures. Patients with skin lesions suspected to be malignant should be referred to a dermatologist. Close dermatological follow-up of patients diagnosed with post-transplant skin cancer is essential.MESH:D011239ChemicalprednisoloneMESH:D001379ChemicalazathioprineMESH:D016572ChemicalcyclosporineMESH:D014005DiseasedermatophytosisMESH:D012878Diseaseskin cancerMESH:D000152DiseaseacneMESH:D006983DiseasehypertrichosisMESH:D012878Diseaseskin cancerMESH:D002294Diseaseespecially squamous cell carcinomaMESH:D002277DiseasecarcinomaMESH:D012514DiseaseKaposi's sarcomaMESH:D008545Diseasemalignant melanoma9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D012878Diseaseskin cancer9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D012871Diseaseskin lesions9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012878Diseaseskin cancer10574060Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3792-41999titlePfeffer PF0[Cancer in organ transplanted patients].MESH:D009369DiseaseCancer9606Speciespatientsabstract41The risk of cancer in organ transplant recipients is three to five times higher than in the general population. The increased risk seems to be related to the total amount of immunosuppressive agents received. Organ transplant recipients do not have a significantly higher risk of developing the most common types of cancer, such as cancer of the breast, lungs, prostate or the uterine body. Non-melanoma skin cancers constitute well over 50% of all cancers in transplant recipients. Some forms of cancer, such as lymphomas, cancer of the cervix and Kaposi's sarcoma, are associated with viral infections. Organ transplant recipients should be regularly examined for cancer and avoid high exposure to ultraviolet light, an important aetiological risk factor for non-melanoma skin cancer. With the increasing number of new immunosuppressive drugs now being introduced, it is important to monitor their long-term side effects, including cancer.MESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D012878DiseaseNon-melanoma skin cancersMESH:D009369DiseasecancersMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D008223DiseaselymphomasMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D012514DiseaseKaposi's sarcomaMESH:D001102Diseaseviral infectionsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D012878Diseasenon-melanoma skin cancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancer10574061Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3800-31999titleFugelli P0[Medicine and art].abstract2010574062Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3804-71999titleMalde K, Kvamme O, Ebbing H0[The action for correct fees--storm in a glass of water?].MESH:D014867Chemicalwaterabstract5910574063Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 38111999titleMigreneforbund N, Furulund S0[Misleading and incorrect about the Norwegian Migraine Society and drug industry].MESH:D008881DiseaseMigraine Societyabstract8310574064Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 3811-21999titleSacher R0[Head asymmetry in children].9606Specieschildrenabstract3010574065Tidsskr. Nor. Laegeforen.; 1999 Oct 20; 119(25) 38121999titleLeira HL0[Occupational medicine and epidemiology].abstract4210574066Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 505-91999titleViseras J, Hueli LE, Adroher FJ, García-Fernández P0Studies on the transmission of Theileria annulata to cattle by the tick Hyalomma lusitanicum.5874SpeciesTheileria annulata9913Speciescattle49205SpeciesHyalomma lusitanicumabstract94The role of the ixodid tick Hyalomma lusitanicum Koch 1844 as a vector of Mediterranean or tropical theileriosis (caused by the protozoan parasite Theileria annulata Dschunkowsky et Luhs 1904) in southern Spain was studied. Hyalomma lusitanicum was the most common tick, and the only species of the genus Hyalomma L., found on T. annulata-infected cattle from the theileriosis enzootic area studied (province of Cadiz, southern Spain). Likewise, we found that all sera of the cattle previously considered as suspected of theileriosis by clinical signs, tested for T. annulata antibodies, were positive and all blood samples of these suspected cattle examined had infected erythrocytes. Partially fed H. lusitanicum adults were collected in the field on T. annulata-infected cattle in this enzootic area and fed on an uninfected calf in an experimental farm free of theileriosis and ticks. At approximately 3 weeks post-tick feeding on the calf, this became positive for T. annulata antibodies and T. annulata merozoites were found in erythrocytes from blood smears. These results show the ability of H. lusitanicum to transmit the protozoan parasite T. annulata to susceptible cattle and indicate that H. lusitanicum is probably an important vector of T. annulata in the enzootic area surveyed.49205SpeciesHyalomma lusitanicum Koch 1844MESH:D013801Diseasetheileriosis5874SpeciesTheileria annulata49205SpeciesHyalomma lusitanicum49205SpeciesHyalommaMESH:D002418Diseaseannulata-infected cattleMESH:D013801Diseasetheileriosis enzootic9913SpeciescattleMESH:D013801Diseasetheileriosis5874SpeciesT. annulata9913Speciescattle49205SpeciesH. lusitanicumMESH:D002418Diseaseannulata-infected cattle9913SpeciescalfMESH:D013801Diseasetheileriosis9913Speciescalf5874SpeciesT. annulata5874SpeciesT. annulata49205SpeciesH. lusitanicum5874SpeciesT. annulata9913Speciescattle49205SpeciesH. lusitanicum5874SpeciesT. annulata10574067Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 511-51999titleFukai K, Sato M, Kawara M, Hoshi Z, Ueno S, Chyou N, Akashi H0A case of an embryo transfer calf infected with bovine leukemia virus from the recipient cow.9913Speciescalf11901Speciesbovine leukemia virus9913Speciescowabstract94A case was discovered where the embryo transfer (ET) calf had been infected with bovine leukemia virus (BLV) from the recipient cow. The embryo was transferred from the BLV-uninfected donor cow to the recipient cow. However, the BLV test had not been performed to the recipient cow before ET was performed. The ET calf was raised in a calf hatch from birth to 1-month old and was given the recipient cow's colostrum and milk artificially. The ET calf was raised with the two other calves from a 1-month old to a 6-month old. The BLV test was performed to the ET calf by agar gel precipitation (AGP) and passive haemagglutination (PHA) assay when the ET calf was 6 months old. Because the ET calf was positive, the BLV test was performed to the recipient cow, the two other calves raised with the ET calf and the two dams of the two other calves. Because the recipient cow only was positive at the time of the first test, we judged that the ET calf had been infected with BLV from the recipient cow. The importance of the BLV test being carried out on the recipient cow for the prevention of enzootic bovine leukemia in a case of ET was recognised.9913Speciescalf11901Speciesbovine leukemia virus11901SpeciesBLV9913Speciescow11901SpeciesBLV9606Speciesdonor9913Speciescow9913Speciescow11901SpeciesBLV9913Speciescow9913Speciescalf9913Speciescalf9913Speciescow9913Speciescalf9913Speciescalves11901SpeciesBLV9913SpeciescalfMESH:D000362Chemicalagar9913Speciescalf9913Speciescalf11901SpeciesBLV9913Speciescow9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalf9913Speciescalves9913Speciescow9913Speciescalf11901SpeciesBLV9913Speciescow11901SpeciesBLV9913SpeciescowMESH:D016583Diseaseenzootic bovine leukemia10574069Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 525-331999titleEngel M, Wierup M, Novén B0Patterns of seroconversion to Aujeszky's disease virus in unvaccinated chronically infected Swedish weaner pig-producing herds.10345SpeciesAujeszky's disease virus9823Speciespigabstract128This study was carried out in nine unvaccinated Swedish weaner pig-producing herds, ranging in size from 20 to 134 breeding animals, which had experienced a previous outbreak of Aujeszky's disease (AD) and in which seropositive sows were still present. The objective was to quantify the seroconversion rate to Aujeszky's disease virus (ADV) in breeding animals and to find out whether unvaccinated herds could become free from ADV by using only seronegative animals for replacement. Serum samples were initially obtained from all adult pigs in the herds. Animals testing negative, as well as replacement animals, were subsequently tested every second or third month and the herds were followed for 10-28 months. The herd owners were advised to keep seropositive and seronegative animals separate whenever possible and to implement sanitary measures against the reintroduction of the virus into the herds. All herds experienced long consecutive periods (> or = 4 months, median 9 months) without seroconversion. Three herds became free from ADV during the serological study; in two of these herds no seroconversion was observed. In those seven herds where seroconversion occurred, between 9 and 86% of the susceptible pigs became infected. The reinfection was indicative of the reactivation of latent virus in all herds but two, where the reintroduction of the virus was most likely. The pattern of seroconversion was either sporadic, involving not more than three animals at a time, or epidemic, involving a large proportion of the susceptible animals in the herd. Severe clinical outbreaks hit the two largest herds and these only became ADV-free after the conclusion of the study when vaccine was used, which reduced the incidence of seroconversion to zero. The results from the present study show that it is possible for smaller herds to achieve freedom from ADV without any radical control methods, provided that only ADV-free replacement animals are used and the virus is not reintroduced. Moreover, the finding that long periods can elapse without transmission suggests that when infection is discovered in a herd, the risk of massive spread is not necessarily imminent.9823SpeciespigMESH:D011557DiseaseAujeszky's diseaseMESH:D000544DiseaseAD10345SpeciesAujeszky's disease virus10345SpeciesADV10345SpeciesADV9823Speciespigs10345SpeciesADV9823Speciespigs10345SpeciesADV10345SpeciesADV10345SpeciesADVMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection10574070Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 535-441999titleHolmgren N, Lundeheim N, Wallgren P0Infections with Mycoplasma hyopneumoniae and Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae in fattening pigs. Influence of piglet production systems and influence on production parameters.MESH:D011001DiseaseMycoplasma hyopneumoniae and Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae9823Speciespigsabstract175Two hundred and sixty-four feeder pigs from an age-segregated herd (A-pigs) and 264 feeder pigs from a continuous production system (C-pigs) were transferred into identical but separate rooms in a fattening herd employing all-in all-out production. On arrival, none of the A-pigs and 39% of the C-pigs were seropositive to Mycoplasma hyopneumoniae (M. hyo). At slaughter 30% of the A-pigs and 99% of the C-pigs were seropositive to M. hyo. Pigs with acute swine enzootic pneumonia (SEP) at slaughter and pigs that seroconverted to M. hyo late in the rearing period showed a lower growth rate compared with pigs with chronic SEP or pigs that seroconverted to M. hyo early or not at all. No A-pigs and 12% of the C-pigs were seropositive to Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae 2 (A. pp 2) at arrival to the fattening herd. At slaughter, 10% of the A-pigs and 13% of the C-pigs were seropositive to A. pp 2. On arrival, the prevalence of pigs seropositive to A. pp 3 was lower among A-pigs than C-pigs. During the fattening period the situation was reversed. The prevalence of pleuritis at slaughter was low (2.7-4.2%) and there were no associations between pleuritis at slaughter and developments of antibodies to A. pp 2 or 3. However, pigs with pleuritis developed antibodies to M. hyo to a greater extent than pigs without pleuritis. Pigs with pleuropneumonia at slaughter and pigs that seroconverted to A. pp 2 or 3 had, during certain periods of the rearing, higher growth rates compared with pigs without pleuropneumonia or pigs that did not seroconvert to A. pp 2 or 3.9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs2099SpeciesM. hyo9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs2099SpeciesM. hyo9823SpeciesPigs9823SpeciesswineMESH:D045729Diseaseenzootic pneumonia9823Speciespigs2099SpeciesM. hyo9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs2099SpeciesM. hyo9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs34063SpeciesActinobacillus pleuropneumoniae 29823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs9823Speciespigs9823SpeciespigsMESH:D010998DiseasepleuritisMESH:D010998Diseasepleuritis9823SpeciespigsMESH:D010998Diseasepleuritis2099SpeciesM. hyo9823SpeciespigsMESH:D010998Diseasepleuritis9823SpeciesPigsMESH:D011001Diseasepleuropneumonia9823Speciespigs9823SpeciespigsMESH:D011001Diseasepleuropneumonia9823Speciespigs10574071Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 545-91999titleCuteri V, Diverio S, Carnieletto P, Turilli C, Valente C0Serological survey for antibodies against selected infectious agents among fallow deer (Dama dama) in central Italy.30532Speciesfallow deer30532SpeciesDama damaabstract117Sera were collected from 224 fallow deer (Dama dama) in reserves in central Italy. Samples were tested for antibodies against Chlamydia spp., Brucella spp. and Coxiella spp. with the complement fixation (CF) test. Indirect immunofluorescence was used to test for antibodies against Borrelia spp. and agglutination tests were conducted for Leptospira interrogans antibodies. Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) tests were used to detect antibodies against bovine herpesvirus-1 (BHV-1) and bovine viral diarrhoea virus (BVDV). All samples were negative for antibodies against Brucella spp., L. interrogans, Coxiella spp. and BHV-1. Four samples (1.8%) had antibodies against Chlamydia spp., nine (4%) against Borrelia spp. and 10 (4.5%) against BVDV. These results indicate that fallow deer in central Italy have a low rate of exposure to pathogens typical of domestic livestock.30532Speciesfallow deer30532SpeciesDama damaMESH:D011778DiseaseCoxiella spp173SpeciesLeptospira interrogans10320Speciesbovine herpesvirus-110320SpeciesBHV-19913SpeciesbovineMESH:D001102Diseaseviral diarrhoea virus11099SpeciesBVDV173SpeciesL. interrogansMESH:D011778DiseaseCoxiella spp10320SpeciesBHV-111099SpeciesBVDV30532Speciesfallow deer10574072Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 551-81999titleDolz G, Moreno E0Comparison of agar gel immunodiffusion test, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay and western blotting for the detection of BLV antibodies.MESH:D000362Chemicalagarabstract137An indirect enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for the diagnosis of bovine leukaemia virus (BLV) infection was developed and compared with the agar gel immunodiffusion test (AGIDT). Western blotting (WB) was used as confirmatory test. ELISA and AGIDT had specificities that were comparable with that of WB, however, ELISA showed a higher sensitivity than AGIDT. The ELISA was useful for screening a large number of samples, whereas WB was important for detecting the antibody response against the individual BLV-proteins. Different types of positive serological reactions were discerned in WB, that correlated with reactions of sera in AGIDT and ELISA. The most important antigen in WB and ELISA was the BLV protein p24, whereas the BLV glycoproteins gp51 and gp30 were of special importance in AGIDT. The relevance of repeatedly testing the antibody response in BLV-infected herds for control and eradication programmes using assays with higher sensitivity than AGIDT was demonstrated.9913SpeciesbovineMESH:D006800Diseaseleukaemia virus (BLV) infectionMESH:D006800DiseaseBLV-infected10574073Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 559-651999titleMenge C, Neufeld B, Hirt W, Bauerfeind R, Baljer G, Wieler LH0Phenotypical characterization of peripheral blood leucocytes in the newborn calf.9913Speciescalfabstract82The present study was undertaken to establish reference values for the composition of blood leucocyte populations in neonatal calves by differential leucocyte counts and immunophenotyping. Neonatal calves 1 h post partum (p.p.) were found to have a very high absolute number of granulocytes while the number of peripheral blood mononuclear cells was lower than in calves aged 3-9 weeks. The relative numbers of T cell subpopulations were similar in newborn and older calves, but newborn calves had lower percentages of B cells and MHC class II positive cells. Within the first 4 h of life the relative numbers of CD2+, CD6+, and CD8+ T cells declined in colostrum-fed as well as in colostrum-deprived calves. In contrast, the percentage of MHC class II positive cells and monocytes increased from 1 h to 4 h p.p. particularly in colostrum-fed calves. Although there is some evidence for immaturity of lymphocytes in neonatal calves, the immune system of these animals seems to be fully present at birth.9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves10574074Zentralblatt Veterinarmedizin Reihe B; 1999 Oct; 46(8) 567-811999titleAdesiyun AA, Romain HT0Longitudinal study on the susceptibility to bacteriophages of Staphylococcus aureus strains isolated from dairy farms in Trinidad.1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureusabstract131A 6-month longitudinal study was conducted on 30 dairy cows in early lactation and their human handlers on six farms across Trinidad. Weekly samples of bulk milk, composite milk and anterior nares and hand swabs from human handlers were collected and cultured for Staphylococcus aureus on Baird-Parker agar (BPA). The susceptibility of S. aureus strains to bacteriophages and the relatedness of strains isolated over the study period were determined. Sixty-three (51.2%) of 123 strains of S. aureus from bulk milk were typable compared with 111 (57.3%) of 194 and 82 (61.7%) of 133 strains isolated from composite milk and human handlers, respectively. The differences were not statistically significant (P > 0.05; chi 2). Bovine phage 42D lysed 3.3% (4 of 123), 16.5% (32 of 194) and 12.0% (16 of 133) of S. aureus strains isolated from bulk milk, composite milk and human handlers, respectively. The differences were statistically significant (P < 0.001; chi 2). Amongst bulk milk isolates of S. aureus, 35 (31.8%) of 110 exhibited relatedness in 11 groups based on their phage patterns and groups. The mean maximum interval between the first and last detection of related S. aureus strains in a group was 11.5 +/- 7.3 weeks. Amongst composite milk strains of S. aureus, 23 (46.0%) of 50, 25 (62.5%) of 40 and 22 (53.7%) of 41 exhibited relatedness on farms IB 2, IB 27 and IC 23, respectively, but the differences were not statistically significant (P > 0.05; chi 2). On farm IB 2, five groups of related strains of S. aureus were detected with a mean maximum interval of detection of 18.2 +/- 8.5 weeks compared to farm IB 27 where five groups of related strains were also observed but with an interval of 13.8 +/- 8.2 weeks. On farm IC 23, a total of seven groups of related S. aureus strains were detected with a mean interval of 8.0 +/- 5.5 weeks. For human strains of S. aureus from farm IB 2, nine (56.3%) of 16 strains isolated from anterior nares exhibited relatedness in three groups with a mean maximum interval of 13.3 +/- 4.7 weeks compared to four (25.0%) of 16 hand swab isolates which exhibited relatedness in two groups with mean interval of detection of 11.0 +/- 1.4 weeks. The differences were not statistically significant (P > 0.05; chi 2). On farm IB 27, for anterior nares isolates, eight (72.7%) of 11 exhibited relatedness in two groups with a mean maximum interval of detection of 20.5 +/- 2.1 weeks compared to hand swab isolates, with six (50.0%) of 12 showing relatedness in two groups and a mean interval of 10.5 +/- 2.1 weeks. It was concluded that dairy cows and their human handlers carried particular strains of S. aureus at various sites for extended periods, which served as continuous sources of contamination of milk and may play a significant role in the occurrence of subclinical mastitis, with an obvious economic impact.9913SpeciescowsMESH:D007775Diseaselactation9606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman1280SpeciesStaphylococcus aureus1280SpeciesS. aureus1280SpeciesS. aureus9606Specieshuman1413548Specieschi 29913SpeciesBovine10715Speciesphage 42D1280SpeciesS. aureus9606Specieshuman1413548Specieschi 21280SpeciesS. aureus1280SpeciesS. aureus1280SpeciesS. aureus1413548Specieschi 21280SpeciesS. aureus1280SpeciesS. aureus9606Specieshuman1280SpeciesS. aureus1413548Specieschi 29913Speciescows9606Specieshuman1280SpeciesS. aureusMESH:D008413Diseasemastitis10574075Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 455-771999titlePell MD0The temporal organization of affective and non-affective speech in patients with right-hemisphere infarcts.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007238Diseaseinfarctsabstract108To evaluate the right hemisphere's role in encoding speech prosody, an acoustic investigation of timing characteristics was undertaken in speakers with and without focal right-hemisphere damage (RHD) following cerebrovascular accident. Utterances varying along different prosodic dimensions (emphasis, emotion) were elicited from each speaker using a story completion paradigm, and measures of utterance rate and vowel duration were computed. Results demonstrated parallelism in how RHD and healthy individuals encoded the temporal correlates of emphasis in most experimental conditions. Differences in how RHD speakers employed temporal cues to specify some aspects of prosodic meaning (especially emotional content) were observed and corresponded to a reduction in the perceptibility of prosodic meanings when conveyed by the RHD speakers. Findings indicate that RHD individuals are most disturbed when expressing prosodic representations that vary in a graded (rather than categorical) manner in the speech signal (Blonder, Pickering, Heath et al., 1995; Pell, 1999a).MESH:D020521Diseasecerebrovascular accidentDiseaseparallelism10574076Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 479-5011999titleHoldstock JS, Mayes AR, Cezayirli E, Aggleton JP, Roberts N0A comparison of egocentric and allocentric spatial memory in medial temporal lobe and Korsakoff amnesics.MESH:D008569Diseaseallocentric spatial memoryabstract106Two patients with medial temporal lobe damage, seven Korsakoff amnesics and fourteen healthy control subjects were tested on three conditions of a spatial memory test ('short delay', 'allocentric' and 'egocentric'). The task required subjects to recall the position of a single spot of light presented on a board after various delays. The 'short delay' condition tested memory over very short, unfilled intervals. The other two conditions used longer, filled delays. The allocentric condition required subjects to move to a different place around the board before recalling the position of the light. In the egocentric condition stimuli were presented in darkness, which eliminated allocentric cues. The Korsakoff amnesics were impaired at all delays of the short delay tasks, suggesting poor encoding. On the allocentric and egocentric tasks the Korsakoff amnesics showed a comparable impairment in the two conditions, which worsened with delay. This accelerated forgetting suggested that the Korsakoff amnesics also had impaired memory for allocentric and egocentric information. The patients with medial temporal lobe damage were unimpaired in the 'short delay' condition suggesting intact encoding and short-term memory of spatial information. However, they were impaired in the allocentric condition and showed accelerated loss of allocentric spatial information. In the egocentric condition, while the performance of one patient was impaired, the performance of the other was as good as controls. This result suggests that, in contrast to allocentric spatial memory, which is sensitive to medial temporal lobe damage, an intact medial temporal lobe need not be necessary for successful performance on an egocentric spatial memory task.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C538521Diseasetemporal lobe damageMESH:D008569Diseaseimpaired memory for allocentric9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C538521Diseasetemporal lobe damage9606SpeciespatientMESH:D008569Diseaseallocentric spatial memoryMESH:C538521Diseasetemporal lobe damage10574077Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 503-211999titleDeloche G, Souza L, Braga LW, Dellatolas G0A calculation and number processing battery for clinical application in illiterates and semi-literates.abstract104Ten simple tasks assessing counting, number processing, elementary calculation and quantity estimation were proposed to 122 normal Brazilian adults aged between 18 and 58 years with 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 years of education. Tasks such as counting the number of elements in small sets were almost perfectly mastered by these illiterate or semi-literate normal subjects; however in other tasks (e.g. those assessing knowledge of the correspondence between numbers and banknotes) a sizeable proportion of the sample showed errors. The pattern of errors was analysed to identify difficulty factors. A strong gender effect with better performance in men than women was observed, which was even greater than the expected effect of educational level. Results in normals allowed to propose cut-off scores for neuropsychological assessment in brain-damaged patients with very low levels of education, which were tested in a small sample of illiterate or semi-literate patients with cerebrovascular accident. It is argued that the relatively neglected area of neuropsychological assessment in illiterates is of great practical and theoretical interest.9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasecerebrovascular accident10574078Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 523-361999titleChieffi S0Influence of perceptual factors on line bisection.abstract51In the present study we investigated whether masking/perceptual factors may influence line bisection performance in normal subjects. We carried out two experiments. In Experiment 1 the stimuli consisted of a line flanked at each end by: (1) parallel arrows, (2) oblique arrows, (3) or oblique geometrical figures. Of the two pairs of labels, one pair converged on the line and appeared to mask the flanked portion of the line. The results showed the presence of a bisection bias in the direction opposite to location of masking labels. In Experiment 2 we examined if orientation factors might have contributed to the observed bisection bias. The stimuli consisted of a line flanked by only one pair of oblique geometrical figures. The results showed that bisection bias was always in the direction opposite to label location, independently of the direction pointed out by oblique figures. These findings suggest that masking/perceptual factors may influence bisection performance in normal subjects.10574079Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 537-481999titlePapagno C, Muggia S0Naming people ignoring semantics in a patient with left frontal damage.9606Speciespeople9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001927Diseaseleft frontal damageabstract72Studies about proper name anomia generally assume that persons' names are harder to recall than other semantic information one knows about them and that name retrieval is not possible without biographical knowledge. We describe a patient, SB, who, after a left frontal haemorrhage, was unable to recall any biographical information about people she could name. Moreover, she had a normal score in an Object Picture Naming Test, but gave confabulatory answers in a Semantic Questionnaire involving the same items. The role of frontal function in producing this pattern of impairment is discussed, together with the possible existence of a direct route from visual perception to proper name retrieval.MESH:D000849Diseaseanomia9606Speciespersons9606SpeciespatientMESH:D006470Diseasehaemorrhage9606Speciespeople10574080Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 549-601999titleStaff RT, Shanks MF, Macintosh L, Pestell SJ, Gemmell HG, Venneri A0Delusions in Alzheimer's disease: spet evidence of right hemispheric dysfunction.MESH:D000544DiseaseAlzheimer's diseaseabstract82Delusional thinking and related behaviours are common symptoms in Alzheimer's disease (AD). The aim of the study was to determine if any consistent cerebral image pattern can be identified using Tc99m-hexamethylpropyleneamine (HMPAO) SPET in AD patients with and without delusions. 18 AD patients with delusion and 15 AD patients without delusion underwent neuropsychological testing and regional cerebral blood flow imaging using Tc99m-HMPAO SPET. The reconstructed data was compared using regions of interest drawn over each cerebral lobe and a statistical parametric mapping (SPM) approach. The neuropsychological testing showed that there was no difference in the profiles of the deluded and non deluded AD patients. The imaging results showed a significant degree of image asymmetry. This took the form of a right hemisphere hypoperfusion mainly in the right frontal and limbic regions. The results do not indicate a specific focal site of hypoperfusion in the patients with delusion. They do, however, indicate that delusions in AD may be associated with areas of hypoperfusion in the right anterior hemisphere.MESH:D000544DiseaseAlzheimer's diseaseMESH:D000544DiseaseAD-ChemicalTc99m-hexamethylpropyleneamineMESH:D000544DiseaseAD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000544DiseaseAD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000544DiseaseAD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001927Diseasecerebral lobeMESH:D000544DiseaseAD9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000544DiseaseAD10574081Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 561-711999titlePillon B, Bazin B, Deweer B, Ehrlé N, Baulac M, Dubois B0Specificity of memory deficits after right or left temporal lobectomy.MESH:D008569Diseasememory deficitsabstract71An impairment of verbal memory has consistently been associated with resection of the left dominant temporal lobe, whereas non-verbal memory deficits have been less reliably observed following resection of the right temporal lobe. Such a dissociation may be due to material-specific differences of processing between verbal and non-verbal information. Alternatively, the influence of the left and right limbic structures may vary according to the stage of memory processing. The aim of the study was to test these hypotheses by comparing verbal and spatial learning in patients with left or right temporal lobe resection for intractable epilepsy, using verbal and visuospatial memory tasks with the same design: control of encoding, multiple trial learning, free and cued recall, short and long delays. The results showed: (1) a similar pattern of learning and recall in the two groups; (2) a higher performance in spatial learning for patients with left temporal lobe resection and in verbal learning for patients with right temporal lobe resection; (3) material-specific effects characterized by a higher sensitivity to cues in the verbal domain and a better retention of information during delays in the spatial domain. These results suggest parallel processing of the two temporal lobes at the various memory stages, rather than an interaction between memory stage and side of the lesion similar to that already proposed for the frontal lobes. They also confirm a double dissociation between verbal/spatial information processing and side of temporal lobe resection.MESH:D008569Diseaseimpairment of verbal memoryMESH:D008569Diseasememory deficits9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004827Diseaseepilepsy9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001927Diseasefrontal lobes10574082Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 573-821999titleRubichi S, Neri M, Nicoletti R0Age-related slowing of control processes: evidence from a response coordination task.abstract86Normal aging is associated with slowing of performance mostly due to a slowed functioning of central response-related processes. In this paper we set out to discover whether slowing occurs also when the process controlling the coordination of responses is engaged by the task. To this end, we compared the mean-reaction time performance of two groups of subjects (young vs. elderly) in single- and dual-task experimental paradigm. The response coordination process is required only by the dual-task paradigm. The results indicate that, in the dual-task situation, the elderly are markedly slower than young subjects. The eventual relevance of information-processing speed in determining the cognitive performance of the elderly is considered in the discussion of the results.10574083Cortex; 1999 Sep; 35(4) 583-901999titleLang CJ, Reischies FM, Majer M, Daum RF0Visually guided exploration in Huntington disease.MESH:D006816DiseaseHuntington diseaseabstract51We compared 24 patients in various stages of Huntington disease (HD) with 26 control patients free from cerebral disorders using a simple visual saccadic tracking test. The two groups were well matched in regard to age, sex, verbal IQ and years of schooling. Test results differed widely. On a time versus error plot, sensitivity (96%) and specificity (100%) were high and the results did not depend on age, education, or disease duration, although an influence of disease stage could be observed. This study shows that a simple saccadic tracking task may be useful in detecting visuomotor disturbances in HD.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006816DiseaseHuntington diseaseMESH:D006816DiseaseHD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001927Diseasecerebral disordersMESH:D010468Diseasevisuomotor disturbancesMESH:D006816DiseaseHD10574084Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 85-941999titleHuang H, Garcia MM, Brooks BW, Nielsen K, Ng SP0Evaluation of culture enrichment procedures for use with Salmonella detection immunoassay.90371SpeciesSalmonellaabstract91To design efficient culture strategies for use with immunoassays to detect Salmonella in food, the growth of these organisms was investigated according to the Bacteriological Analytical Manual (BAM) and enrichment-immunoassay (EI) culture procedures. The cultures were further evaluated using a commercial enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) kit. The BAM procedure includes pre-enrichment in nutrient broth (NB) for 16 h followed by selective enrichment in either Rappaport-Vassiliadis (RV) or tetrathionate brilliant green (TBG) broth for 16 h. The EI procedure includes pre-enrichment in NB for 4 h, selective enrichment in RV for 16 h and post-enrichment in NB for 4 h. The effects of different incubation times for pre- and post-enrichment, and different culture media for selective enrichment (TBG and RV) and post-enrichment in NB and Brain Heart Infusion broth (BHI) on the growth of the bacteria and ELISA titers in the EI procedure were also investigated. Salmonella enteritidis and S. typhimurium inoculated at different initial concentrations between 0.1 and 35 CFU/ml grew to similar concentrations of 10(7) to 10(8) colony forming unit (CFU)/ml in pure culture and generally 2 to 4 fold lower concentrations (P<0.05) in mixed culture using spiked chicken rinse. In the BAM procedure, the concentration of Salmonella cultured in RV was higher (P<0.01) than that in TBG. The cultures in TBG showed positive results for ELISA, but those in RV were generally negative. In the EI procedure, the ELISA titers from cultures post-enriched in NB or BHI were higher (P<0.01) when TBG, as compared to RV, was used for selective enrichment. Post-enrichment in BHI yielded higher numbers of Salmonella and higher ELISA titers than those in NB (P<0.05) for post-enrichment. This study demonstrated that in both culture procedures small numbers of Salmonella could be increased to at least 10(7) CFU/ml which is detectable by most ELISAs, and that the type of the culture media used may have a significant impact on ELISA results.90371SpeciesSalmonella90371SpeciesS. typhimurium9031Specieschicken90371SpeciesSalmonella-ChemicalTBG-ChemicalTBG-ChemicalTBG90371SpeciesSalmonella90371SpeciesSalmonella10574085Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 95-1031999titleSilva FM, Gibbs P, Vieira MC, Silva CL0Thermal inactivation of Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris spores under different temperature, soluble solids and pH conditions for the design of fruit processes.1450SpeciesAlicyclobacillus acidoterrestrisabstract161Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris, a thermoacidophilic, non-pathogenic and spore-forming bacterium has been detected in several spoiled commercial pasteurised fruit juices. A. acidoterrestris spores, besides being resistant to the pasteurisation treatment conditions normally applied to acidic fruit products, can germinate and grow causing spoilage. Therefore, this microorganism was suggested as the target to be used in the design of adequate pasteurisation processes. The objectives of this work were to investigate the influence of temperature (T: 85-97 degrees C), total soluble solids (SS: 5-60 degrees Brix or % by weight) and pH (2.5-6.0) on D-values (decimal reduction time) of Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris (type strain, NCIMB 13137) spores, and to fit a model using response surface methodology. A central composite face-centred experimental design was used, and the response, D-value determined in malt extract broth, ranged between 0.498+/-0.045 and 94.9+/-6.7 min. Within the factor ranges studied, temperature was the parameter that most affected the D-value. Following this was the SS and, lastly, the pH value. A linear decrease in D-value was observed with decreasing SS and pH, and a non-linear decrease in D-value was noticed with increasing temperature. A second order polynomial was successfully fitted to the data (R2 = 0.98). In general, D-values measured in real fruit systems, such as orange, apple and grape juices, blackcurrant concentrates, cupuacu (exotic fruit) extract and orange juice drink, were higher than those predicted by the malt extract broth model. This result emphasises the importance of experimental validation of any model-derived process.1450SpeciesAlicyclobacillus acidoterrestris1450SpeciesA. acidoterrestris1450SpeciesAlicyclobacillus acidoterrestris3750Speciesapple10574086Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 105-111999titleSmitinont T, Tansakul C, Tanasupawat S, Keeratipibul S, Navarini L, Bosco M, Cescutti P0Exopolysaccharide-producing lactic acid bacteria strains from traditional Thai fermented foods: isolation, identification and exopolysaccharide characterization.-ChemicalExopolysaccharideMESH:D019344Chemicallactic acid-Chemicalexopolysaccharideabstract162Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) isolated from various traditional Thai fermented foods were screened for exopolysaccharides (EPS) production. From 104 isolates, two rod-shaped and five coccal-shaped LAB were able to produce EPS from sucrose on solid media. However, only the cocci were capable of producing EPS in liquid media and these were identified as Pediococcus pentosaceus. Pediococcus pentosaceus strains AP-1 and AP-3 produced EPS in high yield. In liquid media containing sucrose as carbon source, the amount of EPS produced by AP-1 and AP-3 strains was 6.0 and 2.5 g/L, respectively. The isolated and purified EPSs were chemically characterized. On the basis of sugar composition, methylation analysis and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, both the EPSs were shown to belong to the same dextran class. In particular, both EPSs differed from linear dextran by branching through 3,6-di-Osubstituted alpha-D-glucopyranosyl residues. The EPS from P. pentosaceus AP-3 was characterized by a relatively higher degree of branching and by a higher molecular weight than that from P. pentosaceus AP-1.MESH:D019344ChemicalLactic Acid-Chemicalexopolysaccharides-ChemicalEPS-ChemicalEPSMESH:D013395Chemicalsucrose-ChemicalEPS1255SpeciesPediococcus pentosaceus1255SpeciesPediococcus pentosaceus-ChemicalEPSMESH:D013395ChemicalsucroseMESH:D002244Chemicalcarbon-ChemicalEPSMESH:D000073893ChemicalsugarMESH:D003911Chemicaldextran-ChemicalEPSsMESH:D003911Chemicaldextran-Chemical3,6-di-Osubstituted-Chemicalalpha-D-glucopyranosyl-ChemicalEPS1255SpeciesP. pentosaceus1255SpeciesP. pentosaceus10574087Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 113-221999titleSzabo EA, Mackey BM0Detection of Salmonella enteritidis by reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction (PCR).abstract94A reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) method was developed for detecting mRNA from the sefA gene of Salmonella enteritidis. Detection of target mRNA was examined from cells grown in buffered peptone water at different temperatures (37, 25 and 15 degrees C) and pH (5.5, 7.2 and 8.5). The results revealed that the levels of transcription of the sefA gene differed depending upon the physiological state of the cells. This affected the sensitivity of the RT-PCR assay. When the assay was evaluated for the detection of S. enteritidis PT4 in artificially contaminated minced beef and whole egg samples, an enrichment step was used (buffered peptone water, pH 7.2, 37 degrees C, 16 h) to increase the sensitivity of the assay. In the presence of the normal background flora of each food type, it was possible to detect ten cells of S. enteritidis PT4 after a 16-h enrichment using the RT-PCR assay, with a total testing time of 28 h. Unlike the PCR test for the sefA gene that was tested in parallel, the RT-PCR assay did not detect nonviable (heat-inactivated) S. enteritidis PT4 cells. The results supported the usefulness of RT-PCR as a method for the detection of viable microorganisms.-Chemicalpeptone water149539SpeciesS. enteritidisMESH:D014867Chemicalwater149539SpeciesS. enteritidis149539SpeciesS. enteritidis10574088Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 123-321999titleGill CO, McGinnis JC0Improvement of the hygienic performance of the hindquarters skinning operations at a beef packing plant.abstract105The hindquarters skinning operations in a commercial beef carcasses dressing process were modified, and for short trial periods reorganized for the purpose of reducing the numbers of bacteria deposited on the carcasses. During performance of modified or reorganized operations, samples were obtained from randomly selected carcasses, by swabbing specified sites related to opening cuts, rump skinning or flank skinning operations, randomly selected sites along the lines of the opening cuts, randomly selected sites on the skinned hindquarters of carcasses, or randomly selected sites on carcass sides leaving the dressing process. For each form of the hindquarters skinning operations, a set of 25 samples of each type was collected, with a single sample being obtained from each selected carcass or side. Aerobic counts, coliforms and Escherichia coli were enumerated in each sample, and a log mean value was estimated for each set of 25 counts on the assumption of a log normal distribution of the counts. The data indicated that the log numbers of total aerobes, coliforms and E. coli that were deposited on carcasses during the modified hindquarters skinning operations were generally about 0.5, 1.0 and 1.0 log unit less, respectively, than the log numbers that had been deposited on the carcasses during the unmodified operations. Reorganization of the modified operations gave further small but consistent reductions in the numbers of bacteria. It, therefore, appears that changes to dressing procedures which are guided by appropriate microbiological data can produce consistent reductions in the microbiological contamination of carcasses.562SpeciesEscherichia coli562SpeciesE. coli10574089Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 133-431999titleDurán Quintana MC, García García P, Garrido Fernández A0Establishment of conditions for green table olive fermentation at low temperature.4146Speciesoliveabstract83Four Lactobacillus plantarum strains were isolated from table olive cold fermentation brines. Their specific growth rate and acidification in MRS broth and in green table olive brines were studied by means of a mixed 2 pH (4.5 and 5.0) x 3 salt (3, 4 and 5%, w/v, NaCl) x 3 incubation temperature (9, 12 and 15 degrees C) levels factorial design. In MRS broth, the greatest effect (linear) on acidification was due to temperature. In brine, the effects were considerably less, pH (linear) being the most important for specific growth rate, and temperature (linear) for acidification. In both media, an initial pH of 5.0 led to good acidification at 12-15 degrees C. The effectiveness of the conditions found (initial pH of 5.0; 3%,w/v, NaCl; and incubation at 12 degrees C) was confirmed in simulated green olive fermentations with three of the strains, which proved especially robust. Behaviour in terms of growth and acidification rates was similar for these strains, and comparable to that observed in traditional processes, although mannitol and sucrose were not metabolised and fructose was only partially used. This leads to the possibility of obtaining normal fermentation processes of table olives in cold regions when appropriate initial conditions and starter cultures are used.1590SpeciesLactobacillus plantarum4146SpeciesoliveMESH:D008556DiseaseMRS broth4146SpeciesoliveMESH:D012492ChemicalsaltMESH:D012965ChemicalNaClMESH:D008556DiseaseMRS brothMESH:D012965ChemicalNaCl4146SpeciesoliveMESH:D008353ChemicalmannitolMESH:D013395ChemicalsucroseMESH:D005632Chemicalfructose10574090Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 145-581999titleRattanasomboon N, Bellara SR, Harding CL, Fryer PJ, Thomas CR, Al-Rubeai M, McFarlane CM0Growth and enumeration of the meat spoilage bacterium Brochothrix thermosphacta.2756SpeciesBrochothrix thermosphactaabstract81Brochothrix thermosphacta is a common meat spoilage bacterium. The morphology of this bacterium changes from coccobacilli and short rods to chains during growth, which may give a false estimation in numbers using some enumeration techniques. Methods for the quantification of this bacterium have been compared. Turbidimetric readings showed good agreement with cell dry weight indicating that the former provides a good measure of the change in cell mass during growth. The turbidimetric method also correlated well with bacterial numbers determined by plate counts, flow cytometry and manual counts (by microscope) over a limited range of 10(7)-10(9) cells/ml. Flow cytometry and manual counts gave a linear relationship over a wider range of 10(5)-10(9) cells/ml. The sensitivity of analysis, growth rates and lag time attained using these methods were also compared. As a consequence of changes in bacterial cell size during growth, turbidimetry over-estimated the growth rate. The plate count method proved unable to detect the difference between bacteria existing as chains or single cells. The sensitivity of analysis and the calculated growth related parameters were similar for flow cytometry and manual counts. This suggests that flow cytometry is capable of counting individual cells in a chain. Further investigation showed that passage of B. thermosphacta cells through the flow cytometer resulted in the breakage of chains into single cells. The reliability, low error and rapidity of this technique make it attractive for bacterial enumeration, something which has been demonstrated using B. thermosphacta, a bacterium which exhibits complex morphologies.2756SpeciesBrochothrix thermosphacta2756SpeciesB. thermosphactaMESH:D009800Diseaselow error2756SpeciesB. thermosphacta10574091Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 159-671999titleMarín S, Magan N, Bellí N, Ramos AJ, Canela R, Sanchis V0Two-dimensional profiles of fumonisin B1 production by Fusarium moniliforme and Fusarium proliferatum in relation to environmental factors and potential for modelling toxin formation in maize grain.117187SpeciesFusarium moniliforme948311SpeciesFusarium proliferatum4577Speciesmaizeabstract199This study has examined in detail the effect of temperature (7-37 degrees C) and water availability (water activity, a(w), 0.89-0.97) on fumonisin B1 (FB1) production by an isolate of Fusarium moniliforme and F. proliferatum on irradiated maize grain after incubation for 28 days. The optimum conditions for F. moniliforme and F. proliferatum were 30 degrees C at 0.97 a(w) and 15 degrees C at 0.97 a(w), respectively. The maximum concentrations were 2861 mg kg(-1) and 17,628 mg kg(-1) dry wt. maize grain, respectively. At marginal a(w)/temperature conditions for growth (e.g. 0.89-0.91 a(w)) no FB1 was detected (<0.1 mg kg(-1)). A high variability was found between replicates for F. moniliforme, but not for F. proliferatum. These data were used to construct two-dimensional diagrams of all the a(w) x temperature conditions favourable for FB1 production for the first time. The data were also subjected to a polynomical regression, which demonstrated that there was a very good fit for the 15-30 degrees C range of temperature and at 0.97 a(w). However, at marginal environmental conditions this was not possible. This suggests that it may be possible to predict within a limited environmental range the potential for significant FB1 production.117187SpeciesFusarium moniliforme948311SpeciesF. proliferatum4577Speciesmaize117187SpeciesF. moniliforme948311SpeciesF. proliferatum4577Speciesmaize117187SpeciesF. moniliforme948311SpeciesF. proliferatum10574092Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 169-821999titleLeriche V, Chassaing D, Carpentier B0Behaviour of L. monocytogenes in an artificially made biofilm of a nisin-producing strain of Lactococcus lactis.1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1358SpeciesLactococcus lactisabstract113The survival of Listeria monocytogenes in a binary biofilm with a bacteriocin producer (Lactococcus lactis CNRZ 150) was investigated. Two situations were simulated: in the first, L. monocytogenes was deposited on a 1-day biofilm of Lactococcus lactis (deferred adhesion); in the second, L. monocytogenes was simultaneously mixed with Lact. lactis (simultaneous adhesion). Biofilms were cultivated in tryptic soy broth supplemented with 6 g l(-1) of yeast extract (TSB-YE) and L. monocytogenes counts were followed for 48 h, both in co-culture with Lact. lactis and in pure culture. The influence of the mode of inoculation of L. monocytogenes (deferred or simultaneous adhesion) into the Lact. lactis biofilm, the size of the L. monocytogenes inoculum and the replacement of the culture medium at 20-24 h on the survival of L. monocytogenes was studied. Results showed that the antilisterial activity of the Lact. lactis started within the first 6 h of the deposition of L. monocytogenes. The log cycle reduction rate in number of L. monocytogenes in the mixed biofilm (compared to the pure biofilm) was greatly dependent on the inoculum size: when the smallest inoculum was used to colonise stainless steel coupons (10(6)-10(7) CFU ml(-1)), the log cycle reduction was greater and L. monocytogenes was not detected after t = 10 h (simultaneous adhesion) and t = 24 h (deferred adhesion) in the adherent population as well as in the planktonic population. On the other hand, in the case of a greater supply of L. monocytogenes (10(8) CFU ml(-1)), the results showed that the early reduction of L. monocytogenes counts was relatively slow and was followed by a stabilisation of the population, leading to the establishment of a great number of resident cells in the biofilm (10(5) to 106 CFU cm(-2)). This population level was maintained during the 48 h of experimentation and replacement of the culture media with fresh medium at t = 22 h (simultaneous adhesion) or t = 24 h (deferred adhesion) did not modify the level of the population of L. monocytogenes within the biofilm.1639SpeciesListeria monocytogenes1358SpeciesLactococcus lactis1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1358SpeciesLactococcus lactis1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1360Specieslactis4932Speciesyeast-ChemicalTSB-YE1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1360Specieslactis1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1360Specieslactis1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1360Specieslactis1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1639SpeciesL. monocytogenesMESH:D013193Chemicalstainless steel1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes1639SpeciesL. monocytogenes10574093Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 183-61999titleOmafuvbe BO, Abiose SH, Adaraloye OO0The production of 'Kpaye'--a fermented condiment from Prosopis africana (Guill and Perr) Taub. Seeds.433926SpeciesProsopis africanaabstract102'Kpaye', a fermented condiment from Prosopis africana seeds was produced using the traditional method. Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis and Bacillus pumilus were consistently isolated in the fermentations lasting 120 h. 'Kpaye'production involved a rise in pH, moisture content and total free amino acids while titratable acidity and reducing sugar decreased gradually after 24 h and 72 h of fermentation respectively.433926SpeciesProsopis africana1423SpeciesBacillus subtilis1402SpeciesBacillus licheniformis1408SpeciesBacillus pumilus10574094Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 187-901999titleAtanassova V, Ring C0Prevalence of Campylobacter spp. in poultry and poultry meat in Germany.197SpeciesCampylobacterabstract73Of 509 samples from poultry flocks, 209 isolates (41.1%) were Campylobacter positive. The number of positive cases in broiler carcasses was 45.9%. Of 52 pheasants investigated, 25.9% were Campylobacter positive. Campylobacter jejuni was isolated from 86 (42.0%) poultry flock samples, 47 (43%) broiler samples and 15 (28%) wild pheasant samples. C. coli was found at a rate of 1.2% in poultry flocks, 13% in broilers and 21% in pheasants.197SpeciesCampylobacter197SpeciesCampylobacter197SpeciesCampylobacter jejuni9054Speciespheasant195SpeciesC. coli10574095Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 191-61999titleNogva HK, Lillehaug D0Detection and quantification of Salmonella in pure cultures using 5'-nuclease polymerase chain reaction.abstract105Advances in detection and quantification assays based on nucleic acids conceivably will revolutionize the ability to quickly and specifically detect and quantify microorganisms in foods. Among these assays, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assay and the TaqMan PCR Detection System (Perkin-Elmer) probably are among the most promising. Since a 5'-nuclease PCR renders possible the automated and direct detection and quantification of PCR products (Holland et al., 1991. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 7276-7280), microorganisms in foods can be detected and quantified indirectly within a few hours through analysis of the microbial DNA or RNA sequences present. In the present report we have adapted a 5'-nuclease-based kit for the quantification of Salmonella.10574096Int. J. Food Microbiol.; 1999 Oct 15; 51(2-3) 197-2061999title0Bibliography of food microbiology.abstract3510574097Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 917-231999titleBaccarani U, Donini A, Terrosu G, Pasqualucci A, Bresadola F0Laparoscopic splenectomy for haematological diseases: review of current concepts and opinions.MESH:D006402Diseasehaematological diseasesabstract95Laparoscopic splenectomy is now currently used by most surgeons in the treatment of many haematological diseases. The operative technique varies depending on the surgeon, but results are usually comparable among published series. We have reviewed 104 papers about laparoscopic splenectomy for haematological diseases and paid particular attention to surgical aspects and early postoperative results. We searched MEDLINE from January 1989 to April 1998, and of the 104 papers that we found 41 fulfilled our criteria of large series published in peer-reviewed journals that had been cited often. They usually compared laparoscopic and open splenectomy and focused on common problems (such as accessory spleens) and technical aspects (such as bleeding). Laparoscopic splenectomy is reported by most authors to be as safe and effective as open splenectomy for haematological diseases. It also has several advantages over the open approach, such as shorter and less complicated postoperative stay with better cosmetic results and more rapid return to full activities.MESH:D006402Diseasehaematological diseasesMESH:D006402Diseasehaematological diseasesMESH:D006470DiseasebleedingMESH:D006402Diseasehaematological diseases10574098Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 924-91999titleVelmahos GC, Demetriades D0Early thoracoscopy for the evacuation of undrained haemothorax.abstract64OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the accuracy of radiological tests and the outcome after thoracoscopic evacuation of retained haemothorax. DESIGN: Prospective study. SETTING: Academic trauma centre, USA. SUBJECTS: Of 703 patients with thoracic injuries, 58 (8%) were evaluated for and 15 (2%) were found to have, retained haemothorax. INTERVENTIONS: Plain chest radiographs (CXR) and thoracic computed tomograms (CT) 48 hours after admission, and thoracoscopic evacuation within 3-6 days of admission. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Accuracy of radiological tests, morbidity, and mortality. RESULTS: 12 patients underwent early thoracoscopy with minimal morbidity, no mortality, and appreciable clinical and radiological improvement. Three patients who were not operated on developed empyemas. CXR was inaccurate in predicting the need for thoracoscopy. CT was the only test that predicted the need for evacuation of haemothoraces. CONCLUSION: Thoracoscopic evacuation of retained haemothorax is safe and effective. The success of the procedure is assured by early intervention in appropriately selected patients. CT is the ultimate test on which to base decision-making.MESH:D007859DiseaseAcademic trauma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013898Diseasethoracic injuries9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004653Diseaseempyemas9606Speciespatients10574099Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 930-61999titleBoström L, Nilsson B0A review of serious injury and death from gunshot wounds in Sweden: 1987 to 1994.MESH:D058186Diseaseinjuryabstract82OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the incidence, range and causes of injury, medical consequences, and mortality of patients with gunshot wounds (GSW) in Sweden. DESIGN: Retrospective case study. SETTING: The Swedish Hospital National Discharge Register (SNHDR). SUBJECTS: 1559 patients with gunshot wounds, in all 2394 episodes treated in Swedish hospitals from 1987-1994. INTERVENTIONS: Statistical analysis of the Register. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Incidence of GSW in Sweden, mortality, range of injuries and medical consequences. RESULTS: From 1987 to 1994 a total of 1559 people were admitted to Swedish hospitals with GSW, which corresponds to 2.3 injuries/100000 population/year. In all, 2394 episodes were treated in hospitals. There were 1373 men (88%) and 186 women (12%), with a median age of 29 years (range 1-92). Of these, 990 were recorded as accidents (63%), 257 as suicides (16%), 174 as attempted murder (11%), and 138 as of "unknown cause" (9%). The annual incidence of GSW in Sweden was relatively constant during this period. The total number of deaths in our series of patients was 111 (7%), including 74 suicides, 16 accidents, 14 homicides, and 7 of "unknown cause". Among these, 53% had a head injury, 11% thoracic, and 8% abdominal injuries. Compared with other countries in the world, the incidence of GSW in Sweden is comparable with New Zealand and Finland, but lower than in the USA. Injuries to extremities were most common, followed by injuries to the head and neck. Thirty percent of all those admitted to hospital required more than one week in hospital. CONCLUSIONS: The incidence of GSW is low in Sweden, and they are mainly caused by accidents or attempted suicide. Injuries to the extremities were most common, followed by injuries to the head and neck. Two thirds of the patients left hospital within a week. Seven percent of patients treated for GSW in hospital died.MESH:D058186Diseaseinjury9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespeople9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D003643Diseasedeaths9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006259Diseasehead injuryMESH:D000007Diseaseabdominal injuries9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10574100Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 937-91999titlePikoulis E, Delis S, Tsatsoulis P, Leppäniemi A, Derlopas K, Koukoulides G, Mantonakis S0Blunt injuries of the stomach.abstract31OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the results of surgical treatment of patients with blunt injuries of the stomach. DESIGN: Retrospective study. SETTING: Two general hospitals, Greece. SUBJECTS: 10 patients operated on for blunt trauma to the stomach during a 10 year period. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Hospital mortality and morbidity. RESULTS: All patients were victims of motor vehicle accidents and presented with clinical signs warranting early laparotomy. There were 6 full-thickness, and 2 partial thickness gastric injuries located in the anterior wall. All injuries could be managed with simple surgical techniques without resections. Two patients bled to death on the operating table from associated injuries. All but one of the survivors had postoperative complications with a mean (SD) duration of hospital stay of 18(8) days (range 10-30). CONCLUSIONS: Blunt gastric injury is usually diagnosed at laparotomy for associated injuries but may occasionally be suspected from specific clinical findings. In most cases the injury is on the anterior wall. Simple repair is usually sufficient and the prognosis depends on the severity of the associated injuries.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014949Diseaseblunt trauma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013274Diseasethickness gastric injuries9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013274Diseasegastric injury10574101Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 940-61999titleBöttger T, Bumb P, Dutkowski P, Schlick T, Junginger T0Carcinoma of the hypopharynx and the cervical oesophagus: a surgical challenge.MESH:D002277DiseaseCarcinoma of the hypopharynxabstract80OBJECTIVE: To report our results after reconstruction of the upper digestive tract for locally advanced carcinoma of the hypopharynx and cervical oesophagus. DESIGN: Open study. SETTING: Teaching University hospital, Germany. SUBJECTS: Of the 517 patients who presented with carcinoma of the oesophagus between September 1985 and March 1997, 16 had a locally advanced tumour of the hypopharynx and 25 of the cervical oesophagus. INTERVENTIONS: Free jejunal grafts were used after circular resection in all patients with carcinoma of the hypopharynx, and for the 3 with oesophageal carcinoma in whom we obtained adequate resection margins. In the remainder stomach was used in 21 and colon in 1. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Morbidity and mortality. RESULTS: After jejunal grafting 1 patient died within 30 days and 2 died in hospital. After gastric or colonic reconstruction 2 patients died within 30 days and 4 in hospital. There was 1 anastomotic leak, 1 transplant became necrotic and had to be replaced, in 2 patients the recurrent nerve was damaged, 1 patient developed a wound infection and 1 a cardiac infarction. After gastric or colonic replacement 7 patients had paralysed recurrent laryngeal nerves, there was 6 anastomotic leaks, 1 chylous leak, 1 haemorrhage, and in 1 the transplant necrosed. CONCLUSION: Despite the fact that we compared tumours in different sites, these results suggest that the jejunal graft is safer for upper oesophageal and hypopharyngeal reconstruction.MESH:D002277Diseasecarcinoma of the hypopharynx9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002277Diseasecarcinoma of the oesophagusMESH:D009369Diseasetumour of the hypopharynx9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002277Diseasecarcinoma of the hypopharynxMESH:D005764Diseaseoesophageal carcinoma9606SpeciespatientMESH:D015179Diseasecolonic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D057868Diseaseanastomotic leakMESH:D009336Diseasenecrotic9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D007238Diseasecardiac infarctionMESH:D015179Diseasecolonic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006470DiseasehaemorrhageMESH:D009369DiseasetumoursMESH:D005764Diseaseupper oesophagealMESH:D007012Diseasehypopharyngeal10574102Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 947-511999titleRichter A, Nebe T, Wendl K, Schuster K, Klaebisch G, Quintel M, Lorenz D, Post S, Trede M0HLA-DR expression in acute pancreatitis.MESH:D010195Diseasepancreatitisabstract41OBJECTIVE: To investigate the role of the monocyte/macrophage system in acute pancreatitis DESIGN: Prospective clinical study SETTING: University clinic, Germany SUBJECT: 37 consecutive patients who presented with acute pancreatitis. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURE: Correlation between function of monocytes measured by HLA-DR expression and outcome RESULTS: Patients were divided into three groups according to outcome: those with severe pancreatitis who died (n = 10), those with severe pancreatitis who survived (n = 15), and those with mild pancreatitis who survived (n = 12). There was a clear and significant difference between those with severe and those with mild disease. HLA-DR expression was initially depressed in both groups, but after the third day of treatment it started to recover significantly in those with mild disease (p < 0.05). The difference was also significant from day 7 onwards between those with severe disease who died and those with severe disease who survived (p < 0.05). CONCLUSION: Monocyte function as measured by HLA-DR expression (CD14+DR+) is reduced in patients with acute pancreatitis and does not recover in patients who are going to die (median < 20 relative antigen density units; RU).MESH:D010195Diseasepancreatitis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010195Diseasepancreatitis9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D010195DiseasepancreatitisMESH:D010195DiseasepancreatitisMESH:D010195DiseasepancreatitisMESH:D000275Diseasedepressed929Gene493CD149606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010195Diseasepancreatitis9606Speciespatients10574103Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 952-71999titleKriwanek S, Gschwantler M, Beckerhinn P, Armbruster C, Roka R0Complications after surgery for necrotising pancreatitis: risk factors and prognosis.MESH:D010195Diseasepancreatitisabstract86OBJECTIVE: To evaluate risk factors, results of treatment, and prognostic influence of complications on survival from acute necrotising pancreatitis. DESIGN: Retrospective study of prospectively collected data. SETTING: Tertiary referral centre, Austria. SUBJECTS: 100 consecutive patients operated on for necrotising pancreatitis confirmed by dynamic angio-computed tomography from 1988-1997. INTERVENTIONS: 77 patients were operated on acutely followed by open management, and in 23 the operations were delayed. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Morbidity, mortality, factors predisposing to complications, prognostic effect of complications on survival. RESULTS: Acute operations, alcoholic origin, APACHE II scores of > or = 10 on admission, and organ dysfunction on admission were independent factors that predisposed patients to complications. Colonic necrosis (n = 17) bleeding (n = 12) and intestinal fistulisation (n = 10) predominated. The overall mortality of complicated pancreatic necrosis was higher among patients admitted with surgical complications than in those who were not, but not significantly so (12/33 compared with 7/44 p = 0.06). Colonic necrosis (mortality 53%, relative risk: 2.45, p = 0.01), however, seemed to be of prognostic relevance. CONCLUSIONS: Complications are common in severe necrotising pancreatitis leading to organ dysfunction and need for acute operations. Colonic necrosis is an independent prognostic factor for survival.MESH:D019283Diseasenecrotising pancreatitis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010195Diseasepancreatitis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019965Diseaseorgan dysfunction9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009336DiseaseColonic necrosisMESH:D019283Diseasepancreatic necrosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009336DiseaseColonic necrosisMESH:D010195DiseasepancreatitisMESH:D019965Diseaseorgan dysfunctionMESH:D009336DiseaseColonic necrosis10574104Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 958-611999titleGislason H, Viste A0Closure of burst abdomen after major gastrointestinal operations--comparison of different surgical techniques and later development of incisional hernia.MESH:D006547Diseaseherniaabstract154OBJECTIVE: To find out the incidence of incisional hernia in patients who had resuture of a burst abdomen and to compare different methods of wound closure and the development of incisional hernia. DESIGN: Retrospective study. SETTING: University hospital, Norway. SUBJECTS: 78 adults patients who had their burst abdomens resutured between January 1986 and December 1995. INTERVENTIONS: Five different methods were used to close the burst abdomen: interrupted or continuous sutures with or without retention sutures, or retention sutures alone. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURE: Incisional hernia after at least one year follow-up. RESULTS: Postoperative mortality was 14% (11/78), and 53 patients were followed up for at least a year. Incisional hernias developed in 43% (23/53) of the patients. When interrupted sutures were used (with or without retention sutures) 34% (13/38) of patients developed incisional hernias compared with 6/10 when the wound was closed with a continuous suture. Retention sutures did not reduce the incidence of incisional hernia. CONCLUSIONS: Incisional hernia is a common complication after resuture of a burst abdomen. We found no significant differences in the incidence of incisional hernias when continuous and interrupted techniques were compared. Retention sutures do not reduce the incidence of incisional hernias. There is still a need for refinements of the technique of closure of a burst abdomen.MESH:D006547Diseasehernia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006547Diseasehernia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006547Diseasehernia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006547Diseasehernias9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006547DiseaseherniasMESH:D006547DiseaseherniaMESH:D006547DiseaseherniaMESH:D006547DiseaseherniasMESH:D006547Diseasehernias10574105Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 962-51999titleBaatrup G, Zimmermann-Nielsen E, Qvist N0Perioperative functional activity of the alternative pathway of complement in patients with colonic cancer.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolonic cancerabstract108OBJECTIVE: To investigate the functional capacity of the alternative pathway of complement in patients with cancer of the colon before, during, and after operation. DESIGN: Prospective study. SETTING: One university and two district hospitals, Denmark. SUBJECTS: 28 patients having elective or emergency operations for colonic cancer. INTERVENTIONS: Measurements of C3b fixing capacity of the alternative complement pathway in serum before, during, and after operation. MAIN OUTCOME MEASUREMENTS: The functional capacity of the alternative pathway of complement, and changes during operation. RESULTS: The functional capacity of the alternative pathway in patients with cancer of the colon was above normal (p < 0.0001 for both men and women), and the capacity remained unchanged during operation despite dilution of serum peroperatively. CONCLUSION: The alternative pathway seems to be the only immunological variable that has so far been shown to have increased functional capacity in patients with cancer, and that remains unaltered (mean value) during operation. The importance of retaining normal function of the alternative complement pathway in the prevention of postoperative infective complications and recurrence of cancer has not yet been elucidated.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecolonic cancer100862689GeneC3b9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015179Diseasecancer of the colon9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D011183Diseasepostoperative infective complicationsMESH:D009369Diseasecancer10574106Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 966-701999titleAllemann F, Cassina P, Röthlin M, Largiadèr F0Ultrasound scans done by surgeons for patients with acute abdominal pain: a prospective study.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015746Diseaseabdominal painabstract95OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the routine use of abdominal ultrasonography (US) in patients admitted to the surgical emergency unit with acute abdominal pain. DESIGN: Prospective study with a three-step evaluation of patients over a 12-month period. SETTING: University hospital, Switzerland. SUBJECTS: 496 patients (male/female = 234/262; mean age 45 years) who presented with acute abdominal pain. INTERVENTIONS: Every patient underwent routine investigations and had an abdominal US by the attending surgeon. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Clinical diagnosis, post-ultrasonography diagnosis and final diagnosis. RESULTS: US improved the correct diagnostic rate from 348 (70%) to 414 (83%). The diagnostic accuracy for acute appendicitis and biliary tract disease improved after US from 455 (92%) to 488 (98%) and from 463 (93%) to 490 (99%), respectively; the corresponding sensitivities and specificities were 91% and 99% and 94% and 99%. CONCLUSIONS: Ultrasonography should be part of routine surgical investigation and should be mastered and used by surgeons.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015746Diseaseabdominal pain9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015746Diseaseabdominal pain9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001064DiseaseappendicitisMESH:D001660Diseasebiliary tract disease10574107Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 971-81999titleNagelschmidt M, Fu ZX, Saad S, Dimmeler S, Neugebauer E0Preoperative high dose methylprednisolone improves patients outcome after abdominal surgery.MESH:D008775Chemicalmethylprednisolone9606Speciespatientsabstract93OBJECTIVE: To assess the effect of preoperative high dose methylprednisolone on stress response and outcome. DESIGN: Randomised, placebo-controlled, double-blind study. SETTING: University hospital, Germany. SUBJECTS: 20 patients listed for abdominal surgery of whom 10 had major intra-abdominal interventions and 10 had incisional hernias repaired. INTERVENTIONS: Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg (100 ml) was given by slow intravenous infusion 90-60 minutes before operation. The control group received the same volume of sodium chloride. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Speed of convalescence, degree of fatigue, amount of pain, consumption of analgesics, breathing capacity, and hospital stay, as well as humoral and cellular mediators of the stress response. RESULTS: Methylprednisolone significantly improved criteria of postoperative recovery, fatigue by 47%, (day 1), convalescence by about 45% (days 1-3), and breathing capacity (FEV1) between 47% and 29% (days 5, 7) (p < 0.05, ANOVA), and led to a significant reduction of median hospital stay of 4.5 days. C-reactive protein concentration was significantly decreased (by 46% on day 3) and T-cell activation was suppressed (day 1). CONCLUSION: Outcome of the patients after conventional abdominal surgery is substantially improved by preoperative high dose methylprednisolone. This effect is more pronounced in patients having major operations.MESH:D008775Chemicalmethylprednisolone9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D059325Diseaseintra-abdominalMESH:D006547DiseaseherniasMESH:D008775ChemicalMethylprednisoloneMESH:D012965Chemicalsodium chlorideMESH:D005221DiseasefatigueMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D008775ChemicalMethylprednisoloneMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue1401Gene128039C-reactive protein9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008775Chemicalmethylprednisolone9606Speciespatients10574108Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 979-851999titleWalther S, Wenyao S, Lennquist S0Pulmonary dynamics of radiolabelled erythrocytes and leucocytes in early gram-negative sepsis in pigs.MESH:D018805Diseasesepsis9823Speciespigsabstract103OBJECTIVE: To study the pulmonary dynamics of erythrocytes and leucocytes in vivo in early experimental sepsis. DESIGN: Open, experimental study. SETTING: Academic research laboratory, Sweden. MATERIAL: 10 adolescent domestic pigs. INTERVENTIONS: Technetium (99mTc) labelling of erythrocytes (n = 5), and indium (111In) labelling of autologous leucocytes (n = 10). Sepsis was induced by endotoxin (n = 4) or live Escherichia coli (n = 3), given intravenously. MAJOR OUTCOME MEASURES: Regional pulmonary scintigraphy, central haemodynamics, and gas exchange followed for 180 minutes. RESULTS: Septic animals developed arterial hypoxia, pulmonary hypertension, and systemic hypotension. They also had an early increase in mean (SD) regional pulmonary erythrocyte and leucocyte counts [+10.3 (7.7)% and +12.0 (3.5)%, respectively] with a simultaneous maximum 27-32 minutes after the start of the septic insult. CONCLUSIONS: The immediate sepsis-induced pulmonary accumulation of leucocytes as detected by external scintigraphy can be ascribed at least in part to a simultaneous sepsis-induced increase in pulmonary blood volume.MESH:D018805Diseasesepsis9825Speciesdomestic pigsMESH:D013667ChemicalTechnetiumMESH:D007204Chemicalindium562SpeciesEscherichia coliMESH:D000860DiseasehypoxiaMESH:D006976Diseasepulmonary hypertensionMESH:D007022DiseasehypotensionMESH:D018805DiseasesepsisMESH:D018805DiseasesepsisMESH:D007022Diseaseincrease in pulmonary blood volume10574109Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 986-921999titleFatouros MS, Vekinis G, Bourantas KL, Mylonakis EP, Scopelitou AS, Malamou-Mitsis VD, Kappas AM0Influence of growth factors erythropoietin and granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor on mechanical strength and healing of colonic anastomoses in rats.24335Gene624erythropoietin116630Gene600granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor10116Speciesratsabstract163OBJECTIVE: To find out what influence erythropoietin and granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) had on the healing of left colonic anastomoses in rats. DESIGN: Experimental study. SETTING: University hospital of Ioannina, Greece. ANIMALS: 40 rats. INTERVENTIONS: An end to end anastomosis was created in the left colon. The rats in the experimental groups were treated with erythropoietin, or GM-CSF, or the two in combination. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Tensile breaking strength of the anastomosis, histological characteristics of the anastomosed segment, changes in body weight, and packed cell volume (PCV) during the experiment. RESULTS: The tensile breaking strength of the anastomosis on the seventh postoperative day was significantly greater in the erythropoietin group (mean 2.8N, 95% confidence interval (CI) 0.12N, p 0.0004) than in the control group (mean 1.60N, 95% CI 0.12N). It did not differ from the GM-CSF groups (mean 1.67N, 95% CI 0.21N, p 0.68) or erythropoietin GM-CSF (mean 1.67N, 95% CI 0.11N, p 0.44). The PCV was significantly higher in the two groups given erythropoietin (p < 0.001) but not in the GM-CSF group (p 0.8) while that in the control group was significantly lower (p < 0.001). The body weight followed the same pattern, being significantly more in the two groups given erythropoietin (p = 0.03 and 0.003) but not in controls (p = 0.09) or the GM-CSF group (p = 0.2). CONCLUSIONS: Erythropoietin enhances the healing of anastomosis in rat colon by increasing the number of fibroblasts and accelerating the maturation of new vessels.24335Gene624erythropoietin116630Gene600granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor116630Gene600GM-CSF10116Speciesrats10116Speciesrats10116Speciesrats24335Gene624erythropoietin116630Gene600GM-CSF28355SpeciesPCV24335Gene624erythropoietin116630Gene600GM-CSF24335Gene624erythropoietin116630Gene600GM-CSF28355SpeciesPCV24335Gene624erythropoietin116630Gene600GM-CSF24335Gene624erythropoietin116630Gene600GM-CSF24335Gene624Erythropoietin10116Speciesrat10574110Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 993-71999titleLarsen SG, Nilssen A, Helseth A, Bøhler P, Giercksky KE0Invagination of the appendix with carcinoid tumour.MESH:D002276Diseasecarcinoid tumourabstract5210574111Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 998-91999titleYunta Abarca PJ, Ponce JL, Prieto M, López-Aznar D, Sancho-Fornos S0Papillary thyroid carcinoma that metastasised to the choroid.MESH:D000077273DiseasePapillary thyroid carcinomaabstract6210574112Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 1000-21999titlePere P, Höckerstedt K, Lindgren L0Life-threatening liver failure after inguinal herniorrhaphy in patients with cirrhosis.MESH:D017093Diseaseliver failure9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosisabstract8810574113Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 10031999titleSteinmann B, Giunta C0Diagnostic work for research purpose should be acknowledged.abstract6110574114Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 10041999titleWechselberger G, Schoeller T0Treatment of complicated pilonidal sinus.abstract4210574115Eur J Surg; 1999 Oct; 165(10) 10041999titlePollock A0The surgeon and the Internet.abstract3010574116J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 263-701999titleSegev I, Schneidman E0Axons as computing devices: basic insights gained from models.abstract63Detailed models of single neurons are typically focused on the dendritic tree and ignore the axonal tree, assuming that the axon is a simple transmission line. In the last 40 years, however, several theoretical and experimental studies have suggested that axons could implement information processing tasks by exploiting: 1) the time delay in action potential (AP) propagation along the axon; 2) the differential filtering of APs into the axonal subtrees; and 3) their activity-dependent excitability. Models for axonal trees have attempted to examine the feasibility of these ideas. However, because the physiological and anatomical data on axons are seriously limited, realistic models of axons have not been developed. The present paper summarizes the main insights that were gained from simplified models of axons; it also highlights the stochastic nature of axons, a topic that was largely neglected in classical models of axons. The advance of new experimental techniques makes it now possible to pay a very close experimental visit to axons. Theoretical tools and fast computers enable to go beyond the simplified models and to construct realistic models of axons. When tightly linked, experiments and theory will help to unravel how axons share the information processing tasks that single neurons implement.MESH:D000250ChemicalAPs10574117J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 271-841999titleHouzel JC, Milleret C0Visual inter-hemispheric processing: constraints and potentialities set by axonal morphology.abstract94The largest bundle of axonal fibers in the entire mammalian brain, namely the corpus callosum, is the pathway through which almost half a billion neurons scattered over all neocortical areas can exert an influence on their contralateral targets. These fibers are thus crucial participants in the numerous cortical functions requiring collaborative processing of information across the hemispheres. One of such operations is to combine the two partial cortical maps of the visual field into a single, coherent representation. This paper reviews recent anatomical, computational and electrophysiological studies on callosal connectivity in the cat visual system. We analyzed the morphology of individual callosal axons linking primary visual cortices using three-dimensional light-microscopic techniques. While only a minority of callosal axons seem to perform a strict 'point-to-point' mapping between retinotopically corresponding sites in both hemispheres, many others have widespread arbors and terminate into a handful of distant, radially oriented tufts. Therefore, the firing of a single callosal neuron might influence several cortical columns within the opposite hemisphere. Computer simulation was then applied to investigate how the intricate geometry of these axons might shape the spatio-temporal distribution of trans-callosal inputs. Based on the linear relation between diameter and conduction velocity of myelinated fibers, the theoretical delays required for a single action potential to reach all presynaptic boutons of a given arbor were derived from the caliber, g-ratio and length of successive axonal segments. This analysis suggests that the architecture of callosal axons is, in principle, suitable to promote the synchronous activation of multiple targets located across distant columns in the opposite hemisphere. Finally, electrophysiological recordings performed in several laboratories have shown the existence of stimulus-dependent synchronization of visual responses across the two hemispheres. Possible implications of these findings are discussed in the context of temporal tagging of neuronal assemblies.9606Speciesmammalian9606Speciesparticipants10574118J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 285-961999titleDebanne D, Kopysova IL, Bras H, Ferrand N0Gating of action potential propagation by an axonal A-like potassium conductance in the hippocampus: a new type of non-synaptic plasticity.abstract140Synaptic plasticity is usually considered as the main form of activity-dependent functional plasticity in the mammalian brain. Short- and long-term regulation of synaptic transmission have been shown in various types of excitatory synapses including cortical and hippocampal synapses. In this review, we discuss a novel form of non-synaptic plasticity that involves voltage-gated K+ conductances in CA3 pyramidal cell axons. With experimental and theoretical arguments, we show that axons cannot only be considered as a simple structure that transmit reliably the action potential (AP) from the cell body to the nerve terminals. The axon is also able to express conduction failures in specific axonal pathways. We discuss possible physiological conditions in which these axonal plasticity may occur and its incidence on hippocampal network properties.9606Speciesmammalian761Gene31298CA310574119J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 297-3041999titleMendell LM, Munson JB0Retrograde effects on synaptic transmission at the Ia/motoneuron connection.abstract77The fidelity of impulse propagation through the complex axonal tree en route to the various target cells of that fiber is an important question in neurobiology. Anatomists can trace pathways, but if impulses fail to propagate down to the terminals to release transmitter onto the target cell, there is a significant 'disconnect' between anatomy and physiology. These issues have been studied at length in the spinal cord of the cat where it has proven possible to examine the connections made by afferent fibers on motoneurons under different stimulus conditions. EPSP amplitude varies systematically during high frequency stimulation of the afferents according to the identity of the target motoneuron. This variation is a function of the state of the motoneuron's relation to its peripheral target. It changes after motoneuron axotomy and recovers with reinnervation of the periphery. Neurotrophins delivered to the axotomized motor axons fail to induce recovery. Chronic stimulation of the motor nerve alters muscle properties with coordinated changes in properties of the synapses on motoneurons innervating the stimulated muscle. We cannot yet definitively establish the mechanisms determining synaptic behavior during high frequency stimulation. However, the retrograde regulation of these properties suggests that it is an important variable and thus is worthy of intensive further study.10574120J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 305-171999titleWang Y, Gupta A, Markram H0Anatomical and functional differentiation of glutamatergic synaptic innervation in the neocortex.abstract98Pyramidal neurons are the principal neurons of the neocortex and their excitatory impact on other pyramidal neurons and interneurons is central to neocortical dynamics. A fundamental principal that has emerged which governs pyramidal neuron excitation of other neurons in the local circuitry of neocortical columns is differential anatomical and physiological properties of the synaptic innervation via the same axon depending on the type of neuron targeted. In this study we derive anatomical principles for divergent innervation of pyramidal neurons of the same type within the local microcircuit. We also review data providing circumstantial and direct evidence for differential synaptic transmission via the same axon from neocortical pyramidal neurons and derive some principles for differential synaptic innervation of pyramidal neurons of the same type, of pyramidal neurons and interneurons and of different types of interneurons. We conclude that differential anatomical and physiological differentiation is a fundamental property of glutamatergic axons of pyramidal neurons in the neocortex.10574121J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 319-271999titleClarac F, Cattaert D0Functional multimodality of axonal tree in invertebrate neurons.abstract65This review, based on invertebrate neuron examples, aims at highlighting the functional consequences of axonal tree organization. The axonal organization of invertebrate neurons is very complex both morphologically and physiologically. The first part shows how the transfer of information along sensory axons is modified by presynaptic inhibition mechanisms. In primary afferents, presynaptic inhibition is involved in: 1) increasing the dynamic range of the sensory response; 2) processing the sensory information such as increasing spatial and/or temporal selectivity; 3) discriminating environmental information from sensory activities generated by the animal's own movement; and 4) modulating the gain of negative feedback (resistance reflex) during active rhythmic movements such as locomotion. In a second part, the whole organization of other types of neurons is considered, and evidence is given that a neuron may not work as a unit, but rather as a mosaic of disconnected 'integrate-and-fire' units. Examples of invertebrate neurons are presented in which several spike initiating zones exist, such as in some stomatogastric neurons. The separation of a neuron into two functionally distinct entities may be almost total with distinct arborizations existing in different ganglia. However, this functional separation is not definitive and depends on the state of the neuron. In conclusion, the classical integrate-and-fire representation of the neuron, with its dendritic arborization, its spike initiating zone, its axon and axonal tree seems to be no more applicable to invertebrate neurons. A better knowledge of the function of vertebrate neurons would probably demonstrate that it is the case for a large number of them, as suggested by the complex architecture of some reticular interneurons in vertebrates.10574122J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 329-471999titleRudomin P0Presynaptic selection of afferent inflow in the spinal cord.abstract61The synaptic effectiveness of sensory fibers ending in the spinal cord of vertebrates can be centrally controlled by means of specific sets of GABAergic interneurons that make axo-axonic synapses with the terminal arborizations of the afferent fibers. In the steady state, the intracellular concentration of chloride ions in these terminals is higher than that predicted from a passive distribution, because of an active transport mechanism. Following the release of GABA by spinal interneurons and activation of GABA(A) receptors in the afferent terminals, there is an outwardly directed efflux of chloride ions that produces primary afferent depolarization (PAD) and reduces transmitter release (presynaptic inhibition). Studies made by intrafiber recording of PAD, or by measuring changes in the intraspinal threshold of single afferent terminals (which is reduced during PAD), have further indicated that muscle and cutaneous afferents have distinctive, but modifiable PAD patterns in response to segmental and descending stimuli. This has suggested that PAD and presynaptic inhibition in the various types of afferents is mediated by separate sets of last-order GABAergic interneurons. Direct activation, by means of intraspinal microstimulation, of single or small groups of last-order PAD-mediating interneurons shows that the monosynaptic PAD elicited in Ia and Ib afferents can remain confined to some sets of the intraspinal collaterals and not spread to nearby collaterals. The local character of PAD allows cutaneous and descending inputs to selectively inhibit the PAD of segmental and ascending intraspinal collaterals of individual muscle spindle afferents. It thus seems that the intraspinal branches of the sensory fibers are not hard wired routes that diverge excitation to spinal neurons, but are instead dynamic pathways that can be centrally controlled to address information to selected neuronal targets. This feature appears to play an important role in the selection of information flow in muscle spindles that occurs at the onset of voluntary contractions in humans.MESH:D002712ChemicalchlorideMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D002712ChemicalchlorideMESH:D009155Diseasevoluntary contractions9606Specieshumans10574123J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 349-581999titleCattaert D, El Manira A, Bévengut M0Presynaptic inhibition and antidromic discharges in crayfish primary afferents.abstract80The mechanisms of presynaptic inhibition have been studied in sensory afferents of a stretch receptor in an in vitro preparation of the crayfish. Axon terminals of these sensory afferents display primary afferent depolarisations (PADs) mediated by the activation of GABA receptors that open chloride channels. Intracellular labeling of sensory axons by Lucifer yellow combined with GABA immunohistochemistry revealed the presence of close appositions between GABA-immunoreactive boutons and sensory axons close to their first branching point within the ganglion. Electrophysiological studies showed that GABA inputs mediating PADs appear to occur around the first axonal branching point, which corresponds to the area of transition between active and passive propagation of spikes. Moreover, this study demonstrated that whilst shunting appeared to be the sole mechanism involved during small amplitude PADs, sodium channel inactivation occurred with larger amplitude PADs. However, when the largest PADs (>25 mV) are produced, the threshold for spike generation is reached and antidromic action potentials are elicited. The mechanisms involved in the initiation of antidromic discharges were analyzed by combining electrophysiological and simulation studies. Three mechanisms act together to ensure that PAD-mediated spikes are not conveyed distally: 1) the lack of active propagation in distal regions of the sensory axons; 2) the inactivation of the sodium channels around the site where PADs are produced; and 3) a massive shunting through the opening of chloride channels associated with the activation of GABA receptors. The centrally generated spikes are, however, conveyed antidromically in the sensory nerve up to the proprioceptive organ, where they inhibit the activity of the sensory neurons for several hundreds of milliseconds.MESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABA10574124J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 359-671999titleVinay L, Brocard F, Fellippa-Marques S, Clarac F0Antidromic discharges of dorsal root afferents in the neonatal rat.10116Speciesratabstract68Presynaptic inhibition of primary afferents can be evoked from at least three sources in the adult animal: 1) by stimulation of several supraspinal structures; 2) by spinal reflex action from sensory inputs; or 3) by the activity of spinal locomotor networks. The depolarisation in the intraspinal afferent terminals which is due, at least partly, to the activation of GABA(A) receptors may be large enough to reach firing threshold and evoke action potentials that are antidromically conducted into peripheral nerves. Little is known about the development of presynaptic inhibition and its supraspinal control during ontogeny. This article, reviewing recent experiments performed on the in vitro brainstem/spinal cord preparation of the neonatal rat, demonstrates that a similar organisation is present, to some extent, in the new-born rat. A spontaneous activity consisting of antidromic discharges can be recorded from lumbar dorsal roots. The discharges are generated by the underlying afferent terminal depolarizations reaching firing threshold. The number of antidromic action potentials increases significantly in saline solution with chloride concentration reduced to 50% of control. Bath application of the GABA(A) receptor antagonist, bicuculline (5-10 microM) blocks the antidromic discharges almost completely. Dorsal root discharges are therefore triggered by chloride-dependent GABA(A) receptor-mediated mechanisms; 1) activation of descending pathways by stimulation delivered to the ventral funiculus (VF) of the spinal cord at the C1 level; 2) activation of sensory inputs by stimulation of a neighbouring dorsal root; or 3) pharmacological activation of the central pattern generators for locomotion evokes antidromic discharges in dorsal roots. VF stimulation also inhibited the response to dorsal root stimulation. The time course of this inhibition overlapped with that of the dorsal root discharge suggesting that part of the inhibition of the monosynaptic reflex may be exerted at a presynaptic level. The existence of GABA(A) receptor-independent mechanisms and the roles of the antidromic discharges in the neonatal rat are discussed.10116Speciesrat10116SpeciesratMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D002712ChemicalchlorideMESH:D001640ChemicalbicucullineMESH:D002712ChemicalchlorideMESH:D014693DiseaseVFMESH:D014693DiseaseVF10116Speciesrat10574125J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 369-771999titleLamotte d Incamps B, Meunier C, Zytnicki D, Jami L0Flexible processing of sensory information induced by axo-axonic synapses on afferent fibers.abstract94Recent experiments indicate that afferent information is processed in the intraspinal arborisation of mammalian group I fibres. During muscle contraction, Ib inputs arising from tendon organs are filtered out by presynaptic inhibition after their entry in the spinal cord. This paper reviews the mechanisms by which GABAergic axo-axonic synapses, i.e., the morphological substrate of presynaptic inhibition, exert this filtering effect. Using confocal microscopy, axo-axonic synapses were demonstrated on segmental Ib collaterals. Most synapses were located on short preterminal and terminal branches. Using a simple compartmental model of myelinated axon, the primary afferent depolarisation (PAD), generated by such synapses, was predicted to reduce the amplitude of incoming action potentials by inactivating the sodium current, and this prediction was experimentally verified. A further theoretical work, relying on cable theory, suggests that the electrotonic structure of collaterals and the distribution of axo-axonic synapses allow large PADs (about 10 mV) to develop on some distal branches, which is likely to result in a substantial presynaptic inhibition. In addition, the electrotonic structure of group I collaterals is likely to prevent PAD from spreading to the whole arborisation. Such a non-uniform diffusion of the PAD accounts for differential presynaptic inhibition in intraspinal branches of the same fibre. Altogether, our experimental and theoretical works suggest that axo-axonic synapses can control the selective funnelling of sensory information toward relevant targets specified according to the motor task.9606SpeciesmammalianMESH:D012964Chemicalsodium10574126J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 379-851999titleKatz R0Presynaptic inhibition in humans: a comparison between normal and spastic patients.9606SpecieshumansMESH:D009128Diseasespastic9606Speciespatientsabstract84During the last 40 years, several studies in man have been devoted to the pathophysiological mechanisms underlying spasticity. Spasticity is characterised by a velocity dependent increase in muscle tone. Many spinal pathways control stretch reflex excitability and a malfunction in any one of them could theoretically produce the exaggeration of the stretch reflex. Delwaide showed that the vibration-induced inhibition of Ia fibres is reduced in spastic patients. However, the relation between a decrease in presynaptic Ia inhibition and the pathophysiology of spasticity has been recently questioned since it was argued that homosynaptic depression (or post-activation depression) also contributes to the vibratory-induced depression of monosynaptic reflexes. This paper is thus devoted to a review of the methods recently developed to study selectively presynaptic Ia inhibition in man and to a reevaluation of the relations between modifications in presynaptic Ia inhibition and spasticity in hemiplegic and spinal spastic patients.9606SpeciesmanMESH:D009128DiseasespasticityMESH:D009128Diseasespastic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009128DiseasespasticityMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D000275Diseasedepression9606SpeciesmanMESH:D009128DiseasespasticityMESH:D009128Diseasespinal spastic9606Speciespatients10574127J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 387-941999titleMeunier S0Modulation by corticospinal volleys of presynaptic inhibition to Ia afferents in man.9606Speciesmanabstract86New methods have been recently developed to explore selectively presynaptic inhibition of Ia afferents in humans. They have allowed us to describe a highly specialized organisation in these pathways. A differential control has been disclosed during voluntary movements among various motoneuronal pools: at the onset of a selective voluntary contraction presynaptic inhibition of Ia afferents projecting to the 'contracting' motoneurons is strongly decreased whereas presynaptic inhibition of Ia afferents to antagonistic or synergistic motoneuronal pools, not involved in the contraction, is increased. Indirect arguments suggested that these modulations are centrally patterned. A differential control has been also disclosed between upper and lower limb pathways. Using transcranial magnetic stimulation to induce a descending corticospinal volley, we have shown that a corticospinal volley inhibits preferentially 'presynaptic interneurons'at the lumbar spinal level, an effect which is strengthened by a cutaneous input whereas it preferentially activates 'presynaptic interneurons' at the cervical spinal level, an effect which is inverted by a cutaneous input.9606SpecieshumansMESH:D009069Diseasevoluntary movements10574128J. Physiol. Paris; 1999 Sep-Oct; 93(4) 395-4011999titleAimonetti JM, Schmied A, Vedel JP, Pagni S0Ia presynaptic inhibition in human wrist extensor muscles: effects of motor task and cutaneous afferent activity.9606Specieshumanabstract114The task-dependence of the presynaptic inhibition of the muscle spindle primary afferents in human forearm muscles was studied, focusing in particular on the modulation associated with the co-contraction of antagonist muscles and the activation of cutaneous afferents. The changes known to affect the motoneuron proprioceptive assistance during antagonist muscle co-activation in human leg and arm muscles were compared. The evidence available so far that these changes might reflect changes in the presynaptic inhibition of the muscle spindle afferent is briefly reviewed. The possible reasons for changes in presynaptic inhibition during the antagonist muscle co-contraction are discussed. Some new experiments on the wrist extensor muscles are briefly described. The results showed that the changes in the Ia presynaptic inhibition occurring during the co-contraction of the wrist flexor and extensor muscles while the hand cutaneous receptors were being activated (the subject's hand was clenched around a manipulandum) could be mimicked by contracting the wrist extensor muscles alone while applying extraneous stimulation to the hand cutaneous receptors. It is concluded that besides the possible contribution of inputs generated by the co-contraction of antagonist muscles and by supraspinal pathways, cutaneous inputs may play a major role in modulating the proprioceptive assistance during manipulatory movements.9606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman10574129J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1051-21999titleValla DC0Portal vein thrombosis and prothrombotic disorders.MESH:D020246Diseasevein thrombosisMESH:D030342Diseaseprothrombotic disordersabstract5210574130J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1053-61999titleTovey FI, Hobsley M0Is Helicobacter pylori the primary cause of duodenal ulceration?210SpeciesHelicobacter pyloriabstract65Helicobacter pylori infection may not be the primary cause of duodenal ulceration in cases not associated with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, but may be a secondary complication. In developing countries with a uniformly high prevalence of H. pylori infection there are marked regional differences in the prevalence of duodenal ulcer (DU). In some countries, especially those with a low prevalence of H. pylori, 30-40% or more patients with DU may be H. pylori negative. The absence of H. pylori infection in early cases of DU is also reported. In DU patients with antral H. pylori infection, duodenal colonization by H. pylori may often be absent. After complete H. pylori eradication, recurrence of DU within 6 months in some reports is as high as 20%. The evidence suggests that high acidity and reduced duodenal mucosal resistance remain the primary causes of DU and that H. pylori infection, when present, results in chronicity. Reduced mucosal resistance results in duodenal gastric metaplasia which permits colonization of the duodenum with H. pylori from the antrum. Therefore, whatever causes reduced mucosal resistance may be the primary factor and evidence suggests that this cause may be diet related. This would explain the enigma of regional variations in DU prevalence unrelated to H. pylori prevalence.210SpeciesHelicobacter pyloriMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D014456Diseaseulcer210SpeciesH. pylori9606Speciespatients210SpeciesH. pylori210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection9606Speciespatients210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection210SpeciesH. pylori210SpeciesH. pylori210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D008679Diseasegastric metaplasia210SpeciesH. pylori210SpeciesH. pylori10574131J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1057-611999titleAl-Damegh S0Budd-Chiari syndrome: a short radiological review.MESH:D006502DiseaseBudd-Chiari syndromeabstract51A short review of Budd-Chiari syndrome (BCS) is given with detailed radiological findings from ultrasound, computed tomography (CT) and angiography and illustrated with two case reports. The cases had different clinical presentations: one antedated by Behcet's syndrome and complicated with aortic aneurysm, the other with a provisional diagnosis of a tuberculous abdomen. The radiological features of BCS, especially the changing appearance under dual-phase CT, are discussed. The respective diagnostic sensitivity and efficacy of other imaging modalities are mentioned.MESH:D006502DiseaseBudd-Chiari syndromeMESH:D001528DiseaseBehcet's syndromeMESH:D001014Diseaseaortic aneurysmMESH:D000006Diseasetuberculous abdomen10574132J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1062-91999titleSuzuki H, Mori M, Seto K, Nagahashi S, Kawaguchi C, Kai A, Akiba Y, Suzuki M, Suematsu M, Miura S, Ishii H0Ethanol intake preceding Helicobacter pylori inoculation promotes gastric mucosal inflammation in Mongolian gerbils.MESH:D000431ChemicalEthanol210SpeciesHelicobacter pyloriMESH:D007249Diseasegastric mucosal inflammation10047SpeciesMongolian gerbilsabstract117BACKGROUND: Mongolian gerbils have been reported to be a suitable model for Helicobacter pylori-associated gastric mucosal injury, including gastric cancer. Although ethanol is known to be one of the harmful substances in the gastric mucosa, the relationship between ethanol and H. pylori infection remains unknown. The aim of the present study is to investigate the effect of ethanol treatment prior to H. pylori inoculation on associated gastric mucosal injury. METHODS: Male Mongolian gerbils were used for the study. Helicobacter pylori was orally inoculated after 15 h fasting (Hp group). Thirty minutes prior to H. pylori inoculation, a group of gerbils was orally treated with 40% ethanol (20 mL/kg; E + Hp group). Another group of animals was treated either with H. pylori culture media alone (controls) or with 40% ethanol plus culture media (E group). Gerbils were killed 2, 4 or 12 weeks after H. pylori inoculation. Helicobacter pylori infection was confirmed by both histological examination and serological tests. Mucosal damage was evaluated histologically according to the modified Sydney system. RESULTS: Although in the controls and E group no significant change to the gastric mucose was observed, persistent H. pylori infection was seen in the mucosa and mucosal leucocyte infiltration and severe epithelial damage was observed in the Hp and E + Hp groups after 4 weeks. The histological scores for polymorphonuclear cell infiltration and myeloperoxidase activity were higher in the E + Hp group at 4 weeks than in the Hp group (P < 0.05). CONCLUSIONS: Ethanol intake preceding H. pylori inoculation could promote the progression of gastric mucosal inflammation in Mongolian gerbils.10047SpeciesMongolian gerbils210SpeciesHelicobacter pyloriMESH:D052016Diseasegastric mucosal injuryMESH:D013274Diseasegastric cancerMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:D000431Chemicalethanol210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D000431Chemicalethanol210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D052016Diseasegastric mucosal injury10047SpeciesMongolian gerbils210SpeciesHelicobacter pyloriMESH:C035699ChemicalHp210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:C035699ChemicalHp210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D000431Chemicalethanol210SpeciesH. pylori210SpeciesHelicobacter pyloriMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D009059DiseaseMucosal damage210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D017254Diseasemucosal leucocyte infiltrationMESH:D002277Diseaseepithelial damage-ChemicalE + HpMESH:C035699ChemicalHpMESH:D000431ChemicalEthanol210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007249Diseasegastric mucosal inflammation10047SpeciesMongolian gerbils10574133J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1070-31999titleFraser AG, Woollard GA0Gastric juice ascorbic acid is related to Helicobacter pylori infection but not ethnicity.MESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acidMESH:D016481DiseaseHelicobacter pylori infectionabstract91BACKGROUND: Maori and Pacific Island ethnic groups in New Zealand have a high risk for gastric cancer. Low levels of gastric juice ascorbic acid (vitamin C) have been suggested to be a risk factor for gastric cancer. Previous studies have shown that gastric juice ascorbic acid may be independently associated with both ethnicity and Helicobacter pylori infection. This study aimed to examine the interrelationship between H. pylori and ethnicity in New Zealand. METHODS: Gastric juice was collected into 70% perchloric acid preservative and stored at -80 degrees C. Ascorbic acid was analysed by high-performance liquid chromatography using ion-pair chromatography and electrochemical detection. Inflammation and atrophy was graded from biopsies from multiple sites in the antrum and body. Gastric juice was collected from 89 patients during routine endoscopy. RESULTS: There was a wide range of measured gastric juice ascorbic acid from 0.001 to 410 microg/mL. The median concentration of ascorbic acid for H. pylori-negative patients was 1.78 microg/mL (n = 57) and 0.12 microg/mL (n = 32) for H. pylori-positive patients (P = 0.001). Gastric juice ascorbic acid concentration was not associated with age, endoscopic diagnosis or intestinal metaplasia, but was significantly associated with the degree of acute inflammation (P = 0.01) and the presence of atrophy (P = 0.04). The median ascorbic acid concentration for European patients was 0.92 microg/mL (n = 44) and 0.09 microg/mL (n = 38) for Maori and Pacific Island ethnic groups combined (P = 0.1). Multiple step-wise regression analysis showed that only H. pylori infection was a significant factor for predicting ascorbic acid concentrations (r2 = 0.12). CONCLUSIONS: This study has confirmed that gastric juice ascorbic acid concentration is lower in the presence of H. pylori infection.MESH:D013274Diseasegastric cancerMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acidMESH:D001205Chemicalvitamin CMESH:D013274Diseasegastric cancerMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acidMESH:D016481DiseaseHelicobacter pylori infection210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:C576518Chemicalperchloric acidMESH:D001205ChemicalAscorbic acidMESH:D001284Diseaseatrophy9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acidMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acid210SpeciesH. pylori9606Speciespatients210SpeciesH. pylori9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acidMESH:D008679Diseaseintestinal metaplasiaMESH:D007249Diseaseacute inflammationMESH:D001284DiseaseatrophyMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acid9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D016481Diseasepylori infectionMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acidMESH:D001205Chemicalascorbic acid210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection10574134J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1074-821999titleDuggan JM, Zinsmeister AR, Kelly KA, Melton LJ0Long-term survival among patients operated upon for peptic ulcer disease.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010437Diseasepeptic ulcer diseaseabstract74BACKGROUND: Although surgery has been used widely for treating peptic ulcer disease, there is conflicting evidence with respect to subsequent life expectancy and the determinants of mortality. Our aim was to compare long-term survival in a large, population-based cohort of operated patients with that expected in the general population. METHODS: We followed 471 Rochester, Minnesota residents who had surgery for peptic ulcer at the Mayo Clinic during 1956-85 for a total of 6174 person-years. Patients were followed through their complete (inpatient and outpatient) medical records in the community until death or last clinical contact and death certificates were obtained for all who succumbed. We compared observed survival and cause-specific death rates in this cohort with expected values and identified the determinants of short (30 day) and long-term mortality. RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS: Survival was worse than expected, but excess deaths were confined to those with perforated ulcers (42 deaths observed; 18.8 expected). Independent predictors of death included age, male gender, emergency operation, gastric ulcer and cigarette smoking. Most deaths were due to heart disease and cancer, but only those due to digestive diseases (standardized mortality ratio (SMR) 3.8, 95% CI 2.4-5.7) and respiratory diseases (SMR 1.9, 95% CI 1.3-2.7) were increased compared to expected figures. Overall survival was reduced in this cohort but was normal among those whose ulcers were not perforated. However, the data suggest an adverse role for alcohol and smoking in these patients.MESH:D010437Diseasepeptic ulcer disease9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014456Diseaseulcer162683SpeciesMayo9606Speciesperson9606SpeciesPatients9606SpeciesoutpatientMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D014456DiseaseulcersMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D013276Diseasegastric ulcerMESH:D006331Diseaseheart diseaseMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D012131Diseaserespiratory diseasesMESH:D014456DiseaseulcersMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606Speciespatients10574135J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1083-71999titleHirakawa K, Adachi K, Amano K, Katsube T, Ishihara S, Fukuda R, Yamashita Y, Shiozawa S, Watanabe M, Kinoshita Y0Prevalence of non-ulcer dyspepsia in the Japanese population.MESH:D014456Diseasenon-ulcer dyspepsiaabstract62BACKGROUND: Non-ulcer dyspepsia (NUD) is one of the most frequently encountered disorders in general practice in Western countries. The prevalence of this disorder in the Japanese, however, has not been fully investigated. This study is designed to clarify the characteristics and prevalence of dyspepsia in the Japanese. METHODS: The subjects were 1139 people who visited our institutes for their annual medical check up for gastric cancers. After routine medical examination, all subjects were asked standardized questions in order to check for the presence of any symptoms suggesting dyspepsia. RESULTS: The results of the study showed that dysmotility-like dyspepsia, characterized by the presence of nausea, fullness and early satiety, is the most frequently observed dyspepsia in Japanese and that this type of dyspepsia decreases with age. Ulcer-like dyspepsia, which is the major type of dyspepsia in Western countries, is the least frequently experienced dyspepsia in the Japanese. CONCLUSIONS: This study clarified that NUD is also one of the most prevalent disorders in the Japanese, although its characteristics may be somewhat different from those in Western countries.MESH:D014456DiseaseNon-ulcer dyspepsiaMESH:D004415Diseasedyspepsia9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D013274Diseasegastric cancersMESH:D004415DiseasedyspepsiaMESH:D004415Diseasedysmotility-like dyspepsiaMESH:D009325DiseasenauseaMESH:D004415DiseasedyspepsiaMESH:D004415Diseasedyspepsia decreasesMESH:D014456DiseaseUlcerMESH:D004415DiseasedyspepsiaMESH:D004415DiseasedyspepsiaMESH:D004415Diseasedyspepsia10574136J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1088-921999titleChen BW, Wang HH, Liu JX, Liu XG0Zinc sulphate solution enema decreases inflammation in experimental colitis in rats.MESH:D019287ChemicalZinc sulphateMESH:D007249Diseaseenema decreases inflammationMESH:D003092Diseasecolitis10116Speciesratsabstract85BACKGROUND: It has been reported that zinc sulphate contributes an anti-inflammatory action in many animal models; however, the impact of zinc in colitis remains unclear. The aim of the present study was to examine the role of zinc sulphate in experimental colitis. METHODS: Colitis was induced by 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulphonic acid (TNB) in rats. Beginning at the first day of TNB colitis, the rats were treated with a zinc sulphate enema once daily for 6 days. The rats were examined 8 days later. RESULTS: The TNB induced severe colitis as evidenced by increased mucosal lesion area, mucosal myeloperoxidase (MPO) activity and prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) and leukotriene B4 (LTB4) levels. Six days after the application of the zinc sulphate enema, the mucosal lesion area, MPO activity, PGE2 and LTB4 levels all decreased significantly. Mucosal superoxide dismutase activity remained unchanged after zinc treatments. CONCLUSIONS: Our data suggest that zinc sulphate enemas have an anti-inflammatory action on experimental colitis.MESH:D019287Chemicalzinc sulphateMESH:D003092DiseasecolitisMESH:D019287Chemicalzinc sulphateMESH:D003092DiseasecolitisMESH:D003092DiseaseColitis-Chemical2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulphonic acid-ChemicalTNB10116SpeciesratsMESH:D003092DiseaseTNB colitis10116SpeciesratsMESH:D019287Chemicalzinc sulphateDiseaseenema10116Speciesrats-ChemicalTNBMESH:D003092DiseasecolitisMESH:D009059Diseasemucosal lesion303413Genemyeloperoxidase303413GeneMPOMESH:D015232Chemicalprostaglandin E2MESH:D015232ChemicalPGE2MESH:D007975Chemicalleukotriene B4MESH:D007975ChemicalLTB4MESH:D019287Chemicalzinc sulphateDiseaseenemaMESH:D009059Diseasemucosal lesion303413GeneMPOMESH:D015232ChemicalPGE2MESH:D019287Chemicalzinc sulphateMESH:D003092Diseasecolitis10574137J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1093-91999titlevan Rossum TG, Vulto AG, Hop WC, Brouwer JT, Niesters HG, Schalm SW0Intravenous glycyrrhizin for the treatment of chronic hepatitis C: a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled phase I/II trial.MESH:D019695ChemicalglycyrrhizinMESH:D019698Diseasechronic hepatitis Cabstract132BACKGROUND: In Japan, glycyrrhizin therapy is widely used for chronic hepatitis C and reportedly reduces the progression of liver disease to hepatocellular carcinoma. The aims of this study were to evaluate the effect of glycyrrhizin on serum alanine aminotransferase (ALT), hepatitis C virus (HCV)-RNA and its safety in European patients. METHODS: Fifty-seven patients with chronic hepatitis C, non-responders or unlikely to respond (genotype 1/cirrhosis) to interferon therapy, were randomized to one of the four dose groups: 240, 160 or 80 mg glycyrrhizin or placebo (0 mg glycyrrhizin). Medication was administered intravenously thrice weekly for 4 weeks; follow up also lasted for 4 weeks. RESULTS: Within 2 days of start of therapy, serum ALT had dropped 15% below baseline in the three dosage groups (P < 0.02). The mean ALT decrease at the end of active treatment was 26%, significantly higher than the placebo group (6%). A clear dose-response effect was not observed (29, 26, 23% ALT decrease for 240, 160 and 80 mg, respectively). Normalization of ALT at the end of treatment occurred in 10% (four of 41). The effect on ALT disappeared after cessation of therapy. During treatment, viral clearance was not observed: the mean decrease in plasma HCV-RNA after active treatment was 4.1 x 10(6) genome equivalents/mL (95% confidence interval, 0-8.2 x 10(6); P > 0.1). No major side-effects were noted. None of the patients withdrew from the study because of intolerance. CONCLUSIONS: Glycyrrhizin up to 240 mg, thrice weekly, lowers serum ALT during treatment, but has no effect on HCV-RNA levels. The drug appears to be safe and is well tolerated. In view of the reported long-term effect of glycyrrhizin, further controlled investigation of the Japanese mode of administration (six times weekly) for induction appears of interest.MESH:D019695ChemicalglycyrrhizinMESH:D019698Diseasechronic hepatitis CMESH:D008107Diseaseliver diseaseMESH:D006528Diseasehepatocellular carcinomaMESH:D019695Chemicalglycyrrhizin11103Specieshepatitis C virus11103SpeciesHCV9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019698Diseasechronic hepatitis CMESH:D005355DiseasecirrhosisMESH:D019695ChemicalglycyrrhizinMESH:D019695Chemicalglycyrrhizin11103SpeciesHCV9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019695ChemicalGlycyrrhizin11103SpeciesHCV10574138J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1100-71999titleLaw MG0Modelling the hepatitis C virus epidemic in Australia. Hepatitis C Virus Projections Working Group.MESH:D006526DiseaseModelling the hepatitis C virus epidemic11103SpeciesHepatitis C Virusabstract100INTRODUCTION: In Australia, to the end of 1997, more than 110,000 people have been diagnosed with hepatitis C virus (HCV) antibodies and reported to State/Territory surveillance systems. The available data indicate that the overwhelming majority (around 80%) of people with HCV antibodies were infected through injecting drug use. METHODS: Models of the HCV epidemic in Australia were developed based on estimates of the pattern of injecting drug use in Australia. Estimates of HCV infections due to injecting drug use thus obtained were then adjusted to allow for HCV infections resulting from other transmission routes. Projections of cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) resulting from HCV were obtained by combining modelled HCV incidence with estimates of the progression rates to these outcomes. RESULTS: Based on the models, it was estimated that there were 196,000 (lower and upper limits of 149,000 and 234,000) people in Australia living with HCV antibodies at the end of 1997, with HCV incidence in 1997 estimated to be 11,000 (8500-13,500). It was estimated that 8500 (4000-13,000) people were living with HCV-related cirrhosis in 1997 and that there were 80 (40-125) incident cases of HCV-related HCC. DISCUSSION: Model-based estimates were broadly consistent with other sources of information on the HCV epidemic in Australia. These models suggest that the prevalence of HCV-related cirrhosis and the incidence of HCV-related HCC will more than double in Australia by 2010.9606Speciespeople11103Specieshepatitis C virus11103SpeciesHCV9606Speciespeople11103SpeciesHCV11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D006526DiseaseHCV infectionsMESH:D006526DiseaseHCV infectionsMESH:D008103Diseasecirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma11103SpeciesHCV11103SpeciesHCV9606Speciespeople11103SpeciesHCV11103SpeciesHCV9606Speciespeople11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis11103SpeciesHCV11103SpeciesHCV11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis11103SpeciesHCV10574139J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1108-111999titlePellicano R, Marietti G, Leone N, Arena V, Palmas F, Rizzetto M, Ponzetto A0Mixed cryoglobulinaemia associated with hepatitis C virus infection: a predictor factor for treatment with interferon?DiseasecryoglobulinaemiaMESH:D006526Diseasehepatitis C virus infectionabstract119BACKGROUND AND AIMS: Mixed cryoglobulinaemia (MC) is a frequent finding among patients infected with hepatitis C virus (HCV). The response to treatment with alpha-interferon (alpha-IFN) in these patients is linked to predictive factors. The aim of this study was to ascertain whether the presence of MC was a predictive factor of response in patients treated with alpha-IFN for chronic hepatitis due to HCV. METHODS: Thirty-two patients with MC and HCV infection (24 with chronic hepatitis and eight with cirrhosis) were compared with 30 patients with HCV infection without MC (23 chronic hepatitis, seven cirrhosis) of a similar mean age. All were treated with lymphoblastoid alpha-IFN, at 3 MU, t.i.w., for 6-12 months and then followed up. RESULTS: No statistical difference was observed between the two groups in terms of sustained response (P = 0.83), relapse (P = 0.88) and non-response (P = 0.92). The mean follow up was 24.3 months (range 17-28) for patients with sustained response and for the patients with MC and 22.6 months (range 15-26) for patients without MC. CONCLUSIONS: The presence of cryoglobulinaemia does not influence the response to alpha-IFN in patients with chronic HCV infection.Diseasecryoglobulinaemia9606Speciespatients11103Specieshepatitis C virus11103SpeciesHCV9606Speciespatients-ChemicalMC9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D056487Diseasechronic hepatitis11103SpeciesHCV9606Speciespatients-ChemicalMCMESH:D006526DiseaseHCV infectionMESH:D056486DiseasehepatitisMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006526DiseaseHCV infection-ChemicalMCMESH:D056486DiseasehepatitisMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients-ChemicalMC9606Speciespatients-ChemicalMCDiseasecryoglobulinaemia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006526Diseasechronic HCV infection10574140J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1112-81999titleLuca A, García-Pagán JC, de Lacy AM, Escorsell A, Feu F, Visa J, Bosch J, Rodés J0Effects of end-to-side portacaval shunt and distal splenorenal shunt on systemic and pulmonary haemodynamics in patients with cirrhosis.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosisabstract137BACKGROUND: Patients with cirrhosis exhibit splanchnic, peripheral and pulmonary vasodilation, which are thought to play a role in increasing portal pressure, promoting sodium retention and determining arterial hypoxaemia. The present study investigated whether these abnormalities are influenced by portal hypertension or by portal systemic shunting. METHODS: Sixty-one patients with cirrhosis who had haemodynamic measurements before and after end-to-side portacaval shunt (n = 30) or distal splenorenal shunt (n = 31) were evaluated. RESULTS: End-to-side portacaval shunts were more effective than distal splenorenal shunts in decompressing the portal system (portocaval pressure gradient 3.2 +/- 2.5 vs splenocaval gradient 6.5 +/- 3.2 mmHg, P < 0.0001), because of a greater shunt blood flow (33 +/- 12 vs 21 +/- 12 mL/min per kg, P < 0.005). Azygos blood flow and hepatic blood flow decreased significantly after both surgical shunts. However, end-to-side portacaval shunts caused a greater decrease in peripheral resistance than distal splenorenal shunts (-23 +/- 18 vs -11+/- 27%, P < 0.05). Mean arterial pressure and pulmonary vascular resistance were significantly reduced after an end-to-side portacaval shunt (-7 +/- 10%, P < 0.001 and -14 +/- 33%, P < 0.004, respectively), but not after splenorenal shunt. CONCLUSIONS: These results show that end-to-side portacaval shunts, despite normalizing portal pressure, worsen the peripheral and pulmonary vasodilatation. The splenorenal shunt that maintained a higher portal pressure, caused less peripheral vasodilatation and did not enhance pulmonary vasodilatation. These findings suggest that portal systemic shunting is more important than increased portal pressure in determining peripheral vasodilatation in cirrhosis.9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D005355DiseasecirrhosisMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D020762Diseasearterial hypoxaemiaMESH:D006973Diseasehypertension9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005355DiseasecirrhosisMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis10574141J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1119-231999titleYang YY, Chan CC, Wang SS, Chiu CF, Hsu HC, Chiang JH, Tasy SH, Chang FY, Lee SD0Case report: portal vein thrombosis associated with hereditary protein C deficiency: a report of two cases.MESH:D020246Diseasevein thrombosisMESH:D020151Diseasehereditary protein C deficiencyabstract108Protein C deficiency is one of the causes of curable or preventable portal vein thrombosis. We report two patients of portal vein thrombosis associated with hereditary protein C deficiency. The first patient presented with continuous right upper quadrant pain and high fever. The abdominal sonography revealed normal liver parenchyma but portal vein and superior mesenteric vein thrombosis. Based on a 55% (normal 70-140%) plasma protein C level, he was diagnosed as having protein C deficiency. A trace of his family history showed that his elder brother also had protein C deficiency with a 50% plasma C level. Both patients received anticoagulant therapy. The younger brother showed good response. Unfortunately, the elder one suffered from recurrent episodes of variceal bleeding and received a life-saving splenectomy and devascularization. We herein remind clinicians that early screening and therapy are helpful in preventing late complications of protein C deficiency with portal vein thrombosis.MESH:C537418DiseaseC deficiencyMESH:D020246Diseasevein thrombosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020246Diseasevein thrombosisMESH:D020151Diseasehereditary protein C deficiency9606SpeciespatientMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D020246Diseasevein thrombosisMESH:D020151Diseaseprotein C deficiencyMESH:D020151Diseaseprotein C deficiency9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006470DiseasebleedingMESH:D020151Diseaseprotein C deficiencyMESH:D020246Diseasevein thrombosis10574142J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1124-81999titleBarak N, Orion Y, Schneider M, Bernheim J, Mekori YA0Case report: Hepatic involvement in antiphospholipid syndrome.MESH:D056486DiseaseHepatic involvementMESH:D016736Diseaseantiphospholipid syndromeabstract63Three cases of hepatic involvement in antiphospholipid syndrome are described. One patient had catastrophic antiphospholipid syndrome with haemorrhages and necrosis in the liver parenchyma. The second patient had blood clots in the small hepatic vessels. The third patient had autoimmune hepatitis type I associated with antiphospholipid syndrome. Other possible hepatic manifestations of antiphospholipid syndrome are also discussed.MESH:D056486Diseasehepatic involvementMESH:D016736Diseaseantiphospholipid syndrome9606SpeciespatientMESH:D016736Diseasecatastrophic antiphospholipid syndromeMESH:D006470DiseasehaemorrhagesMESH:D010195Diseasenecrosis in the liver parenchyma9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D019693Diseaseautoimmune hepatitis type IMESH:D016736Diseaseantiphospholipid syndromeMESH:D016736Diseaseantiphospholipid syndrome10574143J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1129-311999titleFujita H, Chuganji Y, Yaginuma M, Momoi M, Tanaka T0Case report: acute encephalitis immediately prior to acute onset of hepatitis C virus infection.MESH:D004660DiseaseencephalitisMESH:D006526Diseasehepatitis C virus infectionabstract97A 34-year-old male presented with acute viral encephalitis of unknown aetiology with subsequent acute onset of hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection. Although the neurological syndrome improved after administration of acyclovir, jaundice appeared. Neurological complications of HCV infections have rarely been described. In this case report, we discuss the close relationship between neurological syndromes and HCV infection. In the future, we hope that further discussion of clinical cases will determine whether or not the HCV produces neurological manifestations.MESH:D018792Diseaseviral encephalitisMESH:D006526Diseasehepatitis C virus (HCV) infectionMESH:D009461Diseaseneurological syndromeMESH:D000212ChemicalacyclovirMESH:D007565DiseasejaundiceMESH:D002493DiseaseNeurological complications of HCV infectionsMESH:D009461Diseaseneurological syndromesMESH:D006526DiseaseHCV infection11103SpeciesHCV10574144J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 1132-41999titleBarwood N, Platell C0Case report: adenocarcinoma arising in a Crohn's stricture of the jejunum.MESH:D000230Diseaseadenocarcinomaabstract75Patients with Crohn's disease affecting the small intestine appear to have an increased risk of developing adenocarcinoma. However, it remains an uncommon complication of an uncommon disease. The diagnosis is difficult to make both pre- and intra-operatively, and is most commonly made postoperatively on histopathology. Hence, at laparotomy, consideration should be given to performing a frozen section on all small bowel strictures due to Crohn's disease to define the presence of dysplasia or cancer. This will assist the surgeon in deciding whether to perform a stricturoplasty or a resection.9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D003424DiseaseCrohn's diseaseMESH:D000230DiseaseadenocarcinomaMESH:D015212DiseasebowelMESH:D003424DiseaseCrohn's diseaseMESH:D009369Diseasedysplasia or cancer10574145J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 11351999titleOkuda K, Okada N, Hayama T0Hepatobiliary and pancreatic: a man with fever and hepatomegaly.MESH:D004066DiseaseHepatobiliary and pancreatic9606SpeciesmanMESH:D005334DiseasefeverMESH:D006529Diseasehepatomegalyabstract6510574146J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.; 1999 Nov; 14(11) 11371999titleLoo CK, Hui PK, Fung TT0Gastrointestinal: Brunner's gland hyperplasia.MESH:C563156DiseaseBrunner's gland hyperplasiaabstract4710574147Ann Otol Rhinol Laryngol Suppl; 1999 Nov; 1803-191999titleInouye T, Tanabe T, Nakanoboh M, Ogura M0Laser surgery for allergic and hypertrophic rhinitis.MESH:D004342DiseaseallergicMESH:D012220Diseasehypertrophic rhinitisabstract54Laser surgery, which is one type of surgical treatment for allergic and hypertrophic rhinitis, was investigated basically and clinically. The basic investigation showed morphological changes in the nasal mucosa before and after laser surgery. Before laser surgery, hyperplasia of the mucous epithelium, thickening of the basement membrane, edema of the lamina propria mucosa, eosinophilic infiltration, and enlargement of the nasal glands were noted. After laser surgery, the nasal mucosa was covered with 1) epithelium that was squamatized or cuboidal and/or 2) columnar epithelium that was stratified. Granulation-like tissue or cicatricial tissue was found in the lamina propria mucosa. Clinically, we performed laser surgery in 204 cases. Regarding the short-term results, laser surgery was effective in 87%. In the long term, the short-term results persisted in 81% of cases treated for sneezing, 78% for nasal discharge, and 76% for nasal obstruction. From these results, we concluded that laser surgery was a useful surgical treatment for allergic and hypertrophic rhinitis.MESH:D004342DiseaseallergicMESH:D012220Diseasehypertrophic rhinitisMESH:D006965DiseasehyperplasiaMESH:D004487Diseaseedema of the lamina propria mucosaMESH:D004802Diseaseeosinophilic infiltrationMESH:D015508Diseasenasal obstructionMESH:D004342DiseaseallergicMESH:D012220Diseasehypertrophic rhinitis10574148Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 23-41999titleLamberts SW0The thymus: at the interface between immunology and neuroendocrinology.Diseaseneuroendocrinologyabstract7210574149Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 25-141999titleMüller-Hermelink HK, Marx A0Pathological aspects of malignant and benign thymic disorders.MESH:D013953Diseasebenign thymic disordersabstract63A WHO committee recently defined criteria for distinguishing between thymic epithelial tumours (TET) and classified them as type A, AB, B1-3 and C thymomas. As the terminology for each WHO type is still controversial, it is recommended to use also other names in addition to the WHO classification to allow comparability of future clinicopathological studies. We consider type A and AB thymomas (medullary and mixed thymomas) clinically benign, whereas type B1-3 thymomas (predominantly cortical and cortical thymomas and well-differentiated thymic carcinomas) are of low-grade malignant potential and most type C thymomas (category II malignant thymomas) are highly malignant. Not yet approved by the WHO are the recently described 'thymoma with pseudosarcomatous stroma' and the 'low-grade metaplastic carcinoma of the thymus', which are considered as benign or low-grade malignant tumours, respectively. Thymic pathology frequently occurs in myasthenia gravis (MG). Production of autoantibodies against the acetylcholine receptor results from an antigen-driven immune reaction that starts inside the thymus, is maintained there but spreads to extrathymic sites already during the early phase of MG. Paraneoplastic MG occurs only in type A, AB and B1-3 thymomas. Abnormal TET microenvironments trigger nontolerogenic T-cell selection by neoplastic epithelial cells. Only after export of substantial numbers of naive, potentially autoreactive T cells to extratumorous sites does T-cell activation outside the thymoma initiate the autoimmune process. Early surgery after onset of MG is essential in thymitis to prevent substantial export of autoreactive T cells from the inflamed thymus to extrathymic organs, and it usually alleviates MG symptoms. In thymoma, 'dissemination' of autoreactive T cells to extratumorous sites has already continued for many months or even years before emergence of symptoms of MG. Therefore, thymoma surgery is aimed against oncological and local cardiovascular complications and rarely succeeds in alleviating symptoms of MG.MESH:D000077216Diseaseepithelial tumours-ChemicalTETMESH:D049290DiseaseAB4698Gene3664B1-3MESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D013945DiseaseAB thymomasMESH:D013945Diseasethymomas4698;28905;28907;28908GeneB1-3MESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D013945Diseasecortical thymomasMESH:D013945Diseasethymic carcinomasMESH:D013945Diseasetype C thymomasMESH:D013945DiseaseII malignant thymomasMESH:D013945Disease'thymomaDiseasepseudosarcomatous stromaMESH:D013953Diseasecarcinoma of the thymus'MESH:D009369Diseasemalignant tumoursMESH:D009157Diseasemyasthenia gravisMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D000080343DiseaseParaneoplastic MGMESH:D049290DiseaseAB4698Gene3664B1-3MESH:D013945Diseasethymomas-ChemicalTETMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGDiseasethymitisMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular complicationsMESH:D000080343DiseaseMG10574150Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 215-221999titlevan Hagen PM, Hofland LJ, ten Bokum AM, Lichtenauer-Kaligis EG, Kwekkeboom DJ, Ferone D, Lamberts SW0Neuropeptides and their receptors in the immune system.abstract56Neuropeptides and their receptors are produced and expressed by neuroendocrine tissues and function as neurotransmitters and/or mediators of well-defined hormonal activities in specific tissues and cells. However, neuropeptides and their receptors are also found in the immune system, and various neuropeptides are involved in both systems. In this review we discuss the role of two of these neuropeptides, somatostatin and substance P, with regard to their receptor expression in the human immune system and their role in the diagnosis and treatment of immune-mediated diseases.6750Gene819somatostatin6863Gene2394substance P9606Specieshuman10574151Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 223-71999titleHofland LJ, van Hagen PM, Lamberts SW0Functional role of somatostatin receptors in neuroendocrine and immune cells.6750Gene819somatostatinabstract78During the last decade the concept of a narrow communication between the immune and classical neuroendocrine systems has been supported by cumulative evidence. One of the common links between the two systems is formed by the production of somatostatin (SS), the presence of SS receptors (SS-R) and the functional effects of SS on both endocrine and immune cells. While in the endocrine system SS-R activation is coupled to mainly inhibitory effects, both inhibitory and stimulatory effects of SS have been demonstrated on the function of immune cells (ie proliferation and secretion). Moreover, in contrast to endocrine cells (ie growth hormone (GH)-secreting pituitary cells) in which SS and its analogues inhibit GH secretion in the nanomolar range in a dose-dependent manner achieving maximal inhibitory effects at higher concentrations, biphasic effects of SS are generally found on the function of immune cells with inhibition at low (nanomolar) concentrations and absence of an effect at higher (micromolar) concentrations. Neuroendocrine cells often express multiple SS-R subtypes, which may be linked to specific functions. Scarce information is available so far on the SS-R subtype expression pattern as well as on the second messenger systems linked to SS-R activation in human lymphoid cells. The recent development of novel SS-R subtype-selective SS analogues will be helpful in unravelling the functional roles of the individual SS-R subtypes in SS-R-expressing human neuroendocrine and immune cells.6750Gene819somatostatin2688Gene128036growth hormone2688Gene128036GH2688Gene128036GH9606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman10574152Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 228-331999titleFerone D, van Hagen PM, Colao A, Annunziato L, Lamberts SW, Hofland LJ0Somatostatin receptors in the thymus.6750Gene819Somatostatinabstract38The thymus is the primary lymphoid organ where different factors participate in regulating the proliferation and differentiation of T cells. The thymic epithelium is the main cellular component in driving the maturation of thymocytes through cell-to-cell and extracellular matrix-mediated interactions. Thymic hormones and cytokines play a critical role in the proliferation, differentiation and selection of precursor cells along the T-cell lineage. However, other locally produced hormones and neuropeptides participate in thymic functions in an autocrine and paracrine manner. Some of them have well-characterized actions, whereas somatostatin (SS), although it has been identified, has not been investigated in detail. SS inhibits hormone and exocrine secretion, modulates neurotransmission and inhibits cell proliferation. The biological effects of SS are mediated through five G protein-coupled membrane receptor subtypes (sst1-5). SS receptors (SS-R) have been demonstrated in normal tissues and tumours at the protein and mRNA levels. Sst2 mRNA has been detected in the murine thymus, whereas sst3 and sst4 mRNAs are expressed in the rat immune system. The significance of the presence of specific SS-R subtypes remains to be clarified. Moreover, the activation of lymphoid cells seems to modify their SS-R expression pattern. SS, sst1, sst2A and sst3 mRNAs have been found in normal human thymic tissue, whereas enriched cultured thymic epithelial cells (TEC) selectively express SS, sst1 and sst2A mRNAs. Furthermore, TEC respond in vitro to SS and octreotide by inhibiting cell proliferation. Immunoreactivity for sst2A has been detected primarily in the medulla, where TEC, dendritic cells and macrophages are the major components, in line with the predominant binding of the sst2 receptor-preferring ligand [125I-Tyr3]-octreotide in this region. The heterogeneous distribution of SS-R subtypes on specific cell subsets indicates that SS may play a paracrine and/or autocrine role in regulating cell activities in the thymus.6750Gene819somatostatin6750Gene819SS6750Gene819SS6750Gene819SS25992Gene14708sst1-56750Gene819SSMESH:D009369Diseasetumours20606Gene37427Sst210090Speciesmurine20607Gene20285sst320608Gene20286sst410116Speciesrat6750Gene819SS6750Gene819SS25992Gene14708sst39606Specieshuman6750Gene819SS6750Gene819SSMESH:D015282Chemicaloctreotide20606Gene37427sst2MESH:C114933Chemical125I-Tyr3]-octreotide6750Gene819SS10574153Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 234-91999titleDardenne M0Role of thymic peptides as transmitters between the neuroendocrine and immune systems.abstract87Thymic peptides, a heterogenous family of polypeptidic hormones synthesized within the thymus, not only exert important regulatory effects within both the immune and neuroendocrine systems but are also themselves subject to control by hormones derived from the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) and other endocrine glands. Regarding thymic hormonal function, thymulin production is up-regulated by several hormones, including prolactin, growth hormone and thyroid hormones. Other aspects of the physiology of thymic epithelial cells can also be modulated by hormones and neuropeptides, particularly cytokeratin expression, cell growth and production of extracellular matrix proteins, thus characterizing the pleiotrophic action of these molecules on the thymic epithelium. Conversely, thymic-derived peptides also regulate hormone release from the HPA axis and may act directly on target endocrine glands of this axis, modulating gonadal tissues. In addition, it has recently been shown that thymulin can modulate some peripheral nervous sensory functions, including those related to sensitivity to pain. According to the dose given, thymulin induces or reduces hyperalgesia related to both mechanical and thermal nociceptors and thus represents an important interface between the immune, endocrine and nervous systems.MESH:D007029Diseasehypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axisMESH:D010661DiseaseHPA2688Gene128036growth hormoneMESH:D010661DiseaseHPAMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D006930Diseasehyperalgesia10574154Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 240-51999titleLempereur L, Cantarella G, Murabito P, Chiarenza A, Fiore L, Zappalà G, Bernardini R0Thymic hormones, cancer and behavioural adaptive responses.MESH:D009369Diseasecancerabstract60The effects of thymic hormones are not restricted within the immune system but are rather pleiotropic. Through neuropeptides the neuroendocrine system participates in the regulation of homeostasis as well as in the control of stress response and behavioural outputs. Thymic hormones increase spontaneous behaviour, inhibit anxiety-like responses and improve resistance to stress in tumour-bearing mice. In addition, thymic hormones modulate secretion of pituitary adrenocorticotrophin (ACTH) and beta-endorphin in both primates and rodents. In turn, both ACTH and beta-endorphin influence stress response and behaviour. Besides their neuroendocrine effects, thymic hormones have radioprotective effects either when administered alone or when associated with other radioprotective agents. Thymic hormones are possibly able to reduce postirradiation tissue damage in the bone marrow and in the central nervous system. Finally, evidence suggests a potentiating effect of thymic hormones when associated with current anticancer drugs. From the data reviewed it seems reasonable to conclude that the combination of thymic hormones with cancer therapy is associated with improvement of behaviour and well-being status, protection of tissues from detrimental effects of cancer treatment, and possibly also with potentiation of the antiproliferative effects of other drugs. Thus, thymic hormones could be envisioned as a valuable adjunct to actual cancer therapy.MESH:D001008DiseaseanxietyMESH:D009369Diseasetumour10090Speciesmice18976Gene723beta-endorphin18976Gene723beta-endorphinMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369Diseasedetrimental effects of cancerMESH:D009369Diseaseactual cancer10574155Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 246-511999titleZelano G, Settesoldi D, Lino MM, Batocchi A, Evoli A, Tonali PA0Thymic disorders and myasthenia gravis: genetic aspects.MESH:D009157Diseasemyasthenia gravisabstract57Myasthenia gravis (MG) is an autoimmune disease characterized by production of antibodies to acetylcholine receptor at the motor end-plate responsible for impairment of neuromuscular transmission. There is general agreement about the involvement of the thymus in the pathogenesis of MG, and thymic pathological changes are commonly found in MG patients. Genetic factors seem to play an important role in susceptibility to MG. As with other autoimmune diseases, genetic predisposition to MG probably involves multiple genes. Ample evidence suggests that genes within the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) are involved in susceptibility to autoimmune diseases. Both data from the literature and our findings indicate that different genes within the MHC could predispose to various forms of MG, and that particularly the tumour necrosis factor genes may play a role in the association between the different thymic disorders and MG.MESH:D009157DiseaseMyasthenia gravisMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune diseaseMESH:D009468Diseaseimpairment of neuromuscular9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune diseasesMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune diseasesMESH:D009336Diseasetumour necrosis10574156Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 252-61999titleCarrieri PB, Marano E, Perretti A, Caruso G0The thymus and myasthenia gravis: immunological and neurophysiological aspects.MESH:D009157Diseasemyasthenia gravisabstract80Myasthenia gravis (MG) is an autoimmune disorder, in which end-plate membrane damage is induced by antibodies directed toward various epitopes of the main immunogenic region of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (AChR). This article reviews the mechanisms responsible for the development of MG. Recent investigations into the roles of the thymus, antibodies against AChR, cytokines, and neuromuscular transmission have given new insight into the pathogenesis of MG. These new advances have led to a better understanding of the immune mechanisms in MG and have opened new therapeutic horizons.MESH:D009157DiseaseMyasthenia gravisMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune disorderMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D000080343DiseaseMG10574157Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 257-621999titleCamera L, Brunetti A, Romano M, Larobina M, Marano I, Salvatore M0Morphological imaging of thymic disorders.abstract43The thymus is a bilobed lymphoid organ the morphology of which varies considerably with age as a result of a process of fatty infiltration occurring after puberty. Although several diseases can arise in the thymic parenchyma, including germ cell and neuroendocrine tumours, primitive epithelial neoplasms (thymomas) are the most common neoplasms and account for almost 10% of mediastinal masses. Thymomas are usually benign but can be locally invasive. Up to 30% of patients with a thymoma have myasthenia gravis, which is more commonly associated with thymic hyperplasia. The latter results in a symmetric diffuse enlargement of the thymus. However, thymic hyperplasia can be histologically found in up to 50% of normal-sized thymuses on computed tomography (CT). CT is much more accurate in detecting thymomas than it is in detecting thymic hyperplasia, although CT findings may be unspecific. CT can be exhaustive in the case of an encapsulated thymoma (65% of all thymomas), which appear as a solid homogeneous mass with a slight contrast enhancement and a well-defined surrounding fat plane. These tumours rarely recur after surgery. CT can also accurately detect a spread through the capsule into the adjacent mediastinal fat, which characterizes invasive thymomas (35%). These, however, are best evaluated by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). On T1-weighted MR scans the thymus is well delineated against the mediastinal fat, whereas marked inhomogeneity of the signal may appear on T2-weighted images as a result of areas of cystic degeneration in the tumour mass. The superior contrast resolution of MRI and the multiplanar images that can be produced with it are well suited for documenting the mediastinal spread of invasive thymomas. MRI depicts accurately pleural and/or pericardial implants as well as the involvement of great vessels, offering considerable aid in the planning of surgery.MESH:D018358Diseaseneuroendocrine tumoursMESH:D002277Diseaseepithelial neoplasmsMESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmsMESH:D013945DiseaseThymomas9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D009157Diseasemyasthenia gravisMESH:D013952Diseasethymic hyperplasiaMESH:D013952Diseasethymic hyperplasiaMESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D006965DiseasehyperplasiaMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D009369DiseasetumoursMESH:D013945Diseaseinvasive thymomasMESH:D009369Diseasecystic degeneration in the tumourMESH:D013945Diseaseinvasive thymomasMESH:D010995Diseasepleural10574158Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 263-91999titleLastoria S, Palmieri G, Muto P, Lombardi G0Functional imaging of thymic disorders.abstract40Human thymomas are rare tumours which usually develop in the chest. The diagnosis via guided biopsy, the evaluation of the extent of the tumour and its boundaries with adjacent organs, the choice of the appropriate therapeutic option, and the assessment of response to treatment are usually made with computed tomography (CT) alone or in combination with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). More recently, radiopharmaceuticals and nuclear medicine procedures have been used increasingly in the imaging and functional characterization of benign and malignant thymic disorders. Two groups of radiopharmaceuticals have been used. The first includes several oncotropic tracers, such as 201Tl-chloride, 99mTc-sestamibi and 18F-fluorodeoxyglucose, which are significantly concentrated in thymic tumours. Their uptake correlates with tumour grades and cellularity. The second class includes two radioligands: [(111)In-DTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotide (DTPA, diethylenetriamine penta-acetic acid) and [(111)In-DTPA-Arg1]-substance P, which bind to specific receptors. [(111)In-DTPA-Arg1]-substance P binds to its receptors that are largely expressed in the thymus of patients with autoimmune diseases. [(111)In-DTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotide recognizes the somatostatin receptor subtype 2. In patients with active disease investigated in our institution [(111)In-DTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotide has been shown to concentrate in the majority of thymoma deposits. Conversely, it is not concentrated in adult patients with benign lymphofollicular thymic hyperplasia. This finding has had a significant impact on the management of patients with myasthenia gravis as it differentiates early-stage thymoma from benign hyperplasia, unlike CT and MRI, which often fail to distinguish between the two. In addition to its role in diagnostic imaging, somatostatin receptor scintigraphy also enables us to select patients with advanced or metastatic thymoma unresponsive to conventional therapies, who might benefit from a somatostatin analogue-based treatment, serving thus as a link between diagnosis and therapy. In this article, we discuss and analyse the results of functional imaging with different radiopharmaceuticals, primarily those that we have obtained with [(111)In-DTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotide.9606SpeciesHumanMESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D035583Diseaserare tumoursMESH:D009369DiseasetumourMESH:D013953Diseasemalignant thymic disorders-Chemical201Tl-chlorideMESH:D017256Chemical99mTc-sestamibiMESH:D019788Chemical18F-fluorodeoxyglucoseMESH:D013953Diseasethymic tumoursMESH:D009369Diseasetumour-Chemical-DTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotideMESH:D004369ChemicalDTPAMESH:D004369Chemicaldiethylenetriamine penta-acetic acidMESH:D004369ChemicalDTPA383Gene29Arg16863Gene2394substance PMESH:D004369ChemicalDTPA383Gene29Arg16863Gene2394substance P9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune diseases-ChemicalDTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotide9606Speciespatients-ChemicalDTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotideMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma deposits9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013952Diseasebenign lymphofollicular thymic hyperplasia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009157Diseasemyasthenia gravisMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D011470Diseasebenign hyperplasia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma-Chemical[(111)In-DTPA-D-Phe1]-octreotide10574159Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 270-21999titlePersico G, Martignetti A, Imbriani A, Montella L, Aprea G, Coto M, Persico F, Palmieri G0Role of surgery in thymic disorders.abstract37Thymomas are relatively slow-growing neoplasms that should be considered malignant tumours. When treated in the early stages, however, they have an excellent prognosis for long-term survival. Surgery, radiation therapy and chemotherapy all play a role in the management of these neoplasms. Surgery is the treatment of choice in thymoma patients and has become an increasingly accepted procedure in the treatment of myasthenia gravis (MG) since 1936, when thymectomy was performed for this disease for the first time. Improvement in myasthenic symptoms is nearly always observed following thymectomy, but the rates of complete remission vary from 7% to 63%. We have studied the potential preoperative factors predicting the evolution of MG.MESH:D013945DiseaseThymomasMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmsMESH:D009369Diseasemalignant tumoursMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmsMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009157Diseasemyasthenia gravisMESH:D000080343DiseaseMGMESH:D000080343DiseaseMG10574160Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 273-91999titleLoehrer PJ0Current approaches to the treatment of thymoma.MESH:D013945Diseasethymomaabstract48Thymoma is an unusual tumour, but it is the most common malignancy in the anterior mediastinum. This tumour is unique in its frequent association with paraneoplastic syndrome and its potential for indolent growth. The distinction between thymomas and other tumours which arise in the anterior or superior mediastinum is important, and the optimal therapy for these malignancies is quite different. Indeed, even in advanced disease, systemic therapy may not only prolong the disease-free survival, but may also be curative in various malignancies. The therapy for patients with thymoma has been evolving over the past few years.MESH:D009369DiseasetumourMESH:D009369DiseasemalignancyMESH:D009369DiseasetumourMESH:D010257Diseaseparaneoplastic syndromeMESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D009369DiseasetumoursMESH:D009369DiseasemalignanciesMESH:D009369Diseasemalignancies9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma10574161Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 280-51999titlePalmieri G, Lastoria S, Montella L, Martignetti A, Lombardi G, Salvatore M, Bianco AR0Role of somatostatin analogue-based therapy in unresponsive malignant thymomas.MESH:D013945Diseasemalignant thymomasabstract80Thymomas are rare neoplasms that are usually associated with parathymic syndromes, pure red cell aplasia, myasthenia gravis, hypogammaglobulinaemia and other mainly immunological disorders. Therefore, the management of thymoma patients is often complex and presents many diagnostic and therapeutic issues. Controversies concerning the definition of the histological subtypes and the role played by thymoma-associated syndromes are of primary importance in determining the oncological approach. Although low-stage thymomas have a high percentage of recovery, thymomas which are locally advanced, metastatic or previously treated with standard therapeutic options have no well-defined and effective treatment approaches. The data previously described by us on somatostatin receptor scintigraphy showing high uptake of indium-labelled octreotide by thymic masses and the successful treatment of a patient with thymoma and pure red cell aplasia with octreotide and prednisone has provided us the rationale for using such treatment in patients with advanced thymoma.MESH:D035583Diseaserare neoplasmsMESH:D012010Diseasered cell aplasiaMESH:D009157Diseasemyasthenia gravis, hypogammaglobulinaemiaMESH:D007154Diseaseimmunological disordersMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D013945DiseasethymomasMESH:D007204ChemicalindiumMESH:D015282Chemicaloctreotide9606SpeciespatientMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D012010Diseasered cell aplasiaMESH:D015282ChemicaloctreotideMESH:D011241Chemicalprednisone9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma10574162Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31 Suppl 286-91999titleMasci AM, Palmieri G, Perna F, Montella L, Merkabaoui G, Sacerdoti G, Martignetti A, Racioppi L0Immunological findings in thymoma and thymoma-related syndromes.MESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D013945Diseasethymomaabstract65Human thymoma is a neoplasm of thymic epithelial cells associated with several clinical syndromes ranging from autoimmune disease to immunodeficiency. The aim of our research was to investigate T cell-mediated immune response in patients with thymoma. Initially eight patients were enrolled in this study. Four patients underwent surgical removal of the thymus, while four were submitted to diagnostic procedures only. Inversion of the CD4:CD8 ratio was found in three patients. Only one subject displayed a normal CD19 count in peripheral blood. The mean value (+/-SD) of the CD19 percentage in the patient group was 2 +/- 2.2. Notably, the patients with thymoma had fewer mature B lymphocytes than the thymectomized patients. The T-cell receptor (TCR) repertoire was investigated in three individuals affected by thymoma: one underwent thymectomy, while the two others, one of which presented with lymphocytosis, were submitted to diagnostic biopsies only. The preliminary results showed a marked alteration in the CD8 repertoire of the thymectomized patient but not in that of the lymphocytotic patient. However, alterations in the TCR repertoire were also found in one patient with thymoma. Altogether, these preliminary findings reveal that loss of CD19+ lymphocytes in peripheral blood is a frequent phenomena in thymoma patients. In this article we discuss this aspect in the context of alterations of the TCR repertoire.9606SpeciesHumanMESH:D013945DiseasethymomaMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasmMESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune disease to immunodeficiency9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients920Gene513CD4925Gene133777CD89606Speciespatients930Gene1341CD19930Gene1341CD199606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma925Gene133777CD89606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D013945Diseasethymoma930Gene1341CD19MESH:D013945Diseasethymoma9606Speciespatients10574163Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 5031999titleJohnson EW0Clinical correlation is suggested.abstract3510574164Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 504-81999titleBurke DT, Burke MA, Bell R, Stewart GW, Mehdi RS, Kim HJ0Subjective swelling: a new sign for carpal tunnel syndrome.MESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndromeabstract60This single-blinded, randomized cohort study of 186 patients was conducted to determine whether the subjective complaint of swelling of the hand or wrist is associated with the diagnosis and/or prognosis of carpal tunnel syndrome. All patients were referred for splinting with a presenting clinical diagnosis of carpal tunnel syndrome from outpatient specialty clinics, including orthopedics, rheumatology, and neurology. Patients were assessed before splinting for the complaint of subjective swelling and underwent a clinical examination including Phalen testing and carpal compression testing. In addition, 211 of the 290 joints underwent electrodiagnostic testing by the end of this study. Among the 211 joints for which electrodiagnosis was used, a chi2 analysis was performed to determine the correlation among subjective swelling, the Phalen and carpal compression tests, and the electrodiagnostically verified carpal tunnel syndrome. Two weeks after splinting, an assessment was made of the subjective response to splinting. Chi2 analysis was then performed to assess the correlation among the Phalen test, carpal compression test, and nerve conduction study results and the symptom of subjective swelling at presentation with that of response to splinting. Subjective swelling of the hand showed a trend toward association with electrodiagnostic results (although this finding was not statistically significant) and proved to be significantly correlated with a poor clinical response to splinting. Positive electrodiagnostic findings were significantly, though positively, correlated with pain relief from splinting. This study, therefore, introduces the complaint of subjective swelling of the affected hand as an important diagnostic and prognostic symptom for the assessment and treatment of carpal tunnel syndrome.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndrome9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndrome9606SpeciesoutpatientMESH:D012216Diseaserheumatology9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndromeMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D002349Diseasecarpal tunnel syndrome10574165Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 509-151999titleFranchignoni F, Tesio L, Ottonello M, Benevolo E0Life Satisfaction Index: Italian version and validation of a short form.abstract73The Life Satisfaction Index-version A (LSIA) is a 20-item questionnaire providing a cumulative score acknowledged as a valid index of quality of life. In the present study, an Italian version was produced through validated procedures of repeated back-translations. The final Italian version (LSIA.it) was administered to 90 healthy subjects (55 women; aged 40-65 yr, median 51). Cronbach alpha was 0.74, in agreement with previous studies on English, Greek, and Spanish versions, suggesting satisfactory internal consistency of the scale. Also in agreement with previous studies, factor analysis identified three factors (mood tone, zest for life, and congruence between desired and achieved goals), with eigenvalues of 2.80, 1.72, and 1.34, respectively. Nine of the original 20 items were dropped because of inconsistency with the overall scale and/or because of ambiguous loading onto the extracted factors. The resulting 11-item short form (LSI-11) had alpha = 0.69 and Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin measure of sample adequacy = 0.65. In our sample, the mean score of LSIA.it was almost the same as that previously reported in the literature for LSIA, and the correlation between LSIA and LSI-11 was very high (r = 0.91). In a test-retest trial, the cumulative score of LSI-11 showed a percentage of agreement ranging from 73.9 to 100 and Cohen's k statistic for reliability ranging from 0.51 to 1. The individual items of the LSI-11 presented substantial (k > 0.6) to excellent (k > 0.8) levels of agreement. The responsiveness of LSIA and LSI-11 during a hospital stay for 30 consecutive inpatients for medical rehabilitation programs, as measured by effect size, was 0.57 and 0.63, respectively. The results suggest that (1) the LSIA it has cultural equivalence with the English LSIA and that (2) the 11-item short form of LSIA is not only simpler but also more valid from a psychometric standpoint.DiseaseLSIADiseaseLSIA9606SpecieswomenDiseaseLSIADiseaseLSIADiseaseLSIA-ChemicalLSI-11DiseaseLSIADiseaseLSIADiseaseLSIADiseaseLSIA10574166Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 516-241999titleXu H, Akai M, Kakurai S, Yokota K, Kaneko H0Effect of shoe modifications on center of pressure and in-shoe plantar pressures.abstract82This study was conducted to determine the effect of footwear modification on patients with neuromusculoskeletal disorders. Two analyses, the center of pressure and the in-shoe plantar pressures, were studied with the help of healthy volunteers so that the effect of shoe modifications could be assessed. The ground force under the sole of the shoe was measured while the subjects were walking, and the plantar pressure at the foot-insole interface and its distribution were measured while the subjects were in both the standing and walking positions, wearing the trial shoes. The trial shoes had three different types of heels-standard heel, Thomas heel, and reverse Thomas heel-and had three different locations for the rocker bar--just under the metatarsophalangeal joint, 1 cm behind the metatarsophalangeal joint, and 1 cm before the metatarsophalangeal joint. The shift change at the center of pressure showed that the Thomas heel generally pushed the center of pressure more laterally and the reverse Thomas heel shifted it medially more than the standard heel did. While the subjects were in a stable standing position wearing the Thomas heel shoes, the medial forefoot and the lateral heel region's pressure showed significant reduction in the plantar pressure and the lateral forefoot and the medial heel showed a tendency to rise, compared with the standard heel condition. When the trial shoes' heels were changed to the reverse Thomas heel, the above changes tended to reverse. Tests at the foot-insole interface showed that the different types of heels and the location of the bar could change not only the pressure distribution but also the duration of the plantar pressure under the lateral area that shifted to the medial area when the subjects walked. This pressure measurement method was very useful for the design and evaluation of such footwear.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C536229Diseaseneuromusculoskeletal disordersMESH:D007592Diseasemetatarsophalangeal jointMESH:D007592Diseasemetatarsophalangeal jointMESH:D007592Diseasemetatarsophalangeal joint10574167Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 525-321999titleSchwartz L, Kraft GH0The role of spouse responses to disability and family environment in multiple sclerosis.MESH:D009103Diseasemultiple sclerosisabstract89Research in the area of family issues and multiple sclerosis has mainly focused on the impact of multiple sclerosis on the spouse. The aim of the current study was to examine the relationship between patients' ratings of their spouses' responses to multiple sclerosis patient disability behaviors and the impact on patient psychological and physical functioning. Multiple sclerosis patients were interviewed over the telephone using standardized questionnaires to assess patient physical and psychological functioning, spouse responses to patient disability and well behaviors (i.e., how does the spouse respond when you're having difficulties related to multiple sclerosis?), and family environment factors. The study was set in a large university-based Multiple Sclerosis Clinical Center. Forty-four of 64 patients approached with definite multiple sclerosis participated in the study. Physical functioning was assessed by the Kurtzke-EDSS, SIP, SF-36, and psychological functioning was assessed by the CES-D and SF-36. Scores on the SF-36 were generally lower compared with a normative sample of individuals with major medical problems; however, mean Kurtzke scores of 5.60 reflected moderate to severe impairment. Exploring spouse responses to disability, correlation analyses revealed that solicitous spouse responses to patient disability behaviors were significantly associated with greater multiple sclerosis-related physical disability. This relationship was stronger for patients who were more depressed. Spouse negative responses to patient disability behaviors were associated with poorer mental health, whereas spouses' encouragement of patient well behaviors was associated with lower emotional distress. Poorer psychological functioning was found in patients with families who were reported to have higher conflict and/or who were more controlling. Higher levels of independence in families were associated with better psychological and physical functioning in the patients. These preliminary findings suggest that patients' perceptions of their families' responses to disability and family environment factors may be important areas for further research. The findings may also provide potential targets for clinical intervention in the future.MESH:D009103Diseasemultiple sclerosisMESH:D009103Diseasemultiple sclerosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012598Diseasesclerosis9606SpeciespatientMESH:C564505Diseasedisability behaviors9606SpeciespatientMESH:D009103DiseaseMultiple sclerosis9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D009103Diseasemultiple sclerosisMESH:D009103DiseaseMultiple Sclerosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012598DiseasesclerosisDiseaseSIPMESH:D009422Diseaseimpairment9606SpeciespatientMESH:C564505Diseasedisability behaviorsMESH:D009103Diseasemultiple sclerosis9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:C564505Diseasedisability behaviors9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients10574168Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 533-91999titleOerlemans HM, Goris JA, de Boo T, Oostendorp RA0Do physical therapy and occupational therapy reduce the impairment percentage in reflex sympathetic dystrophy?MESH:D012019Diseasereflex sympathetic dystrophyabstract111Reflex sympathetic dystrophy (RSD) is a disorder that can potentially result in permanent impairment. Because there are no adequate comparative studies regarding the additional value of physical therapy (PT) or occupational therapy (OT) for reducing the severity of permanent impairment in RSD, we prospectively investigated their effectiveness. At two university hospitals, we randomly assigned 135 patients with RSD of one upper limb, existing for <1 yr, to PT, OT, or control therapy (CT). One year after inclusion, impairment percentages were calculated according to the general method of the American Medical Association's Guides to the Evaluation of Permanent Impairment. For statistical evaluation, the Wilcoxon's signed-rank test (two-sided; alpha = 0.05) was used. The mean whole body impairments were as follows: PT, 21.6% and 19.1%; OT, 22.8% and 22.1%; CT, 22.0% and 22.1% (intention-to-treat and per protocol analysis, respectively). There were no significant differences between the groups. We conclude that impairment percentages in RSD patients treated with PT or OT did not differ significantly from those treated with CT at 12 months after inclusion.MESH:D012019DiseaseReflex sympathetic dystrophyMESH:D012019DiseaseRSDMESH:D012019DiseaseRSD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012019DiseaseRSDMESH:D012019DiseaseRSD9606Speciespatients-ChemicalCT10574169Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 540-41999titleFujitani J, Ishikawa T, Akai M, Kakurai S0Influence of daily activity on changes in physical fitness for people with post-stroke hemiplegia.9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D020521Diseasestroke hemiplegiaabstract99To investigate the influence of daily activity on changes in the physical fitness of people with post-stroke (cerebrovascular disorders) hemiplegia, we evaluated the follow-up exercise load test of 30 ambulatory male patients with post-stroke hemiplegia. Between the times of the two tests, patients had no special supervised training. They were advised by their physicians to exercise according to the result of an exercise-loading test. We determined peak oxygen uptake and O2 consumption at the ventilatory threshold point. After 9.4 months, the mean peak oxygen uptake improved significantly from 17.7 to 21.1 ml/min/kg, and ventilatory threshold point also improved significantly from 11.4 to 13.6 ml/min/kg. Among the nine subjects who returned to their jobs, subjects who previously went to their offices by public transportation showed more improvement in ventilatory threshold point level than did subjects who previously walked to their offices. Among the 21 subjects who did not return to work, those who exercised regularly (primarily by walking) showed more improvement of peak oxygen uptake level than did subjects who did not exercise regularly. In conclusion, people with hemiplegia who are living in the community can improve their physical fitness without formal supervised training by simply increasing their daily activities.9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeMESH:D002561Diseasecerebrovascular disordersMESH:D006429Diseasehemiplegia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D020521Diseasestroke hemiplegia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D010100ChemicalO2MESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D010100Chemicaloxygen9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D006429Diseasehemiplegia10574170Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 545-511999titleWeigert BJ, Rodriquez AA, Radwin RG, Sherman J0Neuromuscular and psychological characteristics in subjects with work-related forearm pain.MESH:D010146Diseasepainabstract92There are scant data available on the neuromuscular and psychological characteristics of patients with cumulative trauma disorders. We compared 16 subjects with work-related forearm and hand pain in the dominant upper limb with 9 age-matched control subjects. Pain subjects were divided into two groups based on nerve conduction studies: eight subjects were in the study group for median neuropathy at the wrist (MN, median transcarpal latency >2.3 ms), and eight were in the study group for electrodiagnostically negative pain (EN). Average pain, forearm muscle tenderness, grip strength, pinch strength, and wrist flexor and extensor strength were measured. The Health Status Questionnaire and the Beck Depression Inventory were used to measure health perception and depressive symptoms, respectively. Work satisfaction was determined by a newly devised scale. Statistical analysis was by analysis of variance and planned comparison analysis. The MN and EN groups did not significantly differ on any of the measures except median transcarpal latency. Both pain groups had significantly (P < 0.05) greater average pain, greater extensor muscle tenderness, higher Beck Depression Inventory scores, higher pain rating, and poorer physical functioning on the Health Status Questionnaire than did the normal control group. Grip strength and wrist extension force were diminished in both cumulative trauma groups compared with control subjects; however, only grip strength in the MN group and wrist extension force in the EN group differed significantly (P < 0.05) from control subjects. Only the EN group had significantly less work satisfaction than did the control group. Overall, both pain groups differed from control subjects and shared similar characteristics, with the exception of median neuropathy.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014947Diseasetrauma disordersMESH:D010146Diseasehand painMESH:D010146DiseasePainMESH:D009422DiseaseneuropathyMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainDiseasemuscle tendernessMESH:D000275DiseaseBeck DepressionMESH:D000275Diseasedepressive symptomsMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainDiseasemuscle tendernessMESH:D000275DiseaseBeck DepressionMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D014947DiseasetraumaMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D009422Diseaseneuropathy10574171Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 552-61999titleFreter SH, Becker MR0Predictors of restful sleep in a rehabilitation hospital.abstract58The effect of hypnotic use on self-rated quality of sleep and therapist-rated level of alertness was examined in an inpatient rehabilitation setting. We examined what other factors were predictive of a restful sleep in this population. Seventy-five inpatients at the Jewish Rehabilitation Hospital in Montreal were included. Patients were asked to rate the quality of their own sleep on a given night. Night nurses recorded whether sleeping pills had been used and rated patients' sleep and number of awakenings during the same night. Patients were evaluated by their physiotherapists and occupational therapists the next day regarding how well rested they seemed according to three parameters: alertness, fatigue, and level of participation in therapy. Thirty-three percent of the patients received sleeping pills on the study night. Sleeping pill use did not predict patient perception of getting a good night of sleep or the somewhat more objective sleep rating by the night nurse. Whether a sleeping pill was taken was also found not to be predictive of restful sleep as estimated by the physical and occupational therapists. Variables significantly associated with therapists' ratings of apparently restful sleep included number of comorbidities, the nurses' rating of how well the patient had slept, the patients' self-assessment of sleep, and whether the patient felt well rested the morning after sleep. However, the patients' own assessment of sleep quality was negatively related to their performance in rehabilitation therapy. This suggests that patient self-report of sleeping difficulty may not be the best or only guideline to follow when considering intervention such as prescribing sleeping pills, particularly because sleeping pill use seems not to influence either patient perception of sleep or how well rested they seem in therapy.9606SpeciesPatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D005221Diseasefatigue9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient10574172Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 561-701999titleHart KA, Kevorkian G, Rintala DH0Continuing medical education: interests of former and current residents of a physical medicine and rehabilitation residency program.abstract133To plan targeted, relevant continuing medical educational activities, a study was undertaken to assess demographic data, practice patterns, and current continuing medical educational needs of former graduates of the physical medicine and rehabilitation program. A survey was sent to the 168 physicians who had completed a physical medicine and rehabilitation residency program from 1961 to 1995 and to the 34 then current residents in the program. Questions were asked regarding gender, year of completion of residency, certification, fellowships, current employment situation, size of practice community, work time distribution, and busiest areas of clinical practice. In addition, from a list of 47 topics plus "other," the respondents indicated in which topics they had a current strong interest in continuing their education. They also responded to questions about their most important considerations when deliberating about attending an educational activity, the amount of notice required regarding an upcoming course, and the preferred duration of educational activities. The response rate of former residents was 56% and of then current residents was 100%. Topics of interest to greater than half of the respondents, in descending order, were musculoskeletal/soft tissue disorders, therapeutic injections/nerve blocks, industrial medicine, back and neck pain rehabilitation, and sports-related disorders. There were significant differences on some topics based on gender, year of residency completion, academic affiliation, private practice, and ratings of residency training in that topic. The most important consideration when deciding whether to attend an educational activity was, by far, interest in topic, followed by provision of continuing medical educational credits. There are among physiatrists several differences in educational interests that challenge continuing medical education planners to determine efficient, effective ways to deliver continuing medical education to meet these needs within the financial and time constraints imposed by today's clinical practice.MESH:D009140DiseasemusculoskeletalMESH:D019547Diseaseback and neck pain10574173Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 571-61999titleStitik TP, Nadler SF, Foye PM, Juvan L0Greater trochanter enthesopathy: an example of "short course retinoid enthesopathy": a case report.MESH:D000070676DiseaseenthesopathyMESH:D000070676Diseaseretinoid enthesopathyabstract100Irreversible skeletal changes have been described in patients with dermatologic disorders treated with isotretinoin (Accutane), a synthetic vitamin A derivative. Although retinoids were developed to avoid toxicity associated with vitamin A, skeletal lesions and rheumatologic consequences are possible hazards of isotretinoin treatment. Enthesopathy is one of the potential musculoskeletal sequelae and is characterized by pathologic, sometimes painful changes at the insertion sites (entheses) of tendons, ligaments, and articular capsules into bone. We report a patient who was referred secondary to an extended history of bilateral hip region pain. She was subsequently found to have a greater trochanteric enthesopathy. A detailed patient history revealed past use of Accutane for cystic acne. The subsequent treatment course, including medications, corticosteroid injections, physical therapy, and activity modifications, is described and the pertinent literature is reviewed. We believe that patients who are prescribed isotretinoin should be warned about this potential pathologic condition at the initiation of treatment and that physicians who are treating patients with a history of Accutane use should be suspicious of underlying enthesopathies as the etiology behind pain of musculoskeletal origin.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000168Diseasedermatologic disordersMESH:D015474ChemicalisotretinoinMESH:D015474ChemicalAccutaneMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D012176ChemicalretinoidsMESH:D064420DiseasetoxicityMESH:D014801Chemicalvitamin AMESH:D051437Diseaseskeletal lesionsMESH:D015474ChemicalisotretinoinMESH:D000070676DiseaseEnthesopathyMESH:D009140Diseasemusculoskeletal sequelae9606SpeciespatientMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D000070676Diseaseenthesopathy9606SpeciespatientMESH:D015474ChemicalAccutaneMESH:D000152Diseasecystic acne9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015474Chemicalisotretinoin9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015474ChemicalAccutaneMESH:D000070676DiseaseenthesopathiesMESH:D010146Diseasepain10574174Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 577-811999titleSimotas AC, Tsairis P0Adhesive capsulitis of the glenohumeral joint with an unusual neuropathic presentation: a case report.MESH:D002062DiseasecapsulitisMESH:D012678Diseaseneuropathicabstract103A 37-yr-old woman presented with a 7-mo history of unilateral shoulder girdle stiffness, pain, and weakness and had already been diagnosed with frozen shoulder. Physical examination revealed scapular winging and suspicious focal paralysis of shoulder girdle muscles. Subsequently, electrodiagnostic studies reported denervation of deltoid, infraspinatus, serratus anterior, and lower cervical paraspinal muscles, in addition to a prolonged long thoracic nerve latency. The history, physical examination, and cervical magnetic resonance imaging scan seemed most consistent with neuralgic amyotrophy, although the electrodiagnostic examination could be interpreted as cervical radiculopathy. Some of the difficulties in identifying neuralgic amyotrophy and distinguishing it from cervical radiculopathy are discussed herein. Historically, frozen shoulder has seemed to develop as a complication of the neuropathic process. Both neuralgic amyotrophy and frozen shoulder have a poorly understood pathogenesis, and their combined presence is presumed to be rare. Because of difficulties inherent in the physical examination of frozen shoulder, a coexistent neuropathic process may go undetected.9606SpecieswomanMESH:D016750Diseasegirdle stiffnessMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D018908DiseaseweaknessMESH:D010243DiseaseparalysisMESH:D011843DiseaseradiculopathyMESH:D011843DiseaseradiculopathyMESH:D001308Diseaseneuropathic processMESH:D001308Diseaseneuropathic process10574175Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 582-941999titleBode RK, Heinemann AW, Chen D0Measuring the impairment consequences of spinal cord injury.MESH:D013119Diseasespinal cord injuryabstract61The objectives of this study were to develop and validate an equal-interval measure of neurologic impairment from the International Standards for Neurological and Functional Classification of Spinal Cord Injury Patients developed by the American Spinal Injury Association. These standards were used to rate impairment at admission and discharge to Model System facilities. The results demonstrate that the standards fulfill their purpose of characterizing sensory-motor impairment. Developed was a self-scoring key that rehabilitation clinicians can use to obtain a measure of severity that combines sensory and motor level ratings and completeness classifications to describe impairment more precisely and illustrate the magnitude of reductions in impairment. This measure can be used to monitor improvement over time and compare severity across individuals or groups.MESH:D009422Diseaseneurologic impairmentMESH:D013119DiseaseNeurological and Functional Classification of Spinal Cord Injury9606SpeciesPatients10574176Am J Phys Med Rehabil; 1999 Nov-Dec; 78(6) 595-81999titleDumitru D, King JC0Near field and far field source characteristics with respect to bioelectric source generators in volume conductors.abstract11610574177Antivir. Chem. Chemother.; 1999 Sep; 10(5) 219-321999titleField AK0Human cytomegalovirus: challenges, opportunities and new drug development.10359SpeciesHuman cytomegalovirusabstract75In the age of highly active antiretroviral therapy, the incidence of human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) retinitis in AIDS patients has decreased substantially. However, this change does not indicate that HCMV disease in AIDS patients and other immunocompromised patients has abated and is no longer a concern. On the contrary, HCMV disease in graft recipients, newborns, and even in AIDS patients still accounts for considerable morbidity, and drug resistance to the anti-HCMV compounds is a major problem. Furthermore, HCMV may have a role in metabolic diseases, such as atherosclerosis. Fortunately there are novel and potentially very effective new compounds undergoing pre-clinical and clinical evaluation. These developments point the way toward new therapies and also to a clearer understanding of the biology of HCMV replication, infection and disease.10359Specieshuman cytomegalovirus10359SpeciesHCMVMESH:D012173DiseaseretinitisMESH:D000163DiseaseAIDS9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004194DiseaseHCMV diseaseMESH:D000163DiseaseAIDS9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004194DiseaseHCMV diseaseMESH:D000163DiseaseAIDS9606Speciespatients10359SpeciesHCMV10359SpeciesHCMVMESH:D008659Diseasemetabolic diseasesMESH:D050197Diseaseatherosclerosis10359SpeciesHCMVMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection10574178Antivir. Chem. Chemother.; 1999 Sep; 10(5) 233-401999titleMao C, Sudbeck EA, Venkatachalam TK, Uckun FM0Structure-based design of non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors of drug-resistant human immunodeficiency virus.12721Specieshuman immunodeficiency virusabstract122A computer model of reverse transcriptase (RT) from human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) was used to design thiourea compounds that were predicted to inhibit RT. The RT model was used to approximate how changes in binding pocket shape, volume and chemical properties resulting from residue mutations would affect inhibitor binding. Our lead compound, N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenylethyl)]-N'-[2-(5-bromopyridyl)]-thi ourea (HI-236) was tested against clinically observed non-nucleoside inhibitor (NNI)-resistant mutated strains of HIV. HI-236 was more potent than trovirdine, MKC-442 and zidovudine against the drug-sensitive HIV-1 strain IIIB, 50-100 times more effective than delavirdine or nevirapine and twice as effective as our recently reported lead compound N-[2-(2-fluorophenethyl)]-N'-[2-(5-bromopyridyl)]-thiourea (HI-240) against the NNI-resistant Y181C mutant HIV-1 strain A17. HI-236 was highly effective against the multidrug-resistant HIV-1 strain RT-MDR containing multiple mutations involving the RT residues 74V, 41L, 106A and 215Y. In general, thiourea compounds such as HI-236 and HI-240 showed better inhibition of drug-resistant strains of HIV-1 than thioalkylbenzyl-pyrimidine compounds such as HI-280 and HI-281. The improved activity of thioureas against RT mutants is consistent with a structural analysis of the NNI binding pocket model of RT. The activity of HI-236 against RT-MDR was superior to that of other anti-HIV agents tested, in the following order, from high to low activity; HI-236 (IC50 5 nM), HI-240 (IC50 6 nM), trovirdine (IC50 20 nM), zidovudine (IC50 150 nM), MKC-442 (IC50 300 nM), delavirdine (IC50 400 nM) and nevirapine (IC50 5 microM).MESH:D015658Diseaseimmunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1)MESH:D013890Chemicalthiourea-ChemicalN-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenylethyl)]-N'-[2-(5-bromopyridyl)]-thi oureaMESH:C121245ChemicalHI-236-ChemicalNNIMESH:C121245ChemicalHI-236MESH:C095511ChemicaltrovirdineMESH:C083858ChemicalMKC-442MESH:D015215Chemicalzidovudine11676SpeciesHIV-1MESH:D020008ChemicaldelavirdineMESH:D019829ChemicalnevirapineMESH:C119306ChemicalN-[2-(2-fluorophenethyl)]-N'-[2-(5-bromopyridyl)]-thioureaMESH:C119306ChemicalHI-240-ChemicalNNIp.Y181CProteinMutationY181C11676SpeciesHIV-1MESH:C121245ChemicalHI-23611676SpeciesHIV-1MESH:D013890ChemicalthioureaMESH:C121245ChemicalHI-236MESH:C119306ChemicalHI-24011676SpeciesHIV-1-Chemicalthioalkylbenzyl-pyrimidine-ChemicalHI-280-ChemicalHI-281MESH:C121245ChemicalHI-236MESH:C121245ChemicalHI-236MESH:C119306ChemicalHI-240MESH:C095511ChemicaltrovirdineMESH:D015215Chemicalzidovudine-ChemicalMKCMESH:D020008ChemicaldelavirdineMESH:D019829Chemicalnevirapine10574179Antivir. Chem. Chemother.; 1999 Sep; 10(5) 241-91999titleInguaggiato G, Hughes D, De Clercq E, Balzarini J, Simons C0Novel 6-azapyrimidine-2'-deoxy-4'-thionucleosides: synthesis, biological evaluation and conformational analysis.-Chemical6-azapyrimidine-2'-deoxy-4'-thionucleosidesabstract113We report the synthesis of novel 1-(2'-deoxy-4'-thio-beta-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)-(6-azapyrimidine) nucleosides and the subsequent preparation of a series of N3-substituted analogues. All the novel compounds were evaluated against a range of viruses, however they lacked any measurable activity. The lack of anti-herpetic activity may be a result of the parent nucleoside having poor affinity for herpes simplex virus type 1 thymidine kinase. Conformational analysis of the parent nucleoside showed a twist (3T2) sugar conformation commonly displayed by 2'-deoxy-4'-thionucleosides and the anti-human immunodeficiency virus type 1 agents zidovudine and 3'-fluoro-ddT.-Chemical1-(2'-deoxy-4'-thio-beta-D-erythro-pentofuranosyl)-(6-azapyrimidine) nucleosidesMESH:D009705Chemicalnucleoside10298Speciesherpes simplex virus type 1MESH:D009705ChemicalnucleosideMESH:D000073893Chemicalsugar-Chemical2'-deoxy-4'-thionucleosides11676Specieshuman immunodeficiency virus type 1MESH:D015215Chemicalzidovudine-Chemical3'-fluoro-ddT10574180Antivir. Chem. Chemother.; 1999 Sep; 10(5) 251-71999titleLi Z, Sato H, Fukuda Y, Kurokawa M, Kageyama S, Kawana T, Shiraki K0Acyclovir treatment of skin lesions results in immune deviation in mice infected cutaneously with herpes simplex virus.MESH:D000212ChemicalAcyclovirMESH:D012871Diseaseskin lesions10090Speciesmiceabstract120Clinical observations indicate that the antibody response to herpes simplex virus (HSV) in patients undergoing acyclovir treatment is reduced and, although the exact mechanism is not clear, some authors interpret it as immunosuppression. In order to clarify the mechanism, we cutaneously infected mice with HSV-1 and treated the resulting skin lesions with acyclovir. The immune response to infection and treatment in these mice was then analysed. Acyclovir treatment was given orally (20 mg/kg, three times daily), starting on day 0 (D0), 2 (D2) or 4 (D4) after infection and continuing until day 10. The serum antibody titre and the severity of skin lesions were significantly higher in the shortest treatment group (D4) than in the longer treatment groups (D0 and D2). In contrast, a skin test analysing delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH) to HSV antigen showed that the D0 and D2 groups exhibited stronger DTH than the D4 group. Acyclovir treatment failed to cause a dissociation between DTH and antibody production in mice immunized with inactivated HSV antigen. However, acyclovir treatment in infected mice suppressed the development of skin lesions and resulted in a dissociation between DTH response and antibody production, indicating a typical immune deviation. This was supported by a change in the ratio of the isotype antibody IgG2a to IgG1. The treatment of skin lesions with acyclovir reduced the level of antibody response, as observed clinically. This indicates that the reduced antibody response in patients treated with acyclovir may be, at least in part, due to immune deviation and not immunosuppression.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000212Chemicalacyclovir10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D012871Diseaseskin lesionsMESH:D000212ChemicalacyclovirMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D000212ChemicalAcyclovirMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D012871Diseaseskin lesionsMESH:D004342DiseasehypersensitivityMESH:D000212ChemicalAcyclovir10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D000212Chemicalacyclovir10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D012871Diseaseskin lesions668478GeneIgG2a16017GeneIgG1MESH:D012871Diseaseskin lesionsMESH:D000212Chemicalacyclovir9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000212Chemicalacyclovir10574181Antivir. Chem. Chemother.; 1999 Sep; 10(5) 259-731999titleAttwood MR, Bennett JM, Campbell AD, Canning GG, Carr MG, Conway E, Dunsdon RM, Greening JR, Jones PS, Kay PB, Handa BK, Hurst DN, Jennings NS, Jordan S, Keech E, O Brien MA, Overton HA, King-Underwood J, Raynham TM, Stenson KP, Wilkinson CS, Wilkinson TC, Wilson FX0The design and synthesis of potent inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3-4A proteinase.11103Specieshepatitis C virus3845Gene37990NS3100616101Geneproteinaseabstract86Hepatitis C virus (HCV) is the cause of the majority of transfusion-associated hepatitis and a significant proportion of community-acquired hepatitis worldwide. Infection by HCV frequently leads to persistent infections that result in a range of clinical conditions including an asymptomatic carrier state, severe chronic active hepatitis, cirrhosis and, in some cases, hepatocellular carcinoma. The HCV genome consists of a single-stranded, positive sense RNA containing an open reading frame of approximately 9060 nucleotides. This is translated into a single polyprotein of approximately 3020 amino acids (C-E1-E2-p7-NS2-NS3-NS4A-NS4B-NS5A-NS5B), which in turn is processed by a series of host and viral proteinases into at least 10 cleavage products. The N-terminal portion of the NS3 protein encodes a serine proteinase that is responsible for the cleavage at the NS3-4A, NS4A-4B, NS4B-5A and NS5A-5B junctions. The 54 amino acid NS4A protein is a cofactor that binds to the NS3 protein and enhances its proteolytic activity. This report describes the expression of a recombinant NS3-4A proteinase fusion protein in Escherichia coli and the in vitro characterization of the enzyme activity using synthetic peptide substrates. It then demonstrates how these results were employed to guide the design of potent inhibitors of this enzyme.11103SpeciesHepatitis C virus11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D056486DiseasehepatitisMESH:D056486Diseasehepatitis11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionsMESH:D006505Diseasechronic active hepatitisMESH:D005355DiseasecirrhosisMESH:D006528Diseasehepatocellular carcinoma11103SpeciesHCV57762GeneNS23845Gene37990NS33845Gene37990NS3100616101Geneproteinase3845Gene37990NS33845Gene37990NS33845Gene37990NS3100616101Geneproteinase562SpeciesEscherichia coli10574182Antivir. Chem. Chemother.; 1999 Sep; 10(5) 275-841999titleCritchfield JW, Ho O, Roberts BD, Van Lint C, Verdin E, Butera ST0Isoquinolinesulphonamide derivatives inhibit transcriptional elongation of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 RNA in a promyelocytic model of latency.-ChemicalIsoquinolinesulphonamide11676Specieshuman immunodeficiency virus type 1abstract152Using the OM-10.1 promyelocytic model of inducible human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) infection, we tested a panel of known protein kinase inhibitors for an ability to block tumour necrosis factor-alpha-induced HIV-1 expression. Among the compounds tested, the broad-spectrum protein kinase inhibitor H-7 uniquely blocked HIV-1 expression at the level of viral transcription, but did not inhibit nuclear factor kappaB activation or function. In structure-activity analysis this inhibitory activity of H-7 on HIV-1 expression corresponded with the known structural requirements for the interaction of H-7 with the ATP-binding region of protein kinase C, suggesting that it was indeed related to the kinase inhibitory properties of H-7. The mechanism of H-7 transcriptional inhibition did not involve chromatin remodelling at the HIV-1 long terminal repeat promoter, as shown by nuc-1 disruption, and appeared to involve HIV-1 RNA elongation but not initiation. Therefore, H-7 and related isoquinolinesulphonamide analogues are most likely inhibiting a kinase target essential for HIV-1 transcriptional elongation whose identity may provide new therapeutic targets for intervention.MESH:D015658Diseaseimmunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) infectionMESH:D009336Diseaseblock tumour necrosis11676SpeciesHIV-111676SpeciesHIV-111676SpeciesHIV-1MESH:D000647DiseaseHIV-1 long terminal repeat11676SpeciesHIV-1-Chemicalisoquinolinesulphonamide11676SpeciesHIV-110574183J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 1-61999titleYang CS, Tsai PJ, Chen WY, Tsai WJ, Kuo JS0On-line derivatization for continuous and automatic monitoring of brain extracellular glutamate levels in anesthetized rats: a microdialysis study.MESH:D018698Chemicalglutamate10116Speciesratsabstract148Glutamate is an important excitatory amino acid in central nervous system. We developed a method for in vivo, continuous and automatic monitoring of brain extracellular glutamate, as well as other amino acids in anesthetized rat. This method involves the use of microdialysis perfusion technique and a high-performance liquid chromatography system equipped with a fluorescence detector. The microdialysate (perfused at a flow-rate of 1 microl/min) was on-line derivatized with o-phthaldehyde (perfused at 2 microl/min) through a mixing tee prior to the injection onto the HPLC column. The efficiency of this on-line derivatization was equivalent to that performed with an off-line manner. The effect of cerebral ischemia (2 h) and reperfusion (2 h) in brain cortex of anesthetized rats was monitored using this method. In addition to glutamate, extracellular concentrations of other amino acids, such as aspartate, glutamine, glycine, taurine and gamma-aminobutyric acid, were also simultaneously monitored with this on-line method. Since monitoring of extracellular amino acids by microdialysis perfusion is intensively used in neuroscience investigations, this simple and convenient method would be useful in the future applications.MESH:D018698ChemicalGlutamateMESH:D018846Chemicalexcitatory amino acidMESH:D018698Chemicalglutamate10116SpeciesratMESH:D009764Chemicalo-phthaldehydeMESH:D002545Diseasecerebral ischemia10116SpeciesratsMESH:D018698ChemicalglutamateMESH:D001224ChemicalaspartateMESH:D005973ChemicalglutamineMESH:D005998ChemicalglycineMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D005680Chemicalgamma-aminobutyric acid10574184J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 7-141999titleChoma I, Grenda D, Malinowska I, Suprynowicz Z0Determination of flumequine and doxycycline in milk by a simple thin-layer chromatographic method.MESH:C012976ChemicalflumequineMESH:D004318Chemicaldoxycyclineabstract99Tetracycline and quinolone antibiotics have for many years served as important classes of veterinary drugs. Two representatives of both classes: doxycycline from tetracyclines and flumequine from quinolones are often administered together. When the withdrawal periods are not obeyed, the antibiotic residues may be present in edible products, e.g., in meat, eggs or milk. In the present paper a simple thin-layer chromatography (TLC) screening method is established for determining these drugs in milk. Only two developments of the plate with concentrating zone are needed: one as a clean-up procedure, the other as a proper analysis. The spots were detected both by UV lamp with dual wavelength (254 and 366 nm) and by densitometry.MESH:D013752ChemicalTetracyclineMESH:D015363ChemicalquinoloneMESH:D004318ChemicaldoxycyclineMESH:D013754ChemicaltetracyclinesMESH:C012976ChemicalflumequineMESH:D015363Chemicalquinolones10574185J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 15-221999titleMarcos JC, Fonseca LP, Ramalho MT, Cabral JM0Partial purification of penicillin acylase from Escherichia coli in poly(ethylene glycol)-sodium citrate aqueous two-phase systems.562SpeciesEscherichia coli-Chemicalpoly(ethylene glycol)-sodium citrateabstract132Studies on the partition and purification of penicillin acylase from Escherichia coli osmotic shock extract were performed in poly(ethylene glycol)-sodium citrate systems. Partition coefficient behavior of the enzyme and total protein are similar to those described in other reports, increasing with pH and tie line length and decreasing with PEG molecular weight. However, some selectivity could be attained with PEG 1000 systems and long tie line at pH 6.9. Under these conditions 2.6-fold purification with 83% yield were achieved. Influence of pH on partition shows that is the composition of the system and not the net charge of the enzyme that determines the behaviour in these conditions. Addition of NaCl to PEG 3350 systems significantly increases the partition of the enzyme. Although protein partition also increased, purification conditions were possible with 1.5 M NaCl where 5.7-fold purification and 85% yield was obtained. This was possible due to the higher hydrophobicity of the enzyme compared to that of most contaminants proteins.562SpeciesEscherichia coliMESH:D011092Chemicalpoly(ethylene glycol)MESH:D000077559Chemicalsodium citrateMESH:D011092ChemicalPEGMESH:D011092ChemicalPEGMESH:D012965ChemicalNaClMESH:D011092ChemicalPEGMESH:D012965ChemicalNaCl10574186J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 23-91999titleSoucek P0Novel sensitive high-performance liquid chromatographic method for assay of coumarin 7-hydroxylation.MESH:C030123Chemicalcoumarinabstract102In this paper, a novel HPLC-based method with fluorometric detection of coumarin 7-hydroxylase is presented. The described method provides a time-effective, more sensitive and specific alternative to the previously used spectrofluorometric assay. Using the developed method, metabolism of coumarin in 11 samples of human liver microsomes was evaluated and 1790+/-690 pmol/min/nmol cytochrome P450 (CYP) activity was found. Kinetic parameters and linearity of coumarin 7-hydroxylation were studied in a reconstituted system consisting of recombinant CYP2A6 expressed in Escherichia coli, rat NADPH-CYP reductase and usual components. It was found that a 3.5 to 30 min time of incubation is suitable for estimation of coumarin 7-hydroxylase activity. Observed Km and Vmax values in the CYP2A6 reconstituted system were 1.48+/-0.37 microM and 3360+/-180 pmol product/min/nmol CYP, respectively.1548Gene85917coumarin 7-hydroxylaseMESH:C030123Chemicalcoumarin9606Specieshuman4051Gene73902cytochrome P4504051Gene73902CYPMESH:C030123Chemicalcoumarin1548Gene85917CYP2A6562SpeciesEscherichia coli10116Speciesrat4051Gene73902CYP1548Gene85917coumarin 7-hydroxylase1548Gene85917CYP2A64051Gene73902CYP10574187J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 31-81999titleWan QH, Le XC0Capillary electrophoretic immunoassays for digoxin and gentamicin with laser-induced fluorescence polarization detection.MESH:D004077ChemicaldigoxinMESH:D005839Chemicalgentamicinabstract122New immunoassays for therapeutic drugs digoxin and gentamicin have been described, which involved the separation of free and antibody-bound drug by capillary electrophoresis (CE) and the detection by laser-induced fluorescence polarization (LIFP). While the fluorescein-labeled digoxin and gentamicin (tracers) displayed negligible fluorescence polarization in solution, the complex formation between these small molecules and their antibodies resulted in substantial increases in fluorescence polarization due to the increase in molecular size. The LIFP detection, capable of measuring vertically and horizontally polarized fluorescence components simultaneously, provides enhanced capability for the identification of complex in capillary electrophoretic immunoassays. Proper adjustments of the running buffer pH and the ratio of antibody to tracer are essential for optimization of the performance of these assays. The digoxin-antibody complex remained stable during CE separation with running buffer pH ranging from 9.3 to 12. Calibration curves covering a concentration range of 0.05 to 0.5 ng/ml were obtained with a running buffer of pH 12. The concentration and mass detection limits were 0.02 ng/ml and 26 zmol, respectively. For gentamicin assay, the running buffer pH 10 was used to reduce the adsorption of the tracer while minimizing the dissociation of the antibody-tracer complex during the separation. The calibration curves covered a concentration range 0.05-1.0 microg/ml, with a concentration detection limit of 25 ng/ml and a mass detection limit of 52 amol of gentamicin.MESH:D004077ChemicaldigoxinMESH:D005839ChemicalgentamicinMESH:D019793ChemicalfluoresceinMESH:D004077ChemicaldigoxinMESH:D005839ChemicalgentamicinMESH:D004077ChemicaldigoxinMESH:D005839ChemicalgentamicinMESH:D005839Chemicalgentamicin10574188J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 39-451999titleTachibana S, Fukano A, Sudo K, Tanaka M0Determination of a novel calmodulin antagonist, 3-[2-[4-(3-chloro-2-methylphenyl)-1-piperazinyl]ethyl]-5,6-dimethoxy-1- (4-imidazolylmethyl)-1H-indazole dihydrochloride 3.5 hydrate, DY-9760e, in human plasma using solid-phase extraction and high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection.MESH:C109602ChemicalDY-9760e9606Specieshumanabstract309A high-performance liquid chromatographic method for the determination of a novel calmodulin antagonist, 3-[2-[4-(3-chloro-2-methylphenyl)-1-piperazinyl]ethyl]-5,6-dimethoxy-1-( 4-imidazolylmethyl)-1H-indazole dihydrochloride 3.5 hydrate, DY-9760e and its major metabolite, 3-[2-[4-(3-chloro-2-methylphenyl)-1-piperazinyl]ethyl]-5,6-dimethoxyi ndazole, DY-9836 in human plasma has been developed. DY-9760e, DY-9836 and the internal standard (I.S.) were extracted from plasma by means of an Isolute C18 (EC) column. The extracts were chromatographed on a reversed-phase TSK-gel ODS-80Ts column using 0.1 M acetate buffer (pH 5)-CH3CN (65:35, v/v) as the mobile phase at a flow-rate of 1.0 ml/min. Fluorescence detection at an excitation wavelength of 303 nm and an emission wavelength of 347 nm resulted in a limit of quantitation of 1.000 ng/ml for plasma. The method showed satisfactory sensitivity, precision, accuracy, recovery and selectivity. Stability studies showed that DY-9760 and DY-9836 were stable in plasma up to at least eight weeks at -80 degrees C.9606Specieshuman27241Gene44480C1825987Gene41045TSKMESH:D000085ChemicalacetateMESH:C032159ChemicalCH3CN10574189J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 47-531999titleOdin E, Wettergren Y, Larsson L, Larsson PA, Gustavsson B0Rapid method for relative gene expression determination in human tissues using automated capillary gel electrophoresis and multicolor detection.9606Specieshumanabstract145The aim of this study was to evaluate a direct and automated post-polymerase chain reaction (PCR) detection system to simultaneously determine the relative gene expression levels of nine cancer-related human genes. Total RNA was prepared from flash-frozen biopsies derived from human colorectal tumors or normal mucosa and reverse-transcribed to cDNA which was PCR-amplified using primer pairs corresponding to the studied genes. In each reaction, the forward primer was labeled with a fluorescent dye. The PCR products were pooled and an internal size standard with a uniquely colored fluorescent dye was added. The samples were then subjected to automated capillary gel electrophoresis. Fragment analysis software was used to calculate the relative gene expression using beta-actin as the reference gene. We found that automated capillary gel electrophoresis with multicolor detection is a rapid, accurate and highly reproducible method for separation and quantification of PCR-amplified cDNA.9606Specieshuman9606SpecieshumanMESH:D015179Diseasecolorectal tumors728378Gene133745beta-actin10574190J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 55-611999titleVeldkamp AI, van Heeswijk RP, Meenhorst PL, Mulder JW, Lange JM, Beijnen JH, Hoetelmans RM0Quantitative determination of efavirenz (DMP 266), a novel non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor, in human plasma using isocratic reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection.MESH:C098320ChemicalefavirenzMESH:D014494ChemicalDMP9606Specieshumanabstract221Efavirenz is a novel non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor for the treatment of HIV-1-infected individuals. A simple and rapid high-performance liquid chromatographic method for the quantification of efavirenz in human plasma suitable for therapeutic drug monitoring in plasma is described. Sample pretreatment consists of protein precipitation with acetonitrile and subsequent evaporation of the extract to concentrate the analyte. The drug is separated from endogenous compounds by isocratic reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection at 246 nm. The method has been validated over the range of 10 to 10,000 ng/ml using a volume of 250 microl of plasma. The assay is linear over this concentration range as indicated by the F-test for lack of fit. Within- and between-day precisions are less than 4.3% for all quality control samples. The lower limit of quantitation is 10 ng/ml and the recovery of efavirenz from human plasma is 106.4% (+/- 1.8%). Frequently co-administered drugs did not interfere with the described methodology. Efavirenz is stable under various relevant storage conditions, for example when stored for 24 h at room temperature. This validated assay is suited for use in pharmacokinetic studies with efavirenz and can readily be implemented in the setting of a hospital laboratory for the monitoring of efavirenz concentrations.MESH:C098320ChemicalEfavirenzMESH:D015658DiseaseHIV-1-infected9606SpecieshumanMESH:C032159Chemicalacetonitrile9606Specieshuman10574191J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 63-711999titleZhong L, Yeh KC0Determination of indinavir in human cerebrospinal fluid and plasma by solid-phase extraction and high-performance liquid chromatography with column switching.MESH:D019469Chemicalindinavir9606Specieshumanabstract159A rapid, sensitive and robust sample preparation procedure for the quantitative determination of indinavir in human cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) and plasma is described. Indinavir and the internal standard were isolated from CSF or plasma samples by cation-exchange solid-phase extraction with SCX cartridges, while the chromatographic separation was adopted from a previous method, using a cyano column connected by a switching valve to a C18 column. UV detection was set at 210 nm. The standard curve was linear over the concentration range of 2 to 2000 ng/ml in CSF and 5 to 2000 ng/ml in plasma. The intra-day coefficients of variation at all concentration levels were < or = 5.9%. The inter-day consistency was assessed by running QC samples during each daily run. The coefficients of variation for quality control samples in both matrixes were < or = 6.1%. The method has been utilized to support clinical pharmacokinetic studies.MESH:D019469Chemicalindinavir9606SpecieshumanMESH:D019469ChemicalIndinavir642658Gene85195SCX10574192J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 73-811999titleTestino SA, Ozarowski J, Thurston AW, Arrendale RF, Patonay G0Determination of testosterone and 6beta-hydroxytestosterone by gas chromatography-selected ion monitoring-mass spectrometry for the characterization of cytochrome p450 3A activity.MESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:C025591Chemical6beta-hydroxytestosteroneabstract181A method for the determination of testosterone and its metabolite, 6beta-hydroxytestosterone, in liver microsomal incubates employing gas chromatography with selected ion monitoring mass spectrometric detection (GC-SIM-MS) has been developed. The method is more rapid than previously reported methods. Testosterone and its metabolites are extracted from the incubation mixture in a single step with methylene chloride. The method does not require derivatization and testosterone and its metabolites are separated on a HP-5MS fused-silica capillary column in less than 15 min. The retention times of testosterone (m/z 288), methyltestosterone (m/z 302), and 6beta-hydroxytestosterone (m/z 304) are approximately 12.7, 12.8, and 13.4 min, respectively. There are no interferences from other known CYP450 metabolites of testosterone. In addition, the selectivity and specificity of the mass spectrometer helps eliminate possible interferences from drugs and new chemical entities evaluated using this methodology. Calibration curves for testosterone and 6beta-hydroxytestosterone are linear from 0.25 to 100 microM. Extraction recoveries are better than 92% for both analytes and the internal standard, methyltestosterone. Over the course of five separate runs, within-day and inter-day precision (expressed as relative standard deviation) was less than 5% for all concentrations of testosterone and 6beta-hydroxytestosterone. Accuracies ranged from 95.8 to 105.8% for testosterone and 94.6 to 104.2% for 6beta-hydroxytestosterone. The assay has been used to characterize the CYP3A metabolic activity of multiple preparations of human, rat, and dog liver microsomes.MESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:C025591Chemical6beta-hydroxytestosteroneMESH:D009103DiseaseSIM-MSMESH:D013739ChemicalTestosteroneMESH:D008752Chemicalmethylene chlorideMESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:D012822ChemicalsilicaMESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:D008777ChemicalmethyltestosteroneMESH:C025591Chemical6beta-hydroxytestosteroneMESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:C025591Chemical6beta-hydroxytestosteroneMESH:D008777ChemicalmethyltestosteroneMESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:C025591Chemical6beta-hydroxytestosteroneMESH:D013739ChemicaltestosteroneMESH:C025591Chemical6beta-hydroxytestosterone1576Gene111391CYP3A9606Specieshuman10116Speciesrat9615Speciesdog10574193J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 83-91999titleKielbasa WB, Bauer JA, Fung HL0Analysis of isobutyl nitrite inhalant in rat and human blood: application for pharmacokinetic investigations.MESH:C018086Chemicalisobutyl nitrite10116Speciesrat9606Specieshumanabstract110Organic nitrites have been used therapeutically for the treatment of angina pectoris and as diagnostic agents for the evaluation of cardiac heart murmurs. In addition, these highly volatile vasodilators are being used as inhalant drugs of abuse. We developed a gas chromatographic assay using electron capture detection for the analysis of a representative nitrite inhalant, isobutyl nitrite (ISBN), in rat and human whole blood. Unconventional sampling and processing techniques were required because of the high volatility and chemical instability of nitrites in biological fluids. Our method produced a mean recovery of ISBN from rat blood of about 86% over a concentration range of 1.0 to 400 ng/ml. The inter-day coefficient of variation was below 15% at the lowest quantifiable concentration of 1 ng/ml ISBN in rat blood. In this report, we applied the analytical method to obtain new pharmacokinetic information about ISBN. Results show that rats inhaling 900 ppm ISBN for 45 min produced steady-state blood concentrations of about 290 ng/ml, and a rapid elimination half-life of 1.4 min.MESH:D009573ChemicalnitritesMESH:D000787Diseaseangina pectorisMESH:D006337Diseasecardiac heart murmursMESH:D009573ChemicalnitriteMESH:C018086Chemicalisobutyl nitrite10116Speciesrat9606SpecieshumanMESH:D009573Chemicalnitrites10116Speciesrat10116Speciesrat10116Speciesrats10574194J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 91-91999titleChianéa T, Cardot PJ, Assidjo E, Monteil J, Clarot I, Krausz P0Field- and flow-dependent trapping of red blood cells on polycarbonate accumulation wall in sedimentation field-flow fractionation.abstract132Sedimentation field-flow fractionation (SdFFF) instrumentation is now mature. Methodological procedure and particle separation development rules are well established even in the case of biological species. However, in some biological applications, retention properties of samples not predicted by any field-flow fractionation (FFF) elution models are observed. It is demonstrated that the trapping of cellular material in the separation system is not related to geometrical instrumentation features but to channel wall characteristics. The physicochemical particle-wall attractive interactions are different depending on the flow-rate and field intensity applied. Separation power in SdFFF for biological species is therefore limited by the intensity of these interactions. In terms of separation, a balance is to be found between external field and flow intensity to limit particle-wall interactions.10574195J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 101-121999titleKondo T, Dote N, Hagimoto T, Yoshimura Y0Application of liquid chromatography-turbo ion spray tandem mass spectrometry for quantitative analysis of a potent motilin receptor agonist, EM574, and its metabolites in human plasma.9606Specieshumanabstract186A liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS-MS) method for the simultaneous determination of a new potent motilin receptor agonist as erythromycin derivative, EM574 (erythromycin derivative), and its three metabolites, M-IV, M-V and M-VI, in human plasma was developed. The internal standards (I.S.s) used were deuterated EM574, M-IV and M-V. For the quantitation of M-VI, deuterated M-V was used. The analytes and I.S. were extracted from plasma samples with diethyl ether at neutral pH. A turbo ion spray interface was used as the ion source of LC-MS-MS, and the analysis was performed in the selected reaction monitoring mode. The lower quantitation limits for all the analytes were 0.05 ng/ml when 0.2 ml of plasma was used, and the standard curves were linear in the range 0.05 to 20 ng/ml. The method was precise; the intra- and inter-day precisions of the method were not more than 19.8% for all the analytes. The accuracy of the method was good with the deviations between added and calculated concentrations of each analyte being typically within +/- 11.2%.MESH:D004917ChemicalerythromycinMESH:D004917Chemicalerythromycin9606SpecieshumanMESH:D004986Chemicaldiethyl ether10574196J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 113-201999titleOlmos-Carmona ML, Hernández-Carrasquilla M0Gas chromatographic-mass spectrometric analysis of veterinary tranquillizers in urine: evaluation of method performance.abstract121A method for analysis of veterinary tranquillizers in urine using gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) is described. Detection limits are 5 microg/l for ketamine, azaperone and the phenothiazines (chlor-, aceto- and propionylpromazine), 10 microg/l for haloperidol, 20 microg/l for xylazine and 50 microg/l for azaperol, recoveries for all analytes were higher than 70%. Method performance in terms of within-batch, between-days and between-analysts reproducibility was studied and found to be acceptable. Compliance with European Union criteria for confirmation of GC-MS "positive" results is evaluated and discussed.MESH:D007649ChemicalketamineMESH:D001376ChemicalazaperoneMESH:D010640Chemicalphenothiazines-Chemicalchlor-, aceto- and propionylpromazineMESH:D006220ChemicalhaloperidolMESH:D014991ChemicalxylazineMESH:C084681Chemicalazaperol10574197J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 121-71999titleBreilh D, Lavallee C, Fratta A, Ducint D, Cony-Makhoul P, Saux MC0Determination of cefepime and cefpirome in human serum by high-performance liquid chromatography using an ultrafiltration for antibiotics serum extraction.MESH:D000077723ChemicalcefepimeMESH:C038950Chemicalcefpirome9606Specieshumanabstract156The aim of this study was to describe a high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) assay for the determination of cefepime and cefpirome in human serum without changing chromatographic conditions. The assay consisted to measure cefepime and cefpirome which were unbound to proteins having a molecular mass of 10,000 or more by ultrafiltration followed by HPLC with a Supelcosil ABZ+ column and UV detection at a wavelength of 263 nm. The assay was been found to be linear and has been validated over the concentration range 200 to 0.50 microg/ml for both cefepime and cefpirome, from 200 microl serum, extracted. In future, the assay will support therapeutic drug monitoring for cefepime and cefpirome in neutropenic patients in correlation with microbiological parameters such as MIC90 (minimal inhibitory concentration of antibiotic which kills 90% of the initial bacterial inoculum) and clinical efficacy.MESH:D000077723ChemicalcefepimeMESH:C038950Chemicalcefpirome9606SpecieshumanMESH:D000077723ChemicalcefepimeMESH:C038950Chemicalcefpirome-ChemicalSupelcosilMESH:D000077723ChemicalcefepimeMESH:C038950ChemicalcefpiromeMESH:D000077723ChemicalcefepimeMESH:C038950ChemicalcefpiromeMESH:D009503Diseaseneutropenic9606Speciespatients10574198J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 129-361999titleZhou S, Paxton JW, Tingle MD, McCall J, Kestell P0Determinaton of two major metabolites of the novel anti-tumour agent 5,6-dimethylxanthenone-4-acetic acid in hepatic microsomal incubations by high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection.MESH:D009369DiseasetumourMESH:C066668Chemical5,6-dimethylxanthenone-4-acetic acidabstract211High-performance liquid chromatographic methods have been developed and validated for the glucuronidated and oxidative metabolites of the novel anti-tumour agent 5,6-dimethylxanthenone-4-acetic acid (DMXAA), produced in human liver microsomal incubations. Calibration curves for DMXAA acyl glucuronide (DMXAA-Glu) and 6-hydroxymethyl-5-methylxanthenone-4-acetic acid (6-OH-MXAA) were constructed over the concentration ranges of 0.25 to 20 and 0.5 to 40 microM, respectively. Assay performance was determined by intra- and inter-day accuracy and precision of quality control (QC) samples. The difference between the theoretical and measured concentration, and the coefficient of variation, were less than 15% at low QC concentrations, and less than 10% at medium and high QC concentrations for both analytes. The methods presented good accuracy, precision and sensitivity for use in kinetic studies of the glucuronidated and oxidative metabolites of DMXAA in human liver microsomes.MESH:D009369DiseasetumourMESH:C066668Chemical5,6-dimethylxanthenone-4-acetic acidMESH:C066668ChemicalDMXAA9606Specieshuman-ChemicalDMXAA acyl glucuronide-ChemicalDMXAA-Glu-Chemical6-hydroxymethyl-5-methylxanthenone-4-acetic acid-Chemical6-OH-MXAAMESH:C066668ChemicalDMXAA9606Specieshuman10574199J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 137-441999titleMarquet P, Baudin O, Gaulier JM, Lacassie E, Dupuy JL, François B, Lachâtre G0Sensitive and specific determination of midazolam and 1-hydroxymidazolam in human serum by liquid chromatography-electrospray mass spectrometry.MESH:D008874ChemicalmidazolamMESH:C040081Chemical1-hydroxymidazolam9606Specieshumanabstract145A liquid chromatographic-mass spectrometric technique was designed for the determination of the anaesthetic benzodiazepine midazolam (MID) and its active metabolite 1-hydroxymidazolam (1-OHM), with the aim of conducting pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic studies. MID and 1-OHM were extracted from alkalinised (pH 9.5) spiked and clinical serum samples using a single step, liquid-liquid extraction procedure with diethyl ether-2-propanol (98:2, v/v). The chromatographic separation was performed on a Nucleosil C18, 5 microm (150x1 mm I.D.) column, using a gradient of acetonitrile in 5 mM ammonium formate, pH 3.0 as the mobile phase, delivered at a flow-rate of 50 microl/min. The compounds were ionised in the ionspray source of an atmospheric pressure mass spectrometer, fragmented by in-source collisions and the pseudomolecular and fragment ions detected in the selected ion monitoring mode. The recovery was between 79 and 87% for MID, between 83 and 87% for 1-OHM and 81.5% for methylclonazepam. The limit of detection was 0.2 microg/l for MID and 0.5 microg/l for 1-OHM, the limit of quantitation (LOQ) was 0.5 microg/l for both. Linearity was verified from these LOQs up to 2000 microg/l and the method was found accurate and precise over this range. It was successfully applied to a preliminary study to establish the concentration versus time curve of MID and 1-OHM in a patient administered midazolam by continuous infusion.MESH:D001569ChemicalbenzodiazepineMESH:D008874ChemicalmidazolamMESH:C040081Chemical1-hydroxymidazolam-Chemical1-OHM-Chemicaldiethyl ether-2-propanolMESH:C032159ChemicalacetonitrileMESH:C030544Chemicalammonium formate-Chemicalmethylclonazepam9606SpeciespatientMESH:D008874Chemicalmidazolam10574200J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 145-531999titleMabuchi M, Kano Y, Fukuyama T, Kondo T0Determination of imidapril and imidaprilat in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry.MESH:C065166ChemicalimidaprilMESH:C078006Chemicalimidaprilat9606SpecieshumanMESH:D004194Diseaseionizationabstract151A sensitive and specific assay of imidapril and its active metabolite, imidaprilat, in human plasma has been developed. This method is based on rapid isolation and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)-electrospray ionization (ESI)-tandem mass spectrometry (MS-MS). Imidapril and imidaprilat were isolated from human plasma using OASIS HLB (solid-phase extraction cartridge), after deproteinization. The eluent from the cartridge was evaporated to dryness, and the residue was reconstituted in mobile phase and injected into the HPLC-ESI-MS-MS system. Each compound was separated on a semi-micro ODS column in acetonitrile-0.05% (v/v) formic acid (1:3, v/v). The selected ion monitoring using precursor-->product ion combinations of m/z 406-->234 and 378-->206, was used for determination of imidapril and imidaprilat, respectively. The linearity was confirmed in the concentration range of 0.2 to 50 ng/ml in human plasma, and the precision of this assay, expressed as a relative standard deviation, was less than 13.2% over the entire concentration range with adequate assay accuracy. The HPLC-ESI-MS-MS method correlates well with the radioimmunoassay method, therefore, it is useful for the determination of imidapril and imidaprilat with sufficient sensitivity and specificity in clinical studies.MESH:C065166Chemicalimidapril9606SpecieshumanMESH:D004194DiseaseionizationMESH:C065166ChemicalImidaprilMESH:C078006Chemicalimidaprilat9606SpecieshumanMESH:C032159ChemicalacetonitrileMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acidMESH:C065166ChemicalimidaprilMESH:C078006Chemicalimidaprilat9606SpecieshumanMESH:C065166ChemicalimidaprilMESH:C078006Chemicalimidaprilat10574201J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 155-621999titleLee XP, Kumazawa T, Kondo K, Sato K, Suzuki O0Analysis of methanol or formic acid in body fluids by headspace solid-phase microextraction and capillary gas chromatography.MESH:D000432ChemicalmethanolMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acidMESH:D011007Diseasecapillary gas chromatographyabstract126Methanol and its metabolite formic acid have been found extractable from human whole blood and urine by headspace solid-phase microextraction (SPME) with a Carboxen/polydimethylsiloxane fiber. The headspace SPME for formic acid was carried out after derivatization to methyl formate under acidic conditions. The determinations of both compounds were made by using acetonitrile as internal standard (IS) and capillary gas chromatography (GC) with flame ionization detection. The headspace SPME-GC gave sharp peaks for methanol, methyl formate and I.S.; and low background noises for whole blood and urine samples. Extraction efficiencies were 0.25-1.05% of methanol and 0.38-0.84% formic acid for whole blood and urine. The calibration curves for methanol and formic acid showed excellent linearity in the range of 1.56 to 800 and 1.56 to 500 microg/0.5 ml of whole blood or urine, respectively. The detection limits were 0.1-0.5 microg/0.5 ml for methanol and 0.6 microg/0.5 ml for formic acid for both body fluids. The within-day relative standard deviations in terms of extraction efficiency for both compounds in whole blood and urine samples were not greater than 9.8%. By using the established SPME method, methanol and formic acid were successfully separated and determined in rat blood after oral administration of methanol.MESH:D000432ChemicalMethanolMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acid9606Specieshuman-ChemicalCarboxenMESH:C013830ChemicalpolydimethylsiloxaneMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acidMESH:C025468Chemicalmethyl formateMESH:C032159ChemicalacetonitrileMESH:D011007Diseasecapillary gas chromatographyMESH:D000432ChemicalmethanolMESH:C051224ChemicalmethylMESH:C030544ChemicalformateMESH:D000432ChemicalmethanolMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acidMESH:D000432ChemicalmethanolMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acidMESH:D000432ChemicalmethanolMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acidMESH:D000432ChemicalmethanolMESH:C030544Chemicalformic acid10116SpeciesratMESH:D000432Chemicalmethanol10574202J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 163-71999titleMassoud R, Federici G, Casciani S, Di Stasi SM, Fucci G, Giannantoni A, Cortese C0Extraction and determination of oxybutynin in human bladder samples by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography.MESH:C005419Chemicaloxybutynin9606Specieshumanabstract126A reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography method is described for the determination of oxybutynin (OXB) in human bladder samples. Following homogenization, tissue samples underwent double extraction with hexane and eventually were concentrated by freeze-drying before analysis. Chromatographic separation was performed with a mobile phase of acetonitrile-water-1 M ammonium acetate, pH 7.0 (85:13:2, v/v/v) at a flow-rate of 0.5 ml/min and double (electrochemical and UV) detection was applied. The retention time of oxybutynin eluting peak was around 18 min. Using a standard curve range of 10 to 500 ng/ml the quantification limit with electrochemical detection was 5 ng/ml with an injection volume of 100 microl. Within-day and day-to-day relative standard deviation values were 4.9 and 9.81%, respectively, while a 94% accuracy and a 72% recovery was attained. We applied this method to compare the OXB levels into bladder wall tissue samples after passive diffusion and after electromotive drug administration (EMDA), using a two-chambered poly(vinyl chloride) diffusion cell designed and developed in our laboratory. The results obtained show that EMDA enhanced OXB penetration into bladder wall and that this novel way of local drug administration can be potentially used in patients with neurogenic bladder dysfunction or urinary incontinence.MESH:C005419ChemicaloxybutyninMESH:C005419ChemicalOXB9606SpecieshumanMESH:D006586ChemicalhexaneMESH:C032159ChemicalacetonitrileMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:C018824Chemicalammonium acetateMESH:C005419Chemicaloxybutynin-ChemicalEMDAMESH:D011143Chemicalpoly(vinyl chloride)-ChemicalEMDAMESH:C005419ChemicalOXB9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001750Diseaseneurogenic bladder dysfunctionMESH:D014549Diseaseurinary incontinence10574203J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 169-741999titleCharlwood J, Birrell H, Camilleri P0Carbohydrate release from picomole quantities of glycoprotein and characterisation of glycans by high-performance liquid chromatography and mass spectrometry.MESH:D002241ChemicalCarbohydrateMESH:D011134Chemicalglycansabstract159Samples of 5 to 20 microg of human IgG were subjected to dithiothreitol treatment to reduce disulphide bridges, followed by tryptic digestion. Glycans released from the tryptic peptide mixture by PNGase F digestion were then derivatised with 2-aminoacridone. Labelled oligosaccharides were separated by normal-phase high-performance liquid chromatography and individual components were collected for matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight and electrospray mass spectrometric analysis.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D004229Chemicaldithiothreitol-ChemicaldisulphideMESH:D011134ChemicalGlycansMESH:D010455Chemicalpeptide55768Gene10117PNGaseMESH:C072515Chemical2-aminoacridoneMESH:D009844Chemicaloligosaccharides10574204J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl.; 1999 Oct 29; 734(1) 175-81999titleSalerno C, D Eufemia P, Celli M, Finocchiaro R, Crifò C, Giardini O0Determination of urinary orotic acid and uracil by capillary zone electrophoresis.MESH:D009963Chemicalorotic acidMESH:D014498Chemicaluracilabstract83We describe a simple method for measuring orotic acid and uracil concentration in urine by capillary zone electrophoresis in 20 mM Na-borate buffer, pH 9.2. The method was applied for studying a patient with HHH (hyperomithinemia, hyperammonemia and homocitrullinuria) syndrome. A high value of uracil excretion was found during periods of relatively low orotic acid excretion and normal ammonemia. The orotic acid level in urine was increased by increasing protein intake.MESH:D009963Chemicalorotic acidMESH:D014498Chemicaluracil-ChemicalNa-borate9606SpeciespatientMESH:C538380DiseaseHHH (hyperomithinemia, hyperammonemia and homocitrullinuria) syndromeMESH:D014498ChemicaluracilMESH:C537136Diseaseorotic acid excretionMESH:D009963Chemicalorotic acid10574205J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 121-321999titleChen S, Ruedel U, Meyerhoff ME0Shape-selective separation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons on protoporphyrin-silica phases. Effect of surface porphyrin distribution on column efficiency.MESH:D011084Chemicalpolycyclic aromatic hydrocarbonsMESH:C028025ChemicalprotoporphyrinMESH:D012822Chemicalsilicaabstract159The chromatographic performance of various metalloprotoporphyrin-silica (MProP-silica) packing materials prepared using different porphyrin immobilization schemes is examined. Column efficiency and solute resolution for the shape-selective separation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) can be improved significantly by preparing phases with lower porphyrin coverages and with a more homogeneous distribution of the porphyrin species on the surface. The latter is accomplished by spreading/diluting the number of aminopropyl reactive sites on the silica surface via mixing an inert methyltrimethoxysilane with 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane during this preliminary reaction step. Subsequent covalent attachment of the ProP via amide bonds to the pendant amine sites results in a more even distribution of the porphyrins on the surface. Band shapes and retention times as a function of injected solute concentration as well as HPLC separation of various test mixtures of PAHs (including standard reference material SRM 869) are used to confirm the enhanced performance of these so-called "spread" phases. Changes in the nature of the immobilized porphyrin distribution on the silica surface are further probed by a coupled redox/UV-Vis absorbance method, and results suggest a decrease in the number of ProP species immobilized as aggregates on the surface.-Chemicalmetalloprotoporphyrin-MESH:D012822Chemicalsilica-ChemicalMProP-silicaMESH:D011166ChemicalporphyrinMESH:C536342DiseaseColumn efficiencyMESH:D011084Chemicalpolycyclic aromatic hydrocarbonsMESH:D011084ChemicalPAHsMESH:D012822ChemicalsilicaMESH:C071718ChemicalmethyltrimethoxysilaneMESH:C477625Chemical3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-ChemicalProPMESH:D000577Chemicalamide-ChemicalpendantMESH:D000588ChemicalamineMESH:D011166ChemicalporphyrinsMESH:D012822Chemicalsilica10574206J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 133-421999titleDondi M, Flieger M, Olsovska J, Polcaro CM, Sinibaldi M0High-performance liquid chromatography study of the enantiomer separation of chrysanthemic acid and its analogous compounds on a terguride-based stationary phase.MESH:C007051Chemicalchrysanthemic acidMESH:C006208Chemicaltergurideabstract163The direct enantioseparation of chrysanthemic acid [2,2-dimethyl-3-(2-methylpropenyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid] and its halogen-substituted analogues was systematically studied by HPLC using a terguride-based chiral stationary phase in combination with a UV diode array and chiroptical detectors. Isomers with (1R) configuration always eluted before those with (IS) configuration. The elution sequence of cis- and trans-isomers was strongly affected by mobile phase pH, whereas the enantioselectivity remained the same. Conditions for the separation of all the enantiomers were also examined. This method was used for monitor the hydrolytic degradation products of Cyfluthrin (Baythroid) in soil under laboratory conditions.MESH:C007051Chemicalchrysanthemic acidMESH:C007051Chemical2,2-dimethyl-3-(2-methylpropenyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acidMESH:D006219ChemicalhalogenMESH:C006208ChemicaltergurideMESH:C052570ChemicalCyfluthrinMESH:C052570ChemicalBaythroid10574207J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 143-511999titleMalyshev OR, Vinogradov MG0Convenient synthesis of pi-acceptor chiral stationary phases for high-performance liquid chromatography from halogen-substituted 3,5-dinitrobenzoylamides.-Chemicalhalogen-substituted 3,5-dinitrobenzoylamidesabstract155A convenient method for the "in column" synthesis of chiral stationary phases for high-performance liquid chromatography was elaborated. It involves preparation of chiral amides of 2-bromo- or 4-chloro-substituted 3,5-dinitrobenzoic acids followed by nucleophilic substitution of the halogen in the aromatic moiety with 3-aminopropyl groups of silanized silica gel at ambient temperature. A series of pi-donor compounds, such as amides and alkyl aryl carbinols, were chromatographed on the prepared chiral stationary phases. The results were compared with data reported for chiral separations of the same substrates on similar (R)-N-(3,5-dinitrobenzoyl)-alpha-phenylglycine-derived CSP. An example of indirect enantioseparation of racemic alpha-phenylethylamine was also described using (R)-2-(2-bromo-3,5-dinitrobenzoylamino)-2-phenylethanol as a chiral derivatizing reagent.MESH:D000577Chemicalamides-Chemical2-bromo- or 4-chloro-substituted 3,5-dinitrobenzoic acidsMESH:D006219ChemicalhalogenMESH:D058428Chemicalsilica gel9606SpeciesdonorMESH:D000577Chemicalamides-Chemicalalkyl aryl carbinols-Chemical(R)-N-(3,5-dinitrobenzoyl)-alpha-phenylglycine80331Gene9631CSPMESH:C033198Chemicalalpha-phenylethylamine-Chemical(R)-2-(2-bromo-3,5-dinitrobenzoylamino)-2-phenylethanol10574208J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 153-81999titleQiu J0Statistics aided optimization for high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis of organic acids in tobacco.-Chemicalorganic acids4097Speciestobaccoabstract112HPLC analysis for organic acids in tobacco was optimized with the aid of statistical experimental design, a central composite face-centered design. In the design, only thirteen HPLC analyses were needed for identifying two optimal separation parameters. A Bio-Rad Aminex HPX-87H column was used for the analyses. An optimal separation for seven acids in tobacco was found at a temperature of 57 degrees C and a mobile phase of 0.032 N sulfuric acid solution, or at a temperature of 70 degrees C and a mobile phase of 0.024 N sulfuric acid solution, with a flow rate of 0.6 ml min(-1).-Chemicalorganic acids4097Speciestobacco4097SpeciestobaccoMESH:C033158Chemicalsulfuric acidMESH:C033158Chemicalsulfuric acid10574209J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 159-711999titleSarrión MN, Santos FJ, Galceran MT0Solid-phase microextraction coupled with gas chromatography-ion trap mass spectrometry for the analysis of haloacetic acids in water.-Chemicalhaloacetic acidsMESH:D014867Chemicalwaterabstract134Headspace solid-phase microextraction (SPME) was studied as a possible alternative to liquid-liquid extraction for the analysis of haloacetic acids (HAAs) in water. The method involves derivatization of the acids to their ethyl esters using sulphuric acid and ethanol after evaporation, followed by headspace SPME with a polydimethylsiloxane fibre and gas chromatography-ion trap mass spectrometry (GC-IT-MS). The derivatization procedure was optimized: maximum sensitivity was obtained with esterification for 10 min at 50 degrees C in 30 microl of sulphuric acid and 40 microl of ethanol. The headspace SPME conditions were also optimized and good sensitivity was obtained at a sampling temperature of 25 degrees C, an absorption time of 10 min, the addition of 0.1 g of anhydrous sodium sulfate and a desorption time of 2 min. Good precision (RSD lower than 10%) and detection limits in the ng l(-1) range (from 10 to 200 ng l(-1)) were obtained for all the compounds. The optimized procedure was applied to the analysis of HAAs in tap water and the results obtained by standard addition agreed with those of EPA method 552.2, whereas discrepancies due to matrix interferences were observed using external calibration. Consequently, headspace SPME-GC-IT-MS with standard addition is recommended for the analysis of these compounds in drinking water.-Chemicalhaloacetic acids-ChemicalHAAsMESH:D014867Chemicalwater-Chemicalethyl estersMESH:C033158Chemicalsulphuric acidMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:C013830ChemicalpolydimethylsiloxaneMESH:C033158Chemicalsulphuric acidMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:C012036Chemicalsodium sulfateMESH:D012019DiseaseRSD10482Gene38176tapMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D014867Chemicalwater10574210J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 173-811999titleChen Z, Tang C, Xu J0Non-suppressed conductivity and indirect UV detection of carboxylic acids in environmental samples by ion-exclusion chromatography using 2,6-pyridinedicarboxylic acidic eluent.MESH:D002264Chemicalcarboxylic acids33858Speciesenvironmental samples-Chemical2,6-pyridinedicarboxylicabstract1772,6-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid (PDCA) was evaluated as an eluent for indirect UV and non-suppressed conductivity detection of carboxylic acids in ion-exclusion chromatography. The effect of PDCA concentration on the separation and detection sensitivity was investigated. The reasonable resolutions between carboxylic acids were achieved using 1 mM PDCA eluent. Detection limits were 1.0-7.0 microM for conductivity detection and 8-30 microM for UV detection. Compared to the eluent containing 1 mM sulfuric acid, the method offers a high resolution and high detection sensitivity for both detectors due to its high molar absorptivity and low background conductance. The proposed method was demonstrated to be useful for the determination of carboxylic acids in environmental samples with direct sample injection.MESH:C004860Chemical2,6-Pyridinedicarboxylic acidMESH:C004860ChemicalPDCAMESH:D002264Chemicalcarboxylic acidsMESH:D002264Chemicalcarboxylic acidsMESH:C033158Chemicalsulfuric acidMESH:D002264Chemicalcarboxylic acids33858Speciesenvironmental samples10574211J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 183-921999titleLi SL, Chan SW, Li P, Lin G, Zhou GH, Ren YJ, Chiu FC0Pre-column derivatization and gas chromatographic determination of alkaloids in bulbs of Fritillaria.MESH:D000470ChemicalalkaloidsDiseaseFritillariaabstract102A method of precolumn derivatization GC with FID detection was developed for a simultaneous analysis of five major steroidal alkaloids of Fritillaria species, namely ebeiedine, ebeiedinone, verticine, verticinone and imperialine. Derivatization was carried out by trimethylsilylation of the hydroxyl-containing Fritillaria alkaloids to the corresponding trimethylsilylates with trimethylsilylimidazole. Reaction conditions were optimised and the alkaloids derivatives were characterised by on-line GC-MS. The validated GC method demonstrated a good linearity at the sampling ranges used. This analytical method is simple, convenient and reproducible. The developed assay was successfully applied to the determination of the major pharmacologically active alkaloids in three commonly used antitussive Fritillaria species: F. cirrhosa, F. thunbergii and F. pallidiflora.DiseaseFIDMESH:D000470ChemicalalkaloidsMESH:C564159DiseaseFritillaria speciesMESH:C000611556Chemicalebeiedine-ChemicalebeiedinoneMESH:C014242ChemicalverticineMESH:C014242ChemicalverticinoneMESH:C047331Chemicalimperialine-ChemicalFritillaria alkaloidsMESH:C054025ChemicaltrimethylsilylimidazoleMESH:D000470ChemicalalkaloidsMESH:D000470ChemicalalkaloidsMESH:C564159DiseaseFritillaria species108544SpeciesF. cirrhosa108546SpeciesF. thunbergii152091SpeciesF. pallidiflora10574212J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 193-2011999titleNatangelo M, Tavazzi S, Fanelli R, Benfenati E0Analysis of some pesticides in water samples using solid-phase microextraction-gas chromatography with different mass spectrometric techniques.MESH:D014867Chemicalwaterabstract144A solid-phase microextraction (SPME)-GC procedure has been developed for the analysis of four selected pesticides (propanil, acetochlor, myclobutanil and fenoxycarb) in water samples. Mass spectrometry (MS) was used and two different instruments, a quadrupole MS system and an ion trap operating in the MS-MS mode, were compared. A Carbowax-divinylbenzene SPME fiber was used. The performances of the two GC-MS instruments were comparable in terms of linearity (in the range of 0.1-10 microg/l in water samples) and sensitivity (limits of detection were in the low ng/l range); the quadrupole MS instrument gave better precision than the ion trap MS-MS system, but generally the relative standard deviations for replicates were acceptable for both instruments (<15%). Specificity with these two instruments was comparable in the analysis of ground water samples. Recovery tests were made to assess the applicability of the SPME procedure in the quantitative analysis of contaminated groundwaters.MESH:D011411ChemicalpropanilMESH:C043377ChemicalacetochlorMESH:C446685ChemicalmyclobutanilMESH:C052034ChemicalfenoxycarbMESH:D014867Chemicalwater-ChemicalCarbowax-divinylbenzeneMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D014867Chemicalwater10574213J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 203-191999titleWard VL, Khaledi MG0Efficiency studies in nonaqueous capillary electrophoresis.abstract60Nonaqueous capillary electrophoresis (NACE) is a relatively new area with several advantages that include enhanced efficiency and improved detection sensitivity. The goal of this study was to investigate the influence of NACE compared to aqueous CE on the separation efficiency of oligosaccharides. The applied voltage and buffer concentration were optimized for the aqueous and nonaqueous buffer media to minimize the band broadening effects of Joule heating and electrophoretic dispersion. At the optimized conditions a 1.5-fold enhancement in efficiency was obtained with the nonaqueous buffer medium.-ChemicalNACEMESH:D009844Chemicaloligosaccharides10574214J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 221-51999titleNakamura S0Differential signal detection system for improved analysis of overlapping signals in liquid chromatography.abstract108We have developed a differential signal detection system for the analysis of liquid chromatographic signals using two or more detectors and a differential amplifier circuit. The proposed detection system is an improvement on conventional chromatography in which signals are detected by means of a single detector. The differential signal detection system eliminates difficulties of isolating minor components of the signal which are masked by the major component, as well as difficulties of separating two components of the signal having similar retention times.10574215J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 227-331999titleHernando D, Saurina J, Hernández-Cassou S0Liquid chromatographic determination of aniline in table-top sweeteners based on pre-column derivatization with 1,2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonate.MESH:C023650ChemicalanilineMESH:C011942Chemical1,2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonateabstract144A liquid chromatographic method for the determination of aniline in cyclamate sweeteners based on a pre-column derivatization with 1,2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonate (NQS) is proposed. Aniline traces were extracted from the cyclamate samples using dichloromethane. After solvent evaporation, the dry residue was derivatized with NQS at pH 9.5 and 85 degrees C for 1 min. The aniline derivative, which was extracted from the reacting mixture, was redissolved in the eluent solution and injected into the chromatographic system. The separation of aniline derivative from other amine impurities was carried out in a C18 column using a 2% acetic acid-methanol (40:60, v/v) mobile phase. Results from the analysis of aniline in the sweetener samples with the proposed method were compared with those from the standard method. A good concordance between the two methods was observed.MESH:C023650ChemicalanilineMESH:D003494ChemicalcyclamateMESH:C011942Chemical1,2-naphthoquinone-4-sulfonateMESH:C011942ChemicalNQSMESH:C023650ChemicalAnilineMESH:D008752ChemicaldichloromethaneMESH:C023650ChemicalanilineMESH:C023650ChemicalanilineMESH:D000588ChemicalamineMESH:D019342Chemicalacetic acidMESH:D000432ChemicalmethanolMESH:C023650Chemicalaniline10574216J Chromatogr A; 1999 Oct 29; 859(2) 235-401999titleDodo GH, Knight MM0Application of polydivinylbenzene liquid chromatography columns to remove lipid material from fish tissue extracts for the analysis of semivolatile organics.MESH:C056745ChemicalpolydivinylbenzeneMESH:D008055Chemicallipidabstract158Liquid chromatography columns of 100% polydivinylbenzene (DVB) (packing) were used to remove lipid material from fish extracts before analysis of several semivolatile organic pollutants by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS). This packing material was found to be durable as the columns could be operated to about 900 p.s.i. resulting in high efficiency separation. Recoveries and relative standard deviations for 18 polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons fortified into a fish extract and cleaned up by multiple DVB columns in series were in the range of 86 to 123% and 4 to 11%, respectively.MESH:C056745ChemicalpolydivinylbenzeneMESH:C037162ChemicalDVBMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D011084Chemicalpolynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons10574217Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1523-301999titleKumar V, Sercarz E0Distinct levels of regulation in organ-specific autoimmune diseases.MESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune diseasesabstract69Immune regulatory interactions have been largely attributed to antagonistic T helper cell subsets whose cytokines are mutually inhibitory (Th1 vs. Th2). Here we emphasize two additional levels of regulation: the first involves the recognition of portions of antigen receptors of effector T cells, resulting in the induction of both CD4 and CD8 regulatory populations, capable of diminishing the responses by the pathogenic effector itself. The second includes a collection of cell populations found constitutively in all individuals whose specificity for antigen, if any, is being currently investigated. These two additional types of interaction involve cells belonging to a functional regulatory subset and include contributions from both innate and adaptive mechanisms of immune regulation. The answers to many quandaries in autoimmune disease may be sought by seeking to engage these lesser-understood regulatory populations.51497Gene9496Th1920Gene513CD4925Gene133777CD8MESH:D001327Diseaseautoimmune disease10574218Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1531-61999titleStewart CW, Slikker W0Hyperthermia-enhanced serotonin (5-HT) depletion resulting from d-fenfluramine exposure is preventable.MESH:D005334DiseaseHyperthermiaMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D020372Chemicald-fenfluramineabstract104Recent findings indicate that elevations in body temperature during acute d-fenfluramine (Fen) exposure enhance long-term 5-HT depletion. Therefore, we hypothesized that when repeated exposure to d-Fen produced repeated elevations in body temperature, 5-HT reductions would be greater in comparison to a single d-Fen exposure. Groups of animals were exposed to d-Fen for 1 or 4 days in a 28 degrees C environment. Exposure to d-Fen in the 28 degrees C environment induced an increase in body temperature and resulted in a long-term decrease in brain 5-HT. However, brain 5-HT was not different between the two groups. An additional experiment revealed that if the initial exposure to d-Fen does not induce elevations in body temperature, then long-term 5-HT depletion can be prevented. We conclude that the central nervous system rapidly adapts to the 5-HT depleting action of d-Fen thereby preventing further decreases in 5-HT concentrations from d-Fen exposure. In addition, this rapid adaptation circumvented the hyperthermia-enhanced 5-HT depletion that results from d-Fen exposure in a warm environment.MESH:D020372Chemicald-fenfluramineMESH:D020372ChemicalFenMESH:D005334Diseasehyperthermia-Chemicald-Fen10574219Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1537-441999titleAtaoğlu H, Ergün H, Ataoğlu O, Demirel-Yilmaz E0Inhibition of endothelium-dependent relaxation by Candida albicans.5476SpeciesCandida albicansabstract68This study examines the effects of Candida albicans on acethylcholine-induced, endothelium-dependent relaxation of thoracic aorta of rabbits, precontracted by phenylephrine (10(-7) M). Isolated vessel rings were incubated with C. albicans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or their mannans, and endothelium-dependent relaxation was measured by the induction of acethylcholine. Endothelium-dependent relaxation remained unaffected after 3 hours by either C. albicans or S. cerevisiae, or their mannans. After 24 hours, however, incubation with C. albicans had completely abolished relaxation, whereas relaxation was decreased by mannan of C. albicans and continued unaffected by S. cerevisiae. In contrast, no change was registered with a 24 hours incubation of C. Albicans in a sodium nitroprusside-induced, endothelium-independent, vascular smooth muscle relaxation. Microscopical investigation of the morphological structure of vessel walls revealed penetration of C. albicans on the intimal surface after 3 hours incubation and infiltration of the yeast through the vessel wall after 24 hours. No changes in vessel morphology occurred after 3 or 24 hours with S. cerevisiae or the mannan of C. albicans. These results show the ability of C. albicans to inhibit endothelium-dependent, but not endothelium-independent, relaxation of vascular smooth muscle and may have important implications for functional damage to endothelial cells and the regulation of vessel tone and blood flow.5476SpeciesCandida albicans-Chemicalacethylcholine9986SpeciesrabbitsMESH:D010656Chemicalphenylephrine5476SpeciesC. albicans4932SpeciesSaccharomyces cerevisiaeMESH:D008351Chemicalmannans-Chemicalacethylcholine5476SpeciesC. albicans4932SpeciesS. cerevisiaeMESH:D008351Chemicalmannans5476SpeciesC. albicans5476SpeciesC. albicans4932SpeciesS. cerevisiae5476SpeciesC. AlbicansMESH:D009599Chemicalsodium nitroprusside5476SpeciesC. albicans4932Speciesyeast4932SpeciesS. cerevisiae5476SpeciesC. albicans5476SpeciesC. albicans10574220Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1545-521999titleMolinari C, Battaglia A, Grossini E, Mary DA, Surico N, Vacca G0The role of beta 2-adrenergic vascular receptors in the peripheral vasodilation caused by 17 beta-estradiol in anesthetized pigs.MESH:D004958Chemical17 beta-estradiol9823Speciespigsabstract130It has been previously shown in anesthetized pigs that intravenous infusion of 2 microg/h of 17beta-estradiol primarily dilated renal, iliac and coronary circulations, while higher doses of the hormone were required to cause vasodilation also in the mesenteric vascular bed. In the same experimental model, a tonic beta2-adrenoceptor mediated vasodilation, which could be argued to attenuate the vasodilator effect of 17beta-estradiol, has been described. The present study was planned to investigate the role of beta2-adrenergic receptors in the hemodynamic responses of renal and mesenteric vascular beds to 17beta-estradiol. Changes in flow caused by intravenous infusion of 2 microg/h of the hormone at constant heart rate and aortic blood pressure in the left renal and superior mesenteric arteries were assessed using electromagnetic flowmeters. In six pigs, infusion of 17beta-estradiol caused an increase in renal blood flow, which averaged 12.1% of the control values, without affecting mesenteric blood flow. In the same pigs, after hemodynamic variables had returned to the baseline values, blockade of beta2-adrenergic receptors with butoxamine caused an increase in aortic blood pressure and an increase in renal and mesenteric resistance. The subsequent infusion of 17beta-estradiol elicited increases in renal and mesenteric blood flow which respectively averaged 19.6% and 12.8%. Therefore, the present study in anesthetized pigs have shown that the vasodilator responses of the renal and mesenteric circulations to 17beta-estradiol were attenuated and even masked by a tonic beta2-adrenoceptor mediated vasodilation. This indicates that some vasodilator effects elicited by normally used replacement doses of the hormone may not be apparent.9823SpeciespigsMESH:D004958Chemical17beta-estradiol397357Genebeta2-adrenoceptorMESH:D004958Chemical17beta-estradiolMESH:D004958Chemical17beta-estradiol9823SpeciespigsMESH:D004958Chemical17beta-estradiol9823SpeciespigsMESH:D002078ChemicalbutoxamineMESH:D004958Chemical17beta-estradiol9823SpeciespigsMESH:D004958Chemical17beta-estradiol397357Genebeta2-adrenoceptor10574221Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1553-91999titleZhu BH, Guan YY, He H, Lin MJ0Erigeron breviscapus prevents defective endothelium-dependent relaxation in diabetic rat aorta.244311SpeciesErigeron breviscapusMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic10116Speciesratabstract96We examined the endothelium-dependent relaxation response to acetylcholine (Ach) in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rat aorta at the stages of 2- and 6-wks' duration in vitro, and compared with another two groups which were treated with dietary supplement of 0.1% Aminoquanidine (AG) and 0.5% Erigeron breviscapus (EB) from 1-week of diabetes induction. At the stage of 2-wks' duration of diabetes, relaxation responses to lower concentrations of Ach in 0.3 uM phenylepherine-precontracted aortas were diminished significantly (P<0.05) compared with age-matched control, but the maximal relaxation of Ach remained unchanged. At the stage of 6-wks' duration, diabetes caused an approximately 60% (P<0.001) deficit in maximum relaxation, and this was significantly (P<0.001) prevented in AG and EB treated groups. There was an approximately 40% enhancement in the maximum contractile response to phenylepherine with diabetes (P<0.05), which was unaffected significantly by AG and EB treatments. The data suggest that the defective endothelium-dependent relaxation in diabetic rat aorta occurred as early as 2-wks' duration of diabetes, and the treatments of AG and EB could protect vascular endothelium although the deficits in vascular smooth muscle contractile responses were not protected.MESH:D000109ChemicalacetylcholineMESH:D000109ChemicalAchMESH:D013311ChemicalstreptozotocinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic10116Speciesrat-ChemicalAminoquanidine244311SpeciesErigeron breviscapusMESH:D003920DiseasediabetesMESH:D003920DiseasediabetesMESH:D000109ChemicalAch-ChemicalphenylepherineMESH:D000109ChemicalAchMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes-ChemicalphenylepherineMESH:D003920DiseasediabetesMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic10116SpeciesratMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes10574222Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1561-81999titleDong E, Matsumoto K, Watanabe H0Involvement of peripheral type of benzodiazepine receptor in social isolation stress-induced decrease in pentobarbital sleep in mice.MESH:D010424Chemicalpentobarbital10090Speciesmiceabstract134Our previous studies have shown that central-type benzodiazepine (BZD) receptors (CBR) and neurosteroids capable of modulating GABA(A) receptor function are involved in the decrease of pentobarbital (PB)-induced sleep caused by social isolation stress in mice. In this study, to further clarify the mechanism underlying this decrease, we investigated the possible involvement of peripheral-type BZD receptors (PBR) which play an important role in neurosteroidogenesis in PB sleep in socially isolated mice. Socially isolated mice showed significantly shorter duration of PB-induced sleep than group-housed animals. When injected intracerebroventricularly (i.c.v.), FGIN-1-27 (FGIN, 25-100 nmol), a selective PBR agonist, and PK11195 (PK, 14-28 nmol), a PBR antagonist, and pregnenolone (PREG, 15-30 nmol), a neurosteroid precursor, dose-dependently normalized the PB sleep in isolated mice without having an effect on the group-housed animals. In contrast, pregnenolone sulfate (PS, 24 nmol), an endogenous neurosteroidal negative allosteric modulator of the GABA(A) receptor, reduced PB sleep in group-housed but not isolated mice. PS, at the same dose, significantly attenuated the effects of FGIN (100 nmol), PK (28 nmol) and PREG (30 nmol) in isolated mice, while FGIN (100 nmol), PK (28 nmol) and pregnenolone (30 nmol) significantly blocked the effect of PS (24 nmol) in group-housed mice. These results suggest that the PBR-mediated decrease in the genesis of neurosteroid(s) possessing a GABA(A) receptor agonistic profile is also partly involved in the down regulation of the GABA(A) receptor following long-term social isolation and contributes to the decrease of PB-induced sleep in isolation stressed mice.MESH:D010424ChemicalpentobarbitalMESH:D010424ChemicalPB10090Speciesmice10090Speciesmice10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D010424ChemicalPB-ChemicalPBR-ChemicalPBRMESH:D011284ChemicalpregnenoloneMESH:D010424ChemicalPB10090SpeciesmiceMESH:C018370Chemicalpregnenolone sulfateMESH:C018370ChemicalPS10090SpeciesmiceMESH:C018370ChemicalPS-ChemicalFGIN10090Speciesmice-ChemicalFGINMESH:D011284ChemicalpregnenoloneMESH:C018370ChemicalPS10090Speciesmice-ChemicalPBRMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D010424ChemicalPB10090Speciesmice10574223Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1569-771999titleIkeda K, Kobayashi S, Suzuki M, Miyata K, Yamada T, Honda K0Ca2+ mobilization and activation of extracellular acidification by carbachol in acutely dispersed cells from guinea pig detrusor: Fura 2 fluorometry and microphysiometry using the cytosensor.MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D002217Chemicalcarbachol10141Speciesguinea pigMESH:D016257ChemicalFura 2abstract192The study aim was to develop a simple in vitro model for pharmacophysiological investigation of urinary bladder smooth muscles. Smooth muscle cells from guinea pig detrusor were dissociated, and the suspended cells were stimulated with carbachol (CCh), an acetylcholine receptor agonist. Cytosolic Ca2+ levels were determined using Fura 2 fluorescence and extracellular acidification rates were monitored by the Cytosensor microphysiometer. CCh dose-dependently increased cytosolic Ca2+ levels and extracellular acidification rates, with EC50 values of approximately 1 microM. Both the acetylcholine muscarinic receptor antagonist atropine and the M3 muscarinic receptor-preferring antagonist 4-diphenylacetoxy-N-methylpiperidine (4-DAMP) inhibited the effects of CCh, three orders of magnitude more potently than the selective M2 muscarinic receptor antagonist, methoctramine. These data indicate the dominant role of M3 receptors in guinea-pig bladder but fail to show clear evidence of any functional role for M2 receptors. Since this finding agrees with a number of other studies using in vivo and in vitro models (1), cell suspensions such as these may prove to be simple tools for the pharmacological study of urinary bladder smooth muscle tissue.10141Speciesguinea pigMESH:D002217ChemicalcarbacholMESH:D002217ChemicalCChMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D016257ChemicalFura 2MESH:D002217ChemicalCChMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D000109ChemicalacetylcholineMESH:D001285Chemicalatropine-Chemical4-diphenylacetoxy-N-methylpiperidine-Chemical4-DAMPMESH:D002217ChemicalCChMESH:C054938Chemicalmethoctramine10141Speciesguinea-pig10574224Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1579-881999titleInoue H, Yokota H, Taniyama H, Kuwahara A, Ogawa H, Kato S, Yuasa A01-Naphthol beta-D-glucuronide formed intraluminally in rat small intestine mucosa and absorbed into the colon.MESH:C029350Chemical1-Naphthol-Chemicalbeta-D-glucuronide10116Speciesratabstract111UDP-glucuronosyltransferase expressed in the rat intestinal epithelial cells is important as the first barrier against chemicals. The distribution of 1-naphthol and its glucuronide formed in rat intestine was estimated by using everted intestine. Roughly 60% of the 1-naphthol added to the mucosal fluid was absorbed into the mucosa of the small intestine and colon within 30 min. Approximately 66% of the 1-naphthol absorbed in the proximal intestine was secreted intraluminally as a glucuronide, and a minimal 9% was transported into the serosal fluid as a glucuronide. In the distal intestine, approximately 34% was secreted intraluminally and 30% was transported into the serosal fluid as a glucuronide. The greatest amount of the glucuronide (37% of the absorbed 1-naphthol) was transported into the serosal fluid, whereas a minimal 7% was secreted intraluminally in the colon. In marked contrast, the colon was found to transport 1-naphthol-glucuronide from the mucosal fluid into the serosal fluid at an approximately 8-fold higher rate than that of the small intestine. These results suggest that, in the small intestine, phenolic xenobiotics are mostly glucuronidated and secreted intraluminally and that the resulting glucuronide is absorbed and transported into the serosal side of the colon.24862Gene137225UDP-glucuronosyltransferase10116SpeciesratMESH:C029350Chemical1-naphtholMESH:D020719Chemicalglucuronide10116SpeciesratMESH:C029350Chemical1-naphtholMESH:C029350Chemical1-naphtholMESH:D020719ChemicalglucuronideMESH:D020719ChemicalglucuronideMESH:D020719ChemicalglucuronideMESH:D020719ChemicalglucuronideMESH:C029350Chemical1-naphtholMESH:C029091Chemical1-naphthol-glucuronideMESH:D020719Chemicalglucuronide10574225Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1589-951999titleBi-Yi C, Wen-Qiao J, Jie C, Xin-Jian C, You-Cheng Z, Zhi-Qiang C0Analgesic activity and selectivity of isothiocyanate derivatives of fentanyl analogs for opioid receptors.MESH:C037152ChemicalisothiocyanateMESH:D005283Chemicalfentanylabstract107The analgesic activity and opioid receptor binding characteristics were studied for the isothiocyanate ohmefentanyl (OMFIT), and isothiocyanate carfentanil (CarFIT), isothiocyanate 4-methoxymethylfentanyl (MethoFIT), isothiocyanate 3-methylfentanyl (superFIT) and their amide analogs. Antinociceptive activity was evaluated using the mouse hot plate test; selectivity for opioid receptor was determined in bioassay and binding assay. SuperFIT, CarFIT, OMFIT and MethoFIT exhibited an analgesic ED50 lower than those of their parent compounds without isothiocyanate (SCN) group. Furthermore these compounds exhibited potent inhibitory actions on the electrically evoked contractions of mouse vas deferens, which could be antagonized by naloxone, but their actions were weaker than those of their parent compounds without SC N-group. The inhibitory actions of these compounds on binding of [3H]OMF to mouse brain membrane was weaker than those of their parent compounds without SCN-group. CarFIT and MethoFIT showed weaker inhibitory actions on the binding of [3H] DADLE than their parent compounds without SCN-group, but SuperFIT and OMFIT stronger than their parent compounds, 3-methylfentanyl and ohmefentanyl. The selectivity of these isothiocyanate derivatives for delta opioid receptors increased. In conclusion, introducing isothiocyanato-group into 1-position of phenyl ring of ohmefentanyl and other fentanyl analogs would enhance the selectivity of these compounds for delta-opioid receptors, but decrease their analgesic activity.-Chemicalisothiocyanate ohmefentanyl-ChemicalOMFIT-Chemicalisothiocyanate carfentanil-ChemicalCarFIT-Chemicalisothiocyanate 4-methoxymethylfentanyl-ChemicalMethoFIT-Chemicalisothiocyanate 3-methylfentanylMESH:C046222ChemicalsuperFITMESH:D000577Chemicalamide10090SpeciesmouseMESH:C037152ChemicalisothiocyanateMESH:C031760ChemicalSCN10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D009270Chemicalnaloxone-Chemical[3H]OMF10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D014316Chemical3HMESH:C030592Chemical3-methylfentanylMESH:C037016ChemicalohmefentanylMESH:C037152ChemicalisothiocyanateMESH:C037016ChemicalohmefentanylMESH:D005283Chemicalfentanyl10574226Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 1597-6061999titleVan Den Bosch L, Verhoeven K, De Smedt H, Wuytack F, Missiaen L, Robberecht W0Calcium handling proteins in isolated spinal motoneurons.MESH:D002118ChemicalCalciumabstract58Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis is characterized by motoneuron degeneration, in which glutamate-induced cell death is thought to play a pathogenic role. This excitotoxic process is mediated by cytosolic Ca2+ overload. The glutamatergic ionotropic channel molecules, which constitute a major route of Ca2+ entry, were present on cultured spinal motoneurons. Using ratio RT-PCR, the relative presence in isolated motoneurons of the GluR subunits of the alpha-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-isoxazole-propionic acid (AMPA) receptor was evaluated. GluR1 and GluR2 mRNAs were present abundantly, while GluR3 and GluR4 mRNAs were much less abundant. The relative amount of mRNAs encoding the different protein isoforms responsible for Ca2+ uptake into the internal stores and for controlled release of Ca2+ from these stores was also determined. For the sarco/endoplasmic reticulum Ca2+ ATPases (SERCAs), only the SERCA2b class 4 splice variant was found. The inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate receptor (IP3R) mRNAs were mainly transcribed from the IP3RI and IP3RII genes. Heterogeneity was also observed for the ryanodine receptors (RyR) as the RyR1, RyR2 and RyR3 mRNAs were present.MESH:D000690DiseaseAmyotrophic lateral sclerosisMESH:D018698ChemicalglutamateMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+2890Gene20226GluR12891Gene20225GluR22892Gene37353GluR32893Gene20227GluR4MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+3710Gene1675IP3R6261Gene68069RyR16262Gene37423RyR26263Gene68151RyR310574227Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 203-81999titleClementi G, Caruso A, Cutuli VM, Prato A, Mangano NG, Amico-Roxas M0Antiinflammatory activity of adrenomedullin in the acetic acid peritonitis in rats.25026Gene873adrenomedullinMESH:D019342Chemicalacetic acidMESH:D010534Diseaseperitonitis10116Speciesratsabstract84The antiinflammatory effect of ADM was studied in different models of inflammation and compared to the one of CGRP. Peptides were active against acetic acid-induced peritonitis in the rats. ADM and CGRP exerted the antiinflammatory effect at different doses, 400 and 20 ng/kg respectively, but with different efficacy (ADM >CGRP). This effect was blocked by pretreatment with CGRP (8-37) fragment or with L-NAME. No antiinflammatory activity was evidenced against serotonin- or carrageenin-induced rat paw edema. Our data suggest that ADM exerts antiinflammatory activity in the model characterized by a vascular component. This effect involves CGRP receptors and appears to be mediated by nitric oxide system.25026Gene873ADMMESH:D007249Diseaseinflammation24241Gene88337CGRPMESH:D019342Chemicalacetic acidMESH:D010534Diseaseperitonitis10116Speciesrats25026Gene873ADM24241Gene88337CGRP25026Gene873ADM24241Gene88337CGRP24241Gene88337CGRPMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D002351Chemicalcarrageenin10116SpeciesratMESH:D004487Diseaseedema25026Gene873ADM24241Gene88337CGRPMESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxide10574228Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 209-141999titleHenderson GL, Harkey MR, Gershwin ME, Hackman RM, Stern JS, Stresser DM0Effects of ginseng components on c-DNA-expressed cytochrome P450 enzyme catalytic activity.4054Speciesginsengabstract92Because little is known about the interactions between herbal products and standard medications, the effects of seven ginsenosides and two eleutherosides (active components of the ginseng root) on the catalytic activity of c-DNA expressed cytochrome P450 isoforms were studied in in vitro experiments. Increasing concentrations of ginsenosides Rb1, Rb2, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and Rg1 and eleutherosides B and E were incubated with a panel of recombinant human CYP isoforms (CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, CYP2D6 and CYP3A4) and their effects on the conversion of specific surrogate substrates measured fluorometrically in a 96-well plate format. For each test substance, the IC50 (the concentration required to inhibit the metabolism of the surrogate substrates by 50%) was estimated and this value compared with that obtained for positive control inhibitory drugs furafylline, sulfaphenazole, tryanylcypromine, quinidine, and ketoconizole. Of the components tested, three ginsenosides (Rd, Rc, and Rf) modified the activity of the recombinant enzymes. Ginsenoside Rd produced weak inhibitory activity against the surrogate substrates for CYP3A4 and CYP2D6 and even weaker inhibitory activity against the surrogate substrates for CYP2C19 and CYP2C9. The IC50 values of 58 and 74 uM for the two substrates for CYP3A4 are orders of magnitude higher than that for the potent inhibitor ketoconazole used as a positive control. Ginsenoside Rc produced an increase in the activity of CYP2C9 (70% at 200 uM) and ginsenoside Rf produced an increase in the activity of CYP3A4 (54% at 200 uM). The biological significance of this is unclear at this time. Enzyme "activation", the process by which direct addition of one compound to an enzyme enhances the rate of reaction of the substrate, has been observed in a number of cases with P450 enzymes; however, a matrix effect caused by the test compound fluorescing at the same wavelength as the metabolite of the marker substrate cannot be ruled out. In summary, these studies suggest that the ginsenosides and eleutherosides tested are not likely to inhibit the metabolism of coadministered medications in which the primary route of elimination is via cytochrome P450; the potential of ginsenosides to enhance the catalysis of certain substrates requires further investigation.MESH:D036145Chemicalginsenosides4054SpeciesginsengMESH:D036145Chemicalginsenosides5925Gene272Rb15934Gene4098Rb25506Gene48124Rg19606Specieshuman9360Gene3520CYP1544Gene68082CYP1A21559Gene133566CYP2C91557Gene133565CYP2C191565Gene133550CYP2D61576Gene111391CYP3A4MESH:C050131ChemicalfurafyllineMESH:D013426Chemicalsulfaphenazole-ChemicaltryanylcypromineMESH:D011802Chemicalquinidine-ChemicalketoconizoleMESH:D036145ChemicalginsenosidesMESH:D036145ChemicalGinsenoside1576Gene111391CYP3A41565Gene133550CYP2D61557Gene133565CYP2C191559Gene133566CYP2C91576Gene111391CYP3A4MESH:D007654ChemicalketoconazoleMESH:C044462ChemicalGinsenoside Rc1559Gene133566CYP2C9MESH:C055328Chemicalginsenoside Rf1576Gene111391CYP3A4MESH:D036145ChemicalginsenosidesMESH:D036145Chemicalginsenosides10574229Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 215-201999titleLiong E, Kong SK, Au KK, Li JY, Xu GY, Lee YL, Kwok TT, Choy YM, Lee CY, Fung KP0Inhibition of glucose uptake and suppression of glucose transporter 1 mRNA expression in L929 cells by tumour necrosis factor-alpha.MESH:D005947Chemicalglucose20512Gene20882glucose transporter 1MESH:D009336Diseasetumour necrosisabstract133Recombinant human tumour necrosis factor-alpha (rhTNF-alpha) arrested the growth and suppressed glucose uptake of mouse fibrosarcoma L929 cells in vitro. When the cells were treated with rhTNF-alpha for 24 hours, the mRNA level of glucose transporter 1 (GLUT 1), which is the only GLUT found to be present in L929 cells in our study, was suppressed in a dose-dependent manner. Since the growth of tumour cells depends mainly on glucose catabolism, our findings may indicate that rhTNF-alpha inhibits L929 cells growth by lowering the glucose transport through suppression of GLUT 1 mRNA expression in the cells.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D009336Diseasetumour necrosisMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D005354Diseasefibrosarcoma20512Gene20882glucose transporter 120512Gene20882GLUT 120512Gene20882GLUTMESH:D009369DiseasetumourMESH:D018149Diseaseglucose catabolismMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose20512Gene20882GLUT 110574230Life Sci.; 1999; 65(15) 221-311999titleZhu D, Li R, Liu G, Hua W0Nimodipine inhibits calcium-independent nitric oxide synthase activity in transient focal cerebral ischemia rats and cultured mouse astroglial cells.MESH:D009553ChemicalNimodipineMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002545Diseasecerebral ischemia10116Speciesrats10090Speciesmouseabstract150The effect of nimodipine on nitric oxide synthase (NOS) activities in brains in transient focal cerebral ischemia rats, in cultured mouse neurons and astroglial cells and bovine brain capillary endothelial cells (BCECs) was investigated. The administration of nimodipine (3 mg.kg(-1), p.o., twice a day, for 3 days) before middle cerebral artery (MCA) occlusion significantly reduced infarct size, decreased nitrite/nitrate (NOx) content and inhibited Ca2+-independent NOS activity in the infarct area. Nimodipine inhibited the Ca2+-independent NOS activity induced by lipopolysaccharide (LPS) + tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF alpha) in mouse astroglial cells with an IC50 value of 0.036+/-0.003 mM and Ca2+-dependent NOS activity in mouse neurons with an IC50 value of 0.047+/-0.003 mM, but did not affect Ca2+-dependent NOS activity in BCECs. The inhibition of Ca2+-independent NOS activity by nimodipine in astroglial cells was competitive with respect to L-arginine. Nimodipine also inhibited the induction of Ca2+-independent NOS activity in vitro. These results suggest that nimodipine in addition to its cerebral vasodilating effect may protect brain from ischemic neuronal damage through modifying NOS activity.MESH:D009553ChemicalnimodipineMESH:D002545Diseasefocal cerebral ischemia10116Speciesrats10090Speciesmouse9913SpeciesbovineMESH:D009553ChemicalnimodipineMESH:D020244Diseasemiddle cerebral artery (MCA) occlusion significantly reduced infarctMESH:D009573ChemicalnitriteMESH:D009566ChemicalnitrateMESH:C024270ChemicalNOxMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D009553ChemicalNimodipineMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D008070ChemicallipopolysaccharideMESH:D008070ChemicalLPS21926Gene496tumor necrosis factor alpha21926Gene496TNF alpha10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D009553ChemicalnimodipineMESH:D001120ChemicalL-arginineMESH:D009553ChemicalNimodipineMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D009553ChemicalnimodipineMESH:D002545Diseaseischemic neuronal damage10574231Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1571-981999titleShaw C, Abrams K, Marteau TM0Psychological impact of predicting individuals' risks of illness: a systematic review.abstract87The aim of this review is to determine the frequency and circumstances under which predicting individuals' risk of illness has adverse psychological effects. Using systematic review methodology, the literature was searched for studies that had assessed the adverse psychological outcomes of risk assessment programmes. The outcomes investigated are emotional (anxiety, depression, distress) cognitive (intrusive thoughts, perceptions of health) and behaviour (work absenteeism). The impact of both positive and negative test results are summarised in terms of the number of studies showing significant effects between and within groups in the short (one month or less) and longer term (more than one month). Where sufficient data were available, a meta-analysis was conducted to assess effect size. Fifty-four studies met the criteria for inclusion. The studies assessed the impact of informing individuals about cardiovascular risk (21), risk of AIDS (eight), risk of cancer (10), risk of Huntington's disease (10), risk of diabetes (two), risk of spinocerebellar ataxia (one) and risk of osteoporosis (two). Overall, the quality of studies assessed was limited, with only two using a randomised design to determine the psychological impact of risk assessment. Receiving a positive test result was associated in the short term in the great majority of studies with depression, anxiety, poorer perceptions of health and psychological distress. Data were available for a quantitative synthesis of results on three outcomes, anxiety, depression and distress. Anxiety and depression were significantly higher in those tested positive compared with those tested negative in the short term but not the longer term. Distress could only be assessed in the longer term: there was no evidence of an increase for those receiving positive test results. The five experimental studies that reported interventions aimed at preventing some of these adverse effects all reported favourable results. There was little evidence of any adverse psychological effects of receiving an unfavourable test result. Adverse psychological effects are a common immediate consequence of positive test results following risk assessment. Results from the few experimental studies reviewed suggest that these adverse outcomes should not be seen as inevitable.MESH:D001008DiseaseanxietyMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D000163DiseaseAIDSMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D006816DiseaseHuntington's diseaseMESH:D003920DiseasediabetesMESH:D020754Diseasespinocerebellar ataxiaMESH:D010024DiseaseosteoporosisMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D001008DiseaseanxietyMESH:D001008DiseaseanxietyMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D001008DiseaseAnxiety and depression10574232Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1599-6141999titleBond KC, Valente TW, Kendall C0Social network influences on reproductive health behaviors in urban northern Thailand.abstract87Prevention approaches for reproductive health have evolved from an emphasis on individually focused models of behavior change to a recognition that risk reduction occurs within a context of social norms. Prevention programs can be improved by understanding how social structure influences sexual behavior and using that understanding to develop strategies for positive change. In a dynamic, urban context, communities are better conceptualized as informal networks of ties. These network structures may help to protect, or conversely, expose members to reproductive risk behaviors. Using data from a study of social and sexual networks conducted in northern Thailand, this article describes partner relations and social structure in the modern, urban context, and illustrates the links between individual, relational and structural properties and reproductive risk behaviors. Triangulation of ethnographic, survey and social network data collection and analytic tools provide an opportunity to interpret individual behaviors, meanings of relationships and structural properties of networks. Intervention approaches should build on existing networks, and address the complex meanings of romantic and sexual partnerships.10574233Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1615-221999titleMeyer CS0Family focus or career focus: controlling for infertility.MESH:D007247Diseaseinfertilityabstract59In order to shed light on the direction of causality between fertility timing and earnings, this paper uses medical diagnoses of infertility as instruments for age at first birth (for those women who did give birth) and childlessness among married women. Although multivariate ordinary least squares regression results find a positive correlation between childbirth at later ages and higher wages as well as between childlessness and increased wages, delays in childbearing due to infertility do not significantly increase a woman's wages. Thus, data from the 1995 National Survey of Family Growth (NSFG) indicate that delaying childbirth does not, by itself, guarantee higher wages in the labor market. Therefore, this study does not support the conventional notion of the 'mommy track' in which career success and motherhood are incompatible.MESH:D007247Diseaseinfertility9606Specieswomen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D007247Diseaseinfertility9606Specieswoman10574234Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1623-361999titleGeronimus AT, Bound J, Waidmann TA0Health inequality and population variation in fertility-timing.abstract64We estimate the impact of fertility-timing on the chances that children in poor urban African American communities will have surviving and able-bodied parents until maturity. To do so, we use census and vital statistics data to compute age- and sex-specific rates of mortality and functional limitation among prime-aged adult residents of impoverished African American areas in Harlem, Detroit, Chicago, and the Watts area of Los Angeles and for blacks and whites nationwide. Findings are consistent with the hypothesis that the early fertility-timing characteristic of poor urban African American populations mitigates some of the costs to families associated with excess mortality and early health deterioration in young through middle adulthood.9606Specieschildren10574235Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1637-491999titleHope S, Power C, Rodgers B0Does financial hardship account for elevated psychological distress in lone mothers?abstract85Lone mothers have been shown to have higher levels of psychological distress than married mothers, but it is not clear how this difference arises. Using data from the 1958 British birth cohort followed to age 33, we investigated alternative explanations for the excess distress of lone mothers. Logistic regression models were used to estimate odds ratios for distress (measured using the Malaise Inventory) in lone vs married mothers. Odds ratios were adjusted to assess the contribution of explanatory factors. At age 33, psychological distress was greater among lone than married mothers (OR 2.59, 95% CI 1.97, 3.41). The odds ratio decreased to 1.43 (95% CI 1.02, 2.01) after adjustment for all explanatory factors (prior psychological distress, age of youngest child and number of children in the household, and contemporary measures of financial hardship, employment, and social support). Attenuation of the odds ratio was most marked after taking account of financial hardship. Psychological distress was greater among divorced mothers than never married mothers, though not significantly (OR = 1.70, 95% CI 0.88, 3.28). This difference was not explained by the factors examined, and was not due to the immediate distress associated with a recent divorce. Elevated psychological distress of lone mothers appears to be related to financial hardship, while other explanations, including social support and selection, have a more modest impact. Not all of the elevated psychological distress among lone mothers was accounted for, particularly among divorced lone mothers.9606Specieschild9606Specieschildren10574236Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1651-611999titleRomito P, Saurel-Cubizolles MJ, Lelong N0What makes new mothers unhappy: psychological distress one year after birth in Italy and France.abstract97The aim of this report is to present results on the factors associated with psychological distress in 724 Italian and 629 French women 12 months after birth. The prevalence of distress was ascertained by the 12-item Goldberg Health Questionnaire (GHQ), using a cut-off score of > 5. Results show that, in both countries, after controlling for previous psychological health, the variables significantly associated with mothers' distress were: an unsatisfactory couple relationship; lack of a confidante; a baby with serious health problems, financial worries. In Italy, also being an older mother and a discrepancy between actual and desired employment status were associated with a high GHQ score. These results point out to the high prevalence of mothers' psychological distress in Latin countries too, and stress the role played by family and social factors.9606Specieswomen-ChemicalGHQ10574237Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1663-761999titleKugelmann R0Complaining about chronic pain.MESH:D010146Diseasepainabstract32This paper examines how a group of working class people describes and experiences chronic pain. This hermeneutical-phenomenological study concentrates on the lived body of pain from three perspectives, drawing on interviews with 14 people who were attending a pain management program. First I consider the terms in which pain is circumscribed in the narratives, stories told in the context of learning to manage pain. These terms are polarities, ways of specifying and legitimating pain in relation to "mind" and "body." Pain, in the discursive polarities that define it, is the private property of an individual, who must in some fashion prove that pain exists in an objective manner. The speaker, in this discourse, stands as the one responsible for the production of pain. In the second part, the analysis turns to what this discourse reveals about pain as a lived body phenomenon. Here the analysis centers upon the torment of having to inhabit the intolerable, upon how pain unmakes the lifeworld of the sufferer, and how, simultaneously, people make pain. The place of pain is the body, as body-in-place. The place of pain is at the boundaries of human dwelling, a kind of non-place, expressed metaphorically as "prison" or "homelessness." Finally, after these considerations of how pain is described, in part three, I turn to the act of "saying" pain, that is, to the narratives as addressed to someone else. The participants were not simply dispensing information; they were saying something to me. The narratives had the form of complaints. The form of the narratives, in the context of the pain program, was a quasi-legal call to rectify wrongs.9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasePainMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpeciespeopleMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpecieshumanMESH:D010146DiseasepainMESH:D010146Diseasepain9606SpeciesparticipantsMESH:D010146Diseasepain10574238Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1677-871999titleBakken R, Jezewska-Zychowicz M, Winter M0Household nutrition and health in Poland.abstract42Data from 600 households in the province of Lublin, Poland, are used to assess the relationships among self-rated household health, change in health status, sociodemographic characteristics, food purchasing behavior changes, and health care seeking behaviors. High ratings of health are enjoyed by rural families headed by comparatively young individuals with high education. Average household health is also a function of household changes in food purchasing behavior over the past 5 years and per capita consumption of starch-based foods. Families consuming greater proportions of bread and potatoes and purchasing foods of reduced quality, quantity, and price experience lower average levels of subjective physical health than other families. Reduction or postponement of medical or dental care over the past 5 years did not affect health status in this model.MESH:D013213Chemicalstarch4113Speciespotatoes10574239Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1689-7031999titlePalmer CA, Lush L, Zwi AB0The emerging international policy agenda for reproductive health services in conflict settings.abstract96Over the past 20 years, shifts in the nature of conflict and the sheer numbers of civilians affected have given rise to increasing concern about providing appropriate health services in unstable settings. Concurrently, international health policy attention has focused on sexual and reproductive health issues and finding effective methods of addressing them. This article reviews the background to the promotion and development of reproductive health services for conflict-affected populations. It employs qualitative methods to analyse the development of policy at international level. First we examine the extent to which reproductive health is on the policy agendas of organisations active in humanitarian contexts. We then discuss why and how this has come about, and whether the issue has sufficient support to ensure effective implementation. Our findings demonstrate that reproductive health is clearly on the agenda for agencies working in these settings, as measured by a range of established criteria including the amount of new resources being attracted to this area and the number of meetings and publications devoted to this issue. There are, however, barriers to the full and effective implementation of reproductive health services. These barriers include the hesitation of some field-workers to prioritise reproductive health and the number and diversity of the organisations involved in implementation. The reasons for these barriers are discussed in order to highlight areas for action before effective reproductive health service provision to these populations can be ensured.10574240Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1705-161999titleStreefland P, Chowdhury AM, Ramos-Jimenez P0Patterns of vaccination acceptance.abstract36Immunization is one of the major public health interventions to prevent childhood morbidity and death. The Expanded Programme on Immunization has gathered momentum worldwide since 1974. The range of vaccines in the programme is being expanded in the years to come. All across the globe, a high level of vaccination coverage has been reached and now needs to be sustained. In part, the coverage has been made possible by the broad acceptance of vaccinations, although there are variations resulting in different configurations of fully, partially and non-immunized children. Using the results of studies carried out by the Social Science and Immunization Project in Bangladesh, Ethiopia, India, Malawi, the Netherlands and the Philippines, this article describes and discusses patterns of vaccination acceptance and non-acceptance. It shows how context affects acceptance of vaccinations, and analyses the underlying reasons behind refusal and resistance. The article also develops conceptual tools for the analysis of acceptance and non-acceptance and discusses explanatory theoretical perspectives.MESH:D003643Diseasedeath9606Specieschildren10574241Soc Sci Med; 1999 Dec; 49(12) 1717-221999titleFrank E, Dell ML, Chopp R0Religious characteristics of US women physicians.9606Specieswomenabstract50Physicians' religious attributes are unknown, and may affect patient care. The Women Physicians' Health Study (WPHS) is a random sample (n = 4501 respondents, 59% response rate) of US women physicians aged 30-70; the first large, national study of US women physicians. In this study US women physicians were less likely to be Christian than were other Americans (61.2% of women physicians versus 85.1% of the general population), but were more likely to be Jewish (13.2% vs 2.0%), Buddhist (1.4% vs 0.3%), Hindu (3.9% vs 0.4%), or atheist/agnostic (5.9% vs 0.6%). Protestantism (29.3% of the population) and Catholicism (24.9%) were the most commonly reported religious identities. The strongest religious identity was claimed by Mormons and Seventh Day Adventists. Thus, women physicians' religious beliefs differ from those of the general population in the US. This may be particularly important for physicians practicing with patient populations with different religious affiliations, and in addressing clinical questions with ethical or religious dimensions.9606Speciespatient9606SpeciesWomen9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomen9606Specieswomen9606Speciespatient10574267Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 3821999title0Veterinarian awarded World Food Prize.abstract3910574268Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 383-41999title0Replacement of quarantine: BVA highlights concerns about enforcement...abstract7210574269Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 384-51999title0As minister sets out the government's strategy for change.abstract5910574270Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 387-81999title0Depressed state of the livestock sector reflected in submissions to the VLA.abstract7710574271Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 389-931999titleO Sullivan EN0Two-year study of bovine hepatic abscessation in 10 abattoirs in County Cork, Ireland.9913Speciesbovineabstract87The livers from 6337, 12- to 16-month-old heifers slaughtered in 10 domestic abattoirs over a period of two years were examined; 368 (5.8 per cent) had gross lesions, of which 120 (1.9 per cent) had abscesses, 74 (1.17 per cent) had only scarring, and 44 (0.7 per cent) had telangiectasis (so-called 'sawdust' liver). Of the 120 livers in which abscesses were detected, 53 (44 per cent) had a single large abscess (>4 cm diameter), 44 (36.6 per cent) had a single small abscess (<4 cm), and 23 (19 per cent) had more than two abscesses; in 20 of them (16.6 per cent) the abscesses were resolving, and in 10 (8.3 per cent) the abscesses were ruptured. Forty-three (35.8 per cent) of the livers with abscesses had adhesions to the diaphragm and diaphragmatic lung lobes, three (2.5 per cent) had adhesions to other abdominal organs, 12 (10 per cent) also had scarring and two (1.7 per cent) also had lesions due to liver fluke. There was no significant association between the liver fluke lesions and the abscesses. In 46 (38.3 per cent) of the livers the abscesses were located in the mid-dorsal diaphragmatic or dorsocranial area of the liver; 28 (23.3 per cent) were adjacent to the posterior vena cava and could as a result have caused thromboembolic disease. Clinical signs attributable to the abscesses were observed in only one animal.MESH:D013684Diseasetelangiectasis6192Speciesliver flukeMESH:D017093Diseaseliver fluke lesionsMESH:D013923Diseasethromboembolic disease10574272Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 393-61999titleWotton SB, Wilkins LJ0Effect of very low pulsed direct currents at high frequency on the return of neck tension in broilers.abstract103Broiler chickens were stunned electrically for one second or 10 seconds with a unipolar pulsed direct current (DC) at 550 Hz. The effectiveness of the stun was assessed from the birds' behaviour. All the birds were stunned effectively when more than 15 mA true root mean square DC was applied for either period. An increase in the duration of the applied current resulted in an increased duration of unconsciousness. However, the unipolar pulsed DC at 550 Hz did not induce cardiac arrest, and it must therefore be accompanied by a prompt and effective neck cut, severing both carotid arteries.9031Specieschickens-ChemicalDC-ChemicalDCMESH:D006323Diseasecardiac arrest10574273Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 397-91999titleVoorspoels J, D Haese E, De Craene BA, Vervaet C, De Riemaecker D, Deprez P, Nelis H, Remon JP0Pharmacokinetics of florfenicol after treatment of pigs with single oral or intramuscular doses or with medicated feed for three days.MESH:C035534Chemicalflorfenicol9823Speciespigsabstract135The pharmacokinetics of florfenicol, a structural analogue of thiamphenicol, were studied in six pigs after single oral and intramuscular doses of 15 mg/kg bodyweight, and after feeding them with medicated feed containing 250 mg/kg for three days, a concentration which provided approximately the same dose rate of the drug. The oral doses contained a specially prepared pelleted formulation of the drug. The bioavailability of the drug was similar for the oral and intramuscular doses. Florfenicol was absorbed rapidly from the feed and its concentration in plasma remained between 2 and 6 microg/ml - above the minimum inhibitory concentration values for common pig pathogens - during the three days.MESH:C035534ChemicalflorfenicolMESH:D013839Chemicalthiamphenicol9823SpeciespigsMESH:C035534ChemicalFlorfenicol9823Speciespig10574274Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 400-31999titlede la Puente-Redondo VA, Gutiérrez-Martín CB, Pérez-Martínez C, del Blanco NG, García-Iglesias MJ, Pérez-García CC, Rodríguez-Ferri EF0Epidemic infection caused by Citrobacter rodentium in a gerbil colony.MESH:D004671DiseaseEpidemic infection67825SpeciesCitrobacter rodentiumabstract71Non-motile, Gram-negative rods, isolated from the intestinal tract and kidney of several dead animals in a gerbil colony, were identified as Citrobacter rodentium (formerly included in C. freundii species) on the basis of 31 biochemical tests. The isolates were tested against 40 antimicrobial agents and were all susceptible to ticarcillin plus clavulanate, ceftazidime and most of the quinolones studied, but were all resistant to most of the penicillins and aminoglycosides tested, and to fosfomycin, metronidazole and tiamulin. This bacterial species has been primarily associated with transmissible murine colonic hyperplasia, and this appears to be the first report of an epidemic infection in a gerbil colony with a fatal outcome in most of the animals affected.67825SpeciesCitrobacter rodentium546SpeciesC. freundiiMESH:D013982ChemicalticarcillinMESH:D019818ChemicalclavulanateMESH:D002442ChemicalceftazidimeMESH:D015363ChemicalquinolonesMESH:D010406ChemicalpenicillinsMESH:D000617ChemicalaminoglycosidesMESH:D005578ChemicalfosfomycinMESH:D008795ChemicalmetronidazoleMESH:C014224Chemicaltiamulin10090SpeciesmurineMESH:D006965Diseasecolonic hyperplasiaMESH:D004671Diseaseepidemic infection10574275Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 404-51999titleLong SE038,XX/38,XY chromosome chimaerism in three feline siblings.abstract6010574276Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 405-61999titleHoinville L, McLean AR, Hoek A, Gravenor MB, Wilesmith J0Scrapie occurrence in Great Britain.abstract3710574277Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 4081999titleColes GC, Brown SN, Trembath CM0Pyrantel-resistant large strongyles in racehorses.MESH:D011715ChemicalPyrantelabstract5110574278Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 4081999titleSwift S0Recall of '999' microchips.abstract2810574279Vet. Rec.; 1999 Oct 02; 145(14) 4081999titleCook RR0Veterinary medicines and the FSA.84162Gene52105FSAabstract3410574280Clin. Auton. Res.; 1999 Aug; 9(4) 165-771999titleHilz MJ, Azelrod FB, Schweibold G, Kolodny EH0Sympathetic skin response following thermal, electrical, acoustic, and inspiratory gasp stimulation in familial dysautonomia patients and healthy persons.MESH:D004402Diseasefamilial dysautonomia9606Speciespatients9606Speciespersonsabstract155To determine whether sympathetic skin response (SSR) testing evaluates afferent small or efferent sympathetic nerve fiber dysfunction, we studied SSR in patients with familial dysautonomia (FD) in whom both afferent small and efferent sympathetic fibers are largely reduced. We analyzed whether the response pattern to a combination of stimuli specific for large or small fiber activation allows differentiation between afferent and efferent small fiber dysfunction. In 52 volunteers and 13 FD patients, SSR was studied at palms and soles after warm, cold and heat as well as electrical, acoustic, and inspiratory gasp stimulation. In addition, thermal thresholds were assessed at four body sites using a Thermotest device (Somedic; Stockholm, Sweden). In volunteers, any stimulus induced reproducible SSRs. Only cold failed to evoke SSR in two volunteers. In all FD patients, electrical SSR was present, but amplitudes were reduced. Five patients had no acoustic SSR, four had no inspiratory SSR. Thermal SSR was absent in 10 patients with abnormal thermal perception and present in one patient with preserved thermal sensation. In two patients, thermal SSR was present only when skin areas with preserved temperature perception were stimulated. In patients with FD, preserved electrical SSR demonstrated the overall integrity of the SSR reflex but amplitude reduction suggested impaired sudomotor activation. SSR responses were dependent on the perception of the stimulus. In the presence of preserved electrical SSR, absent thermal SSR reflects afferent small fiber dysfunction. A combination of SSR stimulus types allows differentiation between afferent small or efferent sympathetic nerve fiber dysfunction.MESH:D000071075Diseasenerve fiber dysfunction9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004402Diseasefamilial dysautonomiaMESH:D004402DiseaseFDMESH:D004402DiseaseFD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004402DiseaseFD9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004402DiseaseFDMESH:D000071075Diseasenerve fiber dysfunction10574281Clin. Auton. Res.; 1999 Aug; 9(4) 179-831999titleLagi A, Tamburini C, Fattorini L, Cencetti S0Autonomic control of heart rate variability in vasovagal syncope: a study of the nighttime period in 24-hour recordings.MESH:D019462Diseasevasovagal syncopeabstract121Patients experiencing vasovagal syncope have been claimed to show reduced vagal tone over 24-hour electrocardiography recordings. Assessment of sympathovagal balance in the absence of external stimuli, i.e., nighttime electrocardiography monitoring, might help to clarify if increased sympathetic activity is present in these patients. Heart rate variability was examined at nighttime in 40 patients with recurrent episodes of vasovagal syncope within the last 2 years (22 men; mean age, 37 years) and 20 comparable healthy volunteers. Time domain parameters (pNN50 [proportion of successive RR intervals difference >50 ms in %] and rMSSD [root-mean-square successive difference of RR intervals in ms]), indexes of vagal tone, and frequency domain parameters, expressing the overall heart rate variability, vagal (high frequency [HF]) and sympathetic (low frequency [LF]) activity, and autonomic balance (LF/HF ratio) were compared between groups by Mann-Whitney test. Significant (p<0.05) reduction of heart rate variability and vagal tone (pNN50 and rMSSD) were found for patients with vasovagal syncope, together with increased sympathetic activity (increased LF/HF ratio). These findings could open new insights in the pathogenesis of vasovagal syncope because of the shift of the autonomic balance toward sympathetic activation near the syncopal episode.9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D019462Diseasevasovagal syncope9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019462Diseasevasovagal syncope9606Speciesmen9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019462Diseasevasovagal syncopeMESH:D019462Diseasevasovagal syncopeMESH:D013575Diseasesyncopal episode10574282Clin. Auton. Res.; 1999 Aug; 9(4) 185-921999titleJellema WT, Imholz BP, Oosting H, Wesseling KH, van Lieshout JJ0Estimation of beat-to-beat changes in stroke volume from arterial pressure: a comparison of two pressure wave analysis techniques during head-up tilt testing in young, healthy men.MESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606Speciesmenabstract181OBJECTIVE: The aim of this study was to compare beat-to-beat changes in stroke volume (SV) estimated by two different pressure wave analysis techniques during orthostatic stress testing: pulse contour analysis and Modelflow, i.e., simulation of a three-element model of aortic input impedance. METHODS: A reduction in SV was introduced in eight healthy young men (mean age, 25; range, 19-32 y) by a 30-minute head-up tilt maneuver. Intrabrachial and noninvasive finger pressure were monitored simultaneously. Beat-to-beat changes in SV were estimated from intrabrachial pressure by pulse contour analysis and Modelflow. In addition, the relative differences in Modelflow SV obtained from intrabrachial pressure and noninvasive finger pressure were assessed. RESULTS: Beat-to-beat changes in Modelflow SV from intrabrachial pressure were comparable with pulse contour measures. The relative difference between the two methods amounted to 0.1+/-1% (mean +/- SEM) and was not dependent on the duration of tilt. The difference between Modelflow applied to intrabrachial pressure and finger pressure amounted to -2.7+/-1.3% (p = 0.04). This difference was not dependent on the duration of tilt or level of arterial pressure. CONCLUSIONS: Based on different mathematical models of the human arterial system, pulse contour and Modelflow compute similar changes in SV from intrabrachial pressure during orthostatic stress testing in young healthy men. The magnitude of the difference in SV derived from intrabrachial and finger pressure may vary among subjects; Modelflow SV from noninvasive finger pressure tracks fast and brisk changes in SV derived from intrabrachial pressure.MESH:D020521Diseasestroke9606Speciesmen9606Specieshuman9606Speciesmen10574283Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1671-971999titleBinnie CD, Stefan H0Modern electroencephalography: its role in epilepsy management.MESH:D004827Diseaseepilepsyabstract64Epilepsy is the area in which electroencephalography is probably of greatest potential clinical value, and yet is most abused. In general, the sensitivity of the waking interictal EEG for detecting epilepsy and its specificity for distinguishing epilepsy from other episodic disorders are both very limited, and routine examination for diagnostic screening or follow up is of little value. However, as this review attempts to demonstrate, EEG is of crucial importance for answering specific, clearly defined questions which commonly arise in the management of seizure disorders, especially so, when non-routine and if necessary complex investigations are undertaken, to address the problems of individual patients.MESH:D004827DiseaseEpilepsyMESH:D004827DiseaseepilepsyMESH:D004827DiseaseepilepsyMESH:D013575Diseaseepisodic disordersMESH:D004827Diseaseseizure disorders9606Speciespatients10574284Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1698-91999titleCheron G0Is the frontal N30 component of the somatosensory evoked potentials a reliable physiological index of the dopaminergic motor pathways?abstract13510574285Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1700-71999titlePierantozzi M, Mazzone P, Bassi A, Rossini PM, Peppe A, Altibrandi MG, Stefani A, Bernardi G, Stanzione P0The effect of deep brain stimulation on the frontal N30 component of somatosensory evoked potentials in advanced Parkinson's disease patients.MESH:D010300DiseaseParkinson's disease9606Speciespatientsabstract143OBJECTIVES: In the present study we investigated whether in advanced Parkinson's disease (PD) patients the frontal component of short somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) to median nerve stimulation may be modified by basal ganglia deep brain stimulation (DBS). METHODS: We recorded the SEPs in 6 PD patients undergoing bilateral functional neurosurgery in the internal globus pallidus (GPi) (4 patients) and in the nucleus subthalamicus (STN) (two patients) during ineffective and effective bilateral BDS. Pre-operatively, the SEPs were also recorded in off therapy and during apomorphine infusion. RESULTS: From the evaluation of the latency and the amplitude characteristics of the major parietal (N20 and P25) and frontal (N30) components, we observed that whereas the parietal waves did not vary in any condition, the N30 potential showed a remarkable amplitude increase during apomorphine as well as during effective bilateral GPi or STN DBS. Furthermore, after the stimulators were turned off we noticed that the N30 amplitude potential progressively faded almost in parallel with the attenuation of DBS clinical effects. CONCLUSIONS: Our results lead to the conclusion that the bilateral DBS of both GPi and STN is really effective in producing a selective increase of frontal N30 amplitude probably improving the supplementary motor area functional activity, but these results do not clarify whether this amelioration is due to a central or a 'long loop' mechanism.MESH:D010300DiseaseParkinson's diseaseMESH:D010300DiseasePD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001480Diseasebasal ganglia deep brainMESH:D010300DiseasePD9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients1917Gene121568STN9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001058Chemicalapomorphine11076Gene21389P25MESH:D001058Chemicalapomorphine1917Gene121568STN1917Gene121568STN10574286Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1708-161999titleKondacs A, Szabó M0Long-term intra-individual variability of the background EEG in normals.abstract73OBJECTIVES: Forty-five healthy adult volunteers underwent repeated qEEG examinations with retest intervals 25-62 months in order to investigate the long-term intra-individual variability of several qEEG features such as, absolute and relative power, power asymmetry, coherence, mean and peak frequency and entropy. Prior to any computations all parameters were transformed to Z-scores on the basis of a normal database. METHODS: Correlation coefficients were used to test the effect of the time on the test-retest differences. Correlation coefficients were also computed between baseline and retest values, as a measure of intra-individual stability, to make our results comparable to most literature data. By computing the standard deviations for test-retest differences, the intra-individual variabilities of the examined parameters were obtained in the unit of inter-individual variability of normal population. The same calculations were carried out with values obtained from the odd and even numbered epochs of the same EEG sections. This way, that portion of the intra-individual variability was estimated that might be introduced even by chance only when the epochs were selected randomly from the same section of EEG conforming to selection criteria. RESULTS: As for our results, further increase of test-retest differences with time after 25 months might be so insignificant that it could not be demonstrated in our test material. The long-term intra-individual variability for most parameters, especially for total absolute power and alpha mean frequency, was less than the inter-individual variability in the normal population. The moment-to-moment variability was least in the case of the absolute power. CONCLUSIONS: Estimates for intra-individual variability expressed this way in Z-scores might easily be used in the follow-up of patients even for a few years.9606Speciespatients10574287Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1717-251999titleZaveri HP, Williams WJ, Sackellares JC, Beydoun A, Duckrow RB, Spencer SS0Measuring the coherence of intracranial electroencephalograms.MESH:D001932Diseaseintracranial electroencephalogramsabstract63OBJECTIVE: Previous coherence studies of human intracranial electroencephalograms (EEGs) can be faulted on two methodological issues: (1) coherence estimates in a majority were formed from a very small number of independent sample spectra, and (2) the statistical significance of coherence estimates was either not reported or was poorly evaluated. Coherence estimator performance may be poor when a small number of independent sample spectra are employed, and the coupling of poor estimation and statistical testing can result in inaccuracy in the measurement of coherence. The performance characteristics of the coherence estimator and statistical testing of coherence estimates are described in this manuscript. METHODS: The bias, variance, probability density functions, and confidence intervals of the estimate of magnitude squared coherence (MSC); and power analysis for the test of zero MSC were developed from the exact analytic form of the probability density function of the estimate of MSC for Gaussian random processes. The coherence of a single epoch of background EEG, recorded from a patient with intractable seizures, was evaluated with different parameter values to aid in the exposition of the concepts developed here. RESULTS: The statistical characteristics of WOSA coherence estimates are a function of a single estimator parameter, the number of independent sample spectra employed in the estimation. Bias and variance are high, confidence intervals may be large, and the probability of Type II errors is high if a small number of independent sample spectra are employed. A considerable improvement in measurement accuracy is possible with careful selection of estimator parameter values. CONCLUSIONS: Coherence measurement accuracy can be improved over previous applications by attention to estimator performance and accurate statistical testing of coherence estimates.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D001932Diseaseintracranial electroencephalograms9606SpeciespatientMESH:D012640DiseaseseizuresMESH:D005776DiseaseType II errors10574288Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1726-401999titlevan der Heyden MJ, Velis DN, Hoekstra BP, Pijn JP, van Emde Boas W, van Veelen CW, van Rijen PC, Lopes da Silva FH, DeGoede J0Non-linear analysis of intracranial human EEG in temporal lobe epilepsy.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D004833Diseasetemporal lobe epilepsyabstract73OBJECTIVE: Intracranial EEG recordings from patients suffering from medically intractable temporal lobe epilepsy were analyzed with the aim of characterizing the dynamics of EEG epochs recorded before and during a seizure and comparing the classification of the EEG epochs on the basis of visual inspection to the results of the numerical analysis. METHODS: The stationarity of the selected EEGs was assessed qualitatively. The coarse-grained correlation dimension and coarse-grained correlation entropy were used for the non-linear characterization of the EEG epochs. RESULTS: High-pass filtering was necessary in order to make the majority of the epochs appear stationarity beyond a time scale of about 2 s. It was found that the dimension of the ictal EEGs decreased with respect to the epochs containing ongoing (interictal) activity. The entropy of the ictal recordings however increased. A scaling of the entropy was applied and it was found that the scaled entropy of the ictal EEG decreased, consistent with the increased regularity of the ictal EEG. The coarse-grained quantities discriminated well between EEG epochs recorded prior to and during seizures at locations displaying ictal activity and classification improved by including the linear autocorrelation time in the analysis. CONCLUSIONS: It is concluded that ictal and non-ictal EEG can be well distinguished on the basis of non-linear analysis. The results are in good agreement with the visual analysis.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004833Diseasetemporal lobe epilepsyMESH:D012640DiseaseseizureMESH:D012640Diseaseseizures10574289Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1741-541999titleBartolomei F, Wendling F, Vignal JP, Kochen S, Bellanger JJ, Badier JM, Le Bouquin-Jeannes R, Chauvel P0Seizures of temporal lobe epilepsy: identification of subtypes by coherence analysis using stereo-electro-encephalography.MESH:D004833DiseaseSeizures of temporal lobe epilepsyabstract123OBJECTIVES: Two subtypes of temporal lobe epilepsy (TLE) according to the structures initially involved during seizures are currently recognized: medial TLE (MTLE) and lateral (or neocortical) TLE (LTLE). A few reports have suggested that the classification of TLE subtypes might be larger according to variations in the interactions between medial structures and the neocortex. In this study, we analyzed these interactions using coherence analysis of stereo-encephalographic (SEEG) signals during spontaneous seizures. METHODS: Twenty-seven patients with drug-resistant TLE, diagnosed from ictal SEEG recordings obtained during pre-surgical evaluation, were studied. Orthogonally implanted depth electrodes with multiple leads according to Talairach's method were used to sample medial and neocortical structures. Coherence analysis of ictal discharges was performed between two SEEG bipolar signals from adjacent leads located either in medial structures (amygdala and hippocampus) or in neocortical regions of the temporal lobe. A new algorithm, which was designed to reduce the bias inherent in coherence estimation, was used to compute the coherence. RESULTS: We were able to classify TLE seizures (TLES) into 4 distinct categories: (1) 'medial' TLES, characterized by medial onset with later involvement of the neocortex in the form of a 'phasic' discharge. High ictal coherence values were observed between medial structures; (2) 'medial-lateral' TLES which started in medial structures with a fast low-voltage discharge (FLVD) which rapidly affects the neocortex (< or = 3 s). High coherence values were observed between medial and lateral structures; (3) 'lateral-medial' TLES, which are different from medial-lateral TLES in that the FLVD starts in the lateral neocortex and involves the amygdala and/or hippocampus almost immediately after; (4) 'lateral' TLES: characterized by a neocortical onset, a delayed involvement of medial structures (when present), and high coherence values between neocortical structures. CONCLUSIONS: These results demonstrate the existence of numerous interactions between medial limbic structures and the neocortex during TLE seizures. Such findings could have implications for surgical strategies and the prognosis of epilepsy surgery, particularly when limited resection is indicated.MESH:D004833Diseasetemporal lobe epilepsyMESH:D004833DiseaseTLEMESH:D012640DiseaseseizuresMESH:D004833DiseaseTLEMESH:D004833DiseaseTLEMESH:D004833DiseaseTLEMESH:D012640Diseaseseizures9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004833DiseaseTLEMESH:D012640DiseaseTLE seizuresMESH:D012640DiseaseTLE seizuresMESH:D004827Diseaseepilepsy10574290Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1755-631999titleKobayashi K, James CJ, Nakahori T, Akiyama T, Gotman J0Isolation of epileptiform discharges from unaveraged EEG by independent component analysis.MESH:D004827Diseaseepileptiformabstract92OBJECTIVE: We propose a method that allows the separation of epileptiform discharges (EDs) from the EEG background, including the ED's waveform and spatial distribution. The method even allows to separate a spike in two components occurring at approximately the same time but having different waveforms and spatial distributions. METHODS: The separation employs independent component analysis (ICA) and is not based on any assumption regarding generator model. A simulation study was performed by generating ten EEG data matrices by computer: each matrix included real background activity from a normal subject to which was added an array of simulated unaveraged EDs. Each discharge was a summation of two transients having slightly different potential field distributions and small jitters in time and amplitude. Real EEG data were also obtained from three epileptic patients. RESULTS: Through ICA, we could isolate the two epileptiform transients in every simulation matrix, and the retrieved transients were almost identical as the originals, especially in their spatial distributions. Two epileptic components were isolated by ICA in all patients. Each estimated epileptic component had a consistent time course. CONCLUSION: ICA appears promising for the separation of unaveraged spikes from the EEG background and their decomposition in independent spatio-temporal components.MESH:D019522Diseaseepileptiform dischargesMESH:C564542DiseaseEDsMESH:C564542DiseaseEDsMESH:D004827Diseaseepileptic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004827DiseaseepileptiformMESH:D004827Diseaseepileptic-ChemicalICA9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004827Diseaseepileptic-ChemicalICA10574291Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1764-731999titleSlobounov S, Tutwiler R, Rearick M, Challis JH0EEG correlates of finger movements with different inertial load conditions as revealed by averaging techniques.abstract112OBJECTIVE: The present study was aimed to further address the general empirical question regarding the sensitivity of EEG correlates toward specific kinematic and/or kinetic movement parameters. In particular, we examined whether adding different inertial loads to the index finger, while a subject produced various amplitudes of discrete finger movements, influenced the movement-related potentials (MRP). METHODS: Our experimental design systematically controlled the angular displacement, velocity and acceleration (kinematic) profiles of finger movement while torque (kinetics) was varied by adding different external loads opposing finger flexion movement. We applied time-domain averaging of EEG single trials in order to extract three movement-related potentials (BP-600 to -500 BP-100 to 0 and N0 to 100) preceding and accompanying 25, 50 and 75 degrees unilateral finger movements with no inertial load, small (100 g) and large (200 g) loading. RESULTS: It was shown that both inertial load and the degree of angular displacement of index finger flexion increased the amplitude of late components of MRP (BP-100 to 0 and N0 to 100) over frontal and precentral areas. In contrast, the external load and movement amplitude manipulations did not influence the earlier component of the MRP (BP- 600 to -500). CONCLUSIONS: Overall, the data demonstrate that adding inertial load to the finger with larger angular displacements involves systematic increase in activation across frontal and precentral areas that are related to movement initiation as reflected in BP-100 to 0 and N0 to 100.65108Gene40748movement-related potentials65108Gene40748MRP65108Gene40748movement-related potentials65108Gene40748MRP65108Gene40748MRPMESH:D009069Diseasemovement initiation10574292Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1774-831999titleLauk M, Köster B, Timmer J, Guschlbauer B, Deuschl G, Lücking CH0Side-to-side correlation of muscle activity in physiological and pathological human tremors.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D014202Diseasetremorsabstract93OBJECTIVE: Many tremors occur always or often bilaterally. The question arises whether this could be explained by a common source or commonly transmitting pathways or by bilaterally represented, independent structures with the same oscillatory properties. A similar tremor frequency does not provide sufficient information to clarify this question. METHODS: We analyze coherencies between surface electromyographies (EMG) to investigate if bilateral physiologic (PT), essential (ET), Parkinsonian (PD) and orthostatic (OT) tremors originate from a common source for both sides of the body. We show that commonly used techniques to test whether coherencies are significant could lead to false positive results for tremor EMGs. A new estimation procedure is proposed to test EMG tremor time series on their linear independence. We apply this test to bilateral tremors. RESULTS: All measured EMG-pairs in OT (n = 7) were highly coherent between both sides with reproducible coherency values of up to 0.99. All other investigated tremors, i.e. PT and enhanced physiological tremors (EPT, n = 117), ET (n = 76) and PD resting and postural tremors (n = 70) do not show a significant side-to-side correlation. CONCLUSIONS: This finding shows that the pathophysiologies of OT and other pathological tremors are definitely different. Either they have different origins or different kinds of transmitting pathways. The proposed method might also be used to investigate other electrophysiological data and is a helpful, easy to use investigation for a daily clinical routine.MESH:D014202DiseasetremorsMESH:D014202DiseasetremorMESH:D010302DiseaseParkinsonianMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D014202DiseasetremorsMESH:D014202Diseasetremor EMGsMESH:D014202DiseasetremorMESH:D014202Diseasebilateral tremorsMESH:D014202DiseasetremorsMESH:D014202DiseasetremorsMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D014202Diseasepostural tremorsMESH:D014202Diseasetremors10574293Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1784-921999titleKolev V, Yordanova J, Schürmann M, Baţar E0Event-related alpha oscillations in task processing.abstract53OBJECTIVES: Recent findings substantiate the view that electroencephalographic (EEG) alpha rhythm (7-13 Hz) is functionally involved in information processing. However, the association of alpha rhythms with cognitive brain processes is less well understood because both augmentation and suppression of alpha oscillations have been observed to accompany task performance. The present study evaluates the effect of task processing on event-related alpha oscillations at the level of single-sweep analysis. METHODS: EEG was recorded from Fz, Cz and Pz electrodes in 10 subjects participating in two experimental sessions, in which auditory stimuli with equal physical parameters were presented under different instructions (passive and task). Separate measurements of single-sweep amplitude and phase-locking were performed and statistically analyzed for consecutive time windows in the poststimulus epoch. RESULTS: Major results show that, during the cognitive task, the phase-locking of alpha oscillations at the frontal site is significantly increased for the time window of 500-1000 ms after stimulation. CONCLUSIONS: The involvement of enhanced and synchronized frontal alpha activity in higher brain processes is strongly emphasized.10574294Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1793-8001999titleSlotnick SD, Klein SA, Carney T, Sutter E, Dastmalchi S0Using multi-stimulus VEP source localization to obtain a retinotopic map of human primary visual cortex.9606Specieshumanabstract105OBJECTIVE: The goal of this study was to acquire a detailed spatial and temporal map of primary visual cortex using a novel VEP stimulus and analysis technique. METHODS: A multi-stimulus array spanning the central 18 degrees of the visual field was used where each of 60 checkerboard stimulus 'patches' was simultaneously modulated with an independent binary m-sequence (Sutter, 1992). VEPs corresponding to each patch were recorded from 3 subjects using a dense posterior electrode array. For each stimulus patch, single dipole source localization was conducted to determine the location, magnitude, and time-function of the underlying neural activation. To reduce ambiguity in the solution, a common time-function was assumed for stimulus patches at the same visual eccentricity (defining an annulus). The analysis was conducted independently for each annulus composed of 4-12 patches. RESULTS: The loci of the dipole solutions followed a smooth retinotopic pattern across annuli consistent with the classical organization of primary visual cortex. Specifically, each dipole was found contralateral to the corresponding stimulus patch and field inversion was observed for all subjects. CONCLUSIONS: Using this technique, the most detailed spatial and temporal retinotopic map of primary visual cortex to date has been obtained.-Chemicaldipole-Chemicaldipole-Chemicaldipole10574295Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1801-131999titleStam CJ, Pijn JP, Suffczynski P, Lopes da Silva FH0Dynamics of the human alpha rhythm: evidence for non-linearity?9606Specieshumanabstract64OBJECT: For a better understanding of the physiological mechanisms responsible for alpha rhythms it is important to know whether non-linear processes play a role in their generation. We used non-linear forecasting in combination with surrogate data testing to investigate the prevalence and nature of alpha rhythm non-linearity, based on EEG recordings from humans. We interpreted these findings using computer simulations of the alpha rhythm model of Lopes da Silva et al. (1974). METHODS: EEGs were recorded at 02 and O1 in 60 healthy subjects (30 males; 30 females; age: 49.28 years; range 11-84) during a resting eyes-closed state. Four artefact-free epochs (2.5 s; sample frequency 200 Hz) from each subject were tested for non-linearity using a non-linear prediction statistic and phase-randomized surrogate data. A similar type of analysis was done on the output of the alpha model for different values of input. RESULTS: In the 480 (60 subjects, 2 derivations, 4 blocks) epochs studied, the null hypothesis that the alpha rhythms can result from linearly filtered noise, could be rejected in 6 cases (1.25%). The alpha model showed a bifurcation from a point attractor to a limit cycle at an input pulse density of 615 pps. Non-linearity could only be detected in the model output close to and beyond this bifurcation point. The sources of the non-linearity are the sigmoidal relationships between average membrane potential and output pulse density of the various cells of the neuronal populations. CONCLUSION: The alpha rhythm is a heterogeneous entity dynamically: 98.75% of the epochs (type I alpha) cannot be distinguished from filtered noise. Apparently, during these epochs the activity of the brain has such a high complexity that it cannot be distinguished from a random process. In 1.25% of the epochs (type II alpha) non-linearity was found which may be explained by dynamics in the vicinity of a bifurcation to a limit cycle. There is thus experimental evidence from the point of view of dynamics for the existence of the two types of alpha rhythm and the bifurcation predicted by the model.9606Specieshumans10574296Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1814-241999titleFuglsang-Frederiksen A, Johnsen B, de Carvalho M, Fawcett PR, Liguori R, Nix W, Schofield I, Vila A0Variation in diagnostic strategy of the EMG examination--a multicentre study.abstract78OBJECTIVES: In order to improve the universal quality of the EMG examination, knowledge about the variation among physicians is needed. METHODS: The variation among physicians in diagnostic strategy or criteria for diagnosing was analysed from a multicentre database with 940 EMG examinations sampled by seven physicians from six laboratories in Europe. RESULTS: For the whole group of patients as well as for the subgroup of patients with polyneuropathy, variation among physicians in examination techniques, number of examined structures per patient and number of abnormal structures per patient required for a diagnosis was found. Some of the variation may be explained by use of different techniques, which showed differences in sensitivity, while some of the variation may be due to differences in diagnostic strategy and criteria for diagnosing. CONCLUSIONS: The study indicates a need for development and revision of international guidelines for EMG practice although implementation of standards requires caution.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D011115Diseasepolyneuropathy9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient10574297Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1825-301999titleSeri S, Cerquiglini A, Pisani F, Curatolo P0Autism in tuberous sclerosis: evoked potential evidence for a deficit in auditory sensory processing.MESH:D014402DiseaseAutism in tuberous sclerosisMESH:D015417Diseasedeficit in auditory sensoryabstract102OBJECTIVE: Autism is a frequent manifestation of tuberous sclerosis complex (TSC) being reported in up to 60% of the patients. Its presence is in association with cortical and subcortical lesions involving the temporal lobes. This study was designed to shed light on the functional mechanisms linking anatomical lesions of TSC and behavioural phenotype by investigating scalp recorded event related potentials to auditory stimuli. METHODS: Fourteen children with TSC, seven of which fulfilled the DSM IV criteria for autistic disorder were selected for this study. All of the subjects underwent high resolution MRI, EEG, brainstem auditory evoked potentials, cognitive and behavioural evaluation. Electrical evoked responses to two different pitches, presented with different probability (80% 1000 Hz, 20% 1500 Hz) were recorded from 21 scalp electrodes in the autistic and non-autistic subgroups, to assess central auditory processing and automatic memory. RESULTS: The first component of the long latency auditory response (N1) had a significantly prolonged latency with lower amplitude in all of the patients with autistic behaviour who, contrary to non-autistics had MRI lesions involving one or both temporal lobes. A mismatch negativity was detected in all subjects and had a longer latency in subjects with autistic behaviour. CONCLUSIONS: To our knowledge this is the first electrophysiological evidence of a deficit in auditory information processing and automatic memory in TSC patients with autistic behaviour.MESH:D001321DiseaseAutismMESH:D014402Diseasetuberous sclerosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D056784Diseasesubcortical lesions9606SpecieschildrenMESH:D001321Diseaseautistic disorderMESH:D001321DiseaseautisticMESH:D001321DiseaseautisticMESH:D008569Diseaseautomatic memory9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001321DiseaseautisticMESH:D001321DiseaseautisticMESH:D008569Diseaseautomatic memory9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001321Diseaseautistic10574298Clin Neurophysiol; 1999 Oct; 110(10) 1831-71999titleRodriguez G, Copello F, Vitali P, Perego G, Nobili F0EEG spectral profile to stage Alzheimer's disease.MESH:D000544DiseaseAlzheimer's diseaseabstract51OBJECTIVE: The present study was undertaken to investigate whether a synoptic parameter of quantitative EEG (qEEG), such as the power spectral profile, may be used as a simple marker to stage Alzheimer's disease (AD) in the clinical setting. METHODS: To this purpose, the qEEG spectral profile was examined in 48 patients (mean age: 73 years) with probable (NINCDS-ADRDA criteria) AD, who were divided into 4 groups, according to the Global Deterioration Scale (GDS; score: 3-6). The spectral profile of each patient was expressed by the relative power of seven frequency bands (2-3.5, 4-5.5, 6-7.5, 8-9.5, 10-11.5, 12-13.5, 14-22.5 Hz). Mean values in each of the four GDS groups as well as in a control group of 18 healthy elderly subjects underwent multivariate analysis of variance. RESULTS: A normally shaped but shifted-to-the left spectral profile was found in GDS 3 group, whereas a reduced background rhythm with various increase in slow activity power characterized both GDS 4 and 5 groups. Finally, an 'exponential asymptotic' profile with the highest power in the lowest frequencies was the hallmark of GDS 6 group. Overall, the 4-5.5 Hz and the 10-11.5 Hz band powers showed the highest statistical significance in differentiating the patient groups between one another and from controls (P < 0.0001). CONCLUSIONS: These data show that spectral profile is a very simple parameter which can be used to stage the disease on a pathophysiological basis.MESH:D000544DiseaseAlzheimer's diseaseMESH:D000544DiseaseAD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000544DiseaseAD9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient10574299Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 593-6061999titleBeattie MC, Longabaugh R0General and alcohol-specific social support following treatment.MESH:D000438Chemicalalcoholabstract65Both general and alcohol-specific support have been shown, albeit inconsistently, to affect drinking behavior. The discrepant findings may be clarified by examining how they work together. In exploratory analysis of clients following private outpatient alcoholism treatment, we found that the two variables add uniquely to the explanation of the variance in proportion of days abstinent (PDA). Both contribute significantly in the short term (3 months posttreatment), but only alcohol-specific support helps to explain variance over the longer term (15 months posttreatment), and alcohol-specific support explains more of the variance in PDA than general support at both time periods. More complex relationships are operating when short-term treatment effects have diminished. Alcohol-specific support mediates the relationship between general support and PDA, and both general social support and alcohol-specific support are moderators of one another in their relationships to PDA. Knowing how different types of social support affect drinking behavior at different intervals following treatment may help treatment providers to better prepare their clients for the posttreatment social environment.MESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606SpeciesoutpatientMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalAlcoholMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol10574300Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 607-311999titleGalaif ER, Newcomb MD0Predictors of polydrug use among four ethnic groups: a 12-year longitudinal study.abstract83We examined adolescent risk and protective constructs associated with adult polydrug use among four ethnic groups. Both mean and relational differences among the constructs were examined by ethnic group. Teenage polydrug use was a significant predictor of adult polydrug use for Caucasians, African-Americans, and Latinos. Although this relationship was not evident for Asians, teenage alcohol use increased adult cigarette use, and early religiosity increased adult alcohol use. Early parental support/bonding predicted less adult Polydrug Use for Caucasians. For Latinos, general social conformity and low liberalism decreased cigarette use as an adult. In general, the implications of the results are that prevention strategies should emphasize the reduction of teenage drug use to decrease adult polydrug use among Caucasians, Latinos, and African-Americans. Future research should examine other possible risk and protective conditions related to adult polydrug use among diverse populations.MESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol10574301Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 633-471999titleMcKay D, Schare ML0The effects of alcohol and alcohol expectancies on subjective reports and physiological reactivity: a meta-analysis.MESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438Chemicalalcoholabstract117The balanced placebo design (BPD) has been used to understand the etiology and maintenance of alcohol consumption. The utility of this design lies in its ability to examine both actual alcohol consumption and the expectation of alcohol consumption. A meta-analysis of the BPD literature was conducted in the context of cue-reactivity, which may be characterized as an experimental phenomenon observed in studies utilizing alcohol. Sixty-four studies were obtained in literature searches and coded for type of experimental setting and cues present during the actual beverage consumption. Lab setting was a moderator for both pharmacological (alcohol) and expectancy effects with the largest effects (in the same direction) noted in natural environment labs (i.e., an easy chair and casual environment). Contrary to predictions, the bar lab produced the smallest effects. Cues present during alcohol consumption served as a moderator of pharmacological effect, with the largest effect observed when alcohol was placed on the rim of the glass. Implications of these findings for cue-reactivity studies and the treatment of alcohol abuse are discussed.MESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000437Diseaseactual alcohol consumptionMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol-ChemicalBPDMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000437Diseasealcohol abuse10574302Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 649-591999titleJoe GW, Simpson DD, Greener JM, Rowan-Szal GA0Integrative modeling of client engagement and outcomes during the first 6 months of methadone treatment.MESH:D008691Chemicalmethadoneabstract105Integrative models containing client and treatment components were tested in a sample of 396 daily opioid users from three methadone maintenance treatment sites. Measures included client motivation at intake as well as repeated assessments of therapeutic engagement (relationships between clients and their counselors, session attendance, and results of urine testing) during the first 6 months of treatment. There was a positive effect of pretreatment motivation on greater engagement and a reciprocal positive relationship between components of engagement and their effects on lowering drug use throughout treatment. Further analyses addressed differential effects of group versus individual counseling and showed that group session attendance was associated with higher rates of drug-negative urines.MESH:D008691Chemicalmethadone10574303Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 661-721999titleNeve RJ, Lemmens PH, Drop MJ0Older and younger male alcoholics in outpatient treatment.9606Speciesoutpatientabstract59In the coming decades, the proportion of the older age groups in the total population, and, therefore, in the alcoholic population, will be increasing. The aim of the study is to assess to what extent older alcoholics form a distinct group within the problem-drinking population. Alcoholics in outpatient treatment of over 50 years of age (n = 52) are compared with those from the modal age group (ages 35-44, n = 55). Results indicate that problems with alcohol are less severe among older alcoholics. Contrary to expectation, older alcoholics did not report more health problems. No differences were observed in the duration of the treatment career. It is concluded that older alcoholics show the same types of problems, but less so than younger alcoholics. Further research is indicated regarding late onset, older alcoholics with multiple diagnosis, and drinking problems in the age group over 70.9606SpeciesoutpatientMESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol10574304Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 673-71999titleKhuder SA, Dayal HH, Mutgi AB0Age at smoking onset and its effect on smoking cessation.abstract58The aim of this study was to examine the relationship between cessation and age at which person starts smoking. Data from a survey of nine neighborhoods in Philadelphia (1985-1987) were analyzed. Interviews were conducted in the home using a structured questionnaire. Participants were from a probability sample (n = 1,700) of males aged 35 years or older. Sixty-six percent of the smokers in this series started smoking before 18 years of age. Smoking cessation rate was 58.1% in Whites and 38.8% in Blacks. Age, race, marital status, education, health condition, amount smoked, and duration of smoking were significant predictors of smoking cessation. Age at initiation of smoking was a significant factor for continuation of smoking. Men who started smoking before 16 years of age had an odds ratio of 2.1 (95% confidence interval: 1.4-3.0) for not quitting smoking compared to those who started at a later age. These findings emphasize the need for prevention program targeted to children below 16 years of age.9606Speciesperson9606SpeciesParticipants9606SpeciesMen9606Specieschildren10574305Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 679-821999titleMorgan PJ, Jeffrey DB0Restraint, weight suppression, and self-report reliability: how much do you really weigh?abstract90This study examined the effects of weight suppression on eating behaviors in a standard restraint ice cream taste-test paradigm. Participants were 58 female restrained eaters categorized by self-report as either high- or low-weight suppressors. Prior to the taste test, half of the participants received a milkshake preload. The amount of ice cream consumed during the taste test was the primary measure of interest. A 2 x 2 analysis of variance (ANOVA) indicated no significant differences between groups. This contradicts previously reported results in which restrained eaters consumed more following a preload than in the no-preload condition and provides further evidence that restraint is not a homogeneous construct. These results also question the use of self-report measures to determine an individual's level of weight suppression.9606SpeciesParticipants9606Speciesparticipants10574306Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 683-61999titleLongshore D0Help-seeking by African American drug users: a prospective analysis.abstract69In this study, help-seeking was significantly more likely for African American drug users with more formal education and those scoring higher on both drug-related problem recognition and ethnic identity. This latter result suggests that ethnic identity, despite having no main effect on help-seeking in this sample, may nonetheless make an important contribution to help-seeking by "potentiating" the influence of drug problem recognition.10574307Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 687-931999titleNoone M, Dua J, Markham R0Stress, cognitive factors, and coping resources as predictors of relapse in alcoholics.abstract88One hundred alcohol-dependent individuals attending a detoxification unit were assessed on a variety of psychological, social and demographic variables. Sixty-one participants were contacted at follow-up over 1 year later. Alcohol consumption was assessed through self-report and corroborative information. Self-reported levels of stress and social support were also obtained. High self-efficacy predicted low levels of self reported drinking at follow-up. Negative coping predicted higher levels of drinking as reported by the corroborator. High levels of stress in the month prior to follow-up were related to self-reported poor drinking outcomes, while ongoing social support since treatment was associated with favorable drinking outcomes. Overall, higher levels of self-efficacy during detoxification and social support following treatment were the best predictors of a favourable drinking outcome.MESH:D000438Chemicalalcohol9606SpeciesparticipantsMESH:D000438ChemicalAlcohol10574308Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 695-91999titleSchupp P, Mucha RF, Pauli P0Topography of sham and real puffing examined using a paced smoking regimen.abstract76Topographical patterns of normal puffing on a cigarette may be reflected in the topographical patterns of sham puffing (Morris & Gale, 1994). To test further the possibility of measuring behavior associated with cigarette smoke self-administration without actual smoke intake, we compared sham and real puffing using a paced smoking regimen under different levels of smoke deprivation. Cigarette smokers were instructed to draw and inhale six times on their unlit and then subsequently on their lit cigarette. Intensity, maximum, area and duration of puffs were lower for sham as opposed to real puffing; however, sham and real puffing showed parallel changes in response to deprivation, and significant positive correlations were found between the two puffing conditions for puff intensity, maximum and area. Therefore, we confirmed a similarity of real puffing with puffing under placebo conditions. Discussed was smoking as an automatic motor behavior.10574309Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 701-51999titleObot IS, Anthony JC0Association of school dropout with recent and past injecting drug use among African American adults.abstract101We hypothesized that, among African American adults, starting and maintaining injecting drug use (IDU) would be associated with dropping out of high school, and that starting and stopping IDU would be associated with earning the general equivalency diploma (GED) after school dropout. Drawn from the 1991-1993 National Household Surveys on Drug Abuse (NHSDA), the nationally representative sample of African Americans consisted of 117 recent and 109 past IDUs. Conditional multiple logistic regression was used to estimate the hypothesized associations. African American high school dropouts and GED holders were 2-3 times more likely to have started and maintained IDU, as compared to high school graduates. Earning the GED was associated with starting and then stopping IDU. These findings merit further investigation because they might have significant public health implications for the prevention of IDU among African Americans.MESH:D064386Diseaseequivalency diploma10574310Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 707-131999titlede Vos JW, Ufkes JG, van den Brink W, van Brussel GH, de Wolff FA0Craving patterns in methadone maintenance treatment with dextromoramide as adjuvant.MESH:D008691ChemicalmethadoneMESH:D003916Chemicaldextromoramideabstract85A study was performed to establish the effect on opiate craving among six long-term opiate-dependent subjects in methadone maintenance treatment. Subjects currently stabilised on methadone, received 5 or 10 mg dextromoramide besides methadone. During the study the usual methadone dose was diminished according to the individual subject's expectation of the effect of dextromoramide addition. A clear drug-effect relationship between the increment of dextromoramide plasma concentration and decrement of opiate craving could be seen. A craving increase before drug administration was seen in three cases. The results could imply beneficial effects of a short-acting opiate on diminishing craving in opiate addicts who are difficult to stabilise with methadone maintenance treatment.MESH:D053610ChemicalopiateMESH:D008691ChemicalmethadoneMESH:D008691ChemicalmethadoneMESH:D003916ChemicaldextromoramideMESH:D008691ChemicalmethadoneMESH:D008691ChemicalmethadoneMESH:D003916ChemicaldextromoramideMESH:D003916ChemicaldextromoramideMESH:D008691Chemicalmethadone10574311Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 715-81999titlePeluso T, Ricciardelli LA, Williams RJ0Self-control in relation to problem drinking and symptoms of disordered eating.MESH:D001068Diseasedisordered eatingabstract80The present study investigated problem drinking and symptoms of disordered eating in relation to (a) restrained drinking and eating and (b) cognitive self-control. One hundred ninety-eight high school students (97 males and 101 females: mean age = 16.45 years) completed questionnaires which assessed problem drinking, symptoms of disordered eating, restrained eating and drinking, and cognitive self-control. Using principal components analysis, three factors with eigenvalues greater than one were found to summarise the interrelationships among the examined measures. For both sexes, the first two factors primarily reflected problem drinking and restrained drinking, and problem eating and restrained eating, respectively. The third factor reflected a more general problem with control underlying aspects of both problem drinking and problem eating.MESH:D001068Diseasedisordered eatingMESH:D001068Diseasedisordered eating10574312Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 719-241999titleGalen LW, Henderson MJ0Validation of cocaine and marijuana effect expectancies in a treatment setting.MESH:D003042Chemicalcocaine3483Speciesmarijuanaabstract80This study sought to establish the validity of the Cocaine Effect Expectancy Questionnaire (CEEQ), and the Marijuana Effect Expectancy Questionnaire (MEEQ) in discriminating between patterns of drug use in a clinical population. Prior research with these questionnaires has involved primarily nonclinical samples. Expectancy literature has yielded ambiguous results in demonstrating the role of both positive and negative expectancies in regards to drug use patterns. The sample consisted of 149 males on an inpatient V.A. substance abuse unit. On the CEEQ, cocaine users, particularly frequent users, endorsed fewer global positive cocaine expectancies than infrequent or nonusers. Present-infrequent users endorsed greater arousal effects than either present-frequent or nonusers. Nonusers of cocaine endorsed greater relaxation than present users. On the MEEQ, nonusers expected more negative effects from marijuana than users. Present users expected greater relaxation and craving effects than past users or nonusers. These results indicate different roles for positive and negative expectancies in cocaine and marijuana use.3483SpeciesMarijuana-ChemicalCEEQMESH:D003042ChemicalcocaineMESH:D003042Chemicalcocaine-ChemicalMEEQ3483Speciesmarijuana3483Speciesmarijuana10574313Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 725-301999titleScheidt DM0HIV risk behavior among alcoholic inpatients before and after treatment.abstract73In order to evaluate the natural history of HIV risk behavior among alcoholics during pretreatment active alcoholism, posttreatment sobriety, and posttreatment postrelapse periods, self-report data were collected from alcoholic inpatients at two times. During treatment, patients reported pretreatment behaviors. At 90 day follow-up, patients reported behavior during posttreatment sobriety, and if appropriate, during posttreatment postrelapse periods. A total of 68 patients participated, with 28 (41.2%) completing follow-up questionnaires. There were no differences on pretreatment HIV risk behaviors between completers and those lost to follow-up, although there were several differences on age of onset of alcoholism. Among the 28 completers, 9 relapsed before follow-up. Data were analyzed comparing pretreatment and posttreatment sobriety behaviors on all 28 patients, and pretreatment, posttreatment sobriety, and posttreatment postrelapse behaviors on the 9 relapsers. Findings indicated that survivors (those who had not relapsed) significantly decreased HIV risk behavior during posttreatment sobriety. There was a relapse by time interaction such that relapsers reported more sex partners per day during posttreatment sobriety than did survivors. There was no significant change upon relapse, although this may have reflected the low power of this pilot study. The author concludes that HIV risk behaviors among alcoholics are associated with the context of active alcoholism. Relapsers appeared to continue in that context, with its concomitant HIV risk behavior, even during posttreatment sobriety.MESH:D000437Diseasealcoholism9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000437Diseasealcoholism9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000437Diseasealcoholism10574314Addict Behav; 1999 Sep-Oct; 24(5) 731-61999titleKaterndahl DA, Realini JP0Relationship between substance abuse and panic attacks.MESH:D016584Diseasepanic attacksabstract56This study was done to determine the strength of association between substance abuse and panic states, including subsyndromal panic, its temporal relationship, and self-medication for panic using abusable substances. A community-based sample was screened for panic using DSM-III-R criteria. Panic and matched control groups participated in a structured interview concerning the presence of substance abuse, use of substances to treat panic symptoms, and the age-of-onset of panic and substance abuse. Of 97 individuals with panic, 39% had abused at least one substance. None of the panic disorder-subsyndromal panic differences reached significance. Only 10% of subjects reported using alcohol and 6% reported ever using illicit drugs to treat their panic. The majority (63%) of those abusing alcohol reported that alcohol use began prior to onset of panic, and the majority (59%) of those abusing illicit drugs reported that drug use began first. This study documents the panic-substance abuse relationship even in those with subsyndromal panic. Substance abuse began prior to onset of panic and substances were used to self-medicate for panic attacks by only a few subjects.MESH:D016584DiseasepanicMESH:D016584Diseasesubsyndromal panicMESH:D016584DiseasepanicMESH:D016584DiseasepanicMESH:D016584DiseasePanicMESH:D016584Diseasepanic symptomsMESH:D019966Diseasepanic and substance abuseMESH:D016584DiseasepanicMESH:D016584Diseasepanic disorder-subsyndromal panicMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D016584DiseasepanicMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D016584DiseasepanicMESH:D019966Diseasepanic-substance abuseMESH:D016584Diseasesubsyndromal panicMESH:D016584DiseasepanicMESH:D016584Diseasepanic attacks10574315Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 955-61999titleSadler BL0The vision: why a national call to action.abstract4310574316Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 957-611999titleChadwick DL0National call to action: Working toward the elimination of child maltreatment. The message.9606Specieschildabstract9210574317Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 963-71999titleKrugman R0National call to action: Working toward the elimination of child maltreatment. The politics.9606Specieschildabstract9310574318Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 969-741999titleFinkelhor D0National call to action: Working toward the elimination of child maltreatment. The science.9606Specieschildabstract9210574319Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 975-861999titleCourtney ME0National call to action: Working toward the elimination of child maltreatment. The economics.9606Specieschildabstract94No reliable estimates exist of the overall costs to society of child maltreatment that will withstand serious examination. Arguably some of the most important human costs of maltreatment are unquantifiable. Moreover, in many cases it is difficult if not impossible to separate the economics of child abuse and neglect from the economics of a host of other problems facing families. Still, even conservative estimates of government spending on behalf of abused and neglected children and their families illustrate that child maltreatment costs society a great deal, with much of that expense going for deep-end intervention rather than family support and prevention. Government expenditures directed at this social problem have grown rapidly since the rediscovery of child abuse in the 1960s and now exceed spending for a number of essential supports for children and families. Moreover, the new era of continuing commitment to child protection in the context of a revised social contract with the nation's poor raises serious questions about the economics of child maltreatment in the future.9606Specieschild9606Specieshuman9606Specieschild9606Specieschildren9606Specieschild9606Specieschild9606Specieschildren9606Specieschild9606Specieschild10574320Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 987-941999titleDonnelly AC0National call to action: Working toward the elimination of child maltreatment. The practice.9606Specieschildabstract9310574321Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 995-10011999titleLevey B0National call to action: Working toward the elimination of child maltreatment. The media.9606Specieschildabstract9010574322Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 1003-91999titleElders MJ0National call to action: Working toward the elimination of child maltreatment. The call to action.9606Specieschildabstract9910574323Child Abuse Negl; 1999 Oct; 23(10) 1011-81999titleSadler BL, Chadwick DL, Hensler DJ0The summary chapter--the national call to action: moving ahead.abstract6410574324Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 705-121999titleMarie-Cardine A, Schraven B0Coupling the TCR to downstream signalling pathways: the role of cytoplasmic and transmembrane adaptor proteins.6962GeneTCRabstract112Engagement of the T-cell receptor (TCR) complex initiates a cascade of intracellular events ultimately leading to T-cell proliferation and differentiation. One of the first detectable consequences of TCR triggering is the activation of cytoplasmic protein kinases which, through phosphorylation of specific substrates, couple the TCR to downstream signalling cascades. Although it is well established that activation of the Ras- and the calcium-dependent calcineurin pathway is required for the achievement of T-cell activation, the precise mechanism as to how the TCR is connected to these intracellular effector molecules is still unclear. Major progress has been made in this regard with the molecular characterization of novel cytoplasmic and transmembrane molecules called adaptor proteins which integrate TCR-mediated signals at the intracellular level thus allowing fine tuning of T-cell responses.6962GeneT-cell receptor6962GeneTCR6962GeneTCR6962GeneTCRMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium6962GeneTCR6962GeneTCR10574325Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 713-71999titleCarlsen J, Christiansen K, Grunnet N, Vinten J0Involvement of PI 3-kinase and activated ERK in facilitating insulin-stimulated triacylglycerol synthesis in hepatocytes.24338Gene20936ERKMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerolabstract122Triacylglycerol synthesis was studied in hepatocytes isolated from fasted/refed rats by EDTA perfusion. Insulin induced a 1.5-fold increase in glucose incorporation into triacylglycerol. Insulin-stimulated triacylglycerol synthesis and insulin-stimulated protein kinase B/Akt activity were inhibited by the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors wortmannin and LY 294002, and the mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase inhibitor PD 98059. Inhibition of p70 ribosomal protein-S6 kinase with rapamycin was without effect. Insulin-stimulated pyruvate dehydrogenase activity was abolished by phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors. No effect of insulin on acetyl CoA carboxylase activity was observed.MESH:D014280ChemicalTriacylglycerol10116SpeciesratsMESH:D004492ChemicalEDTAMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D014280ChemicaltriacylglycerolMESH:D014280Chemicaltriacylglycerol24185Gene3785AktMESH:D000077191ChemicalwortmanninMESH:C085911ChemicalLY 294002MESH:C093973ChemicalPD 98059MESH:D020123Chemicalrapamycin10574326Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 719-251999titleBleyle LA, Peng Y, Ellis C, Mooney RA0Dissociation of PTPase levels from their modulation of insulin receptor signal transduction.24954Gene20090insulin receptorabstract93Protein tyrosine phosphatases have been implicated in the regulation of receptor tyrosine kinase signalling pathways, including that of the insulin receptor. Here, cell density-dependent changes in PTPase expression have been exploited to investigate the relationship between cellular PTPase levels and the insulin receptor signal transduction pathway. Increasing cell density (20%, 50%, and >90%) in the rat McA-RH7777 hepatoma cell line resulted in increased protein expression of the receptor-like PTPase LAR (14-fold), and the nonreceptor PTPases PTP1B (11-fold) and SHP2 (10-fold). Each of these PTPases has previously been implicated in regulating insulin receptor signal transduction. Despite these marked increases, maximum insulin receptor autophosphorylation as well as receptor expression actually increased 2-fold. MAP kinase also increased approximately 2-fold as a function of cell density and paralleled increases in expression levels. Neither sensitivity nor maximum responsiveness to insulin were decreased at increasing cell densities as assessed by activation of PI 3-kinase. Duration of response was also unimpaired. These results suggest that expression levels of relevant PTPases are not the primary determinant in their modulation of insulin receptor kinase activity. Restricted accessibility at the molecular level or involvement of accessory proteins may be more critical parameters.24954Gene20090insulin receptor24954Gene20090insulin receptor10116SpeciesratMESH:D006528Diseasehepatoma24697Gene2119PTP1B25622Gene2122SHP224954Gene20090insulin receptor24954Gene20090insulin receptor24954Gene20090insulin receptor10574327Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 727-341999titleLajas AI, Pozo MJ, Camello PJ, Salido GM, Pariente JA0Phenylarsine oxide evokes intracellular calcium increases and amylase secretion in isolated rat pancreatic acinar cells.MESH:C029341ChemicalPhenylarsine oxideMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10116SpeciesratMESH:D010195Diseasepancreaticabstract121The effects of the thiol reagent, phenylarsine oxide (PAO, 10(-5)-10(-3) M ), a membrane-permeable trivalent arsenical compound that specifically complexes vicinal sulfhydryl groups of proteins to form stable ring structures, were studied by monitoring intracellular free calcium concentration ([Ca2+]i) and amylase secretion in collagenase dispersed rat pancreatic acinar cells. PAO increased [Ca2+]i by mobilizing calcium from intracellular stores, since this increase was observed in the absence of extracellular calcium. PAO also prevented the CCK-8-induced signal of [Ca2+]i and inhibited the oscillatory pattern initiated by aluminium fluoride (AlF-4). In addition to the effects of PAO on calcium mobilization, it caused a significant increase in amylase secretion and reduced the secretory response to either CCK-8 or AlF-4. The effects of PAO on both [Ca2+]i and amylase release were reversed by the sulfhydryl reducing agent, dithiothreitol (2 mM). Pretreatment of acinar cells with high concentration of ryanodine (50 microM) reduced the PAO-evoked calcium release. However, PAO was still able to release a small fraction of Ca2+ from acinar cells in which agonist-releasable Ca2+ pools had been previously depleted by thapsigargin (0.5 microM) and ryanodine receptors were blocked by 50 microM ryanodine. We conclude that, in pancreatic acinar cells, PAO mainly releases Ca2+ from the ryanodine-sensitive calcium pool and consequently induces amylase secretion. These effects are likely to be due to the oxidizing effects of this compound.MESH:D013438ChemicalthiolMESH:C029341Chemicalphenylarsine oxideMESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+10116SpeciesratMESH:D010195DiseasepancreaticMESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D012844ChemicalCCK-8MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:C032311Chemicalaluminium fluorideMESH:C050992ChemicalAlF-4MESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D013438ChemicalsulfhydrylMESH:D004229ChemicaldithiothreitolMESH:D012433ChemicalryanodineMESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D019284ChemicalthapsigarginMESH:D012433ChemicalryanodineMESH:D010195DiseasepancreaticMESH:C029341ChemicalPAOMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D012433ChemicalryanodineMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10574328Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 735-421999titleSullivan M, Olsen AS, Houslay MD0Genomic organisation of the human cyclic AMP-specific phosphodiesterase PDE4C gene and its chromosomal localisation to 19p13.1, between RAB3A and JUND.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D000242Chemicalcyclic AMP5143Gene20256PDE4C5864Gene20629RAB3A3727Gene3910JUNDabstract152PDE4C is one of four mammalian genes that encode multiple PDE4 cyclic AMP-specific phosphodiesterase isoforms that are inhibited by rolipram. Fluorescent in situ hybridisation localised PDE4C to the p13.1 region of human chromosome 19. Overlapping cosmid clones spanning the human PDE4C gene were identified and characterised. Analysis of this locus indicated that the PDE4C gene spans at least 38 kb, consists of at least 18 exons, and contains the marker D19S212 within an intron. Comparison of published human PDE4C cDNA sequences with those of the genomic DNA identified four alternatively spliced exons and the possibility that the PDE4C locus contains at least three alternative promoters. PDE4C-containing cosmids also contained the genes for the growth regulatory transcription factor, JUND, and the mini guanine nucleotide regulatory protein, RAB3A. The RAB3A gene was shown to consist of 5 exons spanning 7.9 kb, while the JUND gene was found to contain no introns. Analysis of cosmids containing PDE4C, JUND, and RAB3A showed that 27 kb separate JUND and PDE4C, while only 3.7 kb separate PDE4C and RAB3A. The three genes share the same orientation of transcription and are arranged in the order cen- 5'- JUND-PDE4C-RAB3A-3'-tel.5143Gene20256PDE4C9606Speciesmammalian5141Gene4520PDE4MESH:D000242Chemicalcyclic AMP5143Gene20256PDE4C9606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman5143Gene20256PDE4C5143Gene20256PDE4C9606Specieshuman5143Gene20256PDE4C5143Gene20256PDE4C5143Gene20256PDE4C3727Gene3910JUND5864Gene20629RAB3A5864Gene20629RAB3A3727Gene3910JUND5143Gene20256PDE4C3727Gene3910JUND5864Gene20629RAB3A3727Gene3910JUND5143Gene20256PDE4C5143Gene20256PDE4C5864Gene20629RAB3A3727Gene3910JUND5143Gene20256PDE4C5864Gene20629RAB3A10574329Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 743-511999titleAncellin N, Preisser L, Le Maout S, Barbado M, Créminon C, Corman B, Morel A0Homologous and heterologous phosphorylation of the vasopressin V1a receptor.552Gene568vasopressin V1a receptorabstract77The vasopressin V1a receptor undergoes homologous and heterologous desensitizations which can be mimicked by activation of protein kinase C. This suggests that phosphorylation of the V1a receptor may be involved in the desensitization mechanisms. Such a phosphorylation was presently investigated in HEK 293 cells stably transfected with rat vasopressin V1a receptor. Metabolic labelling and immunoprecipitation of epitope-tagged V1a receptor evidenced a 52-kDa band and a 92-kDa band. Glycosidase treatments and immunoblotting experiments suggest that the 52-kDa band corresponds to an immature unprocessed receptor protein, whereas the 92-kDa band would correspond to a highly glycosylated form of the mature V1a receptor. Exposure of the cells to vasopressin induced a selective 32P phosphate incorporation in the 92-kDa form of the receptor. This homologous ligand-induced phosphorylation was dose dependent with maximal phosphate incorporation corresponding to four times the basal level. Stimulation of the endogenous phospholipase C-coupled m3 muscarinic receptor by carbachol-induced heterologous phosphorylation of the V1a receptor whose amplitude was half that of the homologous phosphorylation. This heterologous phosphorylation was associated with a reduced vasopressin-dependent increase in intracellular calcium.552Gene568vasopressin V1a receptor10116Speciesrat25107Gene568vasopressin V1a receptor551Gene417vasopressin-Chemical32P phosphateMESH:D010710ChemicalphosphateMESH:D002217Chemicalcarbachol551Gene417vasopressinMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10574330Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 753-71999titleMartínez-Carpio PA, Mur C, Rosel P, Navarro MA0Constitutive and regulated secretion of epidermal growth factor and transforming growth factor-beta1 in MDA-MB-231 breast cancer cell line in 11-day cultures.MESH:D001943Diseasebreast cancerabstract159Epidermal growth factor (EGF) and transforming growth factor type beta1 (TGF-beta1) exert opposite effects in most cells. A potential regulation between the two factors has been studied at a transcriptional level, but never at a protein level. MDA-MB-231 is a breast carcinoma cell line which possesses large quantities of membrane receptors and expresses high activities for both factors. In this study, conditioned mediums (CM) of 11-day cultures of these cells were collected to measure EGF and TGF-beta1 by immunochemical assays. Four types of cultures were tested: (1) controls; (2) after treatment with 17-beta-estradiol; (3) treated with EGF; and (4) treated with TGF-beta1. These cells secreted constitutively quantifiable concentrations of both factors to the CM. EGF treatment inhibited TGF-beta1 levels in CM throughout the study period (P = 0.002), while EGF levels diminished after TGF-beta1 treatment (P = 0.05). This finding suggests a dual regulation between EGF and TGF-beta1, at a protein level, in this cell line.1950Gene1483EGF7040Gene540TGF-beta1MESH:D001943Diseasebreast carcinoma1950Gene1483EGF7040Gene540TGF-beta1MESH:D004958Chemical17-beta-estradiol1950Gene1483EGF7040Gene540TGF-beta11950Gene1483EGF7040Gene540TGF-beta11950Gene1483EGF7040Gene540TGF-beta11950Gene1483EGF7040Gene540TGF-beta110574331Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 759-681999titleKesper S, Rucha J, Neye H, Mazenot C, Verspohl EJ0Galpha(i2)-mRNA and -protein regulation as a mechanism for heterologous sensitization and desensitization of insulin secretion.81664Gene55539Galpha(i2abstract128Prolonged exposure of cells to an agonist of a G-protein-coupled receptor usually results in an attenuation of the cellular response. To elucidate the cellular mechanisms of sensitization or desensitization in an insulin secretory cell system (INS-1 cells), we investigated a regulatory link between G-protein alpha(s)- and alpha(i2)-subunits mRNA, their protein levels and insulin secretion as the biological effect using various compounds. Incubation with epinephrine (50 microM) for 8 h decreased alpha(s)- and alpha(i2)-mRNA levels to 58% and 72%, respectively, which is reversed after a longer incubation. From results using isoprenaline and the alpha2-agonist UK 14,304 epinephrine is shown to mediate its actions via alpha2- but not beta-adrenoceptors. The insulin inhibitory neuropeptide galanin (50 nM) caused a decrease of alpha(s)- and alpha(i2)-mRNA levels, whereas insulinotropic compounds (incretin hormones) such as GIP or GLP-1 (both 10 nM) led to an increase of alpha(s)- and alpha(i2)-mRNA levels. By using the Ca2+ channel blocker verapamil (50 microM) alpha(i2)-mRNA changes clearly depend on Ca2+ influx. The effects on alpha(i2)-mRNA were accompanied by a parallel, albeit weaker effect on the protein level (only GIP and UK 14,304 were investigated). The changes in alpha(i2)-mRNA levels by either compound were paralleled by inverse changes in insulin secretion: preincubation with UK 14,304 for 8 h led to an increased insulin secretion when challenged by either GLP-1, GIP or glucose (8.3 mM). This was similar for galanin, another potent inhibitor of insulin release. On the other hand, exposure to the incretins GIP or GLP-1 for 8 h induced a smaller insulin release when challenged afterwards by either UK 14,304, galanin, GIP, GLP-1, or glucose. Thus the influence on insulin secretion of various compounds is reciprocal to the regulation of alpha(i2)-mRNA levels but not alpha(s)-mRNA levels. There is, therefore, evidence from all the manoeuvres used that alpha(i2)-mRNA regulation may play a role in heterologous sensitization and desensitization of insulin secretion.MESH:D004837ChemicalepinephrineMESH:D007545Chemicalisoprenaline-ChemicalUK 14,304 epinephrine25040Gene3043GIP24952Gene1553GLP-1MESH:D014700ChemicalverapamilMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+25040Gene3043GIP24952Gene1553GLP-125040Gene3043GIPMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose25040Gene3043GIP24952Gene1553GLP-125040Gene3043GIP24952Gene1553GLP-1MESH:D005947Chemicalglucose10574332Cell. Signal.; 1999 Oct; 11(10) 769-751999titleJaster R, Tschirch E, Bittorf T, Brock J0Interferon-alpha inhibits proliferation of Ba/F3 cells by interfering with interleukin-3 action.111654GeneInterferon-alpha16187Gene49243interleukin-3abstract97Interferons (IFNs) are potent inhibitors of cell proliferation that are used for the treatment of several haematological malignancies. The mechanisms through which IFNs exert their antiproliferative effects on target cells, however, are largely unknown. Here we show that IFN-alpha, in murine Ba/F3 cells, directly interferes with the action of the essential mitogen interleukin (IL)-3. In transiently transfected Ba/F3 cells, IFN-alpha efficiently inhibited the IL-3-stimulated expression of a luciferase reporter construct, GAS-luc, that is activated through the JAK2/STAT5 pathway. Electrophoretic mobility shift assays and Northern blot experiments, however, revealed that neither the IL-3-induced DNA binding of STAT5 nor the transcription of the STAT5-dependent genes oncostatin-M, pim-1 and c-fos were suppressed by IFN-alpha, suggesting that the diminished expression of the luciferase protein was due to a direct inhibition of IL-3-stimulated protein synthesis. This hypothesis was supported by the observation that IFN-alpha, even though it had no effect on the transcription of the c-fos gene, efficiently suppressed the IL-3-dependent expression of the c-Fos protein. Furthermore, our results indicate that IFN-alpha induced an overexpression of the double-stranded RNA-activated protein kinase (PKR), an enzyme that inhibits protein synthesis through the phosphorylation and inactivation of the eukaryotic initiation factor-2. Therefore, we hypothesize that IFN-alpha, in Ba/F3 cells, interrupts IL-3-dependent mitogenic signals, at least in part, through the suppression of protein synthesis and that induction of PKR activity may play a pivotal role in this process.MESH:D009369Diseasemalignancies111654GeneIFN-alpha10090Speciesmurine16187Gene49243interleukin (IL)-3111654GeneIFN-alpha16187Gene49243IL-316452Gene21033JAK220850Gene20680STAT516187Gene49243IL-320850Gene20680STAT520850Gene20680STAT518413Gene10741oncostatin-M18712Gene11214pim-114281Gene3844c-fos111654GeneIFN-alpha16187Gene49243IL-3111654GeneIFN-alpha14281Gene3844c-fos16187Gene49243IL-314281Gene3844c-Fos111654GeneIFN-alpha19106Gene48134PKR111654GeneIFN-alpha16187Gene49243IL-319106Gene48134PKR10574333Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1025-311999titleSalvesen KA, Eik-Nes SH0Ultrasound during pregnancy and birthweight, childhood malignancies and neurological development.MESH:D009369Diseasemalignanciesabstract98The present paper summarizes some of the epidemiological studies of in utero ultrasound exposure and subsequent childhood development. Emphasis is placed on birthweight, childhood malignancies and neurological development. A meta-analysis, including neurological outcomes such as handedness, speech development, motor development, hearing and vision, is presented. The epidemiological evidence does not indicate any association between diagnostic ultrasound exposure during pregnancy and reduced birthweight, childhood malignancies or neurological maldevelopment. The possible association between ultrasound and nonrighthandedness among boys needs further evaluation.MESH:D009369DiseasemalignanciesDiseasehandednessMESH:D034381DiseasehearingMESH:D009369Diseasemalignancies9606Speciesboys10574334Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1033-91999titleMihara S, Kuroda K, Yoshioka R, Koyama W0Early detection of renal cell carcinoma by ultrasonographic screening--based on the results of 13 years screening in Japan.MESH:C538614Diseaserenal cell carcinomaabstract124Abdominal ultrasonographic (US) screening of 219,640 persons has been performed in the past 13 y, and 723 (0.33%) cases of malignant neoplasm were detected. Renal cell carcinoma (RCC) was detected in 192 cases (0.09% of the examinees). In almost all cases of RCC, no symptoms were evident and no abnormalities were detected in the blood chemistry tests or urinalyses. A total of 189 cases (98%) were resected curatively, and 38% of the tumors were less than 25 mm in size (T1). With respect to pTNM classification, 35% were pT1 and 52% were pT2. No metastasis to the lymph nodes or other organs was found in any case. The cumulative survival rate for cases resected was 97% at 5 y, and 95% at 10 y. Regarding US features of RCC, the internal echo pattern of half of T1 tumors showed homogeneous and hyperechoic, and became heterogeneous as they grew. Other notable US findings in cases of RCC were marginal hypoechoic zone (29%), anechoic component in the tumor (23%), and protrusion from the kidney (85%, 71% of the T1 tumors). US screening is useful for detection of RCC in the early stage. However, to detect small tumors, it is very important to know well the US features of RCC. For cost-effectiveness analysis, it is more effective to examine, not only the kidney, but other abdominal organs. It is expected that many other abdominal cancers, such as hepatocellular carcinoma, gallbladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, and so on, could be found in the early stage by broad implementation of US screening.9606SpeciespersonsMESH:D009369Diseasemalignant neoplasmMESH:C538614DiseaseRenal cell carcinomaMESH:C538614DiseaseRCCMESH:C538614DiseaseRCCMESH:D009369Diseasetumors58492Gene130719pT1MESH:C538614DiseaseRCCMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:C538614DiseaseRCCMESH:D010437Diseasemarginal hypoechoicMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:C538614DiseaseRCCMESH:D009369DiseasetumorsMESH:C538614DiseaseRCCMESH:D009369Diseaseabdominal cancersMESH:D006528Diseasehepatocellular carcinomaMESH:D005706Diseasegallbladder cancerMESH:D010190Diseasepancreatic cancer10574335Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1041-51999titleAlcázar JL, Jurado M0Transvaginal color Doppler for predicting pathological response to preoperative chemoradiation in locally advanced cervical carcinoma: a preliminary study.MESH:D002575Diseasecervical carcinomaabstract156To evaluate the role of transvaginal color Doppler ultrasonography (TCD) in predicting pathological response to preoperative chemoradiation in patients with locally advanced cervical cancer, 10 patients (mean age: 45.2 y, range: 31 to 75 y) with histologically proven locally advanced cervical cancer who were scheduled for preoperative chemoradiation were evaluated by TCD prior to beginning the treatment protocol. Tumor volume, number of vessels within the tumor, lowest resistance index (RI), maximum peak systolic velocity (PSV), and the ratio between the number of vessels and tumor volume (tumor vascular density, TVD) were calculated. All patients underwent preoperative chemoradiation and radical surgery. Complete pathological response (pathCR) was considered when no residual tumor was found on surgical specimens. Partial pathological response (pathPR) was considered when residual tumor was found. PathCR was achieved in three patients (30%), whereas 7 (70%) had pathPR. Mean tumoral volume was not statistically different between those with pathCR (33.2 cm3) and those with pathPR (20.3 cm3) (p = 0.305). Those tumors with pathCR had lower mean number of vessels (3.3 vs. 5.3, p = 0.01), lower TVD (0.1 vs. 1.1, p = 0.05) and higher RI (0.41 vs. 0.29, p = 0.03). No differences were found in PSV. Although these data are preliminary, our results suggest that TCD may be used to predict pathological response to preoperative chemoradiation in patients with locally advanced cervical cancer.MESH:D015794DiseaseTCD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D015794DiseaseTCDMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D009369Diseasetumor9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D009369Diseasetumor9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369Diseasetumors-ChemicalTVDMESH:D015794DiseaseTCD9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D002583Diseasecervical cancer10574336Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1047-541999titleLu ZF, Zagzebski JA, Lee FT0Ultrasound backscatter and attenuation in human liver with diffuse disease.9606Specieshumanabstract76Ultrasound backscatter and attenuation in the liver were measured in patients with diffuse liver disease and in 35 volunteers who had no history of liver ailments. Measurements were done using radiofrequency (RF) echo signals derived from a clinical scanner; a reference phantom was scanned to account for effects of gain, transmit-receive frequency response and transducer beam patterns on echo data. The mean backscatter coefficient at 3 MHz in livers of 7 patients with fatty infiltration was 6.8 x 10(-3) cm(-1)sr(-1) compared to a mean of 0.5 x 10(-3) cm(-1)sr(-1) in healthy patients. Mean attenuation at 3 MHz was 2.54 dB/cm in fatty livers compared to 1.66 dB/cm in healthy patients. A total of 7 patients with end-stage liver disease (cirrhosis) had attenuation values similar to those in the healthy group, and their mean liver backscatter was somewhat greater than the mean backscatter for healthy livers. Quantitating both backscatter and attenuation should be considered for detecting fatty infiltration; additional processing methods are needed to differentiate cirrhotic changes on the basis of acoustic signals.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008107Diseaseliver disease9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D058625Diseaseend-stage liver diseaseMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis10574337Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1055-611999titleKim TK, Han JK, Kim AY, Park SJ, Choi BI0Signal from hepatic hemangiomas on power Doppler US: real or artefactual?MESH:D056486Diseasehepatic hemangiomasabstract74To describe imaging findings of hepatic hemangiomas on power Doppler (PD) ultrasound (US) with revised Doppler parameters for preventing PD artefacts from stationary hyperechoic tissue, we prospectively evaluated 48 hemangiomas by PD US with predetermined PD settings to prevent artefactual signals from stationary hyperechoic tissue (pulse repetition frequency of 1000 Hz, medium wall filter, and PD gain of 60-85%). Intratumoral PD signals were not seen in 32 lesions (67%). Minimal (n = 15) or moderate (n = 1) intratumoral PD signals were seen in 16 lesions (33%) and were distributed in the peripheral portion only in 12 lesions (75%) and in the peripheral and central portion in 4 lesions (25%). Due to the lack of sensitivity of PD to detect slow flow in hemangiomas, PD US should no longer be used for the evaluation of echogenic liver masses caused by hemangiomas from other hypovascular malignant lesions of the liver.MESH:D056486Diseasehepatic hemangiomasMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D006391DiseasehemangiomasMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D006391DiseasehemangiomasMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D006391DiseasehemangiomasMESH:D017093Diseasehypovascular malignant lesions of the liver10574338Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1063-81999titleDelcker A, Häussermann P, Weimar C0Effect of echo contrast media on the visualization of transverse sinus thrombosis with transcranial 3-D duplex sonography.-Chemicalecho contrast mediaMESH:D012851Diseasesinus thrombosisabstract123Transcranial duplex sonography has the capacity of detecting venous flow as in the transverse sinus. During a 6-month period, 28 consecutive patients (mean age 55 y) with a clinically suspected diagnosis of cerebral sinus thrombosis were included in the study. All patients were examined using 3-D ultrasound equipment within 24 h of having undergone either venous computerized tomography (CT), venous magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or cerebral angiography. A total of 22 healthy patients had a normal venous CT, venous MRI or cerebral angiography of both transverse sinuses. Before echo contrast enhancement, the transverse sinus could be visualized in only 2 of these 44 sinuses (22 patients). A total of 6 patients with an unilaterally missed transverse sinus in 3-D ultrasound suffered from sinus thrombosis (n = 3), hypoplasia (n = 2) or aplasia (n = 1) of the unilateral transverse sinus in neuroradiological tests. In none of the patients with an thrombosis of the transverse sinus did ultrasound contrast media application improve the visualization of the affected sinus. Our study confirms that the normal transverse sinus, insonated through the contralateral temporal bone, often cannot be visualized without the use of contrast agents. With transcranial 3-D duplex sonography, a differentiation between thrombosis, hypoplasia and aplasia of the sinus was not possible.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012851Diseasecerebral sinus thrombosis9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012851Diseasesinus thrombosisMESH:C535916DiseasehypoplasiaMESH:C566720Diseaseaplasia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013927DiseasethrombosisMESH:D013927DiseasethrombosisMESH:C535916DiseasehypoplasiaMESH:D012804Diseaseaplasia of the sinus10574339Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1069-761999titleBinder T, Süssner M, Moertl D, Strohmer T, Baumgartner H, Maurer G, Porenta G0Artificial neural networks and spatial temporal contour linking for automated endocardial contour detection on echocardiograms: a novel approach to determine left ventricular contractile function.abstract197This study investigated the use of artificial neural networks (ANN) for image segmentation and spatial temporal contour linking for the detection of endocardial contours on echocardiographic images. Using a backpropagation network, the system was trained with 279 sample regions obtained from eight training images to segment images into either tissue or blood pool region. The ANN system was then applied to parasternal short axis images of 38 patients. Spatial temporal contour linking was performed on the segmented images to extract endocardial boarders. Left ventricular areas (end-systolic and end-diastolic) determined with the automated system were calculated and compared to results obtained by manual contour tracing performed by two independent investigators. In addition, ejection fractions (EF) were derived using the area-length method and compared with radionuclide ventriculography. Image quality was classified as good in 12 (32%), moderate in 13 (34%) and poor in 13 (34%) patients. The ANN system provided estimates of end-diastolic and end-systolic areas in 36 (89%) of echocardiograms, which correlated well with those obtained by manual tracing (R = 0.99, SEE = 1.44). A good agreement was also found for the comparison of EF between the ANN system and Tc-radionuclide ventriculography (RNV, R = 0.93, SEE = 6.36). The ANN system also performed well in the subset of patients with poor image quality. Endocardial contour detection using artificial neural networks and spatial temporal contour linking allows accurate calculations of ventricular areas from transthoracic echocardiograms and performs well even in images with poor quality. This system could greatly enhance the feasibility, accuracy and reproducibility of calculating cardiac areas to derive left ventricular volumes and ejection fractions.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004695Diseaseendocardial boarders9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013667ChemicalTc9606Speciespatients10574340Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1077-861999titleRen JF, Schwartzman D, Callans DJ, Brode SE, Gottlieb CD, Marchlinski FE0Intracardiac echocardiography (9 MHz) in humans: methods, imaging views and clinical utility.9606Specieshumansabstract94A new low-frequency (9 MHz, 9 Fr) catheter-based ultrasound (US) transducer has been designed that allows greater depth of cardiac imaging. To demonstrate the imaging capability and clinical utility, intracardiac echocardiography (ICE) using this lower frequency catheter was performed in 56 patients undergoing invasive electrophysiological procedures. Cardiac imaging and monitoring were performed with the catheter transducer placed in the superior vena cava (SVC), right atrium (RA) and/or right ventricle (RV). In all patients, ICE identified distinct endocardial structures with excellent resolution and detail, including the crista terminalis, RA appendage, caval and coronary sinus orifices, fossa ovalis, pulmonary vein orifices, ascending aorta and its root, pulmonary artery, RV and all cardiac valves. The left atrium and ventricle were imaged with the transducer at the limbus fossa ovalis of the interatrial septum and in the RV, respectively. ICE was important in identifying known or unanticipated aberrant anatomy in 11 patients (variant Eustachian valve, atrial septal aneurysm and defect, lipomatous hypertrophy, Ebstein's anomaly, ventricular septal defect, tetralogy of Fallot, transposition of the great arteries, disrupted chordae tendinae and pericardial effusion) or in detecting procedure-related abnormalities (narrowing of SVC-RA junction orifice or pulmonary venous lumen, atrial thrombus, interatrial communication). In patients with inappropriate sinus tachycardia, ICE was the primary ablation catheter-guidance technique for sinus node modification. With ICE monitoring, the evolution of lesion morphology with the three imaging features including swelling, dimpling and crater formation was observed. In all patients, ICE was contributory to the mapping and ablation process by guiding catheters to anatomically distinct sites and/or assessing stability of the electrode-endocardial contact. ICE was also used to successfully guide atrial septal puncture (n = 9) or RA basket catheter placement (n = 4). Thus, ICE with a new 9-MHz catheter-based transducer has better imaging capability with a greater depth. Normal and abnormal cardiac anatomy can be readily identified. ICE proved useful during electrophysiological mapping and ablation procedures for guiding interatrial septal puncture, assessing placement and contact of mapping and ablation catheters, monitoring ablation lesion morphological changes, and instantly diagnosing cardiac complications.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients-ChemicalICE-ChemicalICE9606Speciespatients (variantMESH:D000783Diseaseatrial septal aneurysmMESH:D006984Diseaselipomatous hypertrophyMESH:D004437DiseaseEbstein's anomalyMESH:D006345Diseaseventricular septal defectMESH:D010490Diseasedisrupted chordae tendinae and pericardial effusionMESH:D001172DiseaseSVC-RA junction orifice or pulmonary venous lumenMESH:D013927Diseaseatrial thrombus9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013616Diseaseinappropriate sinus tachycardia9606Speciespatients-ChemicalICE10574341Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1087-981999titleDaum DR, Smith NB, King R, Hynynen K0In vivo demonstration of noninvasive thermal surgery of the liver and kidney using an ultrasonic phased array.abstract111A 256-element, continuous-wave ultrasonic phased array has been used to thermally coagulate deep-seated liver and kidney tissue. The array elements were formed on a 1-3 piezocomposite bowl with a 10-cm radius of curvature and 12-cm diameter. The 0.65 x 0.65 cm2 projection elements were driven at 1.1 MHz by a custom-built amplifier system. A series of in vivo porcine experiments demonstrated the ability to coagulate liver and kidney tissue using the large-scale phased array. The temperature response of the treatment was guided and monitored using magnetic resonance (MR) images. Focal lesion volumes greater than 0.5 cm3 in kidney and 2 cm3 in liver were formed from a single 20-s sonication.10574342Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1099-1131999titleRighetti R, Kallel F, Stafford RJ, Price RE, Krouskop TA, Hazle JD, Ophir J0Elastographic characterization of HIFU-induced lesions in canine livers.9615Speciescanineabstract73The elastographic visualization and evaluation of high-intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU)-induced lesions were investigated. The lesions were induced in vitro in freshly excised canine livers. The use of different treatment intensity levels and exposure times resulted in lesions of different sizes. Each lesion was clearly depicted by the corresponding elastogram as being an area harder than the background. The strain contrast of the lesion/background was found to be dependent on the level of energy deposition. A lesion/background strain contrast between -2.5 dB and -3.5 dB was found to completely define the entire zone of tissue damage. The area of tissue damage was automatically estimated from the elastograms by evaluating the number of pixels enclosed inside the isointensity contour lines corresponding to a strain contrast of -2.5, -3 and -3.5 dB. The area of the lesion was measured from a tissue photograph obtained at approximately the same plane where elastographic data were collected. The estimated lesion areas ranged between approximately 10 mm2 and 110 mm2. A high correlation between the damaged areas as depicted by the elastograms and the corresponding areas as measured from the gross pathology photographs was found (r2 = 0.93, p value < 0.0004, n = 16). This statistically significant high correlation demonstrates that elastography has the potential to become a reliable and accurate modality for HIFU therapy monitoring.9615Speciescanine10574343Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1115-291999titleKonofagou EE, Varghese T, Ophir J, Alam SK0Power spectral strain estimators in elastography.abstract50Elastography can produce quality strain images in vitro and in vivo. Standard elastography uses a coherent cross-correlation technique to estimate tissue displacement and tissue strain using a subsequent gradient operator. Although coherent estimation methods generally have the advantage of being highly accurate and precise, even relatively small undesired motions are likely to cause enough signal decorrelation to produce significant degradation of the elastogram. For elastography to become more universally practical in such applications as hand-held, intravascular and abdominal imaging, the limitations associated with coherent strain estimation methods that require tissue and system stability, must be overcome. In this paper, we propose the use of a spectral-shift method that uses a centroid shift estimate to measure local strain directly. Furthermore, we also show theoretically that a spectral bandwidth method can also provide a direct strain estimation. We demonstrate that strain estimation using the spectral-shift technique is moderately less precise, but far more robust than the cross-correlation method. A theoretical analysis, simulations and experimental results are used to illustrate the properties associated with this method.10574344Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1131-71999titleLewin PA, Bautista R, Devaraju V0Voltage sensitivity response of ultrasonic hydrophones in the frequency range 0.25-2.5 MHz.abstract92Frequency responses of different PVDF polymer hydrophones, including membrane and needle designs, were measured and are presented in terms of end-of-cable voltage sensitivity vs. frequency over a wide, 4.5-octave bandwidth ranging from 0.25-2.5 MHz. The experimental data indicate that the membrane PVDF hydrophones can exhibit uniform, to within +/- 0.75 dB, responses. However, a widely used bilaminar membrane hydrophone-preamplifier combination may display sensitivity variations of +/- 2 dB. Also, even well-designed needle-type hydrophones show a more distinct sensitivity variation below 1 MHz that is on the order of 3-4 dB. The overall uncertainty of the calibration technique was estimated to be better than +/- 2 dB in the frequency range considered. The technique, which uses a combination of swept frequency chirp and reciprocity so that both the relative and absolute plots of sensitivity vs. frequency can be obtained, is also briefly described. The results of this work are important to implement procedures for adequate determination of the mechanical index of ultrasound (US) imaging devices. Mechanical index is widely accepted as a predictor of potential bioeffects associated with cavitation phenomena. Also, absolute calibration data are essential in development of therapeutic procedures based on the use of high-intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU), and in characterization of conventional therapeutic US applicators operating at frequencies below 1 MHz.MESH:C024865ChemicalPVDFMESH:C024865ChemicalPVDF10574345Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1139-441999titleDalecki D, Child SZ, Raeman CH, Cox C0Hemorrhage in murine fetuses exposed to pulsed ultrasound.MESH:D006470DiseaseHemorrhage10090Speciesmurineabstract59In the late-gestation fetal mouse, exposure to piezoelectric lithotripter fields at amplitudes < 1 MPa produced hemorrhages in tissues near developing bone, such as the head and limbs. This study was undertaken to determine if exposure to pulsed ultrasound at diagnostic frequencies produces similar hemorrhages in the late-gestation fetal mouse. On the 18th day of gestation, fetal mice were exposed in utero to pulsed ultrasound with a 10-micros pulse duration and 100-Hz pulse repetition frequency for a total exposure duration of 3 min. Hemorrhages occurred most often to the developing fetal head. At 1.2 MHz, a threshold for hemorrhage to the fetal head was determined at positive exposure pressures of approximately 4 MPa and corresponding negative pressures of approximately 2.5 MPa. The threshold increased with at least the first power of frequency.10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D006470DiseasehemorrhagesMESH:D006470Diseasehemorrhages10090Speciesmouse10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D006470DiseaseHemorrhagesMESH:D006470Diseasehemorrhage10574346Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1145-501999titleMiller DL, Creim JA, Gies RA0Heating vs. cavitation in the induction of mouse hindlimb paralysis by ultrasound.10090SpeciesmouseMESH:D010243Diseaseparalysisabstract83Grip strength tests were performed on hairless mice before and after various ultrasound exposures in a temperature-controlled water bath at 37 degrees C. Lithotripter exposure of 800 shock waves produced no effect on hindlimb function. In contrast, 1.09-MHz exposures at 1 MPa with 10:100 ms burst mode did produce a statistically significant reduction in grip strength of about 60%. The exposure duration was important for the 1.0-MPa burst mode exposure, with grip-strength reductions appearing after 150 s or longer exposures. Continuous exposure at 3.3 W cm(-2) (0.32 MPa peak) for 200 s produced the same effect as burst mode exposure at 3.3 W cm(-2) (1 MPa peak) for 200 s, which implicates the temporal average intensity as an important factor. The temperature elevations for 1-MPa burst mode was estimated from thermocouple measurements in the spine to be 12 degrees C after 200-s exposure. Although tests of exposures in cool (32 degrees C) and warm (42 degrees C) baths produced inconclusive results in regard to the thermal mechanism, the effects observed appear to result from ultrasonic heating (rather than from cavitation). Thus, any potentially harmful consequences associated with the effects examined might be related more, for example, to ultrasonic hyperthermia therapy than to shock-wave lithotripsy.10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D005334Diseaseultrasonic hyperthermia10574347Ultrasound Med Biol; 1999 Sep; 25(7) 1151-81999titleLin YH, Shung KK0Ultrasonic backscattering from porcine whole blood of varying hematocrit and shear rate under pulsatile flow.abstract110It was shown previously that ultrasonic scattering from whole blood varies during a flow cycle under pulsatile flow both in vitro and in vivo. It has been postulated that this cyclic variation may be associated with the dynamics of red cell aggregation because the shearing force acting on the red cell aggregates across the lumen is a function of time during a flow cycle. In all studies, the local shear rate variation as a function of time is unknown. The effect of shear rate on the red cell aggregation and, thus, on ultrasonic scattering from blood can only be merely speculated. One solution to this problem is to estimate the shear rate in a flow conduit by finite element analysis (FEA). An FEA computational fluid dynamics (CFD) tool was used to calculate local shear rate in a series of experiments in which ultrasonic backscattering from porcine whole blood under pulsatile flow was measured as a function of hematocrit and shear rate intravascularly with a 10-MHz catheter-mounted transducer in a mock flow loop. The results show that, at 20 beats per min (BPM), the magnitudes of the cyclic variation for hematocrits at 30, 40, and 50% were approximately 4 dB. However, at 60 BPM, the magnitude of cyclic variation was found to be minimal. The results also confirm previous findings that the amplitude and the timing of the peak of ultrasonic backscattering from porcine whole blood under pulsatile flow during a flow cycle are dependent upon the shear rate and hematocrit in a complicated way.MESH:C563256DiseaseCFDDiseasehematocrits10574348Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2435-81999titleWang GH, Mitsui K, Kotliarova S, Yamashita A, Nagao Y, Tokuhiro S, Iwatsubo T, Kanazawa I, Nukina N0Caspase activation during apoptotic cell death induced by expanded polyglutamine in N2a cells.MESH:C097188Chemicalpolyglutamineabstract95Huntington disease (HD) is an autosomal dominant neurodegenerative disorder. To investigate the mechanism of neurodegeneration induced by mutant huntingtin, we developed a stable neuro2a cell line expressing truncated N-terminal huntingtin (tNhtt) with EGFP using the ecdysone-inducible system. The formation of aggregates and the cell death induced by expression of tNhtt with expanded polyglutamine was repeat length- and dose-dependent. Caspases were activated, and the death substrates of caspases, lamin B and ICAD (an inhibitor of caspase-activated DNase), were cleaved in this cell death process. The cleavage of lamin B was inhibited by caspase inhibitors. These findings suggest that the cell death induced by tNhtt with expanded polyglutamine is mediated by caspases.MESH:D006816DiseaseHuntington diseaseMESH:D006816DiseaseHDMESH:D020271Diseaseautosomal dominant neurodegenerative disorderMESH:D019636Diseaseneurodegeneration15194Gene1593huntingtin15194Gene1593huntingtinMESH:C097188Chemicalpolyglutamine13347Gene3240ICAD13368Gene3241caspase-activated DNase-ChemicaltNhttMESH:C097188Chemicalpolyglutamine10574349Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2439-481999titleKatano H, Fujita K, Kato T, Asai K, Kawamura Y, Masago A, Yamada K0Traumatic injury in vitro induces IEG mRNAs in cultured glial cells, suppressed by co-culture with neurons.MESH:D000070642DiseaseTraumatic injuryabstract108Glial changes following traumatic injury to glial monolayers as well as to neuronal-glial co-culture systems in vitro were examined with a focus on the expression of mRNAs coding for the immediate early genes (IEG) c-fos, c-jun and zif/268, demonstrated using in situ hybridization. Glial cells along scratch wound lines extended cytoplasmic processes as early as 10 min post-injury and the whole wound was covered with gliosis by 24 h. For complete restoration in the case of glial cells co-cultured with neurons, this required 48 h. Induction of the three IEG mRNAs was eminent along the edges of scratch wound, peaking at 30-60 min post-injury and subsiding by 3 h. The peak expression of IEG mRNAs was delayed to 1-3 h post-injury and became undetectable at 6 h in neuronal-glial co-cultures. The data suggest that mechanical injury to glial cells causes gliosis and the expression of IEG mRNAs, which are suppressed by co-culture with neurons, indicating some influence of neuronal-glial interactions.MESH:D000070642Diseasetraumatic injuryMESH:D005911DiseasegliosisMESH:D005911Diseasegliosis10574350Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2449-551999titleCrosson B, Radonovich K, Sadek JR, Gökçay D, Bauer RM, Fischler IS, Cato MA, Maron L, Auerbach EJ, Browd SR, Briggs RW0Left-hemisphere processing of emotional connotation during word generation.abstract76Areas of the brain's left hemisphere involved in retrieving words with emotional connotations were studied with fMRI. Participants silently generated words from different semantic categories which evoked either words with emotional connotations or emotionally neutral words. Participants repeated emotionally neutral words as a control task. Compared with generation of emotionally neutral words, generation of words with emotional connotations engaged cortices near the left frontal and temporal poles which are connected to the limbic system. Thus, emotional connotations of words are processed in or near cortices with access to emotional experience.9606SpeciesParticipants9606SpeciesParticipants10574351Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2457-601999titleShimazu H, Kaji R, Murase N, Kohara N, Ikeda A, Shibasaki H, Kimura J, Rothwell JC0Pre-movement gating of short-latency somatosensory evoked potentials.abstract70Somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) are reduced in amplitude during movement (gating). The mechanism involves central gating of afferent input and competition from other afferents activated by the movement. We distinguished these two by giving 11 normal subjects a warning sound followed 1 s later by an electric stimulus to the right median nerve at the wrist. The latter served both as a cue to start a finger movement and as stimulation to evoke SEPs. Gating effects were widespread in frontal (N30) and central (N60) areas, but were also seen, albeit to a lesser extent, in the recordings at P3 (P30). Since finger movement began after the stimulus, such gating must have been purely central in origin, presumably reflecting motor preparation.201161Gene42965P3010574352Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2461-61999titleJackson SR0Pathological perceptual completion in hemianopia extends to the control of reach-to-grasp movements.MESH:D006423Diseasehemianopiaabstract101The neuropsychological phenomenon of blindsight is observed when patients who are cortically blind exhibit residual visual processing capabilities for stimuli presented within their scotoma to which they are otherwise unaware. Cortically blind patients may also exhibit the phenomenon of pathological visual completion in which, paradoxically, they can become aware of a complete visual stimulus even when a significant portion of that stimulus falls within their blind hemifield. In this study, the ability of a blindsight patient (G.Y.) to use visual information to control reach-to-grasp movements to static objects presented within his blind hemifield was investigated. The results indicate that while G.Y. was insensitive to variations in object size when reaching for objects presented entirely within his blind hemifield, his ability to accurately grasp objects located within his blind field was vastly improved if part of the object to be grasped extended into his seeing hemifield. This finding demonstrates that visual awareness can facilitate the visuomotor processing of object form within G.Y.'s apparently blind field, and suggests that the primary deficit in blindsight may be an impairment of visual consciousness rather than an absolute loss of visual function.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012607Diseasescotoma9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientMESH:D003244Diseaseimpairment of visual consciousnessMESH:D014786Diseaseloss of visual function10574353Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2467-721999titleSchiavetto A, Cortese F, Alain C0Global and local processing of musical sequences: an event-related brain potential study.abstract90Musical processing can be decomposed into the appreciation of global/holistic and local elements. Here, we investigated the pattern of neural activity associated with the processing of contour-violated (CV) and contour-preserved (CP) melodies. The CV and CP musical sequences were obtained by altering the pitch value of one note within the musical phrase, while keeping both the scale and the key constant. In the unadulterated melody, there was a sustained negativity that was larger over the right than left fronto-central regions. Participants were equally accurate in detecting CV and CP trials, but were slower in detecting CP than CV trials. Globally altered melodies (i.e. CV) generated an early, negative waveform (N2) and a P3b deflection, whereas the CP target only generated a P3b wave. This suggests that global precedence may occur at an early perceptual stage and argues in favor of fractionating musical processing into global and local components.9606SpeciesParticipants10574354Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2473-61999titleSpidalieri G, Sgolastra R0The head midline as a reliable reference frame for encoding head-on-body orientation.abstract86Twelve right-handed male subjects were asked to use each hand to point accurately toward the center of their forehead, determining the correct position according to their mental representation, while the head was either aligned with the trunk or tilted 30 degrees to the right or left. Analysis of end-positions of pointing revealed that the right hand exhibited a slight leftward bias with respect to the putative head midline passing through the center of the glabella and the center of the fissure between the two upper central incisors, regardless of the head-on-body orientation, whereas the left hand proved very accurate when the head was aligned with the trunk but, when the head was tilted either way, it deviated to the opposite side. These results lead to the conclusion that the head midline appears to act as a reliable reference frame for encoding head-on-body orientation when pointing is carried out by the dominant hand.MESH:C537714Diseaseglabella10574355Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2477-801999titleSchwarz U, Ilg UJ0Asymmetry in visual motion processing.abstract39The smooth pursuit system is traditionally employed using a single small target moving on a homogeneous background. It still is not fully understood, however, how accurate tracking is sustained in the presence of a structured background, which will activate global motion processing in the opposite direction as a consequence of the ongoing eye movement. To further study this interaction, we used brief shifts of a textured background injected at various times during the initiation of smooth pursuit. While shifts opposite to the target direction did not alter smooth pursuit performance, those in the same direction resulted in a marked transient perturbation of the pursuit. These results suggest a simple yet limited mechanism that adjusts the sensitivity of global motion processing.10574356Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2481-61999titleSzymanski MD, Rowley HA, Roberts TP0A hemispherically asymmetrical MEG response to vowels.5775Gene2120MEGabstract55Neuromagnetic fields elicited by vowels and tones were recorded and sources were modeled as single equivalent current dipoles (ECDs) in 1 ms steps 80-400 ms post stimulus. To vowels, the left hemisphere (LH) auditory cortex had nearly twice as many satisfactory ECD fits as the right hemisphere (RH). Tones did not evoke such asymmetry. In particular, in the late field (150-400 ms) the LH had more than twice as many ECDs as the RH, and the spatial distribution of LH sources was more clustered than in the RH. An asymmetrical, focal cortical mechanism for vowel processing was identified that intensified in later auditory processing stages. These data suggest that MEG might be used for non-invasive, language laterality determination with simple vowel-like stimuli.MESH:C574275DiseaseECD fits-ChemicalLH-ChemicalLH5775Gene2120MEG10574357Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2487-911999titleWang J, Sakaguchi H, Sokabe M0Sex differences in the vocal motor pathway of the zebra finch revealed by real-time optical imaging technique.59729Specieszebra finchabstract111Male zebra finches sing, whereas female zebra finches do not. To elucidate the neural mechanisms underlying sexual dimorphism in song behavior, the spatio-temporal properties of neural activity in the vocal motor pathway of the zebra finch were examined in sliced brain preparations using a real-time optical recording technique. Electrical stimulation to higher vocal center (HVC) fibers induced within 20 ms neural activities in the robust nucleus of the archistriatum (RA) of both male and female finches, although the amplitude was smaller and the latency was greater in females than in males. Bicuculline, a GABA(A) receptor antagonist, induced a robust activity in female RA, but had little effect in males. This suggests that neural connections from HVC to RA in female zebra finches are inhibited by GABAergic inputs. The results provide first evidence that an inhibitory neurotransmitter is involved in the sex difference in the motor vocal pathway of song birds.59729Specieszebra finchMESH:D001640ChemicalBicuculline10574358Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2493-61999titleSchultz SK, O Leary DS, Boles Ponto LL, Watkins GL, Hichwa RD, Andreasen NC0Age-related changes in regional cerebral blood flow among young to mid-life adults.abstract84Using PET with [(15)O]H2O, we examined age in relation to regional cerebral blood flow (rCBF) among young to mid-life adults. Previous work has largely contrasted rCBF between young and elderly age groups dichotomously. This study maps the continuum of normal age-related changes in rCBF from early to mid-adulthood. We obtained images from 37 healthy volunteers between 19 and 50 years of age during an eyes-closed resting baseline condition. There was a negative correlation between age and rCBF in mesial frontal cortex, involving the anterior cingulate region (r = 0.63, p<0.001). These findings reflect differences in the distribution of rCBF evident in early to mid-adulthood that may be associated with subsequent changes in memory and executive functioning in later life.MESH:D014867ChemicalH2O362686Gene4210rCBF362686Gene4210rCBF362686Gene4210rCBF362686Gene4210rCBF362686Gene4210rCBF10574359Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2497-5011999titlele Novère N, Zoli M, Léna C, Ferrari R, Picciotto MR, Merlo-Pich E, Changeux JP0Involvement of alpha6 nicotinic receptor subunit in nicotine-elicited locomotion, demonstrated by in vivo antisense oligonucleotide infusion.MESH:D009538ChemicalnicotineMESH:D009841Chemicaloligonucleotideabstract142Enhanced locomotion in a habituated environment is a well documented effect of nicotine mediated by the mesotelencephalic dopaminergic system. The nicotinic receptor subunit alpha6 is, among other subunits, strongly expressed in the dopaminergic neurons of the mesencephalon. To examine the functional role of this subunit, we inhibited its expression in vivo using antisense oligonucleotides. In vitro treatments of embryonic mesencephalic neuron cultures demonstrated that the alpha6 antisense oligonucleotides caused a marked decrease in the level of alpha6 subunit protein. In vivo, 1 week infusion of alpha6 antisense oligonucleotides by osmotic mini-pump reduced the effect of nicotine on locomotor activity in habituated environment by 70%. These data support the notion that the effects of nicotine on the dopaminergic system involve alpha6 subunit containing nAChRs.MESH:D009538ChemicalnicotineMESH:D012791Diseasemesotelencephalic dopaminergic systemMESH:D009841ChemicaloligonucleotidesMESH:D020295Diseaseembryonic mesencephalicMESH:D009841Chemicaloligonucleotides-Chemicalalpha6MESH:D009841ChemicaloligonucleotidesMESH:D009538ChemicalnicotineMESH:D009538Chemicalnicotine-ChemicalnAChRs10574360Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2503-71999titleLin JH, Sand P, Rydqvist B0Macrocurrents of voltage gated Na+ and K+ channels from the crayfish stretch receptor neuronal soma.MESH:D009410Diseaseneuronal somaabstract101Currents from the slowly adapting stretch receptor neuron of the crayfish (Pacifastacus leniusculus) were studied in a cell attached configuration using patch pipettes with an opening diameter of 2-10 microm. The neuronal membrane was enzymatically freed from the glial layer. The voltage gated Na+ and K+ channels seemed to be more concentrated in the lower part of soma close to the axon hillock. The Na+ and K+ currents could be analysed by fitting the currents to a fourth-order exponential function for Na+ current and a second-order exponential function for the K+ current. The macropatch recordings of enzymatically treated neurons are superior to two electrode voltage clamp recordings when analyzing voltage gated Na+ and K+ currents.6720SpeciesPacifastacus leniusculusDiseasesoma10574361Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2509-131999titleHashimoto K, Isomura Y, Kato N0Occurrence of dentate granule cell LTP without proximal dendritic Ca2+ increase.MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+abstract81We investigated activity-dependent calcium increases in proximal dendrites of dentate granule cells in the rat hippocampus, and its relationship with induction of LTP at perforant path synapses (PP-synapses). LTP was induced at PP-synapses by high-frequency stimulation (HFS; 100 Hz for 0.4 s), and the same HFS evoked a dendritic calcium increase in the proximal dendrite. However, bath-application of the L-type voltage-dependent calcium channel (VDCC) blocker nimodipine noticeably reduced this calcium increase without abolishing induction of LTP. This calcium increase mediated by high-threshold VDCCs is likely to be evoked by action potentials. LTP induction at PP-synapses is hence suggested to be independent of action potential-induced calcium increases in the proximal dendrite.MESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10116SpeciesratMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D009553ChemicalnimodipineMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium10574362Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2515-221999titleKim DS, Matsuda Y, Ohki K, Ajima A, Tanaka S0Geometrical and topological relationships between multiple functional maps in cat primary visual cortex.abstract105The mammalian striate cortex is organized such that the receptive field properties of neighboring neurons change gradually across the cortical surface, forming so-called cortical maps. The presence of such maps has been demonstrated in different species of mammals for several parameters characterizing the visual space: retinotopy, ocular dominance, orientation, direction of motion and spatial frequency. In this study we used the optical imaging of intrinsic signals to simultaneously record the multiple functional maps in the same animal in order to obtain a comprehensive set of rules that govern mutual dependencies among the functional maps. Our results indicate that while orientation, direction and ocular dominance are represented on the cortex in a mutually dependent manner, the representation of spatial frequency is independent of the other types of cortical representations. The presence and/or absence of mutual dependence among the multiple functional maps are suggested to provide an important clue for the understanding of the development of visual cortical information representation in neonatal animals.9606SpeciesmammalianMESH:D014786Diseasevisual cortical10574363Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2523-61999titlevan Donkelaar P0Spatiotemporal modulation of attention during smooth pursuit eye movements.abstract76The present investigation examined how attention is distributed across both space and time during smooth pursuit eye movements. This was accomplished by measuring manual button pressing latencies to the sudden appearance of a peripheral target during the onset, maintenance, or offset of the pursuit response to a step-ramp target motion. The results showed that manual response latencies were shorter for stimuli flashed ahead of the pursuit target than for those presented in its wake. In addition, the latencies to the peripheral target appearance were shorter overall during pursuit maintenance compared to pursuit onset or offset. Taken together, these results indicate that attention is significantly modulated both in space and time during smooth pursuit eye movements.10574364Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2527-321999titleWeihl CC, Miller RJ, Roos RP0The role of beta-catenin stability in mutant PS1-associated apoptosis.1499Gene1434beta-catenin5663Gene7186PS1abstract71Most early onset cases of familial Alzheimer's disease (FAD) are caused by mutations in presenilin-1 (PS1) and presenilin-2 (PS2). These mutations lead to increased beta-amyloid formation and induce apoptosis when expressed in vitro. Recently, PS1 has been reported to associate with beta-catenin, an armadillo repeat protein. PS1 may regulate the function of beta-catenin, and mutant PS1 may disrupt this regulation. In the present study, we confirm that PS1-WT, as well as mutant PS1, associates with beta-catenin, and that mutant PS1 expression decreases the stability and/or enhances the degradation of beta-catenin. Most importantly, we correlate beta-catenin's destabilization with mutant PS1-associated apoptosis by administering drugs that alter the stability of beta-catenin. The application of LiCl and a proteasome inhibitor, N-acetyl-leu-leu-norleucinal (ALLN), increased the stability of cytosolic beta-catenin in mutant PS1-expressing cells leading to rescue of these cells from apoptosis. These studies suggest that beta-catenin is a key mediator of mutant PS1-associated apoptosis and FAD pathogenesis.MESH:D000544Diseasefamilial Alzheimer's diseaseMESH:D000544DiseaseFAD5663Gene7186presenilin-15663Gene7186PS15664Gene386presenilin-25664Gene386PS25663Gene7186PS11499Gene1434beta-catenin5663Gene7186PS11499Gene1434beta-catenin5663Gene7186PS15663Gene7186PS15663Gene7186PS11499Gene1434beta-catenin5663Gene7186PS11499Gene1434beta-catenin1499Gene1434beta-catenin5663Gene7186PS11499Gene1434beta-cateninMESH:D018021ChemicalLiCl-Chemicalacetyl-leu1499Gene1434beta-catenin5663Gene7186PS11499Gene1434beta-catenin5663Gene7186PS1MESH:D000544DiseaseFAD10574365Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2533-81999titleZhang W, Pouzet B, Jongen-Rêlo AL, Weiner I, Feldon J0Disruption of prepulse inhibition following N-methyl-D-aspartate infusion into the ventral hippocampus is antagonized by clozapine but not by haloperidol: a possible model for the screening of atypical antipsychotics.MESH:D016202ChemicalN-methyl-D-aspartateMESH:D003024ChemicalclozapineMESH:D006220Chemicalhaloperidolabstract218The present study tested the effects of the typical neuroleptic haloperidol and an atypical neuroleptic clozapine on ventral hippocampus stimulation-induced disruption of prepulse inhibition (PPI). Bilateral infusions of 0.7 microg NMDA into the ventral hippocampus disrupted PPI. The impairment of PPI following the infusion was completely normalized 24 h after the infusion. This disruption of PPI was antagonized by clozapine (5.0 mg/kg), but not by haloperidol (0.2 mg/kg). Since disruption of PPI is considered to constitute an animal model of schizophrenia that is related to the deficit of sensorimotor gating observed in schizophrenic patients, these results suggest that PPI disruption induced by intra-ventral hippocampal infusions of NMDA may serve as an animal model for the selective detection of atypical antipsychotics.MESH:D006220ChemicalhaloperidolMESH:D003024ChemicalclozapineMESH:D016202ChemicalNMDAMESH:D003024ChemicalclozapineMESH:D006220ChemicalhaloperidolMESH:D012559DiseaseschizophreniaMESH:D012559Diseaseschizophrenic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D016202ChemicalNMDA10574366Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2539-451999titleSiklós L, Engelhardt JI, Adalbert R, Appel SH0Calcium-containing endosomes at oculomotor terminals in animal models of ALS.MESH:D002118ChemicalCalciumabstract78Altered calcium homeostasis has been demonstrated in human spinal cord motor axon terminals of ALS patients, in spinal motor neurons of mutant SOD transgenic mice and following injection of ALS immunoglobulins. In all three paradigms oculomotor neurons are relatively spared. To explore mechanisms of selective resistance, we applied similar calcium localization techniques to terminals of oculomotor neurons in the two animal models. In both cases large vacuoles, which connect with the extracellular space, accumulated the majority of intracellular calcium, while terminals of vulnerable neurons (e.g. innervating interosseus muscle), which possess no such vacuoles, displayed evenly distributed calcium. These relatively unique membrane enveloped structures may permit neurons to control their cytoplasmic Ca2+ concentration and contribute to selective resistance.MESH:D002118Chemicalcalcium9606Specieshuman9606Speciespatients6647Gene392SOD10090Speciestransgenic miceMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+10574367Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2547-501999titleTomberg C0Finger kinaesthesia: cognitive electrogeneses to attended joint input.abstract71Study of brain mechanisms subserving perception of passive finger movements revealed an unexpected contrast between cutaneous and deep inputs from fingers. Selective attention to tactile inputs from finger tips did not change the first response of primary area 3b, but elicited a cognitive P40 in second order postcentral cortex. For finger joint inputs, attention enhanced the very first cortical response elicited by thalamo-cortical input in postcentral area 2 whereby finger kinaesthesia information was integrated with the cutaneous features information received from primary somatic areas via corticocortical connections. Cognitive electrogeneses P40, P100, N140 and P300 manifested serial sensory features processing and prefrontal working memory matching whereby manipulated objects can be identified from their shape and texture in active touch.3578Gene492P403578Gene492P402033Gene1094P30010574368Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2551-61999titleKim DG, Lee S, Lim JS0Neonatal footshock stress alters adult behavior and hippocampal corticosteroid receptors.MESH:D004194DiseaseNeonatal footshock stressabstract90To determine the effects of stress early in life on adult behavior and hippocampal corticosteroid receptors, rats were exposed to footshocks (0.8 mA, 60 times/day, randomly apart) on postnatal days 14, 17 and 20. When they reached 6 months of age, neurobehavioral alterations were measured. The footshock-experienced rats learned more rapidly in the autoshaped learning test than similarly handled controls. They also stabilized more quickly after exposure to a novel environment than the handled controls, but only at the same rate as animals which had not been handled except for weighing. The density of [3H]dexamethasone binding sites increased and that of [3H]corticosterone binding sites decreased in the hippocampi of these rats. These results indicate that early life stress results in altered behavior and hippocampal corticosteroid receptors at adulthood, and suggest that the mineralocorticoid and the glucocorticoid receptors are differentially regulated by early life stress.10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D014316Chemical3HMESH:D003907ChemicaldexamethasoneMESH:D014316Chemical3HMESH:D003345Chemicalcorticosterone10116Speciesrats10574369Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2557-621999titlePetratos S, Turnbull VJ, Papadopoulos R, Ayers M, Gonzales MF0High titre anti-sulphatide antibodies in HIV-infected individuals.MESH:D013433ChemicalsulphatideMESH:D015658DiseaseHIV-infectedabstract67Plasma samples from 35 individuals with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection but without peripheral neuropathy were screened by enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for IgM and IgG antibodies against sulphatide (GalS). Five of these were shown to contain raised anti-GalS IgM antibody titres, while six had raised IgG titres. All plasma samples screened were compared to an internal neurological disease control which contained raised anti-GalS IgM antibody titres. Anti-GalS IgM antibody titres in the HIV cohort ranged between 200 and 2000 arbitrary units/litre (AU/l), whereas, IgG titres were between 200 and 10,000 AU/l. Two of four plasma samples from HIV-infected individuals with neuropathy (HIV+PN) also showed IgM reactivity with GalS; one also binding to the gangliosides GM1, GD1a, GD1b and GT1b. The other two samples showed IgG reactivity against GalS. These data indicate that antibodies against GalS occur more frequently in HIV infection than in HIV-seronegative individuals with and without neurological disease and may participate in the pathogenesis of neuropathies associated with HIV infection.MESH:D015658Diseasehuman immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infectionMESH:D010523Diseaseperipheral neuropathyMESH:D013433ChemicalsulphatideMESH:C101993ChemicalGalSMESH:D019636Diseaseneurological disease12721SpeciesHIVMESH:C566303DiseaseAUMESH:C566303DiseaseAUMESH:D015658DiseaseHIV-infectedMESH:C565820Diseaseneuropathy (HIV+PN)MESH:C101993ChemicalGalSMESH:D005732ChemicalgangliosidesMESH:D005677ChemicalGM1MESH:C101993ChemicalGalSMESH:C101993ChemicalGalSMESH:D015658DiseaseHIV infection12721SpeciesHIVMESH:D019636Diseaseneurological diseaseMESH:D009422DiseaseneuropathiesMESH:D015658DiseaseHIV infection10574370Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2563-71999titleYakisich JS, Boethius J, Lindblom IO, Wallstedt L, Vargas VI, Sidén A, Cruz MH0Inhibition of DNA synthesis in human gliomas by roscovitine.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D005910DiseasegliomasMESH:D000077546Chemicalroscovitineabstract61The early effect of 1-100 microM roscovitine, a purine analogue and cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor, was studied on tissue specimens from eight human malignant gliomas. The tissue was incubated immediately after resection with DMEM containing [3H]methylthymidine plus vehicle alone or the proper concentration of roscovitine for 30-90 min. The DNA synthesis rate was assessed by measurement of [3H]methylthymidine incorporation into trichloroacetic acid insoluble material/mg protein/min. In all gliomas, 100 microM roscovitine inhibited DNA synthesis by 71-97% (average 89 +/- 8%, p<0.0001). This inhibitory effect of roscovitine appeared within 30 min of incubation and was concentration dependent.MESH:D000077546ChemicalroscovitineMESH:C030985Chemicalpurine1033Gene3805cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor9606SpecieshumanMESH:D005910Diseasemalignant gliomas-ChemicalDMEM-Chemical[3H]methylthymidineMESH:D000077546ChemicalroscovitineMESH:D014316Chemical3HMESH:C012439ChemicalmethylthymidineMESH:D014238Chemicaltrichloroacetic acidMESH:D005910DiseasegliomasMESH:D000077546ChemicalroscovitineMESH:D000077546Chemicalroscovitine10574371Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2569-731999titleYick LW, Wu W, So KF0Additive effect of NOS inhibitor and neurotrophic factors on the survival of injured Clarke's neurons.abstract103The present study examined the effect of treatment with the NOS inhibitor N(G)-nitro-L-arginine methyl ester (L-NAME) together with peripheral nerve (PN) graft or brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) on the survival of CN neurons at the L1 level of the spinal cord following hemisection at T11. In control animals 41% of CN neurons survived 15 days after the hemisection, and 48% of these expressed NOS. Treatment with either PN graft implantation or continuous infusion of BDNF increased the survival rate of CN neurons to 70%; 70% of these expressed NOS. Combined L-NAME and PN graft or L-NAME and BDNF improved the rescue rate up to 94%, but only approximately 33% expressed NOS. Our results suggest that the expression of NOS might adversely influence the neuroprotective function of neurotrophic factors on injured CN neurons in the spinal cord.MESH:D019331ChemicalN(G)-nitro-L-arginine methyl esterMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAME627Gene7245brain-derived neurotrophic factor627Gene7245BDNFMESH:C565820DiseasePN graft implantation627Gene7245BDNFMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAME627Gene7245BDNF10574372Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2575-81999titleTanahashi H, Tabira T0Genomic organization of the human X11L2 gene (APBA3), a third member of the X11 protein family interacting with Alzheimer's beta-amyloid precursor protein.9606Specieshuman9546Gene3591X11L29546Gene3591APBA3351Gene56379beta-amyloid precursor proteinabstract156Recently we cloned a new member of the X11 protein family, X11L2 (gene symbol APBA3) which interacts with Alzheimer's beta-amyloid precursor protein (APP) and has three protein-protein interaction domains, a phosphotyrosine interacting domain (PID) and two PDZ. Here, we report the genomic structure and mapping of the APBA3. The gene spans about 11 kb and is composed of ten coding exons and one untranslated exon. The transcription start site of APBA3 was found in a CpG island. About 1.2 kb of the 5'-flanking region was also sequenced, and its functional promoter activity was confirmed by transient transfection experiments. The APBA3 was localized by the radiation hybrid mapping to chromosome 19. Determination of the APBA3 genome structure will facilitate the linkage analysis and search for mutations in the APBA3 in patients with Alzheimer's disease.9546Gene3591X11L29546Gene3591APBA3351Gene56379beta-amyloid precursor proteinMESH:D019000Chemicalphosphotyrosine9546Gene3591APBA39546Gene3591APBA39546Gene3591APBA39546Gene3591APBA39546Gene3591APBA39606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000544DiseaseAlzheimer's disease10574373Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2579-861999titleSalih SG, Housley GD, Raybould NP, Thorne PR0ATP-gated ion channel expression in primary auditory neurones.MESH:D000255ChemicalATPabstract63Extracellular ATP acts via ionotropic P2X receptors to mediate fast neurotransmission in the central and autonomic nervous systems. Recent data, including identification of P2X2 receptor mRNA expression by spiral ganglion neurones, suggests that purinergic signalling may influence auditory neurotransmission via ATP-gated ion channels assembled from these subunits. Expression of the P2X2 receptor was localized to the region of the spiral ganglion neurone synapses with the inner hair cells using a P2X2 receptor specific antiserum. Whole-cell patch clamping of neurones cultured from post-natal day 3-5 spiral ganglia demonstrated a heterogeneity of ATP-activated conductances, consistent with the functional expression of P2X2 receptor subunit isoforms along with possible co-expression of additional P2X receptor subunits. These data provide substantive support for a purinergic transmission element at the peripheral auditory synapse.MESH:D000255ChemicalATP10574374Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2587-911999titleBlumenfeld LD, Clementz BA0Hemispheric differences on auditory evoked response suppression in schizophrenia.MESH:D012559Diseaseschizophreniaabstract82Using binaural stimuli, schizophrenia subjects have worse auditory evoked response (AER) suppression than normals in a paired-click paradigm. In this study we investigated hemispheric differences in AER suppression between groups using monaural and binaural stimulus presentation. Auditory evoked responses from 12 schizophrenia and 12 normal subjects were recorded with a 148-channel whole-head biomagnetometer. One hundred and twenty pairs of clicks were presented in three counterbalanced blocks (left, right, binaural). With monaural stimuli, patients had worse M100 suppression than normals in ipsilateral (effect size -2.13) but not in contralateral hemisphere (effect size -0.43). The groups did not differ on gamma band response suppression. Overall, the best group separations were obtained with binaural stimulus presentation on M100 suppression (effect size -4.14).MESH:D012559DiseaseschizophreniaMESH:D012559Diseaseschizophrenia9606Speciespatients10574375Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2593-71999titleHan MH, Yang XL0Zn2+ differentially modulates kinetics of GABA(C) vs GABA(A) receptors in carp retinal bipolar cells.MESH:D015032ChemicalZn2+MESH:D005680ChemicalGABA7962Speciescarpabstract102GABA(C) and GABA(A) receptors co-exist in retinal bipolar cells. In the present study the effects of zinc on the kinetics of currents mediated by GABA(C) and GABA(A) receptors were investigated in isolated carp bipolar cells, using whole-cell patch-clamp technique. We observed for the first time that zinc exerted opposite effects on kinetics of the GABA(C) and GABA(A) responses: zinc significantly slowed down activation and desensitization of the GABA(C) response, but accelerated those of the GABA(A) response; zinc dramatically accelerated deactivation of the GABA(C) response, whereas it had no apparent effect on deactivation of the GABA(A) response. These results suggest that zinc may be functionally important in regulating retinal signal transmission.MESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABA7962SpeciescarpMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D005680ChemicalGABA10574376Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2599-6031999titleThierry G, Boulanouar K, Kherif F, Ranjeva JP, Démonet JF0Temporal sorting of neural components underlying phonological processing.abstract74Event-related haemodynamic responses (EHRs) were recorded in subjects performing phonological tasks to test whether distinguishable temporal involvement of corresponding neural components would show through. A sequence of activation leading from primary auditory cortices to premotor regions emerged in the fast repetition and the phoneme monitoring tasks used. EHRs peaked significantly earlier in Wernicke's area (phonological decoding) than in Broca's area, the left supramarginal gyrus and the precentral gyrus (phonological rehearsal). Moreover, the sensitivity of within cluster temporal gradients to the nature of the tasks indicated either sensory to association cortex synchronization for fast repetition or delayed analysis for phoneme monitoring. These results are consistent with previous findings on working memory and show that fMRI permits temporal tracking of cognitive activations.10574377Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2605-81999titleCutillas B, Espejo M, Gil J, Ferrer I, Ambrosio S0Caspase inhibition protects nigral neurons against 6-OHDA-induced retrograde degeneration.MESH:D016627Chemical6-OHDAMESH:D012183Diseaseretrograde degenerationabstract916-Hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA) administered intrastriatally to adult rats in a single injection causes neurodegeneration of the nigrostriatal pathway and loss of > 50% of dopamine neurons in substantia nigra pars compacta 30 days after administration. The death of nigral neurons occurs, at least partially, by a caspase-mediated mechanism. The nigral loss of dopaminergic neurons could be prevented by stereotaxical administration of zVAD.fmk, a caspase inhibitor, into the substantia nigra, indicating that 6-OHDA-induced nigrostriatal degeneration involves caspase activation. These results suggest that caspases are probably involved in neurodegenerative chronic processes such as Parkinson's disease and might be considered as possible targets in the treatment of such neurological disorders.MESH:D016627Chemical6-HydroxydopamineMESH:D016627Chemical6-OHDA10116SpeciesratsMESH:D019636DiseaseneurodegenerationMESH:D004298Chemicaldopamine-ChemicalzVAD-ChemicalfmkMESH:D016627Chemical6-OHDAMESH:D009410Diseasenigrostriatal degenerationMESH:D010300DiseaseParkinson's diseaseMESH:D009422Diseaseneurological disorders10574378Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2609-131999titleKoizumi H, Nomura K, Ishihama K, Kogo M, Matsuya T0Temporal patterns of trigeminal respiratory activity in rat brainstem-spinal cord in vitro.10116Speciesratabstract92Respiratory activity in trigeminal (V) motoneurons was studied in rhythmically active en bloc brainstem-spinal cord preparations isolated from neonatal rats (P0-P3). In the majority of preparations (83%), the temporal pattern of V activity consisted of spontaneous inspiratory phasic discharge with onset delayed or coincident with onset of phrenic motoneuron discharge. Blockade of alpha-2 noradrenergic receptor activation shifted onset of V respiratory discharges earlier than phrenic discharges, while elevation of extracellular potassium concentration or blockade of GABAergic and glycinergic inhibitory synaptic transmission had little effect on temporary pattern of V respiratory discharges. We conclude V motoneurons in the in vitro preparation generate respiratory activity during inspiratory phase, and their temporal patterns are modulated by inhibitory noradrenergic synaptic transmission.10116SpeciesratsMESH:D011188Chemicalpotassium10574379Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2615-71999titleDvorakova M, Höhler B, Richter E, Burritt JB, Kummer W0Rat sensory neurons contain cytochrome b558 large subunit immunoreactivity.10116SpeciesRat26192Gene5013cytochrome babstract76Cytochrome b558 is part of the NADPH oxidase complex of phagocytes, but it has also been proposed to function as a cellular oxygen sensor, e.g. in the carotid body. Thus, we investigated whether cytochrome b558 is present in rat primary afferent neurons. Immunohistochemistry and Western blotting using the monoclonal antibody 54.1 directed towards the large subunit of cytochrome b558, gp91phox, revealed a ubiquituous occurrence of cytochrome b558-immunoreactivity in neurons of the petrosal ganglion that innervates the carotid body, and also in dorsal root ganglia. This ubiquituous occurrence in sensory neurons of various locations and functional modalities points to a general role of cytochrome b558 in primary afferent neurons rather than involvement in a specialized function such as arterial chemoreception.26192Gene5013Cytochrome bMESH:D010100Chemicaloxygen26192Gene5013cytochrome b10116Speciesrat26192Gene5013cytochrome b66021Gene68054gp91phox26192Gene5013cytochrome b26192Gene5013cytochrome b10574380Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2619-231999titleCalvert GA, Brammer MJ, Bullmore ET, Campbell R, Iversen SD, David AS0Response amplification in sensory-specific cortices during crossmodal binding.abstract79Integrating information across the senses can enhance our ability to detect and classify stimuli in the environment. For example, auditory speech perception is substantially improved when the speaker's face is visible. In an fMRI study designed to investigate the neural mechanisms underlying these crossmodal behavioural gains, bimodal (audio-visual) speech was contrasted against both unimodal (auditory and visual) components. Significant response enhancements in auditory (BA 41/42) and visual (V5) cortices were detected during bimodal stimulation. This effect was found to be specific to semantically congruent crossmodal inputs. These data suggest that the perceptual improvements effected by synthesizing matched multisensory inputs are realised by reciprocal amplification of the signal intensity in participating unimodal cortices.10574381Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2625-301999titleKilpeläinen R, Partanen J, Karhu J0What does the P300 brain response measure in children? New insight from stimulus sequence studies.9606Specieschildrenabstract99The decrease in the P300 brain response latency with increasing age is often taken to reflect maturation of cognitive processes in children. We found that in abnormally distractible children the auditory P300 latency decreased significantly when the inter-target interval (ITI) increased in a stimulus discrimination task. We speculate that the sensory memory trace of the target stimulus may decay in distractible children during longer ITIs, and consequently the next target stimulus may activate the brain's orienting networks that are known to generate shorter latency brain responses. The relative strength by which the functionally different neural networks underlying the cognitive brain responses are activated may contribute significantly to the latency measures of these responses. The presumption that a short P300 latency equals to fast processing may thus be over-simplistic, especially in children.9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren259Gene1234inter-target interval (ITI)9606Specieschildren9606Specieschildren10574382Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2631-41999titleCorthout E, Uttl B, Walsh V, Hallett M, Cowey A0Timing of activity in early visual cortex as revealed by transcranial magnetic stimulation.abstract92To determine the timing of visual processing in the early visual cortex, we applied single pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation to the occipital pole of healthy subjects while they were engaged in a forced-choice visual letter-identification task. We found two separate periods of activity, the first ranging from 20 to 60 ms after the onset of the visual stimulus, and the second ranging from 100 to 140 ms after the onset of the visual stimulus. We suggest that these two periods reflect necessary activity in V1, before and after re-entry.10574383Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2635-91999titleKnox PC, O Mullane G, Gray R0Smooth pursuit latency in gap and non-gap conditions in schizophrenic subjects.MESH:D012559Diseaseschizophrenicabstract80It has been demonstrated in normal subjects that smooth pursuit latency is reduced in gap pursuit tasks. We have now measured smooth pursuit latency in a group of schizophrenic subjects in both gap and non-gap conditions. In non-gap tasks pursuit latency was longer in the schizophrenic subjects than in controls. While the addition of gaps produced reductions in pursuit latency in the schizophrenic subjects, the effect was more variable than in controls, with a greater asymmetry between rightward and leftward pursuit latencies. Our results are consistent with the hypothesis that pursuit initiation is modified in schizophrenia and that as with the gap effect on saccades, the gap effect on pursuit is also modified.MESH:D012559DiseaseschizophrenicMESH:D012559DiseaseschizophrenicMESH:D012559DiseaseschizophrenicMESH:D012559Diseaseschizophrenia10574384Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2641-51999titleRiemann R, Reuss S0Nitric oxide synthase in trigeminal ganglion cells projecting to the cochlea of rat and guinea pig.10116Speciesrat10141Speciesguinea pigabstract100Nitric oxide (NO) influences electrophysiological and morphological parameters of the mammalian cochlea. Recently, the isoform of the NO-producing enzyme neuronal NO synthase (nNOS) has been demonstrated in spiral ganglion cells and olivocochlear neurons. The cochlea is also innervated by fibers stemming from the trigeminal ganglion (TG) and superior cervical ganglion (SCG). Whether these ganglion cells contain nNOS is not known yet. We therefore identified TG and SCG cells upon injection of Fluoro-Gold (FG) into the cochlea and retrograde neuronal transport of FG in rat and guinea pig. These ganglion cells were investigated for neuronal NOS immunohistochemically. Perikarya labeled by FG were found in the ipsilateral TG and SCG. In both species investigated, a considerable number of FG-labeled TG cells were also nNOS-immunoreactive whereas SCG cells were not. These data, demonstrating the existence of nNOS-containing TG cells that project to the cochlea, provide evidence that these neurons are further sources of nitric oxide in the cochlea.MESH:D009569ChemicalNitric oxide9606Speciesmammalian24598Gene37327nNOS24598Gene37327nNOS-ChemicalFluoro-10116Speciesrat10141Speciesguinea pig24598Gene37327nNOS24598Gene37327nNOSMESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxide10574385Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2647-501999titleHerpers BL, Schrama LH, Kaal EC, Joosten EA, Dop Bär PR0Microinjection of catalase cDNA prevents hydrogen peroxide-induced motoneuron death.24248Gene55514catalaseMESH:D006861Chemicalhydrogen peroxideMESH:D003643Diseasemotoneuron deathabstract85Oxidative stress is believed to play a central role in the pathogenesis of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS). We investigated the protective effects of overexpression of catalase in primary cultures of rat spinal motoneurons against the oxidative stress of hydrogen peroxide. Using microinjection, catalase-encoding cDNA was transferred into the motoneurons. In another approach, motoneurons were injected with a catalase solution. Both procedures elevated the intracellular antioxidant status of the cultured motoneurons as evidenced by a significant protection against H2O2 toxicity. We conclude that modulating the expression of enzymes involved in cellular defense against oxidative stress can render cells more resistant to oxidant toxicity.MESH:D000690Diseaseamyotrophic lateral sclerosis24248Gene55514catalase10116SpeciesratMESH:D006861Chemicalhydrogen peroxide24248Gene55514catalase24248Gene55514catalaseMESH:D006861ChemicalH2O2MESH:D064420DiseasetoxicityMESH:D064420Diseasetoxicity10574386Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2651-61999titleKrüger H, Heinemann U, Luhmann HJ0Effects of ionotropic glutamate receptor blockade and 5-HT1A receptor activation on spreading depression in rat neocortical slices.MESH:D000275Diseasedepression10116Speciesratabstract132The effect of the AMPA antagonist NBQX (10 microM), NMDA antagonist ketamine (100 microM) and 5-HT1A agonist 8-OH-DPAT (1, 10 and 100 microM) on the properties of a KCl-induced spreading depression (SD) was studied in parietal cortical slices of adult rats. Whereas NBQX did not significantly affect the SD, ketamine significantly (p < 0.01) reduced the amplitude of the first SD peak (12.8 +/- 4.6 mV) and blocked the second SD peak when compared with the controls (19.8 +/- 5.2 mV and 25 +/- 5 mV, respectively). Ketamine also decreased the SD duration at half maximal amplitude from 34.9 +/- 12.4 s to 22.2 +/- 12 s (p < 0.05). 8-OH-DPAT attenuated the duration of the SD from 42 +/- 15.6 s to 21.2 +/- 10.6 s (p < 0.05, 100 microM). These data indicate that not only NMDA receptor blockade, but also activation of the 5-HT1A receptor attenuates the SD and may be beneficial in the reduction of ischemic injury following focal cerebral ischemia.MESH:C062865ChemicalNBQXMESH:D016202ChemicalNMDAMESH:D007649ChemicalketamineMESH:D017371Chemical8-OH-DPATMESH:D011189ChemicalKClMESH:D000275Diseasedepression10116SpeciesratsMESH:C062865ChemicalNBQXMESH:D007649ChemicalketamineMESH:D007649ChemicalKetamineMESH:D017371Chemical8-OH-DPATMESH:D002545Diseaseischemic injury following focal cerebral ischemia10574387Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2657-601999titleDallaporta M, Himmi T, Perrin J, Orsini JC0Solitary tract nucleus sensitivity to moderate changes in glucose level.MESH:D005947Chemicalglucoseabstract73Many neurons in the caudal nucleus tractus solitarii (NTS) recorded in vivo respond to moderate glycemic fluctuations through the local action of glucose molecules. To investigate this sensitivity in vitro, the extracellular activity of 112 neurons was recorded in hindbrain slices: 57 changed in firing rate when the glucose level in the bathing medium was increased by 2 mM. Since the glucose-responding neurons were located in catecholaminergic regions and depressed by the alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonist clonidine, they were likely to be adrenergic or noradrenergic. A comparison of the responses to glucose and 2-deoxy-D-glucose suggested that the bioenergetic metabolism is involved in NTS sensitivity to glucose.MESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D003000ChemicalclonidineMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D003847Chemical2-deoxy-D-glucoseMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose10574388Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2661-41999titleRugg MD, Nieto-Vegas M0Modality-specific effects of immediate word repetition: electrophysiological evidence.abstract87Event-related potentials (ERPs) elicited by visually presented words were employed to investigate whether the neural correlates of repetition within- and across-modality differ when repetition is immediate, and the influence of explicit memory maximal. Relative to the ERPs elicited by first presentations, ERPs elicited by immediate, within-modality repetitions began to differ from approximately 200 ms post-stimulus onset. ERP repetition effects elicited by across-modality repetition did not onset until approximately 150 ms later. Within- and across-modality repetition effects were also dissociable neuroanatomically, exhibiting different scalp distributions. The findings support the proposal that the modality-sensitive component of visual word repetition effects operates at an early, pre-semantic processing stage.10574389Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2665-701999titleEggert T, Mezger F, Robinson F, Straube A0Orbital position dependency is different for the gain of externally and internally triggered saccades.abstract103The gain of visually triggered saccades depends on orbital position. Centrifugal saccades have smaller gains and are slower than centripetal saccades elicited by the same target amplitude. We determined whether internally triggered saccades, e.g. scanning or memory saccades, exhibit the orbital position dependency evident in visually guided saccades. The search coil technique was used to record eye movements of healthy subjects while they performed horizontal 12.5 degree saccades under three paradigms (gap, scanning and memory saccades). Orbital position influenced externally triggered gap saccades but not the gain or peak eye velocity of scanning or memory saccades. These findings do not support the idea that position dependency caused by orbital mechanics is compensated for at the level of the common brainstem burst generator. Instead our results are consistent with the view that cortical output reflects the differences evident in the gain of visually triggered centrifugal and centripetal saccades.10574390Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2671-51999titleHammond EN, Tetzlaff W, Mestres P, Giehl KM0BDNF, but not NT-3, promotes long-term survival of axotomized adult rat corticospinal neurons in vivo.24225Gene7245BDNF81737Gene1896NT-310116Speciesratabstract103Axotomy-induced death of corticospinal neurons (CSN) is prevented by intracotrical infusions of BDNF or NT-3 within the first week after axotomy. The present study examined whether this represents merely a delay of CSN death or whether BDNF and NT-3 can promote long-term survival of these neurons in vivo. The neurotrophins were infused for an initial period of 14 days to lesioned CSN which was followed by 28 days without treatment. BDNF was able to promote CSN survival for at least 42 days while NT-3 had no significant effect. These results suggest that initial BDNF treatment induces an endogamous mechanism that promotes survival of axotomized CSN without further exogenous neurotrophic factor supply. These findings may be important for the design of therapeutic strategies for motoneuron disease.MESH:D003643Diseasedeath24225Gene7245BDNF81737Gene1896NT-3MESH:D003643Diseasedelay of CSN death24225Gene7245BDNF81737Gene1896NT-324225Gene7245BDNF81737Gene1896NT-324225Gene7245BDNF10574391Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2677-801999titleOtaki JM, Firestein S0Segregated expression of neurestin in the developing olfactory bulb.117242Gene22672neurestinabstract69Neurestin is a putative transmembrane protein whose expression is developmentally regulated in neurons. Here we examined neurestin expression pattern in mitral/tufted cells in the developing rat olfactory bulb. In the main olfactory bulb, neurestin expression was segregated in the dorso-rostral area and in the ventro-caudal area, but not in between. In the accessory olfactory bulb, neurestin expression was found only in the far caudal area. This area did not completely correspond to a caudal half of the vomeronasal nerve and glomerular layers positive for a G-protein Go alpha. These spatio-temporal expression patterns suggest that neurestin functions as a target recognition molecule that specifies zonal projection patterns of olfactory and vomeronasal sensory neurons.117242Gene22672Neurestin117242Gene22672neurestin10116Speciesrat117242Gene22672neurestin117242Gene22672neurestin117242Gene22672neurestinMESH:D015417Diseasevomeronasal sensory neurons10574392Neuroreport; 1999 Aug 20; 10(12) 2681-71999titleWagner EJ, Bosch MA, Kelly MJ, Rønnekleiv OK0A powerful GABA(B) receptor-mediated inhibition of GABAergic neurons in arcuate nucleus.abstract89We combined histofluorescence with in situ hybridization to identify GABAergic neurons in the arcuate nucleus (ARC) following electrophysiological recording, using GAD65 as a marker. Intracellular recordings 91 were made in hypothalamic slices prepared from ovariectomized guinea pigs. Over 90% of ARC neurons tested with the GABA(B) receptor agonist baclofen responded with a membrane hyperpolarization or an outward current. The hyperpolarization was dose dependent, and the GABA(B) receptor antagonist CGP 35,348 produced a rightward shift in the agonist dose-response curve. Agonist potency was lower, and the efficacy greater, in GAD-positive neurons. The use of this novel technique for identifying GABAergic neurons thus reveals differences in the pharmacodynamics of GABA(B) receptor activation between GABAergic and non-GABAergic ARC neurons.10141Speciesguinea pigsMESH:D005680ChemicalGABAMESH:D001418Chemicalbaclofen10574393Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 109-111999titleCoats AJ0Heart Failure 99 -- the MOXCON story.abstract3810574394Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 113-41999titleSharma R, Anker SD0Cardiac cachexia is a world-wide problem.MESH:D002100DiseaseCardiac cachexiaabstract4210574395Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 115-201999titleSantini F, Gatti G, Prioli A, Mazzucco A, Santini F, Gatti G, Prioli A, Mazzucco A0Pulmonary autograft replacement of the bicuspid aortic valve: a successful surgical option for young adults.abstract109A severely dysfunctioning congenitally bicuspid aortic valve may require surgical treatment within the fourth decade of life. Among conventional options, the pulmonary autograft (PA) offers many theoretical advantages particularly for young patients, including potential for growth, hemodynamic performance, no need for anticoagulants and freedom from endocarditis. However the operation is more complex and longer, may interfere with coronary and right ventricular anatomy and function and may expose the patient to the downside of two valves at risk. Aim of this retrospective study was to evaluate the mid-term results achieved with the PA performed in adolescents and young adults with a bicuspid aortic valve. Between July 94 and June 98, 26 patients, 22 males and four females, with a mean age of 24+/-10 years (range, 11 to 38), underwent bicuspid aortic valve replacement with a pulmonary autograft (stenosis 2-8%; insufficiency 13-50%; combined 11-42%). Eight patients (31%) were in NYHA FC I, 17 (65%) in II, and 1 (4%) in III. Mean preoperative ejection fraction was 67+/-7%. Three patients (11.5%) had a past medical history of endocarditis (healed in all) and in two the PA was a re-do procedure. The PA was inserted as a subcoronary implant in one case (4%) and utilized as a root in the remaining 25 (96%). The right ventricular outflow tract was reconstructed with a cryopreserved pulmonary homograft conduit in all cases. Mean cardiopulmonary bypass and aortic crossclamp times were 204+/-50 min (range, 174 to 300) and 157+/-35 min (range, 133 to 193) respectively. No early or late deaths had occurred at a mean follow-up of 22.5 months (range, 5 to 47.5). The first patient in the series (4%) was reexplored for bleeding and needed transfusions. The subsequent routine use medical and surgical strategies resulted in no further need for postoperative reexploration, and successful containment of total postoperative blood loss (<350 ml/m2BSA). 2-D Echo evaluation of neo-aortic valve competence at 6 months, revealed no evidence of aortic valve regurgitation in 17 (65%), trivial regurgitation in seven (27%), mild in one (4%) and mild-to-moderate in one (4%). The latter patient (subcoronary implant PA) required reoperation. At six months, the mean degree of regression of left ventricular mass compared to pre-operative data, was 36% (333+/-94 to 212+/-60 gr, p<0.05). All patients are asymptomatic, in NYHA FC I, and enjoy normal social interaction. In conclusion, PA root implantation can be offered as a low-risk alternative to conventional prosthetic aortic valve replacement to adolescents and young adults with a bicuspid aortic valve. The routine achievement of blood loss containment has minimized the risk of transfusion thus contributing to expand the indication in young patients. Continued patients evaluation particularly with regard to evidence of neo-aortic valve degeneration, root dilatation and homograft dysfunction in the long term is warranted.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004696Diseaseendocarditis9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000309Diseaseinsufficiency9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004696Diseaseendocarditis-ChemicalPA9606SpeciespatientMESH:D006470DiseasebleedingMESH:D019106Diseasepostoperative blood lossMESH:D001022Diseaseaortic valve regurgitation9606Speciespatient-ChemicalPA9606Speciespatients-ChemicalPAMESH:D006473Diseaseblood loss9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsOMIM:109730Diseaseneo-aortic valve degeneration10574396Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 121-71999titleAmin FR, Yousufuddin M, Stables R, Kurbaan AS, Clague J, Coats JS, Sigwart U0Non-elective intra-coronary stenting: are the clinical outcomes comparable to elective stenting at 6 months?abstract109The aim of this study was to compare prospectively the clinical outcome of patients treated with intra-coronary stents as a non-elective/bailout procedure for acute or threatened vessel closure, with those undergoing elective stenting at 6 months. Sixty-four patients (60.2+/-11.7 y) who underwent non-elective stenting for abrupt or threatened vessel closure and/or sub-optimal results were prospectively compared with 68 patients (62+/-10.0 y) who were stented electively. All patients had broadly similar pre-procedural clinical profiles. However, patients in the elective group had a higher incidence of previous PTCA (10.2% vs. 0%, P = 0.01) and bypass surgery (30.9% vs. 6.3%, P = 0.0003) compared with the non-elective group. A total of 158 stents (1.19 per patient) were implanted in 132 patients with a procedural success rate of 99.3%. At 6 months follow-up there was no statistical difference in the primary composite end-point of death, myocardial infarction and the need of repeat revascularisation (10.9% vs. 5.8%, P = 0.35) between the two groups. However, patients in the non-elective group showed a higher incidence of unstable angina compared with the elective group (25% vs. 1.4%, P = 0.0004). The findings of this study suggest that stents (single or multiple) can be effectively implanted in non-elective situations with no increase in the incidence of death, non-fatal myocardial infarction, and the need of repeat revascularisation at 6 months compared with elective stenting.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarction9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000789Diseaseunstable anginaMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarction10574397Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 129-341999titleMuir DF, MacGregor GD, McCann GP, Hillis WS0The prevalence of left ventricular hypertrophy in elite professional footballers.MESH:D002312Diseaseventricular hypertrophyabstract82BACKGROUND: We evaluated the prevalence of left ventricular hypertrophy in elite footballers compared with sedentary controls. A total of 141 elite male professional footballers and 32 healthy sedentary controls were studied. Echocardiographic and demographic variables were compared between groups by unpaired t-test. RESULTS: The prevalence of left ventricular hypertrophy with maximal wall thickness values out with the normal range (>12 mm) was noted. Footballers were significantly younger than controls (20.9 vs. 24.3 years, P<0.005: 95% CI (-5.2, -1.73)) but there were no significant differences in height, weight or body surface area between the groups. Each of inter-ventricular septum (10.4 vs. 9.1 mm, P<0.0001; 95% CI (0.88, 1.72)), posterior wall (9.2 vs. 8.5 mm, P<0.01; 95% CI (0.22, 1.21)), left ventricular cavity (systolic and diastolic) (34.5 vs. 28.4 mm, P<0.0001; 95% CI (4.31, 7.76) in systole; 50.1 vs. 48.2 mm, P<0.05; 95% CI (0.15, 3.74) in diastole), aortic root size (29.1 vs. 27.8 mm, P<0.05; 95% CI (0.03,2.49)) and left ventricular mass index (112 vs. 89 g/m2, P<0.0001; 95% CI (14.4, 32.1)) were significantly greater in footballers than in controls. Absolute left ventricular wall thickness >12 mm was present in 17 footballers (12%) (range 13-15 mm) and in no controls. CONCLUSIONS: Elite professional footballers have increased cardiac dimensions compared with healthy controls. The prevalence of absolute wall thicknesses out with the normal range is relatively high.MESH:D002312Diseaseventricular hypertrophyMESH:D002312Diseaseventricular hypertrophy10574398Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 135-91999titleIga K, Konishi T0Intermittently audible the "third heart sound" as a sign of complete atrio-ventricular block in patients with a VVI pacemaker.MESH:C535326Diseaseatrio-ventricular block9606Speciespatientsabstract127BACKGROUND: It is not known that an S3 can be audible intermittently. We have recognized this in patients with VVI pacing in whom sinus rhythm has been preserved. SUBJECTS AND METHODS: Subjects consisted of consecutive 39 patients with VVI pacemaker implantation and preservation of sinus rhythm. We tried to find out what percentage of these patients have an intermittent S3 and also to elucidate the mechanism of this sound by Doppler echocardiography. The PP interval and RR intervals were measured and ?PP-RR?/RR was calculated. One doctor carried out auscultation from the left sternal border to the apex for 5-6 consecutive beats while the patients held their breath. Transmitral flow velocity was measured by pulsed Doppler echocardiography with a paper speed of 100 cm/sec. A wave velocity was measured when a P wave coincided with late diastole. E wave velocity was measured when no A wave was present in early diastole. The maximal summation of E and A waves (E+A) velocity was measured. RESULT: An intermittent S3, being audible in 21 patients (group A) and not audible in 18 patients (group B), coincided with maximal E+A velocity. There was no statistical age difference between the two groups. Both maximal E+A velocity, and A velocity were higher in group A than group B (116.2 cm/sec Vs 90.8 cm/sec P<0.0001, 80.6 cm/sec Vs 56.4 cm/sec P<0.0001 respectively), while E velocity was not statistically different (68.3 cm/sec Vs 60.3 cm/sec). In 5 of 9 cases in whom an intermittent S3 was not audible regardless of more than 100 cm/sec of E+A velocity, the calculated ?PP-RR?/RR was less than 0.1. CONCLUSION: An intermittently audible S3 is one of the physical signs of complete atrio-ventricular block. It occurs when a strong atrial contraction develops exactly at the time of rapid left ventricular filling. However, when the PP and RR intervals are too close, the S3 may be difficult to discern.9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C535326Diseaseatrio-ventricular block10574399Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 141-81999titleKal JE, Van Wezel HB, Vergroesen I0A critical appraisal of the rate pressure product as index of myocardial oxygen consumption for the study of metabolic coronary flow regulation.MESH:D010100Chemicaloxygenabstract145For the assessment of metabolic coronary vasodilatation, changes in systolic rate pressure product (RPP) are frequently used to estimate the pacing- or exercise induced changes in myocardial oxygen consumption (MVO2). The present study was designed to test whether this is justified in patients with coronary artery disease. To study the relation between RPP and changes in MVO2 under different conditions, we used data from 21 patients who participated in two previous studies investigating the effect of nitroglycerin (NTG) and anaesthesia on metabolic coronary flow regulation. At control, during administration of NTG 1 microg/kg/min (n=11), and during anaesthesia (n=10), coronary sinus blood flow, MVO2 and RPP were measured at sinus rhythm and during atrial pacing (30 bpm above sinus rate) and the relation between the percentage increase in RPP (delta%RPP) and MVO2 delta%MVO2) was analysed, using standard linear regression analysis. Although a significant relation between delta%MVO2 and delta%RPP was found at control and during anaesthesia, prediction intervals were very wide and only 40% and 60% of the variation in delta%MVO2, respectively, could be explained by the variation in delta%RPP. During administration of NTG 1 microg/kg/min no significant relation was found between delta%MVO2 and delta%RPP. Thus, for the study of metabolic coronary flow regulation, pacing induced changes in MVO2 cannot be predicted accurately from changes in RPP.MESH:D010100Chemicaloxygen-ChemicalMVO29606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003324Diseasecoronary artery disease-ChemicalMVO29606SpeciespatientsMESH:D005996ChemicalnitroglycerinMESH:D005996ChemicalNTGMESH:D005996ChemicalNTGMESH:D005996ChemicalNTG-ChemicalMVO210574400Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 149-551999titlePeverill RE, Harper RW, Smolich JJ0Inverse relation of haematocrit to cardiac index in mitral stenosis and atrial fibrillation.MESH:D008946Diseasemitral stenosisMESH:D001281Diseaseatrial fibrillationabstract93We investigated the relationship between atrial fibrillation and the red cell parameters haematocrit, red cell concentration and mean corpuscular volume in 95 female patients with mitral stenosis (mean age 51+/-11 years, 38 patients in atrial fibrillation, 57 patients in sinus rhythm) who had undergone full blood examination and right and left heart catheterisation. Haematocrit was a positive correlate of atrial fibrillation (r=0.29, p<0.009) and a negative correlate of cardiac index (r=-0.37, p<0.003), but cardiac index was the only independent correlate of haematocrit on multivariate analysis (r2=0.14). The mean corpuscular volume was a positive correlate of age (r=0.42, p<0.0001) and atrial fibrillation (r=0.29, p<0.005) and a negative correlate of cardiac index (r=-0.22, p<0.04) and red cell concentration (r=-0.56, p<0.0001). On multivariate analysis, however, only age and red cell concentration were independent correlates of mean corpuscular volume (r2=0.43). Cardiac index was inversely correlated with both haematocrit and red cell concentration in the subgroup of patients with atrial fibrillation but not those with sinus rhythm. This study demonstrates that the major determinant of the higher haematocrit in mitral stenosis patients with atrial fibrillation is an associated reduction in cardiac index.MESH:D001281Diseaseatrial fibrillation9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008946Diseasemitral stenosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001281Diseaseatrial fibrillation9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001281Diseaseatrial fibrillationMESH:D001281Diseaseatrial fibrillation9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001281Diseaseatrial fibrillationMESH:D008946Diseasemitral stenosis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001281Diseaseatrial fibrillation10574401Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 157-651999titleBodí V, Sanchis J, Berenguer A, Insa LD, Chorro FJ, Llácer A, López-Merino V0Wall motion of noninfarcted myocardium. Relationship to regional and global systolic function and to early and late left ventricular dilation.MESH:D002311Diseaseventricular dilationabstract143We studied the wall motion of the noninfarcted area and its role in left ventricular remodeling. The study group consisted of 43 patients with a first Q-wave acute myocardial infarction and single-vessel disease. Cardiac catheterization was performed at the first week, and was repeated six months later. Left ventricular volumes, wall motion at the infarcted and noninfarcted area, ejection fraction and infarction-related artery status were quantified. Hyperkinesia was only found at the first week in 22% of cases, and at the sixth month in 26% of cases. Wall motion at the noninfarcted area correlated with wall motion at the infarcted area (one week: r=0.53 p<0.0001; six months: r=0.52 p=0.01), ejection fraction (one week: r=0.69 p<0.0001; six months: r=0.56 p=0.006), end-diastolic volume (one week: r=-0.48 p=0.002; six months: r=-0.48 p=0.02) and end-systolic volume (one week: r=-0.70 p<0.0001; six months: r=-0.64 p=0.001). The improvement of the noninfarcted area (from the first week to the sixth month) was only related to basal (one week) wall motion in this area (r=-0.58 p=0.003). We conclude that after an intermediate-large infarction, most patients exhibit a normal or hypokinetic noninfarcted area. Patients with a more depressed infarcted area show poorer contractility at the noninfarcted area. area exhibit greater progressive improvement.MESH:D020257Diseaseventricular remodeling9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009203Diseaseacute myocardial infarctionMESH:D007238DiseaseinfarctedMESH:D007238DiseaseinfarctionMESH:D006948DiseaseHyperkinesiaMESH:D007238DiseaseinfarctedMESH:D007238Diseaseinfarction9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C536231Diseasehypokinetic9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D007238Diseasedepressed infarcted10574402Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 167-781999titleLotze U, Ozbek C, Gerk U, Kaufmann H, Sen S, Figulla HR0Three-year follow-up of patients with silent ischemia in the subacute phase of myocardial infarction after thrombolysis and early coronary intervention.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007511DiseaseischemiaMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionabstract153In order to assess the prognostic value of silent myocardial ischemia in acute myocardial infarction after thrombolysis and early coronary angiography (14-48 h after start of thrombolysis) including percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, if indicated, 126 patients underwent 24 h-Holter-monitoring in the early postinfarction period. The 24 h-Holter-recording was initiated directly after early coronary intervention (40+/-11 h after onset of symptoms). Of the 126 patients initially eligible for the study 29 had to be excluded from further analysis for clinical or methodical reasons. Of the remaining 97 patients, 10 (10%) had silent ischemia (group A) and 87/97 (90%) patients showed no significant ST-segment alterations. Both groups did not significantly differ from each other with regard to baseline clinical characteristics, severity of coronary artery disease and frequency of successful percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty. The left ventricular ejection fraction showed a trend towards lower values in patients with than in those without silent ischemia (47+/-15% vs. 55+/-13%, p=0.07). When both silent ischemia and left ventricular ejection fraction <40% were present, a subset of patients at high risk for cardiac death could be identified (specificity: 98%, positive predictive accuracy: 75%). By Kaplan-Meier analysis, significantly more cardiac deaths occurred in group A than in group B (30% vs. 6%, p<0.01) during the three-year follow-up (950+/-392 days) after acute myocardial infarction. Regarding the cardiac events during long-term follow-up (emergency percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, coronary artery bypass grafting, non-fatal reinfarction, and cardiac death) there was no significant difference between both groups (30% vs. 18%, NS). In conclusion, Holter monitor-detected silent ischemia in the subacute phase of myocardial infarction after thrombolysis followed by early delayed coronary intervention occurs in 10% of the patients indicating either a residual ischemia in the infarcted zone despite a combined reperfusion strategy or a remote ischemic potential in case of multivessel disease. In this small selected group of infarct patients too, silent ischemia is to be considered as an important non-invasive parameter to predict cardiac death during long-term follow-up and provides valuable complementary information to left ventricular dysfunction, a well established prognostic marker in the postinfarction period.MESH:D003324Diseasemyocardial ischemiaMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarction9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007511Diseaseischemia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003324Diseasecoronary artery disease9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007511DiseaseischemiaMESH:D007511Diseaseischemia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003643Diseasecardiac deathMESH:D003643Diseasecardiac deathsMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionMESH:D003643Diseasecardiac deathMESH:D007511DiseaseischemiaMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarction9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007511DiseaseischemiaMESH:D007238DiseaseinfarctedMESH:D007511DiseaseischemicMESH:D007238Diseaseinfarct9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007511DiseaseischemiaMESH:D003643Diseasecardiac deathMESH:D018754Diseaseventricular dysfunction10574403Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 179-801999titlevan Veldhuisen DJ, van den Berg MP0The electrocardiogram in traumatic right atrial rupture.MESH:D012421Diseasetraumatic right atrial ruptureabstract57We report the case of a previously healthy 20-year-old man who had a traumatic rupture of the right atrium. On admission an electrocardiogram (ECG) was recorded which is highly remarkable and, retrospectively, suggestive for the diagnosis. The patient died soon after the ECG, and the diagnosis was made at autopsy.9606SpeciesmanMESH:D012421Diseasetraumatic rupture9606Speciespatient10574404Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 181-31999titleShimaya K, Kurihashi A, Masago R, Kasanuki H0Rheumatoid arthritis and simultaneous aortic, mitral, and tricuspid valve incompetence.MESH:D001172DiseaseRheumatoid arthritisabstract88We describe a 72-year-old woman with aortic, mitral, and tricuspid valve incompetence secondary to a rheumatoid granulomata. The cardiac valvular lesions developed simultaneously and deteriorated rapidly. The patient died after a transient relief of symptoms by high dose steroid therapy.9606SpecieswomanMESH:D001172Diseaserheumatoid granulomataMESH:D006331Diseasecardiac valvular lesions9606SpeciespatientMESH:D013256Chemicalsteroid10574405Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 185-71999titleManso JV, de Salinas ES, Alvarez VB, Pena JC, Nava SH0Pseudoaneurysm of the descending aorta caused by Candida albicans.5476SpeciesCandida albicansabstract6710574406Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 189-921999titleRaviña T, Lapuerta JA, Gutierrez J0Atrial fibrillation in the Mahaim syndrome: atrial pacing and adenosine-induced AV block to unmask a Mahaim physiology.MESH:D001281DiseaseAtrial fibrillation in the Mahaim syndromeMESH:D000241ChemicaladenosineMESH:D054537DiseaseAV blockabstract12010574407Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 1931999titleHenein M0Effect of increasing age on diastolic motion of the left ventricular atrioventricular plane in normal subjects.MESH:D054537Diseaseventricular atrioventricular planeabstract11210574408Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 1951999titleHenein M0The relationship between diastolic function of the left ventricle and QT dispersion in patients with myocardial infarction.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009203Diseasemyocardial infarctionabstract12410574409Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 197-81999titleKuruvilla A, Kuruttukulam G, Francis B0Femoral neuropathy following cardiac catheterization for balloon mitral valvotomy.MESH:D020428DiseaseFemoral neuropathyMESH:D054549Diseaseballoon mitral valvotomyabstract83Femoral neuropathy is a very rare complication of cardiac catheterization. We report an adult female who developed femoral neuropathy after undergoing cardiac catheterization through femoral vein for balloon mitral valvotomy. Neuropathy was confirmed by electromyography and nerve conduction studies and the patient showed spontaneous recovery over a course of 6 months. Use of prolonged digital pressure for post-procedural hemostasis is implicated as possible etiology. Such complications can be prevented by minimising the procedural time, avoiding injury to the vessels and maintaining optimal posture of patient's thigh by limiting abduction and external rotation of hip.MESH:D020428DiseaseFemoral neuropathyMESH:D020428Diseasefemoral neuropathyMESH:D054549Diseaseballoon mitral valvotomyMESH:D009422DiseaseNeuropathy9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D006618Diseaseexternal rotation of hip10574410Int. J. Cardiol.; 1999 Oct 31; 71(2) 199-2001999titlePiepoli M0Effect of moderate exercise training in healthy volunteers.abstract6010574411Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1239-551999titleDuanmu Z, Scislo T, Dunbar JC0Glycemic modulation of insulin/IGF-1 mediated skeletal muscle blood following sympathetic denervation in normal rats.24482Gene515IGF-110116Speciesratsabstract118Both insulin and IGF-1 decrease vascular resistance and increase blood flow in skeletal muscle, and it has been suggested that the mechanistic action for insulin may be by increasing autonomic vasodilatory activity. In this study we evaluated the effects of insulin and IGF-1 on blood flow to denervated and non-denervated skeletal muscle as part of a continuing investigation into the mechanism of regulation of cardiovascular responses by these hormones. Normal rats were prepared for measurements of mean arterial pressure (MAP), heart rate (HR) and vascular flow in the left and right iliac artery. Resection of the left lumbar sympathetic chain increased flow (expressed as conductance, flow/MAP) in the denervated left iliac but not in the intact right artery. Subsequent insulin infusion where hypoglycemia was allowed to occur increased conductance in both arteries, but more so in the denervated artery. Similarly, IGF-1 infusion increased conductances in both intact and denervated iliac arteries, and the effect was slightly greater in the denervated artery. Insulin infusion when euglycemia was maintained increased conductance to a similar extent in denervated and intact iliac arteries. Contrastingly, IGF-1 infusion under euglycemic conditions resulted in a much greater increased conductance in the intact iliac. We conclude that both insulin and IGF-1 increase conductance directly and that glycemic status and sympathetic nerve activity modulate these responses. The insulin-induced increase in conductance in the denervated limb under hypoglycemic conditions suggest that hypoglycemic-stimulated epinephrine release may enhance the dilatory response. while the greater response to IGF-1 in the intact vessel under euglycemic conditions may be due to IGF-1 capacity to decrease sympathetic activity leading to an enhanced conductance.24482Gene515IGF-124482Gene515IGF-110116SpeciesratsMESH:D007003Diseasehypoglycemia24482Gene515IGF-1Diseaseeuglycemia24482Gene515IGF-124482Gene515IGF-1MESH:D004837Chemicalepinephrine24482Gene515IGF-124482Gene515IGF-110574412Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1257-711999titlePeral de Bruno M, Romano L, Coviello A0Losartan reduces the vasorelaxant effect of atrial natriuretic peptide on basal tone in aorta.MESH:D019808ChemicalLosartan100009087Geneatrial natriuretic peptideabstract95The Ca2+ -and receptor-dependencies of the basal tone seen in angiotensin II (Ang II)-conditioned rabbit thoracic aortic rings were investigated. Ca2+ -free Krebs significantly and partially reversibly reduced basal tone in aortic rings that had recovered from an earlier challenge with Ang II; rings not previously exposed to Ang II were unaffected. The effect of Ca2+ -free Krebs was similar to the reduction in basal tone evoked by atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP), but was smaller than that seen with exposure to Ca2+ -free Krebs+EGTA+sodium nitroprusside (SNP). Pretreating rings with Ca2+ free Krebs blocked the vasorelaxant effects of ANP and Ca2+ -free Krebs+EGTA+SNP. Losartan, an AT1 receptor antagonist, significantly attenuated ANP-induced relaxation, but did not otherwise alter basal tension in either unstimulated or Ang II-conditioned rings. The AT2 receptor antagonist, PD 123319, had no effect. These data suggest that transient exposure to Ang II induces prolonged, AT1-dependent increases in intracellular free Ca2+ which are antagonized by ANP.MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+9986SpeciesrabbitMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+-ChemicalKrebsMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+-ChemicalKrebs100009087Geneatrial natriuretic peptide100009087GeneANPMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+-ChemicalKrebsMESH:D004533ChemicalEGTAMESH:D009599Chemicalsodium nitroprussideMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+-ChemicalKrebs100009087GeneANPMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+-ChemicalKrebsMESH:D004533ChemicalEGTAMESH:D019808ChemicalLosartan100009087GeneANPMESH:D010300DiseasePDMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+100009087GeneANP10574413Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1273-951999titleLittlejohn T, Saini R, Kassler-Taub K, Chrysant SG, Marbury T0Long-term safety and antihypertensive efficacy of irbesartan: pooled results of five open-label studies.MESH:D000077405Chemicalirbesartanabstract105An analysis of 5 multicenter, open-label studies was conducted to evaluate the long-term safety and efficacy of irbesartan in 1,006 patients with seated diastolic blood pressure (SeDBP) 95-110 mm Hg. Irbesartan monotherapy was started at 75 mg and titrated to 300 mg at 2- to 4-week intervals to achieve normalized blood pressure (SeDBP <90 mm Hg). If normalized BP was not attained with irbesartan 300 mg alone, adjunctive medications could be added. At 12 months of therapy, the mean reduction in seated systolic blood pressure/SeDBP was 21.0/15.8 mm Hg, and 83% (684/821) of patients were normalized. Of those normalized, 64% were receiving irbesartan monotherapy and 86% were receiving irbesartan or irbesartan/hydrochlorothiazide only. No evidence of tachyphylaxis to the antihypertensive effect of irbesartan was noted. Thus, long-term irbesartan therapy, with or without other antihypertensives, achieved and maintained normalized BP in the majority of patients and was well tolerated.MESH:D000077405Chemicalirbesartan9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000077405ChemicalIrbesartanMESH:D000077405Chemicalirbesartan9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000077405ChemicalirbesartanMESH:D000077405ChemicalirbesartanMESH:D000077405ChemicalirbesartanMESH:D006852ChemicalhydrochlorothiazideMESH:D000077405ChemicalirbesartanMESH:D000077405Chemicalirbesartan9606Speciespatients10574414Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1297-3131999titleNewaz MA, Nawal NN0Effect of gamma-tocotrienol on blood pressure, lipid peroxidation and total antioxidant status in spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR).MESH:C013649Chemicalgamma-tocotrienolMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive10116Speciesratsabstract137The aim of this study was to determine the effects of gamma tocotrienol on lipid peroxidation and total antioxidant status of spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR), comparing them with normal Wistar Kyoto (WKY) rats. SHR were divided into three groups and treated with different doses of gamma tocotrienol (gamma1, 15 mg/kg diet; gamma2, 30 mg/kg diet and gamma3, 150 mg/kg diet). Normal WKY and untreated SHR were used as normal (N) and hypertensive control (HC). Blood pressure were recorded every fortnightly for three months. At the end of the trial, animals were killed and measurement of plasma total antioxidant status, plasma superoxide dismutase (SOD) activity and lipid peroxide levels in plasma and blood vessels were carried out following well established methods. Study shows that lipid peroxides were significantly higher in hypertensive plasma and blood vessels compared to that of normal rats (Plasma- N: 0.06+/-0.01, HC: 0.13+/-0.008; p<0.001, B1. Vessels - N: 0.47+/-0.17, HC: 0.96+/-0.37; p<0.001). SOD activity was significantly lower in hypertensive than normal rats (N = 148.58+/-29.56 U/ml, HC = 110.08+/-14.36 U/ml; p = 0.014). After three months of antioxidant trial with gamma-tocotrienol, it was found that all the treated groups have reduced plasma lipid peroxides concentration but was only significant for group gamma1 (gamma1: 0.109+/-0.026, HC: 0.132+/-0.008; p = 0.034). On the other hand, lipid peroxides in blood vessels reduced significantly in all treated groups (gamma1; p<0.05, gamma2; p<0.001, gamma3; p<0.005). All the three treated groups showed improve total antioxidant status (p<0.001) significantly. SOD activity also showed significant improvement in all groups (gamma1: p<0.001, gamma2: p<0.05, gamma3: p<0.001). Correlation studies showed that, total antioxidant status (TAS) and SOD were significantly negatively correlated with blood pressure in normal rats (p = 0.007; p = 0.008) but not in SHR control. This correlation regained in all three groups SHR's after treatment with tocotrienol. Lipid peroxides in blood vessel and plasma showed a positive correlation with blood pressure in normal and SHR control. This correlation also remains in treated groups significantly except that in gamma3 where positive correlation with plasma lipid peroxide was not significant. In conclusion it was found that antioxidant supplement of gamma-tocotrienol may prevent development of increased blood pressure, reduce lipid peroxides in plasma and blood vessels and enhanced total antioxidant status including SOD activity.MESH:C013649Chemicalgamma tocotrienolMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:C013649Chemicalgamma tocotrienolMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensiveMESH:D008054Chemicallipid peroxideMESH:D008054Chemicallipid peroxidesMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive10116SpeciesratsMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive10116SpeciesratsMESH:C013649Chemicalgamma-tocotrienolMESH:D008054Chemicallipid peroxidesMESH:D008054Chemicallipid peroxides10116SpeciesratsMESH:D024508ChemicaltocotrienolMESH:D008054ChemicalLipid peroxidesMESH:D008054Chemicallipid peroxideMESH:C013649Chemicalgamma-tocotrienolMESH:D008054Chemicallipid peroxides10574415Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1315-251999titleRoysommuti S, Mozaffari MS, Berecek KH, Wyss JM0Lifetime treatment with captopril improves renal function in spontaneously hypertensive rats.MESH:D002216ChemicalcaptoprilMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive10116Speciesratsabstract94Lifetime treatment with captopril prevents the development of hypertension in spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR). This study tests the hypothesis that compared to untreated hypertensive SHR, captopril-treated SHR display similar diuretic and natriuretic responses to an isotonic saline infusion despite significantly lower arterial pressure. Eight-week-old, male SHR were instrumented with femoral arterial, venous, and bladder catheters. Forty-eight hours later, each rat was infused intravenously with an isotonic saline load (5% of body weight; 0.5 ml/min). Lifetime captopril-treated SHR and untreated control SHR displayed nearly identical natriuretic and diuretic responses to the saline infusion. Thus, although lifetime captopril treatment significantly reduces mean arterial pressure in SHR, renal excretory responses appear to be unaltered. Moreover, histological examination of the kidneys of the lifetime captopril-treated SHR did not reveal significant structural damage in the kidneys at either 8 weeks of age or at 12 months of age. Together, the data suggest that lifetime captopril treatment does not adversely affect renal function and structure in SHR.MESH:D002216ChemicalcaptoprilMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive10116SpeciesratsMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensiveMESH:D002216ChemicalcaptoprilMESH:D012965Chemicalsaline10116SpeciesratMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D002216ChemicalcaptoprilMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D002216ChemicalcaptoprilMESH:D002216ChemicalcaptoprilMESH:D002216Chemicalcaptopril10574416Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1327-441999titleSuzuki M, Kanazawa A, Hasegawa M, Harano Y0Improvement of insulin resistance in essential hypertension by long-acting Ca antagonist benidipine.3630Gene173insulinMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:C061004Chemicalbenidipineabstract101To investigate whether the long-acting Ca channel blocker, benidipine improves insulin resistance in patients with essential hypertension, insulin sensitivity was measured using the steady state plasma glucose (SSPG) method in 11 or 14 nonobese and nondiabetic hypertensive subjects before and after treatment with benidipine or placebo, respectively, and 11 healthy control subjects. SSPG level was significantly higher in two hypertensive groups, indicating reduced insulin sensitivity than in controls. SSPG level significantly decreased after benidipine treatment, with a decrease of blood pressure. SSPG level and blood pressure did not change in the placebo group. As for oral glucose tolerance test, the area under the curve of insulin diminished significantly after benidipine treatment. SSPG level significantly correlated with intra-platelet Ca2+ concentrations in 9 hypertensive subjects. The long-acting Ca channel blocker benidipine has partially improved insulin resistance in essential hypertension, contributing to the prevention of atherosclerosis associated with insulin resistance.MESH:C061004Chemicalbenidipine3630Gene173insulin9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006973Diseasehypertension3630Gene173insulinMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D006973Diseasenondiabetic hypertensiveMESH:C061004ChemicalbenidipineMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive3630Gene173insulinMESH:C061004ChemicalbenidipineMESH:D005947Chemicalglucose3630Gene173insulinMESH:C061004ChemicalbenidipineMESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+MESH:D006973DiseasehypertensiveMESH:C061004Chemicalbenidipine3630Gene173insulinMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D050197Diseaseatherosclerosis3630Gene173insulin10574417Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1345-551999titleImai Y, Suzuki H, Saito T, Tsuji I, Abe K, Saruta T0The effect of pravastatin on renal function and lipid metabolism in patients with renal dysfunction with hypertension and hyperlipidemia. Pravastatin and Renal Function Research Group.MESH:D017035ChemicalpravastatinMESH:D008055Chemicallipid9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007674Diseaserenal dysfunctionMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D006949DiseasehyperlipidemiaMESH:D017035ChemicalPravastatinabstract185The effect of pravastatin on renal function in hypertensive patients with mild renal dysfunction and hyperlipidemia was examined. A total of 57 subjects given dihydropyridine calcium blockers were randomly assigned to placebo (n = 25) and pravastatin groups (n = 32). The period of study was 6 months. In the placebo group, lipid metabolism did not change throughout the study period, but the serum creatinine concentration (Scr) increased from a baseline of 1.6+/-0.07 mg/dl to 2.1+/-0.2 mg/dl in the 6th month of study and blood urea nitrogen (BUN) increased from 26.2+/-1.1 mg/dl to 32.4+/-30.1 mg/dl. In the pravastatin group, the serum total cholesterol decreased from a baseline of 251.4+/-7.3 mg/dl to 218.2+/-6.5 mg/dl in the 6th month of study, while Scr (1.3+/-0.07 mg/dl vs. 1.3 +/-0.09 mg/dl) and BNU (20.5+/-1.2 mg/dl vs. 21.0+/-1.4 mg/dl) did not change. The change in Scr in the placebo group was significantly different from that in the pravastatin group (F = 3.75, p = 0.05). The slope of the change in 1/Scr was 0.02+/-0.07 dl x mg(-1) x month(-1) in placebo group and -0.01+/-0.03 dl x mg(-1) month(-1) in pravastatin group (P<0.05). The results indicate that pravastatin attenuates the deterioration of renal function in patients with mild renal dysfunction, together with an improvement of lipid metabolism.MESH:D017035ChemicalpravastatinMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007674Diseaserenal dysfunctionMESH:D006949DiseasehyperlipidemiaMESH:D017035ChemicalpravastatinMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D003404ChemicalcreatinineMESH:D014508ChemicalureaMESH:D009584ChemicalnitrogenMESH:D017035ChemicalpravastatinMESH:D002784ChemicalcholesterolMESH:D017035ChemicalpravastatinMESH:D017035ChemicalpravastatinMESH:D017035Chemicalpravastatin9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007674Diseaserenal dysfunctionMESH:D008055Chemicallipid10574418Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1357-721999titleKim HS, Kim CS, Yum MK0Abnormal cardiac autonomic activity and complexity in newly diagnosed and untreated hypertensive patients after general anesthesia.MESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606Speciespatientsabstract132To investigate change of cardiac autonomic activity and cardiac complexity during general anesthesia in hypertensive patients, we analyzed electrocardiographic (ECG) data using power spectral analysis and approximate entropy (ApEn). Anesthesia was performed by a mixture of enflurane and nitrous oxide. From 10 minutes before induction of anesthesia(resting state) until 20 minutes after induction, ECG data were obtained from newly diagnosed and untreated hypertensive (n = 18) and normotensive patients (n = 18). Period 1 was defined as the initial 10 minutes after induction and period 2 as the following 10 minutes. The low-, mid-, and high-frequency power and the values of ApEn of the two groups were calculated from ECG recording. At resting state, the powers in all frequency bands and the values of ApEn in hypertensive patients did not differ from those of normotensive patients. During periods 1 and 2, the powers of all frequency range significantly decreased in normotensive group (p<0.05), while they did not change in hypertensive group. The values of ApEn in normotensive patients decreased significantly only during period 2, while those in hypertensive patients decreased during periods 1 and 2 (p<0.05 and p<0.05, respectively). These results suggest that, in the hypertensive patients, persistent autonomic activity under the condition of suppressed cardiac complexity may contribute to the unstable hemodynamic insults from the outset of general anesthesia.MESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004737ChemicalenfluraneMESH:D009609Chemicalnitrous oxideMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606Speciespatients8864Gene7885period 2MESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients8864Gene7885periods 1 and 2MESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606Speciespatients8864Gene7885period 2MESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606Speciespatients8864Gene7885periods 1 and 2MESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606Speciespatients10574419Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1373-961999titleHowe P, Phillips P, Saini R, Kassler-Taub K0The antihypertensive efficacy of the combination of irbesartan and hydrochlorothiazide assessed by 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure monitoring. Irbesartan Multicenter Study Group.MESH:D000077405ChemicalirbesartanMESH:D006852Chemicalhydrochlorothiazideabstract181In a multicenter, double-blind, randomized trial, 178 patients with ambulatory diastolic blood pressure (BP) > or =85 mm Hg and seated diastolic BP (SeDBP) 95-110 mm Hg received either once-daily irbesartan 75 mg/hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ) 12.5 mg, irbesartan 150 mg/HCTZ 12.5 mg, or placebo for 8 weeks to assess reductions in 24-hour ambulatory BP and office BP. Safety and tolerability of all treatment regimens were also evaluated. BP results and therapeutic response (trough SeDBP normalized to <90 mm Hg) were expressed as change from baseline to Week 8. Mean reductions in 24-hour ambulatory BP and office seated BP for irbesartan/HCTZ combinations were significantly greater compared with placebo (all, p<0.01). More patients were normalized with irbesartan/HCTZ (65%-69%) than placebo (24%, p<0.01). The frequency of adverse events was similar in all groups. Irbesartan/HCTZ given once-daily appears to be a well-tolerated, safe, and effective antihypertensive treatment.9606Speciespatients-ChemicalSeDBPMESH:D000077405ChemicalirbesartanMESH:D006852Chemicalhydrochlorothiazide-ChemicalHCTZMESH:D000077405Chemicalirbesartan-ChemicalHCTZMESH:D000077405Chemicalirbesartan-ChemicalHCTZ9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000077405Chemicalirbesartan-ChemicalHCTZMESH:D000077405ChemicalIrbesartan-ChemicalHCTZ10574420Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1397-4111999titleZhou MS, Nishida Y, Yoneyama H, Chen QH, Kosaka H0Potassium supplementation increases sodium excretion and nitric oxide production in hypertensive Dahl rats.MESH:D011188ChemicalPotassiumMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxideMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive10116Speciesratsabstract108The present study was designed to investigate whether antihypertensive and natriuretic effects of K were achieved by elevation of nitric oxide (NO) production in Dahl salt-sensitive (DS) rats. The rats were placed in individual metabolic cage and fed a high sodium diet with or without K supplementation for 4 weeks. K supplementation counteracted the blood-pressure raising effect of NaCl. K supplementation significantly enhanced sodium excretion and reduced sodium retention, increased the urinary nitrite plus nitrate excretion and kidney constitutive NO synthase activity in salt-loaded DS rats. These effect did not occur in the rats fed a low sodium diet with K supplementation. These results suggest that K supplementation attenuates development of hypertension with reduction of sodium retention in salt-loaded DS rats, which is mediated by the recovery of salt-induced NO production mechanism.MESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxideMESH:D012492Chemicalsalt10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D012965ChemicalNaClMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D009573ChemicalnitriteMESH:D009566ChemicalnitrateMESH:D012492Chemicalsalt10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D012492Chemicalsalt10116SpeciesratsMESH:D012492Chemicalsalt10574421Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1413-271999titleMinami J, Kawano Y, Ishimitsu T, Matsuoka H, Takishita S0Acute and chronic effects of a hypocaloric diet on 24-hour blood pressure, heart rate and heart-rate variability in mildly-to-moderately obese patients with essential hypertension.MESH:D009765Diseaseobese9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensionabstract181We examined the acute and chronic effects of a nutritionally balanced, moderately hypocaloric diet on 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure, heart rate and heart-rate variability in mildly-to-moderately obese patients with essential hypertension. We enrolled 16 obese patients with essential hypertension [age: 51-76 years, body mass index (BMI): 26-32 kg/m2]. For the initial week, a standard diet of 2,000 kcal/day was given, followed by a 3-week of a hypocaloric diet of 850 kcal/day. In the last period of the standard diet and in the first and the last periods of the hypocaloric diet, each subject's 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure, heart rate and R-R intervals of the electrocardiogram were recorded, and electrolytes and catecholamines in 24-hour urine samples were also measured. A power spectral analysis of the heart-rate variability was performed over a 24-hour period based on the autoregressive method. The subjects lost 3.7+/-0.3 kg (mean +/- s.e.m.) of body weight during the 3-week hypocaloric diet period. The 24-hour blood pressure did not differ between the last period of the standard diet and the first period of the hypocaloric diet; however, it showed a significant reduction after 3 weeks of the hypocaloric diet. The decrease in the 24-hour blood pressure during the study period was 10.5+/-1.5 mm Hg systole and 4.3+/-1.8 mm Hg diastole. In contrast, the 24-hour heart rate was significantly reduced in the first period of the hypocaloric diet, although the body weight and blood pressure did not change, and the rate was maintained even in the last period of the hypocaloric diet. The decrease in the 24-hour heart rate during the study period was 2.8+/-0.9 beats per minute. The hypocaloric diet did not change any autonomic indices obtained from a power spectral analysis of the heart-rate variability. In conclusion, different responses to a hypocaloric diet were observed between the blood pressure and the heart rate in obese hypertensive patients. The changes in power spectral parameters of the heart-rate variability were less apparent than those found with the blood pressure or the heart rate.MESH:D009765Diseaseobese9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D009765Diseaseobese9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D002395ChemicalcatecholaminesMESH:D006973Diseaseobese hypertensive9606Speciespatients10574422Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1429-451999titleEl-Mas MM, Abdel-Rahman AA0Sexually dimorphic hemodynamic effects of intragastric ethanol in conscious rats.MESH:D000431Chemicalethanol10116Speciesratsabstract82This study investigated the gender-related differences in hemodynamic effects of small to moderate doses of intragastrically (i.g.) administered ethanol in conscious rats. Changes evoked by ethanol (0.25, 0.5 or 1 g/kg) in mean arterial pressure (MAP), heart rate, cardiac index (CI), stroke volume (SV), and total peripheral resistance (TPR) were followed for 90 min in age-matched male and female Sprague-Dawley rats. Baseline values of MAP (121+/-2 vs. 124+/-2 mm Hg) were similar whereas CI (55+/-2 vs. 43+/-2 ml/min/100 g) and TPR (2.2+/-0.1 vs. 3.0+/-0.1 mm Hg/ml/min/100 g) were significantly (P<0.05) higher and lower, respectively, in female compared with male rats. In male rats, the middle dose (0.5 g/kg) of ethanol caused a slight increase in MAP due to significant (P<0.05) increases in CO whereas the other two doses (0.25 and 1 g/kg) had no effect on MAP. In female rats, MAP was not affected by ethanol (0.25 and 0.5 g/kg) and showed a significant reduction by the higher dose (1 g/kg) that was associated with decreases in CO and SV while TPR did not change. The hypotensive effect of ethanol (1 g/kg) in female rats started after 50 min, was maximal (13+/-1.7 mm Hg) at 70 min and remained so for the remaining 20 min of the study. Blood ethanol concentrations were similar in male and female rats. These findings suggest that the hemodynamic responses to i.g. ethanol are gender-related and that ethanol-evoked hypotension in female rats appears to involve a reduction in cardiac output.MESH:D000431Chemicalethanol10116SpeciesratsMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:D020521DiseasestrokeDiseaseSV10116SpeciesSprague-Dawley rats10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D000431Chemicalethanol10116SpeciesratsMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolDiseaseSVMESH:D007022DiseasehypotensiveMESH:D000431Chemicalethanol10116SpeciesratsMESH:D000431Chemicalethanol10116SpeciesratsMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:D000431ChemicalethanolMESH:D007022Diseasehypotension10116Speciesrats10574423Clin. Exp. Hypertens.; 1999 Nov; 21(8) 1447-621999titleScholze J, Bauer B, Massaro J0Antihypertensive profiles with ascending dose combinations of ramipril and felodipine ER.MESH:D017257ChemicalramiprilMESH:D015736Chemicalfelodipineabstract90The aim of the study was to identify the most appropriate dosage combination of ramipril and felodipine ER (an extended release tablet) for mild-to-moderate hypertension. Hypertensive patients (N = 507) with supinediastolic blood pressure (DBP) values between 100-115 mm Hg were included in a randomized, multicenter, double-blind study of 3x4 factorial design with a 2-4 week single-blind, placebo run-in and 6 week active treatment phase. The patients were randomized to 12 groups: placebo, ramipril (2.5, 5, 10 mg), felodipine ER (5, 10 mg), or ramipril-felodipine ER combinations (2.5/5 mg, 2.5/10 mg, 5/5 mg, 5/10 mg, 10/5 mg, 10/10 mg). Although the greatest reductions in blood pressure were observed with ramipril-felodipine ER (10/10 mg), consideration of the antihypertensive efficacy and safety factors suggest that the ramipril-felodipine ER (5/5 mg) combination has the best efficacy/tolerability ratio of the combinations tested. The incidence of adverse events with ramipril-felodipine ER combination therapy was similar to that with felodipine ER monotherapy, but peripheral edema, tachycardia and vasodilatation occurred less frequently with ramipril-felodipine ER (5/5 mg) combination than with felodipine ER monotherapy. The combination of ramipril-felodipine ER (5/5 mg) can be considered to be the most suitable option for hypertensive patients with an inadequate response to either of the monocomponents.MESH:D017257Chemicalramipril-Chemicalfelodipine ERMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D006973DiseaseHypertensive9606Speciespatients1628Gene1035DBP9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D017257Chemicalramipril-Chemicalfelodipine ERMESH:D017257Chemicalramipril-Chemicalfelodipine ERMESH:D017257Chemicalramipril-Chemicalfelodipine ER-Chemicalramipril-felodipine ERMESH:D017257Chemicalramipril-Chemicalfelodipine ER-Chemicalfelodipine ERMESH:D004487DiseaseedemaMESH:D013610DiseasetachycardiaMESH:D017257Chemicalramipril-Chemicalfelodipine ER-Chemicalfelodipine ERMESH:D017257ChemicalramiprilMESH:D015736ChemicalfelodipineMESH:D006973Diseasehypertensive9606Speciespatients10574424Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 3-171999titleSalánki J0My way in science.abstract1910574425Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 19-251999titleAdám G, Fent J, Kajtár M0An attempt for the application of the basic Law of Psychophysics (Fechner-Stevens Law) in the domain of visceral stimuli in humans.9606Specieshumansabstract132The validity of the basic Law of Psychophysics proposed originally by Fechner and revised by Stevens had been tested in the domain of visceral perception. The experiments were carried out on six adult colonostomy patients. The distension of the sigmoid colon (the phi-value of the Fechner-Stevens equation) had been undertaken by the aid of a rubber balloon inserted into the intestinal stoma orifice and controlled by a computerized pneumatic system. The tracking of sensations of "gut-feelings" by the subjects (the psi-value of the Fechner-Stevens equation) had been made possible by applying the subjects' manipulation of a sliding potentiometer of a Visual Analogue Scale (VAS-device). The results seem to prove the extension of the validity of the Fechner-Stevens power equation to the field of visceral perception.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012811Diseasesigmoid colonMESH:D054549Diseaserubber balloonMESH:D007410Diseaseintestinal stoma10574426Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 27-341999titleAyrapetyan SN, Ayrapetyan G, Carpenter DO0The electrogenic sodium pump activity in Aplysia neurons is not potential dependent.abstract85We have investigated the potential dependence of the electrogenic sodium pump in Aplysia neurons by recording the potential and current induced by sudden change of the artificial sea water from one containing K+ at various concentrations to K+ -free sea water in the presence or absence of ouabain. Both K+ free sea water and ouabain block sodium transport and result in a significant depolarization due to removal of a maintained outward current that is a result of transport of more Na+ out of the cell than K+ into the cell during pump operation. In the presence of ouabain there is, however, an inward current induced by changing external K+ concentration from zero to some value between 1 and 20 mM, and this current is greater with a greater K+ concentration gradient. The current induced by change from zero to 1 mM K+ does not show any potential dependence, although those currents induced by higher K+ concentrations are potential dependent. We conclude that the activity of the electrogenic sodium pump is not potential dependent, but that the potential independence is obscured if higher concentrations of K+ are used to activate the electrogenic sodium pump.MESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D010042ChemicalouabainMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D012964Chemicalsodium10574427Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 35-421999titleCsóti T, Györi J, Erdélyi L0Aluminum enhances the voltage activated sodium currents in the neurons of the pond snail Lymnaea stagnalis L.MESH:D000535ChemicalAluminumMESH:D012964Chemicalsodium6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalisabstract1101. The effects of aluminum on voltage activated sodium currents (VASCs) were investigated by using the conventional two-electrode voltage clamp technique in Lymnaea stagnalis L. neurons. The peak amplitude, kinetics, and voltage-dependence of activation and inactivation of the sodium currents were studied in the presence of 5-500 microM AlCl3, at pH = 7.7. 2. There was a significant concentration-dependent increase in the peak amplitude of sodium currents after Al treatment, ED50 = 67 microM. The threshold concentration of the enhancement was 50 microM. The maximal peak increase of 143% was caused by a 500 microM aluminum. The action of aluminum on VASCs developed slowly, and it is not recovered by washing within 20 min. 3. There was little alteration of the voltage-dependence of the current. It was not a significant effect on the activation- and inactivation time constants of INa, but the steady-state inactivation curve shifted to negative direction on the voltage axis in the presence of Al. 4. The leak currents were not influenced by aluminum up to the highest concentration applied.MESH:D000535ChemicalaluminumMESH:D012964Chemicalsodium6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalisMESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D000077410ChemicalAlCl3MESH:D012964ChemicalsodiumMESH:D000535ChemicalAlMESH:D000535ChemicalaluminumMESH:D000535ChemicalaluminumMESH:D000535ChemicalAlMESH:D000535Chemicalaluminum10574428Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 43-541999titleDyakonova V, Elofsson R, Carlberg M, Sakharov DA0Effects of naloxone on c-jun/AP-1 in met-enkephalin-and FMRFamide-immunreactive neurons of a gastropod snail.MESH:D009270Chemicalnaloxoneabstract1101. Opioid- and FMRFamide (FMRFa)-ergic systems are believed to play antagonistic behavioral roles in both higher and lower animals. In our previous experiments on a snail, behavioral choice has been demonstrated to be dependent on a balance between FMRFa and enkephalins [7]. Here, we examined if the disturbance of the balance causes changes in the activity of both systems. Opiate receptor blocker naloxone was applied and its effect on c-jun expression of met-enkephalin (MEnk)- and FMRFa-ergic neurons was examined immunocytochemically in terrestrial gastropod snail Cepaea nemoralis. 2. In control, untreated snails, central neurons with c-jun/AP-1-like-immunoreactivity were found to occur. These included MEnk-, FMRFa- and 5HT-immunoreactive (-ir) neurons, as was revealed by double-labelling. 3. After treatment with naloxone for 4 h, the following changes were observed: (i) increase in the number of MEnk-ir neurons; increase in the number of neurons showing c-jun/AP-1 and MEnk double-labeling; (ii) disappearance of c-jun/AP-1-immunoreactivity from some FMRFa-ir neurons. 4. It is suggested that immediate early genes are involved in the mechanisms responsible for the reciprocal regulation of the opioid and antiopioid neuropeptide systems.DiseaseenkephalinsMESH:D009270Chemicalnaloxone28835SpeciesCepaea nemoralisMESH:D009270Chemicalnaloxone10574429Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 55-641999titleElekes K, Nagy T, Fekete ZN0MIP-immunoreactive innervation of the snail, Helix pomatia, heart. An ultrastructural study.6536SpeciesHelix pomatiaabstract93The ultrastructural characteristics of the innervation established by MIP-(Mytilus inhibitory peptide) immunoreactive neurons was investigated in the heart of the snail, Helix pomatia, applying correlative light- and electron microscopic pre-embedding immunocytochemistry on Vibratome-slices. In both the auricle and ventricle, the muscle fibers receive a rich innervation by MIP-immunoreactive (IR) varicose fibers. However, the innervation is seasonally changing in the two parts of the heart. The varicosities, containing a morphologically uniform population of large (120-150 nm) electron-dense granules, can be found in three different positions in relation to the muscle fibers: (i) close (15-20 nm) but unspecialized membrane connections between MIP-(IR) varicosities and muscle fibers; (ii) MIP-IR varicosities located relatively far (0.5-several microm) from the muscles fibers; (iii) MIP-IR profiles localized freely in the extracellular space among the loosely arranged muscle fibers. A general modulatory role of MIP in regulating the heart activity of Helix is suggested.6536SpeciesHelix pomatia10574430Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 65-791999titleErdélyi L0Guaiacol and vanilloid compounds modulate the A-type potassium currents in molluscan neurons.MESH:D006139ChemicalGuaiacol-ChemicalvanilloidMESH:D011188Chemicalpotassiumabstract94The actions of guaiacol (2-methoxy-phenol), vanillin (4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-benzaldehyd) and other vanilloid compounds such as zingerone (4-/4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl/-2-butanon) and eugenol(2-methoxy4-/2-propenyl/phenol) were investigated on the fast outward potassium currents (A-type currents) in molluscan neurons. Guaiacol (0.01-0.1%, w/v) moderately decreased the peak amplitude but increased the rate of inactivation of the A-currents in dose-dependent way (Kd = 0.06% 4 mM, nH = 0.8). Vanillin (5 mM) slightly decreased the peak amplitude of the A-currents in Helix neurons but its action was more pronounced in dialysed Lymnaea nerve cells. However, vanillin similarly decreased the time-to-peak and the time constant of decay of the A-currents both in the faster and the slower inactivating Lymnaea and Helix neurons (Kd = 5 mM, nH = 0.6). The voltage-dependence of activation and inactivation of the A-currents were not significantly influenced by guaiacol and vanillin in Helix or Lymnaea neurons. Vanillin hardly influenced the delayed outward currents, but decreased the leak currents in the identified LPa and RPa 2,3 neurons. A structure-activity analysis clearly showed that increasing alkyl tail length from the aldehyde side of the vanillin molecule increased the efficacy of the various compounds on the amplitude of the A-currents and modified the kinetical influence on the A-current channel. Furthermore, an attenuation of the late outward currents and an increase of the leak conductance also developed in the presence of zingerone or eugenol. Excitatory actions of the studied vanilloids predominated on the various molluscan neurons.MESH:D006139ChemicalguaiacolMESH:D006139Chemical2-methoxy-phenolMESH:C100058Chemicalvanillin-Chemical4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-benzaldehyd-ChemicalvanilloidMESH:C013738Chemicalzingerone-Chemical4-/4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl/-2-butanonMESH:D005054ChemicaleugenolMESH:D005054Chemical2-methoxy4-/2-propenyl/phenolMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D006139ChemicalGuaiacolMESH:C100058ChemicalVanillinMESH:C100058ChemicalvanillinMESH:D006139ChemicalguaiacolMESH:C100058ChemicalvanillinMESH:D009410DiseaseLymnaea neuronsMESH:C100058ChemicalVanillin6118Gene37712RPa 2MESH:D000447ChemicalaldehydeMESH:C100058ChemicalvanillinMESH:C013738ChemicalzingeroneMESH:D005054Chemicaleugenol10574431Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 81-71999titleHiripi L, Nagy L, Hollingworth RM0In vitro and in vivo effects of formamidines in locust (Locusta migratoria migratorioides).MESH:C077922Chemicalformamidines7005SpeciesLocusta migratoria migratorioidesabstract92In vivo and in vitro experiments were used to study the effects of formamidines in the locust, Locusta migratoria migratorioides. In vivo the lethal and the antifeeding effects, in vitro the inhibition of the binding of a selective 3H-ligand to the receptors of octopamine, tyramine, dopamine, serotonin and gamma-amino butiric acid were studied. We have demonstrated that demethylchlordimeform is specific agonist to octopamine receptor, having high affinity to octopamine receptor, a moderate affinitiy to tyramine receptor and a low affinity to dopamine, serotonin and to gamma-amino butiric acid receptors. The demethylated chlordimeform analogoues, demethylchlordimeform and didemethylchlordimeform have higher affinity to the octopamine receptor than the parent compound. The formamidines had a toxic and an antifeeding effects when injected into the locust. The half lethal doses (LD50) and the feeding inhibition were correlated with the affinity of the compounds (Ki). The ring substitutions of the mulecule have alterated the both affinity and in vivo effect of the compounds. The most effective ring substitution pattern is 2,4-disubstitution with a combination of methyl groups or halogens. Our results suggest that the lethal effect of formamidines is mediated through the octopamine receptor.MESH:C077922Chemicalformamidines7005SpeciesLocusta migratoria migratorioidesMESH:D014316Chemical3HMESH:D009655ChemicaloctopamineMESH:D014439ChemicaltyramineMESH:D004298ChemicaldopamineMESH:D012701Chemicalserotonin-Chemicalbutiric acidMESH:C011741ChemicaldemethylchlordimeformMESH:D004298ChemicaldopamineMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D002742ChemicalchlordimeformMESH:C011741ChemicaldemethylchlordimeformMESH:C042787ChemicaldidemethylchlordimeformMESH:C077922ChemicalformamidinesMESH:C077922Chemicalformamidines10574432Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 89-981999titleHlavay J, Polyák K, Molnár A, Mészáros E0Development of a monitoring network for the analysis of elements in aerosol samples collected at Lake Balaton.abstract111Determination of different toxic elements in aerosol and precipitation samples collected at Lake Balaton were carried out. A simple sequential leaching procedure was applied for the determination of the distribution of elements. The distribution of elements was determined among environmentally mobile, bound to carbonates and oxides, and bound to silicates and organic matters (environmentally immobile) fractions. Particular attention was paid to distinguish between environmentally mobile and environmentally immobile fractions because these represent the two extreme modes by which the metals are bound to the solid matrices. Aerosol samples were weekly collected in Tihany, Siofok and Keszthely on 5 cm diameter Teflon filters with a membrane pump. While Cd-compounds have been found enormously in the environmentally mobile fractions, As-compounds accumulated almost evenly among portions. The results of sequential leaching give an indication of the mobility of the elements once the aerosol is mixed directly into natural waters on during scavenging of the aerosol by wet deposition. Based upon the data it can be concluded that the effect of anthropogenic sources is minor in this area.MESH:D002254ChemicalcarbonatesMESH:D010087ChemicaloxidesMESH:D017640ChemicalsilicatesMESH:D002104ChemicalCdMESH:D014867Chemicalwaters10574433Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 99-1161999titleKamardin NN, Szücs A, S-Rózsa K0Influence of HgCl2 on the osphradial multisensory system of Lymnaea stagnalis L.MESH:D008627ChemicalHgCl26523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalisabstract81The osphradial multisensory system of Lymnaea stagnalis L. (Pulmonata, Basommatophora) was used to demonstrate the modulation of chemosensory information both at periphery and central nervous system (CNS) following heavy metal treatments. A semi-intact preparation including osphradium, CNS and the right inner parietal nerve (r.i.p.n.) connecting them was used to record both extracellular activity of nerve and intracellular activity of central neurons receiving information from osphradium. The ion currents of osphradium were recorded using patch-clamp method. The changes in nerve and neuronal activity were expressed by averaging of firing frequency and interspike intervals. The chemosensory function of osphradium was shown by application of L-aspartate, urea, saccharose and stagnant water to its surface. The central neurons reacting to the stimulation ofosphradium were located to visceral, right parietal, pedal and cerebral ganglia of Lymnaea. Both the acute and chronic treatments with HgCl2 damaged the sensory function of osphradium traced on the flow of information from periphery to central neurons. At the same time, mercury chloride modified the synaptic connections of respiratory pattern generators as well as the Ca- and K-dependent ion currents of osphradial neurons. The results proved the multisensory role of osphradium sensing the alterations in the environment and its usefulness in monitoring the effects of pollutants at various level of regulation from chemosensory epithelium to CNS.6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalisMESH:D008670ChemicalmetalMESH:D001224ChemicalL-aspartateMESH:D014508ChemicalureaMESH:D013395ChemicalsaccharoseMESH:D014867ChemicalwaterMESH:D002543Diseasecerebral ganglia of LymnaeaMESH:D008627ChemicalHgCl2MESH:C015728Chemicalmercury chloride10574434Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 117-291999titleKemenes G0Cellular analysis of appetitive learning in invertebrates.abstract59In recent years significant progress has been made in the analysis of the cellular mechanisms underlying appetitive learning in two invertebrate species, the pond snail Lymnaea stagnalis and the honeybee Apis mellifera. In Lymnaea, both chemical (taste) and tactile appetitive conditioning paradigms were used and cellular traces of behavioural classical conditioning were recorded at several specific sites in the nervous system. These sites included sensory pathways, central pattern generator and modulatory interneurones as well as motoneurones of the feeding network. In the honeybee, a chemical (odour) appetitive conditioning paradigm resulted in cellular changes at different sites in the nervous system. In both the pond snail and the honeybee the activation of identified modulatory interneurones could substitute for the use of the chemical unconditioned stimulus, making these paradigms even more amenable to more detailed cellular and molecular analysis.6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalis7460Specieshoneybee7460SpeciesApis mellifera6523SpeciesLymnaea-Chemicalmotoneurones7460Specieshoneybee7460Specieshoneybee10574435Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 131-431999titleKiss T, Ujváry I0Effects of veratridine and its derivatives on the Na-conducting channels in Helix neurons.MESH:D014701Chemicalveratridineabstract91Effects of veratrum alkaloids were studied on the Na-channels of the land snail Helix pomatia. It was found that veratridine and its analogues depolarize the membrane due to the increased Na-permeability. The inactivation was shifted right along the voltage axis and the recovery from the inactivation was faster after veratridine treatment. After alkaloid treatment the selectivity of the Na-channel decreased, however, the selectivity sequence was not altered. The activation curve was not shifted. Veratridine derivatives, which appeared to be more effective on insects, had almost no effect on the Na-current.MESH:D014704Chemicalveratrum alkaloids6536SpeciesHelix pomatiaMESH:D014701ChemicalveratridineMESH:D014701ChemicalveratridineMESH:D014701ChemicalVeratridine10574436Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 145-601999titleKrivolutski DA, Lebedeva NV, Shuktomova II0Birds as objects in bioindication of radioactive pollution.abstract60This article is a review the recent results of research in the accumulation of natural and artificial radionuclides in birds from Russia (Adigea, Krasnodar, Rostov, Astrahan and Moscow regions, Novaya Zemlya isles), Ukraine, Vietnam, Poland, Ethiophia and Mongolia after global precipitation and local pollution, such as in the East-Urals radioactive region and radioactive zones after the Chernobyl accident. Resident birds reflect local level of radionuclide contamination. The 90Sr concentration in the food of the Pied Flycatcher had a tendency to increase in dependent of age. The Common Jay and the Mallard were the most contaminated with 137Cs in the Bryansk region. The total content of various radio-isotopes of plutonium in bird bones from Southwest Russia were hundred and thousand times more, than in Mongolia. Activity levels in specimens from Ethiopia bear record to Ethiopia can notbe a "pure" control site in radioecological research and radioactive background since it does not significantly differ from Turkmenia and Mongolia.MESH:D011868ChemicalradionuclidesDiseaseNovaya ZemlyaMESH:D011868Chemicalradionuclide8839SpeciesMallardMESH:D011005ChemicalplutoniumDiseaseTurkmenia and Mongolia10574437Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 161-731999titleNemcsók J, Bálint T, Fazakas J, Kátai F, Kiss I, Hieu LH, Kufcsák O, Láng G, Polyhos C, Szabó I, Szegletes T0The contribution of a pyrethroid insecticide to the massive eel (Anguilla anguilla) devastation, in Lake Balaton, in 1995.7936SpeciesAnguilla anguillaabstract123In the summer of 1995, 30 tonnes of eel (Anguilla anguilla) died in Lake Balaton, Hungary. An investigation was carried out to find the causes of this ecocatastrophe. During this investigation, certain biochemical parameters, i.e. the blood sugar level, the acetylcholinesterase (AChE, EC 3.1.1.7), lactate dehydrogenase (LDH, EC 1.1.2.3), glutamic-oxaloacetic transaminase (GOT, EC 2.6.1.1), and glutamic-pyruvic transaminase (GPT, EC 2.6.1.2) activities in the blood serum of the collected surviving and dying eels were examined. Deltamethrin, the active ingredient of the insecticide K-OTHRIN 1 ULV, used against mosquitoes was detected in different animal species, i.e. eel, bream (Abramis brama), pike perch (Stizostedion lucioperca), and the common gull (Larus canus) and in sediment samples from the lake. Additionally, laboratory experiments were carried out to study the effects of deltamethrin on eels. During the investigation in the field it appeared that the AChE activity was significantly lower in the blood serum of the dying eels as compared to that in living animals (P<0.05, Student's t-test). The blood glucose content exhibited a difference, too: it was 2.5 times higher in the dying eels than in the surviving ones. A huge increase in the LDH level was measured in the dying eels. The GOT activities of the serum were twice as high in the dying eels as in the living fish, while the GPT was not significantly changed. Deltamethrin was detected in different tissue samples of the dying eels: 2.70-18.1 microg/kg in the liver, 9.0-31.1 microg/kg in the gill and 3.0 microg/kg wet tissue in the muscle. Deltamethrin residues were found in tissue samples from other animals, in the following concentrations: 0.44 microg/kg in bream, 2.14 microg/kg in pike perch and 1.06 microg/kg wet tissue in dead gulls. The sediment samples collected from the sites of the devastation contained deltamethrin in a concentration of 5.50-30.00 microg/kg wet sediment at the time of the eel deaths, and in a concentration 7.00-8.75 microg/kg wet sediment a month later. Laboratory experiments with the insecticide K-OTHRIN 1 ULV revealed that 1.00 microg/l of its active ingredient, deltamethrin, caused the death of 50% of the eels after an exposure time of 96 h. During this experiments similar trends could be observed in changes of enzyme activities of the treated eels to those that were detected in filed study during the eel devastation in Lake Balaton. At the end of a one-week treatment with the insecticide at the concentration of 0.5 microg/l of its active ingredient the gills of the treated eels contained deltamethrin at 12.6-44.8 microg/kg wet tissue concentration, while at the 24th hour after the treatment (11.2-42.7 microg/kg wet tissue) deltamethrin concentration in the liver of treated eels could be detected. All the above-mentioned changes and the detected deltamethrin residue in the eels appear to demonstrate the contribution of deltamethrin to the severe eel devastation. This information on the ecological risk of pyrethroid insecticides might be useful in their further application.7936SpeciesAnguilla anguillaMESH:D000073893ChemicalsugarMESH:C017180ChemicalDeltamethrin38527Speciesbream38527SpeciesAbramis brama283035Speciespike perch283035SpeciesStizostedion lucioperca441320Speciescommon gull28681SpeciesLarus canusMESH:C017180ChemicaldeltamethrinMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:C017180ChemicalDeltamethrinMESH:C017180ChemicalDeltamethrin38527Speciesbream283035Speciespike perchMESH:C017180ChemicaldeltamethrinMESH:C017180ChemicaldeltamethrinMESH:C017180ChemicaldeltamethrinMESH:C017180ChemicaldeltamethrinMESH:C017180ChemicaldeltamethrinMESH:C017180Chemicaldeltamethrin10574438Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 175-841999titlePavlova GA, Willows AO, Gaston MR0Serotonin inhibits ciliary transport in esophagus of the nudibranch mollusk Tritonia diomedea.MESH:D012701ChemicalSerotonin70853SpeciesTritonia diomedeaabstract95Both serotonin and the molluskan pedal neuropeptides (TPEPs) cause increased ciliary beating rate of cells of the foot epithelium of the nudibranch mollusk, Tritonia diomedea. Here we compared responses of the ciliated epithelium of the esophagus with that of the foot, and report fundamental differences. Serotonin reduces the ciliary transport rate of the esophagus. We find also that the serotonin driven inhibition of esophagus is blocked and the excitation of foot epithelium is reduced by the serotonin receptor blocker ketanserin. On the contrary, ergometrine completely blocked the serotonin effect in the esophagus, and does not block the serotonin effect in the foot. Neither the TPEP driven excitation of ciliated cells of the foot nor that of the esophagus is blocked by ketanserin and ergometrine. Clearly, serotonin and TPEP regulation of different ciliated epithelia involve different receptors. Thus, mechanisms of serotonin control of different ciliated epithelia in the same animal are apparently fundamentally different, and unlike responses in all previous reports, 5HT here inhibits a ciliated epihelium.MESH:D012701Chemicalserotonin70853SpeciesTritonia diomedeaMESH:D012701ChemicalSerotoninMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D007650ChemicalketanserinMESH:D004874ChemicalergometrineMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D007650ChemicalketanserinMESH:D004874ChemicalergometrineMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D012701ChemicalserotoninMESH:D012701Chemical5HT10574439Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 185-981999titlePedder SM, Walker RJ0The actions of FxRFamide related neuropeptides on identified neurones from the snail, Helix aspersa.-ChemicalFxRFamide6535SpeciesHelix aspersaabstract101Intracellular recordings were made from identified neurones in the suboesophageal ganglia of the snail, Helix aspersa. The actions of the eight FxRFamide analogues were investigated on these neurones. These peptides included ones isolated from arthropods and nematodes. All the peptides excited certain neurones while inhibiting others, though their relative potencies varied. Overall on neurones inhibited by these peptides the potency order was: DNFLRFamide > FMRFamide > PDVDHVFLRFamide = KNEFIRFamide > FLRFamide >> SDRNFLRFamide = SDPNFLRFamide > KHEYLRFamide. However, if the responses are compared on individual cell types, then the picture becomes more complex. For example, on cell F-2, KNEFIRFamide proved to be potent with an EC-50 value of 0.54 microM. On neurones F-13/16 and E-16, PDVDHVFLRFamide was inhibitory while FMRFamide, FLRFamide, SDRNFLRFamide and SDPNFLRFamide were excitatory. In terms of overall excitatory actions, the data are less complete but an approximate order of potency is: FMRFamide > DNFLRFamide >> SDPNFLRFamide > PDVDHVFLRFamide >> KNEFIRFamide = KHEYLRFamide = SDRNFLRFamide. However this again varies between specific neurones. These results demonstrate that peptides from insects, crustacea and nematodes are active on Helix neurones and may activate specific receptor subtypes, indicating the possible presence of endogenous analogues of these non-molluscan peptides in the Helix nervous system.6535SpeciesHelix aspersa-ChemicalFxRFamide-ChemicalDNFLRFamideMESH:C066148ChemicalFLRFamideMESH:C066148ChemicalFLRFamide-ChemicalDNFLRFamide10574440Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 199-2131999titleQazzaz MM, Winlow W0Effect of volatile anaesthetics on the electrical activity and the coupling coefficient of weakly electrically coupled neurones.abstract1291. The application of the volatile anaesthetics, halothane and isoflurane (1% v/v and 2% v/v), to the CNS of Lymnaea reduced the firing frequency of the small weakly coupled pedal A cluster (PeA) neurones, which eventually become quiescent. There was no change in their resting membrane potential. 2. Met-enkephalin significantly increased the coupling coefficient between PeA neurones. 3. The volatile anaesthetics decreased the coupling coefficient even in the presence of met-enkephalin. 4. These effects were dose dependent and the effects of halothane were more rapid than those of isoflurane, reflecting their different anaesthetic potencies.MESH:D006221ChemicalhalothaneMESH:D007530ChemicalisofluraneMESH:D015354DiseaseLymnaea reducedMESH:D006221ChemicalhalothaneMESH:D007530Chemicalisoflurane10574441Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 215-271999titleRitola O, Kiuru T, Koponen K, Mölsä H, Hänninen O, Lindström-Seppä P0Rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) exposed to oxygen supersaturation and handling stress: plasma cortisol and hepatic glutathione status.8022SpeciesRainbow trout8022SpeciesOncorhynchus mykissMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D005978Chemicalglutathioneabstract139Three groups of one summer old rainbow trout were exposed for 22 days either to normoxia (100%) or moderate oxygen supersaturation; 120% and 140%. After the exposure, all groups were transported for three hours in hyperoxic conditions (123% O2) thus simultaneously experiencing density and handling stress. The recovery of rainbow trout to multiple stressors was measured in normoxic conditions. Moderate oxygen supersaturation did not have any negative effects on growth, feed conversion and blood hematology measured over 22 days. On the other hand, the combined effects of the stressful environment in the fish farm and oxygen supersaturation resulted in a 3-fold increase in plasma cortisol levels in those with 100% and 120% O2 supersaturation and a 2-fold increase in the 140% supersaturation group. Furthermore, the stress response after transportation was lowest in the 140% group 24 hours after recovery but highest after 70 hours. Moderate hyperoxia or transportation stress did not change glutathione concentrations in liver indicating that routine sampling does not affect hepatic glutathione status. Our results indicate that moderate O2 supersaturation (<140%) could be considered as feasible in cultivation of rainbow trout since no harmful effects were found.8022Speciesrainbow troutMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D009135Diseasehyperoxic conditionsMESH:D010100ChemicalO28022Speciesrainbow troutMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D010100ChemicaloxygenMESH:D010100ChemicalO2MESH:D018496DiseasehyperoxiaMESH:D005978ChemicalglutathioneMESH:D005978ChemicalglutathioneMESH:D010100ChemicalO28022Speciesrainbow trout10574442Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 229-331999titleSidorov AV, Kazakevich VB, Moroz LL0Nitric oxide selectively enhances cAMP levels and electrical coupling between identified RPaD2/VD1 neurons in the CNS of Lymnaea stagnalis (L.).MESH:D009569ChemicalNitric oxide-ChemicalcAMP6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalis6523SpeciesLabstract145The isolated CNS of the freshwater mollusc Lymnaea stagnalis was used as a model to study the role of cAMP in NO-mediated mechanisms. The NO donor, DEA/NO (10(-5)-10(-3) M) increased cAMP concentrations in the cerebral, pedal, pleural, parietal and visceral ganglia. In contrast, in the buccal ganglia the same doses of DEA/NO decreased the level of cAMP production. The NOS inhibitor, L-NNA (10(-4) M) increased cAMP concentrations in all areas of the CNS. L-arginine (1 mM), a metabolic precursor of NO, mimicked the action of the NO-donor. The coefficient of electrical coupling between two viscero-parietal peptidergic neurons (VD1/RPaD2) was enhanced by both DEA/NO (10(-4) M) and 8-Br-cAMP (10(-4) M) whereas 8-Br-cGMP (2x10(-4) M) reduced the coupling. We suggest that cAMP-dependent mechanisms are involved in neuronal NO signaling in this simpler nervous system.6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalis-ChemicalcAMP9606SpeciesdonorMESH:C084012ChemicalDEA/NO-ChemicalcAMPMESH:D010995DiseasepleuralMESH:D059265Diseasevisceral ganglia-ChemicalDEA-ChemicalcAMP6523SpeciesL-ChemicalcAMP6523SpeciesL9606Speciesdonor-ChemicalDEAMESH:D015124Chemical8-Br-cAMPMESH:C083763Chemical8-Br-cGMP-ChemicalcAMP10574443Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 235-451999titleSokolov EN, Palikhova TA0Elementary and compound postsynaptic potentials in the defensive command neurons of Helix lucorum.31229SpeciesHelix lucorumabstract99The present communication concerns with the analysis of elementary and the compound excitatory postsynaptic potentials (eEPSPs and cEPSPs) recorded by intracellular microelectrode from an identified defensive command neuron of the snail Helix lucorum. The eEPSPs were evoked by single presynaptic action potentials (APs) elicited by cationic current injection into one of the identified sensory neurons synapsing on the respective command neuron. The cEPSPs were elicited by local brief tactile stimuli on the skin or internal organs. It was shown that the cEPSPs amplitudes depend mainly on the number of activated sensory neurons. Compound EPSPs depend also on frequency and the number of APs in the bursts occurring in a single neuron. Presynaptic APs having frequency 2-10 Hz evoke high frequency depression of that eEPSPs after an interval is followed by post-tetanic potentiation of single eEPSPs. Preceding stimulation of a pneumostom area facilitates the cEPSPs elicited by repeated stimulation of viscera. The eEPSPs from the same visceral area demonstrate no heterosynaptic facilitation in experiments with double parallel intracellular recording from responsive sensory and command neurons. The different types of the eEPSPs plasticity are discussed according to their contribution cEPSPs plastic changes.31229SpeciesHelix lucorumMESH:D000275DiseasedepressionMESH:D013746Diseasetetanic10574444Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 247-561999titleStefano GB, Kahoud J, Hughes TK0Inhibition of microglial egress in excised ganglia by human interleukin 10: implications for its activity in invertebrates.9606Specieshuman3586Gene478interleukin 10abstract124We studied the effects of recombinant human interleukin-10 (IL-10) on invertebrate immunocytes and microglia. The present report demonstrates that the spontaneous activation of invertebrate immunocytes can be specifically inhibited by recombinant human IL-10. Induced immunocyte activation by fMLP can also be significantly diminished by IL-10. This inhibition becomes apparent over hours and causes ameboid cells to become round and nonmobile. Furthermore, Mytilus edulis pedal ganglia maintained in culture, over the course of 24 hours, emit microglia. IL-10 significantly reduces this microglial egress, an action that can be diminished by concomitant exposure of the excised ganglia to an antibody specific to IL-10 as well as IL-10. The anti-IL-10 alone is without effect. Active-ameboid microglia that egress become round and inactive following IL-10 exposure, an action prevented by anti-IL-10. Lastly, a substance immunoreactively similar to human IL-10 can be detected in pedal ganglia homogenates. Taken together, and since the immunocytes and microglia are responding to IL-10, it implies that an IL-10-like substance could be present in invertebrates. In conclusion, the study demonstrates that both invertebrate immunocytes and microglia respond to IL-10, suggesting an early evolution of this generally inhibitory cytokine.9606Specieshuman3586Gene478interleukin-103586Gene478IL-109606Specieshuman3586Gene478IL-102357Gene20466fMLP3586Gene478IL-106550SpeciesMytilus edulis3586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-109606Specieshuman3586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-103586Gene478IL-1010574445Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 257-671999titleBarna B, Szente M, Szász A0The anticonvulsive effect of non-NMDA antagonist GYKI 52466 on 3-aminopyridine-induced primary and secondary cortical ictal activity in rat.MESH:D016202ChemicalNMDAMESH:C061950ChemicalGYKI 52466MESH:C031283Chemical3-aminopyridineMESH:D019575Diseasecortical ictal activity10116Speciesratabstract141The effect of GYKI 52466, a selective, non-competitive antagonist of the AMPA glutamate receptor subtype was investigated on the development, expression and propagation of 3-aminopyridine-induced cortical ictal activity, both in the primary and secondary focus. In one group of animals GYKI 52466 was administered intraperitoneally, 20 minutes prior to the local application of the convulsant the surface of the cortex of anaesthetized rats. Control animals were injected by physiological solution. Different parameters of electrographic ictal discharges were measured under the influence of the antagonist and compared to control values. The results demonstrate that GYKI 52466 exerts anticonvulsive effects on both the induction and the expression of primary and secondary electrical ictal activity, by delaying the onset of the first ictal period, shortening the duration of ictal activity and decreasing the amplitudes of epileptiform discharges. However, the seizure propagation was not influenced significantly. It is suggested that the initiation, maintenance and the propagation of spontaneous seizures may be controlled by separate mechanisms and that changes can occur in one of the procedures without parallel changes in others. The observations of the present study extend those reported previously by others, namely that activation of non-NMDA receptors is significantly involved in the initiation and maintenance of cortical epileptiform activity.MESH:C061950ChemicalGYKI 52466MESH:C031283Chemical3-aminopyridineMESH:D019575Diseasecortical ictal activity10116SpeciesratsMESH:D019522Diseaseepileptiform dischargesMESH:D012640DiseaseseizureMESH:D012640DiseaseseizuresMESH:D004827Diseasecortical epileptiform activity10574446Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 269-781999titleSzücs A, Molnár G, S-Rózsa K0Periodic and oscillatory firing patterns in identified nerve cells of Lymnaea stagnalis L.6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalisabstract91Firing patterns in identified neurons of Lymnaea stagnalis L. were analyzed by various mathematical methods including spike density function (SDF), interspike-interval histograms (ISI), Fourier transform and correlation analysis. Input-3 (IP3) events observed in most of the neurons of the respiratory regulatory system caused prominent changes in the firing frequency of the cells. Similarly, quasiperiodic firing patterns were observed in the neurons of buccal ganglia controlling feeding behavior. Apart from the known periodic patterns a fine oscillation of firing rate was observed in a large number of neurons in the visceral and parietal ganglia. The frequency of this oscillation varied between 0.2 and 0.4 Hz. The most obvious oscillatory patterns were found in the A-cells presumably resulted by periodically appearing synaptic excitation. Moderate intracellular hyperpolarizing current injection, low-Ca/high-Mg saline and application of d-tubocurarine failed to abolish the slow oscillations. Application of Ca-channel blocker cadmium, however, completely eliminated the oscillation in a reversible manner.6523SpeciesLymnaea stagnalis-ChemicalIP3MESH:C566826Diseaseparietal gangliaMESH:D012965ChemicalsalineMESH:D014403Chemicald-tubocurarineMESH:D002104Chemicalcadmium10574447Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 279-861999titleTashmukhamedov BA, Makhmudova EM0Channel properties of the purified glutamate receptor from rat brain reconstituted in planar lipid bilayer membrane.10116SpeciesratMESH:D008055Chemicallipidabstract117The properties of the purified rat brain glutamate receptor (GluR), reconstituted in planar lipid bilayer (BLM) were characterised. The single channel currents activated by glutamate and aspartate were similar. The different kinetics of current fluctuation were observed. Paroxysms of channel activity seems to be resulted from the transit of GluR through its active conformation from which it can open several times before desensitising. The effect of concanovaline A (Con A) as an agent blocking desensitisation of glutamatergic synapses was investigated. It was shown that Con A evokes high levels of conductivity and prolonged opening events of channels. Another agent, which stabilises glutamate activated conductivity, dithiothreitol (DTT), evokes "chronic" channel activity. This study demonstrates that purified GluR reconstituted in planar lipid bilayers exhibits the ion-conductivity properties that are associated with the postsynaptic membrane.10116SpeciesratMESH:D008051Chemicallipid bilayerMESH:D018698ChemicalglutamateMESH:D001224Chemicalaspartate-Chemicalconcanovaline A-ChemicalCon AMESH:D018698ChemicalglutamateMESH:D004229ChemicaldithiothreitolMESH:D004229ChemicalDTTMESH:D008055Chemicallipid10574448Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 287-951999titleVizi ES0Presynaptic modulation of transmitter release via alpha2-adrenoceptors: nonsynaptic interactions.abstract98It is generally accepted that neurochemical transmission occurring at the synapse is the primary way of sending messages from one neuron to another. Neurotransmitters released from axon terminal in a [Ca2+]0-dependent manner act transsynaptically on the postsynaptic site. The past 30 years have witnessed something of a revolution in the understanding of how neurons communicate with each other. It has been shown that the exocytotic release of transmitters from axon terminals is subject to presynaptic modulation via presynatic hetero- and auto-receptors. For example via stimulation of alpha2-adrenoceptors expressed on varicosities and coupled to G-protein the stimulation-evoked release of different transmitters can be inhibited. This review will focus on nonsynaptic interactions between axon terminals. The present data clearly show that transmitters released from axon terminals without synaptic contact play an important role in the fine tuning of communication between neurons within a neuronal circuit.MESH:D000069285ChemicalCa2+10574449Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 297-3071999titleWollemann M, Farkas J, Tóth G, Benyhe S0Comparison of the endogenous heptapeptide Met-enkephalin-Arg6-Phe7 binding in amphibian and mammalian brain.-ChemicalArg6-ChemicalPhe79606Speciesmammalianabstract109In previous communications [4, 38] we published that [3H]Met-enkephalin-Arg6-Phe7 (MERF) binds to opioid (kappa2 and delta) and sigma2 sites in frog and rat brain membrane preparations, however no binding to kappa1 sites could be established. In the present paper we compare the frog, rat and guinea pig brain membrane fractions with respect to their MERF binding data. No qualitative differences were found between the three species but specific binding of labelled MERF was maximal in frog brain and lowest in guinea pig brain, which corresponds to their kappa2 opioid receptor distribution. The naloxone resistant binding was also present in all investigated species and varied from 25% in frog and guinea pig cerebrum, to 50% in rat cerebrum and cerebellum, but no naloxone inhibition was found in guinea pig cerebellum where no kappa2 opioid receptors have been found. The presence of sigma2-like receptor was demonstrated in each investigated membrane fraction with displacement experiments using (-)N-allyl-normetazocine as competitor of tritiated MERF. It was shown that this site was responsible for 60-80% of [3H]MERF binding. The remaining part of the naloxone resistant labelled MERF binding could be displaced only with endogenous opioid peptides as met-enkephalin, dynorphin and beta-endorphin. The eventual physiological role of multiple MERF receptors is discussed.MESH:D014316Chemical3H-Chemical-Arg6-Phe710116Speciesrat10116Speciesrat10141Speciesguinea pig10141Speciesguinea pigMESH:D009270Chemicalnaloxone10141Speciesguinea pig10116SpeciesratMESH:D009270Chemicalnaloxone10141Speciesguinea pigMESH:C012134ChemicalN-allyl-normetazocineMESH:D014316Chemical3HMESH:D009270Chemicalnaloxone-ChemicalMERF10574450Acta. Biol. Hung.; 1999; 50(1-3) 309-181999titleZhuravlev V, Bugaj V, Safonova T, Senkov O, Kodirov S0The chronoinotropic effects of new regulatory input to the heart of land pulmonates.-Chemicalpulmonatesabstract85The postjunctional potentials and chronoinotropic reactions of the heart evoked by activation of multimodal neurons and/or left pallial nerve were investigated in three species of land pulmonates: Achatina fulica Ferrussac, Helix lucorum L., Arianta arbustorum L. Both spikes of giant homologous neurons (d-VLN, d-RPLN by A. fulica, command neurons of pneumostoma LPa3, RPa3 by H. lucorum) and stimulation of the peripheral end of the left pallial nerve evoked the similar biphasic inhibitory-excitatory junction potentials in the heart, in mantle muscles and in different parts of visceral complex. The positive chronoinotropic effects of this input in the hearts of whole-mount preparations were modified due to interaction with well-known neural cardioregulating network of the system of intestinal nerve.6530SpeciesAchatina fulica31229SpeciesHelix lucorum45985SpeciesArianta arbustorum6530SpeciesA. fulicaDiseasepneumostoma31229SpeciesH. lucorum10574451DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 255-641999titleSekowska A, Danchin A0Identification of yrrU as the methylthioadenosine nucleosidase gene in Bacillus subtilis.1423SpeciesBacillus subtilisabstract90Taking trimethoprim as the selective agent in the presence of thymine, we adapted to Bacillus subtilis a selection procedure depending on the peculiar organisation of the one-carbon metabolism. The corresponding pathways couple synthesis of thymine to tetrahydrofolate consumption as a substrate of the reaction mediated by thymidylate synthase, instead of being a co-enzyme as in the other reactions transferring one-carbon groups. Mutants obtained are thymidylate synthase deficient, and therefore auxotrophic for thymine. This provides positive selection in a first step for gene replacement by a thymidylate synthase cassette, and subsequently against its presence. For systematic recombination of mutations constructed in vitro, we used the property of B. subtilis to grow at high temperature, noting that the thyB gene product is inactive at 46 degrees C, while the product of thyA remains active at this temperature. As the first step, we built up a recipient thyA- background, deleting the gene by in situ recombination. This method was used to investigate the function of the yrrU gene, which is presumably involved in a sulfur recycling pathway associated with polyamine biosynthesis. We showed that yrrU codes for a protein recycling methylthioadenosine, probably a nucleosidase. In addition we observed that B. subtilis can use methylthioribose as a sulfur source, and that it is an efficient sulfur scavenger.MESH:D014295ChemicaltrimethoprimMESH:D013941Chemicalthymine1423SpeciesBacillus subtilisMESH:D002244ChemicalcarbonMESH:D013941ChemicalthymineMESH:C030371ChemicaltetrahydrofolateMESH:D002244Chemicalcarbon1423SpeciesB. subtilisMESH:D013455ChemicalsulfurMESH:D011073ChemicalpolyamineMESH:C008500Chemicalmethylthioadenosine1423SpeciesB. subtilis-ChemicalmethylthioriboseMESH:D013455ChemicalsulfurMESH:D013455Chemicalsulfur10574452DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 265-731999titleOkamoto S, Ikeuchi M, Ohmori M0Experimental analysis of recently transposed insertion sequences in the cyanobacterium Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803.1143Speciescyanobacterium Synechocystisabstract115The genome DNA of the cyanobacterium Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803 carries a number of insertion sequences (Kaneko, T. et al. 1996, DNA Res., 3, 109-136). We analyzed one of the abundant ISs (ISY203 group of IS4 family) in the common three substrains of Synechocystis and found that the four ISs with identical nucleotide sequences were present only in the "Kazusa" strain, whose complete genome sequence had been determined, while absent in ancestral strains (the original strain from Pasteur Culture Collection and its glucose-tolerant derivative). Three of these ISs were found in the genomic sequence as transposase genes of sll1474, sll1780 and slr1635. The fourth was on the plasmid, pSYSM. On the other hand, all three strains had a novel IS (denoted ISY203x), of which the nucleotide sequence was totally identical to the four ISs found only in the Kazusa strain. Since the flanking regions of ISY203x did not match any part of the genome or of the known plasmids of Synechocystis, it is presumably located on a yet uncharacterized plasmid. These suggest that the four ISs in Kazusa strain were recently transposed from ISY203x. Apparently, the transposition inactivated four preexisting genes, of which modified forms are presented as putative genes (sll1473, sll1475, slr1862, slr1863, slr1635 and ssl2982) in the list of the complete genome (CyanoBase: http://www.kazusa.or.jp/cyano/cyano.html). The possible effects of transposition of ISs in Synechocystis are discussed in relation to phenotypic mutations and microevolution.1143Speciescyanobacterium SynechocystisDiseaseSynechocystisMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseDiseaseSynechocystisDiseaseSynechocystis10574453DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 275-821999titleTakemura M, Fujishige K, Hyodo H, Ohashi Y, Kami C, Nishii A, Ohyama K, Kohchi T0Systematic isolation of genes expressed at low levels in inflorescence apices of Arabidopsis thaliana.3702SpeciesArabidopsis thalianaabstract103We constructed an equalized cDNA library from Arabidopsis inflorescence shoot apices including inflorescence meristem, floral meristem and flower tissue collected before stage 5 of flower development. The cDNA clones were arrayed on membranes and were differentially screened using cDNA pools from vegetative and inflorescence tissues as probes. Each clone was classified by expression specificity and expression level. By removing the clones that displayed hybridization signals, 384 out of 3264 clones in this library remained as candidates for inflorescence-specific mRNAs expressed at low levels. Sequence analysis of all selected clones indicated that 53 were identical and 120 were homologous to genes in public protein databases. The remaining 211 selected clones had no significant amino acid sequence similarities with those deduced from any reported genes, though 62 of them appeared in Arabidopsis expressed sequenced tags (ESTs). About 40% of the selected clones were novel, validating the present approach for gene discovery. Northern blot analysis of 22 randomly selected clones confirmed that most were expressed preferentially in inflorescence tissues. In addition, many clones were transcribed at relatively low levels. We demonstrate that the screening method of the present study is useful for systematic classification of cDNA species based on expression specificity.3702SpeciesArabidopsis3702SpeciesArabidopsis10574454DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 283-901999titleSato S, Nakamura Y, Kaneko T, Asamizu E, Tabata S0Complete structure of the chloroplast genome of Arabidopsis thaliana.3702SpeciesArabidopsis thalianaabstract70The complete nucleotide sequence of the chloroplast genome of Arabidopsis thaliana has been determined. The genome as a circular DNA composed of 154,478 bp containing a pair of inverted repeats of 26,264 bp, which are separated by small and large single copy regions of 17,780 bp and 84,170 bp, respectively. A total of 87 potential protein-coding genes including 8 genes duplicated in the inverted repeat regions, 4 ribosomal RNA genes and 37 tRNA genes (30 gene species) representing 20 amino acid species were assigned to the genome on the basis of similarity to the chloroplast genes previously reported for other species. The translated amino acid sequences from respective potential protein-coding genes showed 63.9% to 100% sequence similarity to those of the corresponding genes in the chloroplast genome of Nicotiana tabacum, indicating the occurrence of significant diversity in the chloroplast genes between two dicot plants. The sequence data and gene information are available on the World Wide Web database KAOS (Kazusa Arabidopsis data Opening Site) at http://www.kazusa.or.jp/arabi/.3702SpeciesArabidopsis thaliana4097SpeciesNicotiana tabacum3702SpeciesArabidopsis10574455DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 291-71999titleKitamura K, Takayama M, Hamajima N, Nakanishi M, Sasaki M, Endo Y, Takemoto T, Kimura H, Iwaki M, Nonaka M0Characterization of the human dihydropyrimidinase-related protein 2 (DRP-2) gene.9606Specieshuman1808Gene74392dihydropyrimidinase-related protein 21808Gene74392DRP-2abstract82The genes within the dihydropyrimidinase-related protein (DRP) family, were originally identified in humans by their homology to dihydropyrimidinase (DHP). Four members of this gene family, DRP-1, -2, -3 and -4, are expressed mainly in the fetal and neonatal brains of mammals and chickens, and have been implicated as intracellular signal transducers in the development of the nervous system. We isolated the human DRP-2 gene, and determined its transcriptional start site and exon/intron organization. The gene spanned more than 62 kb, and contained 14 exons with lengths ranging from 62 bp to 2606 bp. The transcriptional start site was determined by an RNase protection assay and 5' rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE), and a highly GC-rich promoter was identified that contained possible regulatory elements such as a TATA box, CAAT box and three GC boxes. Comparison of the phase and position of intron insertions within the human DRP-2 gene with those within DRP-1, DHP and two Caenorhabditis elegans DRP/DHP homologs, indicated that DRPs are more conserved in their exon/intron organization than DHP.1807Gene20359dihydropyrimidinase9606Specieshumans1807Gene20359dihydropyrimidinase1807Gene20359DHP422193Gene55620DRP-1, -2, -3 and -49031Specieschickens9606Specieshuman1808Gene74392DRP-29606Specieshuman1808Gene74392DRP-21400Gene20347DRP-11807Gene20359DHP6239SpeciesCaenorhabditis elegans1807Gene20359DHP1807Gene20359DHP10574456DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 299-3051999titleItoh T, Matsuda H, Mori H0Phylogenetic analysis of the third hsp70 homolog in Escherichia coli; a novel member of the Hsc66 subfamily and its possible co-chaperone.562SpeciesEscherichia coliabstract139Novel members of the highly conserved protein family, Hsp70, have been found in the complete sequences of several genomes. To elucidate a phylogenetic relationship among Hsp70 proteins of Escherichia coli, we searched all open reading frames derived from 13 complete genomes for Hsp70/actin-related proteins by the single-linkage clustering method. Phylogenetic analysis of this superfamily revealed that E. coli possesses at least three Hsp70 homologs (DnaK, Hsc66 and Hsc62). We found that Hsc62, which is the product of hscC, is a new member of the Hsc66 subfamily, and is specific to E. coli. The analysis also suggested that YegD of E. coli is closely related to the actin family, which consists of the actin, FtsA and MreB subfamilies. A further database search revealed that two dnaJ homologs, ybeS and ybeV, were located on the opposite strand near hscC. Consequently, E. coli seems to have three gene clusters composed of DnaK and DnaJ homologs.562SpeciesEscherichia coli562SpeciesE. coli562SpeciesE. coli562SpeciesE. coli562SpeciesE. coli10574457DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 307-121999titleKitade Y, Yamazaki S, Watanabe T, Saga N0Structural features of a gene encoding the vacuolar H+-ATPase c subunit from a marine red alga, Porphyra yezoensis.2788SpeciesPorphyra yezoensisabstract116We report the nucleotide sequence of a gene encoding the c ('16 kDa') subunit of the vacuolar-type H+-ATPase (V-ATPase) from a marine red alga, Porphyra yezoensis. A cDNA clone was isolated from a leafy gametophyte cDNA library and analyzed for the sequence. The genomic DNA sequence was directly determined by nested PCR. The structural gene contained four introns within a coding sequence of 483 base pairs which encodes a polypeptide of 161-amino acids with four hydrophobic transmembrane-spanning regions. Comparison of the deduced amino acid sequences showed higher similarity to the land plant Oryza sativa (69.1%) than to the Ulvophyceae Acetabularia acetabulum (64.1%). The mRNA was detected both in the leafy gametophytes and filamentous sporophytes.2788SpeciesPorphyra yezoensis4530SpeciesOryza sativa35845SpeciesAcetabularia acetabulum10574458DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 313-71999titleDohmoto M, Sano J, Tsunoda H, Yamaguchi K0Structural analysis of the TNIT4 genes encoding nitrilase-like protein from tobacco.107804379GeneTNIT44097Speciestobaccoabstract85Nitrilase (nitrile aminohydrolase, EC 3.5.5.1) catalyzes the hydrolysis of indole-3-acetonitrile (IAN) to indole-3-acetic acid (IAA). The Arabidopsis thaliana genome has four nitrilase genes (NIT1 to NIT4), while tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum) has only NIT4 homologs (TNIT4A and TNIT4B) and no NIT1 to NIT3 homologs. We have cloned the promoter region of TNIT4B and determined the transcriptional start sites which are the same sites in both TNIT4A and TNIT4B. The TNIT4 genes are expressed in various organs at low levels. The positions of the exon-intron splicing junctions in Arabidopsis NIT1 to NIT3 are completely conserved in TNIT4A.MESH:C016516Chemicalindole-3-acetonitrileMESH:C030737Chemicalindole-3-acetic acidMESH:C030737ChemicalIAA3702SpeciesArabidopsis thaliana823556Gene117554NIT1832290Gene111699NIT44097Speciestobacco4097SpeciesNicotiana tabacum832290Gene111699NIT4107804379GeneTNIT4A107832013GeneTNIT4B823556Gene117554NIT1823557Gene117554NIT3107832013GeneTNIT4B107804379GeneTNIT4A107832013GeneTNIT4B107804379GeneTNIT43702SpeciesArabidopsis823556Gene117554NIT1823557Gene117554NIT3107804379GeneTNIT4A10574459DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 319-221999titleSeki N, Hayashi A, Hattori A, Kozuma S, Sasaki M, Suzuki Y, Sugano S, Muramatsu M, Saito T0cDNA cloning, tissue expression, and chromosomal assignment of a mouse gene, encoding a 127 kDa UV-damaged DNA binding protein which is defective in XPE cells.10090Speciesmouseabstract160A subset of xeroderma pigmentosum (XP) group E cells lack a factor of the UV-damaged DNA binding activity. Both 127 kDa and 48 kDa proteins have been reported to be responsible for the binding activity. A cDNA for the 127 kDa UV-damaged DNA-binding protein (p127-Ddb1) was isolated from a mouse fetal brain full length-enriched cDNA library, and an open reading frame of 1140 amino acids was identified. Reverse transcription-coupled polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) showed that mouse Ddb1 messenger is ubiquitously expressed in adult tissues as well as in embryo's. The gene was mapped to near the public locus D19Mit22 region of mouse chromosome 19.MESH:D014983Diseasexeroderma pigmentosum26386Gene100128DNA-binding protein13194Gene1448p127-Ddb110090Speciesmouse10090Speciesmouse13194Gene1448Ddb110090Speciesmouse10574460DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 323-71999titleTorres R, Ide SE, Dehejia A, Baras A, Polymeropoulos MH0Genomic structure and localization of the human protein phosphatase 2A BRgamma regulatory subunit.9606Specieshumanabstract99In the course of our analysis of genomic sequence from the human chromosome 4p16.1 region harboring both the Wolfram and Ellis van Creveld syndrome genes we have identified a sequence with high homology (98% at the amino acid level) to the rat cDNA coding for the protein phosphatase 2A BRgamma (PP2ABRgamma) regulatory subunit. Although the human cDNAs for both the BRalpha and BRbeta isoforms have been described previously, the BRgamma subunit has not yet been identified in humans. Here we describe the precise genomic organization and genetic localization of the human PP2ABRgamma gene.9606Specieshuman10116Speciesrat9606Specieshuman9606Specieshumans9606Specieshuman10574461DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 329-361999titleHirosawa M, Nagase T, Ishikawa K, Kikuno R, Nomura N, Ohara O0Characterization of cDNA clones selected by the GeneMark analysis from size-fractionated cDNA libraries from human brain.9606Specieshumanabstract122We have conducted a sequencing project of human cDNAs which encode large proteins in brain. For selection of cDNA clones to be sequenced in this project, cDNA clones have been experimentally examined by in vitro transcription/translation prior to sequencing. In this study, we tested an alternative approach for picking up cDNA clones having a high probability of carrying protein coding region. This approach exploited 5'-end single-pass sequence data and the GeneMark program for assessing protein-coding potential, and allowed us to select 74 clones out of 14,804 redundant cDNA clones. The complete sequence data of these 74 clones revealed that 45% of them encoded proteins consisting of more than 500 amino acid residues while all the clones thus selected carried possible protein coding sequences as expected. The results indicated that the GeneMark analysis of 5'-end sequences of cDNAs offered us a simple and effective means to select cDNA clones with protein-coding potential although the sizes of the encoded proteins could not be predicted.9606Specieshuman10574462DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 337-451999titleNagase T, Ishikawa K, Kikuno R, Hirosawa M, Nomura N, Ohara O0Prediction of the coding sequences of unidentified human genes. XV. The complete sequences of 100 new cDNA clones from brain which code for large proteins in vitro.9606Specieshumanabstract165In order to obtain information on the coding sequences of unidentified human genes, we newly determined the sequences of 100 cDNA clones of unknown human genes, which we named KIAA1193 to KIAA1292, from two sets of size-fractionated human adult and fetal brain cDNA libraries. The results of our particular strategy to select cDNA clones which have the potentiality of coding for large proteins in vitro revealed that the average sizes of the inserts and the corresponding open reading frames reached 5.2 kb and 2.8 kb (933 amino acid residues), respectively. By the computational analysis of the predicted amino acid sequences against the OWL and Pfam databases, 58 predicted gene products were classified into the following five functional categories: cell signaling/communication, cell structure/motility, nucleic acid management, protein management and metabolism. It was also found that 30 gene products had homologues in the public databases which were similar in sequence throughout almost their entire regions to the newly identified genes. The chromosomal loci of the genes were assigned by using human-rodent hybrid panels unless their mapping data were already available in the public databases. The expression profiles of the genes were studied in 10 human tissues, 8 brain regions, spinal cord, fetal brain and fetal liver by reverse transcription-coupled polymerase chain reaction, products of which were quantified by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay.9606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman54531Gene18941KIAA11939606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman9606Specieshuman10574463DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 347-511999titleDing Y, Inoue T, Kamiyama J, Tamura Y, Ohtani-Fujita N, Igata E, Sakai T0Molecular cloning and functional characterization of the upstream promoter region of the human p73 gene.9606Specieshuman7161Gene3960p73abstract105The p73 gene encodes a protein that shares structural and functional homologies with the p53 tumor suppressor protein. To investigate the mechanism of transcriptional regulation of the p73 gene, we isolated a genomic DNA fragment spanning the 5' upstream region of the human p73 gene and characterized the promoter region. Unlike the p53 gene promoter, the human p73 gene promoter contained a putative TATA-box, and did not exhibit any extended homology to the p53 gene. Two CpG islands were located in the 5' upstream region. Transient transfection assays using progressive truncations of the p73 promoter showed that deletion from -119 to +19 relative to exon 1 resulted in a 13- to 20-fold reduction in the p73 promoter activity, suggesting that the elements for basal promoter activity exist in this region, where putative Sp1, AP-2 and Egr-1, 2, 3 sites are located and CpG dinucleotides are especially concentrated.7161Gene3960p737157Gene460p53MESH:D009369Diseasetumor7161Gene3960p739606Specieshuman7161Gene3960p737157Gene460p539606Specieshuman7161Gene3960p737157Gene460p537161Gene3960p737161Gene3960p737020Gene2421AP-210574464DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 353-61999titleSeki N, Hattori A, Muramatsu M, Saito T0cDNA cloning of a human brain finger protein, BFP/ZNF179, a member of the RING finger protein family.9606Specieshuman7732Gene5176brain finger protein7732Gene5176BFP7732Gene5176ZNF179abstract102The rat bfp/znf179 transcript for a member of the RING finger protein family, is expressed in brain and up-regulated in neural differentiation of P19 embryonic carcinoma cells. Here we report the full-length cDNA structure of human BFP/ZNF179 and its expression profile. The cDNA clone consists of 3082 nucleotides and encodes an open reading frame of a 632-amino acid protein that contains a RING finger domain at its N-terminus, and alanine-rich and glycine-rich domains at its C-terminus. Reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction analysis of various human tissues indicated that BFP/ZNF179 is predominantly expressed in brain.10116Speciesrat24916Gene5176bfp24916Gene5176znf179MESH:D018236DiseaseP19 embryonic carcinoma9606Specieshuman7732Gene5176BFP7732Gene5176ZNF179MESH:D000409ChemicalalanineMESH:D005998Chemicalglycine9606Specieshuman7732Gene5176BFP7732Gene5176ZNF17910574465DNA Res.; 1999 Oct 29; 6(5) 357-601999titleAzuma T, Ao S, Saito Y, Yano K, Seki N, Wakao H, Masuho Y, Muramatsu M0Human SOX11, an upregulated gene during the neural differentiation, has a long 3' untranslated region.9606SpeciesHuman6664Gene37733SOX11abstract103To obtain essential genes for neuronal development, we have performed a molecular indexing method using a human teratocarcinoma cell line, NTera-2. We isolated a cDNA fragment, designated B18, as an upregulated gene during the neural differentiation. From the complete cDNA sequence of B18 it was revealed that this cDNA was the human SOX11 gene. While a previous report has determined only a approximately 2 kb of the SOX11 cDNA including the entire open reading frame, our full length cDNA was 8743 bp possessing a long 3' untranslated region. Human SOX11 cDNA was mapped to chromosome region 2p25.3 between markers AFMA070WC9 and WI-1412 by radiation hybrid mapping.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D018243Diseaseteratocarcinoma4713Gene3059B184713Gene3059B189606Specieshuman6664Gene37733SOX116664Gene37733SOX119606SpeciesHuman6664Gene37733SOX1110574466J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 347-651999titleTunnicliff G0Actions of sodium valproate on the central nervous system.MESH:D014635Chemicalsodium valproateabstract59The branched chain fatty acid, valproate, has a number of distinct pharmacological effects on the central nervous system. In experimental animals it showed clear anticonvulsant activity, an observation which led to its major clinical use as an antiepileptic agent, especially in petit mal seizures. More recently, valproate has shown its usefulness in treating mood disorders and migraine headaches. The basis for its clinical efficacy might be related to its ability to enhance central GABAergic neurotransmission or perhaps to its inhibition of Na+ channels. Whether each of the distinct therapeutic effects of valproate has the same molecular basis is not known.-Chemicalbranched chain fatty acidMESH:D014635ChemicalvalproateMESH:D004832Diseasepetit mal seizuresMESH:D014635ChemicalvalproateMESH:D019964Diseasemood disordersMESH:D008881Diseasemigraine headachesMESH:D014635Chemicalvalproate10574467J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 367-791999titleBugajski J0Social stress adapts signaling pathways involved in stimulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis.MESH:D007029Diseasehypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axisabstract108In socially organized mammals the predominating stressors are not physical events but arise from the immediate social environment of the animal. Crowding typically evokes social stress reactions with prominent psychosocial components mimicking emotional state alterations. Depending on the nature, intensity and duration of the initial stimuli, they can either reduce or increase the response of the hypothalamic-pituitary adrenal (HPA) axis. In homologous desensitization only stimulation by desensitizing hormone is attenuated, in heterologous desensitization diminished responsiveness to additional activators occurs. Social stress of crowding (21 rats in a cage for 7) for 3, 7, 14 and 21 days considerably reduced the corticosterone response to intracerebroventricular (icv) administration of carbachol, a cholinergic muscarinic receptor agonist due to a homologous desensitization and down-regulation of central muscarinic receptors by an increased secretion of acetylcholine. Crowding stress significantly reduced the HPA response to icv isoprenaline, a beta-adrenergic agonist and clonidine, an alpha2-adrenergic agonist and only moderately diminished the response to phenylephrine -- an alpha1-adrenergic agonist. The stimulatory effect of dimaprit, a nonselective histamine H2-receptor agonist on HPA axis was considerably impaired in crowded rats while the response to 2-pyridylethylamine, a H1-receptor agonist was moderately affected. Social crowding stress did not substantially alter the CRH-induced ACTH and corticosterone response while it suppressed the vasopressin-induced responses. Indomethacin did not change basal plasma ACTH and corticosterone levels, indicating that prostaglandins are not involved in basal regulation of the HPA activity. Inhibition of prostaglandins synthesis by indomethacin significantly diminished the vasopressin-induced HPA response under both basal and social stress conditions, whereas it did affect the CRH-elicited HPA stimulation under both these circumstances. Social stress inhibits the nitric oxide effect on the CRH-induced ACTH response but it does not alter the AVP-induced responses. These results indicate a specific and distinct influences of social crowding stress on the neurotransmitters- neurohormones- prostaglandins- and nitric oxide-induced HPA responses.MESH:C535569DiseasepsychosocialMESH:D007029Diseasehypothalamic-pituitary adrenal (HPA) axis10116SpeciesratsMESH:D003345ChemicalcorticosteroneMESH:D002217ChemicalcarbacholMESH:D000109Chemicalacetylcholine-Chemicalicv isoprenalineMESH:D003000ChemicalclonidineMESH:D010656Chemicalphenylephrine25461Gene40613histamine H2-receptor10116SpeciesratsMESH:C006183Chemical2-pyridylethylamine81648Gene599CRHMESH:D003345Chemicalcorticosterone24221Gene417vasopressinMESH:D007213ChemicalIndomethacinMESH:D003345ChemicalcorticosteroneMESH:D011453ChemicalprostaglandinsMESH:D011453ChemicalprostaglandinsMESH:D007213Chemicalindomethacin24221Gene417vasopressin81648Gene599CRHMESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxide81648Gene599CRHMESH:D011453ChemicalprostaglandinsMESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxide10574468J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 381-91999titleKocić I, Dworakowska D, Dworakowski R04-Aminopyridine induces positive lusitropic effects and prevents the negative inotropic action of phenylephrine in the rat cardiac tissue subjected to ischaemia.MESH:D015761Chemical4-AminopyridineMESH:D010656Chemicalphenylephrine10116SpeciesratMESH:D007511Diseaseischaemiaabstract162The effects of 4-aminopyridine (4-AP) at concentration of 1 mM on the contractility of rat isolated papillary muscle subjected to simulated ischaemia has been evaluated. Additionally, the effects of 4-AP on the phenylephrine inotropic action (a selective agonist of alpha1-adrenergic receptor) on rat isolated cardiac tissue underwent simulated ischaemia and reperfusion was studied. Experiments were performed on rat isolated papillary muscles obtained from left ventricle. The following parameters have been measured: force of contraction (Fc), velocity of contraction (+dF/dt), velocity of relaxation (-dF/dt) and the ratio between time to peak contraction (ttp) and relaxation time at the level of 10% of total contraction amplitude (tt10) as an index of lusitropic effects. Simulated ischaemia lasting 45 min was induced by replacement of standard normoxic solution by no-substrat one gassing with 95% N2/5%CO2. Although 4-AP exerted a slight, but significant positive inotropic action itself, pretreatment with 1 mM of this compound significantly depressed a recovery of Fc and +dF/dt, but improves recovery of -dF/dt in the rat papillary muscle during reperfusion as compared with control group of preparations. Moreover, the paradoxical negative inotropic action of phenylephrine observed in rat stunned papillary muscle was prevented in preparations previously treated by 4-AP. These findings suggest that an inhibition of outward K+ current (probably transient outward and rapid component of delayed rectifying currents at 1 mM of 4-AP) aggravates ischaemia-induced failure in contractility but prevents changes in alpha1-adrenergic receptor signaling pathway occuring during ischaemia.MESH:D015761Chemical4-aminopyridineMESH:D015761Chemical4-AP10116SpeciesratMESH:D007511DiseaseischaemiaMESH:D015761Chemical4-APMESH:D010656Chemicalphenylephrine10116SpeciesratMESH:D007511Diseaseischaemia10116SpeciesratMESH:D013936ChemicaldtMESH:D013936ChemicaldtMESH:D007511DiseaseischaemiaMESH:D009584ChemicalN2-ChemicalCO2MESH:D015761Chemical4-APMESH:D013936ChemicaldtMESH:D013936Chemicaldt10116SpeciesratMESH:D010656Chemicalphenylephrine10116SpeciesratMESH:D015761Chemical4-APMESH:D015761Chemical4-APMESH:D017093Diseaseischaemia-induced failureMESH:D007511Diseaseischaemia10574469J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 391-4041999titleSlomiany BL, Piotrowski J, Slomiany A0Effect of ebrotidine on gastric mucosal inflammatory responses to Helicobacter pylori lipopolysaccharide.MESH:C075156Chemicalebrotidine210SpeciesHelicobacter pyloriabstract106UNLABELLED: Helicobacter pylori lipopolysaccharide is a primary virulence factor responsible for eliciting acute mucosal inflammatory responses associated with H. pylori infection. In this study, we applied the animal model of H. pylori lipopolysaccharide-induced acute gastritis to assess the effect of antiulcer agent, ebrotidine, on the gastric mucosal inflammatory responses by analyzing the interplay between the activity of a key apoptotic caspase, caspase-3, epithelial cell apoptosis, and the expression of inducible nitric oxide synthase (NOS-2). METHODS: Rats, pretreated twice daily with ebrotidine at 100 mg/kg, or the vehicle, were subjected to intragastric application of H. pylori lipopolysaccharide at 50 microg/animal, and after 4 additional days on the antiulcer drug or vehicle regimen their mucosal tissue used for histologic assessment, assays of epithelial cells apoptosis, and the measurements of caspase-3 and NOS-2 activities. RESULTS: In the absence of antiulcer agent, H. pylori lipopolysaccharide induced acute reaction characterized by the inflammatory infiltration of the lamina propria, hyperemia, and epithelial hemorrhage. This was accompanied by an 11.2-fold increase in epithelial cell apoptosis, a 6.5-fold induction in mucosal expression of NOS-2, and a 5.4-fold increase in caspase-3 activity. Treatment with H2-receptor antagonist ebrotidine, also known for its gastroprotective effects, produced a 50.9% reduction in the extent of mucosal inflammatory changes elicited by H. pylori lipopolysaccharide and an 82.5% decrease in the epithelial cells apoptosis, while the activity of caspase-3 decreased by 33.7% and that of NOS-2 showed a 72.8% decline. CONCLUSIONS: The findings implicate caspase-3 involvement in gastric mucosal inflammatory responses to H. pylori lipopolysaccharide, and point towards participation of NOS-2 in the amplification of the cell death-signaling cascade. Our study also demonstrate that ebrotidine exerts modulatory effect on the H. pylori-induced mucosal inflammatory responses by interfering with the events propagated by NOS-2 and caspase-3.210SpeciesHelicobacter pylori210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D005756DiseasegastritisMESH:C075156Chemicalebrotidine10116SpeciesRatsMESH:C075156Chemicalebrotidine-Chemical. pylori lipopolysaccharide210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D006940DiseasehyperemiaMESH:D006470Diseaseepithelial hemorrhageMESH:C075156Chemicalebrotidine210SpeciesH. pylori210SpeciesH. pyloriMESH:D008070ChemicallipopolysaccharideMESH:C075156Chemicalebrotidine210SpeciesH. pylori10574470J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 405-171999titleTanaka A, Kunikata T, Mizoguchi H, Kato S, Takeuchi K0Dual action of nitric oxide in pathogenesis of indomethacin-induced small intestinal ulceration in rats.MESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxideMESH:D007213Chemicalindomethacin10116Speciesratsabstract105We investigated the pathogenic role of nitric oxide (NO) in indomethacin-induced intestinal ulceration in rats. Nonfasting animals responded to a single administration of indomethacin (10 mg/kg, s.c.), resulting in multiple hemorrhagic lesions in the small intestine, mostly the jejunum and ileum. The damage was first observed 6 hr after indomethacin, the severity increasing progressively with time up to 24 hr later, accompanied with the gene expression of inducible NO synthase (iNOS) and the increase of nitrite and nitrate (NOx) contents in the mucosa. The ocurrence of damage was significantly prevented when iNOS induction was inhibited by dexamethasone given either once 0.5 hr before or twice 0.5 hr before and 6 hr after indomethacin. Likewise, aminoguanidine (a relatively selective iNOS inhibitor) reduced the severity of damage, irrespective whether given twice or as a single injection 6 hr after indomethacin. By contrast, the non-selective NOS inhibitor N(G)-nitro-L-arginine methyl ester (L-NAME) exhibited a biphasic effect, depending on the time of administration; the pre-administration worsened the damage, while the later administration reduced the severity of these lesions, yet both responses occureed in a L-arginine-sensitive manner. Pre-administration of L-NAME, but not aminoguanidine, significantly decreased NOx production in the intestinal mucosa of normal rats, while the increase of NOx production following indomethacin was significantly suppressed by the later administration of aminoguanidine as well as L-NAME. These results suggest that NO exerts a dual action in the pathogenesis of indomethacin-induced intestinal ulceration; NO generated by cNOS is protective against indomethacin, by maintaining the integrity of intestinal mucosa, while NO derived by iNOS plays a key pathogenic role in the ulcerogenic process.MESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxideMESH:D007213Chemicalindomethacin10116SpeciesratsMESH:D007213ChemicalindomethacinMESH:D006470Diseasehemorrhagic lesionsMESH:D007213Chemicalindomethacin24599Gene55473inducible NO synthase24599Gene55473iNOSMESH:D009573ChemicalnitriteMESH:D009566ChemicalnitrateMESH:C024270ChemicalNOx24599Gene55473iNOSMESH:D003907ChemicaldexamethasoneMESH:D007213ChemicalindomethacinMESH:C004479Chemicalaminoguanidine24599Gene55473iNOSMESH:D007213ChemicalindomethacinMESH:D019331ChemicalN(G)-nitro-L-arginine methyl esterMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:D001120ChemicalL-arginineMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:C004479ChemicalaminoguanidineMESH:C024270ChemicalNOx10116SpeciesratsMESH:C024270ChemicalNOxMESH:D007213ChemicalindomethacinMESH:C004479ChemicalaminoguanidineMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:D007213Chemicalindomethacin24600Gene504cNOSMESH:D007213Chemicalindomethacin24599Gene55473iNOS10574471J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 419-281999titleHenryk S, Jośko J, Jedrzejowska-Szypułka H, Jarzab B, Döhler KD0Corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) increases beta-endorphin (beta-end like) concentration in cerebrospinal fluid of rats with vasospasm following subarachnoid hemorrhage.81648Gene599Corticotropin releasing hormone81648Gene599CRH10116SpeciesratsMESH:D020301DiseasevasospasmMESH:D013345Diseasesubarachnoid hemorrhageabstract174The chronic stage of vasospasm occurring several days after subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH) is characterized by the development of histopathologic changes in cerebral arteries causing cerebral ischemia. Numerous experimental data indicate the involvement of immune mechanisms in the angiopathy caused by SAH. Endogenous opioids play also an important role in the ischemic lesions of the brain. Corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) induces the release of beta-endorphin (beta-END) from hypothalamic neurons and also from mononuclear white blood cells. The function of CRH and beta-END in vasospasm following SAH and the interrelationship between neuroendocrine and immune changes requires further elucidation. In the present study we investigated the influence of CRH injected into cerebral cisterna magna (CM) of rats on beta-END-like level in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) in acute and chronic phase of cerebral vasospasm following artificial SAH. Acutely CRH induced a significant rise of beta-END-like in CSF both in SAH and sham SAH rats. However, in rats subjected to SAH, a single injection of CRH caused a prolonged rise of 5-END in CSF, which was also seen 2 days after SAH, during the chronic phase of vasospasm. The obtained results indicate that CRH increases neuroendocrine changes induced by SAH, probably by an activation of immune cells involved in the patomechanism of chronic vasospasm.MESH:D020301DiseasevasospasmMESH:D013345Diseasesubarachnoid hemorrhageMESH:D013345DiseaseSAHMESH:D002545Diseasecerebral ischemiaMESH:D001018DiseaseangiopathyMESH:D013345DiseaseSAHMESH:D007511Diseaseischemic81648Gene599Corticotropin releasing hormone81648Gene599CRHMESH:D007027Diseasehypothalamic neurons81648Gene599CRHMESH:D020301DiseasevasospasmMESH:D013345DiseaseSAHMESH:D018358Diseaseneuroendocrine81648Gene599CRH10116SpeciesratsMESH:D020301Diseasecerebral vasospasmMESH:D013345DiseaseSAH81648Gene599CRHMESH:D013345DiseaseSAHMESH:D013345DiseaseSAH10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesratsMESH:D013345DiseaseSAH81648Gene599CRHMESH:D013345DiseaseSAHMESH:D020301Diseasevasospasm81648Gene599CRHMESH:D018358DiseaseneuroendocrineMESH:D013345DiseaseSAHMESH:D020301Diseasevasospasm10574472J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 429-411999titleDulak J, Polus M, Guevara I, Hartwich J, Wybrańska I, Krzesz R, Dembińska-Kieć A0Oxidized low density lipoprotein inhibits inducible nitric oxide synthase, GTP cyclohydrolase I and transforming growth factor beta gene expression in rat macrophages.24599Gene55473inducible nitric oxide synthase29244Gene132GTP cyclohydrolase I10116Speciesratabstract168Several studies have already demonstrated that oxidized- LDL decreases nitric oxide (NO) generation by cytokine-stimulated macrophages. However, the mechanisms of such an inhibition have not been yet elucidated. NO generation by inducible nitric oxide synthase (iNOS) is dependent on the presence of cofactors for NO generation, tetrathydrobiopterin (BH4) among them. The NO generation by these cells is also regulated by some endogenous inhibitors, like TGF-beta. Therefore, the aim of our recent study was to investigate the influence of ox-LDL on the expression of iNOS and GTP cyclohydrolase I (GTP-CH I), the key enzyme involved in the BH4 synthesis as well as the ox-LDL effect on TGF-beta expression in rat macrophages stimulated with IFNgamma (250 U/ml) and LPS (500 ng/ml). Macrophages, activated in this way, express iNOS, GTP-CH I, and TGF-beta mRNA. This expression was inhibited when the macrophages were preincubated for 24 hours with ox-LDL (100 microg/ml). Quantitative PCR revealed about 10-fold inhibition of iNOS gene expression by ox-LDL. As a consequence of down-regulation of iNOS and GTP-CH I genes, almost 3-fold diminished generation of NO2- by rat macrophages was observed. An inhibition of the TGFbeta mRNA expression was also found. Our studies indicate that decreased NO generation by ox-LDL treated macrophages may be the result of the diminished expression of both iNOS and GTP-CH I genes. This effect may be mediated by the activity of certain endogenous inhibitors of gene expression, however, our studies exclude the TGF-beta as a candidate for this activity.MESH:D009569Chemicalnitric oxide24599Gene55473inducible nitric oxide synthase24599Gene55473iNOS-ChemicaltetrathydrobiopterinMESH:C003402ChemicalBH459086Gene540TGF-beta24599Gene55473iNOS29244Gene132GTP cyclohydrolase I29244Gene132GTP-CH IMESH:C003402ChemicalBH459086Gene540TGF-beta10116Speciesrat25712Gene55526IFNgamma24599Gene55473iNOS29244Gene132GTP-CH I59086Gene540TGF-beta24599Gene55473iNOS24599Gene55473iNOS29244Gene132GTP-CH IMESH:D009585ChemicalNO210116Speciesrat59086Gene540TGFbeta24599Gene55473iNOS29244Gene132GTP-CH I59086Gene540TGF-beta10574473J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 443-541999titleOlszanecki R, Chłopicki S0Endotoxaemia in rats: role of NO, PAF and TXA2 in pulmonary neutrophil sequestration and hyperlactataemia.DiseaseEndotoxaemia10116Speciesrats300795Gene8829PAFDiseasehyperlactataemiaabstract107OBJECTIVE AND DESIGN: The involvement of PAF, TXA2 and NO in LPS-induced pulmonary neutrophil sequestration an hyperlactataemia was studied in conscious rats. As pharmacological tools WEB 2170 (PAF receptor antagonist, 20 mg/kg), camongarel (inhibitor of TXA2 synthase, 30 mg/kg), N(G)-nitro L-arginine methyl ester (L-NAME -- non-selective nitric oxide synthase inhibitor, 30 mg/kg) were used. METHODS: Plasma lactate and NO2-/NO3- levels as well as myeloperoxidase (MPO) activity in lung tissue were measured one and five hours after administration of LPS (4 mg/kg(-1)). RESULTS: LPS induced a twofold increase in plasma lactate levels and nearly 10-fold increase in plasma NO2-/NO3- levels five but not one hour after LPS administration. However, LPS-induced increase in pulmonary MPO activity was seen at both time intervals. Neither WEB 2170 nor camonagrel changed one or five hours responses to LPS (lactate, NO2-/NO3-, MPO). L-NAME potentiated LPS-induced rise in MPO activity in the lung and this potentiation was not affected by WEB 2170 or camonagrel. L-NAME supressed plasma NO2-/NO3- response and substantially potentiated plasma lactate response to LPS and both effects were partially reversed by WEB 2170 or camonagrel. CONCLUSIONS: In summary, we demonstrated that PAF and TXA 2 play a role in overproduction of lactate during endotoxaemia in NO-deficient rats. However, these lipids do not mediate endotoxin-induced sequestration of neutrophils in the lung.300795Gene8829PAFMESH:D008070ChemicalLPSDiseasehyperlactataemia10116Speciesrats300795Gene8829PAF-ChemicalcamongarelMESH:D019331ChemicalN(G)-nitro L-arginine methyl esterMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:D019344ChemicallactateMESH:D009585ChemicalNO2MESH:C038619ChemicalNO3303413Genemyeloperoxidase303413GeneMPOMESH:D008070ChemicalLPSMESH:D008070ChemicalLPSMESH:D019344ChemicallactateMESH:D009585ChemicalNO2MESH:D008070ChemicalLPSMESH:D008070ChemicalLPS303413GeneMPOMESH:C103583ChemicalcamonagrelMESH:D008070ChemicalLPSMESH:D019344Chemicallactate303413GeneMPOMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:D008070ChemicalLPS303413GeneMPOMESH:C103583ChemicalcamonagrelMESH:D019331ChemicalL-NAMEMESH:D009585ChemicalNO2MESH:D019344ChemicallactateMESH:D008070ChemicalLPSMESH:C103583Chemicalcamonagrel300795Gene8829PAFMESH:D019344ChemicallactateDiseaseendotoxaemia10116SpeciesratsMESH:D008055Chemicallipids10574474J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 455-621999titleZbikowska HM, Gwoździński K, Wachowicz W, Krajewski T0Response of human blood platelet membrane to sodium selenite.9606SpecieshumanMESH:D018038Chemicalsodium seleniteabstract62It was demonstrated that incubation of blood platelets with sodium selenite (1-100 microM) resulted in a dose- and time-dependent loss of platelet thiols (both glutathione and protein -SH groups). The effects of sodium selenite on platelet membrane lipid fluidity by the EPR spin-labelling method was also investigated. We showed there were no alterations in membrane fluidity at the deeper regions (12-DOXYL-Ste) in lipid bilayer, a slight increase (approx. 7%, p < 0.03) of h +1/h0 for spin probe 5-DOXYL-Ste was monitored. The amount of Triton-insoluble protein fraction isolated from platelets after incubation (60 min) with selenite was significantly elevated (p < 0.006). It has been suggested that limited increase in lipid fluidity at the surface regions in the lipid bilayer of the platelet membrane in selenite-treated platelets may be the result of alteration in lipid-protein interactions caused by protein conformational changes.MESH:D018038Chemicalsodium seleniteMESH:D013438ChemicalthiolsMESH:D005978ChemicalglutathioneMESH:D018038Chemicalsodium seleniteMESH:D008055Chemicallipid-Chemical12-DOXYL-SteMESH:D008055Chemicallipid-Chemical5-DOXYL-SteMESH:D020887ChemicalseleniteMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D008055Chemicallipid10574475J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 463-751999titleGrzybowski AE0In vitro effect of glutathione precursors on cytotoxicity of amino acids to human mesothelial cells.MESH:D005978ChemicalglutathioneMESH:D064420Diseasecytotoxicity9606Specieshumanabstract101Amino acids (AA) which were proposed as an alternative osmotically active agents in dialysates are toxic to human peritoneal mesothelial cells (HPMC) due to disturbance of the antioxidant-oxidant balance in cells by reducing level of glutathione. We assessed if the addition intracellular glutathione precursors: N-acetyl-cysteine (NAC), tioproline (TP), L--2-oxo--4-thiazolidine acid (PC), and glutathione (GSH) could reduce the cytotoxicity of AA, as measured by inhibition of cells proliferation and disorders of intracellular 86Rb transport. HPMC were obtained from omentum from nonuremic donors and cultured in in vitro conditions. The HPMC proliferation capacity was assessed indirectly by the 3H-methyl-thymidine incorporation assay. The injury to HPMC membrane integrity was assessed by the release of radioisotope molecules of 86Rb from the prelabelled cells. We have found that AA diminished the intracellular potassium (86Rb) influx. Supplementation of AA mixture with NAC enhanced the total 86Rb influx into HMC. Other precursors of intracellular glutathione (TP,PC,GSH) tested in the presence of AA significantly stimulated intracellular transport of 86Rb via Na,K-ATPase dependent channel, but the total intracellular transport of 86Rb was still lower than in control. HMC proliferation was significantly inhibited by AA what was measured by incorporation of H-metyl-tymidine. In the presence of NAC inhibition of HMC proliferation caused by AA was weaker. Our results suggest that some of intracellular glutathione precursors may reduce the disturbances of the HMC function caused by AA.9606Specieshuman-ChemicalHPMCMESH:D005978ChemicalglutathioneMESH:D005978ChemicalglutathioneMESH:D000111ChemicalN-acetyl-cysteineMESH:D000111ChemicalNAC-Chemicaltioproline-ChemicalTP-ChemicalL--2-oxo--4-thiazolidine acid-ChemicalPCMESH:D005978ChemicalglutathioneMESH:D005978ChemicalGSHMESH:D064420Diseasecytotoxicity-ChemicalHPMCMESH:D014316Chemical3HMESH:C012439Chemicalmethyl-thymidine-ChemicalHPMCMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:C000615482Chemical86RbMESH:D000111ChemicalNACMESH:C000615482Chemical86RbMESH:D005978Chemicalglutathione-ChemicalTP-ChemicalPCMESH:D005978ChemicalGSH-ChemicalH-metyl-tymidineMESH:D000111ChemicalNACMESH:D005978Chemicalglutathione10574476J. Physiol. Pharmacol.; 1999 Sep; 50(3) 477-841999titleGregoraszczuk E, Słomczyńska M, Stokłosowa S0Effect of genistein, tyrphostin and herbimycin on prolactin-stimulated progesterone production by porcine theca and luteal cells.MESH:D019833ChemicalgenisteinMESH:D020032ChemicaltyrphostinMESH:C020754Chemicalherbimycin396965GeneprolactinMESH:D011374Chemicalprogesteroneabstract130The potential involvement of protein tyrosine kinases (PTK) in the mechanism of prolactin (Prl) action on ovarian cell steroidogenesis has not been elucidated and information about research on this subject is scarce. In this preliminary study pharmacological intervention was used to provide support for a possible involvement of tyrosine kinases in prolactin induction of progesterone secretion by porcine thecal and luteal cells. Material used in this experiment were cultures of porcine follicular theca interna and early corpus luteum cells. The former were isolated from, proestrous preovulatory follicles and the latter were obtained by enzymatic dispersion of luteal tissue. Three of tyrosine kinase inhibitors, genistein, herbimycin and tyrphostin, were applied. They act through different mechanisms, partially blocking Prl-stimulated progesterone secretion. Herbimycin at a dose of 3 microM inhibited Prl-stimulated progesterone secretion beneath the control level in theca and by 70% in luteal cells. Genistein at a dose of 45 microM inhibited Prl-stimulated progesterone secretion beneath the control level in theca and down to the control in luteal cells. On the other hand, tyrphostin at a dose of 100 microM only slightly suppressed Prl-stimulated progesterone secretion by thecal and luteal cells (33% and 40% respectively). This investigation is the first search for evidence of involvement of tyrosine kinases in Prl-stimulated progesterone production by ovarian cells in the pig.396965Geneprolactin396965GeneprolactinMESH:D019833ChemicalgenisteinMESH:C020754ChemicalherbimycinMESH:D020032ChemicaltyrphostinMESH:C020754ChemicalHerbimycinMESH:D019833ChemicalGenisteinMESH:D020032ChemicaltyrphostinMESH:D011374Chemicalprogesterone9823Speciespig10574477JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 309-121999titleScolapio JS0Effect of growth hormone, glutamine, and diet on body composition in short bowel syndrome: a randomized, controlled study.2688Gene128036growth hormoneMESH:D005973ChemicalglutamineMESH:D012778Diseaseshort bowel syndromeabstract123BACKGROUND: A previous controlled study of ten patients with short bowel syndrome (SBS) reported human recombinant growth hormone resulted in a significant increase in body weight and lean body mass (LBM) without clinical edema. The aim of this study was to assess the effect of growth hormone, glutamine, and diet on body composition. METHODS: A randomized, 6-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study was performed in eight patients. Active treatment was 21 days of growth hormone, oral glutamine, and a high-carbohydrate-low-fat (HCLF) diet. Body composition was determined by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan. Treatments were compared by paired t test. RESULTS: Active treatment resulted in significant increases in body weight (mean 3.02 +/- 0.7 kg, p < .05) and lean body mass, (mean 3.96 +/- 0.5 kg, p < .001). Percent body fat was significantly reduced in the actively treated group (mean -2.51% +/- 0.4, p < .001). Body weight returned to base-line within 2 weeks of discontinuing active treatment. Macronutrient and fluid absorption did not increase with active treatment. CONCLUSIONS: Treatment with growth hormone, glutamine, and HCLF diet resulted in decreased percent body fat and increased body weight and LBM in patients with SBS, without an increase in macronutrient or fluid absorption. The positive findings are most likely a reflection of increased extracellular fluid because all eight patients developed peripheral edema on active treatment. Furthermore, the positive effect of active treatment does not appear to be sustained once discontinued.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012778Diseaseshort bowel syndromeMESH:C536611DiseaseSBS9606Specieshuman2688Gene128036growth hormoneMESH:D004487Diseaseedema2688Gene128036growth hormoneMESH:D005973Chemicalglutamine9606Speciespatients2688Gene128036growth hormoneMESH:D005973ChemicalglutamineMESH:D002241Chemicalcarbohydrate-ChemicalHCLF2688Gene128036growth hormoneMESH:D005973Chemicalglutamine-ChemicalHCLF9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C536611DiseaseSBS9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004487Diseaseedema10574478JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 314-201999titleGianotti L, Braga M, Fortis C, Soldini L, Vignali A, Colombo S, Radaelli G, Di Carlo V0A prospective, randomized clinical trial on perioperative feeding with an arginine-, omega-3 fatty acid-, and RNA-enriched enteral diet: effect on host response and nutritional status.MESH:D001120ChemicalarginineMESH:D015525Chemicalomega-3 fatty acidabstract185BACKGROUND: The use of immune-enhancing enteral diets in the postoperative period has given contrasting results. The purpose of this prospective, randomized, double-blinded clinical study was to evaluate the effect of immunonutrition given perioperatively on cytokine release and nutritional parameters. METHODS: Patients with cancer of the stomach or colo-rectum were eligible. Subjects consumed 1 L/d of either a control enteral formula (n = 25; control group) or a formula supplemented with arginine, omega-3 fatty acids, and RNA (n = 25; verum group) for 1 week before surgery. Both formulas were given by mouth. Six hours after the operation, jejunal infusion with the same diets was started and maintained for 7 days. Blood was drawn at different time points to assess albumin, prealbumin (PA), transferrin, cholinesterase activity, retinol binding protein (RBP), interleukin-2 receptors alpha (IL-2Ralpha), IL-6, and IL-1 soluble receptors (IL-1RII). The composite score of delayed hypersensitivity response (DHR) to skin test also was determined (the higher the score, the lower the immune response). RESULTS: During the 7 days of presurgical feeding, none of the above parameters changed in either group. Eight days after operation, in the control group, the concentration of PA and RBP was lower than in the verum group (0.18 vs 0.26 g/L for PA and 30.5 vs 38.7 mg/L for RBP; p < .05). IL-2Ralpha concentration was 507 pg/mL in the verum group vs 238 pg/mL in the control group (p < .001), whereas IL-6 and IL-1RII were higher in the control group than in the verum group (104 vs 49 and 328 vs 183 pg/mL, respectively; p < .01). The DHR score was 0.68 in the control group vs 0.42 in the verum group (p < .05). CONCLUSIONS: Perioperative feeding with a supplemented enteral diet modulates cytokine production and enhances cell-mediated immunity and the synthesis of short half-life proteins.9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D009369Diseasecancer307630SpeciescoloMESH:D001120ChemicalarginineMESH:D015525Chemicalomega-3 fatty acids7018Gene68153transferrin590Gene20065cholinesterase5950Gene4908retinol binding protein5950Gene4908RBP3559Gene360IL-2Ralpha3569Gene502IL-67850Gene7783IL-1RIIMESH:D004342Diseasehypersensitivity5950Gene4908RBP5950Gene4908RBP3559Gene360IL-2Ralpha3569Gene502IL-67850Gene7783IL-1RII10574479JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 321-51999titleTasaki O, Hiraide A, Shiozaki T, Yamamura H, Ninomiya N, Sugimoto H0The dimer and trimer of 3-hydroxybutyrate oligomer as a precursor of ketone bodies for nutritional care.MESH:D020155Chemical3-hydroxybutyrateMESH:D007659Chemicalketoneabstract105BACKGROUND: Ketone bodies have been considered as a means of providing energy because of their good penetration and rapid diffusion in peripheral tissues. However, because the currently available form of 3-hydroxybu-tyrate is the sodium salt, the sodium load is problematic. To avoid it, a mixture of dimer and trimer has been prepared as a precursor of D-3-hydroxybutyrate. The purpose of this study was to investigate whether and how the solution would be converted to monomers. METHODS: The plasma concentration of 3-hydroxybutyrate monomer was measured in 10 rats during infusion of dimer and trimer. Stepwise dilutions of the solution were incubated with serum and liver homogenates from five rats, serum samples from five volunteers, and a liver sample from one patient with liver injury. The solution also was incubated with carboxylesterase and triacylglycerol lipase. The concentration of monomer in the medium was measured after incubation. RESULTS: The plasma concentration of 3-hydroxybutyrate monomer reached 572 +/- 11 micromol/L 15 minutes after beginning infusion of the mixture at a rate of 25 micromol x kg(-1) x min(-1) and 270 +/- 40 micromol/L at a rate of 12.5 micromol x kg(-1) min(-1). The solution was converted completely to monomers when incubated with rat serum or liver homogenate for 10 minutes. The mixture also was hydrolyzed by human liver homogenate but not by serum. CONCLUSIONS: The dimer and trimer of 3-hydroxybutyrate can be converted rapidly to monomer in rat and human tissues. 3-Hydroxybutyrate oligomers could be an energy substrate for injured patients.MESH:D007659ChemicalKetoneMESH:D020155Chemical3-hydroxybu-tyrate-Chemicalsodium saltMESH:D012964Chemicalsodium-ChemicalD-3-hydroxybutyrateMESH:D020155Chemical3-hydroxybutyrate10116Speciesrats10116Speciesrats9606SpeciespatientMESH:D056486Diseaseliver injury3990Gene199triacylglycerol lipaseMESH:D020155Chemical3-hydroxybutyrate966Gene56386min(-1966Gene56386min(-110116Speciesrat9606SpecieshumanMESH:D020155Chemical3-hydroxybutyrate10116Speciesrat9606SpecieshumanMESH:D020155Chemical3-Hydroxybutyrate9606Speciespatients10574480JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 326-321999titlePrinzivalli M, Ceccarelli S0Sodium d-fructose-1,6-diphosphate vs. sodium monohydrogen phosphate in total parenteral nutrition: a comparative in vitro assessment of calcium phosphate compatibility.-ChemicalSodium d-fructose-1,6-diphosphateMESH:C018279Chemicalsodium monohydrogen phosphateMESH:C020243Chemicalcalcium phosphateabstract169BACKGROUND: The supply of high amounts of calcium (Ca) and phosphorus (P) during total parenteral nutrition (TPN) is matter of concern because of the risk associated with calcium phosphate precipitation. The in vitro Ca-P compatibility in ready-for-use TPN solutions after the addition of different concentrations of inorganic phosphate or d-fructose-1,6-diphosphate (FDP) and calcium chloride was evaluated. METHODS: Four series of experiments for each Ca + P couple were carried out by varying amino acid concentrations (2% or 4%), temperature (25 degrees C or 37 degrees C), and pH. The extent of precipitation was estimated by visual inspection and particle count. The areas of maximal compatibility (ie, areas showing the complete absence of precipitates) were drawn from the precipitation curves. RESULTS: The precipitation extent was considerably higher in conditions mimicking body environment for both Ca + P couples. The compatibility area at 37 degrees C and 2% amino acid for CaCl2 + Na2HPO4 admixtures was included within 2.50 mmol/L CaCl2 and 2.22 mmol/L Na2HPO4, whereas that for CaCl2 + FDP was within 33.3 mmol/L CaCl2 and 10.0 mmol/L FDP (20 mEq/L of P). Unlike inorganic calcium phosphate, FDP dicalcium salt precipitation was kinetically delayed and was only minimally enhanced by decreasing amino acid concentration. CONCLUSIONS: Our data indicated that the use of FDP as the P source in parenteral nutrition solutions was effective in avoiding the life-threatening calcium phosphate precipitation. Thus, the addition of FDP to TPN admixtures represents a safe choice, allowing the simultaneous administration of high amounts of Ca and P in restricted fluid volumes, even at low amino acid concentrations.MESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D010758ChemicalphosphorusMESH:D010758ChemicalPMESH:C020243Chemicalcalcium phosphate-ChemicalCa-PMESH:D010710Chemicalinorganic phosphateMESH:C029063Chemicald-fructose-1,6-diphosphateMESH:C029063ChemicalFDPMESH:D002122Chemicalcalcium chloride-ChemicalCa + P-ChemicalCa + PMESH:D002122ChemicalCaCl2MESH:C018279ChemicalNa2HPO4MESH:D002122ChemicalCaCl2MESH:C018279ChemicalNa2HPO4MESH:D002122ChemicalCaCl2MESH:D002122ChemicalCaCl2MESH:D010758ChemicalP-Chemicalinorganic calcium phosphate-Chemicaldicalcium saltMESH:C020243Chemicalcalcium phosphateMESH:D010758ChemicalP10574481JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 333-61999titleFitzgerald K, Mikalunas V, Rubin H, McCarthey R, Vanagunas A, Craig RM0Hypermanganesemia in patients receiving total parenteral nutrition.OMIM:613280DiseaseHypermanganesemia9606Speciespatientsabstract68BACKGROUND: Manganese is one of the trace elements that is routinely administered to total parenteral nutrition (TPN) patients. The recommended daily IV dosage ranges from 100 to 800 MICROg. We have used 500 microg daily. Recent reports have suggested neurologic symptoms seen in some patients receiving home parenteral nutrition (HPN) may be due to hypermanganesemia. Therefore, HPN patients and some short-term inpatients receiving TPN were studied to ascertain the relationship between dose and blood levels. METHODS: Red blood cell manganese levels were obtained by atomic absorptiometry. RESULTS: The levels in 36 hospitalized, short-term patients obtained within 48 hours of initiating TPN were all normal. The 30 patients receiving TPN from 3 to 30 days had levels that ranged from 4.8 to 28 microg/L (normal, 11 to 23 microg/L). Two patients had abnormal levels, at days 14 and 18. Fifteen of the 21 patients receiving inpatient TPN or HPN for 36 to 5075 days had elevated Mn levels. Only one patient with hypermanganesemia, an inpatient, had abnormal biochemical liver tests (bilirubin and alkaline phosphatase). One of the patients with a high level had some vestibular symptoms attributed to aminoglycoside use and had increased signal density in the globus pallidus on T1-weighted images on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). A second patient with Mn levels twice normal had no neurologic symptoms, but had similar MRI findings. A third had some basal ganglia symptoms, confirmed by a neurologic evaluation, seizures, and very high Mn levels. The MRI showed no signal enhancement, but motion artifacts limited the study technically. CONCLUSIONS: Hypermanganesemia is seen in HPN patients receiving 500 microg manganese daily and may have resulted in some neurologic damage in three patients. Hypermanganesemia is sometimes seen after a short course of TPN in inpatients, as early as 14 days. Patients should be monitored for hypermanganesemia if they receive Mn in their TPN for >30 days. A 500 microg/d dose of Mn is probably excessive, and 100 microg/d should probably never be exceeded. Mn should be eliminated from the solution if the Mn level is elevated and should not be readministered unless the level returns to normal or subnormal. Mn should not be supplemented if the patient has liver disease with an elevated bilirubin.MESH:D008345ChemicalManganese9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseHPNOMIM:613280DiseasehypermanganesemiaDiseaseHPN9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseHPN9606SpeciespatientOMIM:613280DiseasehypermanganesemiaMESH:D001663Chemicalbilirubin9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000617Chemicalaminoglycoside9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001480Diseasebasal ganglia symptomsMESH:D012640DiseaseseizuresOMIM:613280DiseaseHypermanganesemiaDiseaseHPN9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D009422Diseaseneurologic damage9606SpeciespatientsOMIM:613280DiseaseHypermanganesemia9606SpeciesPatientsOMIM:613280Diseasehypermanganesemia9606SpeciespatientMESH:D008107Diseaseliver diseaseMESH:D001663Chemicalbilirubin10574482JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 337-441999titleGanessunker D, Gaskins HR, Zuckermann FA, Donovan SM0Total parenteral nutrition alters molecular and cellular indices of intestinal inflammation in neonatal piglets.MESH:D007249Diseaseintestinal inflammationabstract113BACKGROUND: The adverse effects of TPN on systemic immunity are well-documented; however, the impact of IV feeding on neonatal intestinal immunity is unknown. METHODS: A piglet TPN model was used to compare immune cell composition within the intestinal epithelium and lamina propria of parenterally and orally fed piglets. RESULTS: Small intestinal weight of piglets maintained intravenously was reduced 50% after 7 days. Intestinal atrophy in piglets fed parenterally was evidenced by decreased width of intestinal villi and colon cuffs and reduced intestinal crypt depth. The numbers of CD4+ and CD8+ T lymphocytes were threefold greater within the lamina propria of jejunal and ileal villi of piglets supported intravenously. Inverse correlations were observed between villus height or width and T-lymphocyte numbers (r = -.80; p < .05). Major histocompatibility complex class II mRNA expression, an indicator of localized inflammation, was increased in the ileum and colon of piglets receiving parenteral nutrition. Goblet cell numbers were two-fold greater in jejunal and ileal villi, and mast cells were more abundant in the colon of piglets fed parenterally. Furthermore, jejunal T-lymphocyte numbers were correlated with goblet cell numbers (r = .80; p = .01). CONCLUSIONS: These data identify molecular and cellular indices of intestinal inflammation that are responsive to IV feeding in neonates and provide a novel framework to investigate mechanisms underlying gut atrophy during TPN.MESH:D001284DiseaseatrophyMESH:D015179Diseasecolon cuffs920Gene513CD4925Gene133777CD8MESH:D007249DiseaseinflammationMESH:D007249Diseaseintestinal inflammationMESH:D001284Diseaseatrophy10574483JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 345-91999titleKotler DP, Rosenbaum K, Allison DB, Wang J, Pierson RN0Validation of bioimpedance analysis as a measure of change in body cell mass as estimated by whole-body counting of potassium in adults.MESH:D011188Chemicalpotassiumabstract137BACKGROUND: The body cell mass (BCM) is an important measure of macronutrient status, but measurements are difficult to obtain outside of sophisticated research laboratories. Bioimpedance analysis (BIA) is a simple technique that holds promise as a means of estimating body composition. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the ability of BIA to estimate changes in BCM as measured by whole body counting of 40K (TBK). METHODS: Paired studies of BCM, including both TBK and BIA, were compared in 87 human immunodeficiency virus-positive subjects and in 62 healthy, weight-stable control adults. Potential errors in the predictions were examined. RESULTS: BCM change by TBK and BIA correlated closely (r = .755). After accounting for errors related to repeat measures of TBK, the correlation coefficient was .784, with a standard error of the estimate of 1.24 kg. The differences between predicted and measured BCM change were consistent with a normal distribution. However, there was a systematic error in prediction, with BIA underpredicting the magnitudes of both gains and losses in BCM by TBK. CONCLUSIONS: BIA is a useful surrogate for measuring changes in BCM in clinical circumstances. Because TBK assesses only intracellular potassium, whereas BIA reflects all intracellular cations, the underprediction of BCM change by BIA compared with TBK could be related to changes in intracellular potassium concentration as a result of malnutrition or its treatment.12721Specieshuman immunodeficiency virus-ChemicalBIAMESH:D011188Chemicalpotassium-ChemicalBIA-ChemicalBIAMESH:D011188ChemicalpotassiumMESH:D044342Diseasemalnutrition10574484JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 350-51999titleWardle CA, Forbes A, Roberts NB, Jawhari AV, Shenkin A0Hypermanganesemia in long-term intravenous nutrition and chronic liver disease.OMIM:613280DiseaseHypermanganesemiaMESH:D008107Diseaseliver diseaseabstract80BACKGROUND: Hypermanganesemia and cholestatic liver disease are both recognized complications of long-term IV nutrition. Manganese is primarily excreted in bile, and recent studies have indicated that manganese toxicity may play a role in the pathogenesis of IV nutrition-associated cholestasis. METHODS: Whole blood and plasma manganese concentrations were measured in patients receiving long-term home IV nutrition (HIN, n = 30). Whole blood manganese concentrations also were measured in patients with chronic liver disease (CLD, n = 10) and control subjects (n = 10). RESULTS: Whole blood manganese concentrations of all CLD patients were within the reference interval (73 to 210 nmol/L) and were not different from those of the control group (151 +/- 44 nmol/L, CLD vs 155 +/- 35 nmol/L, control; not significant), despite the presence of cholestasis. In contrast, whole blood manganese concentration was increased (>210 nmol/L) in 26 patients, and plasma manganese concentration increased (>23 nmol/L) in 23 of the patients receiving HIN. None of the patients exhibited neurologic signs of manganese toxicity. There was no correlation between whole blood manganese concentrations and markers of cholestasis, IV manganese intake, or duration of HIN. However, plasma manganese concentration correlated both with average weekly IV manganese intake (r = .44, p = .02) and with gamma-glutamyl transferase (r = .43, p = .02) and alkaline phosphatase activities (r = .55, p = .003). CONCLUSIONS: Cholestatic liver disease does not appear to contribute to increased whole blood manganese concentrations in patients not receiving HIN. Plasma manganese concentrations in patients receiving HIN reflect recent manganese exposure and impaired excretion where cholestasis is present. The lack of relationship between plasma and whole blood manganese concentrations suggests that factors other than manganese intake and excretion affect intracellular concentrations.MESH:D008107DiseaseHypermanganesemia and cholestatic liver diseaseMESH:D008345ChemicalManganeseMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D064420DiseasetoxicityMESH:D002779DiseasecholestasisMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D058625Diseasechronic liver diseaseDiseaseCLDMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseDiseaseCLD9606SpeciespatientsDiseaseCLDMESH:D002779DiseasecholestasisMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese9606Speciespatients-ChemicalHIN9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D064420DiseasetoxicityMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D002779DiseasecholestasisMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D008107DiseaseCholestatic liver diseaseMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese9606Speciespatients-ChemicalHINMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese9606Speciespatients-ChemicalHINMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D002779DiseasecholestasisMESH:D008345ChemicalmanganeseMESH:D008345Chemicalmanganese10574485JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 356-91999titleMoncure M, Samaha E, Moncure K, Mitchell J, Rehm C, Cypel D, Eydelman J, Ross SE0Jejunostomy tube feedings should not be stopped in the perioperative patient.9606Speciespatientabstract78BACKGROUND: Anesthetic standard of care is to restrict oral intake for 8 hours before elective surgery. There is no research addressing appropriate preoperative discontinuation of jejunostomy tube (J-tube) feedings. We hypothesized that patients could be fed safely, via a J-tube, until the time of surgery. METHODS: Patients admitted to a Level I Trauma Center, having J-tubes and undergoing a nonabdominal operation, were prospectively evaluated. Group I patients received J-tube feedings until transport to the operating room. Group II patients had tube feedings discontinued for at least 8 hours before surgery. Data were compared using the Student's t test and contingency table analysis. RESULTS: There were 46 patients in group I and 36 in group II. There was no incidence of aspiration. Patient groups did not differ in age, mortality, length of stay, injury severity score, or ventilator days. Group I patients had tube feedings discontinued for fewer hours before and after surgery than group II patients (before surgery: 1.40 +/- 1.20 vs 11.61 +/- 5.01, respectively; p < .001; after surgery: 2.99 +/- 7.49 vs 7.11 +/- 9.03, respectively; p = .043); received more kilocalories/ grams of protein on the day of surgery (group I vs group II, 1676.15/89.57 +/- 1133.21/38.04 vs 791.14/57.58 +/-498.66/79.87, respectively; p = .001/p = .032) and more kilocalories/grams of protein on the first postoperative day (group I vs group II, 1580.74/92.57 +/- 600.53/37.96 vs 1152.47/63.53 +/- 733.96/39.40, respectively; p = .006/p = .001). CONCLUSIONS: Patients receiving J-tubes who are undergoing nonabdominal operations may safely continue enteral nutrition at maximum protein and caloric intake until surgery.9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D014947DiseaseI Trauma Center9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesPatient9606Speciespatients9606Speciespatients9606SpeciesPatients10574486JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 360-21999titleEveritt NJ0Ultrasonic investigation of the effect of topical glyceryl trinitrate on peripheral arm vein diameter: implications for intravenous nutrition.MESH:D005996Chemicalglyceryl trinitrateabstract143BACKGROUND: It has been suggested that topical glyceryl trinitrate (GTN) ointment may cause venodilatation and hence deter thrombophlebitis. However, objective evidence of an increase in vein diameter has not been demonstrated. METHODS: B mode ultrasonography was used to measure arm vein diameter. In a prospective study, measurements were taken before and after 24 hours of exposure to topical GTN. RESULTS: Reproducibility of vein diameter measurement was demonstrated. Basilic veins were larger than cephalic veins, but exposure to GTN ointment for 24 hours was not associated with measurable venodilatation. CONCLUSIONS: Ultrasonography enabled noninvasive measurement of intraluminal vein diameter. It is unlikely that GTN prevents thrombophlebitis in superficial arm veins by causing venodilatation.MESH:D005996Chemicalglyceryl trinitrateMESH:D005996ChemicalGTNMESH:D013924Diseasevenodilatation and hence deter thrombophlebitisMESH:D005996ChemicalGTNMESH:D020246Diseasecephalic veinsMESH:D005996ChemicalGTNMESH:D005996ChemicalGTNMESH:D013924Diseasethrombophlebitis10574487JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 363-51999titleYared G, Seidner DL, Steiger E, Hall PM, Nally JV0Tunneled right atrial catheter infection presenting as renal failure.MESH:D055499Diseaseatrial catheter infectionMESH:D051437Diseaserenal failureabstract70We report two cases of progressive renal failure secondary to membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis associated with subclinical septicemia from a tunneled right atrial catheter used for home parenteral nutrition administration. Although the occurrence of line infection and septicemia is a common complication of central venous catheters, a review of the literature reveals only one case report of renal failure secondary to an infected implanted central venous device. Both patients presented with azotemia and had biopsy-proven membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis, accompanied by leukocytoclastic vasculitis. In both cases, removal of the right atrial catheter and prolonged antibiotic therapy was effective in resolving the ongoing infection and resulted in marked improvement in renal function. A high index of suspicion for catheter sepsis should be maintained in patients with tunneled right atrial catheters presenting with subacute renal failure.MESH:D051437Diseaserenal failureMESH:D005921DiseaseglomerulonephritisMESH:D018805DiseasesepticemiaMESH:D018805Diseaseinfection and septicemiaMESH:D051437Diseaserenal failure9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D053099DiseaseazotemiaMESH:D005921DiseaseglomerulonephritisMESH:C535509Diseaseleukocytoclastic vasculitisMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D018805Diseasecatheter sepsis9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D051437Diseaserenal failure10574488JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 366-71999titleFaintuch J0Prevention of liver injury by cytokines.MESH:D056486Diseaseliver injuryabstract4110574489JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr; 1999 Nov-Dec; 23(6) 367-81999titleGarcía-Luna PP, Serrano P, Velloso A0PEG and PEG-J for nutrition support in pregnancy.-ChemicalPEG-ChemicalPEG-Jabstract5010574490Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 7051999titleFriberg TR0Subthreshold (invisible) modified grid diode laser photocoagulation and diffuse diabetic macular edema (DDME)MESH:D008269Diseasediabetic macular edemaabstract11010574491Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 706-141999titleAkduman L, Olk RJ0Subthreshold (invisible) modified grid diode laser photocoagulation in diffuse diabetic macular edema (DDME)MESH:D008269Diseasediabetic macular edemaabstract109BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVE: To determine the effectiveness of subthreshold (invisible) diode laser (810 nm) modified grid photocoagulation for the treatment of diffuse diabetic macular edema (DDME). METHODS: Fifty eyes of 29 patients were treated with subthreshold (invisible) diode laser modified grid photocoagulation for DDME in a prospective pilot clinical trial. Follow-up was conducted for a minimum of 6 months (average: 14.11 +/- 6.15 months). Re-treatment was performed for residual edema involving the foveal avascular zone. Ten patients were tested with Goldman visual field pre- and post-treatment. Visual improvement, visual loss, visual field, reduction/elimination of macular edema, and the number of treatments per eye were studied. RESULTS: Reduction/elimination of DDME was observed in 39% of the eyes after 1 to 3 treatments (2.22 +/- 0.84 treatments) in 6 to 12 months; and in 74% of eyes after 1 to 5 treatments (2.90 +/- 1.02 treatments) 15-24 months follow-up. The presence of cystoid macular edema, initial poor visual acuity, or a history of systemic hypertension did not affect the outcome. Patients without a history of systemic vascular diseases had a better chance of visual stabilization or improvement. Eighty-eight percent of the patients had at least stable vision at the last follow-up. Two out of 10 visual field tests showed a decrease in paracentral scotomas; no post-treatment subjective complaints of increased paracentral scotomas were encountered. CONCLUSION: Subthreshold (invisible) diode laser modified grid photocoagulation is effective in reducing/eliminating DDME, although resolution of edema may be slightly prolonged. However, this method may be advantageous in that it appears to reduce the objective and subjective effect on the paracentral visual field. Subthreshold (invisible) diode laser modified grid photocoagulation substantially reduces the post-treatment atrophic scarring.MESH:D008269Diseasediabetic macular edema9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D004487Diseaseedema9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C531604Diseasevisual lossMESH:D008269Diseasemacular edemaMESH:D008269Diseasecystoid macular edemaMESH:D006973Diseasehypertension9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D000783Diseasevascular diseases9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D012607Diseaseparacentral scotomasMESH:D012607Diseaseparacentral scotomas-ChemicalDDMEMESH:D004487Diseaseedema10574492Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 715-201999titleMaturi RK, Merrill PT, Lomeo MD, Diaz-Rohena R, Khan M, Lambert HM0Perfluoro-N-octane (PFO) in the repair of complicated retinal detachments due to severe proliferative diabetic retinopathy.MESH:C073608ChemicalPerfluoro-N-octaneMESH:C073608ChemicalPFOMESH:D012163Diseaseretinal detachmentsMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic retinopathyabstract124PURPOSE: To report our experience with perfluoro-N-octane (PFO) in the surgical management of complicated retinal detachments due to proliferative diabetic retinopathy. METHODS: Retrospective review of 18 consecutive eyes of 18 patients with tractional or combined tractional and rhegmatogenous retinal detachments due to severe proliferative diabetic retinopathy managed by pars plana vitrectomy and the intraoperative use of PFO. Preoperative characteristics, intraoperative findings and procedures and postoperative results were recorded. RESULTS: The mean preoperative acuity was 2/200 (range, 20/25 to light perception). The mean final visual acuity was 4/200 (range, 20/20 to no light perception). With a mean follow-up of 6 months, there was an 89% anatomic reattachment rate at the last visit and visual acuity was stable or improved in 72% of eyes. CONCLUSIONS: In our experience, PFO is a helpful surgical adjunct in the anatomic reattachment of tractional or combined tractional and rhegmatogenous diabetic retinal detachments. Visual acuity was stabilized or improved in the majority of eyes.MESH:C073608Chemicalperfluoro-N-octaneMESH:C073608ChemicalPFOMESH:D012163Diseaseretinal detachmentsMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic retinopathy9606SpeciespatientsMESH:C563710Diseaserhegmatogenous retinal detachmentsMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic retinopathyMESH:C073608ChemicalPFOMESH:C073608ChemicalPFOMESH:D012163Diseasediabetic retinal detachments10574493Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 721-61999titleBatman C, Cekiç O, Totan Y, Aslan O, Ozalp S0Intraocular pressure changes in the vitreon study.abstract51BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVE: To detect the effect of Perfluoroperhydrophenanthrene (vitreon) on intraocular pressure (IOP) changes. PATIENTS AND METHODS: One hundred-five eyes with proliferative vitreoretinopathy undergoing vitrectomy using vitreon as an intraoperative surgical adjunct were randomized to 2 groups. Vitreon was completely removed in 43 eyes (Group A) at the end of operation while it was left intravitreally in 62 eyes (Group B) for 4 weeks. Patients were followed for at least 18 months. RESULTS: During the first postoperative week, 6 eyes (14%) in Group A and 14 eyes (22%) in Group B had IOP of 23 mm Hg or more (P = .393) while no eyes in either group had hypotony. At the last follow-up 2 eyes (5%) in Group A and 6 eyes (10%) in Group B showed chronic hypotony (P = .561). CONCLUSION: Although postoperative chronic hypotony risk increased twofold by vitreon when it was left intravitreally for 4 weeks, this difference was statistically insignificant. Vitreon can be used as a vitreous substitute for 4 weeks in this regard.MESH:C047722ChemicalPerfluoroperhydrophenanthreneMESH:C047722Chemicalvitreon9606SpeciesPATIENTSMESH:D018630Diseaseproliferative vitreoretinopathy9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D015814DiseasehypotonyMESH:D015814Diseasechronic hypotonyMESH:D015814Diseasehypotony10574494Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 727-331999titlePorges Y, Ophir A0Surgical outcome after early intraocular pressure elevation following combined cataract extraction and trabeculectomy.MESH:D002386Diseasecataractabstract119BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVES: We report on the incidence and course of early postoperative intraocular pressure (IOP) elevation and related surgical outcome following combined manual extracapsular cataract extraction (ECCE), using a sclerocorneal tunnel incision and trabeculectomy. PATIENTS AND METHODS: The combined procedure was the initial surgery in each eye. Intraocular pressure was measured during the first 4 days, at 1 week, and thereafter following surgery. RESULTS: Of 38 eyes (38 consecutive adults), postoperative IOP elevation to > 25 mm Hg was found in 7 eyes (18.4%) during the first 3 postoperative days. The IOP was reduced to < or = 20 mm Hg without hypotensive medication in 3 of them within the first 3-7 postoperative days, and remained so after 7-16 months (mean, 10.3 +/- 4.9 months). Each of the other 4 eyes underwent argon-laser suture lysis 8-10 days after surgery due to unstable IOP which rose to > 30 mm Hg. Two weeks after the operation and thereafter, ie, after 8-22 months (mean, 12.8 +/- 6.4 months), each of these 4 eyes necessitated 1-4 (mean, 2.5 +/- 1.3) hypotensive medications. CONCLUSION: This study raises the possibility that in eyes with early IOP elevation, a delay in promoting aqueous outflow beyond a critical period during the first postoperative week might become a risk factor for full surgical success.MESH:D002386Diseasecataract9606SpeciesPATIENTSMESH:D007022DiseasehypotensiveMESH:D001128ChemicalargonMESH:D007022Diseasehypotensive10574495Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 734-411999titleKocak-Midillioglu I, Akova YA, Koçak-Altintas AG, Aslan BS, Duman S0Penetrating keratoplasty in patients with corneal scarring due to trachoma.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003316DiseasecornealMESH:D014141Diseasetrachomaabstract76BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVE: Trachoma remains the leading cause of preventable corneal blindness. The outcome of penetrating keratoplasty (PK) in these patients is usually poor because of the extensive corneal vascularization, adnexal and ocular surface problems. We evaluated the long-term results of PK in patients with corneal scarring due to trachoma. PATIENTS AND METHODS: The fiels of 16 eyes of 13 patients who underwent PK due to late sequel of trachoma were reviewed. RESULTS: Preoperative visual acuity ranged from light perception to finger counting levels. Preoperatively, dry-eyes, meibomian gland dysfunction, trichiasis and cicatricial entropion were treated. Over a mean postoperative follow-up of 26.1 +/- 15.6 months (range of 14-61 months), eyes required redrafting due to graft rejection and failure, and corneal ulceration (12.5%). Fourteen eyes remained clear grafts (87.5%), and 13 eyes (81.3%) achieved 0.1 or better visual acuity. CONCLUSIONS: These results suggest that although patients with corneal scarring due to trachoma are at high risk, PK may be helpful for visual rehabilitation.MESH:D014141DiseaseTrachomaMESH:D001766Diseasecorneal blindness9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003316Diseasecorneal9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003316DiseasecornealMESH:D014141Diseasetrachoma9606SpeciesPATIENTS9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D014141DiseasetrachomaMESH:D015352Diseasedry-eyesMESH:D000080343Diseasemeibomian gland dysfunctionMESH:D003320Diseasecorneal ulceration9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003316DiseasecornealMESH:D014141Diseasetrachoma10574496Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 742-91999titleSletten KR, Yen KG, Sayegh S, Loesel F, Eckhoff C, Horvath C, Meunier M, Juhasz T, Kurtz RM0An in vivo model of femtosecond laser intrastromal refractive surgery.abstract71BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVE: To develop an animal model for evaluation of femtosecond laser intrastromal refractive surgery. METHODS: Intrastromal photodisruption was performed in New Zealand Albino rabbits using a femtosecond laser system. This surgical pattern consisted of a 100 microm-tick pyramid of laser pulses starting 180 microm below the corneal surface. Animals underwent serial slit lamp examinations and corneal thickness measurements at 1,3,7,14, and 28 days, then monthly up to 1 year. RESULTS: Approximately 70 microm of central corneal thinning were seen at 1 week, remaining stable up to 7 months. CONCLUSIONS: Intrastromal photodisruption with femtosecond lasers produced consistent changes in corneal thickness without loss of corneal transparency. These changes were more stable than those produced with excimer laser procedures in a similar animal model.9986Speciesrabbits1214577Speciesto 7MESH:D003316Diseaseloss of corneal transparency10574497Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 750-31999titleMoshfeghi D, Peyman GA, Kazi AA, Unal M, Khoobehi B, Yoneya S, Mori K0Fluorescence properties of a hydrophilic sensitizer in pigmented rats, rabbits, and monkeys.10116Speciesrats9986Speciesrabbitsabstract93BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVE: To evaluate fluorescence properties of mono-L-aspartyl chlorin e6 (NPe6; Meija Seika Kaisha, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan) photodynamic therapy, which allows real-time simultaneous imaging of choroidal and retinal vasculature during treatment without the addition of another dye. MATERIALS AND METHODS: Four pigmented rabbits, 4 pigmented rats, and 2 African green monkeys were administered intravenous injections of the NPe6 dye. The animals were immediately placed in front of the scanning laser ophthalmoscope and the fundus was viewed with the helium-neon laser. The resulting fluorescence was viewed and recorded on super-VHS videotape. RESULTS: Fluorescence demonstrated clearly that NPe6 entered the retinal and choroidal circulation within seconds of intravenous injection. The concentration of NPe6 was diminished over a period of 1.5 hours in the monkey and 5 hours in the rat, as evidenced by considerable diminution of the intensity of fluorescence. CONCLUSION: NPe6 fluorescence allows evaluation of drug availability within the retinal and choroidal circulation and visualization of pathological lesions before commencement of photodynamic therapy.MESH:C053434Chemicalmono-L-aspartyl chlorin e69986Speciesrabbits10116Speciesrats9534SpeciesAfrican green monkeys10116Speciesrat10574498Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 754-71999titleAldave AJ, Shields CL, Shields JA0Surgical excision of selected amblyogenic periorbital capillary hemangiomas.MESH:D018324Diseasecapillary hemangiomasabstract77To report the successful surgical excision of well-circumscribed capillary hemangiomas of the eyelid and orbit inducing occlusion amblyopia in 2 cases with immediate improvement of the patient's symptoms. A 2-month-old girl was diagnosed with a massive, amblyogenic orbital tumor which was removed intact via an inferior transconjunctival orbitotomy after magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) revealed a well-defined mass filling the entire inferior orbit. Histopathologic examination confirmed the diagnosis of orbital capillary hemangioma. A 1-month-old girl developed occlusion amblyopia due to an enlarging subcutaneous tumor of the left upper eyelid. The discrete mass was excised via an eyelid crease approach and confirmed to be an eyelid capillary hemangioma. There were no short-term or long-term complications in either case. In both cases, immediate resolution of occlusion amblyopia and cosmetic disfiguration was achieved. The final visual acuities were 20/20 at 5 years in the first patient and 20/30 at 4 years follow-up in the second patient. Orbital and eyelid capillary hemangiomas can induce profound permanent amblyopia. If the tumor is well-circumscribed, confirmed with orbital imaging, then surgical excision, with immediate resolution of amblyogenic factors, can be considered as a treatment option.MESH:D018324Diseasecapillary hemangiomas of the eyelidMESH:D000550Diseaseocclusion amblyopia9606Speciespatient9606SpeciesgirlMESH:D009916Diseaseorbital tumorMESH:D018324Diseaseorbital capillary hemangioma9606SpeciesgirlMESH:D000550Diseaseocclusion amblyopiaMESH:D009369DiseasetumorMESH:D018324Diseaseeyelid capillary hemangiomaMESH:D000550Diseaseocclusion amblyopia9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D018324Diseaseeyelid capillary hemangiomasMESH:D000550DiseaseamblyopiaMESH:D009369Diseasetumor10574499Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 758-611999titleShiraki K, Moriwaki M, Kohno T, Yanagihara N, Miki T0Incising the thick retrolental fibrovascular tissue with a hooked sclerotome in persistent hyperplastic primary vitreous.abstract122A technique for incising thick retrolental fibrovascular tissue and extensive cyclitic membrane is reported in a case of anterior persistent hyperplastic primary vitreous. A membranectomy was performed in a 1-month-old post-lensectomy baby via a limbal approach. A sclerotome tip was hooked to cut through an extremely thick fibrovascular tissue by rotating the sclerotome by its grip. Sutherland microscissors (Grieshaber, Switzerland) and a vitrectomy cutter were used for further membranectomy. The baby was followed-up until age 18 months. A total of 3 membranectomy sessions were required because of rapid cyclitic membrane formation, severe centripetal retraction of the membrane on the ciliary processes, and posterior synechia. Thorough membranectomy and cutting the iris edge maintained a clear pupillary area during the 13-month postoperative period. Extremely thick retrolental fibrovascular tissue is a challenging condition that can be dealt with by delicate instrumentation.MESH:D060725Diseasesclerotome tip-Chemicalcentripetal10574500Ophthalmic Surg Lasers; 1999 Nov-Dec; 30(9) 762-51999titleAkova YA, Yilmaz G, Aydin P0Retinal tears associated with panuveitis and Behcet's disease.MESH:D015864DiseasepanuveitisMESH:D001528DiseaseBehcet's diseaseabstract63To report retinal tears formation in 3 eyes of 2 patients with active panuveitis and Behcet's disease. We describe 2 patients that were diagnosed and treated for Behcet's disease with active panuveitis. Retinal tears developed while the inflammation was active. The patients were treated with topical, oral steroids, and cyclosporine therapy for bilateral panuveitis. One patient presented with a retinal tear located at the periphery of the active retinal lesion. The other had multiple tears associated with active retinal lesions in both eyes. Argon laser photocoagulation was performed in both patients as soon as the tears were detected. Ocular inflammation was controlled with this therapy, and only a few mild flare-ups occurred. The patients have been followed up for 8 and 16 months, respectively. During this period no new retinal tears have developed. Although retinal tear formation is rarely associated with Behcet's panuveitis, the clinician should be aware of this as a possible complication. When structural changes are present in the vitreous, detailed ophthalmoscopy is indicated to assess for retinal tears. If a tear is detected in a patient with panuveitis and Behcet's disease, laser photocoagulation therapy should be performed immediately to prevent retinal detachment.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015864Diseaseactive panuveitisMESH:D001528DiseaseBehcet's disease9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D001528DiseaseBehcet's diseaseMESH:D015864Diseaseactive panuveitisMESH:D007249Diseaseinflammation9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D013256ChemicalsteroidsMESH:D016572ChemicalcyclosporineMESH:D015864Diseasebilateral panuveitis9606SpeciespatientMESH:D012164Diseaseretinal lesionMESH:D012164Diseaseretinal lesions9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D007249DiseaseOcular inflammation9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D015864Diseasepanuveitis9606SpeciespatientMESH:D015864DiseasepanuveitisMESH:D001528DiseaseBehcet's diseaseMESH:D012163Diseaseretinal detachment10574501Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 303-71999titleSela S, Barzilai A0Why do we fail with penicillin in the treatment of group A streptococcus infections?MESH:D010406Chemicalpenicillin36470Speciesgroup A streptococcusabstract85Acute pharyngotonsillitis caused by beta-haemolytic group A streptococcus (GAS) is a common childhood disease. Phenoxymethyl penicillin remains the drug of choice, as no resistance has been reported so far. Nevertheless, the failure of penicillin to eradicate streptococci from the throat occurs in up to 35% of patients with pharyngotonsillitis, and might present clinical concern. Various explanations have been proposed over the years to account for this perplexing phenomenon. Among these are coexistence of oropharyngeal beta-lactamase-producing bacteria that degrade penicillin, growth interference by aerobic and anaerobic commensals, penicillin tolerance, reinfection, and poor antibiotic compliance. Although GAS has been considered an extracellular pathogen, recent studies have demonstrated that strains of this bacterium can internalize epithelial cells both in vitro and in vivo. The intracellular niche may protect the bacterium from penicillin that does not gain high intracellular concentration. In support of this hypothesis, GAS strains were shown to survive 4-7 days inside cultured epithelial cells. In addition, it was found that GAS strains isolated from patients with eradication failure harbour the internalization-associated gene, prtF1/sfbI, in higher prevalence than do strains recovered from patients with successful eradication. Thus, internalization and intracellular survival represent a novel explanation for penicillin eradication failure.MESH:D059787DiseaseAcute pharyngotonsillitis36470Speciesgroup A streptococcus36470SpeciesGASMESH:D010404ChemicalPhenoxymethyl penicillinMESH:D010406Chemicalpenicillin9606SpeciespatientsDiseasepharyngotonsillitisMESH:D010406ChemicalpenicillinMESH:D010406Chemicalpenicillin36470SpeciesGASMESH:D010406Chemicalpenicillin36470SpeciesGAS36470SpeciesGAS9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D017093Diseaseeradication failure9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D010406ChemicalpenicillinMESH:D017093Diseaseeradication failure10574502Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 308-121999titleLo YM0Fetal RhD genotyping from maternal plasma.6007Gene7918RhDabstract43The prenatal diagnosis of fetal rhesus D (RhD) status is useful for the management of RhD-negative women with partners heterozygous for the RHD gene. Conventional methods for prenatal fetal RhD status determination involve invasive procedures such as fetal blood sampling and amniocentesis. The recent demonstration of the existence of cell-free fetal DNA in maternal plasma and serum opens up the possibility of determining fetal RhD status by analysis of maternal plasma or serum DNA. This possibility has recently been realized by three independent groups of investigators. This development represents an important step towards the routine application of noninvasive fetal blood group diagnosis in sensitized pregnancies and may become a model for developing safer noninvasive prenatal tests for other single-gene disorders.6007Gene7918rhesus D6007Gene7918RhD6007Gene7918RhD9606Specieswomen6007Gene7918RHD6007Gene7918RhD6007Gene7918RhD10574503Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 313-71999titleSilagy CA, Campion K0Effectiveness and role of zanamivir in the treatment of influenza infection.MESH:D053243ChemicalzanamivirMESH:D007251Diseaseinfluenza infectionabstract77Influenza is a worldwide public health issue. The virus circulates annually in winter and can cause significant morbidity in the general population and increased mortality rates in those who are more susceptible to complications if infected by the virus, especially the elderly. Although antivirals to treat and prevent influenza have been available in several countries for up to 30 years, annual influenza vaccination strategies remain the primary focus in reducing the burden of illness caused by this viral infection. Zanamivir is the first of a new class of compounds to offer significant advantages over existing influenza treatments. It is a potent and specific competitive inhibitor of both influenza A and B virus neuraminidase. The drug is administered topically by inhalation directly to the site of virus replication in a dose of 10 mg twice daily for 5 days. In both experimental and naturally acquired treatment studies, zanamivir has been shown to have efficacy against both influenza A and B virus and to be well tolerated. Significant treatment benefits resulting in reductions in illness of up to 2.5 days have been demonstrated in both the general population and in patients considered at high risk. In addition, patients receiving zanamivir have been able to return to normal activities significantly faster.MESH:D053243ChemicalZanamivir4758Gene375neuraminidaseMESH:D053243Chemicalzanamivir9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D053243Chemicalzanamivir10574504Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 318-261999titleNittynen L, Nurminen ML, Korpela R, Vapaatalo H0Role of arginine, taurine and homocysteine in cardiovascular diseases.MESH:D001120ChemicalarginineMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D002318Diseasehomocysteine in cardiovascular diseasesabstract71Arginine, taurine and homocysteine are amino acids which have been shown to affect the risk factors of cardiovascular diseases in humans. Arginine and taurine may protect against cardiovascular diseases while homocysteine may be a risk factor for them. Both arginine and taurine seem to lower blood pressure, arginine may also inhibit atherogenesis, and taurine may have antioxidant properties. However, the evidence of the beneficial effects of arginine and taurine supplementation from human studies is insufficient. Elevated levels of plasma homocysteine may be associated with atherosclerotic and thromboembolic cardiovascular diseases. Supplementation with folic acid seems to be effective in reducing hyperhomocysteinaemia, but there is an insufficient number of studies showing that lowering of homocysteine levels with vitamin supplementation will reduce the risk of cardiovascular diseases. In conclusion, further research is needed to determine the optimal levels for taurine and arginine in the human diet in order to decrease the risk factors for cardiovascular diseases, and to whom supplementation with folic acid should possibly be recommended to reduce hyperhomocysteinaemia. Even though the use of arginine and taurine supplements to reduce cardiovascular risk factors is an interesting possibility, the reported health-promoting effects and the safety of such a supplementation should first be confirmed.MESH:D001120ChemicalArginineMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D006710ChemicalhomocysteineMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseases9606SpecieshumansMESH:D001120ChemicalArginineMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseasesMESH:D006710ChemicalhomocysteineMESH:D001120ChemicalarginineMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D001120ChemicalarginineMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D001120ChemicalarginineMESH:D013654Chemicaltaurine9606SpecieshumanMESH:D000309DiseaseinsufficientMESH:D006710ChemicalhomocysteineMESH:D050197DiseaseatheroscleroticMESH:D002318Diseasethromboembolic cardiovascular diseasesMESH:D005492Chemicalfolic acidDiseasehyperhomocysteinaemiaMESH:D000309DiseaseinsufficientMESH:D006710ChemicalhomocysteineMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseasesMESH:D013654ChemicaltaurineMESH:D001120Chemicalarginine9606SpecieshumanMESH:D002318Diseasecardiovascular diseasesMESH:D005492Chemicalfolic acidDiseasehyperhomocysteinaemiaMESH:D001120ChemicalarginineMESH:D013654Chemicaltaurine10574505Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 327-351999titleRichardson MD, Kokki MH0New perspectives in the diagnosis of systemic fungal infections.MESH:D009181Diseasesystemic fungal infectionsabstract65Profound and prolonged neutropenia following chemotherapy is a major risk factor for systemic fungal infections. Mortality associated with disseminated fungal infection is high, and treatment with conventional amphotericin B is complicated by renal toxicity. Candida and Aspergillus are among the major pathogens in these patients. Many patients remaining neutropenic over a prolonged period of time will receive empirical antifungal therapy. The clinical and laboratory diagnoses of these infections are neither sensitive nor specific and are generally limited in the early detection of invasive fungal infection. However, several new approaches to diagnosis are being developed, which should be translated into routine practice, based on a greater understanding of the pathogenesis of systemic fungal infection and virulence determinants of fungal pathogens. These include antigen detection and polymerase chain reaction. Patients with presumed fungal infection require more intense and accurate monitoring for signs of disseminated infection. Early diagnosis may guide appropriate treatment and prevent mortality. Continued development of commercial tests should help achieve the objective of definitive diagnostic tests for systemic fungal infections.MESH:D009503DiseaseneutropeniaMESH:D009181Diseasesystemic fungal infectionsMESH:D009181Diseasefungal infectionMESH:D000666Chemicalamphotericin BMESH:D007674Diseaserenal toxicity9606Speciespatients9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009503DiseaseneutropenicMESH:D000072742Diseaseinvasive fungal infectionMESH:D009181Diseasesystemic fungal infection9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D009181Diseasefungal infectionMESH:D009181Diseasesystemic fungal infections10574506Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 336-411999titleEllis PM, Tattersall MH0How should doctors communicate the diagnosis of cancer to patients?MESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Speciespatientsabstract68The majority of doctors in North America, Australia and much of Europe now inform patients about a cancer diagnosis. However, many doctors report that they have difficulty disclosing a cancer diagnosis. Poor doctor-patient communication skills may lead to psychological distress including increased anxiety and depression and poorer psychological adjustment to cancer. Presenting 'bad' news in an unhurried, honest, balanced and empathic fashion has been shown to produce greater satisfaction with communication of the news. Consensus guidelines have been developed to assist doctors to disclose a cancer diagnosis. Important aspects include exploring the patient's expectations, warning him/her that the news is bad, giving the news at the patient's own pace, allowing time for the patient to react and eliciting the patient's concerns. Doctor-patient communication can be improved by including training courses in communication skills for medical students and clinicians and providing audiotapes of bad news consultations to enhance patient recall of information and increase patient satisfaction with communication. Additional research is needed to investigate effects of strategies to implement guidelines for delivering a cancer diagnosis.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606SpeciespatientMESH:D001008Diseaseanxiety and depressionMESH:D009369DiseasecancerMESH:D009369Diseasecancer9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606Speciespatient9606SpeciespatientMESH:D009369Diseasecancer10574507Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 342-511999titleRocchi S, Auwerx J0Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma: a versatile metabolic regulator.5468Gene7899Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gammaabstract83The peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma (PPARgamma) is a nuclear receptor that controls the expression of a large array of genes involved in adipocyte differentiation, lipid storage and insulin sensitization. PPARgamma is bound and activated by prostaglandin J2 and fatty acid derivatives, which are its natural ligands. In addition, thiazolidinediones and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs are synthetic ligands and agonists of this receptor. Several studies have recently shown that this nuclear receptor has a role expanding beyond metabolism (diabetes and obesity) with functions in cell cycle control, carcinogenesis, inflammation and atherosclerosis. This review addresses the role of PPARgamma in these processes.5468Gene7899peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma5468Gene7899PPARgammaMESH:D008055Chemicallipid5468Gene7899PPARgammaMESH:C037112Chemicalprostaglandin J2MESH:D005227Chemicalfatty acidMESH:D045162ChemicalthiazolidinedionesMESH:D003920DiseasediabetesMESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D063646DiseasecarcinogenesisMESH:D007249DiseaseinflammationMESH:D050197Diseaseatherosclerosis5468Gene7899PPARgamma10574508Ann. Med.; 1999 Oct; 31(5) 352-81999titleHorcajada JP, García-Bengoechea M, Cilla G, Etxaniz P, Cuadrado E, Arenas JI0Mixed cryoglobulinaemia in patients with chronic hepatitis C infection: prevalence, significance and relationship with different viral genotypes.Diseasecryoglobulinaemia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019698Diseasechronic hepatitis C infectionabstract146In order to analyse the prevalence and significance of cryoglobulinaemia in patients with chronic hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection and the possible relationship of cryoglobulinaemia with the genotypes of HCV, we studied 89 patients with chronic HCV infection, 42 healthy controls and 22 patients with alcoholic cirrhosis. The patients with HCV were divided into three different groups according to the presence of cirrhosis and alanine aminotransferase levels. Moreover, in 20 patients with HCV and cryoglobulinaemia, HCV RNA sequences were quantified in serum and in cryoprecipitate. Cryoglobulins were detected more frequently in patients with chronic HCV infection than in healthy controls (42.6% vs. 4.7%; P<0.0001). Cryoglobulins were present in 68.4% of patients with HCV-related cirrhosis, which was nearly twice the figure in noncirrhotic HCV-infected patients and alcoholic cirrhotic patients. There were no differences in age, sex, aminotransferase levels or HCV genotype distribution in HCV-infected patients with or without cryoglobulinaemia. Only 13% of patients with chronic HCV infection and cryoglobulins showed symptoms of cryoglobulinaemia. There was a linear association between HCV RNA concentration in sera and in cryoprecipitates (P<0.0005). Patients with chronic HCV infection had a high prevalence of cryoglobulinaemia, especially in advanced forms of the disease, but clinical findings are few. There was no relationship with the genotype of HCV. The presence of HCV RNA in cryoprecipitates supported the hypothesis on the aetiological role of HCV in mixed cryoglobulinaemia.Diseasecryoglobulinaemia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D019698Diseasechronic hepatitis C virus (HCV) infectionDiseasecryoglobulinaemia11103SpeciesHCV9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006526Diseasechronic HCV infection9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D008104Diseasealcoholic cirrhosis9606Speciespatients11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D005355Diseasecirrhosis9606Speciespatients11103SpeciesHCVDiseasecryoglobulinaemia11103SpeciesHCV9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006526Diseasechronic HCV infection9606Speciespatients11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D005355DiseasecirrhosisMESH:D006526Diseasenoncirrhotic HCV-infected9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D000437Diseasealcoholic cirrhotic9606Speciespatients11103SpeciesHCVMESH:D006526DiseaseHCV-infected9606SpeciespatientsDiseasecryoglobulinaemia9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D006526Diseasechronic HCV infectionDiseasecryoglobulinaemia11103SpeciesHCV9606SpeciesPatientsMESH:D006526Diseasechronic HCV infectionDiseasecryoglobulinaemia11103SpeciesHCV11103SpeciesHCV11103SpeciesHCVDiseasecryoglobulinaemia10574509Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 523-311999titleGreenway FL, Ryan DH, Bray GA, Rood JC, Tucker EW, Smith SR0Pharmaceutical cost savings of treating obesity with weight loss medications.MESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossabstract78OBJECTIVE: To evaluate, in compliant patients, the pharmaceutical costs of treating obesity with fenfluramine/mazindol, fenfluramine/phentermine, caffeine/ephedrine, or mazindol relative to the pharmaceutical costs of treating obesity-related comorbid conditions and reducing cardiovascular risk. METHODS AND PROCEDURES: Subjects were between 18 and 60 years of age with a BMI of >30 kg/m2. Pharmaceutical costs were evaluated in 73 of 220 subjects taking medications for diabetes, hyperlipidemia, or hypertension before and after treatment using fenfluramine with mazindol or phentermine. The pharmaceutical cost of weight loss, cardiac risk reduction, and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol reduction was calculated for fenfluramine with mazindol or phentermine, caffeine with ephedrine, or mazindol alone, and compared to approved lipid-lowering medications. RESULTS: Losses of 6% to 10% of initial body weight reduced pharmacy costs $122.64/month for insulin treated diabetes, $42.92/month for sulfonylurea-treated diabetes, $61.07/month for hyperlipidemia treated with medication, and $0.20/month for hypertension treated with medication. Blood pressure and laboratory evidence of insulin resistance improved in all medication groups. Caffeine/ephedrine was most cost-effective of the three treatments in reducing weight, cardiac risk, and LDL cholesterol. DISCUSSION: Obesity medications produced a substantial weight loss in compliant patients and resulted in a net pharmaceutical cost savings compared to treating obesity related comorbid conditions.9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D005277ChemicalfenfluramineMESH:D008454ChemicalmazindolMESH:D005277ChemicalfenfluramineMESH:D010645ChemicalphentermineMESH:D002110ChemicalcaffeineMESH:D004809ChemicalephedrineMESH:D008454ChemicalmazindolMESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D003920DiseasediabetesMESH:D006949DiseasehyperlipidemiaMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D005277ChemicalfenfluramineMESH:D008454ChemicalmazindolMESH:D010645ChemicalphentermineMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D002784ChemicalcholesterolMESH:D005277ChemicalfenfluramineMESH:D008454ChemicalmazindolMESH:D010645ChemicalphentermineMESH:D002110ChemicalcaffeineMESH:D004809ChemicalephedrineMESH:D008454ChemicalmazindolMESH:D008055ChemicallipidMESH:D003922Diseaseinsulin treated diabetesMESH:D013453ChemicalsulfonylureaMESH:D003920DiseasediabetesMESH:D006949DiseasehyperlipidemiaMESH:D006973DiseasehypertensionMESH:D002110ChemicalCaffeineMESH:D004809ChemicalephedrineMESH:D002784ChemicalcholesterolMESH:D015431Diseaseweight loss9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity10574510Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 532-61999titleEchwald SM, Sørensen TI, Andersen T, Hansen C, Tommerup N, Pedersen O0Sequence variants in the human cocaine and amphetamine-regulated transcript (CART) gene in subjects with early onset obesity.9606Specieshuman9607Gene3169cocaine and amphetamine-regulated transcript9607Gene3169CARTMESH:D009765Diseaseobesityabstract126OBJECTIVE: The cocaine and amphetamine-regulated transcript (CART) is expressed in the brain of rodents and humans, and intracerebroventricular injection of the peptide in rats reduces food intake. The objective of the present study was to chromosomally map the CART gene and to examine the coding region of the gene for variability in obese subjects. METHODS: The coding region of the CART gene was analyzed by single-strand conformation polymorphism analysis in 84 subjects with early onset obesity. The prevalence of identified mutations was estimated in a cohort of 757 subjects with juvenile onset obesity [body mass index (BMI) = 35.7+/-5.7 kg/m2+/-standard deviation (S)] and in 890 random control subjects (BMI = 26.1+/-3.6 kg/m2+/-S). Furthermore, using radiation hybrid mapping we mapped the chromosomal localization of the human CART gene. RESULTS: Radiation hybrid mapping co-localized the CART gene with a recently published human obesity locus at chromosome 5q13-14 corresponding also to an obesity locus at the similar syntenic region in mice. We identified two silent polymorphisms in the 3'UTR region of the gene (position 1457 deletion of A and position 1475 A-->G substitution) and the prevalence of these was determined among obese and control subjects. However, none of the variants were associated with either obesity or weight gain during an average follow-up period of 27.4+/-8.4 years (S). CONCLUSION: Mutations in the coding region of the CART gene are unlikely to be involved in body weight control in Danish Caucasians with early onset obesity.9607Gene3169cocaine and amphetamine-regulated transcript9607Gene3169CART9606Specieshumans10116Speciesrats9607Gene3169CARTMESH:D009765Diseaseobese9607Gene3169CARTMESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity9606Specieshuman9607Gene3169CART9607Gene3169CART9606SpecieshumanMESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity10090SpeciesmiceMESH:D009765DiseaseobeseMESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D015430Diseaseweight gain9607Gene3169CARTMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity10574511Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 537-441999titleLiu J, Askari H, Dagogo-Jack S0Basal and stimulated plasma leptin in diabetic subjects.3952Gene193leptinMESH:D003920Diseasediabeticabstract57OBJECTIVE: To determine whether leptin secretion is impaired in diabetes, we compared basal and stimulated plasma leptin levels in diabetic subjects and healthy controls. RESEARCH METHODS AND PROCEDURES: Blood samples for assay of leptin and other hormones were obtained at baseline in 54 diabetic patients and 65 controls, and 8 hours, 16 hours, and 40 hours following ingestion of dexamethasone (4 mg) in 6 healthy and 12 controls. C-peptide status was defined as "negative" if < or =0.1 ng/mL or "positive" if > or =0.3 ng/mL, in fasting plasma. RESULTS: Basal plasma leptin levels were 19.7+/-2.2 ng/mL in nondiabetic subjects, 13.4+/-1.5 ng/ml in C-peptide negative (n = 28) and 26.1+/-3.7 ng/mL in C-peptide positive (n = 26, p = 0.001) diabetic patients. Dexamethasone increased leptin levels of controls (n = 6) to 145+/-17% of baseline values at 8 hours (p = 0.03), 224+/-18% at 16 hours (p = 0.01), and 134+/-18% at 40 hours (p=0.05). The corresponding changes were 108+/-13%, 126+/-23%, and 98+/-16% in C-peptide negative (n=6), and 121+/-10%, 144+/-16% (p=0.03), and 147+/-23% (p=0.11) in C-peptide positive (n = 6) diabetic patients, respectively. The peak stimulated leptin levels were lower in the diabetic patients, compared with controls. Plasma insulin increased (p = 0.02) in controls, but not in the diabetic patients, following dexamethasone. DISCUSSION: Although diabetic patients have normal plasma leptin levels under basal conditions, their leptin responses to glucocorticoid are impaired, probably because of the concomitant insulin secretory defect. A subnormal leptin secretory response could worsen obesity and insulin resistance in diabetes.3952Gene193leptinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes3952Gene193leptinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic3952Gene193leptinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003907Chemicaldexamethasone3952Gene193leptinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003907ChemicalDexamethasone3952Gene193leptinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606Speciespatients3952Gene193leptinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606Speciespatients3630Gene173insulinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D003907ChemicaldexamethasoneMESH:D003920Diseasediabetic9606Speciespatients3952Gene193leptin3952Gene193leptinMESH:D008577Diseaseinsulin secretory defect3952Gene193leptinMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity3630Gene173insulinMESH:D003920Diseasediabetes10574512Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 545-511999titleKatzmarzyk PT, Pérusse L, Rao DC, Bouchard C0Spousal resemblance and risk of 7-year increases in obesity and central adiposity in the Canadian population.MESH:D009765Diseaseobesityabstract110OBJECTIVE: Spousal similarities in 7-year changes in obesity and obesity-related phenotypes were examined in a subsample of 376 pairs of spouses from a sample of 1487 participants in the 1988 Campbell's Survey follow-up of the 1981 Canada Fitness Survey. MEASURES: Indicators of body fatness included the body mass index (BMI), the sum of five skinfolds (SF5), and waist circumference (WAIST), whereas those for relative adipose tissue (AT) distribution included the ratio of two trunk to three extremity skinfolds, adjusted for SF5 (TERadj), and WAIST adjusted for BMI (WAISTadj). RESULTS: Spouse correlations were 0.17, 0.17, and 0.17 for the BMI (p<0.05) and 0.20, 0.20, and 0.21 for SF5 (p<0.05) for the initial measurement, follow-up, and 7-year change, respectively. Spouse correlations for WAIST were somewhat lower: 0.16 (p<0.05), 0.11 (p<0.05), and 0.11 (p<0.05) for the initial measurement, follow-up, and 7-year change, respectively, whereas those for TERadj and WAISTadj were low and not significant. Spouses of probands who had increases in adiposity and central AT distribution had elevated risks of also increasing in these parameters. Spousal risks (risk ratios) were 1.48 (95% CI = 1.08-2.03), 1.49 (95% CI = 1.10-2.02), and 1.68 (95% CI = 1.28-2.21) for increases in BMI, SF5, and WAIST, respectively, whereas the risks for increases in central adiposity were 1.22 (95% CI = 0.86-1-73), and 1.05 (95% CI = 0.72-1.53) for TERadj, and WAISTadj, respectively. DISCUSSION: The results indicate significant spousal resemblance and risk for increases in fatness in the general Canadian population, whereas both the spousal resemblance and risks for increases in AT distribution, adjusted for level of fatness, are non-significant. The results suggest that shared environmental factors may be important determinants of spousal similarities in changes in total body fatness over time; however, cohabitation in the short term may not lead to increases in spousal resemblance.MESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity9606SpeciesparticipantsMESH:D012640DiseaseFitness Survey10574513Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 552-51999titleMiller PM, Watkins JA, Sargent RG, Rickert EJ0Self-efficacy in overweight individuals with binge eating disorder.MESH:D056912Diseasebinge eating disorderabstract68OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the relationship between self-efficacy judgments in obese individuals with binge eating disorder, "borderline" binge eating disorder, and no binge eating problems. RESEARCH METHODS AND PROCEDURES: Before participation in a residential weight management program, 79 male and female subjects were administered the Weight Efficacy Lifestyle Questionnaire (WEL) and the Binge Eating Scale (BES). Based on DSM-IV diagnostic questions, subjects were categorized as BED, Borderline BED, or non-BED. RESULTS: Krusal-Wallace Rank-Order analysis of variance revealed significant negative associations between binge eating and total WEL scores as well as the subscales of Negative Emotions, Social Pressure, Physical Discomfort, and Positive Activities. Differences were significant between the BED and the Borderline BED groups with the exception of the Social Pressure scale and the Total WEL scores. BED diagnosis as well as severity of binge eating were strongly associated with low self-efficacy ratings. DISCUSSION: These results indicate that obese individuals with binge eating disorder demonstrate lower self-efficacy than those without this condition and that self-efficacy is related to the severity of binge eating.MESH:D009765DiseaseobeseMESH:D056912Diseasebinge eating disorderMESH:D001068Diseaseeating disorderMESH:D009765DiseaseobeseMESH:D056912Diseasebinge eating disorder10574514Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 556-631999titleTremblay A, Doucet E, Imbeault P, Mauriège P, Després JP, Richard D0Metabolic fitness in active reduced-obese individuals.MESH:D008659DiseaseMetabolic fitnessMESH:D009765Diseasereduced-obeseabstract55OBJECTIVE: To verify whether a physical activity-low-fat diet follow-up could normalize the metabolic risk profile of reduced-obese men and women having undergone considerable weight loss through energy restriction and drug therapy. RESEARCH METHODS AND PROCEDURES: Twenty obese individuals (12 men, 8 women) participated in a weight-reducing program that included two phases. In the first phase, a non-macronutrient-specific dietary restriction of about 700 kcal/day was prescribed to induce weight loss over 15 weeks, with either fenfluramine or placebo. The second phase consisted of a physical activity-low-fat diet follow-up that was maintained as long as subjects did not experience resistance to further body weight and fat loss. Resistance to lose fat occurred after a mean cumulative fat loss of 14 and 8 kg in men and women, respectively. RESULTS: Despite this substantial decrease in body fat, subjects' adiposity remained much higher at the end of this protocol than values observed in lean control subjects. However, fasting plasma levels of insulin, cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein-cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein-cholesterol, and triglyceride as well as the response of insulin and glucose to oral glucose were normalized at the end of the physical activity-low-fat diet follow-up. DISCUSSION: These results indicate that further weight and fat losses may not be justified when a moderate body weight loss resulting in a highly favorable improvement of metabolic risk profile is achieved in patients who would have still been diagnosed as overweight or obese on the basis of criteria currently promoted by public health agencies.MESH:D009765Diseasereduced-obese9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D009765Diseaseobese9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D005277Chemicalfenfluramine9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen3630Gene173insulinMESH:D002784ChemicalcholesterolMESH:D014280ChemicaltriglycerideMESH:D018149Diseaseinsulin and glucose to oral glucoseMESH:D015431Diseaseweight loss9606SpeciespatientsMESH:D009765Diseaseobese10574515Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 564-711999titleMcCrory MA, Fuss PJ, Hays NP, Vinken AG, Greenberg AS, Roberts SB0Overeating in America: association between restaurant food consumption and body fatness in healthy adult men and women ages 19 to 80.MESH:D005218Diseasebody fatness9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomenabstract134PURPOSE: To examine the association between the frequency of consuming restaurant food and body fatness in adults. RESEARCH METHODS AND PROCEDURES: Usual free-living dietary intake and the frequency of consuming food from seven different restaurant types (fried chicken, burger, pizza, Chinese, Mexican, fried fish, and "other") were assessed by food frequency questionnaire in 73 healthy men and women [ages 19 to 80, body mass index (BMI) 18 to 33]. In addition, body fatness (percent weight) was determined by hydrostatic weighing, and physical activity and other lifestyle parameters were assessed by questionnaire. The relationship between the frequency of consuming restaurant food and body fatness was determined after controlling for age, sex, and other confounders by using multiple regression techniques. RESULTS: Restaurant food consumption averaged 7.5+/-8.5 (Standard Deviation) times/month. After controlling for age and sex, the frequency of consuming restaurant food was positively associated with body fatness (partial r = 0.36, p = 0.003). The strength of this association did not change after controlling for education level, smoking status, and alcohol intake, but after additionally controlling for physical activity, the partial r increased to 0.42 (p = 0.004). Total daily intakes of energy, fat, and fiber were significantly associated with restaurant food consumption frequency (r = 0.59, 0.28, and -0.45, respectively, p = 0.02 to 0.0001). DISCUSSION: The frequency of consuming restaurant food was positively associated with increased body fatness in adults. The increasing proportion of household food income spent on food prepared away from home in the United States may therefore help explain the rising national prevalence of obesity.MESH:D005218Diseasebody fatness9031Specieschicken9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D005218Diseasebody fatnessMESH:D005218Diseasebody fatnessMESH:D005218Diseasebody fatnessMESH:D000438ChemicalalcoholMESH:D005218Diseasebody fatnessMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity10574516Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 572-61999titleFalkner NH, French SA, Jeffery RW, Neumark-Sztainer D, Sherwood NE, Morton N0Mistreatment due to weight: prevalence and sources of perceived mistreatment in women and men.9606Specieswomen9606Speciesmenabstract95OBJECTIVE: Previous research has documented prejudicial attitudes and discrimination against overweight people. Yet the extent to which overweight people themselves perceive that they have been mistreated because of their weight has not been carefully studied. The purpose of this study was to examine the prevalence of perceived mistreatment due to weight and sources of perceived mistreatment. METHODS AND PROCEDURES: A non-clinical sample of healthy adults (187 men and 800 women) enrolled in a weight gain prevention program comprised the study population. A self-administered questionnaire was used to measure perceived mistreatment due to weight. RESULTS: Overall, 22% of women and 17% of men reported weight-related mistreatment. The most commonly reported sources of mistreatment among women were strangers (12.5%) and a spouse or loved one (11.9%). Men were most likely to report mistreatment by a spouse or loved one (10.2%) and friends (7.5%). Somewhat surprisingly, sex differences in perceived weight-related mistreatment were significant only for stranger as the source. Perceived weight-related mistreatment was positively associated with body mass index (BMI) (r = 0.39, p<0.0001). Reported mistreatment was nearly ten times as pervalent among individuals in the highest quartile of the BMI distribution (42.5%) than among those in the lowest BMI quartile (5.7%), but was significantly greater than zero in all but the very lean. DISCUSSION: Perceived mistreatment due to weight is a common experience and is not restricted to the morbidly obese. Results are discussed in light of the sociocultural value for thinness.9606Speciespeople9606Speciespeople9606Speciesmen9606SpecieswomenMESH:D015430Diseaseweight gain9606Specieswomen9606Speciesmen9606Specieswomen9606SpeciesMenMESH:D009765Diseaseobese10574517Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 577-851999titleLeBel C, Bourdeau A, Lau D, Hunt P0Biologic response to peripheral and central administration of recombinant human leptin in dogs.9606Specieshuman3952Gene193leptin9615Speciesdogsabstract96OBJECTIVE: Because leptin is believed to act within the central nervous system, the objective of this study was to test that presumption by comparing the biologic responses to recombinant human leptin (rHuLeptin) when delivered either subcutaneously or intrathecally in a large animal species, the beagle dog. METHODS AND PROCEDURES: Adult beagle dogs were used for all studies (n=3 to 14). Treatment with rHuLeptin was either as daily subcutaneous or intermittent intrathecal injections. RESULTS: Subcutaneously administered rHuLeptin was absorbed with peak concentrations appearing at 2 to 4 hours. After intrathecal administration, cerebral spinal fluid concentrations declined in a bi-phasic manner with a terminal half-life of -6 to 8 hours. When lean beagles were given leptin subcutaneously, at 0.05 to 5 g/kg/day for up to 6 months, reductions in body weight (up to 30%) and food intake (up to 75%) were observed. Body fat loss was observed in both lean and obese dogs, and confirmed by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry and histology of adipose tissue. When rHuleptin was delivered intrathecally at 4 to 1000 microg/dose for up to 3 months, the primary effects observed were reductions in body weight and food intake. In general all findings reported in the intrathecal studies were consistent with those noted in the subcutaneous studies; however, the required intrathecal dose was substantially lower than that for subcutaneous delivery. DISCUSSION: These studies demonstrate that both subcutaneous and intrathecal treatment of rHuLeptin was associated with effects on body weight, food intake, and body fat in dogs. These results support the concept that the central nervous system is the probable primary site of action for leptin and suggest that rHuLeptin has similar physiologic activities that influence body weight, body fat, and metabolism in large animals to those reported previously in rodents.3952Gene193leptin9606Specieshuman3952Gene193leptin9615Speciesbeagle dog9615Speciesbeagle dogs-ChemicalrHuLeptin-ChemicalrHuLeptin403616Gene193leptinMESH:D009765Diseaseobese9615Speciesdogs-ChemicalrHuleptin-ChemicalrHuLeptin9615Speciesdogs403616Gene193leptin-ChemicalrHuLeptin10574518Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 586-921999titleWu-Peng S, Rosenbaum M, Nicolson M, Chua SC, Leibel RL0Effects of exogenous gonadal steroids on leptin homeostasis in rats.MESH:D013256Chemicalsteroids25608Gene193leptin10116Speciesratsabstract69BACKGROUND: In humans, circulating concentrations of the hormone leptin, normalized to body fat mass, are significantly higher in females compared to males. This experiment was designed to determine whether the administration of exogenous androgen or estrogen would significantly alter the relationship between plasma leptin and fat mass in rats. METHODS: In the first experiment, plasma leptin and retroperitoneal and parametrial (female)/epididymal (male) adipose tissue expression of leptin mRNA were measured in five male and five female 9.5-week-old Sprague-Dawley rats. In a second experiment, gonadectomized 10.5-week-old female Sprague-Dawley rats received 1 or 2 weeks of daily intraperitoneal injections (in oil) of 750 mg testosterone propionate, 2.5 microg of estradiol benzoate or vehicle. At 0, 1, and 2 weeks, plasma concentrations of leptin, fat pad weight of parametrial and retroperitoneal fat pads, and leptin mRNA expression by Northern blot in retroperitoneal fat pads were determined. Daily weight and food intake of animals were monitored throughout the study. RESULTS: Circulating leptin concentrations per unit of fat pad mass and leptin mRNA expression normalized to actin mRNA were higher in gonadally intact female compared to male rats. Compared to placebo, estrogen administration decreased food intake and body weight, but had no significant effect on leptin mRNA expression or on circulating leptin concentration. Testosterone administration increased body weight and decreased expression of leptin mRNA (only after 2 weeks), but did not change food intake or circulating leptin concentration. CONCLUSIONS: Administration of estrogen did not affect either leptin expression or the circulating concentration of leptin. Administration of androgen decreased expression of leptin mRNA. However, even after 2 weeks of testosterone administration to gonadectomized females, plasma leptin concentration, corrected for fat pad weight, was higher in gonadectomized females than in intact males. Thus, sex steroid-associated changes in plasma leptin concentration and leptin mRNA expression are not sufficient to explain the observed sexual dimorphism in plasma leptin concentrations in rats.9606Specieshumans3952Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin10116Speciesrats25608Gene193leptinMESH:D004823Diseaseepididymal25608Gene193leptin10116SpeciesSprague-Dawley rats10116SpeciesSprague-Dawley ratsMESH:D043343Chemicaltestosterone propionateMESH:C074283Chemicalestradiol benzoate25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin10116Speciesrats25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptinMESH:D013739ChemicalTestosterone25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptinMESH:D013739Chemicaltestosterone25608Gene193leptinMESH:D013256Chemicalsteroid25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin25608Gene193leptin10116Speciesrats10574519Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 593-61999titleGreenway FL, Bray GA, Marlin RL0Methods to maximize retention in weight loss studies.MESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossabstract54OBJECTIVE: Dropouts from clinical trials decrease quality and increase costs. Free participation, paid participation, and contingency contracting are three study retention methods. Contingency contracting, or depositing a fee to be refunded contingent upon attendance in a clinical trial, has been reported to decrease dropouts without affecting weight loss. These three methods of retention were compared with a commercial weight loss clinic's practice of charging nonrefundable fees. METHODS AND PROCEDURES: Dropouts were compared in two studies testing mazindol, with one study using free care and the other using contingency contracting; two studies testing phenylpropanolamine, one using free care and the other using contingency contracting; and in studies with phenylpropanolamine on file with Thompson Medical Company using free care, paid participation, and contingency contracting. RESULTS: The dropout rate was 50% at 8 weeks in a trial of mazindol with free care vs. 7% for contingency contracting (p<0.001). The two phenylpropanolamine studies gave the same weight losses, but the dropouts were 37% at 8 weeks for free care vs. 11% for contingency contracting (p<0.001). The studies of phenylpropanolamine on file at the Thompson Medical Company had 28% dropouts at 8 weeks using free care vs. 19% for paid participation (p<0.001), and 11% for contingency contracting (p<0.005). Dropouts with contingency contracting (11%) were not different from the commercial weight loss program (13%). DISCUSSION: Contingency contracting can decrease dropouts, improve quality, and decrease costs without affecting weight loss in clinical trials for obesity.MESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D008454ChemicalmazindolMESH:D010665ChemicalphenylpropanolamineMESH:D010665ChemicalphenylpropanolamineMESH:D008454ChemicalmazindolMESH:D010665ChemicalphenylpropanolamineMESH:D010665ChemicalphenylpropanolamineMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D015431Diseaseweight lossMESH:D009765Diseaseobesity10574520Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 597-6041999titleElia M, Stubbs RJ, Henry CJ0Differences in fat, carbohydrate, and protein metabolism between lean and obese subjects undergoing total starvation.MESH:D002241ChemicalcarbohydrateMESH:D009765Diseaseobeseabstract118Despite extensive experimental studies on total starvation, many of the findings relating to protein, fat (plus ketone body), and carbohydrate metabolism remain confusing, although they become more consistent when considered in relation to the degree of initial obesity. During prolonged starvation, protein loss and percent energy derived from protein oxidation are 2- to 3-fold less in the obese than in the lean; percent urine N excreted as urea is 2-fold less in the obese; and the contribution of protein to net glucose production is only about half in the obese compared to lean subjects. During short-term starvation (first few days) the following differences are reported: hyperketonaemia is typically 2-fold greater in lean subjects, but associated with a 2-fold lower uptake of ketone bodies by forearm muscle; glucose tolerance becomes impaired more in lean subjects; and both protein turnover and leucine oxidation increase in the lean, but may show no significant change in the obese. It is no longer acceptable to describe the metabolic response to starvation as a single typical response. The differences between lean and obese subjects have important physiological implications, some of which are of obvious relevance to survival.MESH:D007659ChemicalketoneMESH:D002241ChemicalcarbohydrateMESH:D009765DiseaseobesityMESH:D009765DiseaseobeseMESH:D009584ChemicalNMESH:D014508ChemicalureaMESH:D009765DiseaseobeseMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D009765DiseaseobeseDiseasehyperketonaemiaMESH:D007659ChemicalketoneMESH:D018149Diseaseglucose toleranceMESH:D009765DiseaseobeseMESH:D009765Diseaseobese10574521Obes. Res.; 1999 Nov; 7(6) 605-61999titleVanItallie TB0Treatment of obesity: can it become a science?MESH:D009765Diseaseobesityabstract4710574522J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 633-461999titleSkerratt LF, Middleton D, Beveridge I0Distribution of life cycle stages of Sarcoptes scabiei var wombati and effects of severe mange on common wombats in Victoria.52283SpeciesSarcoptes scabiei var wombati29139Speciescommon wombatsabstract126Seven female and three male common wombats (Vombatus ursinus) collected from forested areas of Victoria (Australia) over a 10 mo period, 10 April 1997 to 22 February 1998 had at least 30% of their skin affected by severe hyperkeratotic sarcoptic mange. Mangy wombats were grazing during the day, could be readily approached, were in poor body condition, and lacked subcutaneous fat. The anterolateral surface of the body was most heavily parasitised with Sarcoptes scabiei var wombati followed by the posterolateral surface, the dorsal region between the ears, the ears, ventral abdomen, medial aspect of the legs, axillary and inguinal areas, and the dorsal midline. Larvae were the most prevalent life-cycle stage followed by eggs, nymphs, females, and males. Mite numbers and the severity of clinical signs, namely thickness of scale crust and the degree of alopecia, were correlated and were symmetrical on each side of the body. Fissuring of crust and skin only occurred when scale crust was present. Bacterial infections occurred in three of 10 wombats within lymph nodes or the pleural cavity. Lymphoid depletion did not occur in lymph nodes or spleens and prescapular lymph nodes contained a greater amount of nuclear debris in germinal centres than non-mangy wombats. Seven wombats had fatty change in their livers. Gonads of mature wombats were not active or had minimal activity. Significant histopathological changes were not seen in the gastrointestinal tract, kidney, brain, myocardium, spleen, thyroid, reproductive tract, and gonads. Hematocrit, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, and concentrations of hemoglobin, lymphocytes, calcium, glucose, creatinine, total solids, total protein, albumin determined both colormetrically and electrophoretically, and globulins were significantly lower and concentrations of neutrophils, monocytes, phosphorus, urea, glutamate dehydrogenase, aspartate aminotransferase and creatine kinase were significantly higher in mangy versus captive wombats. Concentrations of erythrocytes, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, leucocytes, band neutrophils, eosinophils, nucleated erythrocytes, sodium, potassium, chloride, total bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase, and gamma glutamyltransferase for mangy wombats were not significantly different from that reported for captive wombats. Hematological and pathological changes in mangy wombats were consistent with anemia, inflammation, and changes seen with starvation.29139Speciescommon wombats29139SpeciesVombatus ursinusMESH:D012532Diseasehyperkeratotic sarcoptic mange52283SpeciesSarcoptes scabiei var wombatiMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionsMESH:D004067Diseasegastrointestinal tractMESH:D002118ChemicalcalciumMESH:D005947ChemicalglucoseMESH:D003404ChemicalcreatinineMESH:D010758ChemicalphosphorusMESH:D014508ChemicalureaMESH:D002712ChemicalchlorideMESH:D001663ChemicalbilirubinMESH:D000740DiseaseanemiaMESH:D007249Diseaseinflammation10574523J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 647-591999titleLeón-Vizcaíno L, Ruíz de Ybáñez MR, Cubero MJ, Ortíz JM, Espinosa J, Pérez L, Simón MA, Alonso F0Sarcoptic mange in Spanish ibex from Spain.80419SpeciesSpanish ibexabstract44The Spanish ibex (Capra pyrenaica hispanica) population of the "Sierras de Cazorla, Segura y Las Villas" Nature Park (Spain) was isolated as the result of a severe epidemic of sarcoptic mange. In this context, the dynamic characteristics of the disease were analyzed in a wild group consisting of 35 animals from the beginning of the epizootic (when the mating period started) to the extinction of the population due to mange. Monthly tracking permitted the sequential characterization of the pathology in each animal. The duration of the disease was 2 to 3 mo, evolving to severe disease and terminating in death. Incidence and prevalence rates in terms of morbidity and severity, and mortality and lethality were calculated. At the end of the mating season, 81% of the population were affected. There were no statistically significant differences in severity of the disease across sex or age categories of the animals. Most of the carcasses were found in caves used as refuge and/or near rivers or streams. Additionally, 46 of the 63 (73%) ibex captured in different areas of the nature park were naturally infected with the Sarcoptes scabiei. Infected ibex were examined for number of mites during the initial stage of the disease (n = 3), in the development stage (n = 12), in the consolidation stage (n = 17), and in the chronic stage (n = 14). The prevalence of mites in different anatomical regions was determined in each of these phases of the infection. A histological study of the skin lesions was conducted in 22 animals. Both the clinical and the pathological (macroscopic and microscopic) aspects of the sarcoptic mange in Spanish ibex corresponded to the classic description of sarcoptic mange in other wild and domestic small ruminants.80419SpeciesSpanish ibex478592SpeciesCapra pyrenaica hispanicaMESH:D003643Diseasedeath52283SpeciesSarcoptes scabieiMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D012871Diseaseskin lesions80419SpeciesSpanish ibex10574524J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 660-701999titleQuy RJ, Cowan DP, Haynes PJ, Sturdee AP, Chalmers RM, Bodley-Tickell AT, Bull SA0The Norway rat as a reservoir host of Cryptosporidium parvum.10116SpeciesNorway rat5807SpeciesCryptosporidium parvumabstract62The potential of Norway rats (Rattus norvegicus) to spread the parasite Cryptosporidium parvum was investigated by examining parasite prevalence in relation to the structure and movements of three permanent rat populations living on farmland in Warwickshire (UK) from October 1994 to March 1997. One population lived among a group of farm buildings housing cattle, while the other two had no contact with livestock, one living around a pond and its outflowing stream and the other on a rubbish tip. Overall, parasite occurrence was 24% (n = 438), but it varied according to body weight (age) with 40% of juveniles (< or =100 g) infected decreasing to 12% for adults >400 g, suggesting that actively breeding populations are potentially more likely to spread the parasite than non-breeding populations. There was no difference in prevalence between the three populations. The parasite was detected in more males (29%) than females (19%). Seasonally, on the livestock farm, prevalence was significantly lower in autumn (10%), but varied little (31-36%) from winter to summer. In contrast, on the arable farm, prevalence peaked in summer (50%) with a trough in winter (6%). Infection in rats appeared to last <67 days. Rats living on the livestock farm had home ranges largely confined to the cattle sheds, thereby maintaining a potential source of infection for livestock if rodent control was not part of a decontamination program. Equally, rats living around the pond on the arable farm provided a source of oocysts to contaminate the pond water, as well as being able to carry the parasite to nearby farm buildings or even to neighboring farms.10116SpeciesNorway rats10116SpeciesRattus norvegicus5807SpeciesCryptosporidium parvum10116Speciesrat9913SpeciescattleMESH:D060725Diseaserubbish tip10116Speciesrats10116SpeciesRats9913Speciescattle10116Speciesrats10574525J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 671-71999titleTessaro SV, Carman PS, Deregt D0Viremia and virus shedding in elk infected with type 1 and virulent type 2 bovine viral diarrhea virus.MESH:D014766DiseaseViremia11099Speciesbovine viral diarrhea virusabstract104In order to determine whether elk (Cervus elaphus) could be infected with and shed bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) and to determine whether BVDV could cause disease in elk, two groups of five yearling elk each and two control cattle were experimentally inoculated intranasally with type 1 Singer strain or a virulent type 2 isolate of BVDV, strain 24515. Virulence of the type 2 isolate was confirmed by inoculation of a control bovine cow which developed diarrhea, dehydration, severe thrombocytopenia, hemorrhages, and enteritis with intestinal necrosis. None of the elk inoculated with type 1 or type 2 BVDV developed clinical signs of illness. However, all elk became infected as demonstrated by viremia, nasal shedding, and/or seroconversion. One uninoculated, in-contact elk contracted type 1 BVDV and seroconverted. Thus, although BVDV does not appear capable of producing disease in nonpregnant elk, the species is susceptible to infection and can shed and transmit BVDV.9860SpeciesCervus elaphus11099Speciesbovine viral diarrhea virus11099SpeciesBVDV11099SpeciesBVDV9913Speciescattle11099SpeciesBVDV,9913Speciesbovine9913SpeciescowMESH:D003967DiseasediarrheaMESH:D003681DiseasedehydrationMESH:D013921DiseasethrombocytopeniaMESH:D006470DiseasehemorrhagesMESH:D004751DiseaseenteritisMESH:D009336Diseaseintestinal necrosis11099SpeciesBVDVMESH:D014766Diseaseviremia11099SpeciesBVDV11099SpeciesBVDVMESH:D007239Diseaseinfection11099SpeciesBVDV10574526J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 678-861999titleLeutenegger CM, Hofmann-Lehmann R, Riols C, Liberek M, Worel G, Lups P, Fehr D, Hartmann M, Weilenmann P, Lutz H0Viral infections in free-living populations of the European wildcat.MESH:D001102DiseaseViral infections463207SpeciesEuropean wildcatabstract69While the importance of viral infections is well studied in domestic cats, only limited information is available on their occurence and prevalence in the European wildcat (Felis silvestris silvestris). The aim of this study was to determine the prevalence of antibodies to feline coronavirus (FCoV), calicivirus (FCV), herpesvirus (FHV), parvovirus (FPV), immunodeficiency virus (FIV), leukemia virus (FeLV), and FeLV antigenemia in 51 European wildcat sera. Samples were collected between 1996 and 1997 from wildcat populations in France, Switzerland, and Germany. Antibodies to FCoV were detected in two cats (4%) and FCoV RNA was detected in feces of one of these two cats. Antibodies to FCV, FHV and FPV were found at relatively low frequencies of 16%, 4%, and 2%, respectively. Antibodies to FIV were not detected. Although antigen and antibodies to FeLV were detected in 49%, and 75%, respectively, no evidence of FeLV-associated pathology was found. From the low prevalence of FCoV, FCV, FHV and FPV infections and from the fact that the European wildcats live solitarily, it was concluded that these viral infections do not spread readily within a population. Therefore, it may be assumed that release into the wild of European wildcats bred in captivity would not bring about a high risk of introducing of these viral infections to the free-ranging wildcats. As an exception, wildcats should be tested for absence of FIV infection before release if they were at risk to acquire this infection from domestic cats.MESH:D001102Diseaseviral infections9685Speciesdomestic cats463207SpeciesEuropean wildcat463207SpeciesFelis silvestris silvestris12663Speciesfeline coronavirus12663SpeciesFCoV39059SpeciesherpesvirusMESH:D001102Diseaseimmunodeficiency virus (FIV), leukemia virus463207SpeciesEuropean wildcat12663SpeciesFCoV9685Speciescats12663SpeciesFCoV9685Speciescats12663SpeciesFCoVMESH:D007239DiseaseFHV and FPV infections463207SpeciesEuropean wildcatsMESH:D001102Diseaseviral infections463207SpeciesEuropean wildcatsMESH:D001102Diseaseviral infectionsMESH:D004832Diseaseabsence of FIV infection9685Speciesdomestic cats10574527J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 687-951999titleOlson CA, Werner PA0Oral rabies vaccine contact by raccoons and nontarget species in a field trial in Florida.9654Speciesraccoonsabstract91Rabies is enzootic in raccoons (Procyon lotor) in the eastern United States. Oral vaccination of free-ranging raccoons against rabies has the potential to control the disease in a principal reservoir and reduce the risk of rabies exposure among domestic animals and humans. Free-ranging animal contact with baits containing a vaccinia virus recombinant vaccine expressing the rabies glycoprotein gene (V-RG) was monitored in Pinellas County (Florida, USA) from February through May 1997. Bait contact was assessed with 423 tracking plate nights; conducted in four land use zones: single residential, multiple residential, industrial-commercial, and undeveloped. The undeveloped land use zone was further described by six vegetation communities: mangrove swamp, red maple swamp, beach dune, pine forest, mixed oak hammock, and cabbage palm hammock. Seven animal taxa contacted the baited tracking plates across the four land use zones: raccoons, opossums (Didelphis virginiana), cats (Felis catus), dogs (Canis familiaris), rabbits (Sylvilagus sp.), unidentified rodents, and birds. A total of 252/413 (61%) of the baits was contacted by animals; 95 (38%) of these were specifically by the raccoon, the target species. Overall bait contact by all animals was significantly different among the four land use zones, being highest in the undeveloped zone (82%) and lowest in the industrial-commercial zone (34%). Bait contact by raccoons also was significantly different among the undeveloped and pooled urban zones. Among the six vegetation communities, bait contact by all animals was significantly different ranging from 95% in the mangrove to 50% in the cabbage palm hammock. Among the four vegetation communities tested, bait contact by raccoons also was significantly different.9654Speciesraccoons9654SpeciesProcyon lotor9654Speciesraccoons9606Specieshumans10245Speciesvaccinia virus45314Speciesred maple54447Speciescabbage palm9654Speciesraccoons9267SpeciesDidelphis virginiana9685Speciescats9685SpeciesFelis catus9615Speciesdogs9615SpeciesCanis familiaris9986Speciesrabbits34834SpeciesSylvilagus sp9654Speciesraccoon9654Speciesraccoons54447Speciescabbage palm9654Speciesraccoons10574528J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 696-7021999titleDavidson WR, Lockhart JM, Stallknecht DE, Howerth EW0Susceptibility of red and gray foxes to infection by Ehrlichia chaffeensis.945SpeciesEhrlichia chaffeensisabstract76Red foxes (Vulpes vulpes) and gray foxes (Urocyon cinereoargenteus) were evaluated for their susceptibility to experimental infection with Ehrlichia chaffeensis, the causative agent of human monocytotropic ehrlichiosis. Two red foxes and three gray foxes were inoculated intravenously with E. chaffeensis (15B-WTD-GA strain) and were monitored at 7, 14, 21, and 28 days post inoculation (DPI) for evidence of infection using an indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) assay, light microscopy, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and cell culture methods. One red fox and one gray fox served as negative controls. Red foxes were susceptible to infection based on reisolation of E. chaffeensis from blood at 7 and 14 DPI, seroconversion by 7 DPI, and positive PCR assays on spleen and lymph nodes at 28 DPI. Morulae were not found in circulating leukocytes and clinical signs or lesions of ehrlichiosis were not observed. In contrast, gray foxes were refractory to infection based on negative results on all culture, PCR, serologic, and microscopic examinations. These findings imply that red foxes, but not gray foxes, are potential vertebrate reservoirs for E. chaffeensis. These findings also illustrate the need to verify serologic evidence of E. chaffeensis infection among wild animals.9627SpeciesVulpes vulpes55040SpeciesUrocyon cinereoargenteus945SpeciesEhrlichia chaffeensis9606Specieshuman945SpeciesE. chaffeensis9627Speciesred fox55040Speciesgray fox945SpeciesE. chaffeensis945SpeciesE. chaffeensis945SpeciesE. chaffeensis10574529J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 703-91999titleFoley JE, Foley P, Jecker M, Swift PK, Madigan JE0Granulocytic ehrlichiosis and tick infestation in mountain lions in California.MESH:D016873DiseaseGranulocytic ehrlichiosisMESH:D013984Diseasetick infestation9689Specieslionsabstract80Forty-seven mountain lions (Puma concolor) collected year-round in 1996 to 1998 from the Sierra Nevada foothills, the northern coast ranges, and in Monterey County (California, USA) were examined for infestation with Ixodes pacificus and Dermacentor variabilis ticks. Ticks were found predominantly in winter and spring. The seroprevalence of granulocytic ehrlichiae (GE) antibodies (Ehrlichia equi or the agent of human granulocytic ehrlichiosis) was 17% and the PCR-prevalence of DNA characteristic of GE in blood was 16%. There were eight polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-positive but seronegative mountain lions, one that was PCR-positive and seropositive, and eight that were PCR-negative and seropositive. Nineteen percent of engorged tick pools from mountain lions were PCR-positive. Because mountain lions inhabit tick-infested habitat and are frequently bitten by I. pacificus, surveillance for GE antibodies and DNA in mountain lions and other vertebrate hosts may be useful as indicators for geographical regions in which humans are at risk of GE infection.9689Specieslions9696SpeciesPuma concolor29930SpeciesIxodes pacificus34621SpeciesDermacentor variabilis948SpeciesEhrlichia equi948Speciesagent of human granulocytic ehrlichiosis9689Specieslions9689Specieslions9689Specieslions29930SpeciesI. pacificus9689Specieslions9606Specieshumans10574530J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 710-51999titleMartinez R, Wobeser G0Immunization of ducks for type C botulism.8839SpeciesducksMESH:D001906Diseasetype C botulismabstract43A single subcutaneous immunization with a vaccine used for protecting ranch mink (Mustela vison) against type C botulism reduced morbidity and mortality in mallard (Anas platyrhynchos) and northern pintail (Anas acuta) ducks challenged with approximately 4.5 x 10(4) and 2.25 x 10(4) mouse lethal doses (MLD50), respectively, of botulinum toxin at 10 and 15 days post-immunization (pi). There was no significant protection at 5 days pi. Protection persisted in mallards for 90 days pi. To simulate use of vaccine as a part of treatment of sick birds in the field, mallards were exposed to toxin and, when clinical signs were evident, each bird was treated by intraperitoneal injection of type C botulinum antitoxin and one-half of the birds were immunized. Immunization had no significant effect on recovery from intoxication. At 10 days posttreatment, all birds were challenged with toxin. Clinical signs and mortality were significantly less frequent among immunized birds than among non-immunized birds after the second exposure. Immunization might be useful as part of the treatment regimen in botulism outbreaks.452646Speciesmink452646SpeciesMustela visonMESH:D001906Diseasetype C botulism8839Speciesmallard8839SpeciesAnas platyrhynchos28680Speciesnorthern pintail28680SpeciesAnas acuta8839Speciesducks10090Speciesmouse8839Speciesmallards8839Speciesmallards10574531J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 716-271999titleBrown MB, Berry KH, Schumacher IM, Nagy KA, Christopher MM, Klein PA0Seroepidemiology of upper respiratory tract disease in the desert tortoise in the western Mojave Desert of California.MESH:D012141Diseaseupper respiratory tract disease38772Speciesdesert tortoiseabstract119Several factors have combined with an upper respiratory tract disease (URTD) to produce declines on some population numbers of desert tortoises (Gopherus agassizii) in the western USA. This study was designed to determine the seroepidemiology of URTD in a population of wild adult tortoises at the Desert Tortoise Research Natural Area (DTNA) study site in Kern County (California, USA). Prior to initiation of the study, there was a dramatic decline in the number of individuals in this population. At each individual time point, samples were obtained from 12 to 20 tortoises with radiotransmitters during winter, spring, summer, and fall from 1992 through 1995. During the course of the study, 35 animals were sampled at one or more times. Only 10 animals were available for consistent monitoring throughout the 4 yr period. Specific antibody (Ab) levels to Mycoplasma agassizii were determined for individual tortoises by an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) test. Specific Ab levels were not influenced by the gender of the tortoise. Levels of Ab and distribution of ELISA+, ELISA- and suspect animals were not consistently affected by season within a single year or for a season among the study years. Significantly more tortoises presented with clinical signs in 1992 and 1995. The profile of ELISA+ animals with clinical signs shifted from 5% (1992) to 42% (1995). In 1992, 52% of tortoises lacked clinical signs and were ELISA-. In 1995, this category accounted for only 19% of tortoises. Based on the results of this study, we conclude that URTD was present in this population as evidenced by the presence of ELISA+ individual animals, and that the infectious agent is still present as evidenced by seroconversion of previously ELISA- animals during the course of the study. There is evidence to suggest that animals may remain ELISA+ without showing overt disease, a clinical pattern consistent with the chronic nature of most mycoplasmal infections. Further, there are trends suggesting that the clinical expression of disease may be cyclical. Continued monitoring of this population could provide valuable information concerning the spread of URTD in wild tortoise populations.MESH:D012140Diseaserespiratory tract disease38772Speciesdesert tortoises38772SpeciesGopherus agassizii38772SpeciesDesert Tortoise33922SpeciesMycoplasma agassiziiMESH:D045729Diseasemycoplasmal infections10574532J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 728-341999titleHungerford LL, Mitchell MA, Nixon CM, Esker TE, Sullivan JB, Koerkenmeier R, Marretta SM0Periodontal and dental lesions in raccoons from a farming and a recreational area in Illinois.9654Speciesraccoonsabstract95Dental health was evaluated in two populations of raccoons (Procyon lotor) in western Illinois (USA); one was from a rural agricultural area with low human density and the other from a nearby state park heavily used by humans and raccoons. From 1989 through 1993, 300 raccoons were live-trapped in the agricultural area and 246 raccoons were live-trapped in the park. Oral health was assessed using gingival and calculi indices and by measuring loss of attachment and tooth wear. Raccoons from the park were significantly older and smaller, but not thinner, than raccoons from the farmed area. Gingival and periodontal indices, tooth wear, tooth loss, and caries increased significantly from juveniles to yearlings to adults, at both sites. Males had higher levels of gingivitis and loss of periodontal attachment than females, but were similar on other dental measures. There were no seasonal differences between raccoons in dental indices. Animals with high scores for one oral measure tended to have high values for all indices. Dental health was generally good for juveniles and yearlings from both sites. Among adults, periodontal indices and the prevalence of caries were significantly higher in the park, but prevalence of broken or missing teeth was similar for both populations. There was no association between body condition, and a higher dental score or more missing or broken teeth.9654Speciesraccoons9654SpeciesProcyon lotor9606Specieshuman9606Specieshumans9654Speciesraccoons9654Speciesraccoons9654SpeciesraccoonsMESH:D057085Diseasetooth wear9654SpeciesRaccoons9654SpeciesraccoonsMESH:D057085Diseasetooth wearMESH:D016388Diseasetooth lossMESH:D005891Diseasegingivitis9654Speciesraccoons10574533J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 735-401999titlePietsch GS, Finstad GL, Bevins JS, Prichard AK0Antibiotic treatment and post-handling survival of reindeer calves in Alaska.9870Speciesreindeer9913Speciescalvesabstract78Free ranging reindeer (Rangifer tarandus tarandus) are driven into corral systems and handled each summer on the Seward Peninsula (Alaska, USA). During June and July of 1995-96 reindeer calves were inspected for injury, handled, weighed, and randomly treated with long-acting oxytetracycline. Calves that returned to subsequent handlings within the same year, received treatment only if they had been treated during their first handling. The effects of prophylactic antibiotic treatment and other factors, including weight, handling related injury, and sex on post-handling survival in reindeer calves were evaluated. Return rates of yearlings in 1996 and 1997 were analyzed using logistic regression. Weight change of calves between handlings was examined using a general linear model. Calf weight and handling injury were the only factors that significantly affected calf survival. No factor had a significant effect on calf weight change between handlings. Apparently, long-acting oxytetracycline was not an effective prophylactic treatment for this capture operation. The benefits of prophylactic antibiotic treatment have not been quantified and further studies of the effects and efficacy of prophylactic treatments are recommended. Ineffective treatments should be avoided because they may add additional stress to the captured animal. Managers should evaluate the potential effectiveness of a prophylactic treatment before indiscriminately applying one. Preventing calf injuries was the most effective method of reducing post-handling mortality in this study and should be given a high priority in the design of capture operations.9870Speciesreindeer86329SpeciesRangifer tarandus tarandus9870Speciesreindeer9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D058186DiseaseinjuryMESH:D010118Chemicaloxytetracycline9913SpeciesCalvesMESH:D058186Diseaseinjury9870Speciesreindeer9913Speciescalves9913Speciescalves9913SpeciesCalfMESH:C562385Diseasehandling injury9913Speciescalf9913SpeciescalfMESH:D010118Chemicaloxytetracycline9913Speciescalf10574534J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 741-521999titleO Hara TM, Krahn MM, Boyd D, Becker PR, Philo LM0Organochlorine contaminant levels in Eskimo harvested bowhead whales of arctic Alaska.27602Speciesbowhead whalesMESH:C537944Diseasearctic Alaskaabstract87Organochlorine (OC) levels in liver and blubber of 20 bowhead whales (Balaena mysticetus) collected during the Eskimo subsistence harvest at Barrow (Alaska, USA) in 1992 and 1993 are presented. Liver sum DDT (lipid weight) was significantly greater in male whales than in females. Most of the organochlorines measured were at higher levels in longer (older) than in shorter (younger) males. For female bowhead whales, hexachlorobenzene and lipid levels decreased and other OC levels did not change significantly with increasing length. Most organochlorine contaminants have low concentrations in tissues of the bowhead whale compared to concentrations in tissues of other cetaceans, especially Odontocetes. Based on allowable daily intakes (ADI) levels established by the Canadian Northern Contaminants Program (Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) "safe" levels of blubber to consume were calculated. Chlordane levels in bowhead whale blubber results in the most restrictive consumption amount (50 g blubber/day). We expect no adverse effects related to these organochlorine contaminants to occur in bowhead whales or in consumers of their tissues. However, investigation of low level chronic exposure effects and a more rigorous assessment of histopathology, biomarkers, and immune status in the bowhead whale would be required to conclude "no effect" with more certainty.27602Speciesbowhead whales27602SpeciesBalaena mysticetusMESH:D003634ChemicalDDTMESH:D006843Chemicalorganochlorines27602Speciesbowhead whalesMESH:D006843Chemicalorganochlorine27602Speciesbowhead whaleMESH:D002706ChemicalChlordane27602Speciesbowhead whale27602Speciesbowhead whales27602Speciesbowhead whale10574535J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 753-621999titleAguirre AA, Bröjer C, Mörner T0Descriptive epidemiology of roe deer mortality in Sweden.abstract58A retrospective epidemiologic study was conducted to examine causes of mortality of 985 wild roe deer (Capreolus capreolus) submitted to the National Veterinary Institute (SVA; Uppsala, Sweden) from January 1986 to December 1995. Age, sex, body condition, and geographic distribution as related to disease conditions are reported herein. The most common causes of mortality in roe deer were trauma (19%), winter starvation (18%), gastritis/enteritis (15%), bacterial infections (11%), parasitic infection (11%), systemic diseases (11%), neoplasia (2%), congenital disorders (1%), and miscellaneous causes (6%). Cause of death was not determined in 6% of the cases. The distribution of causes of death reported in this study differ from previous works in Sweden in that infectious and parasitic diseases were more common than winter starvation. The pathologic findings in studies like this do not necessarily represent what is occurring in the natural environment, but they do provide a good indication of distribution of diseases over time as well as age and sex structure in relation to disease conditions. Further research and more detailed studies are in progress to better understand specific mortality factors as well as etiologies of certain described diseases in roe deer in Sweden.9858SpeciesCapreolus capreolusMESH:D014947DiseasetraumaMESH:D005756Diseasegastritis/enteritisMESH:D001424Diseasebacterial infectionsMESH:D010272Diseaseparasitic infectionMESH:D034721Diseasesystemic diseasesMESH:D009369DiseaseneoplasiaMESH:D000013Diseasecongenital disordersMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D003643DiseasedeathMESH:D010272Diseaseparasitic diseases10574536J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 763-51999titleMörner T, Petersson L0Lead poisoning in woodpeckers in Sweden.MESH:D011041Diseasepoisoningabstract41Lead poisoning was demonstrated in two gray-headed woodpeckers (Picus canus) and one white-backed woodpecker (Dendrocopus leucotos) in Sweden; they had liver lead levels between 9.4 and 26.2 mg(-1) wet weight. At necropsy one gray-headed woodpecker showed signs of emaciation and the other one had severe traumatic injuries, caused by a cat. The white-backed woodpecker died in the transportation box during a translocation program. The source of the lead could not be determined, but it was suspected that it may have originated from lead pellets shot into trees and picked out by the woodpeckers during food search.MESH:D011041Diseasepoisoning301969SpeciesPicus canus81522Specieswhite-backed woodpeckerDiseaseDendrocopus leucotos2038785Speciesgray-headed woodpeckerMESH:D000070642Diseasetraumatic injuries81522Specieswhite-backed woodpecker10574537J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 766-91999titleOchiai K, Kimura T, Uematsu K, Umemura T, Itakura C0Lead poisoning in wild waterfowl in Japan.MESH:D011041Diseasepoisoningabstract43We collected 430 harvested ducks (Anas sp. and Aythya sp.) from nine prefectures in Japan between 1994 and 1997. Fifteen (4%) of 363 birds harvested during and after hunting seasons had one lead pellet each in the proventriculus and gizzard. In addition, 32 (34%) of 93 swans (Cygnus sp.) and two of 14 geese (Anser sp.) found dead from various wetlands had lesions consistent with lead poisoning. One to nine swans suspected of having toxicosis from ingestion of lead shot were found dead each year. Twenty-seven (84%) of the 32 lead-exposured swans were found in Hokkaido Prefecture. We concluded that lead poisoning is still a serious threat to waterfowl in Japan and that there is considerable need for environmental improvement concerning this problem.8839Speciesducks42806SpeciesAnas sp8847SpeciesAnser spMESH:D007855Diseaselead poisoningMESH:C565846DiseasetoxicosisMESH:D011041Diseasepoisoning10574538J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 770-31999titleBollo E, Bassano B, Peracino V, Biolatti B0Effect of emanciation on liver histology of alpine chamois during winter.111901Speciesalpine34869Specieschamoisabstract74With the aim of describing the effect of severe feed restriction on the liver histology, morphometrical analysis of liver sections of 10 alpine chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra) was performed. Five animals were found dead during the winter season 1995-96 and five were collected during the hunting season 1996. Hepatocyte nuclear size was measured in squared micrometers using Image-Pro Plus software. A significant decrease in the mean size of the nuclei of hepatocytes in emaciated chamois, as compared to harvested animals was observed. The reduction in cell nuclear size may be linked to the mobilization of body protein to prevent ketosis during severe food restriction, as hypothesized for other wild ungulates. The change in hepatocyte size may be the consequence of a strategy to minimize energy expenditure and may be proposed as an index of metabolic stress during winter undernutrition.111901Speciesalpine34869Specieschamois34869SpeciesRupicapra rupicapra34869SpecieschamoisMESH:D007662Diseaseketosis10574539J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 774-81999titleTsuruga H, Suzuki M, Takahashi H, Jinma K, Kaji K0Immobilization of sika deer with medetomidine and ketamine, and antagonism by atipamezole.9863Speciessika deerMESH:D020926ChemicalmedetomidineMESH:D007649ChemicalketamineMESH:C050701Chemicalatipamezoleabstract91Forty wild sika deer (Cervus nippon) were immobilized with medetomidine and ketamine and reversed by atipamezole in summer and fall captures from September 1994 to October 1995. For large yearling and older deer, mean +/- SD doses of 57.0+/-15.6 microg/kg medetomidine and 1.64+/-0.49 mg/kg (male) or 4.02+/-1.16 mg/kg (female) of ketamine were administered by intramuscular injection. For calves and small yearlings, 69.3+/-7.0 microg/kg medetomidine and 2.69+/-0.44 mg/kg ketamine were administered. While immobilized, deer were easy to handle, and muscles were well relaxed. After intramuscular administration of atipamezole (about 5 times the dose of medetomidine), deer recovered rapidly and smoothly.9863Speciessika deer9863SpeciesCervus nipponMESH:D020926ChemicalmedetomidineMESH:D007649ChemicalketamineMESH:C050701ChemicalatipamezoleMESH:D020926ChemicalmedetomidineMESH:D007649Chemicalketamine9913SpeciescalvesMESH:D020926ChemicalmedetomidineMESH:D007649ChemicalketamineMESH:C050701ChemicalatipamezoleMESH:D020926Chemicalmedetomidine10574540J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 779-821999titleMeasures LN, Olson M0Giardiasis in pinnipeds from eastern Canada.MESH:D005873DiseaseGiardiasisabstract45Cysts of Giardia sp. were detected in feces from the rectum of 20 of 74 pinnipeds examined from the eastern coast of Canada in 1997 and 1998 using a monoclonal antibody technique. Infected pinnipeds included 15 adult harp seals (Phoca groenlandica), four adult grey seals (Halichoerus grypus), and one juvenile harbor seal (Phoca vitulina). Cysts were not detected in 15 seal pups <1-yr-old. The highest prevalence (50%) occurred in adult harp seals collected near the Magdalen Islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The overall prevalence of Giardia sp. in grey and harbor seals, excluding pups, from the Gulf and St. Lawrence estuary was 23%. Feces from 11 beluga (Delphinapterus leucas) and one northern bottle-nosed whale (Hyperoodon ampullatus) stranded in the St. Lawrence estuary were negative for Giardia sp. cysts. The significance of Giardia sp. in marine mammals, shown here for the first time in eastern coastal Canada, is unknown.5744SpeciesGiardia sp39089Speciesharp seals39089SpeciesPhoca groenlandica9711Speciesgrey seals9711SpeciesHalichoerus grypus9720Speciesharbor seal9720SpeciesPhoca vitulina39089Speciesharp seals5744SpeciesGiardia sp9720Speciesharbor seals9749Speciesbeluga9749SpeciesDelphinapterus leucas48744SpeciesHyperoodon ampullatus5744SpeciesGiardia sp5744SpeciesGiardia sp10574541J. Wildl. Dis.; 1999 Oct; 35(4) 783-51999titleDuffy MS, Keppie NJ, Burt MD0The potential for false-positive diagnosis of protostrongyliasis by extraction of larvae from feces.Diseaseprotostrongyliasisabstract101The potential of protostrongylid first-stage larvae (L1) to survive passage through the alimentary canal of non-infected mammals was investigated. Parelaphostrongylus tenuis L1 were collected from feces of an experimentally infected white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus). We utilized two red deer (Cervus elaphus) and four laboratory rats (Rattus norvegicus) which were each fed the L1 of P. tenuis. Larvae were recovered, intact and alive, from the fecal samples of all six animals. Larvae of P. tenuis, and probably of other related species, can survive passage through the alimentary canal of uninfected mammals and they can be collected from feces using the Baermann technique and other related larval extraction methods. Rain water was found to be successful in the dispersal of P. tenuis L1 from the feces of infected animals. These findings raise the possibility of ingestion of L1 and their subsequent passage, by uninfected animals. This potential for false-positive diagnosis of infection in live animals necessitates accurate interpretation of a host's infection-status. Such findings reinforce the need for a reliable method of diagnosing infections in live animals.148309SpeciesParelaphostrongylus tenuis9874Specieswhite-tailed deer9874SpeciesOdocoileus virginianus9860Speciesred deer9860SpeciesCervus elaphus10116Specieslaboratory rats10116SpeciesRattus norvegicus148309SpeciesP. tenuis148309SpeciesP. tenuisMESH:D014867Chemicalwater148309SpeciesP. tenuisMESH:D007239DiseaseinfectionMESH:D006086Diseasehost's infectionMESH:D007239Diseaseinfections